Skip to main content

Full text of "Journal of botany, British and foreign"

See other formats 


Bibliotheque  botanique 

EMILE  BURNAT 

-3-e 

Catalo<|ue  1\° 


'Vient  de 


IJm'cs    pi'()\t'iicnil   (Ic    la    hihliollKMHic    li()laiii(|iit' 
(ITmile  Burnati  l8-2<S-l*)-20j,  iiisriV-s  cii  ocloljir  11)20 

lie  '  ' 


"^TT 


THE 


JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 


BRITISH   AND  FOREIGN 


EDITED    BY 


JAMES     BRITTEN,     K.C.S.G.,  F.L.S. 

LATB  Sekioe  Assistant,  Dbpaetment  of  Botany,  Beitish  Museum. 


VOL.     LVTI. 


LONDON 

TAYLOR    AND    FRANCIS 

RED  LION  COURT,  FLEET  STREET 

1919. 


CONTRIBUTORS    TO    THIS    VOLUME. 


11.  S.  Adamsois^. 

AaNES  Aebee,  D.Sc,  F.L.S. 

E.  Gt.  Bakee,  F.L.S. 

Aethur  Bex^'ett,  A.L.S. 

G.  S.  Boulgee,  F.L.S. 

James  Beittejs^,  F.L.S. 

C.  E.  Beitto^-. 

G.    Bl'Llock  -  Webstee,    M.A., 

F.L.S. 
MiLLEE  Cheistt,  F.L.S. 
A.  H.  Chuech,  M.A.,  D.Sc. 
H.  N.  Dixon,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 
H.  S.  DowNEs,  M.B.,  F.L.S. 
W.  Fawcett,  B.Sc. 

AXTONY  GrEPP.  M.A.,  F.L.S. 
CoL  M.  J.  GODFEET,  F.L.S. 
W.  B.  OOURLAY,  M.B. 

W.  B.  Geoye,  M.A. 

James  Geoves,  F.L.S. 

C.  P.  Hlest. 

A.  B.  JacksojS^,  A.L.S. 

Geeteude  Jekyll. 

C.  E.  Laetee,  F.L.S. 

L.  V.    Lestee-Gaelaj^d,    M.A., 

F.L.S. 
G.  Lister,  F.L.S. 
J.  E.  Little,  M.A. 
E.  S.  Maesiiall,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 
J.  Cosmo  Melvill,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 
H.  W.  MoxcKTois-,  F.L.S. 
Spe^^cee  le    M.   Mooee,    B.Sc, 

F.L.S. 


F.  B.  MoTT. 

R.  Paulson,  F.L.S. 

W.  H.  Peaeson,  M.Sc,  A.L.S. 

R.  Ll.  Peaegee. 

Sir  Dayid  Peain,  C.M.G.,  F.R.S. 

H.  W.  PUGSLEY,  B.A. 

J.  K.  Ramsbottom. 
Caeletox  Rea. 
A.  B.  Rexdle,  D.Sc,  F.R.S. 
H.  J.  Riddelsdell,  M.A. 
F.  Rilstoxe. 

F.  RoBiNsox. 

E.  J.  Salisbury,  D.Sc,  F.L.S. 
C.  E.  Salmon,  F.L.S. 

J.  Saunders,  A.L.S. 

A.  LoRRAiN  Smith,  F.L.S. 

Magnus  Spence. 

H.  S.  Thompson,  F.L.S. 

W.  B.  TURRILL. 

G.  M.  Vevers,  M.R.C.S. 
Inez  C.  Veedooen. 
Anthony  Wallis. 

W.  Watson,  B.Sc,  A.L.S. 
H.  P.  Weenham,  D.Sc. 
J.  A.  Wheldon. 

F.  N.  Williams,  F.L.S. 

A.  J.  Wilmott,  B.A.,  F.L.S. 
Malcolm  Wilson,  D.Sc,  F.L.S. 
Sir   Beeteam    Windle,     D.Sc. 

F.R.S. 
E.    A.    WooDRUFFE  -  Peacock, 

M.A.,  F.L.S. 


The  first  16  pages. of  "The  Genus  Manettia''^  Supplement  were 
issued  in  September  and  October  1918 ;  it  is  now  complete,  and, 
with  the  Supplements  issued  during-  1919,  should  be  bound  in  the 
present  volume,  immediately  before  the  Index. 


Journ.   Bot. 


Plate  551, 


G.  R.  B..W.  d;  M.  G.  del 


NITELLA    SPANIOCLEMA,   sp.  nov. 


THE 

JOURNAL     OF    BOTANY 

BRITISH    AND    FOREIGN. 

-^ HEW   YORK 

•otanicai, 

A  NEW  NITELLA.  OAitDfiW 

Br  Canox  G.  R.  Bullock- Webstee,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

(Plate  551.) 

Ijj-  August  1916,  I  visited  Kindruin  in  the  Fanad  Peninsula, 
County  Donegal,  Avith  a  view  to  searching  for  Charophyta  in  the 
series  of  lakes  which  border  on  the  sea  at  its  northern  extremity. 
One  of  these  lakes,  Lough  Shannagh,  lies  at  the  extreme  north-east 
of  the  peninsula.  It  is  something  under  half  a  mile  long  and  a 
quarter  of  a  mile  broad,  and  does  not  exceed  10  or  15  feet  in  depth. 
Its  northern  end,  where  its  shore  touches  the  sand}^  stretch  Avhich 
divides  it  from  the  sea,  has  a  sandy  bed ;  otherwise  it  has  a  stony 
bottom  and  seems  to  possess  little  submerged  vegetation.  On  its 
western  shore  the  drag  brought  up  two  Nitellas,  growing  closely 
intermixed  in  about  4-6  feet  of  water — the  one,  JV.  translucens,  in 
sparse  quantities,  the  other  growing  in  great  profusion,  dull  olive- 
green  in  colour,  very  delicate  and  fragile  in  habit,  and  bearing 
abundant  fruit.  Its  interesting  character  was  not  at  once  observable, 
but  under  the  microscope  it  proved  to  be  a  plant  with  very  distinctive 
characteristics.  Its  exceedingly  fragile  nature  made  it  very  difficult 
to  collect  and  handle,  and  almost  impossible  to  lay  out  on  paper  with 
any  good  results. 

I  paid  another  visit  to  Kindrum  in  August  1917  for  the  purpose  of 
making  a  further  examination  of  this  Nitella  and  its  habitat  and, 
(-y^  if  possible,  of  collecting  better  specimens.  I  found  it  growing  at  the 
<^M  same  spot  and  in  the  same  luxuriant  abundance,  and  this  time  made 
23  an  attempt  to  transfer  the  plant  direct  from  the  water  to  the  drying- 
,  sheets  on  the  bank  of  the  lake  ;  but  even  so  it  became  rapidly  flaccid 
^s.  iuid  proved  impossible  of  disentanglement.  I  preserved  a  certain 
^  amount  in  formalin,  and  this  has  made  it  possilde  to  examine  the 
-^  ])lant  under  more  advantageous  conditions  than  if  dried  and  subse- 
^       quently  treated  with  reagents. 

Mr.  Groves,  who  has  carefully  examined  the  plant,  agrees  that  its 
distinctive  character  justifies  its  receiving  specific  rank,  and  we  have 
drawn  up  the  following  description. 

One  of  its  main  characteristics  is  the  very  restricted  number  of 
branchlets,  and*  this  has  suggested  to  us  its  name. 

Nitella  spanioclema  Groves  &  Bullock-Webster,  sp.  nov. 
Monoecia,  statura  cir.  30-35  cm.,  caulis  tenuis,  internodi   plerum- 
(jue  vel  sequantes  longissimis  ramulis  vel  eosdem  paulim  superantes. 
Joue:nal  of  Botajny. — Vol.  ^7.     [Ja^uaet,  1919.]       b 


2  THE  joiir:n^al  of  botany 

Rami  sjBpe  usque  ad  tres  ex  eodem  nodo  orientes,  1-2  in  loco 

ramuloruin  suppressorum,  ut  videtur,  saepe  abbreviati  et  inchoati  et, 

quum  quidem  elongati,  non  raro  verticillos  rudimentarios  proferentes. 

Ramuli    pauci,    plerumque    2-3    tantum    in    utroque    verticillo, 

normaliter  sinipliciter-furcati  sed  aliquando  duplicato-fureati. 

Latercdes  radii  secundarii  singulares,  perspicue  breviores  radiis 
mediis,  ssepe  inchoati,  brevissimi  et  inperspicui  apud  nodos  antheridia 
proferentes.  Radii  secundarii  unicellulati,  apicibus  variantibus  a 
forma  acuminata  ad  formam  vel  rotmide-acutam  vel  obtuse-mucro- 
natam. 

Oogonia  et  antheridia  vel  ad  eundem  nodum  vel  ad  diversos 
nodos  producta.  Oogonia  vel  singularia  vel  2-3  aggregata,  800-850  }x 
longa,  6-10-680  p.  lata.  Cellulse  spirales  7  convolutiones  exhibentes 
et  versus  apices  tumifacientes,  coronula  decidua,  c.  60  fx  alta,  c.  80  /x 
lata. 

Oospora  475-500  /x  longa,  425-450  fx  lata,  330  fx  crassa,  7  strias 
tenues   exhibens  alis  promulis  versus  apicem.    Membrana  rubra  aut 
rubra-fulva,    spissa,    semi-rigida,    et    translucens,    scabra    perpusillis 
tuberculis,  et  minimis  granulis  decorata. 
Antheridiu?)i  575-675  fj,  diametro. 

iV^.  spanioclema  is  closely  allied  to  N.flexilis,  being  monoecious 
with  branchlets  normally  once  f  m'cate  and  the  ultimate  raj^s  one-celled  ; 
its  frait  also  is  very  similar.  It  differs,  however,  from  that  species 
in  its  fragile  and  delicate  habit,  the  extraordinary  paucity  and  irre- 
gular development  of  its  branchlets  and  secondary  rays,  and  in  its 
occasional  second  furcation.  When,  as  often  happens,  the  secondary 
rays  are  suppressed  or  only  rudimentarj^  the  antheridia  have  the 
appearance  of  being  borne  on  long  stalks.  In  the  frequent  absence  of 
lateral  secondary  rays  the  plant  bears  a  resemblance  to  K.  mono- 
dactyla  Braun,  a  sub- tropical  dioecious  plant  described  and  figured  in 
the  Fragmente.  The  oogonia  are  frequently  produced  at  the  base  of 
the  whorls,  and  their  enveloping  cells  are  divergent  and  much  dis- 
tended at  the  apex.  The  membrane  shoAvs  the  peculiar  mottled 
surface  with  wart-like  protuberances  which  are  characteristic  of 
N.  opaca  and  N.  flexilis^  but  besides  this  it  possesses  a  delicate 
decoration  which  is  absent  in  those  two  species.  This  decoration 
consists  of  exceeding  minute  granules  which  are  at  first  linear  in 
their  arrangement,  but  at  a  later  stage  assume  a  reticulate  form. 

It  will  be  interesting  to  ascertain  whether  the  plant  occurs  in  other 
parts  of  Ireland.  In  the  Fanad  Peninsula  it  appears  to  be  confined 
to  Lough  Shannagh. 

Explanation  of  Plate  551. 
1,2.  Plant  natural  size. 

3,  4.  Branches  with  bianchlets  showing  short  solitary  and  rudimentary  secondary 
rays  and  conspicuous  scars  left  by  fallen  antheridia  and  oogonia,  X  10. 

5.  Oogonium,  X  30. 

6.  Oospore,  showing  ridges  with  broad  flanges,  X  30. 

7.  Piece  of  membrane  showing  wart-like  protuberances  and   minute   granidar 

decoration,  X  c.  200. 

8.  Piece  of  membrane  showing  disposition  of  granules,  X  c.  800. 


CORNISH    MOSSES    AND    HEPATICS  3 

CORNISH  MOSSES  AND  HEPATICS. 
By  F.  Rilsto:xe. 

The  following  records  are  from  the  eastern  half  of  Vice-County  1 
(West  Cornwall),  particularly  the  coast  area  from  Newquay  to 
St.  Agnes  and  thence  inland  to  Truro  and  E-edruth,  and  from  the 
drainage  areas  of  the  Fowey  and  Looe  Rivers  in  Vice-County  2  (East 
Cornwall). 

The  former  area,  which  appears  to  have  been  almost  untouched  by 
bryologists,  affords  a  variety  of  habitats  ranging  from  the  calcareous 
sand-hill  tract  of  Perranporth  with  a  well-defined  bryophytic  flora  of 
its  own  to  the  small  peaty  moors  in  which  the  streams  take  their  rise. 
Geologicall}^  the  district  consists  of  old  hard  quartz- veined  slate  im- 
pinging on  the  granite  outcrop  of  the  Redruth  Hills  and  with  a  small 
patch  of  Pleistocene  sands  and  gravels  near  St.  Agnes  Head.  These 
Tertiary  deposits,  of  special  interest  in  a  county  where  practical!}"  all 
the  rocks  are  of  Primary  age,  are  too  small  to  have  acquired  a  dis- 
tinctive flora.  Weisia  mucronata  occurs  on  them,  but  is  not  confined 
to  tliem.  Carn  Brea,  the  only  hill  of  the  Redruth  group  which  I  have 
at  all  thoroughly  examined,  is,  considering  the  great  amount  of 
exposed  granite,  disappointingly  poor  in  silica-loving  species. 

The  area  dealt  with  in  v.c.  2  comprises  the  major  portion  of  the 
Bodmin  Moors — an  elevated  granite  tract  with  tors  and  extensive 
peat  moors,  and  with  a  wealth  of  siliceous  and  moorland  plants — and 
the  more  or  less  wooded  country  lying  between  the  moors  and  the 
coast.  With  a  moist  climate  and  varied  surface  Cornwall  possesses  a 
comparatively  rich  bryophytic  flora.  The  Census  Catalogue  of 
British  Mosses  out  of  a  total  of  601  species  (exclusive  of  Sphagna) 
credits  Cornwall  with  287  species,  2J:9  in  v.c.  1  and  254  in  v.c.  2. 
The  Hepatic  Census  Catalogue  (Ed.  2)  gives  Cornwall  97  species  of 
hepatics,  but  while  90  are  recorded  for  West  Cornwall  only  40  are 
credited  to  the  East  Cornwall  Ust.  The  latter  area  is  certainl}^  not 
so  much  poorer  in  species  as  these  figures  would  suggest,  but  has 
received  less  attention  ;  the  following  notes  include  localities  for 
14  species  not  credited  to  v.c.  2  in  the  Catalogue.  Six  plants  in- 
cluded in  the  list  of  hepatics  given  below — Aneura  major,  Fossom- 
hronia  Dumortieri,  S]?lienolohus  ovatus,  Cephalozia  media ,  Ptilidium 
ciliare,  and  Scapania  dentata  var.  amhigua — are  new  to  Cornwall. 

I  must  acknowledge  my  indebtedness  to  Mr.  D.  A.  Jones  of 
Harlech,  without  whose  kind  help  my  study  of  the  Cornish  Bryo- 
phyta  must  have  been  much  more  laborious. 

Mosses. 
Andrecea  Rothii  Weh.  &  MohY  Ya.r.  falcata   Lindb.     On  gmnite 
above  1200  ft.  on  Brown  Willy,  Kilmar  Tor  and  Sharp  Tor  (2). 

TetrapJiis  pellucida  Hedw.  Carn  Brea  Hill,  Redruth  (1),  Tre- 
lawne,  near  Looe  (2). 

Folgtrichicm  aloides  Hedw.  Common  and  consi:)icuous  on  clay 
banks. — P.  urnigericm  L.  Frequent  near  Polperro  (2). — P.  gracile 
Dicks.     Gollawater  and  Lambourne  near  Perranporth  (1)  ;  near  Red- 

b2 


4  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

gate  in  the  Fowey  Valley  (2). — P.formosum  Hedw.  Near  St.  Cleer, 
Dray  lies  A^alley  {i.  e.  Upper  Fowey  Valley),  and  several  places  near 
Looe  and  Polperro  (all  in  v.e.  2)  ;  c.fr.  at  Trelawne  near  Looe  witli 
4-angled  capsules  and  at  Polperro  with  5-angled  capsules.  Of  frequent 
occurrence  in  v.c.  2,  but  I  have  not  seen  it  in  v.c.  1,  where  P.  gracile 
appears  to  take  its  place.  The  Census  Catalogue  treats  it  as  of 
doubtful  occurrence  there. 

PJeuridiuni  axillare  Lindb.  Lambriggan  near  Perranporth  (1) . — 
P.  suhulafum  Kabenli.  Frequent  near  Perranporth  and  St.  Agnes  (1)  ; 
Trelawne  (2). 

Ditriclium  flexicaule  Hampe.  Plentiful  on  shell  sand  at  Perran- 
porth. 

Ehahdoweisia  denficulafa  B.  &  S.  c.fr.  in  crevices  between 
gmnite  blocks,  Kilraar  Tor  (2). 

C}/nodontiuni  Bruntoni  B.  &  S.     c.fr.  on  granite,  Kilmar  Tor  (2). 

Dichodontium  pelhicidum  Schp.     Penpoll  near  Fowey  (2). 

Campylopus  Jlexuosus  Brid.  Carn  Brea  Hill ;  Ventongimps 
Downs  near  Perranporth  (1).  Bodmin  Moors  (2),  common. — 
C.  piriformis  Brid.  Abundant  and  fruiting  freely  in  oak  woods 
near  Looe  (2). — C  fragilis  B.  &  S.  Common  about  Penhallow 
near  Perranporth  (1).  Sparingly  near  Polperro  (2). —  C.  afrovirens 
De  Not.  Common  in  marshy  ground  near  St.  Agnes  and  Perranporth 
(1).— C.  infrojlexus  Brid.  Cliif  face  between  Polperro  and  Looe  (2). 
Through  an  oversight,  no  doubt,  C.  introflexiis  is  not  credited  to 
Cornwall  in  the  Census  Catalogue;  but  in  Holmes  &  Brents'  Mosses 
of  Devon  and  Cormcall  (18G9)  Curnow  records  it  (as  C.  polgtri- 
choides)  ;  for  Kymyal  Cliff  "on  damp  ledges  of  granite  rock,  rare," 
and  Braithwaite  (i.  136)  has  "  Kymyal  Cliff,  Tregarnow  Cliff,  and 
Trungle  Moor  (Curnow  1861)."  These  stations  are  all  in  West 
Cornwall.  In  its  East  Cornwall  station  it  grows  with  Polytricha  on 
a  somewhat  moist  ledge  of  the  hard  blue  slate  of  the  locality. — C. 
hrevipilus  B.  &  S.  Ventongimps  Moor  near  Perranporth  (1)  ; 
near  Dozmary  Pool  (2). 

Dicranum  Bonjeani  De  Not.  Frequent  in  marshy  ground,  some- 
times growing  with  grass  in  damp  field  borders. — D.  scoparium  Hedw. 
c.fr.  on  trees  in  Golla  Wood  near  Perranporth  (1)  and  on  banks  in 
Draynes  Valley  and  near  Polperro  (2).  Var.  orthopltyllum  Brid. 
Near  Cheese  wring  (2).  Yay.  spadiceuni.  Sharp  Tor  (2). — D.  Scott  i- 
anum  Turn.  Sliarp  Tor  (2). — Z>.  majus  Tum.  Fine  and  with 
abundant  fruit  at  Trelawne  (2). 

Leticobrgum  glaucum  Hch]).  Ventongimps  Moor  (1)  rare.  Tre- 
lawne Woods,  abundant;  near  Brown  Willy  (2). 

Fissidens  exilis  Hedw.  On  mud  bank  in  lane  below  Lansallos 
Church  {2).—F.  viridulus  V^'M.  Perranporth  (1),  Polperro  (2). 
Plants  from  a  sandy  hedge-bank  at  Mount  near  Perranporth  have  the 
leaf  characters  of  var.  Li/Ui  Wils.,  but  cannot  be  described  as 
"minute." — F.  2)usillus  Wils.  Banks  above  cliff,  Polperro  (2). — 
F.  Cu?'nowii  Mitt.  Old  mine  adits  at  St.  Agnes  and  Trevellas  (1). 
The  dri])ping  rock  at  the  mouths  of  these  abandoned  tunnellings, 
ofien  o}:)ening  on  the  cliff*  slo])es,  forms  an  ideal  habitat  for  tliis 
plant,   which  cf)vers  the    ujijx'r  reck   with  den.^e  tufts  matted  with 


COKXISir    MOSSES    AXD    HEPATICS  5 

red  radicles  and  at  the  margins  of  the  rock-pools  below  forms  a  fringe 
of  very  graceful  slender  plants  with  less  tomentum. — F.  adiantoides 
Hedw.  Frequent  in  a  variety  of  situations,  as  boggy  patches  on 
cliffs  at  St.  Agnes  (1),  tops  of  hedge-banks  at  Polperro  (2)  and 
damp  rock  faces :  in  the  last  it  usually  fruits  freely,  as  at  Polperro 
and  St.  Keyne  (2). —  F.  decipiens  De  Not.  Not  common  ;  I  have 
found   it  only  at  Lambriggan   (1)   at   the    bases    of    tree-trunks. — 

F.  taxifoUiis  Hedw.     c.fr.  near  Looe  ;  usually  barren. 

Grinimia  maritima  Turn.  Abundant  on  rocks  by  the  sea  at 
St.  Agnes  (1)  and  Polperro  (2). —  G.  trichophylla  Grev.  c.fr.  at 
Idless  near   Truro   (1),   and  at  Broadoak  and  Helman    Tor  (2). — 

G.  mhsriunrroiia  Wils.  Rocks  on  hillsides,  Polperro  (2).  The 
species  evidently  intergrades  A^ith  G.  frichophylla,  Mr.  C.  P. 
Hurst  tells  me  that  some  plants  I  sent  him  from  Polperro  were 
shown  by  hiiu  to  Mr.  Dixon  who  pronounced  them  exact  inter- 
mediates between  G.  trichoplu/Ua  and  G.  subsqitarrosa. 

Mliacomitriam  aciculare  Brid.  Common  on  rocks,  but  occurs  at 
Tresawzen  (1)  in  boggy  ground. — H.  protensum  Braun.  Plentiful, 
c.fr.  on  rocks  on  Cheesewring  and  neighbouring  tors  and  at  St.  Cleer  (2). 
— B.  fasciculare  Brid.  Rock  face  at  Trelawne  (2). — H.  lietero- 
stlchum  Brid.  Plentiful,  c.fr.  on  granite  at  St.  Cleer  and  on  Cheese- 
wring  Downs  (2). — R.  laniiginosmn  Brid.  More  or  less  sparingly  in 
most  of  the  wet  peaty  moors  near  St.  Agnes  and  Perranporth  (1), 
but  always,  I  believe,  barren.  Plentiful  and  frequently  c.fr.  on 
granite  in  Draynes  Valley  and  near  Cheesewring  (2). — B.  canescens 
Brid.     Frequent ;  usually  beside  ])aths  and  roads  on  peaty  ground. 

F ty cliomit r ill m  poll) pliylhim  Fiirn.  Rejerrah  near  Perranporth 
(1).  Liskeard,  Polperro,  Bodmin  Moors  (2J,  common.  Much  com- 
moner in  v.c.  2  than  in  v.c.  1. 

Hedwigia  ciliata  Ehrh.  c.fr.  on  granite  at  Mabe  near  Pen- 
ryn  (1).     Cliffs  near  Polperro  ;  Helman  Tor  (2). 

Fottia  recta  Mitt.  Lambourne  near  Pen-anporth  (1)  ;  Pol- 
perro (2)  ;  not  infrequent. — F.  crinita  Wils,  Shore  between  Looe 
and  Polperro  (2). 

Tortilla  aloides  De  Not.  Perranzabuloe  (1)  ;  Polperro  (2). 
Common. — T.  Icevivila  Schwseg.  var.  IcBvipilceformis  Limpr.  Idless 
near  Truro;  Lambriggan  near  Perranporth  (1)  ;  Lansallos,  Polperro, 
Talland  (2).  All  the  Cornish  plants  I  have  seen  have  either  the 
leaf  structure  or  foliose  gemmae  of  the  varietj^  and  most  agree  in  both 
respects.  Possibly  typical  T.  Icdvipila  may  not  occur  in  Cornwall. 
Where  capsules  are  abundant,  as  at  Idless,  gemmae  are  scarce. — 
T.  ruralis  Ehrh.  On  slate  roofs  near  Polperro  ;  uncommon  in  Corn- 
wall.— T.  ruraliformis  Dixon.  Perranporth  Sandhills  (1)  abundan-t ; 
fruit  very  sparingly  produced. 

Barhitla  lurida  Lindb.  Wall  at  Polperro  (2). — B.  topliacea 
Mitt.  On  masonry  at  Perranporth  (1)  ;  on  calcareous  matter  on 
rock  face,  Polperro  (2). — B.  cylindrica  Schp.  Polperro  and  Tre- 
lawne (2),  frequent. 

Weisia  verticillata  Brid,  Encrusted  with  calcareous  matter  on 
cliffs  at  Perranporth  (1)  and  at  Lansallos  (2).  On  old  lime  kilns  near 
Polperro  and  Looe  (2). 


6  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

TricJiostomum  onufabile  Bruch  var.  I  iff  ovale  Dixon.  Mouth  of 
mine  adit  at  St.  Agnes  (1). — F.  flavovirens  Bruch.  Moist  hollow  in 
Perranporth  sandhills  (1).  Rocks  by  coast  at  various  points  between 
Looe  and  Fowey  (2). — T.  nitidum  Schp.  On  roof  near  Polperro  (2). 
PleurochcBie  squarrosa  Lindb.  Plentiful  in  sandy  ground  at 
Eose  near  Perranporth  (1). 

Enccdr/pta  sfreptocarpa  Hedw.     Wall  in  Looe  valley  (2). 
Aiilocomnium  pcdiisfre  Schwaeg.     Frequent  in  boggy  ground. 
Bartramia  ijomifonnis  Hedw.     Gollawater  and  Zelah  (1).     Yery 
scarce,  as  far  as  my  experience  goes,  in  AVest  Cornwall,  but  plentiful 
in  the  Cheesewring  area  (2). 

Breutelia  arcuafa  Schp.  Yentongimps  and  Tresawzen  Moors  (1), 
and  near  Dozmary  Pool  (2). 

Leptohrijum  pyriforme  Wils.  Earthy  bank  by  churchyard, 
St.  Agnes  (1)  ;  not  infrequent  on  flower  pots  in  conservatories  as  at 
St.  Agnes  and  Falmouth  (1)  and  Lerryn  (2). 

Wehera  nutans  Hedw.  St.  Agnes  and  Perranporth  districts, 
common. —  W.  proligera  Bryhn.  Frequent  on  roadside  banks,  often 
sand}^  near  St.  Agnes  and  Perranporth  and  inland  to  Truro  (1). 
W.  annotina  should  occur,  but  I  have  been  able  to  find  only  the 
slender  gemma?  of  W.  proligera. —  W.  carnea  Schp.  Near  Truro  (1), 
Polperro  {2).—W.  Tozeri  Schp.  Polperro  and  Couch's  Mill  (2), 
frequent.  As  pointed  out  by  Holmes  and  Brent,  this  usually  grows 
on  yellowish  slaty  earth. 

Bryum  alpinitm  Huds.  Marshy  ground  in  various  localities  near 
St.  Agnes  and  Perranporth  (1),  common.  At  Wheal  Butson,  St. 
Agnes,  the  plants  are  brilliantly  coloured,  Polperro  (2)  on  damp 
rock  face,  rare. — B.  roseiim,  Schreb.  Roadside  at  Muchlamick  near 
Pelynt  (2). 

Milium  rostratum  Schrad.  Trenewan  and  Langreek  near  Pol- 
perro (2). 

Fontinalis  antipyretica  L.  Loe  Pool;  leat  at  Idless  near 
Truro  (1).  Plentiful  in  tidal  water  at  head  of  West  Looe  River  (2)  ; 
still  in  St.  Keyne  well  (2),  as  recorded  by  F.  Brent  fifty  years  ago. 
Yar.  firacilis  Schp.  A  slender  form  which  is  plentiful  in  Dozmary 
Pool  I  take  to  be  this  variety. — F.  squamosa  L.  Common  and  freely 
fruiting  in  Kennel  River  near  Stithians  and  Ponsanooth  (1)  ;  common 
in  Fowey  River  above  Redgate. 

Cryplicea  liefrromalla  Mohr.     Near  Crantock  (1)  ;  Polperro  (2). 

Bteryyopliyllum  lucens  Bi-id.  Xot  infrequent  in  moist  shaded 
spots  near  Perran])orth  (1)  and  Polperro  (2). 

Bteroyonium  yracile  Swartz.     Polperro  (2),  frequent. 

Poroirichum  al  ope  cur  urn  Mitt.  Ch^'verton  (1)  ;  frequent  near 
Polperro  and  c.fr.  at  Trenewan  (2). 

Leskea  polycarpa  Ehrh.     Near  Causeland  Station  (2). 

Anomodon  viticuJosus  Hook.  &  Tayl.  Polperro  district  (2), 
locally  plentiful. 

Lepfodon  SmifJiii  Mohr.    Talland  and  Trenewan  near  Polperro  (2). 

Heterocladium  lieteropterum  B.  &  S.  Summit  of  Brown  Willy ; 
St.  Cleer  ;  Polperro.  In  the  first  two  localities  on  granite,  in  the  last 
on  blue  slate. 


CORJ^ISH    MOSSES    AN^D    HEPATICS  7 

Thiidium  tamariscinmn  B.  &  S.  Fruits  sparingly  at  Penhallow 
near  Perranporth  (1)  and  at  Trelawne  (2). 

Camptothecium  lutescens  B.  &  S.  Abundant  in  Perranporth 
sandhills  (1)  ;  rare  near  Polperro  (2). 

Brachi/thecmm  albicans  B.  &  S.  Lambourne  (1);  by  West 
Looe  River  (2). — B.  salehrosum  B.  &  S.  ysly.  palustre  Schp.  Pasty 
Pool  near  Zelah  (1). — B.  ridulare  B.  &  S.  Penwartha  (1),  Pol- 
perro (2). — B.  plumosum  B.  &  S.  Polperro,  Pont  near  Fowey, 
below  Kilmar  Tor,  Draynes  Valley,  in  each  case  growing  on  rocks 
in  or  by  streams. — B.  illecehriim  De  Not.  Roadside  bank  at 
Bolingey  (1);  Polmeor  Hill,  Par;  near  Polperro  (2). — B.  piirum 
Dixon,  c.fr.  on  banks  at  Idless  (1)  and  above  cliffs  between  Looe 
and  Polperro  (2). 

Hi/ocomium  flagellare  B.  &  S.  By  stream  below  Golla  Wood 
near  Perranporth  (1). 

Eurhynchiiom piliferum  B.  &  S.  Frequent  near  PolpeiTO  (2)  ; 
I  have  not  seen  it  in  West  Cornwall. — £1.  C7^assinervium  B.  &  S. 
Talland  and  Trevarder  (2),  on  dry  rock-faces  in  lanes. — E.  pumilum 
Schp.  Old  mine-workings  by  the  sea  at  Perranporth  (1). — E.  circi- 
naticm  B.  &  S.  Plentiful  on  sandy  banks  (shell  sand)  at  Mount  near 
Perranporth  (1). 

Plagiothecium  undulatum  B.  &  S.  Woods  at  Trelawne  ;  Draynes 
Valley  (2)  ;  a  scarce  plant  in  Cornwall. 

AmMystegium  irriguum  B.  &  S.  Rocks  in  streams  in  various 
places  near  Polperro  (2). — A.  jluviatile  B.  &  S.  Rocks  in  bed  of 
stream,  Polperro  (2)  :  usually  submerged ;  A.  irriguum  grows  above 
the  ordinary  water-level. 

Hypnum  riparium  L.  Stream  near  Polperro  (2),  uncommon. — 
H.  stellatum  Schreb.  c.fr.  in  a  small  patch  of  bog  by  the  roadside. 
Wheal  Frances  (1)  ;  elsewhere  common  but  barren. — S.  fluitans  L. 
var.  Jeanhernati  Ren.  f.  tenella  Ren.  Pasty  Pool  near  Zelah  (1). 
Var.  gracile  Boul.  Pasty  Pool  near  Zelah  (1).  These  varieties, 
named  by  Mr.  J.  A.  Wheldon,  grow  together  in  watery  depressions  in 
the  peaty  ground  surroundimg  the  pool. — H.  exannulatum  Giimb. 
(type,  i.e.  var.  pinnatum  Boul.  f.  acuta  Sanio).  Silverwell  Moors 
near  St.  Agnes  (1). — H.  uncinatum  Hedw.  Hollows  among  sand- 
hills, Perranporth ;  dry  bed  of  old  mine-pool,  St.  Agnes ;  roadside 
near  Truro  (1).  — IL.  revolvens  Swartz.  Ventongimps  and  Tresawv.en 
Moors  ;  sometimes  so  robust  as  to  resemble  H.  scorpioides,  with 
which  it  grows. — H.  PatientidB  Lindb.  Side  of  pathway  across 
Ventongimps  Downs  (1)  ;  roadsides  near  Polperro  (2). — H.  mol- 
luscum  Hedw.  In  peaty  ground  at  Carnkief  (1),  a  small  form  ; 
fine  and  robust  on  rock-faces  at  Trelawne  (2). — H.  ochraceum  Turn. 
Perrancoombe  and  Penwartha  Coombe  (1)  on  wet  rocks,  plants 
dark  green ;  Upper  Fowey  River  (2),  plentiful,  with  the  usual 
yellow  and  brown  coloration. — H.  scorpioides  L.  Wet  moors  at 
Tresawzen,  Ventongimps,  and  Wheal  Butson. — II.  siramineum  Dicks. 
With  Sphagnum  in  Draynes  Valley  (2). — R.  sarmenfosum  Wahl. 
Silverwell  and  Wheal  Butson  Moors  (1).  This  is  bracketed  in  the 
Census  Catalogue  as  of  doubtful  occurrence  in  v.c.s  1  and  2.  As 
far   as    v.c.  1  is  concerned,    this  is  probably  due  to  an  oversight. 


8  THE    JOURNAL    or    BOTANY 

as  Curnow  (Holmes  &  Brent,  op.  cit.)  records  it  for  Trungle  Moor. 
Its  distribution  in  the  British  Isles,  as  indicated  by  the  figures 
of  the  Census  Cataloguey  appears  to  coincide  with  that  of  the 
Priuiarj''  rocks,  hence  its  occurrence  in  Cornwall  was  to  be  expected. 
—R.  Schreberi  Willd.     Chyverton  (1)  ;  Upper  Fowey  Valley  (2). 

Hepatic  s. 

!Riccia  sorocatpa  BIsch.  Frequent  on  earthy  banks  above  clifFs 
at  Polperro  (2).  In  spite  of  careful  search  I  have  not  been  able 
to  find  any  other  species. 

Cunoceplialum  conicum  (L.)  Dum.  Grows  finely  on  wet  banks, 
especially  in  deep  shade,  but  is  usually  barren  ;  c.fr.  at  Penwartha  (1). 

Lunidaria  cruciata  (L.)  Dum.  Common  ;  on  damj)  rock-faces 
near  Polperro  as  well  as  in  its  usual  artificial  habitats. 

Marchanfia  polymorplia  L.  With  6  receptacles  in  old  mine- 
workings  at  Perranporth  (1)  ;  on  stones  in  stream,  Talland  (2)  : 
a  much  less  common  plant  than  Conoceplialiim  conicum. 

Aneura  pinguis  (L.)  Dum.  Common  in  bogs  in  West  Corn  walk — ■ 
A.  muJtiJida  (L.)  Dum.  Yentongimps  and  Tresawzen  Moors  (1). — 
A.  major  (Lindb.)  K.  Miill.  In  the  Perranporth  district  (1)  this  is 
possibly  the  commonest  form  of  Aneuray  occurring  in  wet  ground  and 
on  moist  banks.  Near  Polperro  (2)  it  occurs  under  similar  conditions 
but  is  much  less  frequent.  By  a  damp  pathway  across  A'entongimps 
Moor  (1)  I  have  gathered  a  densely  tufted  j^lant  which  Mr.  Jones 
refers  to  this  species.  The  Census  Catalogue  gives  no  record  for  the 
West  of  England. 

Metzgeria  furcata  (L.)  Dum.  Common  on  trees.  Plants  on 
rock-faces  near  Polperro  have  the  large  cells  and  general  api->earance 
of  M.  conjugata,  but  I  have  not  been  able  to  find  monoicous 
inflorescence. 

Fellia  epipliglla  (L.)  Corda.  Common  on  loamy  banks  and  by 
streams.  Very  fine  and  handsome  on  clay  banks  at  Yentongimps 
and  elsewhere  in  v.c.  1. — P.  Fahhroniana  Raddi.  Perranporth  (1); 
base  of  damp  wall  by  rivulet  at  Talland  (2). 

Blasia  pusilla  L.     Goonhaven  Moor  near  Permnporth  (1). 

Pefalophi/Uum  RaJfsii  (AV'ils.)  Gottsche.  Damp  hollow  between 
sand-dunes,  Perranporth  (1). 

Fossombronia  pusilla  (L.)  Dum.  Lambriggan  and  Callestick  (1)  ; 
Polperro,  frequent ;  Boconnoc  (2) ;  almost  invariably  on  earthy 
patches  of  hedge-banks. — F.  WondraczeJci  (Corda)  Dum.  Damp 
side  of  path  across  Silverwell  Moors  (1). — E.  ccespififormis  De  Not. 
Mouths  of  rabbit  burrows  and  earthy  patches  adjoining  in  hilly  field, 
Polperro  (2). — F.  Dumortieri  (Hiib.  et  Genth.)  Lindb.  On  peaty 
ground,  Goonhavem  Moor(l).  Apparently  also  on  similar  ground  at 
Trenode  (2),  but  I  have  not  yet  found  mature  capsules.  This  is  not 
recorded  for  the  West  of  England  in  the  Census  Catalogue,  its  area 
of  distribution  com])rising  only  Surre}'  and  Sussex  in  the  south  of 
England,  one  county  (Carnarvon)  in  Wales,  Lancashire,  Yorkshire, 
and  Cumberland  in  the  north,  and  five  vice-counties  in  Scotland. — 
F.  angulosa  (Dicks)  iladdi.  Rocky  slopes  above  the  cliffs,  St. 
Agnes  (I). 


COENISn    MOSSES    AXD    HEPATICS  9 

MarsitpcUa  emarginata  (Erlir.)  Dum.  Kennal  Valley  near 
Stitliians  (1);  Boconnoc  Park,  Helman  Tor,  Lanlivery,  and  Kilmar 
Tor  {T).—M.  Funckli  (Web.  et  Mohr)  Dum.  Side  of  footpath, 
Tresawzen  Moor  (1). 

Alicidaria  scalar  is  (Schrad.)  Corda.  Trelawne  (2)  :  not 
common  so  far  as  my  observation  goes. 

Haplozia  crenulata  (Sm.)  \)wm.  Perranportli  district  (1), 
frequent. 

Gymnocolea  in  flat  a  (Huds.)  Dura.  Damp  hollows  in  granite 
on  Carn  Brea  Hill,  lledruth  (1),  a  green  plant  with  abundant 
perianths;  moors  and  peaty  banks  near  St.  Agnes  (1),  a  dark 
purple  plant  without  perianths. 

Loj)liozia  ventricosa  (Dicks.)  Dum.  Of  frequent  occm-rence, 
as  at  Ventong  mps  and  other  moors  (1)  ;  moor  below  Helman  Tor^ 
Dozmary  Pool  (wdth  abundant  gemmje),  and  Kilmar  Tor  (2). 

Splienolobus  ovatus  (Dicks.)  Schifl'n.  On  granite  circa  1250  ft, 
on  Kilmar  Tor  (2)  ;  occurs  also  on  Dartmoor. 

Plagiochila  asplenioides  (L.)  Dum.  A  common  plant,  often  of 
very  robust  growth. — P.  spinulosa  (Dicks.)  Dum.  Polperro  and 
Trelawne  (2). 

Lophocolea  lieteropliylJa  (Schrad.)  Dum.  On  stumps  at  Lam- 
bourne  (1).     Much  scarcer  than  X.  hidentata  and  L.  ciispidata. 

ChiloscypJius  polifanthus  (L.)  Corda.  Stream  above  Perran- 
porth  (1). 

Saccogyna  viiicidosa  (Sm.)  Dum.  Lane  leading  to  beach,. 
St.  Agne.5  (1)  ;  frequent  in  neighbourhood  of  Polperro  (2). 

Cephalozia  hicuspidata  (L.)  Dum.  Common,  very  variable  in 
size  ;  perianths  sometimes  brightly  coloured. — C.  connivens  (Dicks.) 
Lindb.  With  Sphagnum  on  Tresawzen  Moor  (1). — C.  media  Lindb- 
Moist  bank  by  roadside,  Trelawne  (2). 

Ceplialoziella  hyssacea  (lloth)  Warnst.  Steep  hillside  in  fields 
Polperro  (2).  Species  of  CeplialozieUa  occur  in  various  localities- 
near  Polperro  (2)  and  at  Chyverton  (1),  but  I  have  not  been  able  to- 
find  capsules  or  perianths. 

Galypogeia  Trichomanis  (L.)  Corda.  Summit  of  Brown  WiUr 
(2).  A  scarce  plant ;  1  have  seen  it  nowhere  else  in  the  count3^ — 
C.  Jissa  (L.)  Kaddi.  Common  in  both  vice-counties,  occurring  om 
moist  banks  and  among  Sphagna. — C.  arguta  Nees  et  Mont..  Lam- 
bourne  (1)  ;  Polperro  (2j,  rather  frequent. 

Bazzauia  trilohata  (L.)  Gray.     Shady  banks  at  Trelawne  (2). 

Lepidozia  repians  (L.)  Dum.  AVith  Bazzania  trilohata,  Tre- 
lawne (2). — L.  setacea  (Web.)  Mitt.  Tresawzen  and  Ventongimps- 
Moors  (1),  wdth  Sphagnum. 

Ptilidiiim  ciliare  (L.)  Hamjie.  With  mosses  on  banks,  Cheese- 
Avring  Downs  (2). 

Scapania  compacta  (Both)  Dum.  Downs  above  cliff,  St..  Agnes 
(1). — S.  gracilis  (Lindb.)  Kaal.  Carn  Brea  Hill,  Eedruth  (1)  ; 
Sharp  Tor  and  Brown  Willy  (2). — *S'.  nemorosa  (L.)  Dum.  Fre- 
quent, as  at  Tresawzen  Moor  (1),  Kea  near  Truro  (1),  woods  near 
Looe  (2). — S.  dentata  Dum.  Moor  below  Helman  Tor  (2) :  a 
richly-coloured  plant.     Xaw  amhigua  De  Not.     Stream  flowing  across 


10  THE    JOUEXAL    OF    BOTA?«"Y 

Silverwell  Moor  (1)  :  a  dark  green  robust  plant  growing  in  dense 
cushions  in  the  bed  of  the  stream. — aS'.  undulata  (L.)  Dum.  Goon- 
havern  Moor  (1)  and  Penhallow  Moor  near  Newlyn  East  (1)  ;  Upper 
Fowey  Eiver ;  stream  at  Bolventor  (2).  Perianths  occur  on  the 
Goonhavern  plants. — B.  irrigua  (Nees)  Dum.  Damp  sides  o£ 
paths,  Yentongimps  and  Silverwell  Moors  (1). 

Radula  complanata  (L.)  Dum.  Frequent  near  Polperro  and 
Looe  (1),  but  oftener  on  rocks  than  on  trees.  Capsules  are  freely 
produced.  On  a  rock-face  at  Trenevvan  (2)  occurs  a  darker  plant 
with  abundant  gemmre  which  may  be  B.  Lindhergii  Gottscbe,  but 
I  have  not  been  able  to  find  the  inflorescence. 

Madotlieca  Thuja  (Dicks.)  Dum.  On  "stone  hedges,"  i.e. 
boundary  walls  of  loose  stones  and  earth,  at  Polperro. — M.  platy- 
pliyUa  (L.)  Dum.     On  rocks  at  Polperro  and  Muchlarnick  (2). 

Lejeiinea  cavifolia  (Ehrh.)  Lindb.  var.  heterophylla  Carr. 
Polperro  (2). 

Frullania  tamarisci  (L.)  Dum.  Frequent  on  rocks  and  some- 
times on  trees ;  perhaps  most  plentiful  on  rocky  slopes  b}"  the  sea. — 
F.  d  Hat  at  a  (L.)  Dum.      Common. 

Anthoceros  piinctatus  L.  Silverwell  and  Wheal  Butson  Moors 
(1)  ;  damp  lane  near  Lansallos  Church  (2).  The  West  Cornwall 
plant  is  as  large  as  A.  Musnotl,  but  the  section  is  that  of  A.  pimc- 
tatus. — A.  IcBvis  L.  Damp  meadow  at  Ventongimps  (1).  A  rather 
common  plant  on  damp  soil  and  moist  banks  in  the  area  between  the 
Fowej'  and  Looe  Kivers  (2). 


NOTES  ON  BRITISH  POTAMOGETONS. 
Bx  Arthue  Bex:nett,  A.L.S. 

The  following  notes  are  suggested  by  a  peiTisual  of  Herr 
Hagstrom's  Critical  Hesearclies  on  the  genus,  noticed  in  this  Journal 
for  1917,  pp.  115-117.  The  species  follow  the  order  of  Lond.  Cat. 
ed.  10.  The  northern  range  of  each  species  is  shown  because  the  author 
makes  a  prominent  feature  of  this,  sometimes  b}''  latitude,  some- 
times by  the  year-isotherms.  It  seems  to  me  that  latitude  is  preferable, 
as  this  can  be  seen  on  any  map,  whereas  physical  maps  do  not  always 
agree  as  to  the  isothermal  lines,  and  there  is  the  trouble  of  reducing 
the  Centrigrade  (employed  by  the  author)  to  the  Fahrenheit  scale. 
The  southern  range  cannot  be  so  well  shown,  as  authors  differ  as  to 
the  identity  of  southern  with  northern  species.  I  have  added  after 
each  name  a  reference  to  the  page  in  which  the  species  is  dealt  with : 
this  is  the  more  necessary  in  that  the  author  in  his  otherwise  excellent 
index  has  cited  all  his  references  to  each  plant  without  indicating  the 
principal  one  in  thicker  type,  as  is  now  customary  : — 

P.  NATA^'S  L.  (p.  191).  Sweden  north  to  Swedish  Lapland; 
Norway  to  70°  3'  n.  lat. ;  Finland  to  69^^  n.  lat. ;  Scotland  to  the 
Shetlands. 

Sub- var.  maximus  Baagoe.  Leaves  110  X  70  mm.  ;  stipules  110 
mm.  long.  Barningham,  E.  Suffolk,  E.  F.  Linton.  Pembroke  (1883), 
Ridley, 


NOTES* ON   BEITISH   POTAMOGETONS  11 

f.  pygmcBoides  Hagst.  Loch  Lairing,  1600  ft.  alt.,  M.  Perth, 
W.  F.  Miller. 

*P.gessnacensis  Fischer  (p.  192).  P.natans  Xpolygonifolius;  var. 
JRichtsfeldii  Fischer=f.  hiberniciis  Hagstr.  Upper  Lake,  Killarney, 
1874,  a.  M.  Barrington :  I  su^Dpose  the  "  Long  Range,  Killarney 
(1888),  Scully'''  would  also  be  so  named.  Fryer  called  it  "a  f.  of 
jluitans,''''  but  in  this  I  do  not  concur.  Then  there  is  the  "  Balli- 
nahinch  River,  Co.  Galway  (1871),  A.  G.  More''  plant:  this  I 
consider  a  state  of  natans.  Fryer's  splendid  series  of  natans,  dried 
in  each  month  of  the  year,  shows  clearly  that  many  forms  called 
h3^brids  are  merely  states  of  this  species. 

P.  POLTGOXiFOLius  Pourr.  (p.  175).  Sweden  to  S.  Helsingland, 
c.  61°  30'  n.  lat. ;  Norway  at  Melo,  m""  50'  n.  lat.  (Blytt)  ;  Finland, 
Aland,  60°  20'  n.  lat.  {Hjelt) ;  Scotland,  Shetlands  {Beehy). 

Here  we  have  a  species  that  is  not  abundant  in  Scandinavia,  hence 
we  get  no  new  varieties ;  yet  in  leafage  no  species  is  more  variable. 
From  a  small  form  with  leaves  20  mm.  X 10  mm.  to  a  large  one 
130  mm.  X  48  mm.,  and  a  deep  water  state  180  mm.  X  6  mm.,  every 
possible  gradation  can  be  found.  Of  f .  cancellatus  Fryer — a  Shetland 
plant  which  Beeby  was  inclined  to  put  as  a  hybrid — Hagstrom 
remarks  "  if  not  a  hybrid  it  might  be  considered  a  f .  of  v.  lanci- 
folius.'" 

P.  sPARGANiFOLius  Lacstad.  (p.  217).  This  Hagstrom  considers 
a  hybrid — gramineus  L.  X  natans  L. — and  localizes  "  Shobden  Marsh, 
Heref.  89,  A.  Ley;  Surre}^  A.  Bennett,  86;  York,  Ripon,  80, 
JSTicTiolson ;  and  a  dubious  f .  from  Caithness,  E.  S.  Marshall.  The 
Surrey  plant  I  have  not  yet  traced  ;  the  Hereford  one  is  simply  a  state 
of  7iatans  (as  Dr.  Hagstrom  himself  named  a  sjDecimen  I  have)  and  so 
is  the  one  from  Ripon.  The  Irish  plant  presents  a  more  difficult 
problem.  Hagstrom  puts  it  under  sparganifolius  (i.  e.  Kirlcii  Sjnne) 
without  any  hesitation ;  Babington  considered  it  absolutely  agreed 
with  Laestadius's  plant ;  Syme,  Fryer  and  I  dissented ;  a  study  of 
the  plant  in  situ  is  required. 

P.  FLUITANS  Roth.  (p.  238).  Hagstrom  proposes  another  name — • 
P.  sterilis — for  this  much  discussed  plant.  This  seems  unnecessary  : 
Roth's  name  should  be  retained  for  the  hybrid,  and  use  P.  nodosus 
Pourr.  (as  the  author  does)  or  P.  americanus  Ch.  &  Schlech.,  which 
latter  is  certain  for  the  plant,  which  is  very  ably  discussed. 

P.  COLORATUS  Vahl  "  in  Hornemann,  Flora  Danica,  1813,  t.  1449" 
(p.  178).  "  M.  Vahl  et  Hofman-Bang  primi  plantam  .  .  .  detexerunt, 
sed  Hornemann  nominis  autor  est "  (Lange,  Nomencl.  Fl.  Dan. 
132).  Sweden,  Gothland  at  c.  57°  n.  lat.  Not  on  record  for  Norway 
or  Finland.     Scotland  to  56°  30'  n.  lat.  (v.c.  103). 

f .  grandifolius  leaves,  70-80  x  30-45  mm.  The  Cambridgeshire 
fens  produce  it  with  leaves  150  mm.  x  50  mm.  on  boulder  clay;  .in 
Herefordshire  specimens  they  are  150  mm.  X  55  mm. 

*P.  ANGLTCUS  Hagst.  =  P.  coloratusx polygonifoUiis  (p.  180). 
"  Although  coloratus  and  polygonifolius  are  so  closely  connected  one 
to  another,  yet  nobody  has  observed  any  crossing  between  them.  Some 
specimens  from  Woking  Heath,  in  Surrey,  England,  gathered  by 
Ar.  Bennett  in  1881,  however,  seem  to  me  in  all  probability  to  be  such 


12  THE    JOURNAL    OP    BOTAIWT 

a  bastard,"  p.  180.  The  specimens  are  simply  a  f.  of  polygonifolius 
in  dee])er  water  than  usual  on  a  heath ;  the  Avhole  growth  is  of  that 
species  and  not  colorafus.  If  other  In^brids  suggested  rest  on  no  better 
ground  than  anglicns,  I  should  say  they  are  not  to  be  depended  upon.  I 
know  the  growth  of  coloratus  well  in  the  fens  and  broads  of  E.  Anglia, 
having  seen  hundreds  in  the  living  state.  Hagstrom  admits  (p.  176) 
that  *'  the  stem-anatomy  of  the  stem  [of  coloratus  a^nd  2^ oli/g on  if  oli us] 
is  so  much  alike  that  it  is  practically  useless  for  the  distinction  of  the 
species."  Had  he  suggested  that  specimens  from  Shawley,  Salop, 
Nov.  1888,  W.  PJiillips,  were  coiglicus,  I  should  hardly  have  con- 
tested it ;  the  growth  of  the  submerged  leaves  resembles  that  of 
coloratus,  and  the  floating  leaves  are  thin,  with  the  coloratus  areo- 
lation,  yet  the  habit  is  that  of  polygonifolius. 

P.  ALPINUS  Balb.  (p.  142).  Sweden  to  Swedish  Lapland; 
Norway  to  70°  25'  n.  lat.  {Norman)  ;  Russian  Sf  Finnish  Lapland, 
08^  43*  {Hjelt)  ;  Scotland  to  Caithness,  c.  59°  n.  lat. 

A  very  variable  species ;  Hagstrom  does  not  adopt  the  names  of 
Fischer  (in  Ber.  Bay.  Bot.  Ges.  xi.  45,  1907),  yet  introduces  two  new 
forms.  Fischer  has  added  to  the  difficulty  of  collating  the  varieties 
In'  giving  a  new  interpretation  of  some  of  the  old  names.  The 
author  places  P.  gracilis  Wolf,  under  P.  gramineus  L.  P.  Druceii 
he  considers  to  be  a  hybrid — P.  alpinusx  nutans,  as  Mr.  Druce  first 
suggested. 

P.  LANCEOLATUS  Sm.  (p.  149)  is  regarded  as  undoubtedly  a  hybrid 
— P.  alpinus  xpusillus.  In  this  I  do  not  concur :  I  consider  it  as 
heterophyllus  xpusillus.  Hagstrom  states  that  the  submerged  leaves 
are  "  obtuse,"  but  this  is  not  the  case  :  the}'  are  subacute  ;  I  had  the 
plant  growing  for  many  years,  and  dried  two  hundred  specimens  and 
distributed  them  so  as  to  avoid  despoiling  the  Welsh  station.  Every- 
one who  has  grown  or  gathered  alpinus  knows  the  peculiar  growth  of 
the  rhizomes  ;  the}^  resemble  no  other  British  Potamogeton.  The 
roots  of  lanceolatus  have  nothing  of  alpinus  in  them,  but  they  have 
of  heteropliyllus ;  the  floating  leaves  are  not  alj)inus  either-  in 
chemical  constitution  or  structure.  A  plant  that  has  the  chemical 
nature  of  alpinus  will  show  it  in  drying,  and  you  can  drive  it  back 
by  soaking  again. 

For  description  and  figures  of  the  British  plant,  Hagstrom  (p.  150) 
refers  to  my  pa})er  in  this  Journal  for  1881  (p.  05,  t.  217).  He 
states  tliat  the  ol)tuse  apices  of  the  submerged  leaves  remove  it  from 
heteropliyllus :  tliis  is  a  mistake ;  I  have  the  plant  dried  from 
cultivation  from  January'  to  August  in  ever}^  month,  as  well  as  the 
autumn  states,  and  they  contradict  this. 

P.  iiETEROPiiVLrA'S  Sclircb.  (}).  204).  The  author  places  this 
under  P.  gramiiieus  L..  and  remarks:  "Although  Linne  in  his  short 
tleserijition  of  this  plant  has  not  mentioned  either  floating  or  petioled 

leaves there  is   no  I'cason  to  reject  the  Linnean  name,  and  a 

mis-determination  in  Linne's  herbarium  does  not  alter  the  dignity  of 
the  good  old  name."  Why  then  does  he  use  (p.  05)  zoster  if olitis 
Schum.  for  compressus  L.  ? — There  is  nothing  grass-like  in  hetero- 
pliyllus, while  in  compressus  there  is  the  compressed  stem,  etc.  The 
specimen    in    ClifSort's   herbarium   is    identical    with    Schumacher's 


N0TE3   OH^   BEITISn   P0TAM0GET0N3  13 

plant !  while  in  the  Linnean  herbarium  one  of  the  specimens  named 
"  compressus  "  is  lieterophyUus  !  Hagstrom  does  not  accept. 
P.  gyaminifolhis  (Fries)  l^yer  for  the  Irish  plant  named  P.  lonchites 
(Syme  non  Tuckerman).  At  the  date  of  Syme's  determination  one 
had  to  accept  it ;  he  said  later  he  had  seen  fruit  and  this  seemed  final. 
AVriting  to  A.  Gr.  More  in  1889,  I  remarked :  "  If  not  a  hybrid,  what 
then  ?  I  really  do  not  know  what  to  answer,  but  I  strongly  suspect 
it  may  eventually  come  under  lieterophijUus  as  var.  hiherniciis.  Out 
of  hundreds  of  specimens  of  }ietfrop)hyUi(s  I  have  seen  from  over  its. 
whole  area  there  is  nothing  quite  like  the  Irish  plant,  so  that  the 
above  is  still  my  opinion. 

P.  FALCATUS  Fryer.  Hagstrom  (p.  221)  refers  this  to  nitens 
Weber,  but  some  of  Fiyer's  specimens,  e.  g.  "  Stocking  Fen,  Eamsey, 
Hunts.,  nos.  1265,  1275,  1086" — he  refers  to  "true  gramineus, 
verging  to  i.  jemflandicus  Tis.,  or  f.  nigrescens  Fr."  (p.  209). 

P.  KiTENS  Weber  (p.  221).  Sweden  to  Swedish  Lapland  ; 
Norway  to  Sydvaranger  ;  Finland  to  63"^  n.  lat.  {Hjelt)  ;  Scoflaniv 
to  Shetland,  Beehy.  Hagstrom's  account  of  nitens  is  very  full :  he 
divides  it  into  three  varieties  or  groups  :  o.  suhgramineus,  with  seven 
forms  ;  /3.  suhperfoliatus,  with  nine  ;  y.  intermedins,  with  ten.  Of 
suhperfoliatus  we  have  in  Ireland,  i.  prcelongifolius  (Killarney,  1890; 
SculW,  2734 ;  Ballyputylough,  co.  Clare,  1905,  Frceger ;  Ballynane- 
Lake,  Donegal,  1893,  H.  C.  Hart)  ;  and  f.  ohtusus  (Antrim,  Drough 
river,  1883  and  Six-mile  river,  Dunaday,  S.  A.  Steicart)  :  in  Scotland, 
f.  perfoliatifolius  (Thurso  river,  Caithness,  1886,  F.  J.  Hanhury  ; 
Brue  loch,  Dunrossness,  Shetland,  1890,  Beely)  and  f.  elongatus- 
(Lunanburn,  E.  Perth,  1882,  A.  Stnrrock;  Isle  of  Tire,  v.c.  103, 
1896,  Macvicar;  Birsaj,  Orkney,  1876,  J.  W.  H.  Trail). 

P.  LUCEXS  L.  (p.  232).  Sweden  to  c.  63°  n.  lat,  ;  Norway,  to 
61°  n.  lat.  (BIytt)  ;  Finknd.  Hagstrom  doubts  Hjelt  and  Hult's 
record  of  Kolari  in  Kemi  Lappmark  (1885),  but  this  is  confirmed  in 
Herb.  Mus.  Fenn.  (1889)  p.  33,  and  by  Wainio  at  67°  25'  n.  lat.  in 
his  Fl.  Lap.  findland  (1891)  p.  71.  In  Ireland  and  England 
f.  insignis  Tis.  seems  the  most  frequent  form. 

P.  DECiPiE^s  Nolte  (p.  2-12).  Sweden  to  Gefleborgs  Ian  {Berlin)]. 
Finland  (as  P.  salicifolius  Wolf),  by  Hjelt,  Fl.  Fenn.  i.  538  (1895). 
In  Britain  to  Forfar,  and  v.c.  102  of  Inner  Hebrides,  Somermlle., 
I  quite  agree  with  Hagstrom  that  this  =JucensxperfoJiatus,  audi 
consider  that  Graebner's  separation  into  tw^o  hybrids  {Das  Bjlanzen- 
reich,  137,  1907)  is  erroneous.  It  is,  as  Hagstrom  remarks,  a 
"beautiful  hybrid";  the  leaves  and  stipules  in  Cambs  specimens, 
are  so  translucent  that  every  vein  and  sub- vein  can  be  seen.  I  have- 
only  seen  one  specimen  in  fruit — from  "Benwick,  Cambs,  7.1884,, 
A.  Fryer."  Of  the  Bath  plant  named  in  MS.  "  P.  Burtoni,  Canal,. 
Bath,  Som.  ex  herb.  Hopkins,  July  1866,"  I  possess  two  specimens,, 
and  one  from  T.  B.  Flower,  1867 ;  I  also  know  those  at  the  British 
Museum  and  Kew.  Fryer  agreed  wdth  me  that  "  wdiatever  '  decipiens  " 
they  were,  they  w^re  not  the  decipiens  of  Nolte's  herbarium." 

The  plate  in  Journ.  Bot.  (1867,  t.  61)  was  drnw^i  from  a  specimen* 
of  true  decipiens-,  in  the  description   (p.  73)  it  is  definitely  stated 


14  TKE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY; 

that  it  was  made  "  from  a  specimen  collected  by  Mrs.  Hopkins  in  a 
canal  near  Bath."  If  this  were  the  case,  it  was  the  onl}"  specimen  she 
found,  as  the  leaves  in  all  the  Bath  examples  I  have  seen  are  distinctly 
petioled.  Syme  (E.  Bot.  3,  ix.  89)  regards  the  Bath  plants  as  "  a 
weak  state  of  lucenSy''  which  seems  to  be  the  case. 

P.  clecipiens  var.  affinis  mihi  in  Jom-n.  Bot.  1879,  289,  and  Exch. 
Club.  Hep.  1880,  35,  is  a  very  odd  and  difficult  plant  to  name ;  Hag- 
strom  merely  mentions  it,  not  having  seen  specimens.  Trimen  in 
Journ.  Bot.  1867,  289,  suggested  P.  salicifolius  Wolfs^.  ;  Syme  in 
Ex.  Club.  Rep.  1876,  35  (1878),  nitens  Web.;  above"  I  called  it 
decipiens  (see  above)  ;  later  I  suggested  X  Brotlierstonii  {^decipiens 
y.  nitens;  see  Linton  in  Journ.  Bot.  1907,  300),  but  no  ^zzY<?w5  seems 
to  produce  fruit.     After  all,  I  think  my  first  suggestion  ma}^  stand. 

It  occurs  in  the  canal.  Warwick.  1862,  BaJcer ;  Tweed.  Fishnick. 
Berwick.  1876,  Brotherston  ;  Sprouston  and  near  Kelso.  Roxburgh, 
1875,  Brotherston. 

The  specimens  are  very  dark,  nearly  black ;  the  lower  leaves 
120  mm.  X  30  mm.,  upjDcr  80  mm.  x  25  mm.,  clasping  at  the  base,  thus 
suggesting  decipiens  XperfoUatus. 

■*P.  Torssandri  (Tis.)  P.  decipiens  ft.  Torssandri  Tis.  Pot.  snec. 
exsicc.  ii.  n.  75  (1895),  p.  216,  P.  graminensxlucensxpeiifoliatus. 
The  author  says,  "  I  have  formerly  considered  the  (p.  216)  plants 
belonging  hereto  to  be  a  mule  betAveen  P.  Zizii  iiw^  perfoliatus,  but 
must  now  leave  [it]  open  .  .  .  possibly  P.  liicensx  nitens,  or  decipiens 
Xgramineus.''^  The  plant  occurs  in  Sweden,  Denmark,  and  Fi-ance. 
'*  It  resembles  much  P.  nitens,  and  is  distributed  by  Ar.  Bennett  as 
P.  nitens  var.  r}.  cuspidatus  in  Graebner,  Potamog.  1907,  91."  This 
refers  to  specimens  in  the  National  Herbarium,  where  I  suggested  the 
name  many  years  ago.  The  plant  is,  like  affinis,  veiy  difficult  to 
name  with  any  certainty.  It  occurs  in  Britain  :  I  have  a  specimen 
from  Wareham,  Dorset,  collected  by  E.  F.  Linton,  in  1893. 

The  finding  of  P.  upsaliensis  Tis.  at  Wool  in  Dorset  was  partici- 
pated in  by  Mr.  Grreen,  as  well  as  by  Miss  Ida  M.  Roper.  Hagsti-om 
divides  decipiens  into  three  varieties :  a.  latifoliiis,  with  three 
forms ;  ft.  hrevifolius,  and  y.  longifoUus  with  two  each. 

The  Wool  plant  falls  under  LongifoUus  f.  npsaliensis. 

P.  ANGUSTiFOLius  Berclit.  &  Presl=P.  Zizii  Roth  (p.  210). 

Sweden  to  Jemtland  and  Medeimd ;  South  Norway,  Finland  to 
66°  20'  n.  lat.  (Wainio).  Britain  to  E.  Ross.  57°  30'  n.  lat. 
(Men7iell). 

The  author  doubts  whether  this  name  applies  to  Zizii,  but  the 
Bohemian  botanists  have  no  doubt,  and  Fieber,  Presl,  Kosteletsky, 
and  Celakovsky  so  consider  it.  Hagstrom  refers  to  and  figures 
(103  B)  a  rare  form  of  leaf  with  reduced  lamina  (as  in  lucens 
acuminatus)  from  "Long  Drove,  Pidly  Fen,  Hunts.  Fryer.'" 
This  also  occurs  in  Westmoor,  Chatteris,  Cambs,  where  I  gathered  it 
with  Fr3^er  in  1886,  and  in  Surrey  {Beehy).  He  remarks:  "lam 
persuaded  that  P.  Zizii  rarely,  if  ever,  propagates  itself  by  seeds." 
There  is  no  doubt  that  it  does  so  in  Cambridgeshire  ;  in  a  ditch  on 
Witcham  Meadlands  Fryer  showed  me  plants  that  had  come  from 


Is^OTES    ON    BRITISH    POMATOGETOXS  15 

seed,  though  no  doubt  this  is  rare — I  have  only  seen  good  fruit  on 
deep-water  forms  from  Derwentwater,  Cumberland  (Fearsall),  and 
from  Butterstone  Loch,  Perth  {Sturi^ocJc).  We  do  not  seem  to  have 
any  form  like  f .  spJendissima  Tis.,  with  peduncles  28  cm.  long  ;  the 
nearest  to  it  is  from  Cauldshields  Loch,  Roxburgh  (^BrotJierstoii), 
with  peduncles  20  cm.  long.  Of  the  Cambridge  Fens  forms,  a  large 
number  fall  imder  var.  vciUcIks  Tieb.,  f.  coriaceus  M.  et  K.  (P. 
coriaceus  Fr^^er)  ;  our  usual  form  is  lucescens  Tis.  :  f.  communis 
Hagst.  occurs  in  Llyn  Leydyard  (  Griffitlis)  ;  f.  lucentijormis  Hagst., 
Westmoor,  Cambs  {Fryer) ;  var.  elongatiis  f.  foJiosiis  occurs  in 
Coniston  Lake,  N.  Lane.  (C  Bailey).  The  most  remarkable  state 
is  one  from  Great  Fen  Acre  Drain,  Chatteris,  Cambs  {'Fryer)  with 
petioled  upper  leaves  20  cm.  long  X  40  mm.  wide. 

*P.  ^iJjIjIjVBTL  YYjQY=angustifoliusX  colorattis,  P.  coloraUisX 
gramineus  Hagst.  (p.  181),  P.  coriaceus  X2^l(int<:tgine us  Fryer. 
"The  English  specimens  I  have  examined  are  by  Fryer  himself 
determined  as  P.  BiUiipsii,  and  considered  to  be  a  combination  of 
his  P.  coriaceus  Sind  coloratus,  which  would  mean  P.  gramineus  X 
lucensxcoloratus ,  anything  of  P.  lucens,  however,  cannot  be  dis- 
covered in  the  specimens  here  concerned,  ....  in  the  specimens 
figured  [as  Billvpsii']  in  t.  337  [Journ.  Bot.  1893]  are  evidently 
P.  Zizii  ....  in  the  specimens  figured  on  Plate  338  P.  coloratus  can 
easily  be  traced  in  the  leaf -texture  "  etc. 

The  only  other  habitat  given  by  Hagstrom  for  this  hybrid  is 
Gothland,  Sweden  :  I  know  too  little  of  the  plant  to  venture  an 
opinion  concerning  it. 

*P.  VAEiANs  Morong  ex  Fryer  (p.  205).  Hagstrom  puts  this 
under  gramineus  L.  He  considers  the  Fryer  specimens  nos.  1732, 
2243,  &  1277  Gunty  Fen  are  "  pure  nigrescens  Fries  ;  likewise  also 
no.  2056,  2057  from  Block  Fen,  and  2504  from  Witcham  Headlands, 
Mepal."  Here  I  am  disposed  to  agree,  but  much  difference  of 
opinion  has  been,  and  will  continue  to  be,  expressed  as  to  Fries's 
plant. 

*P.  CEASSiroLius  Fryer  =  P.  gramineus  x  lucens  x  natans 
(p.  216).  "The  specimens  from  Cambridgeshire,  Westmoor, 
Doddington  (P.  crassifolius  f.  verrutus  Fryer)  under  no.  1668,  .  .  . 
also  nos.  422  and  423  from  Doddington,  seem  to  be  this  double 
hybrid."  Other  "  Fryer  specimens  of  P.  crassifolius  "  Hagstrom 
(p.  239)  places  under  P.  lucens  X  natans  :  1  think  he  is  probably 
nght  here,  as  I  knoAV  some  of  the  early  gathered  plants  referred  to 
crassifolius  were  a  state  oifiuitans  Both.  {  — lucens  X  natans). 

P.  Geiffithii  Ar.  Benn.  (p.  149).  Hagstrom  identifies  this  with 
P.  nerviger  Wolfg.  from  Lithuania  :  this  and  the  Welsh  station  are 
the  only  ones  known.  "Its  hybrid  origin  (i.e.  P.  alfinusxyrcB- 
longus)  is  beyond  all  doubt  and  may  nowadays  be  disputed  in  earnest 
by  nobody  "  ;  nevei-theless,  I  venture  to  do  so.  To  begin  with,  the 
habitats  are  very  different — Lithuania  a  low-lying  marshy  country, 
Lljm-an-afon  (Aber  Lake)  an  isolated  mountain  tarn  with  wild 
scenery  around.  Moreover,  P.  prcelongus  is  not  known  in  Caernar- 
vonshire ;  P.  alpinus  grows  only  in  one  spot,  thirty  miles  away. 


16  THE    JOUKNAL    OF    EOTAiNY 

The  lake  is  1620  feet  altitude  lying  under  Y  Foel  Fras,  3091  ft. 
alt.,  and  all  around  are  mountains.  ^Iv  friend  the  late  E.  Straker, 
who  went  there  at  my  request,  considered  that  the  lake  "  had  been 
formed  hj  the  damming-up  of  the  valley  by  the  remains  of  an 
ancient  glacier ;  the  moraine  is  composed  of  large  sharp  rectangular 
blocks  of  stone,  partly  covered  by  bog  "  :  at  a  quarter  of  a  mile 
from  tlie  lake  the  ground  by  the  stream  out  of  it  has  fallen 
to  113-4  feet.  It  is  a  case  of  isolation  exactly  similar  to  that  of 
Sal  mo  ni<j)'opinnis  (the  black-finned  trout),  which  also  occurs  in 
these  isolated  Welsh  Lakes.  I  had  the  plant  growing  many  years 
along  with  P.  alpimts  and  pr(sloii(/tis  :  Fryer  suggested  it  might  be 
a  per/olid  fun,  poI^(/onifoIh(s,  or  prcelouf/us  hj^brid,  and  remarked 
"if  alpintcs,  where  are  the  roots  of  this,  and  where  are  the  traces  of 
its  peculiar  winter-buds  ?  " 

1  have  gathered  the  P.  Grijpthii  (cultivated)  at  all  seasons 
of  the  year  from  March  to  October:  in  March  the  leaves  are 
petioled,  and  very  translucent,  quite  different  from  alpinus  or 
prcelonr/us,  which  grew  by  its  side  in  the  same  tank. 

I  hope  at  some  future  time  to  discuss  P.  kehvigeii  Wolfg.,  but 
this  is  not  a  British  species. 

P.  PR-ELOxaus  Wulf.  (p.  250).  Sweden  to  S.  Lapland  (Berlin) ; 
Noricay  to  69°  58'  n.  lat.  {Korman)  ;  Finland  to  69°  30'  n.  lat. 
{Euwald)  ;   Scotland  to  Shetlands  {Beehy). 

This  is  one  of  the  least  variable  species,  both  here  and  elsewdiere  ; 
we  do  not  have  var.  latifolius  Alpers  (leaves  subrotund),  or  var. 
elegans  Tis.  (leaves  30  cm.  long  x  20  mm.  wide). 

P.  PEEFOLIATUS  L.  (p.  251).  Sivedeii  to  S.  Lapland  (Berlin); 
J^^orivay  to  70°  n.  lat.  {Norman);  Finland  to  69°  31'  n.  lat. 
{Wainio)  ;  Scotland  to  Shetland  {Beehy).  Leaves  very  variable 
from  almost  round  to  12  cm.  long  X  3  cm.  wide.  A  form  like  the 
former  has  been  described  as  a  species  (P.  hiipleuroides  Fernald). 

P.  CE1SPU8  L.  (p.  58).  Sweden  and  Norway  to  Gestricia  at 
60°  30'  n.  lat. ;  Finland,  Aland  isles  only ;  Scotland  and  Orkney 
and  Outer  Hebrides.  The  largest  forms  I  have  seen  from  Britain 
are  from  Kinghorn  Loch,  Fife  {W.  Syme),  leaves  90  mm.  x  15  mm., 
und  Sidcot,  Somerset  ( W.  F.  Miller),  85  mm.  X  15  mm. 

This  does  not  \iuy  much  with  us  ;  curiously  enough,  Hagstrom 
.does  not  mention  P.  scrratus  Hudson  as  a  synonym.  So  far  as 
one  can  judge  from  named  specimens  in  herbaria  (I  have  not  seen  a 
type)  the  var.  planifoliies  G.  F.  W.  Meyer,  Chloris  Hanov.  623 
(1836),  is  the  same  form.  The  author  retains  E.  F.  Linton's 
var.  cornufus. 

*P.  Bexnettii  Fryer  (p.  63).  This  he  regards  as  crisjmsx 
jpusillus,  not  criapusxohtusifolius  as  suggested  by  Fryer. 

*P.  LiNTONi  Fryer.  This  is  regarded  by  Hagstrom  as  P.  crispus  x 
Fricsii,  bat  is  only  mentioned  in  his  index.  1  have  it  from  Shere, 
>Surrey,  C.  E.  Salmon,  1912.  On  a  specimen  from  Ireland  (Canal 
below  Calloron,  Co.  Fermanagh,  1892,  Praeger)  Fryer  remarks 
{in  Hit.)'  "This  is  my  Bennettii,'"  but  I  think  it  should  rather 
be  referred  to  '' Lintoniy  I  sent  it  to  him  suggesting  "P.  crispus  X 
ohtusifolius  ?  " 


NOTES    ON   BEITISH    POTAMOGETONS  17 

*P.  CooPERi  Fryer  (p.  61).  P.  cymatoides  Asch.  &  Graeb.  Syn 
MTitteleur.  Fl.  i.  337  (1897).  P.  cymhifolius  Fischer,  Beit,  z! 
Kennt.  Layer.  Pot.  in  Mitt,  ba^^er.  Bot.  Ges.  360  (1904). 

Hagstrom  divides  this  into  two  forms:  n.  serrulatus  and  /3.  ser- 
ratiis  :  under  the  first  he  places  f.  eu- Coojyeri  Grsiehn.  (Leicestershire 
— the  only  station);  f.  Jacksonii  (Cheshire  and  Cambridgeshire; 
the  original  record  was  from  Yorkshire)  ;  and  f.  scoticus  Hagst. — a 
new  form — from  Stirling ;  I  have  it  from  Salop  and  Notts.  /^.  ser- 
ratus  is  only  known  from  Bavaria.  "  Real  P.  Cooperi  is  besides 
observed  by  us  from  Gudena  in  Denmark." 

The  Irish  specimens  are  neither  of  the  above,  being  nearer  per- 
foliatus  than  the  others,  and  may  be  called  f.  hihernicus  : — Folia  6  cm. 
longa,  -2  cm.  lata.  Leaves  very  dark,  blackish  green,  peduncles  4-5  cm. 
long  (^scoticus  2  cm.) ;  whole  plant  more  robust  than  the  other  forms. 

P.  DENSUS  L.  (p.  260).  Sweden  in  Halland;  Finland,  Aland 
Isles  only  ;  Norway  at  60°  n.  lat.  {Hart man). 

The  author  gives  Howden,  Yorksliire  (1845,  Storey)^  as  the  most 
northern  British  locality  ;  but  it  occurs  up  to  Edinburgh  and  Lanark. 
Tlie  varieties  latifoUus  Wallr.,  anyusfifolius  M.  et  K.,  and  lanci- 
foUus  Wallr.,  occur  in  Britain.  The  typical  form  is  abundant  on 
Mitcham  Common,  Surrey. 

P.  zosTEEiFOLiTJS  Schum.  (p.  65).  Sweden  to  63°  n.  lat.  ; 
Norway  to  Christiana  {Blytt)  ;  Finland  to  66°  n.  lat.  {Hjelt)  ; 
Scotland  to  56=  40'  n.  lat.  (Forfar). 

This  was  referred  to  cuspidatus  Schrad.  by  J.  E.  Smith,  who  of 
course  knew  nothing  of  acutifolius  Link.  ;  but  Schrader's  specimen 
in  Smith's  herbarium  is  acutifolius. 

Hagstrom  describes  a  f.  ahortivus,  w^hich  he  thinks  "may  be 
3b  hybrid  with  acutifolius'''  :  "A  similar  plant  is  also  collected 
by  Babington  in  Scotland  (hb.  Stockholm)  where  P.  acutifolius 
is  not  now  met  with.  Nevertheless  it  is  possible  that  it  has  occurred 
there  in  olden  times."  I  do  not  know  what  this  specimen  is,  but 
I  have  little  doubt  it  is  a  Rescobie  one,  in  which  the  fruit  is  some- 
times not  developed  and  the  flower-heads  look  just  as  they  would  if  it 
were  a  hybrid.  This  it  is  not ;  in  northern  latitudes  Potamoyeton., 
Sparyanium,  &c.,  often  do  not  fruit  freely  in  wet  or  cold  years  (see 
Laestadius  in  Bid.  till  Kann.  Vaxt.  Tornea  Lappmark,  1860,  p.  42). 

P.  ACUTIFOLIUS  Link.  (p.  67).  Sweden  to  60°  12'  n.  lat. 
{Hay Strom)  ;  not  recorded  from  Norway  or  Finland;  Enyland  to 
S.E.  York.  {Smith  herb.!).  Hagstrom  gives  the  length  of  the 
peduncles  as  usually  10  mm.  (5-23)  ;  in  specimens  from  Buckenham 
FeiTy,  E.  Norfolk,  they  are  25  mm.,  in  those  from  Staines,  Middlesex, 
36  mm.,  but  others  have  the  normal  length :  neither  is  P.  bamber- 
yensis  Fischer  {acutifolius  X  zoster  if olius). 

P.  OBTUSiroLius  M.  &  K.  (p.  115).  Sweden  to  63''  n.  lat.  ; 
'Norioay  to  62°  n.  lat.  {Blytt)  ;  Finland  to  67"- 25'  n.  lat.  (Wainio)  ; 
Scotland  to  Argyll !  and  Inverness  ! 

The  length  of   the  peduncles  in    this   species  is   very  variable  ; 

in   specimens  from  Lake  Lancashire    {Pear sail)   they  are   36  mm. 

long,  four  times  the  length  of  the  spike.     This  is  va^r.  ffzivialis  Lange 

&  Mortenson,  but  not  var.  lacustris  Fries,  Herb.  Norm.  5,  no.  81 

Journal  of  Botant. — Vol.  57.     [January,  1919.]         c 


18  THE    JOUENAL    OF    BOTAT^T 

(1840).  The  author  refers  Fries's  plant  to  P.  semifructus  Ar.  Benn. 
ap.  Graeb.  Das  Pflanzenreich,  138,  1907  (nomen)  =  P.  mucronatus  X 
obtusifolius.  This  plant  1  have  from  Wire  Mill  Pond,  SuiTey,  1882 
{Beehy),  and  Clunie  Loch,  Perth,  1882  (Sturrock).  P.  obtusifolius 
fruits  more  freely  than  any  other  of  the  grass-leaved  species;  a 
specimen  from  Stalham,  E'.  Norfolk,  has  eleven  peduncles,  one  of 
which  has  thirty-two  well-formed  fruits.  When  growing  from 
winter-buds  (turios)  in  April,  the  first  seven  leaves  are.  only  18  nam. 
lonp-,  witli  an  almost  square  apex,  the  central  lacuna3  forming 
one-third  of  the  leaf -width. 

P.  Friesii  Rupr.  (p.  94).  Sweden  to  61"  15'  n.  lat.  {Ragstrom)  ; 
Bouth  Norway]  Finland  to  62°  n.  lat.,  Kihlman  sp. ;  66°  59' 
(Hult)  Vienna  herb. ;  Scotland  to  Caithness,  Orkney,  and  Outer 
Hebrides.  Var.  majus  S.  F.  Gray,  Nat.  An.  Brit.  pi.  35  (1821)  = 
latifolius  (Huthe  herb.)  ap.  Fischer,  Ber.  Bayr.  Bot.  Ges.  xi.  100 

(1907). 

P.  PANOEMiTANrs  Biv.-Bernardi,  p.  98  (1838)  6;  P.  gracilis 
Fries,  Nov.  Fl.  8uec.  50  (1828),  teste  Hagstrom.  This  plant,  con- 
sidered as  a  var.  of  lousillus,  has  been  little  noticed  by  writers  on  the 
genus.  It  is  incidentally  named  by  Babington  and  by  myself  in 
Journ.  Bot.  1881,  pp.  11,  67,  242,  and  by  Morong  in  Macoun's  Cat. 
Canadian  Plants,  87  (1888).  Hagstrom  figures  and  describes  fully 
the  differences  between  this  and  inisillus,  one  of  the  principal  of 
which  relates  to  the  stipules  (ligules)  :  in  panormitanus  these  are 
connate  (as  shown  by  his  figure  39),  m  imsillus  they  are  not  so,  and 
numerous  other  differences  are  set  forth  at  much  length.  I  have 
specimens  from  pond  nr.  Lewes,  E.  Sussex,  1895,  Hilton  ;  Amberley 
and  Sidlesham,  W.  Sussex,  1901,  Marsliall ;  Surrey,  coll.  by  myself 
in  1881  and  by  Nicholson  in  1882 ;  Salop.  1881,  Bechivith ;  Caer- 
narvon, Llandudno,  1869,  C  Bailey  ;  Cambridge,  Chatteris,  1886, 
Fryer  ;  Anglesea,  Cors  Bordialio,  1892,  Griffith ;  Cardigan,  Aber- 
anth,  1899,  Marshall  ;  Wexford,  ditch  n.  of  harbour,  1896, 
Ilarshall ;  Kirkcudbright,  Ketton,  1884,  Coles ;  E.  Inverness, 
Beauly,  1894,  Marshall ;  Fife,   Loch  Leven,   1909,   West ;  Isle  of 

Lismore,  v.c.  98,  1898,  Mac  vicar ;  Caithness,  Loch]  Scarmlett,  1914, 

W.  Lillie. 

All  our  specimens  called  p)usillus  will  have  to  be  examined  to 

show  to  which  species  they  belong;  I  have  determined  those  from 

the  preceding  localities. 

P.  pusiLLUS  L.   (p.   121).     Sweden  to  S.   Lapland ;  Norway  to 

Naeseby  ;  Finland  to  Svjaitoy-noss  at  68°  10'  in  Russian  Lapland ; 

Scotland  to  Shetland  {Beehy). 

*P.    pusiLLTFOKMis    Hagstrom     (P.    'pusillusY.Friesii    Rupr.) 

(p.  97).     The  author,  gives   no  Enghsh  localities  :  I   have  it  from 

lietchcott,  Salop,  1882,  Beckwith  ;  Coulterhouse,  Sauchie,  Stirling, 

1892,  Kidston. 

P.   Stureockii    Ar.  Benn.    (p.   117).     The  author  regards  this 

species,  known  onl}--  from  Scotland,  as  P.  ohtusiflorus  Xj^anonnitaniis, 

but  my  specimens  have  plenty  of  good  fruit  and  I  therefore  cannot 

accept  this  conclusion. 

P.  TEICHOIDES  Cham.  &   Schlecht.     Sweden  at  56°  50'   n.  lat. 

{Winslow)  ;  Scotland  at  bif  18'  n.  lat.  {Barclay  Sf  Mattheios). 


NOTES    ON   BEITISH    POTAMOGETOXS  19 

Hagstrom  says:  " Such  varieties  as  Trimmeri  Casp.  and  ccrpillaris 
Fischer,  recorded  as  three-nerved  and  by  this  fact  separated  from  the 
main  form  are  probably  bastards."  I  do  not  know  Fischer's  j^lant,  but 
Trimmeri  (our  trichoides)  is  certainly  not  a  bastard  ;  curiously  enough 
he  quotes  a  Norwich  specimen  from  Babington  under  his  triclioides. 
Caspary  separated  it  from  the  type  because  that  is  figured  with 
one-tuberculed  fruit  and  one-veined  leaves,  and  this  is  the  case  in 
the  t}73e-specimens  in  the  Berlin  herbarium.  Our  plant  fruits  very 
fi'eely  in  ISToi-folk. 

*P.  FEANCONiciJS  Fischer  (P.  pusillus  x  triclioides)  f.  aspicosiis 
Hagstr.  (p.  126).  Hedge  Court  Mill  Pond,  Surrey,  Beehy,  teste 
Hagstrom  ;  Ewood  Pond,  Surrey,  Stralcer. 

The  author  refers  to  this  specimens  from  "  Glastonby  [Glaston- 
bury], Somerset,  Murrey  [Murray]."  On  receipt  of  specimens  from 
the  late  P.  P.  Murray  1  wrote :  "  I  should  call  this  pusillus  var. 
yseudotrichoides^''  and  I  still  maintain  this  name,  as  the  plant  fruits 
freely.     Mr.  Marshall  notes  "  no  triclioides  in  Somerset." 

P.  PECTiNATTis  L.  (p.  39).  Sweden  to  S.  Lapland  ;  Norway  to 
Finmark  ;  Finland  to  66°  n.  lat.  {Rjelt)  ;  Scotland  to  Shetlands. 

The  varieties  of  this  species  are  treated  very  fully.  They  include 
the  following  British  forms  : — 

Var.  ungulatus  Hagstr.  f.  suh-ceqiiabilis.  River  Leen,  Notts 
{Mitchell)  ;  Wallasey,  Cheshire  {Lomax). 

f.  latiusculis  Hagstr.     Benwick,  Camb.  {Fryer). 

Var.  diffusus  Hagstr.  f.  laxus  Hagstr.  Hedge  Court  Mill  Pond, 
Surrey  {Beehy)  ;  Chatteris,  Cambs  {Fryer) ;  Stirling  {Stirling  ^ 
Kidston)  ;  Outer  Hebrides  {Somerville)  ;  Orkney  (Syme)  ;  Shetland 
{Beehy)  ;  I.  Man  {Kermode) ;  Castle  Gregory,  Co.  Kerry  {H.  C, 
Hart). 

The  author  refers  P.Jlahellatus  Bab.  to  P.  interruptios  Kit.  and 
does  not  consider  it  entitled  to  specific  rank. 

P.  VAGINA  TUB  Turcz  (p.  32). 

He  remarks :  "  Shetland,  Beehy,  see  Journ.  Bot.  1907,  192.  I 
am  not  fully  convinced  of  the  correctness  of  this  statement."  The 
Shetland  plant  agrees  with  Swedish  specimens  accepted  by  Hagstrom  ; 
but  I  am  not  fully  convinced  that  his  Swedish  specimens  are  correct : 
I  have  two  specimens  of  Turczaninow's  plant  from  the  original 
locality  :  but  this  must  be  discussed  elsewhere. 

P.  FiLiFORMis  Persoon  (p.  14).  Sweden  very  general  and  far 
north  ;  Norway  to  70°  51'  n.  lat.  {Norman)  ;  Finland  to  69°  40' 
n.  lat.  {Wainio)  ;  Scotland  to  Shetlands  {Beehy). 

The  author  uses  the  above  name,  not  accepting  P.  nnarinus  L. 
With  regard  to  the  use  of  the  latter  the  specimens  so-named  in  the 
Linnean  herbarium  2,\:q  pectinatusX  In  Rhodora  (1916,  p.  134) 
Mr.  H.  St.  John  takes  me  to  task  for  using  marinus,  as  I  had 
previously  used  Jiliformis,  and  his  arguments  are  to  the  purpose  ; 
he  writes  *'  In  just  such  cases  as  this  we  are  authorized  by  the 
International  Pules  for  Botanical  Nomenclature  to  cast  aside 
the  name  '  when  it  becomes  a  permanent  source  of  confusion.'  " 
But  if  a  specimen  could  be  found  of  the  plant  of  Boccone  on  which 
Linnaeus  based  his  marinus  and  it  proved  to  be  Jiliformis,  then 
mai'inus  would  stand ;  meanwhile  1  am  quite  content  to  use  Jiliformis. 


20  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

Hagstrom  divides  this  species  into  many  forms  of  which  the 
following  are  British : 

f.  vulgaris  Tis.  ;  most  of  our  sjDecimens  belong  here,  others  are 
f .  luxuriosus  Hagstr.,  Kescohie,  Forfar,  1913  (Soviervilh)  ;  Isle 
of  Tiree,  v.e.  103,  1897,  Macvicar ;  near  Old  Man  of  Wick, 
Caithness,  1893;  {Kidston) — very  fine  50  cm.  high;  Asta  Loch, 
Scalloway,  Shetlands  {Beehy). 

f.  major  Tis.  Wicli,  Caithness,  1885  {Grant)  ;  Coldingham 
Lock,  Berwick  {Brotherston)  ;  Orkney,  1876  {Trail).  '. 

f.  alpinus  Blytt.     Camilla  Loch,  Fife,  1909  {West). 


SHORT  NOTES. 


The  Height  of  Caeduus  (Cnicus)  paltjstris.  This  very 
common  Tliistle  is  abmidant  in  Essex,  though  Gibson  {Flora  of 
Essex,  p.  184-,  1862)  gives  onJy  one  definite  locality  for  it.  It 
flourishes  in  boggy  meadows  and  in  the  open  parts  of  damp  clayey 
woods.  It  grows  freely  in  the  more  open  glades  1  have  formed  in  my 
own  Avood  here  at  Chignal  St.  James,  near  Chelmsford,  which  is  on 
the  soutli-eastern  edge  of  the  area  of  the  Chalky  Boulder-Clay.  With 
it  grows  a  wdiite- flowered  variety  w^hich,  though  not  mentioned  in 
most  of  the  botany  books,  is,  I  believe,  pretty  common  generally. 
In  regard  to  the  height  to  which  it  attains,  the  books  seem  much  at 
fault ;  for  they  all  greatly  understate  its  usual  stature  here.  I  find 
the  following  statements  on  this  point  in  the  few  books  I  happen  to 
have  at  hand  : — Withering  gives  5  to  6  feet  and  upwards  (Brit. 
Plants,  ii.  874,  1787)  ;  J.  E.  Smith,  3  to  5  feet  (Engl.  Flora,  iii. 
386,  1825) ;  Hooker  &  Arnott,  4  to  6  feet  (Brit.  Flora,  237,  1860)  ; 
Sj^me,  1  to  5  feet  (Engl.  Bot.  v.  13,  1866)  ;  Babington,  3  to-f)  feet 
(Manual,  207,  8th  ed.,  1881)  ;  H.  &  J.  Groves,  3  to  5  feet  (Bab. 
Manual,  222,  1904) ;  Druce,  1  to  5  feet  (Hayward's  Bot.  Pocket 
Book,  p.  112,  1909).  There  is,  as  will  be  seen,  a  consensus  of  opinion 
that  its  maximum  height  is  at  most  six  feet.  These  dimensions  are, 
however,  much  below  the  nonual  height  to  which  the  plant  attains 
here  in  the  months  of  August  and  September,  when  it  reaches  its 
fullest  growth.  They  are,  in  fact,  scarcely  half  its  usual  height  here, 
which  I  should  guess  at  an  average  of  seven  or  eight  feet.  Some  of 
these  are  little  more  than  a  third  of  the  stature  of  the  finest  examples 

1  have  seen — e.g.,  on  5  August,  1916,  I  measured  three  plants  grow- 
ing close  together  in  a  group  in  one  glade,  which  w^ere  9  feet,  9  feet 

2  inches,  and  9  feet  3  inches  high,  respectivel}".  Since  then  I  have 
seen  man}''  substantially  higher  and  have  measured  several  over 
10  feet  high ;  but  I  have  omitted  to  note  their  exact  heights,  with 
the  exception  of  one  I  measured  on  21st  SeptemJ^er,  1918,  which  was 
10  feet  6  inches  high.  Not  improbably  the  height  of  th^se  examples 
is  due  to  the  fact  that  they  grow  in  glades  in  a  wood,  and  that  they 
were  drawn  up,  to  some  extent,  by  the  much  greater  height  (20  feet 
at  least)  of  the  surrounding  bushes ;  but  there  is  nothing  very 
abnormal  in  the  circumstances,  and  I  suggest  that  the  average  height 
of  this  Thistle  has  been  much  understated.  The  plant  is,  in  ordinary 
circumstances,  a  very  elegant  one,  with  a  slender,  straight,  wand-like, 


SHORT    NOTES  21 

unbranched  stem ;  but  these  exceptionally  tall  examples  are  graceful 
in  the  extreme. — Miller  Christy. 

JuNCTJS  ACUTUS  L. :  A  CoRRECTiox.  Mr.  Arthur  Bennett  writes 
to  call  attention  to  the  improbability  of  the  record  of  this  species 
from  an  inland  locality  such  as  Cornard,  given  by  me  from  the 
Andrews  Herbarium  (Journ.  Bot.  1918,  351).  The  plant  is  labelled 
by  Andrews  "  Juneus  acutus  E.  S.  8.  482.  3,"  and  by  Hemsted 
*'  Juneus  inflexus."  In  my  transcript  of  W.  A.  Clarke's  determinations^ 
of  species  in  the  Dillenian  Synopsis  this  species,  "  Juneus  acutus  Ger, 
31,  acutus  vulgaris  Park.  1193,  etc.  . . .  Common  hard  Ritsh,^''  is 
identified  as  J.  cjlaucus,  which  the  specimen  in  Andrews's  herbarium 
certainly  is.  I  am,  therefore,  at  a  loss  to  explain  how  I  came  tO' 
enter  it  as  J.  acutus  L. — Gr.  S.  Boflger. 


REVIEW. 

A  Monograph  of  British  Lichens  :  A  Descrij^tive  Catalogue  of  the 
Species  in  the  Department  of  Botany,  British  Museum.  By 
Anjvie  LoRRAiiS^  Smith,  F.L.S.,  Acting  Assistant,  Department 
of  Botan3\  Printed  by  order  of  the  Trustees  of  the  British 
Museum.  Part  I.,  Second  Edition,  pp.  519  :  71  plates  and  11 
figures  in  text.     Price  £1  10s. 

The  present  volume,  which  has  been  awaited  with  keen  interest 
by  lichenologists,  brings  to  completion  the  Monograph  of  British 
Lichens — re-written,  re-arranged  and  enlarged  by  Miss  A.  Lon-aii? 
Smith ;  it  is  thus  practically  an  independent  work.  The  Mono- 
graph, originally  planned  by  the  late  J.  M.  Crombie,  Avas  partly 
prepared  during  his  lifetime,  and  Part  I.  was  published  in  1894,  under 
the  above  title.  After  a  considerable  interval.  Part  II.  following  as- 
far  as  possible  the  lines  of  the  Avork  previously  carried  out  by 
Crombie,  was  prepared  by  Miss  Smith  and  issued  in  1911.  The 
publication  of  Part  II.  rendered  a  second  edition  of  the  earlier- 
volume  an  urgent  necessity,  for  it  was  at  once  fully  recognised  that 
the  value  and  usefulness  of  the  Avork  Avould  be  greatly  enhaaeed 
if  brought  uniformly  into  line  Avith  modern  vieAvs. 

A  short  and  lucid  introduction  of  seventeen  pages  is  arranged 
under  the  folloAving  sections : — The  Lichen  Plant,  Morphology, 
Vegetative  Structures  peculiar  to  the  Lichen  Thallus,  Keproductive 
Organs,  Physiology,  Ecology  and  Distribution,  Economic  Uses  of 
Lichens,  Phylogeny  and  Classification.  In  the  first  section  under 
the  sub-head  "  Algal  Elements  of  the  Thallus,"  a  tabulated  statement 
is  given  as  folloAvs  : — 

"  2.    Chlorophycece  associated  with  Archilichenes  : — 
'^  Protococcus  {Ct/stococcus,  Pleurococcus)  and  Palmella  in  the 
greater    number  of   the    larger    lichens    and    in    many   crustaceous 
genera." 

AVith  the  existing  diverse  vicAvs  ^^f  Avriters  respecting  the  algal 
symbiont  of  many  lichens,  it  is  undoubtedly  preferable  not  to  specify 
particularly  the  gonidium  variously  referred  to  as  Cystococcus, 
Protococcws,  or  Pleurococcus  -.  there  is- -reason  to  believe- that  Pro^o- 


22  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTAIs^Y 

COCCUS  viridis  Ag.,  as  defined  by  AVille,  is  rarely  the  gonidium  of 
British  lichens,  as  vegetative  division  by  true  "  cloisonnement "  is 
seldom  seen  within  the  thallus. 

In  the  section  describing  the  reproductive  organs,  four  illustra- 
tions show  the  structure  of  apothecia  and  perithecia  as  seen  in  trans- 
verse section.  These  should  prove  helpful  to  the  student,  as  they 
illustrate  the  essential  points  to  be  considered  when  a  genus  is  being 
determined  by  the  structure  of  the  reproductive  organs. 

In  the  section  Ecology  and  Distribution,  reference  is  made  to  a 
specimen  of  Parmelia  saxatilis,  kept  under  observation  for  a  con- 
siderable time,  which  increased  in  diameter  on  an  average  of  one 
centimetre  in  a  year.  This  probably  represents  the  average  increase 
in  diameter  of  a  large  number  of  foliose  lichens,  but  sometimes 
growth  is  more  rapid  :  this  is  the  case  with  Feltigera  spuria,  which 
often  makes  an  appearance  on  burnt  portions  of  heath  land  at  the 
time  when  the  moss  Funaria  hygrometrica,  Avhich  first  occupied  the 
burnt  patch,  shows  signs  of  exhaustion.  The  branchea  of  the  thallus 
of  this  lichen  grow  from  2  to  3  cm.  in  from  six  to  eight  months. 
Lecaiiora  saxicola  has  been  observed  to  grow  2-5  cm.  within  the  same 
period. 

The  chief  characteristics  of  Phylogeny  and  Classification  are 
tabulated  and  concisel}'  described.  \Ye  welcome  the  method  intro- 
duced in  this  volume  of  giving  measurements  of  spores  and  spermatia 
in  mikrons  rather  than  in  fractions  of  millimetres,  as  being  simpler 
and  clearer  than  that  previously  employed.  The  warning  that 
chemical  reactions  cannot  always  be  relied  upon  will  save  the  amateur 
a  certain  amount  of  hesitation  and  uncertainty  when  dealing  with 
specimens  that  require  critical  determination. 

Comparison  with  the  first  edition  shows  that  the  subject  of 
classification  is  now  approached  from  a  different  standpoint.  The 
structure  of  the  reproductive  organs  has  become  the  touchstone  ; 
British  lichens  are  accordingly  arranged  in  two  series,  Gymnocarpecd 
and  PyrenocarpecB  ;  the  former  including  the  subseries  Coniocarpinece^ 
CycJocarpinecs,  and  GrapJiiclinecB. 

Each  order  is  provided  with  a  key  to  the  genera.  The  list  of 
synonyms  following  the  diagnosis  of  a  species  has  in  many  cases 
received  additions,  and  the  record  of  localities  shows  a  wider  distribu- 
tion than  was  previously  indicated.  The  restriction  of  general  habitat 
has  been  occasionally  removed ;  thus  Calicium  hyperellum  "in  upland 
wooded  districts"  (ed.  1,  p.  91)  now  reads  (p.  18)  "in  Avooded  dis- 
tricts." This  recognises  a  considembly  greater  latitude  in  distribution 
and  accords  with  the  actual  facts.  The  sequence  of  orders  and  the 
inclusion,  or  otherwise,  of  genera  within  their  limits  afford  ample 
evidence  of  independent  opinion  and  of  the  exercise  of  a  mature 
judgement  based  upon  laborious  microscopic  examination  of  large 
numbers  of  specimens.  There  is  a  wide  divergence  of  view  as  to  the 
genera  -that  should  be  included  in  JJsneacecB.  In  this  w^ork  the 
following  are  given  as  comprising  the  order  : — Evernia,  Bamaliua, 
Jlsnea,  Alectoria,  and  Cerania  {Thamnolia).  Zahlbruckner  (1901) 
omits  Alectoina,  while  Hue  (1901)  does  not  include  Evernia; 
Harmand  (1907)  includes  Teloschistes  and  Jatta  (1909)  adds  Cetraria 


MONOGBAPH   OF   BRITISH    LICHEXS  23 

and  Platysma.  In  the  genus  TTsnea,  the  indispensable  nature  of  the 
list  of  synonyms  already  referred  to  makes  itself  evident :  both 
editions  begin  with  Jlorida,  but  the  U.Jlorida,  Web.  of  the  present 
edition,  is  U.  ceratina  var.  scalrosa  Ach.  of  the  first;  Z7.  hirta 
Hoffm.  becomes  V.  jlorida  var.  hirta  Ach.  and  V,  harhata  Web. 
replaces  U.  dasypoga  Njd.  The  genus  Lecanora  has  undergone 
thorough  revision.  In  the  first  edition  it  included  197  species,  a 
number  now  reduced  to  92.  The  sub-genera  Placodium  and  Rinodina 
are  now  included  in  the  Fliysciacece  and  are  raised  to  generic  rank — 
the  former  on  account  of  the  presence  of  polarilocular  spores  and  the 
lichen  acid  parietin,  found  mostly  in  both  thallus  and  apothecium, 
the  latter  by  reason  of  the  distinctly  polarilocular  brown  sjwres.  No 
fewer  than  twelve  Nylanderian  species  of  Lecanora  have  been,  with 
evidently  good  reason,  transferred  to  Flacodium.  Each  plate  represents 
very  clearly  the  whole  plant,  natural  size  if  small,  or  a  part  of 
it  enlarged,  vertical  sections  of  the  thallus  and  apothecium,  the  ascus 
with  paraphyses,  and  spores.  The  magnification  of  sj^ores  and  sper- 
matia  ranges  from  500  to  1800  diameters.  Each  plate  illustrates  a 
more  or  less  typical  species ;  all  genera  are  represented. 

It  is  due  to  Miss  Smith  to  add,  that  although  this  volume  appears 
as  the  second  edition  of  a  work  by  a  former  writer,  the  revision  has 
been  so  complete  that  the  results  of  her  own  research  are  evident  on 
every  page.  This  must  have  entailed  a  vast  amount  of  patient  and 
laborious  investigation  not  only  of  the  herbarium  specimens,  but  also 
of  the  extensive  literature  of  the  subject.  The  work  does  much  to 
raise  the  standard  of  British  lichenology  to  a  high  level,  and  there  is 
reason  to  believe  that  its  publication  will  greatly  encourage  and  assist 
the  reviving  interest  in  the  plants  with  which  it  deals. 

EoBEET  Paulson. 


BOOK-NOTES,  NEWS,  etc. 

The  death  of  Aifis^E  Casimib  Pyramus  de  Candolle,  at  his 
home  near  Greneva  on  October  3,  is  for  the  systematic  botanist  the 
breaking  of  a  link  with  the  past.  There  are  a  few  great  classic  works 
•in  Systematic  Botany,  and  one  of  these  is  the  Rrodronms  Systematis 
Naturalis  Regni  Veyetahilis  initiated  by  Augustin  P.  de  Candolle  in 
1824,  and  brought  to  a  conclusion  by  his  son  Alphonse  in  1873.  The 
l^enultimate  volume  (Part  xvi.  1864-69),  dealing  with  the  families 
Piperacese,  Juglandeai,  and  Myricacese,  was  the  work  of  the  grandson, 
Casimir.  Casimir  was  associated  with  his  father,  Alphonse,  in  the 
scheme  for  the  continuation  of  the  work  of  the  Prodromus  by  the 
issue  of  a  series  of  monographs  under  the  t\i\e  Monographice  Rlianero- 
gamarum,  in  which  the  families  of  the  Monocotyledons  were  to  appear 
and  also  those  families  of  the  Dicotyledons,  already  elaborated  in  the 
Frodromus,  which  stood  in  need  of  revision.  The  first  volume  issued 
in  1878  included  the  Smilacese  (by  A.  P.  de  Candolle),  the  Eestiacese 
(by  Masters),  and  the  Meliaceae  (by  Casimir  de  Candolle).  The 
ninth  and  last  volume  appeared  in  1896  :  in  all  eleven  families  of 
Monocotyledons  and  eight  of  Dicotyledons  were  treated.     Casimir  de 


24  TUE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

OandoUe's  contributions  to  botanical  science  were  not  of  the  funda- 
mental character  of  some  of  those  of  his  grandfather  and  father.  He 
did  not  inaugurate  a  system  of  classification,  nor  even  formulate  a 
code  of  nomenclature,  but  he  did  some  useful  work  ;  in  his  younger 
days  he  was  specially  interested  in  the  leaflet  and  published  several 
papers  on  phyllotax}^,  also  papers  on  the  comparative  anatomy  of 
the  leaves  of  some  families  of  Dicotyledons  (1879),  on  the  structure  and 
movements  of  the  leaves  of  Dioncea  (1876),  and  on  the  rolling  of 
tendrils  (1879).  One  of  his  earliest  papers  was  a  valuable  contribu- 
tion to  the  morphology  and  systematic  study  of  the  Juglandeas 
(1802).  His  later  work  was  mainly  systematic — the  families  to 
which  he  was  most  devoted  were  the  Meliacese  and  Piperacese ;  to 
the  last  he  was  regarded  as  the  expert  on  the  Piperacea?,  and  collec- 
tions from  all  parts  of  the  world  were  submitted  to  him  for  deter- 
mination. Those  who  had  the  privilege  of  his  personal  acquaintance 
remember  Casimir  de  Candolle  as  a  kindly  and  courteous  gentleman ; 
many  of  our  less  young  botanists  will  recall  a  gracious  Avelcome  to 
the  old  house  in  the  Cour  de  St.  Pierre  at  Greneva,  and  the  loving 
pride  with  which  the  *  Prodromus  '  herbarium  was  shown.  He  was 
familiar  with  our  own  botanical  collections  and  institutions;  his 
numerous  honours  included  the  foreign  membership  of  the  Linnean 
Society,  to  which  he  was  elected  in  1893,  and  an  honorary  doctorate 
of  Aberdeen  University,  as  well  as']the  Universities  of  Kostock  and 
Upsala.— A.  B.  R. 

The  Kew  Bulletin  issued  in  November  contains  papers  on 
*'  Cordla  Myxa  and  allied  species,"  bv  Mr.  Hutchinson  ;  "  l!^ew  and 
Rare  British  Fungi,"  by  Miss  E.  M.  Wakefield ;  and  "  New  Orchids," 
by  Mr.  Rolfe.  Mr.  J.  S.  Gamble  describes  new  Indian  Melasto- 
maceae  and  Myi'taceae — among  the  latter  we  note  a  new  genus, 
Meteoromyrtus,  based  on  Eugenia  icynaadensis  Bedd., — and  publishes 
-notes  on  the  second  part  of  his  Flora  of  Madras  in  which  "  explana- 
tory notes  were  not  admissible."  The  omission  is  quite  intelligible 
on  the  ground  of  space ;  but,  as  the  Flora  is  in  English,  the  notes, 
as  well  as  Latin  diagnoses  of  new  species,  have  to  be  published  else- 
where. 

The  Transactions  of  the  Botanical  Society  of  Edinhurgh  (xxvii. 
part  3)  contains  papers  by  Prof.  Balfour  on  "new  species  of  Primula 
which  have  flowered  recently,"  on  "  some  late-flowering  Gentians," 
and  on  the  genus  J^omocharis  :  Dr.  David  Paul  records  the  occurrence 
of  Clathrus  cancellatus  in  Argyleshire — its  fii'st  record  for  Scotland; 
and  Dr.  Stapf  describes,  as  Koeleria  advena,  a  grass  found  by 
Mr.  James  Eraser  "  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Edinburgh,  growing 
among  surroundings  and  under  conditions  which  indicate  that  its 
seeds  must  have  been  introduced  into  this  country  along  with  esparto 
grass  from  the  east  of  Spain  or  the  north-west  of  Africa." 

De.  Kingston  Fox  announces  the  publication  at  an  early  date  of  a 
volume  on  Dr.  John  Fothergill  and  his  Friends,  which  will  contain 
a  chapter  on  his  botanical  work  and  one  including  Peter  CoUinson, 
the  Bartrams,  and  Humphrey  Marshall. 


Journ.   Bot. 


Plate  552. 


Q.Ustei 


1.  LAMPRODERMA    VIOL  ACE  VM  Host.   var.  DEBILE     G.  Lister  &  Howard. 

2.  L.    ATROSPORUM   Meylau  var.  ANGLIC UM    G.  Lister  &  Howard. 


TWO  NEW  VARIETIES  OF  LAMPKODEliMA. 

Br  G.  Lister,  F.L.S. 

(Plate  552.) 

Two  interesting  forms  of  Lamprodenna,  differing  in  some  respects 
from  an  J  hitherto  described,  were  obtained  last  spring  by  Mr.  H.  J. 
Howard  in  the  Whitlingham  Woods,  near  Norwich.  They  occurred 
close  together  in  two  beds  of  beech-leaves,  several  yards  apart,  and 
some  distance  below  the  surface,  and  also  on  the  leaves  of  two  small 
box-plants,  around  which  the  beech-leaves  were  thickly  heaped.  Thev 
were  first  noted  on  April  3rd,  when  specimens  were  collected  in 
good  condition.  On  May  11th,  when  the  woods  were  revisited,  care- 
ful search  resulted  in  sporangia  being  found  on  from  thirty  to  forty 
leaves;  many  were  in  a  weathered  condition,  others  were  still  in  good  pre- 
servation. On  the  whole,  it  seems  probable  that  no  further  develop- 
ment of  sporangia  had  taken  place  between  the  two  dates  of  collecting. 

The  two  forms  may  be  referred  to,  for  convenience,  as  forms  A 
and  B.  Form  A  appears  to  be  a  sessile  variety  of  Lamproderma  viola- 
ceum  (Fries)  Rost. ;  form  B  bears  considerable  resemblance  to  L.  atro- 
sporuin  Meylan,  a  species  fairly  common  in  the  Jura  Mountains  and  on 
the  Swiss  Alps,  but  not  recorded  from  any  other  locality  hitherto. 

Form  A  (fig.  1)  was  by  far  the  more  abundant,  and  may  be 
described  first.  The  dark  brown  iridescent  sporangia  are  either  crowded 
together  or  scattered  over  the  surface  of  the  beech-leaves,  a  few  only 
are  on  box-leaves ;  they  are  sessile,  subglobose,  or  hemispherical  on  a 
broad  base,  and  measure  0'5  to  0*8  mm.  ;  a  few  form  long  plasmodio- 
carps  constricted  at  intervals.  The  sporangium-walls  are  mottled 
with  purplish  shades,  and,  though  somewhat  persistent,  at  length 
break  away  in  large  fragments.  The  columella,  in  many  sporangia, 
is  represented  only  by  a  slight  central  thickening  of  the  membranous 
floor;  in  other  sporangia  it  is  better  develojDed  and  forms  a  short 
black  column  which  may  reach  to  about  a  third  the  height  of  the 
sporangium :  very  rarely  it  is  a  more  massive  structure  and  expands 
below  to  form  the  rudiment  of  a  stalk.  The  pale  purplish  capillitium- 
threads  are  combined  into  a  dense  network  with  membranous  expan- 
sions at  the  axils  of  all  the  branches ;  a  few  of  these  expansions 
form  conspicuous  dark  strands,  such  as  are  not  infrequently  seen 
in  irregular  developments.  The  spores  are  pale  purplish-brown, 
closely  and  minutely  spinulose,  10  to  11  /x,  diam. 

Although  differing  in  many  resjDects  from  the  typical  i.  violaceum 
with  its  slender  black  stalks,  and  capillitium  forming  a  tuft  of  threads 
repeatedly  branching  at  acute  angles,  form  A  is  probably  a  weak 
sessile  growth  of  this  species.  We  propose  to  name  it  L.  violaceum 
var.  dehile  Gr.  Lister  &  Howard. 

More  or  less  sessile  forms  have  been  met  with  occasionally  before, 
but  in  almost  all  the  sporangia  the  columella  and  capillitium  have 
been  normally  developed. 

Interesting  light    is   thrown  on  the    variation  which   may  occur 

in  one  growth  of  L.  violaceum  by  the  study  of  a  specimen  found 

on  the  Weissenstein,  in  the  Jura  Mts.,  4000  feet  alt.,  in  June  1910. 

As  in  the  Norfolk  gatherings,  the  sporangia  were  on  beech -leaves,  but 

JouENAL  or  Botany. — Vol.  57.  [Feeeuaey,  1919.]   d 


26  THE    JOUENAL    OF    BOTANY 

in  the  alpine  form  they  are  of  much  sturdier  build :  they  are  nearly 
sessile,  subglobose,  1  to  1"3  mm.  diam.,  and  either  brilliant  iridescent 
blue  or  glossy  bronze  in  colour.  The  walls  in  the  iridescent  sporangia 
consist  of  a  pale  purplish  membrane,  entirely  free  from  refuse  deposits 
of  any  kind  ;  but  in  the  bronze  form  the  sporangium-walls  include 
much  brown  granular  refuse-matter,  distributed  fairly  evenly  or  con- 
centrated to  form  irregular  lumps  and  patches.  It  is  very  discon- 
certing to  have  a  Jjamproderma  behaving  in  this  way.  for  by  thus 
loading  its  walls  with  refuse-matter  it  bids  defiance  to  our  schemes  of 
classification.  The  short  black  stalks,  columella?,  and  capillitium  are, 
on  the  whole,  normal.  But,  amongst  the  typical  globose  sporangia,  a 
few  ring-shaped  plasmodiocarps  occur,  and  in  these  the  columella 
forms  an  irregular  low  ridge  and  the  capillitium  consists  of  a  dense 
network  of  pale  slender  threads,  branching  mostl}'"  at  right  angles, 
and  without  conspicuous  expansions  at  the  axils.  In  all  the  sporangia 
the  dark  purplish-brown  spores  are  minutely  spinulose  and  9  to 
10 /x  diam.  The  structure  of  the  ring-shaped  sporangia  recalls 
var.  dehile  from  Norfolk,  and  the  whole  development  illustrates  the 
sporting  character  of  the  species. 

Before  leaving  the  subject  of  L.  violaceitm,  reference  may  be 
made  to  the  curious  crystalline  structures  frequently  found  scattered 
over  the  surface  of  the  sporangimn-wall  in  the  typical  form.  They 
consist  of  clusters  of  slender  rods  arranged  either  in  parallel  clusters 
or  crossing  at  right  angles  to  form  a  star :  sometimes  they  spread  out 
like  a  fan,  or  are  broader  and  form  flat  plates.  I  am  much  indebted 
to  Mr.  A.  R.  Sanderson  and  Mr.  W.  H.  Burrell  for  having  tested 
these  bodies  chemically.  It  is  found  that  the}^  contain  no  trace  of 
calcium  or  silica ;  that  they  are  neither  w^axy  nor  resinous  ;  on  the 
whole,  it  seems  most  probable  that  they  may  be  some  form  of 
crystalloid. 

Form  B  (fig.  2)  from  the  Whitlingham  woods  may  be  now 
described.  The  iridescent  or  glossy  blue-black  sporangia  are  clustered 
on  the  leaves  of  box  and  beech ;  they  are  narrowly  obovoid  or  sub- 
globose,  and  either  very  shortly  stalked  or  sessile;  a  few  scattered 
sporangia  have  slender  black  stalks,  0'2  mm.  high  ;  the  spomngium- 
walls  are  pale  purple  and  somewhat  persistent,  the  columella  is  long, 
slender,  and  often  irregularly  expanded  above ;  the  capillitium  con- 
sists of  a  network  of  slender  fiexuose  dark  brown  threads,  radiating 
from  all  parts  of  the  columella,  and  attached  by  their  expanded  tips 
to  the  sporangium-wall.  The  spores  average  11  /u,  but  range  between 
10  and  13  ^,  or  may  be  even  larger.  They  are  purplish-browai  and 
marked  with  a  close  and  more  or  less  complete  reticulation  of  low 
ridges. 

A  sample  of  form  B  was  sent  to  M.  Meylan  for  his  opinion. 
His  comment  is  that  it  bears  the  same  relation  to  form  A  that 
X.  atrosporiim  Meylan  does  to  L.  Sauteri  Rost.,  and  that  it  is 
probably  a  slender  form  of  X.  atrosportim  *. 

*  In  a  recent  communication,  M.  Meylan  suggests  that  forms  A  and  B  are 
both  varieties  of  L.  atroaporvvn.  If  this  view  should  prove  correct,  the  characters 
distinguishing  L.  atrosjiorum  from  L.  violaceicni  become  rather  shadowy.  It  is 
to  be  hoped  tliat  further  gatherings  may  throw  h'ght  on  this  difficult  subject. 


TWO    >EW    VAHIETJES    OF    LA  MPKUDKiniA  27 

The  latter  species  in  its  typical  form  has  large  globose  or  ovoid 
glossy  black  sporangia,  short  stalks,  dense  black  capillitium  attached 
by  the  tips  of  the  threads  to  the  sporangium- wall,  which  breaks  away 
ultimately"  in  small  f  i-agments ;  the  purplish-black  spores  measure 
13  to  16 yu,  and  are  either  spinose,  spinulose,  or  closely  reticulated*. 

Form  B  resembles  L.  atrosporum  in  having  the  capillitium 
attached  to  the  sporangimn-wall  and  in  the  closely  reticulated  spores, 
and  diifers  chiefly  in  its  more  slender  habit ;  we  propose  to  include  it 
under  that  species,  distinguishing  it  by  the  varietal  name  anc/Ucum 
G.  Lister  &  Howard. 

That  the  size  and  colour  of  the  spores  cannot  be  regarded  as  an 
entirely  reliable  character  is  sho\vn  by  a  gathering  of  L.  atrosporum^ 
found  on  the  Weissenstein  on  earth  and  beech-leaves,  close  to  the 
sporting  development  of  i.  violaceum  described  above.  In  some  of 
the  large  black  sporangia  the  spores  are  spinulose,  very  dark,  and  10 
to  13^  diam.,  in  other  sporangia  they  are  2^urplish-grey,  12  to  15 /z 
diam.,  and  spinose :  in  all  the  spores  there  is  a  tendency  for  the  spines 
to  be  connected  by  low  ridges,  the  result  being  a  very  imperfect 
reticulation. 

M.  Meylan  has  recently  published  a  new  species,  L.  CrucJieti 
(see  "  M\'xomycetes  nouveaux "  in  Bull.  Soc.  Vaud.  Sc.  Nat.  lii. 
p.  95),  found  in  Sej^t.  1915  on  Chasseron,  in  the  Jura  Mountains,  at 
an  altitude  of  1100  m.  It  is  allied,  he  writes,  to  L.  columhinum 
(Pers.)  Eost.,  from  which  it  differs  in  the  smaller  blackish-brown 
sporangia,  whose  walls  show  no  trace  of  iridescence,  in  the  very 
slender  capillitium,  and,  above  all,  in  the  dull  yellow  almost  ochi'aceous 
colour  of  the  plasmodium. 

It  must  be  confessed  that  the  genus  Lamproderma  still  presents 
many  difficulties,  and  we  have  much  to  learn  concerning  the  limita- 
tions and  variations  of  several  of  the  species,  and  particularly  of  the 
relation  between  alpine  and  lowland  species  in  different  countries. 

Explanation  of  Plate  552. 

1.  Lamprodeitna    violaceum,    (Fries)   Rost.    var.    dehile   G.    Lister   &    Howard. 

Sporangia  on  Beech-leaf. 

1  a.  Sporangia  of  various  shapes. 

1  6.  Sporangium  after  dispersion  of  spores   showing  short  columella  and  capil- 
litium. 

1  c,  Capillitium-threads  and  spores. 

1  d.  Two  spores. 

2.  L.  atrosporum    Meylan    var.    angUcum   G.  Lister  &  Howard.     Stalked   and 

sessile  sporangia  on  Box-leaf. 

2  a.  Sporangium  after  dispersion  of  spores. 

2  h.  Capillitium,   showing  the  tips  of  the  threads  adhering  to  the  sporangium - 

wall  and  spores. 
2  c.  Spores,  shoAi\dng  reticulated  markings. 

*  The  form  described  as  Larnproderma  violaceum  var.  dictyosporum  in  the 
British  Museum  Catalogue,  ed.  2,  p.  167,  is  included  in  L.  atrosporum  Meylan. 


28  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

*'JOHN"   EOXBURGH. 

By  Sir  Datid  Train,  C.M.G.,  C.I.E.,  T.R.S. 

In  an  interesting  ai-ticle  on  "  John  "  Roxburgh  in  this  Journal 
(1918,  p.  202)  the  Editor,  reviewing  the  facts  at  his  command,  was 
led  to  suggest  that  the  John  Roxburgh  whose  name  finds  a  place  in 
the  Biographical  Index  of  British  and  Irish  Bota?iists  (First  Suppl. 
p.  215)  and  the  '*  Roxburgh,  junior "  alluded  to  in  Dr.  William 
Roxburgh's  Flora  Indica  (vol.  iii.  p.  338)  may  be  the  same  person  ; 
further  that  this  individual  may  be  identical  with  James  Roxburgh, 
the  officer  who,  in  1832,  made  himself  responsible,  in  conjunction 
Avith  his  brother  Bruce  Roxbm'gh,  for  the  publication  of  their  father's 
Flora.  Were  this  the  case  it  must  follow  that  the  entry  in  the  Index 
is  erroneous,  seeing  that  there  had  been  no  John  Roxburgh. 

The  writer  at  once  informed  the  Editor  that  there  is  reason  to 
believe  that  the  entry  regarding  John  Roxburgh  in  the  Biographical 
Index  is  substantially  accurate.  The  present  note  has  been  prepared 
in  response  to  the  Editor's  request  that  the  writer  should  give  reasons 
for  the  belief  that  the  judgement  arrived  at  twenty  years  ago 
was  justified.  It  may  be  explained  that  the  writer  has  not  hitherto 
found  it  necessary  to  investigate  the  life  of  Dr.  William  Roxburgh  or 
to  discuss  the  career  of  any  of  his  sons  ;  this  task  has  been  under- 
taken, more  than  once,  by  hands  abler  than  his.  He  has,  however, 
had  occasion  to  deal  with  the  career  of  Dr.  William  Roxburgh's 
immediate  successor,  Dr.  Francis  Buchanan  (afterwards  Hamilton) 
(Ann.  Roy.  Bot.  Garden,  Calcutta,  vol.  i.),  and,  in  perusing  the 
letters  addressed  by  that  distinguished  officer  to  Roxburgh,  he  has 
met  w^ith  various  incidental  allusions  to  members  of  Roxburgh's 
family,  which  seem  to  throw  light  on  certain  points  that  were 
obscure  to  the  Editor  while  his  careful  note  on  "■  John  "  Roxburgh 
was  being  prepared.  The  writer  would  also  desire  it  to  be  understood 
that  the  present  note  is  supplementar}"  to  the  Editor's  valuable  article 
and  is  to  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  latter.  The  facts  in  that 
article  are  not  open  to  debate  ;  the  only  point  at  issue  concerns  the 
deductions  to  wliich  these  facts  appear  to  lead. 

The  difficulty  connected  with  the  acceptance  of  the  view  tlwt 
'*  John  "  Roxburgh  and  '*  Roxburgh,  junior  "  are  the  same  individual 
lies  in  the  fact  that,  as  the  article  in  the  Journal  shows,  "John" 
Roxburgh  resided  at  the  Cape,  and  was  there  engaged  in  the  collection 
of  botanical  specimens  during  the  period  1801-4  ;  whereas,  as  we 
know  from  statements  in  the  Flora  Indica^  "Roxburgh,  junior"  was 
occupied  in  the  botanical  exploration  of  Chittagong,  Penang,  and 
Sumatra  during  the  same  period.  The  difficulty  connected  with  the 
identification  of  either  of  these  sons  with  Major  James  Roxburgh  lies 
in  the  fact  that — unless  by  reason  of  more  strength,  this  officer,  whose 
death  took  place  on  11  July,  1884,  had  greatly  exceeded  the  ex- 
tended span  of  fourscore  j^ears — he  could  hardly  have  been  engaged 
in  botanical  work,  either  at  the  Cape  or  in  Mala3^a,  between  the  3^ears 
1801  and  1804. 

The  earliest  reference  to  John  Roxburgh  with  which  the  writer 
has    met.    occurs    in    a    letter    dated    15    Mav,    1793,    addressed   to 


"JOHN"    ROXBUfiGH  29 

Dr.  William  Roxburgh  by  the  Rev.  A.  John,  then  at  the  head  of 
the  Tranquebar  Mission.     This  letter  says  : — 

"  Your  Jack  you  shall  never  get  till  I  have  made  him  fit  for  your 
Assistance  and  be  sure  that  I  am  so  much  your  friend  that  no  Body 
in  Indostan  will  endeavour  so  much  for  his  best  than  I.  Though  his 
genius  is  but  of  the  middle  sort  I  hope  to  make  him  a  useful  member 
of  Societ}^  and  suitable  for  your  purposes  if  you  only  leave  me  Time. 
"  Our  ships  with  botanic  Books  are  not  yet  arrived.  Depend  on 
my  Readiness.  You  may  easily  be  with  the  Moravians,  who  are 
mostly  Shoe-  Escritoir-  and  Watch-makers  but  no  Planters. 

'*  Now  I  wont  tire  you  any  more  and  am  with  Compliments  from 
all,  who  esteem  you  and  your  good  Lady.  My  most  valuable  friend, 
Yours  intirely,  A.  Johx." 

This  letter,  then,  tells  us  that  John  Roxburgh  did  exist.  It  does 
not  tell  us  where  John  was  born  or  who  his  mother  was.  The 
circumstance  that  the  up-bringing  of  the  lad  had  been  entrusted  to 
the  Danish  Mission  at  Tranquebar,  instead  of  being  arranged  for  in 
his  father's  house,  suggests  that  he  was  not  the  son  of  the  "good 
Lady  "  to  whom  the  letter  transmits  the  compliments  of  the  Moravian 
brethren.  Whether  this  "  good  Lady  "  were  the  first  or  the  second 
of  the  wives  of  Dr.  Roxburgh,  whose  names  are  given  in  the  "  family 
table"  so  courteously  supplied  by  Mr.  N.  Bonham-Carter  for  incor- 
pomtion  in  Sir  G-eorge  King's  "  Memoir  of  William  Roxburgh " 
(Ann.  Calc.  Bot.  Gard.  v.),  can  only  be  settled  by  those  who  have 
access  to  the  dates  of  Dr.  Roxburgh's  various  marriages. 

If  the  letter  be  equally  silent  as  to  when  John  Roxburgh  was 
born,  it  nevertheless  shows  that  by  May  1793  the  lad  was  of  such  an 
age  as  to  induce  his  father  to  consider  the  time  had  come  when  he 
might  reasonably  hope  to  take  advantage  of  his  son's  "Assistance." 
That  the  "  purposes  "  Roxburgh  had  in  view  included  the  employ- 
ment of  the  lad  as  a  gardener  may  be  surmised  from  the  Rev.  John's 
half -apologetic,  half-playful  reminder  that  "  planting "  was  not 
one  of  the  accomplishments  to  which  the  Moravian  brethren  laid 
claim. 

The  date  of  Mr.  John's  letter  shows  us  that  Roxburgh's  anxiety 
to  receive  his  son  John  from  the  Mission  had  nothing  to  do  with  his  own 
transfei-  from  Samalcotta  in  Madras  to  the  Botanic  Garden,  Calcutta, 
which  took  place  in  1793.  The  letter  was  written  on  15  May; 
Colonel  Robert  Kyd,  Superintendent  of  the  Calcutta  Garden,  did 
not  die  until  26  May  ;  it  was  not  till  29  November,  1793,  that 
Dr.  William  Roxburgh  entered  on  his  duties  at  Calcutta  as 
Col.  Kyd's  successor.  It  seems  probable,  however,  from  this  letter, 
that  John  Roxburgh  did  not  accompany  his  father  to  Calcutta  in 
1793,  and  the  writer  has  met  with  no  document  suggesting  that 
father  and  son  met  during  the  next  five  years.  In  fact,  we  hear  no 
more  of  John  Roxburgh  until  the  period  of  four  or  five  years  during 
which,  according  to  Mr.  D.  Don,  he  lived  at  the  Cape.  The  Editor 
of  this  Journal  has  pointed  out  that  a  Banksian  sheet  at  the  British 
Museum  fixes  the  date  of  Dr.  William  Roxburgh's  own  residence  for 
a  twelvemonth  at  the  Cape  as  1799  and  that  an  entry  in  the  Hortus 
Bengahnsis   (p.  54),  written  by  Roxburgh  himself,  shows  that  his 


30  TTTE    .TOURXAL    OF    BOTAXT 

son  John  was  In  South  Africa  in  ISOl,  a  year  which  falls  within  the 
period  alluded  to  hv  Don. 

As  the  writer  had  occasion  to  explain  in  his  "  Memoir  of  Francis 
Buchanan  (afterwards  Hamilton),"  Roxburgh  left  Calcutta  for  the 
Cape  early  in  1798 ;  a  letter  dated  16  October,  179S,  was  sent  to 
Roxburgh  from  India  and  reached  him  while  he  was  in  South  Africa ; 
in  October  1799,  Roxburgh  had  just  returned  to  Calcutta  from  the 
Cape.  We  know  that  on  the  return  voyage  Roxburgh's  vessel  was 
detained  at  Madras  sufficiently  long  to  admit  of  his  being  received 
in  audience  by  the  second  Lord  Clive,  then  Governor  of  Fort 
St.  George.  There  must  have  been  a  corresponding  detention  at 
Madras  on  the  outward  journey,  and  the  known  facts  render  it 
reasonable  to  surmise  that  in  1798  the  Moravian  brethren,  satisfied 
that  John  Roxburgh  now  knew  all  they  could  teach  him  at 
Tranquebar,  handed  him  over  to  his  father  as  fit  for  the  latter's 
"  Assistance  "  during  this  South  African  visit. 

The  matter  of  John  Roxburgh's  age  in  1798  is  of  secondary  im- 
portance. We  know  that  Roxburgh,  as  was  usual  with  medical 
officers  towards  the  close  of  the  XVIIIth  Century,  made  several 
voyages  as  Surgeon  on  East  Indiamen  before  he  was  definitely 
appointed  to  the  Medical  Service  of  the  H.E.I.  Company.  The 
dates  of  these  voyages  have  not,  however,  been  supplied  us  by 
Dr.  Roxburgh's  biographers,  and  we  have  as  3^et  no  knowledge  of  his 
various  ports  of  call.  When,  at  last,  his  definite  appointment  came 
about,  we  know  that  he  took  up  his  duties  at  Madras  in  1776.  The 
probability^  therefore,  is  that  in  1798,  when  Roxburgh  asked  the 
Moravian  brethren  to  let  him  have  his  boy  back,  the  latter  was 
at  most  somewhere  about  sixteen.  He  cannot,  then,  have  much 
more  than  attained  his  majority  when  he  accompanied  his  father  to 
the  Cape  in  1798  or  joined  his  father  there  in  1799.  The  young- 
man  appears  to  have  given  his  father  such  satisfaction  as  a  botanical 
collector  while  m  his  company  that  Roxburgh  decided  to  leave  John 
behind,  to  collect  South  African  seeds  and  plants  and  herbarium 
specimens,  when  he  himself  returned  to  India  in  1799. 

Leaving  "  John "  Roxburgh  in  South  Afriqa,  Ave  now  turn  to 
"Roxburgh ,  junior,"  cited  by  his  father  (Hort.  Beng.  p.  56  and 
Flora  Indica,  vol.  iii.  p.  338)  as  author  of  the  name  Flfmuigia 
frostrata.  The  individual  alluded  to  was  William  Roxburgh,  junior 
{Flora  Indica,  vol.  i.  p.  554),  whose  name  is  associated  in  the  first 
volume  of  that  work  with  the  finding  of  fifteen  species,  in  the 
second  volume  with  the  collection  of  six  species,  in  the  third  with 
the  discovery  of  twelve,  and  in  the  supplementary  Tcryptogamic) 
portion,  which  Griffith  first  had  ])rinted  in  the  Calcutta  Jo2(rnal  of 
Natural  Ifistori/  in  1814,  with  the  communication  of  eleven  species. 
As  in  the  case  of  "  John  "  Roxburgh,  we  do  not  yet  know  Avhere  or 
when  William  junior,  was  born.  In  William's  case,  moreover,  we 
are  unable  to  say  where  or  how  he  was  educated.  We  know,  however, 
that  by  1799,  when  his  father  returned  from  the  Cape,  he  had  reached 
an  age  which  justified  the  Government  at  Fort  William  in  appointing 
him  Assistant  to  the  Superintendent  of  the  Calcutta  Botanic  Garden. 
A  letter  from  Mysore   written   in   1800  by   Buchanan  to  Roxburgh 


"JOHN"    ROXBURGH  31 

contains  tlie  passage  : — "  I  congratulate  you  on  William's  appoint- 
ment. Although  it  certainly  would  have  been  better  to  have  got 
him  a  Writer,  yet  the  garden  will  be  a  handsome  provision  for  him, 
and  with  the  opportunities  he  will  have  under  your  tuition  he  will 
soon  become  a  proficient."  It  seems  clear  from  this  letter  that 
Buchanan  believed  that  William's  appointment  carried  with  it,  if 
not  the  right,  at  all  events  the  prospect  of  succeeding  his  father. 

A  youth  of  great  energy  and  much  promise,  William  Roxburgh, 
junior,  at  once  entered  on  a  career  of  active  botanical  exploration. 
He  spent  a  considerable  portion  of  the  year  1800  at  Avork  in  the 
Rajmahal  Hills  (Flora  Indica,  vol.  ii.  p.  51).  When  Buchanan, 
who  was  a  personal  friend  and  correspondent  of  the  younger  man  as 
well  as  of  his  father,  became  aware  of  this,  he  at  once  expressed  his 
disappointment.  '*  I  am  very  sorry,"  he  remarks  to  Dr.  Roxburgh 
in  a  letter  from  Mysore,  dated  31  January,  1801,  "that  William  has 
gone  to  the  Rajmahal  hills.  If  possible,  send  him  to  Chittagong — 
an  immense  held  remains  there,  by  far  the  best  I  have  seen  in  India." 
Roxburgh  followed  Buchanan's  advice  ;  during  1801  William  was  at 
work  in  Chittagong  (Flora  Indica,  vol.  i.  p.  81).  By  the  time  that 
William  returned  Buchanan  had  completed  his  Mysore  survey  and 
had  joined  the  embassy  led  by  Captain  Knox  into  Nepal  during 
1801-2.  Roxburgh  endeavoured  to  secure  William's  attachment  to 
this  embassy  and  on  22  February,  1802,  wrote  to  Buchanan  explaining 
his  wishes.  Replying  from  the  Nepal  frontier  on  2  March,  1802, 
Buchanan  said  "  I  shall  be  very  happ}^  if  you  succeed  in  sending 
William :  but  I  am  affraid  you  will  not  meet  with  success  in  the 
application  to  Government  for  the  purpose."  Buchanan  had,  in  fact, 
discussed  the  proposal  with  Captain  Knox,  who  explained  to  him 
that  the  Nepal  Durbar  had  already  objected  to  the  number  of 
English  officers  attached  to  the  Embassy.  The  anticipation  was 
correct ;  Grovernment  did  not  permit  William  to  cross  the  Nepal 
frontier.  The  dated  entries  in  the  Hortus  Bengalensis  show  that 
William  was  still  in  Chittagong  at  the  beginning  of  1802  and  that 
he  collected  in  Bengal  on  his  return  journey,  probably  in  the 
Sundribuns.  When  he  reached  Calcutta  his  father  appears  to  have 
arranged  that  William  should  proceed  to  Penang,  and  although  none 
of  the  Penang  collections  alluded  to  in  the  Flora  Indica  are  dated, 
all  the  dated  ones  in  the  Hortus  Bengalensis  were  secured  in  1802. 
After  having  investigated  Penang  we  find  from  the  Hortus  Ben- 
galensis (pp.  1,  11)  that  William  visited  the  Moluccas,  returning 
thence  to  Sumatra,  where  he  was  employed  during  1803  (Flora 
Indica,  vol.  i.  p.  70;  Hort.  Beng.  pp.  1,  63,  65,  69)  and  1804 
(Flora  Indica,  vol.  iii.  p.  457  ;  Hort.  Beng.  pp.  43,  69).  In  the 
following  year  William  was  once  more  at  the  Botanic  Garden  with 
his  father;  for  the  solitary  name,  Flemingia  prostrata,  which 
Roxburgh  has  attributed  to  his  son,  was  bestowed  by  the  latter  on 
a  plant  "raised  from,  seed  sent  by  Mr.  Kerr  from  China  to  the 
Botanic  Garden  in  1805,  where  they  blossom  about  the  close  of 
the  rains  in  November  and  ripen  their  seed  during  the  cool  season." 
This  indirect  reference  is  the  last  we  can  find  to  William  Roxburgh, 
junior,  and  the   suggestion   that    William  died  soon  after  the  cold 


32  THE    JOUEXAL    OF    BOTANY 

weather  of  1805-6  is  strengthened  by  the  circumstance  that  when 
Buchanan,  who  was  at  this  time  on  furlough  in  England,  returned  to 
India  early  in  1807,  he  brought  with  him  a  nomination  from  the 
Court  of  Directors  as  successor  to  Roxburgh  when  the  latter  should 
retire. 

That  the  name  John  Roxburgh  should  be  absent  from  Mr.  N. 
Bonham-Carter's  "family-table"  printed  by  Sir  George  King,  is  due 
to  the  fact  that  he  was  not  the  son  of  one  of  the  three  ladies  whom 
Dr.  William  Roxburgh  married.  More  difficult  at  first  sight  is 
the  task  of  reconciling  Mr.  Bonham-Cai-ter's  "family-table"  with  the 
known  facts  in  the  history  of  William  Roxburgh,  junior.  This 
William  was  the  active  coadjutor  of  his  father  during  the  height  of 
Dr.  William  Roxburgh's  career.  Yet  Mr.  Bonham- Carter's  chart 
shows  that  the  only  William,  junior,  of  whose  existence  his  family 
was  aware,  was  the  j^oungest  son  of  Dr.  Roxburgh  by  his  third  wife. 
Sir  George  King,  fully  realising  the  difficulty,  has  suggested  that 
the  name  attributed  by  the  Bonham- Carter  family  to  Roxburgh's 
youngest  son  may  be  erroneous. 

To  the  courtesy  of  the  late  Mr.  Frederick  Henry  Norman,  also  a 
descendant  of  Dr.  Roxburgh  and  his  first  wife,  the  writer  is  indebted 
for  another  family-table  which  agrees  with  that  ])rinted  by  Sir  George 
King  save  in  two  particulars.  It  queries,  as  Sir  George  King  had 
independently  queried,  the  accuracy  of  the  name  William  as  applied 
to  one  of  Roxburgh's  sons  by  his  third  marriage ;  it  states  that,  by 
his  first  wife,  Roxburgh  had  a  son  William,  brother-uterine  of  Mary 
Roxburgh,  from  whom  both  the  Norman  and  the  Bonham- Carter 
families  are  descended.  This  son,  Avho  is  shown  in  this  table  as 
senior  to  his  sister  Mary,  died  young.  The  Writer  is  further  indebted 
to  the  courtesy  of  Miss  Mary  Ann  Tucker,  granddaughter  of 
Dr.  Roxburgh  and  his  third  wife,  for  yet  another  family-table, 
which  agrees  substantialh"  with  that  of  Mr.  Bonham-Carter  and 
shows  that  one  of  her  uncles,  brother-uterine  of  her  mother,  really 
was  named  William  Roxburgh. 

The  difficulty  then  is  purely  imaginary.  There  were  two  William 
Roxburghs,  junior;  the  eldest  and  the  youngest  of  Dr.  Roxburgh's 
laAvful  cliildren  were  named  after  their  father.  The  statement  in  the 
Norman  "  family-table  "  that  the  first  "  William  Roxburgh,  junior  " 
died  young,  is  coiTect  in  the  sense  that  this  William  Roxburgh, 
junior,  had  died  before  the  second  William  Roxburgh,  junior,  was 
baptised.  But  the  first  "William,  junior,"  whose  name  recui*s  so 
frequently  in  his  father's  published  works,  lived  sufficiently  Ions; 
to  become  his  father's  Assistant  and  to  accomplish  much  notable 
botanical  exploration.  His  claims  to  recognition,  and  to  an 
honourable  place  in  the  Biograpliical  Index  of  British  ami  Irish 
Botanists,  are  by  no  means  confined  to  his  association  with  the 
name  Fhmingia  prostrata  Roxb.  f. 

The  nomination  of  Buchanan  as  Roxburgh's  successor  in  1806  is 
not  the  only  circumstance  which  points  to  this  as  the  year  in  which 
William  Roxburgh  died.     About  the  same  time  the  residence  of  John 


"JOHN        EOXBURGH  33 

Roxburgh  at  the  Cape  came  to  an  end.  When  John  returned  to 
India  from  South  Africa  is  not  detinitely  known  ;  after  his  return  he 
was  employed  under  his  father  in  the  Calcutta  Botanic  Garden.  As 
his  missionary  guardian  explained  in  1793,  John's  genius  was  "  but 
of  the  middle  sort."  This  may  account,  at  least  in  part,  for  his 
a]>pointment  to  a  subordinate  executive  post.  It  may  also  explain 
why,  in  the  Flora  Inclica,  there  is  but  one  reference,  and  that  a 
reference  which  might  easily  be  overlooked,  to  his  work  as  a  collector. 
The  passage  in  question  {Flora  Indica,  vol.  ii.  p.  169)  informs  us 
that  Tacca  aspera  was  "  found  by  Mr.  J.  R.  indigenous  in  the  vallies 
amongst  the  hill  behind  Chittagong."  But  his  activity  as  a  collector 
during  the  years  1810  and  1831  w^as  very  marked  and,  as  the  Editor 
has  pointed  out,  the  Hortus  Bengalensis  records  the  introduction  by 
him  of  many  plants  from  Chittagong.  For  1810  we  find  such  records 
on  twent3^-five  pages  of  the  Hortus  for  Chittagong  alone,  and  an 
examination  of  the  entries  suggests  that  on  his  way  to  Chittagong 
he  collected  in  the  Sundribuns  ;  that  while  in  Chittagong  he  gave 
especial  attention  to  orchids ;  that  on  his  way  back  from  Chittagong 
he  was  able  to  reach  Silhet.  In  1811  he  was  again  active,  though 
for  this  year  his  records  occur  only  on  about  half  as  many  pages  of 
the  Hortus. 

When  Roxburgh,  broken  in  health,  left  India  for  the  last  time  in 
March  1813,  John  Roxburgh  was  Overseer  of  the  Botanic  Garden. 
He  held  this  post  during  the  various  changes  in  the  superintendent- 
ship  w^hich  marked  the  period  betw^een  March  1813  and  August  1817. 
Not  long  after  Dr.  Wallich's  definite  appointment  as  Superintendent 
took  place  in  1817,  incompatibility  of  temper  led  to  differences  be- 
tween the  new  administrative  and  the  old  executive  head  of  the 
establishment.  John  Roxburgh  thereupon  ceased  to  be  a  member 
of  the  staff.     Whither  he  moved  or  when  he  died  we  do  not  know. 

While  none  of  the  sons  of  Dr.  Roxburgh  by  his  second  wife  can 
be  claimed  as  botanists  there  is  an  indication  that  the  eldest  of  this 
family,  George  Roxburgh,  might  have  developed  into  a  collector  had 
he  not,  as  the  Bonham-Carter  " family- table  "  explains,  been  "killed 
by  lightning  in  Java."  We  know,  from  the  Flora  Indica  (vol.  iii. 
p.  380),  that  his  father  was  indebted  to  George  for  specimens  of  at 
least  one  species  from  Hardwar.  Two  other  sons  of  the  same  family, 
Bruce  Roxburgh  and  James  Roxburgh,  though  in  no  sense  botanists, 
have  claims  to  the  gratitude  of  botanical  students  which  it  is  not  easy 
to  repay.  To  their  filial  piety  w^e  owe  the  publication  in  1832  of  their 
father's  Flora  Indica,  and  on  this  account  readers  of  the  Journal 
may  be  interested  to  know  the  outlines  of  their  careers,  for  the  par- 
ticulars of  which  the  writer  is  indebted  to  the  kindness  of  his  friend 
Mr.  W.  Foster,  CLE.,  of  the  India  Ofiice. 

Bruce  Roxburgh,  according  to  the  various  family-tables  the  third 
son  and  fourth  child  of  Dr.  William  Roxburgh  by  his  second  wife,  is 
recorded  officially  as  having  been  born  at  Calcutta  on  12  December, 
1797.  It  seems  possible,  however,  that  in  this  instance  the  date 
recorded  is  that  of  baptism,  not  that  of  birth,  for  among  the  letters 
addressed  to  Roxburgh  by  Buchanan  is  one,  written  on  4  September, 


3-1  THE   .TOURXAL    OF    BOTANY 

1797,  which  ends  with  a  message  of  congratulation  on  the  birth  of 
this  child.  Bruce  Roxburgh  entered  the  service  of  the  H.E.I. 
Coinpan}^  on  21  April,  1815 ;  became  Cornet,  VI.  Bengal  Cavalry, 
4  October,  1816 ;  Lieutenant,  1  September,  1818  ;  Captain,  1  De- 
cember, 1829  ;  was  transferred  to  the  Invalid  Establishment, 
31  August,  1831 ;  retired  on  medical  certificate,  13  September, 
1832 ;  and  died  14  June,  1861.  Though  he  joined  his  younger 
brother  James  in  financing  the  publication  of  the  Flora  Indica, 
it  seems  clear  that  the  state  of  his  health  must  have  prevented  him 
from  taking  any  very  active  part  in  the  correspondence  which  brought 
about  the  production  of  the  work. 

James  Roxburgh,  the  fourth  son  and  seventh  child  of  Dr.  William 
Roxburgh  by  his  second  wife,  is  recorded  oificially,  and  in  this 
instance  probably  correctly,  as  having  been  born  in  India  on 
25  January,  1802.  In  a  letter  dated  11  March,  1802,  in  which 
Buchanan  informs  Roxburgh  that  he  had  received  "  a  letter  from 
William,"  written  doubtless  after  William's  return  from  Chittaoonop 
and  just  as  William  was  preparing  to  leave-  for  Penang,  the  con- 
cluding sentence  reads : — "  Be  so  good  as  to  accept  of  m}^  congratu- 
lations to  you  and  Mrs.  Roxburgh  on  the  increase  to  your  family  and 
present  my  compliments  to  Miss  Roxburgh  and  William."  James 
was  nominated  to  the  service  of  the  H.E.I.  Company  by  John 
Thornhill,  Director,  on  the  recommendation  of  his  brother-in-law, 
Henry  Stone  (husband  of  the  Miss  Roxburgh  referred  to  by 
Buchanan).  He  became  Ensign,  XIX  Native  Infantrv  (Bengal), 
14  February,  1820;  Lieutenant,  11  July,  1823;  Captain,  12  No- 
vember, 1832  ;  Major,  18  November,  1846 ;  permitted  to  retire 
from  the  Army,  28  November,  1849.  On  30  December,  1835,  he 
was  transferred  to  the  Military  Auditor's  Department  and  appears 
to  have  served  in  that  department  till  his  retirement.  After  his 
transfer  to  this  branch  of  the  service  it  is  on  record  that  "the 
Madras  Government  authorised  the  purchase  of  nine  copies  of  a 
botanical  work  written  by  the  late  Dr.  Roxburgh,  the  Company's 
Botanist,  called  '  Flora  Indica,'  published  by  him  (Capt.  Roxburgh) 
in  conjunction  with  his  Brother,  Capt.  B.  Roxburgh."  Shortly 
thereafter  he  was  "  permitted  to  place  at  his  own  expense  a  suitable 
building  over  the  column  or  monument  erected  in  the  Botanical 
Gardens  in  1822,  to  the  memory  of  his  late  father."  The  inscription 
on  the  monument  that  James  Roxburgh  thus  so  thoughtfully  pro- 
tected may  be  found  by  the  curious  at  the  end  of  the  preface  to  the 
reprint  of  Roxburgh's  Flora  Indica  which  we  owe  to  the  public 
spirit  of  the  late  C.  J3.  Clarke,  issued  at  Calcutta  in  1874,  ten  years 
before  the  death  of  James  Roxburgh. 


-      WETGHTXCr    MOORTXOS  30 

WEIGHINa  MOORINGS. 

Br  A.  H.  Chitrch. 

From  the  stindpoint  that  the  algae  constituting  the  phytobenthon 
of  the  sea  may  be  preferably  regarded  as  anchored,  (hormon),  the 
problem  of  the  security  of  the  moorings  becomes  one  of  primary 
significance,  and  conditions  clearly  vary  within  wide  limits  according 
as  the  bottom  consists  of  mud,  sand,  shingle,  or  clean  rock.  The  fact 
that  the  larger  algaj  require  good  holding-ground  of  rock,  while 
sandy  coasts  are  comparatively  bare  of  all  vegetation,  is  sufficiently 
obvious  ;  and  it  has  been  pointed  out  elsewhere  that  this  has  had  a 
remarkable  influence  on  the  history  of  algology,  more  particularly  in 
countries  where  the  coast  is  predominantly  of  sand-dune  formation. 
The  case  of  mud  is  more  satisfactory,  since,  owing  to  the  cohesive 
nature  of  its  slimy  texture  and  the  effect  of  bacterial  zooglcea  in 
binding  the  surface-film,  the  substratum  may  be  able  to  bear  con- 
siderable movement  of  the  superjacent  medium,  while  algae  with 
rhizoid  attachment  may  penetrate  considerable  depths  and  assist  in 
binding  the  surface  to  constitute  good  anchorage  for  plants  of  con- 
siderable size,  as  Chorda,  10  ft.  or  more,  in  close  association.  A 
mudd}^  bottom  may  thus  carry  a  distinctive  flora  when  a  sandy  shore, 
owing  to  the  readiness  with  which  the  particles  are  lifted  by  surge- 
action  of  the  water,  affords  no  secm-ity  at  all,  and  may  present  no 
characteristic  plants  beyond  loose-h'ing  calcified  Litlioth amnion, 
which  are  practically  pebbles.  As  the  specific  gravity  of  such  sand- 
j^articles  may  be  taken  as  little  over  2,  it  may  be  noted  that  a  stone 
in  sea-water  loses  nearly  half  its  weight,  while  irregular  shapes 
offering  considerable  "  form-resistance  "  may  considerably  delay  the 
rate  of  sinking.  The  surging  action  of  the  waves,  as  an  upward 
thrust,  may  thus  if  sufficiently  violent  maintain  in  suspension  par- 
ticles of  considerable  size  ;  and  the  scour  of  the  sea-shore  by  particles 
and  pebbles  so  lifted,  is  in  fact  the  commonplace  of  the  sea,  and  con- 
stitutes one  of  the  factors  limiting  plant-life  on  "  exposed-coast "  ; 
but  it  also  expresses  the  insecurity  of  the  moorings  of  smaller  algas  in 
such  biological  stations.  A  further  means  of  moving  particles  of 
even  considerable  size  is  noted  in  the  evolution  of  bubbles  of  photo- 
synthetic  oxygen  which  are  so  extensively  utilized  for  the  erection  of 
axes,  as  in  rounded  types  of  lacunar  and  hollow  thallus,  or  the  differen- 
tiation of  special  members,  pneumatoj^hores  with  pneumatocysts 
{AscopJiyllum,  Sargassum,  Macrocystis),  culminating  in  the  6  ft. 
bladder  of  Nereocystis.  Since  the  pull  of  such  erecting  bubbles  con- 
stitutes a  further  strain  on  the  hapteron- system,  such  forces  may 
combine  to  exert  a  considerable  lifting  effect  on  the  substratum  ;  and 
where  the  holding  is  insecure  the  plant-soma  may  be  lifted  off  its 
bed,  thus  weighing  its  moorings,  to  be  drifted  out  to  sea.  or  in  shore, 
according  to  the  direction  of  the  tide  or  current-flow. 

Thus  Professor  Oliver,  for  Blakeney  (1912,  in  lecf.),  has  described 
the  germinating  zoospores  of  Unteromorplia  on  exposed  wet  sand, 
actively  photosvnthetic  and  attached  to  individual  sand-particles  of 
•25-*3  mm.  diam.,  floated  off  by  the  incoming  tide,  each  supported  by 
its   bubble  of  oxygen.     The  most  striking  example  of  the  effect  of 


36  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

such  phytosynthetic  bubbles  is  that  of  Colpomenia  sinuosa,  a  Medi- 
terranean Phseosporean,  which  appeared  in  1906  at  Vannes  in  the 
Gulf  of  Morbihan  (Belle  Isle),  growing  attached  to  oysters.  The 
plant  became  an  economic  nuisance,  and  is  known  as  the  Oyster-thief 
(Voleuse  dliuitres)  (cf.  Cotton  in  Kew  Bulletin,  1908,  p.  75).  The 
thallus  of  pareitchymatous  organization  and  papery  texture  is  hollow, 
and  may  attain  the  size  of  a  hen's  e^g  or  tennis-ball,  as  a  "  balloon." 
On  active  photosynthesis  in  shallow  water  the  cavity  so  fills  with 
internal  gas-bubbles  that  on  the  return  of  the  tide  the  inflated 
balloons  weigh  the  young  oysters  to  which  they  are  attached  and 
float  them  out  to  sea.  The  number  of  oysters  so  carried  off  was  so 
considerable  that  attempts  were  made  to  recapture  them  by  nets, 
while  faggots  were  dragged  over  the  beds  in  the  hope  of  tearing  the 
thallus-balloons.  The  story  is  usually  approached  from  the  stand- 
point of  the  oyster-owner,  but  it  shows  that  Colpomenia  merely 
attaches  to  the  oysters  in  such  a  station  for  want  of  better  anchorage, 
while  the  final  disaster  is  possibly  greater  in  the  case  of  the  plant 
than  in  that  of  the  animal.  The  point  of  interest  is  that  the  majority 
of  the  oysters  so  weighed  are  lost,  not  cast  on  shore,  and  the  effect  of 
weighing  moorings  generally  is  to  be  carried  out  to  deep  water  rather 
than  to  be  thrown  up.  There  seems  to  be  no  means  of  obtaining  an 
estimate  as  to  the  relation  between  the  amount  of  sea-weed  detached 
and  throw^n  on  shore  and  that  drifted  back  to  deep  water,  to  exist  as 
*'  loose-lying "  vegetation,  or  to  sink  and  die  in  the  open  sea. 
Immense  quantities  of  weed  thrown  on  the  beach  by  one  storm  may 
be  swept  out  to  sea  again  by  a  succeeding  tide.  The  amount  of 
weed  thus  cast  up  as  flotsam  and  jetsam  which  might  be  economically 
utilized  is  probably  but  a  very  small  proportion  of  the  wastage  of  the 
sea,  as  expressing  the  amount  of  increase  over  what  the  station  will 
carry. 

Further  observations  on  the  lifting  of  stones  of  considerable 
size  have  been  recently  made  by  Mr.  Spence  at  Orkney  in  the  case  of 
the  larger  Laminarians  {cf.  Journ.  Bot.  1918,  p.  281).  Thus 
L.  Cloustoni,  thougli  usually  growing  on  rocky  bottom  will  bring 
ashore  stones  of  6-8  lbs.  weight.  In  one  case  9  large  Laminarias,  of 
which  one  was  L.  fiexicaidis,  were  brought  in  attached  to  a  stone  of 
over  o6  lbs.,  or  an  average  of  8  lbs.  per  plant,  whose  weight  might  be 
3-5  lbs.  each.  i<iaccorlii za  bullosa  more  frequently  brings  adherent 
boulders  as  rounded  blocks  of  50-60  or  even  80  lbs. ;  a  good  example 
of  9  Saccorhizas  brought  a  rounded  block  12  in.  by  11,  weighing  over 
56  lbs.  From  such  data  it  would  appear  that  one  of  these  larger 
Laminarians  with  full  head  of  fronds  presents  a  form-resistance 
enabling  it  to  sustain  in  a  rough  sea  a  stone  equal  to  twice  its  full 
Aveight  (averaging  8  lbs.)  ;  or  a  plant  of  specific  gi-avity  little  more 
than  that  of  the  salt  water,  may  carry  a  stone  equal  in  the  water  to 
the  true  weight  of  the  former.  Saccorhiza,  in  fact,  is  to  be  regarded 
as  an  alga  specially  adapted  by  its  remarkable  hapteron-bulb.  which 
replaces  the  usual  crampon-system,  to  grow  among  loose  boulders,  as 
a  plant  of  mare  marked  individuality'^  than  the  gregarious  L.  Clou- 
stoni. 

These  observations  again  do  not  refer  to  the  rolling  of  still  larger 


"WEIGHING    MOOEINGS  37 

blocks  by  ground-swell,  which  changes  the  sea-bottom  iiTespective  of 
the  attached  vegetation  :  they  are  of  special  interest,  not  so  much  as 
affording  evidence  of  the  effect  of  wave-action  in  changing  the 
bottom  and  carrying  stones  to  the  beach,  as  indicating  the  converse 
action  of  also  carrying  stones  with  attached  plants  out  to  deeper 
water,  where  it  seems  unlikely  that  their  zoospores  would  ever  ger- 
minate. 

Thus  Hooker  at  the  Crozet  Islands  {Flora  Antarctica,  1847, 
p.  464)  describes  a  large  Macrocystis  as  rising  obliquely  at  45°  from 
40  fathoms,  and  extending  several  times  the  length  of  the  ship, 
definitely  suggesting  that  this  must  have  been  a  plant  which  had 
weighed  its  moorings.  It  is  clear  that  the  effective  pull  of  a  Macro- 
cystis  with  a  hundred  yards  of  fronds,  each  buoyed  by  a  pneumato- 
cyst,  must  be  enormous  ;  but  in  this  case  the  strain  is  met  by  a 
flexible  cable,  and  the  general  occurrence  of  "  free-floatina^ "  Macro- 
cystis  and  "  islands  "  indicates  that  the  stem  is  usually  the  first  to 
give  way.  It  should  be  possible  to  measure  the  breaking-strain  of 
the  Macrocystis  cable,  though  this  does  not  appear  to  have  been 
done  ;  but  it  may  be  pointed  out  that  even  Desmarestia  aciileata  in 
British  Seas,  as  the  finest  representative  (except  D.  ligidata)  of  the 
*'  filamentous  soma,"  may  present  a  breaking-strain  of  12  lbs.,  imply- 
ing that  it  would  in  the  water  lift  a  stone  of  20  lbs.  Observations  on 
D.  aculeata  at  90  fathoms  in  the  Skagerack  (Areschoug),  or  for 
D.  viridis  at  150  fathoms  at  Spitzbergen  (Kjellman,  1883),  or  for 
similar  algae  in  the  Arctic  (Dickie,  in  Journ.  Bot.  1869,  p.  148)  are 
clearly  referable  to  "  loose-lying  "  drift,  maintained  in  the  last  cases 
in  a  condition  of  "  cold-storage  "  ;  the  deepest  apparently  satisfactory 
record  for  a  sea-weed  of  any  size  is  still  that  of  Laminaria  Rodriguezii 
off  Minorca  in  75  fathoms  (125-150  metres,  Bornet  in  Bull.  Soc. 
Bot.  1888,  p.  361),  the  plant  showing  rhizome-runners  and  many 
young  growths.  But  all  such  records  of  plants  in  deep  water,  where 
observations  are  confined  to  dredging  stones  from  the  sea-bottom  are 
thus  open  to  the  further  error  of  weighed  moorings,  a  factor  that  it 
seems  difficult  to  eliminate. 


EPIPACTIS  VIEIDIFLORA  Reich. 

By  Colonel  M.  J.  Godfeet,  F.L.S. 

On  July  29th,  1918,  I  w^as  so  fortunate  as  to  discover,  a  few  miles 
from  Guildford,  a  woodland  form  of  E.  viridijiora  Rchb.,  which  is 
nearer  to  the  continental  descriptions  of  this  plant  than  the  forms 
dnnensis,  so  ably  described  by  Wheldon  and  Travis  (Journ.  Bot. 
1913,  p.  344)  and  vectensis  by  the  Rev.  T.  Stephenson  (Journ.  Bot. 
1918,  p.  1).  The  descriptions  of  the  elder  Reichenbach  (Fl.  Germ. 
Excurs.  p.  134),  of  his  son  (Rchb.  Icon.  p.  142),  and  of  Barla  (Icon. 
Orch.  p.  11)  agree  very  well  with  our  plant,  only  differing  in  unim- 
portant minor  details.  Reichenbach  fil.,  while  correctly  citing 
E.  purpurata  Sm.  as  a  synonym  of  his  E.  Helhborine  5.  violacea. 


38  TilK    JOLlt>AL    OF    BUTAXl' 

curiously  enough  quotes  E.  purpiirata  Sm.  (varletas  bracteis  evolu- 
tissimis)  as  identical  with  his  JE.  Hellehorine  3.  varians  {viridijlora)^ 
giving  Surrey  and  Boxhill  as  respective  localities.  Bark's  figure 
(Icon.  t.  7)  is  noteworthy  for  the  pubescence  of  the  upper  stem  and 
ovary,  and  for  the  hairy  poUinia.  This  is  the  earliest  indication  by 
any  author  of  the  outgrowth  of  pollen-tubes,  in  situ,  on  the  poUinia, 
which  was  first  described  by  Hermann  Miiller  (Yerhandl.  d.  N.  H. 
Ver.  preuss.  Kheinl.  &c.  1868).  It  is  necessarily  exaggerated,  and 
the  hairs  appear  black,  Avhereas  they  are  really  as  clear  and  colourless 
as  glass,  but  it  would  be  impossible  to  show  this  on  the  scale  of  the 
figure.  He  does  not  mention  it  in  the  text,  but  the  indication  in  the 
figure  is  sufficiently  remarkable.  Rouy's  description  (Fl.  France,  xiii. 
204)  fits  our  plant  accurately  as  far  as  it  goes,  but  it  is  silent  as  to 
the  column,  anther,  stigma,  and  rostellum.  Like  Rouy,  Ascherson 
and  Graebner  (Syn.  Mitt.  Europ.  Fl.  iii.  862)  treat  it  as  a  race  of 
_£J.  latifolia,  their  description  showing  some  advance  on  previous 
ones,  as  it  notices  the  absence  of  a  rostellum  (which  is  present  in  our 
plant  in  newh^-opened  flowers)  and  mentions  that  self-fertilisation 
occurs. 

As  our  plant,  while  specifically  identical  with  the  continental  one, 
has  certain  marked  characteristics  of  its  own,  is  constant  in  the 
limited  area  in  which  it  grows,  and  differs  from  the  forms  dunensis 
and  vectensis  referred  to  above,  I  jDropose  to  describe  it  as  a  new 
variety  *  : — 

Epipactis  YiRiDiFLOEii  Rchb.  var.  nov.  leptochtla. 

A  typo  differt  caulibus  altioribus  (2-7  dm. )  sa^pe  aggregatis ; 
foliis  inferioribus  ssepe  ovatis ;  sepalis  acuminatis  12-15  mm.  longis, 
4  mm.  latis ;  lobello  protinus  prominente;  hypochilio  orbiculari  4  mm. 
diam.,  3—4  mm.  alto;  epichilio  cordato  acuminato  (cuspide  longa 
acuta)  angustissimo  (+8  mm.  longo,  4  mm.  la  to,  ubi  latissimum 
est)  viridi  albomarginato  ;  caUis  duobus  irregulariter  rugosis  albis 
interdum  pallide  roseis  ;  rostello  evanescente. 

Diifers  from  the  type  as  follows  : — Stems  taller  (2-7  dm.),  often 
clustered.  Lower  leaves  frequently  ovate.  Sepals  acuminate  12- 
15  mm.  long  by  4  mm.  broad.  Labellum  projecting  forward.  Hypo- 
chile  orbicular,  4  mm.  in  diam.,  3-4  mm.  deep.  Epichile  cordate 
acuminate,  with  long  acute  point,  very  narrow  ( +  8  mm.  long  by 
4  mm.  broad  at  widest  part),  green,  bordered  white.  Bosses  two, 
irregular  rugose,  w^hite,  sometimes  faintly  tinged  pink.  Rostellum 
evanescent. 

Stems  clustered  in  older  parts,  20-70  cm.  tall.  Leaves  ovate 
to  broadly  lanceolate,  upper  lanceolate  tapering,  all  acute,  often 
wavy-edged,  yellow-green  or  dark  green,  not  grey-green. 

Internodes  short. 

Sepals   long,  acuminate,   12-15    mm.  long  by   +  4  mm.   broad. 

*  The  differences  between  Mr.  Stephenson's  forma  (:^)^He/^6•^s  and  typical  viridi- 
flora  are  considerably  greater  than  those  between  many  recognized  varieties ; 
indeed,  I  am  inclined  to  think  that  dunensis  has  gone  far  on  the  road  towards 
differentiation  as  a  species.  It  appears  to  be  fully  entitled  to  rank  as  a  variety, 
much  more  so,  for  instance,  than  E.  pnlustris  var,  erketoru m  Asch.  &  Gracbn. 


EPIPACTIS    YIRIDIFLORA    REICH.  30 

Lahellum  shorter  than  sepals  +  10  mm.  long,  4  mm.  broad.  IJ^ypo- 
chile  small,  nearly  circular,  4  mm.  in  diameter,  3-4  mm.  deep,  green 
within,  mottled  with  jmle  pinkish  red  near  the  base,  edges  semi- 
transparent,  wavy,  irregularly  crenate.  Einchile  cordate  acuminate, 
with  a  long  acute  point  +  8  mm.  long  by  4  mm.  broad,  greenish, 
w^hite-bordered,  not  deflexed ;  bosses  distinct,  low,  rugose,  vvhite, 
sometimes  tinged  faintly  with  pink.  Column  rising  in  a  curved  nib- 
shaped  stalk  (filament)  in  the  centre  at  the  back,  on  the  apex  of 
which  stands  the  anther ;  on  each  side  is  a  V-shaped  incision  in  the 
wall  of  the  column,  the  anterior  side  of  which  rises  into  a  tooth  or 
staminode  at  its  junction  with  the  stigma.  Anther  ovate,  with  a 
bluntly-pointed  empt}^  apex,  projecting  for  upwards  of  half  its  length 
over  the  upper  edge  of  the  stigma.  Stigma  transversely  oblong,  a 
prolongation  of  the  front  of  the  column,  not  supported  on  a  pedestal 
at  the  back  as  in  E.  latifolia  ;  upj^er  edge  sloping  slightly  downwards 
from  the  centre  to  the  tooth  (staminode)  at  each  corner.  EosteUum 
present  when  the  flower  first  opens,  but  functionless,  quickly  disap- 
pearing, leaving  a  brownish  mark. 

The  gland  contains  viscid  matter,  but  this  is  too  weak  to  remove 
the  pollinia ;  moreover,  it  does  not  appear  to  come  in  contact  with 
them,  for,  instead  of  being  opposite  their  united  apices,  it  lies,  owing 
to  the  forward  position  of  the  anther,  opposite  the  V-shaped  space 
between  the  downward-diverging  pollinia,  so  that  the  latter,  in 
sliding  downwards,  pass  over  the  viscid  gland  without  touching  it. 

As  compared  with  the  forma  vectensis  Stephenson,  the  following 
differences  are  observable  : — 

Yar.  LEPTOCiiiLA.  Stems  clustered,  20-70  cm.  tall,  pubescent 
below,  rather  densel}^  so  above.  Leaves  yellow-green  or  dark  green, 
lower  ovate,  sometimes  broadly  lanceolate.  Lower  bracts  twice  as 
long  as  flowers.  Baceme  many-flowered,  up  to  23  cm.  long.  Flowers 
as  large,  and  opening  as  widely  as  in  E.  viotacea. 

Forma  tectensis.  Stem  solitary,  delicate  and  slender,  almost 
glabrous  below,  slightly  pubescent  above.  Leaves  grey-green,  lower 
lanceolate  to  elliptic  lanceolate.  Lower  hracts  never  much  exceeding 
the  flowers.  Raceme  lax,  few-flowered.  Flowers  small,  green,  never 
opening  so  widely  as  in  violacea. 

In  English  Botany,  ed.  3,  ix.  123,  E.  media  "  Fries  "  Babing- 
ton  (as  sub-spec.  I  of  E.  Hellehorine  Cr.)  includes  two  forms  : — - 
var.  CI.  viridis  (E.  viridijlora  Hoffm.  is  quoted  as  a  synonym)  and 
var.  f>.  pur  pur  at  a  Sm.  i^E.  violacea^.  The  question  therefore  requires 
consideration  as  to  whether  E.  viridijlora  and  E.  violacea  are  in 
reality  forms  of  one  species.  They  are  in  some  respects  more  closely 
allied  than  E.  viridijlora  and  E.  latijolia,  as  they  agree  in  two 
remarkable  characters  in  which  the}^  both  differ  from  the  latter  ;  they 
have  a  similar  root-system — a  knotted  rhizome  with  fleshy  rootlets 
growing  from  the  nodes  at  diflterent  levels  (in  latijolia  the  rootlets 
spring  from  the  base  of  the  stem  at  the  same  level),  and  the  older 
plants  have  clustered  stems,  at  least  this  is  so  in  the  variety  lejjto- 
chila.  The  following  comparison  shows  the  main  points  of  difference 
between  the  two  plants  : — 


40 


THE    JOUllXAL    OF    J30TANY 


E.  VIRIDIFLORA  Var.  LEPTOCHILA. 

The  neiv  hud  has  only  one  root- 
let, on  the  outside,  furthest  from  the 
stem. 

Stem  pale  green. 


Leai'es  often  numerous,  near  to- 
gether, internodes  short,  lower  often 
ovate,  sometimes  broadly  lanceolate, 
upper  lanceolate  to  linear  lanceolate, 
yellow-green  or  dark  green  *. 

Raceme  lax. 

Sepals  lanceolate,  acuminate. 

Petals  ovate- lanceolate,  acumi- 
nate, very  acute,  nerves  clearly 
visible. 

Epichile.  Not  deflexed,  cordate 
acuminate,  with  a  long  acute  point, 
longer  than  broad  (8-9  mm.  X  4  mm.) 
green,  with  2  white  rugose  hunches. 

Column  rises  into  a  nib-like  tooth 
at  the  back,  with  a  deep  acute  sinus 
between  it  and  the  staminode  on 
each  side. 

Anther  stalked,  projecting  far 
over  edge  of  stigma,  so  that  the 
viscid  gland  is  opposite  the  V-shaped 
space  between  the  downward- diverg- 
ing pollinia. 

Viscid  gla  nd.  Functionless,  wither- 
ing by  the  time  the  flower  above  it 
opens,  not  coming  in  contact  with 
with  the  pollinia. 

Ripe  capsule  yellowish  green, 
elliptical,  broadest  in  the  middle, 
jfl2mm.  long  and  +  8  mm.  broad; 
stalk  +  6  mm.  long. 

The  flower  is  self -fertilized. 


E.  VIOLACEA  (E.  purpurata  S.n.). 

Each  bud  has  two  rootlets,  one 
on  each  side  between  bud  and  stem. 

Dark  grey-green,  tinged  through- 
out with  violet,  giving  it  a  curious 
mealy  and  livid  appearance. 

Distant  internodes  long,  lowest 
never  ovate,  all  similar  in  shape, 
dull  grey-green  sometimes  flushed 
with  violet,  much  smaller,  shorter, 
and  narrower  f. 

Raceme  much  denser. 

Lanceolate  obtuse,  sometimes 
rather  acute. 

Oblong- lanceolate,  obtuse,  the 
same  breadth  for  most  of  their  length, 
nerves  almost  obsolete. 

Deflexed,  cordate  acute,  broader 
than  long  (4  mm.  long  by  5-6  mm. 
broad),  white,  very  faintly  tinged 
pink,  with  2-3  parallel  +  confluent 
hunches. 

Upper  wall  continuous,  wavy- 
edged  and  level  from  centre  of  back 
to  staminode. 

Sessile,  not  projecting  over  upper 
edge  of  stigma  (except  the  empty 
tip) ;  gland  opposite  apex  of  pollinia. 


Large  and  very  effective,  firmly 
attached  to  pollinia  just  below  their 
apex. 

Dark  grey-green,  markedly  tri- 
gonous, broadest  just  below  apex, 
+  20  mm.  long,  each  side  10-11  mm. 
broad  at  the  widest  point;  stalk 
+  3  mm.  long. 

Fertilized  by  wasps. 


The  above-marked  points  of  difference,  extending  to  most  jmrts  of 
the  organism,  appear  amply  sufficient  to  prove  that  we  have  in  these 
plants  two  good  and  distinct  species,  and  a  careful  examination  of  the 
essential  organs  of  the  flower  will  show  that  ^.  laf /folia,  viridijloray 
and  violacea  are  morphologically  different.  It  is  true  that  many 
botanists  have  considered  vi  rid  {flora,  and  several  violacea,  to  be 
but  forms  of  E.  laiifolia,  but  all  these  authors  have  given  judgement 
without  taking  into  account  the  evidence  afforded  by  the  anther, 
pollinia,  stigma,  and  rostellum,  their  descriptions  stopping  short  at  the 
perianth.  Nevertheless,  there  have  been  clear-sighted  botanists  who, 
apart  from  the  organs  of  reproduction,    have   recognized   that   the 

*  Ovate  lower  leaves  vary  from  7  by  5  cm.  to  5  by  4  cm. ;  lanceolate  lower 
leaves  from  10  by  3^  cm.  to  6  by  2  cm. 

t  Varying  in  length  from  4-7  cm.,  in  breadth  from  2-2J  cm. 


EPTPACTIS    YIKIDIFLORA    RETCIT.  41 

differences  between  these  plants  are  of  sj)ecific  rank.  For,  indeed,  to 
the  eve  trained  by  observation  of  the  living  plants,  the  three  species 
are  recognizable  at  a  glance  in  most  stages  of  their  growth. 

Max  Schulze  (Orchid.  Deutschl.  No.  54)  considers  that  E.  vio' 
lacea  is  a  good  species,  but  thinks  that  E.  latifolia  and  E.  viridi- 
ilora  can  hardlj  be  distinguished,  though  he  admits  that  their 
extreme  forms  are  so  different  as  to  suggest  two  species.  He  says 
that  numerous  intermediate  forms  occur,  in  which  all  the  leading 
characteristics  show  great  variation,  so  that  it  is  difficult  to  tell 
whether  a  plant  belongs  to  one  or  the  other.  This  is  a  recrudescence 
of  the  old  idea,  which  dies  so  hard,  that  two  recognizably  different 
plants,  if  intermediate  examples  occur,  must  belong  to  one  and  the 
same  species.  Sir  J.  D.  Hooker  {Life  and  Letters,  ii.  34)  Avrote  to 
Darwin  (Oct.  2,  1862)  "The  dismal  fact  you  quote  of  hybrid  trans- 
itions between  Verhascum  Tkapstis  and  nigrum  ,  .  .  .  and  its  bearing 
on  my  j^ractice  of  lumping  species  through  intermediate  specimens,  is 
a  very  horrible  one  ....  Your  orchid  book  has  convinced  me  that 
such  cases  must  be  abundant."  It  is  curious  that  Schulze  should 
have  followed  this  time-honoured  practice,  for  he  knew  and  described 
many  hybrid  orchids.  Perhaps  the  frequency  of  intermediates 
between  E.  latifolia  and  viridijiora  blinded  him  to  the  probability 
of  their  hybrid  origin.  He  appears  to  have  overlooked  the  fact  that, 
as  viridijiora  is  self-fertilizing,  we  might  reasonably  expect  that  any 
hybrid  between  itself  and  latifolia  should  also  be  self-fertilizing. 
Its  offspring  would  be  partly  like  itself,  and  partly  tending  to 
resemble  more  closel}?"  one  or  other  of  the  original  parents.  In  this 
way  a  number  of  intermediate  plants  might  arise,  and  a  great  range 
of  variation  occur,  where  the  two  species  grow  together.  A  parallel 
case  occurs  with  the  self -fertilizing  Ophrys  apifera.  J.  T.  Moggridge 
states  (Journ  Linn.  Soc.  viii.  ]).  258)  that  Oplirys  Scolopax  appears 
under  two  forms.  He  says,  referring  to  the  latter,  "  At  Mentone  I 
never  saw  any  tendency  to  self-fertilization,  but  all  the  spikes  of  a 
large  bundle  sent  me  from  Cannes  were  so  Avithout  exception. 
It  is  a  remarkable  coincidence  that  at  Mentone  the  Bee  Ophrys  is 
scarce,  and  at  Cannes  very  abundant.  So,  within  30  miles  of  one 
another,  we  have  one  spot  where  self-fei-tilization  is  in  full  action, 
and  another,  where  it  is,  as  far  as  I  am  aware,  unknown."  Evidently 
at  Cannes  hybrids  have  occurred  between  the  insect-fertilized  O. 
Scolopax  and  the  self -fertilized  O.  apifera.  and  their  offspring,  taking 
after  the  latter  parent,  are  self -fertilizing  also.  There  is  nothing  to 
prevent  the  self-fei-tilizing  hybrid  from  multiplying  freely  and 
becoming  abundant.  Tlie  correctness  of  this  supposition  appears  to  be 
confirmed  by  Moggridge  himself,  who  says  that  the  difference 
between  the  self-fertilizing  O.  Scolopax  of  Cannes,  and  the  insect- 
fertilized  Scolopax  of  Mentone  is  brought  about  "  by  a  very  slight 
bend  in  the  anther-cells,  which  are  prolonged  into  a  beak  of  variable 
length  in  tlie  case  of  the  self-fertilizing  blossoms."  This  prolonged 
beak  is  one  of  the  most  striking  features  of  O.  apifera,  and  betrays 
the  parentage  of  the  Cannes  Scolopax. 

The  fertilization  of    leptochila    differs  somewhat   from  that   of 
dunensis.     In  the  latter  the  poUinia  are  extremely  friable,  and,  even 
Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  57.     [FEBErAET,  1919.]       e 


42  THE    JOURXAL    OF    BOTANY 

before  the  flower  opens,  numerous  tetrads  of  pollen  fall  on  the  lip, 
into  the  hypochile,  etc.,  and  probably  thus  become  transferred  to  the 
stigma.  In  the  former  the  pollinla  slide  downwards  bodily  from  the 
anther-cells  over  the  sloping  upper  edge  of  the  stigma,  and  come 
to  rest  obliquely  on  its  frontal  viscous  surface,  to  which  they  become 
anchored  by  an  outgrowth  of  pollen-tubes,  in  much  the  same  way  as 
described  by  H.  Miiller  {oji.  cit.)  in  the  case  of  the  continental 
viridijlora. 


THE  GENUS  HERBERTA 

AS  REPRESENTED  IX  THE  MaX^CHESTER  MuSEUM. 

Br  William  Henry  Pearson,  M.Sc,  A.L.S. 

Prof.  A.  W.  Eyans  of  Yale  University  has  done  a  great  service 
to  British  hepaticologists  in  his  "Notes  on  the  genus  Herberta,  with 
a  revision  ot"  the  species  known  from  Europe,  Canada  and  the  United 
States"  published  in  the  Bulletin  of  the  Torrey  Botanical  Chih  for 
1917  (pp.  191-22),  wherein  are  described  and  figured  two  British 
plants  which  have  hitherto  been  considered  as  forms  of  one  species — 
Herherta  adunca  (Dicks.)  and  //.  llutchinsice  (Gottsche)  Evans. 
In  1862  Gottsche  (Pabenhorst  Hep.  Eur.  n.  210)  discriminated  the 
two  forms;  Carringtonin  his  Gleanings  among  the  Irish  Cryptogams 
(1863)  has  an  interesting  note  in  which  he  regarded  H.  adunca  as  a 
form  found  only  on  high  and  exposed  mountains  ;  the  habitat  he 
thought  accounted  for  the  differences  and  he  did  not  separate  them. 
Evans  proves  by  the  different  characters  that  they  may  justly  be 
considered  distinct :  for  full  descriptions  reference  must  be  made  to 
his  paper ;  I  merely  give  here  the  salient  characters  of  the  two 
species. 

Herberta  adunca  (Dicks.).  Leaves  bifid  to  about  one  half; 
divisions  broad,  slightly  or  not  at  all  curved,  acute  or  acuminate : 
vitta  not  distinct,  usually  indistinct  even  in  the  basal  region,  extend- 
ing for  a  short  distance  into  the  divisions,  but  coming  to  an  end  con- 
siderably beloAV  the  apex.  (The  vitta  or  nerve  is  a  band  of  elongated 
cells  which  extend  from  the  middle  of  the  base  of  the  leaves  to  the 
segments.)      Basal  portion  of  leaf  normally  entire. 

Herberta  Hutchinsi^e  (Gottsche)  Evans.  Leaves  bifid  two- 
thirds  to  four-fifths,  divisions  narrow,  strongly  curved,  long-acuminate  ; 
vitta  distinct,  extending  far  into  the  divisions,  but  hardly  to  the 
apices.  Basal  portion  of  leaves  entire  or  nearly  so  or  furnished  with 
a  fev;  teeth.  Of  this  species  Prof.  Evans  gives  a  plate.  H.  adunca 
is  recorded  from  Scotland  and  Wales  ;  H.  Ilutchinsice  from  Scot- 
land, England,  Wales  and  Ireland :  the  further  distribution  of  the 
former  is  Norway  and  Faroe  Islands,  and  of  the  latter,  Norway-, 
Alaska  and  British  Columbia. 

Another  European  species — II.  Sendtneri  CNees)  {Sendtnera 
Sauteriana  Nees,  Schisma  straminrum  Dum.) — has  been  credited  by 
Dumortier  and  Lett  to  Scotland,  but  no  specimens  have  been  seen  to 
support  fhe  statement.  A  large  form  of  H.  adunca  collected  bY 
C.  Howie  (near  Loch  Maree,  llosshire)  has  been  so  named,  but  there 


THE    GEXUS    HERBERT A  43 

is  nothing  to  separate  this  from  the  normal  form  of  adiuica,  the  base 
of  the  leaves  being  quite  entire,  whereas  in  II.  Sendtneri  the  large 
teeth  at  the  base  of  the  leaves  are  very  characteristic  of  the  specie?. 
Evans  raises  to  specific  rank  as  H.  tenuis^  a  small  form  found  only  in 
North  America. 

Stephani  describes  seventy-one  species  of  Herherta  {Schisma), 
and  four  more  have  been  added,  making  a  total  of  seventy-five;  of 
these  about  twenty  are  represented  in  the  Manchester  Museum  from 
the  localities  given  in  the  following  list : — 

H.  ADUNCA  (Dicks.)  Gray.  Scotland:  Ben  Nevis,  Greville, 
1823  ;  Clova,  Gardiner ;  Glen  Lyon,  Clova,  Stark  ;  Braemar,  Carrinf/- 
toUy  July  1849 ;  mountains  by  Loch  Maree,  Kosshire,  Howie,  18G7, 
Ben  Ho^DC,  Sutherland,  Greville,  1834 ;  Ptarmigan,  Holt,  and  Ben 
Laoigh, //oZ^,  July  1880;  Ben  More,  Mull,  Kennedy,  June  1906; 
Ben  Lawers,  Hunter,  July  1906. 

Wales.  Twll  Dhu,  and'Snowdon,  Wilson,  May  1828  ;  Cwm  Idwal, 
Pearson,  April  1878. 

Norway.  Schiffn.  Hep.  eur.  exsicc,  463-5. 

H.  HuTCHixsi^  (Gottsche)  Evans.  Ireland.  Conner  Hill, 
Dingle,  Moore ;  Brandon  Mountain,  Moore,  G.  &  K.  Hep.  eur. 
n.  491 ;  Eagles'  Nest,  Killarney,  Holt,  June  1885 ;  Killarney, 
Carrington  G.  &  B.  Hep.  eur.  exsicc.  n.  210 ;  Errigal  Mountain, 
Donegal,  Hunter,  Oct.  1911. 

England.  Ill  Bell,  Westmoreland,  and  head  of  Mow^dale,  Cumber- 
land, near  Keswick,  Cumberland,  Holt,  April  1884;  Borrowdale, 
Cumberland;  Pearson,  April  1893. 

Wales.  Snowdon,  Wilson  ;  Craig-y-cau,  Merioneth,  Wild  Sf 
Pearson,  May  1877  (C.  &  P.  Hep.  Brit".  Exsicc.  n.  421)  ;  Dolbadarn 
Castle,  Llanberis,  StahleVf  May  1883  ;  Crib  Coch,  Snowdon,  Holt, 
April  1878.     , 

Scotland.  Grampians,  MacAndrew  1884 ;  Ben  Cruachan,  Argyll, 
Macvicar,  June  1903  ;  near  Glen  Shee,  Braemer,  Carrington,  July 
1850;  Invermoidart,  West  Inverness,  Macvicar,  May  1901  (Schiifn. 
Hep.  eur.  exsicc.  n.  467). 

Norway.  Lyse  near  Stavanger,  Jorgensen  (Schiffn.  Hep.  eur. 
exsicc.  n.  466). 

North  America.  Banks  Island,  A.  Menzies,  1787,  with  fruit. 

H.  Sexdtxeri  (Nees)  Evans.     Fourteen  continental  specimens. 

H.  TENUIS  Evans.  N.  America.  Bocks,  Cauterskill  Falls,  Cat- 
skill  Mountains,  Austin,  Hep.  Bor.-Amer.  n.  82  ;  New  Jersey,  Green- 
wood Mountains ;  Pennsylvania,  Stony  Creek,  Aug.  1874,  Wolle ; 
North  Carolina,  on  trees,  top  of  Black  Mountain,  Lesquereux,  1850  ; 
North  Carolina,  James,  Herb.  Austin ;  Sullivant  Muse.  Alleg. ; 
Herb.  Lanming,  Aust.,  coll.  Puclcley,  1858. 

H.  jrxiPERiNA  (Swartz)  Spi'uce.     Cuba,  West  Indies. 

H.  SANGm:NEA  (Austin).  Hawaii  (base  of  leaves  entire)  (4  speci- 
mens). 

H.  COMMUTATA  (St.)  {H.  pcnsiUs  Spruce  non  Taylor).  Chim- 
borazo.  Spruce  ;  Guadeloupe,  Dr.  Madiano,  Herb.  Austin  (see  Stephani 
Sp.  Hep.  vol.  iv.  p.  17,  1909). 

H.   GRANDiEOLiA   (St.)   ( //.  junijjcrina    Spruce    Hep.    exsicc). 


44  THE    JOUR^ML    OF    BUT  ANY 

Stephani  says  "  discus  entire  "  :  I  find  some  of  the  leaves  entire, 
others  dentate  or  lobate  :  the  measurements  he  gives — leaves  l-'Z  mm. 
lono-,  discus  3'6  mm.  long,  2-8  mm.  broad — I  cannot  confirm.  I  get 
leaves  5  mm.  long,  discus  2-7'J  mm.  long,  2  mm.  broad. 

H.  ORiZABEXSis  (G.)  Seiidtnera  orizabensis  Gr.  Hep.  Mexic. 
Orizaba,  F.  Mueller.  Stephani  says  (op.  cit.  p.  19)  that  he  has 
not  seen  the  plant :  the  leaves  are  divided  to  below  the  middle, 
segments  usually  entire  or  now  and  then  with  a  tooth,  base  of  leaves 
toothed. 

H.  ALPIXA  (Steph.).  Paparoa  Range,  South  Island,  New  Zea- 
land :  Helms,  1888;  Stephani  says  ''base  of  leaves  entire";  some 
are  so,  but  many  are  furnished  with  a  tooth. 

H.  RUNCIXATA  (Taylor),  Chlloe,  Cuming. 

H.  ACANTHALIA  Spruce,  Hep.  Sp.  Am.  et  And. 

H.  Bi^TLTTATA  Spruce,  Hep.  Sp.  Am.  et  And. 

H.  LiMBATA  (Steph.),  Bolivia,  Kerzog,  Oct.  1911. 

H.  SEERATA  Spruce,  Bolivia,  Hcrzog,  April  1911. 

H.  DiVERGEXs  (Steph.),  Bolivia,  Het^zog,  May  1911.  I  have 
found  a  leaf  Avith  segment  again  divided :  base  of  leaves  entire,  one 
leaf  with  two  small  teeth,  one  and  two  cells  long. 

H.  Parish  Steph.  Mt.  Fulog,  province  of  Benguet,  Luzon, 
Philippines,  Coll.  McGregor,  July  1909.  Very  near  .ff.  Hut  chins  ice, 
of  which  a  specimen  labelled  *' ISendfiiera  ju)ii2:)e)n7ia  var.  ramosa^^ 
(Tonglo,  Sikkim,  10,000  ft.)  is  a  slender  form. 

H.  DiCRA^-^A  (Tayl.).  Sendtnera  dicrana  Tayl.  Syn.  Hep.  p.  239. 
India,  Jloo'ker  ^  Thomson.     Ceylon.     Very  near  R.  Hufchinsice. 

H.  siKKiMENSis  (Steph.).  Sendtnera  frag  His,  Sikkim,  Hooker. 
Yerv  similar  to  H,  HutcliinsicB  and  H.  dicrana. 

H.  LOXGiFissA  Steph.  in  HedAV,  1895,  p.  44.  Sendtnera  gracilis 
M.  &  N.  Flora  Hawaiiensis,  n.  58.  Coll.  Mann  ^  Brighavi.  I 
found  a  tooth  at  the  base  of  a  leaf. 


REVIEW. 

Flora  of  Bermuda  {illustrated),  ^y  Nathaniel  Lord  Brittox, 
Ph.D.,  etc.,  Director.-in-Chief  of  the  New  York  Botanical 
Garden.  8vo,  cloth,  pp.  xi,  585.  New  York :  Charles  Scribner's 
Sons.     1918, 

This  handsome  and  admirably  produced  book  is  devoted  to  the 
history  of  an  isolated  group  of  islands  in  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  whose  land 
area  is  "  a  little  over  nineteen  square  land  miles,  or  about  one-seventh 
the  size  of  the  Isle  of  Wight."  Small  as  it  is,  it  has  a  remarkable 
flora,  inasmuch  as  about  8'7  per  cent,  is  endemic,  "there  being 
61  species  in  Bermuda  or  its  waters  not  known  to  grow  natui-ally 
anywhere  else  in  the  world."  Of  these  about  p.  third  (22)  are 
Algifi — a  proportion  maintained  in  the  relation  of  the  class  to  the 
whole  Flora  ;  11  out  of  the  146  flowering  plants  and  4  of  the  19  ferns 
are  endemic.  The  total  number  of  native  species  is  709;  about  303 
are  intj-oduced  and  completely  or  partially  naturalised  :  in  addition 


FLOKA    OF    13EEMUD.V  45 

to  these  864  cultivated  plants  are  mentioned  or  described  in   these 
pages. 

The  full  and  clear  descriptions  of  the  Sperniatophyta,  Pteridophyta, 
and  Bryopliyta  are  accompanied  by  figures,  usually  excellent  though 
occasional!}^ — e.  g.  Foly(jo)ium  Co)i  vol  cuius — hardly  representing  the 
usual  appearance  of  the  plant.  We  have  failed  to  tind  any  indication 
of  the  artist  whose  work  has  added  so  much  to  the  attractiveness  and 
usefulness  of  the  book.  Except  where  otherwise  indicated,  Dr.  Britton 
is  responsible  for  the  work ;  Mrs.  Britton  has  undertaken  theBryophyta ; 
in  the  Thallophyta  the  Lichens  are  contributed  by  Prof.  Lincoln  W. 
Kiddle,  the  Fungi  by  Dr.  Fred.  J.  Leaven,  and  the  Algae  by  Dr.  Marshall 
A.  Howe. 

The  nomenclature  adopted  is  that  which  prevails  in  many  American 
books  and  is  thus  not  always  in  accordance  with  the  more  generally 
accepted  Vienna  rules.  Trinomials  are  used  for  *'  races  or  varieties  "  ; 
"  priority  of  place  "  and  ''  once  a  synonym  always  a  synonym  "  are 
accepted  as  principles ;  names  are  duplicated — e.  g.  Fagopijrum 
Faffopyrum ;  and  the  original  spelling  is  observed  in  such  names  as 
Coccolobis^  Canavali,  and  Cajan.  The  division  and  limitation  of 
genera  has  introduced  names  which  have  not  hitherto  appeared  in 
British  books — such  are  Tiniaria  Convolvulus  "  Webb.  &  Moq." 
i^Folygonuin)^  Mlcrostirjma  incana  "  (L.)  Britton  "  {Matthiola), 
Ccwara  didyma  "  (L.)  Britton"  {Senebiera),  Xanfhoxalis  conii- 
culata  "(L.)  J.  K.  Small"  and  X.  stricta  **  (L.)  J.  K.  Small" 
(^Oxalis)  ;  others  although  not  entirel}^  new  are  unfamiliar,  such 
as  Cymhalaria  Cyinhalarla  "(L.)  Wettst."  and  Kickxia  Flatine 
*'  (L.)  Dumort."  {Linaria). 

The  material  upon  which  the  book  is  based  was  the  result  of 
various  exj)editions  carried  out  by  Dr.  Britton  and  Mr.  Stewartson 
Brown  between  190-5  and  1918,  with  the  assistance  on  some  occasions 
of  Mrs.  S.  Britton  and  Dr.  Seaver.  A  list  of  the  "  principal  botanical 
collections  made  in  Bermuda  "  and  a  bibliography  are  appended  :  it 
would  appear  from  the  former  that  no  plants  were  collected  there 
between  1699 — the  latest  date  of  John  Dickinson's  gatherings — and 
A.  W.  Lane's  collections  made  prior  to  1845,  Dickinson — here  and 
elsewhere  misspelt  Dickenson — really  collected  considerably  earlier, 
for  Petiver  (Mus.  Pet.  viii,  80;  Dec,  31,  1700)  acknowledges  "plants 
lately  sent  from  Bermudas  (besides  2  collections  some  ^^ears  agoe) 
with  assurances  of  larger  performances."  These  **  assurances  "  do 
not  seem  to  have  been  realised,  as  only  thirteen  species  labelled 
as  from  him  are  in  the  Petiver  and  Plukenet  collections  in  the 
Sloane  Herbarium,  Of  these  five  are  of  special  interest :  atten- 
tion was  tirst  directed  to  these  by  Dr.  Hemsley  in  this  Journal 
for  1883,  where  Ei'if/eron  JJarrellianus  and  Carex  hermudiana  were 
lirst  described  :  the  latter  was  only  known  from  Dickinson's  specimens 
until  1905,  when  it  was  rediscovered  by  Dr.  Britton.  The  endemic 
Sist/7'inchium,  long  confused  with  S.  ouf/usti folium  Mill.,  was  shown 
to  be  distinct  by  Dr.  Hemsley  in  this  Journal  for  1884,  and  is  still  so 
regarded:  Dr.  Britton  says  "  it  doubtless  originated,  however,  from 
seed  of  one  of  the  Continental  species  bi'ought  to  Bermuda  by  a  bird 
or  on  the  wind,  the  plant  becoming  differentiated  through  isolation 


46  THE   JOUltNAL    OF    BOTAJ^Y 

from  its  parent-stock."  A  similar  explanation  is  given,  though  some- 
Avhat  more  cautiously,  of  the  origin  of  another  endemic  species, 
Chiococca  hermudiana,  which  "probably  originated  from  seeds  of 
C.  alba.''''  Tlie  name  Hermudiana,  which  is  here  retained  for  the  Sisy- 
rinchiiim  must,  as  Mr.  Farwell  points  out  in  a  paper  reprinted  in  this 
Journal  for  1918  (p.  271),  be  assigned  to  the  species  generally  known 
as  S.  angustijolium  ;  the  Bermuda  plant  must  be  called  &.  iridioides 
Curtis,  whose  beautiful  figure  (Bot.  Mag.  t.  04)  contrasts  favourably 
with  that  given  as  frontispiece  to  the  book  under  notice.  The  plant 
here  called  Galium  hermudense  L.  is  regarded — perhaps  rightly — as 
conspecific  with  the  United  States  species  included  by  Linnseus  under 
the  name.  The  matter  is  discussed  in  this  Journal  for  1909  (p.  41) 
in  a  paper  which  seems  to  have  escaped  Dr.  Britton's  notice ;  in  this 
the  two  are  differentiated,  and  the  name  hermudense  is  restricted  to 
the  Bermudan  plant,  which  is  called  Relhunium  hernmdense.  The 
fifth  of  Dickinson's  endemic  species  is  Adiantum  helium,  first  dis- 
tinguished in  1879  by  Thomas  Moore,  "  who,"  as  Dr.  Britton  informs 
us,  "  was  not  the  same  man  as  the  celebrated  poet  of  the  same  name  " — 
it  is  not  easy  to  suppose  that  anyone  would  be  likely  to  consider  the 
two  identical !  The  other  Bermudan  species  represented  in  the  Sloane 
Herbarium  by  specimens  from  Dickinson  are  Melilotus  indica  AIL, 
Erif/eron  canadense  L.,  E.  linifolius  Willd.,  Eupatorium  macro- 
pliyllum  L.,  Verbena  urticifolia  L.,  SclerocJiloa  rigida  Link,  and 
Cenchrus  trihuloides  L.  Petiver  also  received  from  him  Juniperus 
hermudiana  in  fruit;  of  this  species  there  is  in  the  Sloane  Herbarium 
labelled  by  Petiver:  '^  This  from  Bermudas  a  D.  (vol.  332,  f.  81)  James 
and  Dickinson  ":  I  have  not  met  with  the  former  name  elsewhere. 
Another  early  collector  was  the  Eev.  William  Clarke  (fl.  1710-34), 
Avhose  plants,  gathered  at  Carolina,  Bermudas,  and  the  Caribees,  are 
in  Herb.  Sloane,  vol.  318.  Unfortunately  the  localities  for  the  speci- 
mens are  not  distinguished  in  any  way :  that  some  are  from  Bermuda 
is,  however,  shown  by  a  specimen  (f.  34)  of  the  endemic  Erigeron 
Earrellianus. 

It  may  be  noted  that  Dickinson  gives  two  local  names  which  do 
not  appear  in  the  jFZor«:  "Love-grass"  for  the  Cenchrus — "I  sup- 
pose," says  Petiver,  "from  their  prickly  seeds,  which  may  stick  to 
j^  cloaths  like  our  Burdock  or  Clivers,  wh.  last  for  y*^  reason  is  called 
Philanthropos  " — and  "Hog  weed"  ior  Erigero7i  Earrellianus  :  we 
note  that  Dr.  Britton,  conforming  to  the  absurd  fashion  which  would 
supply  every  plant  with  an  "  English "  name,  dubs  the  latter 
"DarreU's  Fleabane,"  which  it  is  safe  to  say  no  one  ever  has  called 
or  ever  will  call  it. 

The  index — evidently  excellent,  although  the  first  name  we  looked 
for  {lielhunium,  p.  308)  does  not  appear  in  it — demands  a  special 
word  of  praise  in  that  there  is  but  one  :  a  method  which,  often  urged 
in  these  pages,  is  emphasized  by  Sir  Edward  Cook  in  his  recent 
delightful  volume.  Literary  Becreations  (p.  63):  writing  on  "The 
Art  of  Indexing  "  he  says  :  "  I  lay  down  as  the  first  rule,  One  book. 
One  index.  .  .  .  Multiplication  of  indexes  is  an  unmitigated  nuisance: 
it  makes  reference  less  easy.  One  index  alphabetically  arranged  is  the 
only  right  plan." 


BOOK-XOTES,  NEWS,  ETC.  47 

BOOK-NOTES,  NEWS,  etc. 

ALTHOuaii  he  did  not  die  on  the  field  of  battle,  Reginald  Philip 
Gregory  may  be  added  to  the  list  of  those  for  whose  loss  the  War, 
in  the  prosecution  of  which  he  had  been  engaged  since  1915,  must  be 
held  res^Donsible.  In  the  year  named  he  obtained  a  captain's  com- 
mission in  an  officer  cadet  battalion  at  Cambridge,  and  in  July  1917 
went  to  France  with  the  1st  6th  battalion  of  the  Gloucestershire 
Regiment.  He  was  badly  gassed  in  the  trenches,  and  never  com- 
pletely recovered  ;  discharged  from  the  army  in  October  last,  he 
resumed  his  tutorial  work  at  Cambridge,  where  he  was  University 
Lecturer  in  Botany,  but  succumbed  on  Nov.  24  to  an  attack  of 
pneumonia  following  asthma.  Born  at  Trowbridge,  Wilts,  on  June  7, 
1879,  he  early  took  up  botanical  pursuits  under  the  guidance  of  his 
mother,  whose  name  is  familiar  to  British  botanists  in  connection 
with  the  genus  Viola.  Going  up  to  Cambridge,  he  took  first-class 
honours  in  both  parts  of  the  Natural  Science  Tripos,  and  in  1904 
gained  the  Walsingham  medal  for  an  essay  embodying  the  results  of 
original  research  in  botany.  Yv^'e  take  the  following  summary  of  his 
work  from  a  memoir  contributed  to  Nature  (Nov.  28,  1918)  by 
Prof.  Seward  : — "  Mr.  Gregory  ivas  one  of  a  group  of  students  who 
were  stimulated  by  the  teaching  and  enthusiasm  of  Prof.  Bateson  to 
take  up  different  branches  of  genetics  ;  it  was  mainly  with  cytological 
problems  that  his  researches  were  concerned.  His  most  important 
contributions  were  those  dealing  with  the  genetics  and  cytology  of 
giant  races  of  Primula,  published  in  the  Journal  of  Genetics  (1911) 
and  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  (1914).  His  work 
demonstrated  the  striking  fact  that  some  forms  of  Primula  exhibit 
the  giant  character  not  only  in  the  plant-body  as  a  whole,  but  also  in 
the  constituent  cells.  The  results  obtained  constituted  a  definite 
advance  in  our  knowledge  of  phenomena  connected  with  the  re- 
duplication of  certain  terms  in  a  series  of  gametes.  His  researches 
also  included  the  investigation  of  heterostylism,  habit,  leaf -form,  and 
flower  colour  in  Primula  sinensis,  seed  characters  of  Pisum,  reduc- 
tion-division in  Ferns,  forms  of  flowers  in  Valeriana,  and  other 
subjects."  In  Nature  for  Dec.  12  Prof.  Bateson  deals  more  fully 
with  Gregory's  work,  paying  a  high  tribute  to  its  special  interest ; 
he  left  a  mass  of  material  which  it  is  hoped  will  be  published. 

The  Botanical  Magazine  for  Oct. -Dec.  contains  a  figure  (t.  8783) 
and  description  of  Mesemhryanthemum  edule  L.  "from  material 
obtained  by  Mr.  J.  Hutchinson  on  the  face  of  an  old  quarry  at  the 
entrance  to  Caerthiilian  Valley  in  Cornwall,  where  it  is  thoroughly 
n.aturalized  in  compan}?-  with  the  Australian  and  Chilian  species 
M.  cequilaterale  Haw."  The  latter  is  entered  by  Davey  from 
several  places  in  Cornwall  (Fl.  Cornw.  204),  but  the  former  is  not 
recorded  by  him. 

Mr,  H.  W.  Moxcktox  has  prepared  for  private  distribution  a 
nicely-printed  little  book  on  The  Flora  of  the  District  of  the  Thames 
Valley  Drift  between  3Iaidfi7ihead  and  London — on  lines  similar  to 
those  of  The  Flora  of  the  Bagshot  District  noticed  in  this  Journal 
for  191G,  p.  9.").     The  idea  of  these  geological  district  floras  is  to  take 


48  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTA>V 

a  satisfactoiT  and  in  a  way  tolerably  complete  area  of  a  single  geolo- 
gical formation  and  to  make  a  complete  flora  for  it  :  in  a  way  this 
has  been  done  in  Brewer's  Flora  of  Surret/  and  in  W.  II.  Linton's 
Flora  of  Derh  1/ shire,  but  in  both  of  these  cases  the  geological  areas 
are  hampered  by  the  county  boundary.  An  interesting  introduction 
describes  the  limits  and  geological  formations  of  the  district  dealt 
with :  the  author  has  noted  in  the  list  the  plants  which  have  been 
found  fossil  in  the  neighbourhood  of  London,  as  it  is  of  interest  to 
compare  them  with  the  existing  flora.  The  number  and  species 
enumerated  (including  the  ferns)  is  1308.  The  author's  address  is 
Whitecairn,  Wellington  College  Station,  Berks. 

The  Kew  Bulletin  (Xo.  9)  published  in  December  contains  the  first 
instalment  of  "  Contributions  to  the  Flora  of  Macedonia,"  by  W.  B. 
Turrill,  based  on  collections  made  by  the  writer  and  by  others  in  their 
spare  time  by  men  engaged  in  active  service  with  the  British  Salonika 
Forces.  Paliurus  microcarpus  and  Calami iifha  epilosa,  described  by 
Mr.  Wilmott  in  this  Journal  for  1918,  p.  115,  find  no  place  in  the  list, 
which  contains  a  description  of  a  new  Diantlius  (D.  Harrisii)  and 
some  interesting  notes,  including  one  on  Trifoliiim  snhterraneum. 
No.  10  (issued  in  the  same  month)  contains  letters  from  Charles 
Ogilvie  Farquharson,  who  had  held  the  post  of  mycologist  in  Southern 
Nigeria  since  1911,  was  drowned  on  his  homeward  voyage  on  the 
'Burutu,'  which  was  lost  tlu'ough  collision.  Mr.  W.  G.  Craig  continues 
his  "  Contributions  to  the  Flora  of  Siam,"  which  include  a  new  genus 
Damron(jia  Kerr  (Gesneracciii-Didymocarpea))  "named  in  honour 
of  Prince  Damrong,  who,  himself  interested  in  scientific  pursuits,  has 
done  so  much  for  the  advancement  of  education  in  the  country." 

The  Keport  for  1917  of  "  The  Botanical  Society  and  Exchange 
Club  of  the  British  Islands  "  consists  of  two  parts — the  first  by  the 
Secretary,  Mr.  G.  C.  Druce,  the  second  b3^the  Editor  and  Distributor, 
Mr.  C.  E.  Britton.  Of  the  former,  *•  on  the  salient  features  of  British 
Botany,"  the  author  says :  "  This  being  his  own  compilation  in  no 
way  assumes  to  express  other  than  individual  opinion,  but  all  rights 
in  its  publication  are  reserved."  No  copy  of  either  part  has  reached 
us  for  notice  ;  our  readers  may,  howev^er,  like  to  know  that  besides  the 
usual  notes  of  unequal  value  on  individual  plants,  there  are  "  Notes 
on  British  Violets,"  by  Mi's.  Gregory,  "Notes  on  British  Orchids," 
by  Mr.  Druce,  and  a  "  Kevislon  of  the  British  species  of  Sacjina,^''  by 
Mr,  F.  N.  Williams.  Perhaps  the  most  remarkable  feature  of  the 
Ileport  is  the  entire  omission  of  any  reference  to  the  existence  of  this 
Journal,  which  for  fifty-six  years  has  had  some  claim  to  be  regarded 
as  one  of  "the  salient  features  of  British  Botany."  It  would  be 
affectation  to  pretend  to  regard  the  omission  as  accidental ;  but,  from 
the  scientific  stand|)oint  it  is  regrettable  that  the  "individual"  action 
of  the  Secretary  of  a  Society,  who  is  a])parently  its  only  official,  should 
deprive  its  membei's  of  the  knowledge  of  what  has  been  published  in 
a  Journal  especially  devoted  to  the  science  in  which  they  are  interested. 
The  Watson  Botanical  Exchange  Club  would  seem  to  be  also  under 
Mr.  Druce's  boycott,  as  although  its  name  appears  its  Report  is  not 
mentioned. 


THE    GENUS    MANETTIA  25 

23.  M.  CAXESCEXS  K  Schum.,  in  Mart.  Flor.  Bras.  vi.  vi.  718 
(1889). 

EcuADOE,.    Andes :  Mt.   Guajrapata.     Fl.   June.     Spruce   5438 ! 
"  Suifrutex  volubilis  tenuis  subramosus.      Flores  albi." 

24.  M.  pichiucliensis,  sp.  nov. 

Frutex  volubilis,  eaule  valde  complanato  angulato-suleato,  primo 
dense  pubescente,  tardius  glabrescente,  cortice  dilute  induto  brunneo 
plus  minus  annulatini  excorticante.  Folia  inter  minora  subcoriacea 
margine  valde  revoluta,  venis  omnino  occlusis,  triangulari-lanceolata 
acuminata  acutissima,  basi  latissime  truncata  saepius  cordata,  petiolo 
valido  dense  jDubescente  brevissimo,  supra  glabra  necnon  aspera  sub- 
nitentia  in  siccitate  nigrescentia,  subtus  valde  discoloria  densissime 
incano-tomentella  ;  stipulce  triangulares  acuminatse  acutse,  vix  primo 
vaginantes,  tandem  circum  nodo  cupulam  sublignosam  formantes 
tumidiusculam.  Flores  parvi  singuli  v.  pauci  in  axillis  gracilibus  in 
pedicellis  oriundi  hirtellis.  Calycis  lobi  anguste  lanceolati  crassiusculi 
rigidi  acutissimi  longiusculi,  ovario  sulcato  hirtello.  Corolla  inter 
minimas  hj^pocrateriformis  extus  glaberrima,  lobis  oblongis  obtusissi- 
mis  suberectis,  ore  dense  barbata.  Capsula  parva  p^^riformis  extus 
minute  puberula. 

Ecuador.  Mt.  Pichincha,  10,000  to  12,000  ft,  GoutliouyX 
Fraserl  Jameson  5(M  152!  287!  Lelimann  495!  At  13,000ft., 
Hall  80 ! 

Allied  to  M.  puhcscens,  but  readily  distinguished  by  tbe  truncate 
or  cordate  leaf -base.  Leaves  l"5-2  cm.  X  4-9  mm.  broad  at  the  base, 
which  is  the  broadest  part;  stipule  5  mm.  x  3  mm.,  on  an  average. 
Crt^y^-lobes  2-3  mm.  long.  Corolla-iwhQ  5-6  mm.  long,  lobes 
2-2*5  mm.      Capsule  o-ij  mm.  long,  4  mm.  wide. 

25.  M.  EVENiA  Sprague,  in  Bull.  Herb.  Boiss.  ii.  v.  835  (1905). 
Ecuador.  In  valle  Lloense,  8000  ft.     Fl.  Aug.-Sept.,  Jameson 

352  !     Pichincha,  12,000  ft.,  Jameson  74  !     In  herb.  Kew. 

Readily  distinguished  by  the  apparently  veinless  condition  of  the 
leaves,  and  the  truncate  stipules. 

26.  M.  corticifer,  sp.  nov. 

Frutex  volubilis,  ipsis  in  novissimis  glaberrimus,  caule  in  juventute 
filiformi  mox  tamen  cortice  dilute  flavo  nitente  induto  subannulato. 
Folia  parva  crassiuscula  evenia  lanceolata  acuminata,  basi  acuta 
petiolo  brevi ;  stip>ul(s  truncatse  nee  apiculatse.  Flores  minimi  inter 
folia  passim  nunc  in  cymulis  nunc  racemulis  ssepius  plus  minus  sub- 
umbellatim  dispositi,  pedunculis  ssepius  validiusculis,  nunquam  tamen 
fasciculati,  inter  minimos.  Calycis  dentes  jDarvi  subulato-lanceolati. 
CorollcB  tubus  pinguiusculus  necnon  tamen  brevis  insuper  parum 
ampliatus,  lobi  parvi  obtusi  intus  pubescentes.  Capsxda  parva  pyri- 
formis  vix  costulata  glabra  Isevis. 

Colombia.  Pasto,  8800  ft.,  ex  parte  Triana  1795 !  In  herb. 
Mus.  Brit. 

Allied  to  Sprague's  31.  evenia,  but  distinct  in  the  narrow  leaves 
with  flat  margins,  the  glabrous  ovar}^  etc.  Leaves  2-4  cm.  x  5- 
13  mm. ;  petiole  3 '5  mm.  C'«/y^-teeth  barely  1"5  mm.  long.  Corolla 
4  mm.  long.     Capsule  about  5  mm.  long. 

Journal  of  Botaxy,  Feb.,  1919.     [Supplement.]  e 


26  THE    GENUS    MANETTIA 

27.  M.  LTaiSTOTDES  Griseb.,  in  Mem.  Acad.  Amer.  Sci.  &  Art. 
viii.  505  (1860)  ;  Sprague,  in  Bull.  Herb.  Boiss.  ii.  v.  833  (1905). 
M.  Lyf/istum  Svv.  var.  lygistoides  K.  Schum.  in  Mart.  Flor.  Bras.  ti. 
vi.  180  (1889). 

West  Indies.  Cuba  (eastern):  Monte  Verde,  Wrig}it255\  hb.Kew. 

28.  M.  PARTULA  K.  Schum.,  ex  Glaziou,  in  Bull.  Soc.  Bot.  France, 
Ivi.  Mem.  iii.  336  (1909),  nomen. 

The  following  is  the  first  published  description  : — 

Frutex  scandens  gracilis  foliosus  glabratus,  caiile  tenuiscido  minute 
priBsertim  in  novitate  pubescente,  mox  cortice  dilute  flavo-brunneo 
induto.  Folia  plana  Itevia  chartacea  subevenia  glabra  pro  genere 
minima  elliptica  v.  latiuscule  lanceolata  acuminata  acutissima  basi 
acuta,  peiiolo  gracili  brevissimo.  Flores  inter  minimos  1-2  in  axillis 
in  pedicellis  tenuibus  dispositi,  hracteolis  minutis  subulatis  basi  vix 
vaginantibus.  Calyx  dentiformibus  in  laciniis  4  ad  basin  divisus 
brevibus  triangulari-laneeolatis  acutis.  Corollce  hypocrateriformis 
tubus  insuper  paullo  leniterque  ampliatus  extus  sparse  minute  asperulo- 
pubescens,  lobi  4  ampliusculi  ovato-oblongi  acutiusculi  vix  acuminati 
utrinque  qua  tubus  induti  patentes.  Capsiila  minima  subglobosa 
basi  subturbinata. 

Brazil.  Rio  de  Janeiro  :   Glaziou  17061 !  18294  ! 

The  affinity  is  undoubtedly  with  M.  Lygistiim.  The  present 
species  is  at  once  recognizable  b}^  the  small,  flat,  herbaceous  leaves^ 
with  average  size  not  much  more  than  2  cm.  x  7  mm.  The  stipules 
form  a  rather  deep  sheath,  relativeh^  speaking,  with  a  very  short 
apiculate  portion.  The  calyx,  together  with  the  ovary,  is  barely 
2  mm.  in  the  flower,  the  small  lobes  barely  half  a  millimetre.  Corolla- 
tube  5  mm.  long,  and  about  2  mm.  wide  at  the  mouth ;  lobes  about 
2*5  mm.  long  and  1'5  mm.  broad.     Capsule  3  mm.  long,  2  mm.  wide. 

29.  M.  Lobbii,  sp,  no  v. 

Frutex  volubilis  in  novitatibus  necnon  inflorescentiae  maturse  in 
axibus  circumque  nodis  ferrugineo-puberulus  aliter  glabratus,  caule 
hevi  striato  subterete.  Folia  inter  minora  crassiuscula  margine 
reflexa  subevenia  elliptica  parum  acuminata  acutissima  basi  ssepius 
acuta,  peiiolo  brevi  tamen  notabili,  supra  in  siccitate  olivaceo-nigra 
subtus  valde  discoloria  dilute  flaviusculo-viridia  utrinque  glaberrima  ; 
stipulcB  truncatte.  Flores  inter  minimos  in  umbellis  paucifloris  pedun- 
culatis  dispositi  alaribus  foliis  brevioribus.  Calyx  ad  basin  in  la- 
ciniis 4  ovato-lanceolatis  divisus  acutis  qua  ovarium  anguste  inf  undibu- 
iare  glaberrimis.  Corolla  h3'pocrateriformis,  tubo  validiusculo  insuper 
jjaullo  ampliato  extus  glabro,  lobis  ovatis  subacutis  intus  qua  in  ore 
dense  pilosis. 

Colombia.  Lohh  97 !  in  herb.  Kew. 

Allied  to  M.  Lygistum  and  its  circle  of  affinity  by  way  of 
M.  evenia  and  M.  Triana,  this  species  is  distinct  in  the  leaf- 
characters,  the  truncate  stipules,  and  the  glabrous  ovary  and  calyx. 
Leaves  3-5  cm.  X  l'3-2-3  cm.,  with  petiole  3-7  mm.  long.  Primary 
peduncle  as  much  as  1*5  cm.,  or  even  longer.  CV/y^-lobes  barely 
2  mm.  Corolla-iwh^  7  mm.  long,  3-5  nmi.  wide  at  the  mouth,  the 
limb  6-7  mm.  in  diameter. 


THE    GENUS    MANETTIA  27 

30.  M.  Trianse,  sp.  nov. 

Frutex  alte  scandens  nisi  novitatibus  sparsiuscule  hirtellis  necnon 
pedunculis  pubescentibus  glaberrimus ;  caule  validiusculo  Isevissimo 
valde  complanato  nee  manifeste  angulato.  Folia  firme  ehartacea 
subcarnosa  venatione  vix  prominula,  majuseula  elliptico-laneeolata 
utrinque  longiuscule  aeuminata  acuta  i:ietiolata ;  stipules  ^laginam 
latam  forraantes  brevem  in  super  brevissime  acuto-acuminatse.  Flores 
parvi  umbellis  paucifloris  in  alaribus  ^x^^O'&xM,  'pedunculis  valde  com- 
planatis  longiusculis  dense  flavo-hirtis.  Calyx  ad  basin  laciniis  in  4 
qua  ovarium  glaberrimis  divisus  ovato-lanceolatis  marginibus  valde 
inflexis  nee  majusculis.  Corolla  hypocrateriformis  extus  glabra,  tubo 
brevi  pinguiusculo,  lobis  amplis  brevibus  patentibus  intus  dense 
pubescentibus. 

Colombia.  Pasto :  8800  ft.,  ex  parte  Triana  1795  !  Ecuadoe. 
Andes,  in  woods  at  the  foot  of  Mt.  Tunguragua,  Spruce  5092  ! 

This  species  is  of  critical  interest,  as  it  connects  the  J/.  Lygistum- 
group,  via  M.  Lohhii,  with  M.  Ji mhriata  and  its  allies.  Spruce  says 
of  his  ])lant,  that  it  is  "  herba  alte  volubilis,  foliis  carnosis.  Corolla 
intus  lilacina,  extus  purpurea,  basi  virescens."  The  distinctive 
characters  are,  the  completely  glabrous  character  of  the  mature  vegeta- 
tive parts,  the  rather  pronounced  leaf- stalks,  and  the  short  corolla 
with  lobes  densely  pubescent  on  the  ventral  side.  Leaves  4  X  1'7  cm. 
to  6*5  X  2*5  cm.,  with,  petiole  increasing  to  as  much  as,  or  more  than, 
1*5  cm.  in  length;  the  sheath  of  the  stipules  is  about  2  mm.  deep, 
with  the  apiculate  portion  about  the  same  in  length.  Peduncle 
1  to  2  cm.  long.  Cali/x-lohQs  2*5  mm.  x  1*7  mm.,  the  latter  being 
the  breadth  when  flattened  out.  (7oroZZ«-tube  4*5  mm.  long,  2  mm. 
wide  at  the  mouth  ;  lobes  3  mm.  long. 

31.  M.  GuiLLEMiNiAisA  K.  Schum.,  in  Mai-t.  Flor.  Bras.  vi.  vi. 
181  (1889). 

Beazil.  Rio  de  Janeiro  :  Mt.  Corcovado,  Guillemin  740  (non 
vidi). 

According  to  the  author,  this  is  allied  to  31.  Lygistum  through 
his  M.  Beyrichiana.,  being  distinct  especially  in  the  general  presence 
of  a  puberulous  feri-uginous  indumentum,  which  covers  even  the 
exterior  of  the  corolla. 

32.  M.  pisifera,  sp.  nov. 

Frutex  volubilis  sempervirens,  caule  pubescente  mox  cortice  dilute 
flavo-brunneo  induto.  Folia  inter  minora  tenuia  plana,  in  siccitate 
supra  nigrescentia  subtus  dilute  discoloria  subcinerea  elliptica  acumi- 
nata acutissima  basi  acuta,  petiolo  brevissimo,  supra  fere  glabra 
subtus  prsesertim  in  venis  incano-hirtella  rete  subtus  interveniente 
sub  lente  saltem  notabili,  venisque  manifestis  nee  tamen  prominenti- 
bus  ;  stipulce  basi  vaginantes  insuper  acuminato-apiculatae.  Flares 
in  axillis  singuli,  nonnunquam  subumbellati,  hracteis  parvis  sub- 
setaceis  basi  connatis  involucrantibus,  ssepius  pauci  laxe  in  ramulis 
foliosis  dispositi  lateralibus  abbreviatis  ;  pedicelli  filiformes  pro  rata 
elongati  glabrescentes  ;  ovarium  subcupulare  glabrum  ;  calycis  lacinise 
4  lanceolatae  glaberrimse  breves  acutse.  Corolla  hypocrateriformis  > 
tubo  pinguiusculo  insuper  vix  ampliato  extus  glaberrimo  pro  affinitate 


28  THE    GENUS    MANETTIA 

inter  mediocros,  lirabi  aiigusti  lobls  brevibus  late  ovatis  obtusis  intus 
(ventro)  glabratis.  Capsula  j^isiformis  glaberrima,  calyee  coronata 
persistente. 

Colombia.  La  Baiica,  10,OuO-11,000 ft.  Fl.  January.  Pearce\ 
in  herb.  Kew. 

An  evergreen  twiner  Avith  pink  flowers,  allied  to  M.  Li/r/isUon 
itself,  but  easily  distinguished  by  the  whitish  hairs  on  the  under  side 
of  the  leaves,  which  are  markedly  acuminate,  and  b}^  the  stipules. 
Leavf's  3-5  cm.  X  1'2-1'8  cm.,  with  petiole  not  attaining  3  mm.  ; 
sheath  of  stipules  2  mm.  or  deeper,  the  acuminate  free  portion — 
sooner  or  later  deciduous,  2  mm.  or  longer.  Ovary  rather  more  than 
2  mm.  long  in  the  flower ;  calyxAoh^^  nearly  the  same  length. 
Coro//rt-tube  1'2  cm.  long  nearl}^,  lobes  2-8x2  mm.  The  globose 
capsule  is  4  mm.  long  and  wide. 

33.  M.  thysanophoi-a,  sp.  nov. 

Fratex  volubilis,  caule  in  novitate  filiformi  sparse  hirtello  glabres- 
cente   subtereti   striato.      Folia   inter  mediocra  plana  membranacea 
herbacea,  uti-inque  prajsertim  in  juventute  sparsiuscule  hirta,  elliptica 
acuminata  utrinque  acuta,  j^ef/o/o  tenui  subelongato  ;  vence  primariie 
subtus  prominuliB  lateribus    (utrinque  ca.  8)   pro  rata  crebrse,   rete 
tamen  interveniente  vix  manifesto  ;  stipulce  membranaceam  in  vaginam 
brevissimam  connatse  mox  reflexam  margine  irregulariter  setis  nume- 
rosis  fimbriatam  insequalibus.     Flores  in  paniculis  dispositi  vel  um- 
bellis   cymosis  alaribus  inter   minores,   hypocrateriformes,  pedicellis 
s,upe  longiusculis  filiformibus  cum  ovario  campanula  to  sub  anthesin 
nonnunqaam  flavo-pulverulentibus  tardius  glabrescentibus.      Calyx  ad 
basin  laciniis  in  4  late  ovatis  divisus  apice  ssepe  obtusis  parvis  glaber- 
rimis.      Corollcd  tubus  pinguis  tamen   brevis  cylindricus  extus  gla- 
ben-imus,  lobi  ovati  utrinque  glabri  obtusissimi  suberecti. 
Peru.  3Iatthews  loOl !  in  hbb.  Mas.  Brit.  &  Kew. 
Aliiinl  to  31.  Lygistum,   this   species  is  notable  for  the  peculiar 
stipular  structure,  and  the  broad  blunt  calyx-lobes.     Leaves  Z'5-d  ctu. 
X  1'3-1"9  cm.,  the  petiole  as  much  as  7-8   mm,  long  ;  sheath    of 
stipules  barely  2  mm.  deep,  the  setae  of  the  marginal  fringe  as  much 
as  2'5-3  mm.  in  length.     Fechincle  1-2  cm.  long;  pedicels  3-8  mm. 
Ovary  scarcel}''  2  mm.  long  ;  c<77y.r-lobes  rather  longer  than  1  mm., 
and  of  the  same  breadth,  or  broader.      Corolla-twhQ  not  exceeding 
5  mm.,  lobes  2  X  1*7  mm. 

34.  M.  LiNDENii  Sprague,  in  Bull.  Herb.  Boiss.  it.  v.  883. 
(1905).  M.  Lyfjistum  Sw.  var.  a.  typica  K.  Schum.,  in  Mart.  Flor. 
Bras.  VI.  vi.  180  "(1889). 

Colombia.  Linden  1439!     Venezuela."  Funch  S{  Schlim  788! 

This  di:ffers  from  M.  Lygistum  especially  in  its  truncate  stipules 
and  much  smaller  corolla.  Both  species  have  strongly-marked  reticu- 
lation, especially  on  the  low^er  surface  of  the  leaves. 

35.  M.  Lygistum  Swartz,  Prodi-.  37  (1788).  Lyr/istum  flexile 
fritticosumy  foliis  ovatis  oppositis^  petiolis  pedatis,racemis  alaribus, 
v.  Browne,  Hist.  Jam.  (1756)  142,  t.  3.  f.  2.  L.  axillare  Lam.  111.  i. 
286.  Fetesia  Lyr/istvm  Linn.  Syst.  ed.  x.  894  (1750).  See  also 
Grisebacli,  Flor.  Brit.  W.  Ind.  329  (1861). 


THE    GEXUS    ilAXETTIA  '  29 

West  In"dies.  Jamaica;  P.  Browne  \' Wright  \  3£asso?i\  SJiaJce- 
spearel  xlo7\  J^am.  SSO  I  Dancer  I  March  814!  Moist  woods,  New 
Haven  Grap.  5500  ft.,  Nicholls  Qo  !  vSummit  of  Blue  Mt.,  Fur  die  ! 
Portland  Grap,  Blue  Mt.,  Alexanderl     Hayti :   SchomlurgJcl 

This  species  has  a  double  interest  as  being  the  first  known  of  the 
genus,  and  also  the  basis  of  the  identification  of  Manettia  with 
Lygistum  and  Petesia  (P.  Lygistum\  see  historical  introduction, 
supra).  According  to  Alexander  the  flowers  are  "  deep  blue."  It 
is  essentially  a  West  Indian  species,  and  is  distinguished  from  its 
allies  by  the  manifestly  apiculate  stipules,  the  nearly  orbicular  leaves, 
and  the  narrow,  rather  elongated  calyx-lobes,  curling  and  more  or  less 
setaceous  at  the  tip.  K.  Schumann,  in  the  Flora  Brasiliensis,  treats 
several  of  these  allied  species  as  varieties  of  M.  Lygisfum ;  but  theiv 
characters  seem  well  worthy  of  the  specific  rank  to  which  Sprague 
(Bull.  Soc.  Herb.  Boiss.  ii.  v.  (1905))  has  assigned  several  of  them; 
among  these  the  latter  author  has  properly  recalled  Willdenow's 
M.  pi  eta  (JLT.  alba.,  infra),  a  native  of  Guiana. 

36.  M.  ScHUMANXTAXA  Sprague,  in  Bull.  Herb.  Boiss.  ii.  v. 
834  (1905).  M.  Li/c/isfion  Svv,  ysly.  glahrata  K.  Schum.,  in  Mart. 
Flor.  Bras.  vi.  vi.  181  (1889). 

Venezuela.  Tovar  :  Fendler  589  !  Moritz  1807  ! 
Barely  distinguishable  from  JSL.  alba,  except  by  the  corolla,  which 
is  over  a  centimetre  in  length. 

37.  M.  ALBA,  nom.  nov.  IL  picta  Willd.  Sp.  PL  i.  624  (1797)  ; 
Sprague,  in  Bull.  Herb.  Boiss.  it.  v.  834  (1905).  J£  Lygistum  var. 
alba  K.  Schum.,  in  Mart.  Flor.  Bras.  Yi.  vi.  180  (1889).  Nacibea 
alba  Aubl.  PL  Guian.  i.  95,  t.  37.  f.  2  (1775).  Conotrichia  alba 
A.  Rich.,  in  Mem.  Soc.  Hist.  Nat.  Paris,  v.  t.  14.  f.  1  (1829). 
Lygistum  album  O.  Kuntze,  Rev.  Gen.  PL  i.  287  (1891). 

Guiana.  Auhlet !  Martin !  Karouany :  8agot  300 !  Macoui-ia 
River:  Jenman  2470!  Mazaruni  River:  Jenman  5305!  Appun 
304  !  669  !     Bartica  :  Jenman  4727  !  Hbb.  Mus.  Brit.  &  Kew. 

Discovered  in  Guiana  nearly  a  century  and  a  half  ago  by  Aublet, 
this  species  has  not  yet  been  recorded  elsewhere — unlike  the  widely- 
distributed  M.  coccinea,  also  the  discovery  of  Aublet,  the  only  other 
native  Guianan  species  (infra).  Its  most  notable  character  is  tlie 
short,  stout  corolla,  densely  hairy  in  the  mouth  (see  Richard's  excellent 
figures  quoted).  This  connects  the  M.  Lyr/istu ?fi -group  with  that 
species-group  characterized  by  a  short  infundibular  corolla,  by  way  of 
M.  barbata. 

38.  M.  elexilis  Brandegee,  PL  Mex.  Purp.  196  (1915). 
Mexico.  Chiapas:   Cerro  del  Boqueron  ;  fl.  June,  Purpus  7218! 

Guatemala.  Alta  Yerapaz  :  Pansamala,  3800  ft.     J.  D.  Smith  936  ! 
EcUADOii.  Chimborazo,  3000  ft.     Spruce  6185  ! 

39.  M.  BARBATA  Oerst.,  in  Kjob.  Vidensk.  Medd.  Natur.  47 
(1852).  M.  stenophylla  J.  D.  Smith,  in  Coult.  Bot.  Gaz.  Ivi.  58 
(1913). 

Costa  Riga:  Endres  240!  Mt.  x'Vguacate,  about  2000  ft., 
Oersted  !  in  herb.  Kew. 


30  THE    GEXFS    MAXETTIA 

Derives  its  name  from  the  dense  beard  of  white  hairs  about  the 
mouth  of  the  very  short  funnel-shaped  corolla. 

40.  M.  MiCROCARPA  K.  Sehum.,  in  Mart.  Flor.  Bras.  ti.  vi.  179 

(1889). 

Ven'EZUELA.  Carabobo  i^/^;ic^' 788  !  Tovar  :  Fe?icner  1997  I 
Kemarkable   for   tlie   small  corolla,    widely  funnel-shaped  above, 

barely  4  mm.  long,  as  well  as  for  the  small  fruits  2  mm.  in  diameter. 

41.  M.  PAXicuLATA  Poepp.  &  Endl.  Nov.  Gen.  &  Sp.  iii.  24 
(1845). 

Peru,   Cassapi,  Poejypig  !  in  herb.  Kew. 

This  identification  is  supported  by  Bentham  (MS.  in  herb.). 
This  species,  together  with  21.  Bei/ricJiiana,  is  unique  in  the  genus  in 
the  inflorescence,  which  is  very  lax  and  diffuse ;  the  eifect  of  the 
three  or  four  axillary  inflorescences  at  the  end  of  a  twig  recalls  the 
panicle  characteristic  of  so  many  species  of  PsycJwtria.  This  resem- 
blance, in  the  case  of  the  species  before  us,  extends  also  to  the 
individual  flowers,  which  have  a  very  short  tube,  and  are  rather 
funnel-shaped  than  hypocrateriform. 

42.  M.  Sonderiana,  sp,  nov.  J/",  punicea  Klotsch  MS.  in  herb. 
Sonder. 

Frutex  volubilis  novitatibus  sparse  hirtellis  tandem  omnino  glaber, 
caule  in  juventute  filiformi  mox  validiore.  FoJia  inter  majora  utrinque 
demum  glabra,  firme  chartacea,  venis  prominulis  tenuissimis  latera- 
libus  utrinque  5-{j  rete  interveniente  sub  lente  manifesto,  ovato- 
elliptica  acuminata  subacuta  basi  subcuneata,  ^?p^/oZo  brevi  gracilius- 
culo  ;  stipulce  vaginam  brevissimam  formantes  fere  ad  lineam  trans- 
versam  reductam  in  super  arista  subsetosa  onustam  interpetiolari  caduca. 
F lores  2-3  in  axillis  umbellatim  dispositi,  pedicellis  necnon  pedunculis 
longiusculis,  hracteis  parvis  lanceolatis  basi  altiuscule  vaginantibus. 
Calyx  ad  basin  in  laciniis  4  late  lanceolatis  divisus  demum  glaberri- 
mis  minusculis  tamen  subfoliaceis  acuto-acurainatis  adscendentibus. 
Corolla  hypocrateriformis  tube  gracillimo  extus  glaberrimo  apice  vix 
ampliato,  lobis  angustis  oblong-is  limbum  pro  rata  parvum  formanti- 
bus.      Capsula  oblongo-ellipsoidea  glabi-a  costulata. 

Venezuela.  Iforitz  ex  parte  839  !     Caracas,  Linden  850  ! 

Distinguished  among  M.  LygisUim  and  its  allies  especially  by  the 
conspicuous  stipular  aristie,  and  by  the  long,  very  slender  corolla. 
Leaves  4-5-7  cm.  x  2-8  cm.,  with  petiole  5-12  mm.  long  ;  stipules 
v3-4  mm.  Peduncle  and  pedicels  each  5  mm.,  more  or  less,  in  length. 
Or/Zy.r-lobes  3  mm.  long,  increasing  to  about  5  mm.  in  the  fruit, 
which  is  5  mm.  long  and  3*5-4  mm.  in  diameter.  Corolla-iwhQ 
tS  cm.  long,  the  limb  barely  7  mm.  across. 

43.  M.  sabiceoides,  sp.  nov. 

Frutex  volubilis  caulibus  junioribus  dense  sulphtireo-pubescentibus 
tarde  glabrescentibus.  Folia  elliptiea  papyracea  breviter  acuto- 
acuminata  brevissime  petiolata,  supra  glabrescentia  subtus  nisi  in  venis 
puberula  glabra ;  ven(B  primaria?  subtus  prominulae  pro  genere  latera- 
libus  crebra'   (utrinque  8-10)  ;  siipulce  inconspicuai  minimae  areuat* 


THE    GENUS    MAXETTIA  31 

margine  pilosae.  Flores  inter  minores  in  umbellis  validiuscule  pedun- 
culatis  dispositi  paucifloris  foliis  brevioribus.  Calycis  lobi  conspicui 
ovato-oblongi  acuminati  acuti  accrescentes  latiusculi  subfoliacei  cum 
ovario  glabri.  Corolla  hypocrateriformis  tubo  gracili  pro  affinitate 
longiusculo  insuper  vix  ampliato  extus  sparse  puberulo,  lobi  oblongi 
parvi. 

Colombia.  Mariquita,  Quindio,  6500  ft.,  Triana  1793  (  =  143)! 

Readily  distingviished  by  the  sulphur-yellow  j^ubescence  of  the 
stem,  the  close  venation  of  t^^e  leaves,  and  the  arrangement  of  the 
flowers  in  small,  concise,  regular  umbels.  Leaves  3-4-5  cm.  xlo- 
2*5  cm.  Peduncle  about  7  mm.  long,  pedicels  4-5  mm.  Calyx- 
lobes  3x2  mm.,  more  or  less.  Corolla-tuhe  12  cm.  long,  lobes 
3  mm. 

44.  M.  Moritziana,  sp.  nov.  31.  Lygisfum  Swartz  var.  I  Morit- 
ziana  K.  Schum.,  in  Mart.  Flor.  Bras.  vi.  vi.  180  (1SS9). 

Frutex  volubilis  glaberrimus,  caule  laevi  tereti.  Folia  inter 
majuscula  firme  chartacea  plana  elliptica  caudato-acuminata  acutissima 
basi  acuta,  petiole  brevi ;  vencB  primariae  cum  rete  interveniente 
praesertim  infra  n\an if estas  laterales  distantes  nee  numerosi ;  stipulce 
truncatte  vaginam  formantes  ad  lineam  reductam  prominulam.  Flores 
inter  minores  in  paniculis  dispositi  alaribus  laxis  folia  subaequantibus 
nisi  brevioribus  ;  hracfecB  subulato-lineares.  Calycis  lobi  ut  ovarium 
oblongiusculum  glaberrimi  carnosuli  parvi  late  ovati  ad  suborbiculares 
apice  saepius  rotundati.  Corolla  h3"pocrateriformis  tubo  extus  gla- 
berrimo  subcylindrico  longitudine  mediocro,  lobis  dorso  glaberrimis 
par  vis  oblongis. 

Venezuela.  Faji :  Jl.  Feb. ;  "  cor.  earn.,"  Moriiz  976  !  in  herb. 
Mus.  Brit. 

I  regard  this  as  the  passage-form  connecting  the  Lygisitim  group 
with  M.  mitis,  M.jimhriata,  and  their  allies.  The  present  species  is 
distinct  especially  in  the  small  rotund  calyx-lobes,  at  most  2 '3  X 
1*7  mm.     Leaves  4-7  cm.  X  l*5-2*3  cm. ;  petiole  4-7  mm. 

45.  M.  UMBELLATA  Ituiz  &  Pavon,  Fl.  Peru  &  Chili,  i.  58.  t.  90. 
f.  a  (1798). 

I  was  inclined  at  first  to  identify  with  this  species  a  plant  collected 
by  Pearce,  in  agreement  with  Sprague's  MS.  in  the  Kew  herbarium. 
But  comj^arison  with  the  descrij^tion,  and  with  the  figure  quoted 
above,  leave  no  doubt  that  this  plant  is  distinct.  According  to  the 
authors,  JSL  umhellata  is  a  native  of  woods  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Muna,  in  Peru,  flowering  in  the  late  autumn.  It  has  ovate,  si:b- 
eordate  leaves  :  the  bracts  form  a  distinct  involucre  to  the  umbellate 
inflorescence,  which,  according  to  the  figure,  has  a  decidedly  stout 
^/°f/w?2c/e  and  primary  branches  ;  the  cf^/ya%lobes  are  lanceolate;  and 
the  corolla-twhQ  cylindi'ical,  not  widened  at  all  toward  the  aj^ex. 
These  characters  distinguish  31.  umhellata  without  doubt  from 
Pearce's  j^lant,  which  1  proceed  to  describe  as  a  new  si^ecies,  viz., 

46.  M.  dubia,  sp.  nov. 

Frutex  scandens  sempervirens  omnino  nisi  intus  floribus  glaber- 
rimus, caule  validiusculo  valde  complanato  manifesto  striato.     Folia, 


32  THE    GENUS    MAXETTIA 

pro  genere  inter  majora  carnosula  plana  ampla  elliptica  basi  rotnndata 
petiolata  apice  vix  acuminata  saepe  obtusa ;  vence  impressae  primarise 
nee  occlusie  lateralibiis  utrinque  4-5  nee  tamen  rete  apparente  inter- 
veniente ;  stipulcB  basi  altiuseule  vaginantes  insuper  deltoideai  acumi- 
natie  aeutse.  Flores  inter  minores  hypocrateriformes  in  umbellis 
paucifloris  pediinculatis  dispositi  axibus  gracilibus  alaribus,  pedicellis 
elongatis  ebracteolatis  ;  hractece  exiguae.  Ovarium  globosura  glaber- 
rimum  baccoideum  Iseve  ecostulatum,  cahjcis  lobis  coronatum  aniplis 
foliaceis  planis  ovato-orbicularibus  ssepijis  vix  acuminatis  apice  tamen 
mucronato-acutis.  Corollce  caerulese  tubus  pinguis  extus  glaberrimus 
e  basi  os  versus  leviter  ampliatus,  lobi  patentes  late  ovato-triangulares 
intus  cum  ore  puberulo-barbati. 

Peru.  Puitac,  10,000-11,000  ft.  Fl.  April.  Pearce,  in  herb. 
Kew. 

Allied  to  the  preceding  species,  q.  v.  Leaves  6'5-8-5  cm,  X  3- 
4  cm.,  \\ii\\ p)etioleS  mm..,  or  longer;  sf^pwZe-sheath  3  mm.  deep,  the 
tipper  acuminate  jDart  2  mm.  long.  Peduncle  6-15  mm.  long;  pedi- 
cels as  much  as  2  cm.  Ovary  7  mm.  long ;  calyx-Xohe^  6x4  mm. 
CoroUa-i\\\)Q  1-2-1 -3  cm.,  5-6  mm.  Avide  at  mouth ;  lobes  4-5  mm.  x 
2-5-3-5  mm. 

47.  M.  MiTis  K.  Schum.,  in  Mart.  Flor.  Bras.  Ti.  vi.  185,  t.  104 
(1889)  (sensu  angusto — var.  m  iypica).  I  am  very  doubtful  of  the 
svnonymy  given  by  Schumann,  viz.,  Guagnehina  mitis  Veil.  Flor. 
Flum.  46,  t.  118  (1825)  and  ?  suavis  Veil.  1.  c.  t.  117,  under  this 
species,  even  if  it  be  associated  with  the  next,  M.  fimhriata  Cham.  & 
Schl. — after  Schumann's  loose  wa}^  If  this  s^^non^^my  be  correct, 
then  Vellozo's  figures  must  be  poor  indeed  ! 

Bkazil.  Rio  de  Janeiro  :  Vauthier  99  !  Miers  4109 !  Glazioii 
9476 !  ScJioff  ex  parte  853  !  St.  Estella,  JRiedel  503  !  near  Petro- 
polis,  2000-3000  ft.,  in  mountain-woods,  10-16  July,  Ball !  Oregon 
Mts. — woods,  Imbuhy,  3000  ft.,  April,  Gardner  455 !  Vargem, 
Miers  !     In  hbb.  Mus.  Brit.  &  Kew. 

Very  distinct  in  the  tough  leathery  oblong  leaves,  often  rounded 
at  the  base,  and  the  globose  fruits,  crowned  by  conspicuous  rotund- 
ovate  cft/y^-lobes.  Schumann  regards  this  and  the  following  as 
varieties  of  one  species. 

48.  M.  FiWEBTATA  Cham,  k  Schl.,  in  Linnsea  iv.  173  (1829). 
II.  mitis  K.  Schum.  loc.  cit.  sub  spec,  prcec.  var.  y.  Jimhriata 
K.  Schum.,  &  var.  t  rosed  K.  Schum.  loc.  cit.  M.  acutijlora  Bowie 
&  Cunn.  MS.  in  herb.  no.  178,  nee  Persoon. 

Beazjl.  Kio  de  Janeiro:  Glaziou  6569!  Biedel  621!  Schott 
ex  parte  853  !  Bowie  Sf  Cunninyhaw  178  !  Fl.  rose-coloured,  Bun- 
hury  423!  Ilha  dos  Frades,  Bay  of  Rio,  Miers  3278  !  Corcovado, 
Gardner  !  Aquas  Novas,  Miers  \  Valley  of  Catumbe,  up  a  high 
mountain  west  of  the  aqueduct  of  Carioca  :  "  volubilis  8-ped.  Corolla 
alba  limbo  roseo  hirto."  Burchell  1847 !  Sao  Bomingos  to  Isl. 
Boa  Viajem,  Burchell  2853!  Monte  da  Santa  Theresa,  Boivie  Sf 
Cunningham  ! 

This  species  is  quite  distinct  from  the  preceding,  especially  in  the 
oblong  fruits  with  acute-acuminate  foliaceous  c«7ya:-lobes. 


49 

NOTES  ON  SEDUM.— III. 

By  R.  Lloyd  Pkaegee. 

(Continued  from  Joum.  Bot.  1918,  p.  152.) 

Ii^  the  present  notes  seven  new  species  o£  Sedum  are  described, 
and  three  new  varieties.  The  new  species,  which  are  all  based  on 
living  material,  are  derived  mostly  from  an  interesting  packet  of  seed 
received  from  the  Rev.  E.  E.  Maire  in  1915,  collected  by  him  about 
Tong-tchouan,  in  Yunnan.  These  seeds  germinated,  producing  nine 
species,  and  it  is  indicative  of  the  great  richness  of  the  Yunnan 
6Vf/««i-flora  that,  despite  the  large  number  of  new  species  described 
from  that  area  in  recent  years,  four  of  these  were  new.  The 
remaining  species  represented  were  S.  Celled  K.  Hamet  and  H.  Le- 
hlancoB  H.  Hamet,  both  described  from  sjDecimens  in  the  Paris  Her- 
barium, collected  in  Yunnan  b}^  Delavay ;  S.  yunnaneuse  Franchet 
var.  valerianoides  II.  Hamet  (section  Pseitdorhodiola  Diels),  an 
interesting  plant  evidently  common  in  Yunnan  (see  Notes  from 
R.  Bot.  Gard.  Edinb.  viii.  139  et  seq.)  ;  S.  trijidum  Wallich,  a  familiar 
Himalayan  species  of  the  Waodiola  section,  not  reported  previously 
from  China  (the  plants  recorded  as  varieties  of  S.  trijidum  in  Notes 
R.  Bot.  Gard.  Edinb.  v.  119,  vii.  7,  11,  19,  181,  293,  belong  to 
8.  linearijolium  Koyle  (see  Notes,  vii.  399))  ;  and  the  variable  S.  indi- 
cutnR.  Hamet  {Crassula  indica  Decne)  in  several  different  forms,  of 
which  one  is  now  described  as  new.  Of  the  remaining  new  species,  one 
comes  from  Bhutan,  a  plant  of  the  well-marked  Rhodiola  section, 
which  has  its  head-quarters  in  the  Himalaya- Yunnan  region  ;  another 
from  California,  where  it  reinforces  the  spathulifoliurn  group  of 
N.W.  North  America  ;  and  the  last  is  a  plant  from  a  garden  source, 
allied  to  the  group  just  mentioned,  and  probably  collected  in  British 
Columbia.  The  new  species  will  be  figured  later  in  the  Journal  of 
the  Royal  Horticultural  Society. 

Section  Rhodiola,  Series  Rhodiola  sensu  stricto. 

^  Sedum  Cooperi,  sp.  nov.  Species  f oliis  cauleque  S.  elongato  Wall, 
similis,  etiam  S.  hupleuroidi  Wall,  consanguinea.  Ab  priore  caule 
dimidio  graciliore,  foliis  minoribus  breviter  jDetiolatis  vel  sessilibus, 
inflorescentia  parce  foliosa,  floribus  dimidio  minoribus  densius  dis- 
positis,  petalis  in  parte  superiore  angustioribus,  &c.,  differt.  Ab 
^.  hupleuroide  foliis  longioribus  parte  superiore  dentatis  (nee  in- 
tegris),  inflorescentia  densiore,  floribus  dimidio  minoribus,  squamis 
majoribus,  &c.,  diifert. 

Herha  perennis  glabra.  Caudex  crassus,  erectus,  ramosus,  ramis 
squamis  coronatis.  Squamce  late  ovato-deltoidese,  acutse,  integrse, 
ad  1  cm.  longie,  primo  virides,  deinde  brunnese,  paleaceee.  Caules 
pauci,  simplices,  erecti,  graciles,  glabri,  teretes,  foliosi,  30-60  cm. 
longi,  2-3  mm.  crassi.  Folia  alterna  (nonnunquam  subternata  vel 
subopposita),  glabra,  quam  internodia  longiora,  sessilia  vel  sub- 
sessilia,  vix  carnosa,  obovata  vel  elliptica,  in  parte  superiore  dentata 
vel  prope  Integra,  apice  rotundata  vel  subacuta,  medio  4  cm.  longa, 
2  cm.  lata,  superiora  minora,  infima  minutissima.  Inflorescentia 
JouKNAL  OF  Botany. — Vol.  57.     [March,  1919.]  f 


/ 


50  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTA^nT 

terminalis,  laxa,  5-8  cm.  longa  et  lata,  ex  ramis  2-4  brevibus, 
dichotomis,  mammillatis,  pauce  foliosis  composita.  Flores  4-  (non- 
nunquam  5-  vel  6-)  meri.  Flos  c?  :  sepala  linearia,  obtusa,  carnosa, 
prope  imurn  libera,  viridia  vel  purpurea ;  petala  oblongo-lanceolata, 
obtusa,  concava,  2  mm.  longa,  sepalis  dimidio  longiora,  patentia  vel 
reflexa,  pleruuique  purpurea ;  stamina  petala  sequantia,  filamentis 
purpureis,  antheris  rubescentibus ;  sqiiamcB  amplae,  erectse,  parte 
superiore  jDatulae  et  latse,  aplce  truncato-retuso-emarginatse,  '6  mm. 
longse,  purpureas,  nitidic ;  carpella  minutissima,  obtusa,  squamis 
multum  breviora,  viridescentia  vel  purpui*ascentia.  Flos  $  :  sepala 
eis  floris  masculini  similia  ;  petala  patula,  sepalis  similia  et  aequilonga 
vel  paullo  longiora  ;  stamina  o  ;  squamcjd  eis  floris  masculini  similes, 
sepalis  et  petalis  paullo  longiores  ;  carpella  erecta,  lanceolata,  sepalis 
et  petalis  \-  vel  | -longiora,  viridia  vel  purpurea,  stylis  brevibus  strictis 
crassis  capiteliatis  coronata. 

Hab.  Bhutan  :  mossy  rocks  at  13,000  feet  (Cooper,  no.  3517). 
I  have  seen  the  plant  at  Kew,  Edinburgh,  Glasnevin,  and  the  Bees 
Nursery  near  Chester.  The  description  is  taken  from  specimens 
which  flowered  at  Glasnevin  and  in  my  own  garden  in  1918. 

When  the  leaves  are  pseudo-ternate  the  plant  somewhat  resembles 
a  slender  >S'.  yunnanense  Franchet,  but  the  inflorescence  is  totally 
different. 

Section  Rhodiola,  Series  Crassipedes. 

Sedum  cbassipes  Wall.  var.  nov.  cholaense.  A  very  robust  and 
distinct  variety  was  received,  in  the  form  of  either  roots  or  seeds, 
from  Darjeeling  and  Edinburgh  Botanic  Gardens  and  from  Lissadell 
Nursery.  All  appear  to  have  had  a  common  origin — the  Chola 
Valley,  East  Sikkim,  where  the  plant  was  collected  hj  Cooper 
(no.  923).  The  unusual  dimensions  of  the  parts  of  the  plant,  coupled 
with  its  flowers,  wholly'  green  save  for  their  conspicuous  crimson 
scales,  give  it  a  ver}^  distinct  appearance. 

Typo  robustior.  Caudex  12-18  (nee  6-8)  mm.  diametro.  In- 
■florescentia  densior,  bmcteis  longis  involucrata.  Folia  ad  40  (nee 
12-20)  mm.  longa,  4-5  (nee  1*5-3)  mm.  lata,  prope  inflorescentiam 
maxima.  Petala  erecta  vel  suberecta,  lineari-lanceolata,  obtusa, 
10  (nee  6)  mm.  longa,  sepalis  fere  duplo  longiora,  \aridia  (nee 
lutescentia).  Stamina  petala  sequantia,  antheris  viridescentibus 
(nee  luteis).  Squamae  coccinese  (nee  aureae).  Carpella  gracilia, 
petalis  parum  longiora,  ad  12  (nee  9)  mm.  longa. 

Section  Seda  genuina. 

Sedum  dastphyllum  L.  var.  nov.  Sue>'deemanni. 

S.  dasyphyllum  is  a  variable  species,  especially  as  regards  size  and 
the  presence  or  absence  of  hairiness.  I  have  grown  a  large  series  : 
apart  from  very  large  forms,  botli  hairy  and  glabrous,  wliich  may  be 
placed  under  sub-var.  macropliyllum  Kouy  Si  Camus,  the  most  distinct 
is  a  plant  distributed  by  F.  Siindermann,  of  Lindau,  under  the  name 
S.  rivulare  (but  S.  rivulare  Boissier  =  aS.  melanantherum  DC,  a 
quite  different  plant).     It  was  collected  by  Siindermann  in  Spain — 


NOTES    OX    SEDUM  51 

I  believe  in  the  Sierra  Nevada,  but  the  locality  is  not  stated  in 
his  Catalogue  (for  1913),  and  the  finder  is  not  at  present  accessible. 
This  form  is  so  distinct  that  it  deserves  varietal  rank.  It  is  well 
distinguished  by  its  densely  imbricate  leaves  and  abundant  very  large 
flowers,  which  in  diameter  are  1^  times  that  of  the  type. 

Typo  major ;  folia  ramorum  sterilium  dense  imbricata,  obovata, 
apice  obtuse  acutata,  basi  cuneata,  dense  glanduloso-hirsuta,  car- 
nosissima,  supra  plana  ;  inflorescentia  quam  in  typo  major,  ramosior ; 
Hores  ampli,  11  mm.  diametro,  petalis  5-7  (plerumque  6). 

The  plant  flowers  in  the  garden  in  late  July,  six  weeks  later  than 
the  type. 

Series  Spathulifolia. 

Sedum  rubrog-aucum,  sp.  nov.  Species  gregis  boreali-americani 
cujns  S.  S2)athu  I  if  oil  It  m  Hooker  typicum  est :  petalis  parte  infer  iore 
adnatis  in  sectione  Gormania  (genere  G-ormcuiia  Britton)  reposita 
est.  Ab  G.  JVatsoni  Britton  inflorescentia  brevi  (nee  elongata), 
petalis  ovatis  (nee  lanceolatis),  sepalis  6  mm.  (nee  2'5-3  mm.)  longis, 
&c.,  diifert;  ab.  G.  ohtusata  Britton  {8.  ohtusato  A.  Gray)  sepalis 
({  mm.  (nee  2  mm.)  longis,  petalis  ovatis  (nee  oblongo-lanceolatis  vel 
ovato-lanceolatis),  8-9  mm.  (nee  5-6  mm.)  longis,  <fec. ;  ab-O^.  Hallii 
Britton  foliis  glaucis  (nee  viridibus),  depresso-apiculatis  (nee  rotun- 
datis  nee  retusis),  sepalis  ovatis  (nee  oblongo-lanceolatis),  6  mm. 
(nee  3  mm.)  longis,  petalis  ovatis  (nee  oblongo-lanceolatis),  &c.  ;  ab 
G.  dehili  Britton  (*S'.  dehili  S.  Wats.)  foliis  petiolatis  (nee  sessili- 
bus),  ovatis  (nee  lanceolatis  acuminatis),  5-adnatis  (nee  psene  liberis)  ; 
ab  G.  oregana  {S.  oregano  Nutt.)  foliis  glaucis  (nee  viridibus), 
petalis  ovatis  (nee  lineari-lanceolatis  longe  acuminatis) ;  ab  Sedo 
spathulifolio  Hooker  petalis  :j-adnatis  (nee  liberis),  foliis  amplexi- 
caulibus,  &c. 

Herha  humilis,  perennis,  sempervirens,  atroviridis,  glauca,  rubro- 
tincta.  Hadices  fibratae.  Caules  teretes,  juveniles  coccinei,  veteres 
nigri.  Rami  steriles  procumbentes,  parte  inferiore  nudi,  parte  supe- 
riore  rosulas  laxas  foliorum  ferentes  atque  ramulos  breves  axillares 
stoloniformes  emittentes.  Rami  floriferi  ereeti,  ex  centro  rosularum 
orientes,  5-6  cm.  alti.  Folia  opposita  (nonnunquam  alterna),  glauca, 
carnosissima,  breviter  petiolata,  circa  2  cm.  longa,  "8  cm.  lata,  "5  cm. 
crassa ;  lamina  obovata,  apice  rotunda ta  depresso-apiculata,  supra 
plana  vel  concava,  marginibus  anterioribus  distinctis  in  apiculum 
conjunctis,  subtus  multum  convexa ;  petiolus  brevis,  basi  latus, 
amplexicaulis,  non  calcaratus.  Inflorescentia  pauciflora,  pedicellis 
flores  vix  sequantibus.  Flores  subnutantes,  aurei,  1*5  cm.  diametro. 
Sepala  erecta,  carnosissima,  basi  libera,  ovata,  subacuta,  5-6  mm. 
longa,  viridia.  Petala  aurea,  1  cm.  longa,  parte  inferiore  cuneata 
erecta,  parte  superiore  ovato-oblonga,  erecto-patentia,  apice  apiculata 
vel  obtusa,  parte  quarta  inferiore  adnata.  Stamina  petala  a^quantia, 
filamentis  viridibus,  antheris  aureis.  SquamcB  multum  latiores  quam 
longiores,  flavescentes.  Carpella  stamina  sequantia,  erecta,  longa, 
gracilia,  viridia,  stylis  brevissimis  coronata. 

Rah.  California :  Short  Trail,  in  the  Yosemite  Vallev.     The  plant 

''r2 


52  THE    JOUEXAL    or    BOTANY 

was  collected  and  forwarded  alive  by  Prof.  H.  M.  Hall  in  June, 
1915,  and  flowered  in  the  following  year.  The  group  to  which  it 
belongs  has  a  well-marked  N.W.  American  range. 

Sedum  anoicum,  sp.  nov.  Sedum  S.  sjyatJinlifoh'o  Hooker  et 
S.  yosemifensi  Britton  et  speciebus  nonnullis  generis  Gormanice 
Britton  caule  foliisque  similis  ;  folia  eis  S.  (  Gor mania)  ore(]ani  Xuttall 
persimilia  :  sed  species  tres  indicatie  luteiflorse  sunt,  hsec  albiflora. 
^.  anoicum  foliorum  glabrorum  spathulatorum  pallide  viridium  rosulis, 
inflorescentia  laxa  glanduloso-pilosa,  floribus  albis  longe  pedicellatis, 
facile  distinguendum, 

Herha  humilis,  repens,  perennis,  sempervirens,  pallide  viridis. 
Madices  fibratae.  Laules  graciles  ;  rami  breves,  2-7  cm.  longi,  glabri, 
diffusi,  foliosi,  apice  rosulas  laxas  foliorum  majorum  et  radices 
edentes ;  rosulae  apice  caulem  florif  erum,  basi  ramos  breves  axillares 
diffusos  steriles  emittentes.  Caules  floriferi  erecti  vel  adscendentes, 
graciles.  7-10  cm.  alti,  sparse  foliosi,  glanduloso-pilosi.  Folia  alterna, 
ea  rosularum  glabra,  carnosa,  supra  plana,  subtus  subplana,  basi 
cuneata  vel  attenuato-cuneata,  sessilia,  lucida,  l'5-2-5  cm.  longa, 
7-10  mm.  lata  ;  ea  ramorum  sterilium  sub  rosulis  glabra,  eis  rosulainim 
similia  sed  minora,  percarnosa  vel  etiam  subteretia ;  ea  ramorum 
floriferorum  eis  sub  rosulis  consimilia,  sed  glanduloso-pubescentia, 
distantioi-a,  sursum  in  bracteas  minutas  decrescentia.  In^orescentia 
paniculata,  laxissima,  glanduloso-pubescens,  6-12  flores  longipedi- 
cillatos  ferens ;  pedicelli  12-24  mm.  longi  ante  anthesin  decm-vati ; 
bracte*  paucse,  minutae.  Flores  albi,  1  cm.  diametro.  Sepala 
carnosissima,  ovato-oblonga,  subacuta,  3  mm.  longa,  fere  ad  basim 
libera,  viridia,  rubropunctata,  supra  plana,  glabra,  subtus  perconvexa, 
glanduloso-j^ubescentia.  Petala  oblongo-ovata  vel  oblongo-obovata, 
obtusa,  6  mm.  longa,  3  mm.  lata,  ad  basim  suberecta,  supra  patentia, 
post  apicem  apiculum  ferentia,  dorso  carina  glanduloso-pubescente 
prsedita.  Stamina  alba,  petalis  paullo  bre\dora,  filamentis  supm 
attenuatis.  Squamce  duplo  longiores  quam  latiores,  albescent^s,  apice 
truncata?,  retusai.  Carpella  erecta,  oblonga,  flavo-alba,  in  stylos 
breves  erectos  abrupte  conti*acta. 

This  distinct  little  plant  is  named  the  "  Homeless  Sedum," 
because  I  have  failed  to  discover  definitely  its  country  of  origin. 
I  received  it  along  with  other  stonecrops  from  the  garden  of 
Mr.  Murray  Hornibrook  of  Abbeylclx,  Queen's  County,  who  cannot 
supply  its  history.  Mr.  Hornibrook  has  imported  many  plants  from 
British  Columbia,  and  as  the  aflinities  of  the  present  Sedum  are 
entirely  with  species  of  western  North  America,  there  is  a  strong 
presumption  that  it  belongs  to  the  area  mentioned. 

Perhaps  most  nearly  related  to  >S'.  Wootoni  Britton,  from  New 
Mexico  and  Arizona,  which  agrees  in  its  spathulate  leaves,  stems 
glabrous  below  and. puberulous  above,  and  white  flowers;  but  in  that 
Species  the  leaves  are  onl}^  half  as  long  as  in  the  present  plant,  the 
upper  leaves  are  acute  or  acuminate  (not  blunt),  the  sepals  naiTowly 
oblong  (not  broadly  ovate),  and  the  petals  oblanceolate  acute  (not 
elliptic  blunt). 


XOTES    OX    SEDUil  o3 

Series  Japonica. 

V  Sedum  Mairei,  sp.  nov.  Species  sinensis,  8.  Alfredi  Hance  con- 
sanguinea,  8.  Someni  R.  Hamet  quippiam  similis  ;  ab  affinibus  foliis 
amplis  sessilibus  integris  obovatis,  petalis  ovatis  acuminatis  sepala 
apiculata  papilloso-marginata  paullo  vel  haudsuperantibus,  distinguitur. 

Herba  perennis  (vel  fortasse  biennis  ?),  glabra,  subdecidua.  Ra- 
dices tibratte.  Caules  ramosi,  decumbentes  vel  adscendentes,  nitidi. 
brunneo-purpurei ;  rami  steriles  breves  (5-10  cm.),  infra  nudi,  apice 
folia  rosulata  ferentes ;  rami  floriferi  15-25  cm.  alti,  basi  ramosi, 
ramorum  parte  inferiore  foliis  emarcidis  membranaceis  albis,  parte 
superiore  foliis  vivis  obtecta.  Folia  ramormn  sterilium  rosulata, 
alterna,  sessilia,  carnosa,  plana,  Integra,  oblongo-obovata,  basi  lata  sed 
vix  amplexicaulia,  apice  rotundata  vel  obtusa,  ad  2"5  cm.  longa,  1-2  cm. 
lata;  ramorum  floriferoram  folia  dimidio  minora,  obovata,  sessilia, 
marginibus  mammillatis,  sursum  in  bracteas  similes  decrescentia. 
Cymce  terminales,  trichotomse,  2-5-5  cm.  diametro,  satis  laxse,  ramis 
dichotomis  erecto-patentibus,  flore  infimo  brevi-pedicellato,  reliquis 
sessilibus.  Flores  5-meri,  satis  parvi,  G-10  mm.  diametro,  viricles- 
centi-lutei.  Sepala  ina^qualia.  ohovato-oblonga,  apiculata,  marginibus 
mammillatis  et  ssepe  purpuroo-punctatis,  breviter  calcarata,  petalis 
parum  breviora  vel  longiora,  viridia,  3-5  mm.  longa,  1  mm.  lata. 
Fetala  ovata,  acuminata,  patentia,  4-5  mm.  longa,  2  mm.  lata,  lutea., 
Stamina  10,  petalis  breviora,  3  mm.  longa,  lutea,  infra  petalis  breviter 
adnata.  SqioamcB  parvte,  parte  inferiore  anguste  lineares,  parte  supe- 
riore psene  cordatse,  viridescentes.  Carpella  erecta,  3*5  mm.  longa, 
viridescentia,  in  stylos  breves  attenuata,  stigmatibus  capitellatis. 

Hub.  Yunnan,  Haised  at  Griasnevin  in  1916  from  seed  sent  by 
Rev.  E.  E.  Maire  from  Tong-Tchouan,  2900  metres,  in  1915.  The 
plants  flowered,  one  in  October,  1916,  and  the  rest  in  August,  1917. 
They  died  in  the  autumn  of  1917,  but  1  think  this  was  probably  due 
to  over-flowering  rather  than  to  a  natural  biennial  duration  of  the 
plant. 

From  the  other  species  of  Sedum  of  the  large  series  Joponica 
which  have  also  relatively  broad  leaves  (ovate  or  spathulate)  and 
yellow  flowers,  S.  Mairei  may  be  distinguished  as  follows: — 

*S'.  Alfredi  Hance  has  ligulate  (not  ovate)  petals  three  times  (not 
slightly)  longer  than  the  sepals,  rotund-truncate  (not  cordate-stipitate) 
scales,  and  carpels  connate  half  way  up  (not  nearly  free). 

S.  Dugueyi  R.  Hamet  is  a  minute  plant  with  tiny  crowded  ovate- 
deltoid  leaves. 

>S'.  Q-iajai  R.  Hamet  is  a  small  hairy  plant,  with  leaves  only  ^  inch 
long. 

S.  Moroti  R.  Hamet  has  blunt  spurred  obovate  sepals,  oblong- 
hnear  petals,  terete  scales. 

*S^.  Schoenlandi  R.  Hamet  is  easily  separated  b}^  its  hairy  leaves, 
racemose  inflorescence,  and  the  presence  of  only  five  stamens. 

S.  Someni  R.  Hamet  has  only  five  stamens,  and  is  described  as 
annual.  In  some  respects  it  appears  to  resemble  S.  Mairei^  but  it  has 
sepals  entire  and  very  obtuse  at  the  apex  (not  papillate-margined  and 
apiculate),  petals  "  subsemioblong  "  subactate,  widest  above  the  middle 


54  THE    JOUnXAL    OF    BOTANY 

(not  ovate,  acuminate,  widest  one-third  way  up),  and  scales  with  the 
limb  twice  as  broad  as  long  (not  as  broad  as  long). 

S.  Esquirolii  Leveille  and  S.  viscosum  Praeger  are  hairy  plants 
with  long-stalked  leaves  and  flowers. 

Sedum  triphyllum,  sp.  nov.  Species  sinensis  sectionis  Japonicce 
Maximowicz,  ramis  sterilibus  longis,  ramis  floriferis  brevibus,  foliis 
oblongo-oblanceolatis  obtusis,  inflorescentia  cymosa  densa  pei-foliosa, 
sepalis  spathvilatis  vel  lineari-spathulatis,  squamis  planis,  ab  speciebus 
aliis  ternato-foliatis  sectionis  ejus  distinguenda. 

Herba  glabra  pei-ennis  senipervirens,  late  repens,  e  nodis  radices 
copiose  emittens.  Rami  steriles  15-22  cm.  longi,  foliosi,  apicibus 
adscendentibus.  Bami  floriferi  ramis  sterilibus  similes  sed  breviores 
vel  baud  altiores,  simplices,  foliosi,  in  parte  superiore  dense  mammil- 
lati.  Folia  ramoinim  sterilium  ternata,  internodia  jequantia  vel 
superantia,  integra,  oblongo-oblanceolata,  infra  attenuata,  subpetiolata, 
ajiice  rotundata,  plana,  subcarnosa,  marginibus  mammillatis,  pulchre 
viridia,  subtus  pallida,  15-20  mm.  longa,  4  mm.  lata,  parte  inferiore 
erecta,  jmrte  superiore  patentia  ;  calcar  obtusum,  plerumque  deltoideuni, 
noniunujuam  bitidum ;  ramorum  floriferorum  folia  eis  ramorum  steri- 
lium similia,  superiora  sa?pe  alterna.  Injiorescentia  terminalis,  per- 
foliosa,  densa,  plana,  3-5  cm.  diametro,  e  ramis  dichotomis  tribus 
composita,  flore  infimo  breviter  pedicellato,  floribus  reliquis  subses- 
silibus  vel  sessilibus ;  bracteae  coarctatse,  amplje,  foliis  similes,  calcaratae, 
marginibus  mammillatis.  Flores  lutei,  16  mm.  diametro.  Sepala 
injequalia,  obtusissima,  fere  ad  imum  libera,  obtuse  calcarata,  majora 
s])athulata,  7  mm.  longa,  minora  spathulato-linearia,  4  mm.  longa. 
Petala  lineari-lanceolata,  acutiuscula,  9  mm.  longa,  2  mm.  lata, 
apicibus  cucullatis.  Stamina  10,  petalis  paullo  breviora,  8  mm.  longa, 
epipetalina  infra  medium  petalorum  inserta,  antheris  aureo-rubris. 
Squamce  parvai,  quadrate,  aureae.  Carpella  gracilia,  erecta,  virides- 
centi-lutea,  7  mm.  longa,  stylis  gracilibus. 

ILih.  Yunnan.  Raised  from  seed  collected  by  Rev.  E.  E.  Maire, 
on  "rocheis  a  mi-mont,  altitude  2990  metres,"  near  Tong-tchouan, 
in  19ir,  Flowered  at  Glasnevin  and  in  my  own  garden  in  August, 
1917. 

Related  to  S.  sarmentosum  Bunge,  S.  lineare  Thunb.,  and 
S.  Chattveaudi  R.  Hamet,  all  of  which  have  also  ternate  leaves. 
From  the  two  first  it  may  be  distinguished  by  its  blunt  leaves  broadest 
near  the  apex,  its  copious  axillary  rootlets,  its  dense,  very  leafy  inflor- 
escence, and  blunt  broad-tipped  sepals.  It  comes  near  aS'.  Chauveaudi, 
but  that  plant  has  tall  (12-18  cm.)  erect  flowering  shoots  (not  short, 
ascending),  short  (3-6  cm.)  barren  shoots  (not  long,  18-22  cm.) 
smaller  leaves,  those  of  barren  shoots  about  10x3  mm.,  of  fertile 
shoots  about  9x3*5  mm.  (not  all  similar  and  about  15-20x4  mm.). 
In  >S'.  triphj/IIum,  moreover,  the  flower-stems  are  densely  mammillate 
(a  character  not  mentioned  in  Hamet's  full  description  of  Chau- 
veaiidi),  and  the  scales  are  flat  (not  subterete). 

Sedum  variicolor,  sp.  nov.  Species  sinensis  caulibus  perennibus 
brevibus  erectis  vel  procumbentibus  crassis,  foliis  planis  integris 
()bl(>ngo-:si>athulatis    deciduis,    floribus    pulchre    aureis    conspicuis    in 


XOTES    OX    SEDUM  55 

cymas  latas  laxas  dispositis,  carpellis  margine  interiore  concavis, 
distinguenda. 

Herha  glabra,  decidua,  perennis.  Caudex  crassus,  brevissimus, 
inferne  radices  fibrosas  robustas  superne  caules  multos  emittens. 
Caules  perennes,  circ.  15  cm.  longi,  erecti  vel  diffusi  vel  procumbentes, 
minute  tuberculati,  circa  5  mm,  crassi,  inferne  nudi  atrobrminei, 
ramos  breves  patentes  foliosos  steriles  et  floriferos  consimiles  emit- 
tentes.  Folia  alterna,  nonnunquam  subternata,  subconferta,  sessilia, 
plana,  carnosa,  Integra,  glabra,  spathulata  vel  late  oblanceolata,  2  cm. 
longa,  "6  cm.  lata,  basi  cmieata,  calcarata,  apice  obtusa  vel  subapicu- 
lata  ;  calcar  breve,  trmicatmn.  Injioy^escentia  plana,  5-7'5  cm.  lata, 
ramis  tribus  patentibus  plerumque  dichotomis  minute  mammillatis. 
Bractece  inferiores  foliis  similes,  superiores  lineares.  Flores  1-5  cm. 
diametro,  aurei,  infimus  pedicellum  a3quans,  cseteri  subsessiles  vel 
sessiles.  Sepala  foliis  similia,  valde  inaequalia,  deltoidea  vel  oblongo- 
linearia  vel  oblongo-lanceolata  vel  oblongo-spathulata,  obtusa,  3-10  mm. 
longa,  carnosa,  fere  ad  imum  libera,  non  calcarata,  pallide  viridia 
Pefala  ovata  acuminata,  vel  lanceolata,  7*5  mm.  longa,  patentia,  pulcbre 
aurea,  mucronem  brevem  post  apicem  ferentia.  Stamina  petalis  paullo 
breviora,  erecto-patentia,  filamentis  aureis  sursum  angustatis,  antheris 
rubescentibus.  Squamcs  quadratse,  subretusse,  pallide  aurese.  GarpeUa 
gracilia,  stamina  sequantia,  pallide  aurea,  primo  erecta,  margine  interna 
concava  stylisque  contiguis,  postea  divergentia ;  styli  longi,  graciles. 
Fructus  stellatus,  1  cm.  diametro. 

Hah.  Yunnan.  Raised  from  seed  sent  in  1915  by  Eev.  E.  E. 
Maire  from  Tong-tchouan,  labelled  "  Eboullis  des  rochers  des  pics, 
altitude  2800  metres." 

The  flowers  of  the  batch  of  plants  raised  showed  a  variety  of 
colour  unusual  in  Sedum.  The  petals  varied  from  pale  straw-yellow 
to  deep  orange,  and  in  some  the  stamens  and  inner  face  of  the  carpels 
were  crimson,  and  the  scales  flushed  with  red.  The  plant  takes  its 
name  from  this  circumstance. 

Section  Semperviyotdes,  Series  Sempervivoides  sensu  stricto. 

Sedum  indicum  a.  Hamet  {Crassula  indica  Decne  ;  Sedum  pani- 
culatum  Wall.).  A  packet  of  seed  sent  in  1915  by  Pere  E.  E. 
Maire  produced  a  crop  of  Sempervivum-like  plants  which  displayed 
great  variation  in  all  their  parts — leaves,  stem,  inflorescence,  and  all 
portions  of  the  flower — as  regards  form,  texture,  and  colour.  The 
range  of  variation  was  greater,  for  instance,  than  that  found  among 
the  British  fruticose  Kubi ;  but  nevertheless  it  seems  best  to  retain 
all  under  S.  iiidicum  as  variants  of  a  single  polymorphic  species, 
bestowing  varietal  rank  on  the  mcst  distinct  undescribed  departure 
from  what  may  be  taken  as  the  type. 

The  species  is  a  biennial,  producing  in  the  first  year  a  leaf -rosette 
closely  resembling  those  of  some  of  the  European  Sempervivums 
(and  found  occasionally  among  Sedums,  as  in  S.  sempervivoides 
Fisch.  and  its  allies  from  the  Caucasus  region,  and  S.  orichalcum 
W.  W.  Sm.  from  Yunnan).  From  the  centre  of  the  rosette  is  pro- 
duced in  the  second  year  a  leafy  simple  or  branched  flower-stem 
bearing  a  large  paniculate  inflorescence  of  small  whitish  or  reddish 
flowers,  with  five  erect  free  petals  and  live  stamens. 


5(3  THE    .TOUK>'AL    OF    BOTANY 

No  diagnosis  is  attached  to  Wallich's  name  {List,  no.  7227). 
Decaisne's  description  (in  Jacquemont's  Voyage  dans  VInde,  iv.  61) 
is  tolerably  full,  and  most  of  the  dried  specimens  which  I  have  had  an 
opportunity  of  examining  agree  fairly  satisfactorily  with  it.  The 
majority  of  the  plants  raised  from  Maire's  seed  may  be  referred  to 
the  same  form,  which  may  be  taken  as  the  type — plant  glabrous, 
rosettes  lax,  leaves  Hat,  alternate,  spathulate,  acuminate,  stem  4-10 
inches.  The  only  differences  of  any  moment  between  my  series  of 
the  t^^pical  plant  and  Decaisne's  description  are  that  he  describes  the 
petals  as  lanceolate,  subattenuate,  and  twice  as  long  as  the  sepals, 
and  his  figure  shows  a  campanulate  flower  with  the  tips  of  the  petals 
tapering  and  erect ;  in  my  series  the  petals  were  oblong  or  oblong- 
lanceolate  with  recurved  tips,  and  the  flowers  resembled  in  shape  those 
of  the  lil3^-of -the- valley.  C.  B.  Clarke's  description  (Fl.  Brit.  Ind.  ii. 
413)  is  veiy  short ;  he  describes  the  petals  as  "  dull  rose,  scarcely 
twice  the  sepals." 

The  tips  of  the  petals  are  erect  in  bud,  and  also  after  flowering, 
and  tend  to  assume  that  position  in  drWng  ;  this  no  doubt  accounts 
for  the  absence  in  all  the  descriptions  of  reference  to  their  character- 
istic reflexed  habit.  A  peculiar  thickening  on  the  upper  part  of  the 
face  of  the  fleshy  j^etals  is  likewise  undescribed,  doubtless  because  in 
dried  specimens  it  is  obscure.  This  is  a  marked  feature  of  the  type 
as  represented  by  Maire's  plants.  In  longitudinal  section  the  S-shaped 
petal  is  seen  to  increase  in  thickness  from  the  tip  to  half  way  down, 
when  it  contracts  abruptly  to  about  one-third  of  its  maximum  thic'k- 
ness,  and  continues  so  to  the  base,  the  scale  occupying  the  hollow 
thus  formed.  In  front  view  the  thickened  portion  shows  a  bluntly 
bilobed  lower  edge. 

Two  varieties  have  been  described — var.  Forresfi  E.  Hamet  (in 
Notes  R.  Bot.  Grard.  Edinb.  v.  115;  type  in  Herb.  Edinb.),  a  tall 
green  plant  with  very  broad  ovate-suborbicular  acute  leaves,  of  which 
all  but  the  uppermost  are  opposite;  and  var.  yunnanense  R.  Hamet 
(in  Journ.  de  Bot.  x.  284 — Crassula  yimnanensis  Franchet)  a  densely 
hair}^  form  with  mucronate  leaves.  A  number  of  Maire's  seedlings 
are  referable  to  this  latter  variety,  of  which  I  am  able  to  amplify  the 
description  ;  it  is  a  noteworthy  form,  almost  worthy  of  specific  rank. 
Franchet  separated  it  from  Crassnia  indica  Decne  mainly  on  account 
of  its  general  pilosity  and  its  mucronate  leaves.  In  my  plants  the 
size  of  stem,  leaf,  and  inflorescence  was  much  less  than  in  my  plants 
of  the  type  (Franchet  says  "Port  et  dimensions  de  C.  indica"'). 
The  leaves  were  very  thick,  being  so  convex  on  the  under  side  that  the 
breadth  was  only  from  once  to  twice  the  thickness,  not  thi-ee  to  four 
times  the  thickness  as  in  the  type.  Flowers  rather  larger  than  in 
type,  calyx  narrower,  petals  more  erect  at  base,  so  that  the  cor(.)lla  is 
narrower,  and  less  reflexed  at  apex,  making  the  whole  petal  much 
sti-aighter  ;  the  peculiar  thickening  of  the  upper  half  of  the  petal, 
which  is  so  marked  a  feature  of  the  type,  is  quite  absent.  The  whole 
plant,  as  stated  by  Franchet,  is  shortly  i)ilose,  even  to  the  backs  of 
the  petals. 

Another  form  deserving  of  varietal  rank  ap])eared  in  some  numbers 
among  the  plants  grown  from  Maire's  seed.     This  was  very  unifoim 


xoTES  ON  sedum:  57 

in  character,  forming  dense  glaucous  (not  lax  glabrous)  rosettes 
closely  resembling  those  of  Sempervivum  calcareum  Jord.  and  verv^ 
short  flower-stems,  and  having  different  petals.  It  may  be  defined  as 
follows  : — 

Var.  DENSIROSULATUM,  var.  nov.  Bosulce  densse,  duplo  latiores 
quam  longiores.  Folia  quam  in  typo  minora  (circa  25  mm.  longa, 
8  mm.  lata,  3'5  mm.  crassa),  spathulata,  acuminata,  valde  glauca, 
a  pice  purpurea.  Crt2^//s  brevior  (5-7'5  cm.)  a  basiramosus.  InUores- 
cetitia  congesta,  rotundata,  5  cm.  longa,  5  cm.  lata.  Petala  rectiora, 
parte  superiore  minus  incrassata.     Sq^iiamoe  angustiores. 

In  this  variet}^  the  rosettes  are  formed  of  twice  at  many  leaves  as 
in  the  type  (in  which,  moreover,  the  breadth  of  the  rosettes  is  usually 
no  greater  than  the  length).  This  and  the  marked  glaucescence  of 
the  purple- tipped  leaves  give  the  plant  a  veiy  distinct  appearance. 

Series   Cepcea  sensu  stricto. 

'^       Sedum   viscosum,   sp.  nov.      Species  sinensis  annua  vel  biennis, 

cauiibus,    foliis,    bracteis,    pedicellis,    sepalis,    petalis,    carpellis    pilis 

"T      glandulosis  viscosis  dense  obsitis  insignis.     Etiam  foliis  planis  integris 

obovato-rhomboideis  petiolatis,   atque  floribus  longe  petiolatis  distin- 

guitur. 

Herha  annua  (vel  biennis),  mollis,  pilosa,  viscosissima.  Caulis 
erectus,  gracilis,  sanguineus,  10-20  cm.  altus,  ramosissimus,  ramis 
axillaribus  adscendentibus,  juventute  brevissimus,  foliis  rosulatis 
obsitus.  Folia  alterna,  plana,  internodia  a^quantia  aut  superantia, 
mollia,  carnosa,  supra  et  subtus  a^qualiter  glanduloso-pilosa,  petiolata  ; 
petiolus  linearis,  6  mm.  longus ;  lamina  obovato-rhomboidea,  obtusa, 
8  mm.  longa,  6  mm.  lata,  apice  puncto  parvo  purpureo  ornata. 
Flores  plurimi,  pedicellati,  foliis  suboppositi,  raro  axillares,  aurei  ; 
pedicelli  gracillimi,  ad  12  mm.  longi.  Sepala  lanceolata,  acuta,  dorso 
glanduloso-pilosa,  viridia,  carnosa,  in  calcar  non  producta,  2*5  mm. 
longa,  1  mm.  lata.  Petala  lineari-lanceolata,  acuta,  5-5*5  mm. 
longa,  1*5  mm.  lata,  supra  aurea,  glabra,  subtus  glanduloso-pilosa, 
viridescentia,  purpureo -punctata,  post  anthesin  erecta,  persistentia. 
Stamina  10,  aurea,  3"5-4  mm.  longa.  Squamce  parvse,  late  cuneata?, 
minute  emarginatfe,  pallide  lutese.  Carpella  gracilia,  erecta,  oblonga, 
glanduloso-pilosa,  luteoviridia,  basi  ipso  connata,  stamina  sequantia, 
stylis  gracilibus  glabris  coronata. 

Seed  received  from  Pere  E.  E.  Maire  from  Yunnan,  its  habitat 
being  '*  murs  humides,  ombrages,  de  Kin-tchong-chan,  alt.  2990  m." 
The  plant  flowered  at  Kew,  Griasnevin,  and  in  my  own  garden  in  1916 
and  1917,  behaving  often  as  a  biennial,  but  very  likely  normally 
annual  in  duration.  In  its  short  life-period,  habit,  hairiness,  stalked 
flat  leaves  and  long-stalked  flowers  it  agrees  with  a  number  of  Chinese 
species — mostly  white- flowered — which  group  themselves  round  the 
European  S.  Cepcea  L.  Such  are  S.  dnjmarioides  Hance,  S.  jilipes 
Hemsley,  >S'.  Silvestrii  Pampanini.  In  man}^  respects  S.  viscosum 
resembles  the  small  northern  race  of  the  variable  S.  ch^ymarioides  as 
described  by  Maximowicz  (Bull.  Acad.  St.  Petersbourg  xxix.  155),  but 
it   differs   in    its   inflorescence   not   })ifid,    flowers  more  than  twice  as 


58  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

large,  bright  yellow  patent  (not  campanulate)  corolla,  nearly  erect 
(not  stellate  divergent)  fruit;  and  all  the  parts  of  the  plant  are 
opaque,  firm  and  stilf  when  dried,  not  lax  and  pellucid.  It  comes 
near  S.  stellar icef oil umFTa,nch.et,  which  R.  Hamet  treats  as  a  variety 
of  S.  drymarioides,  and  which  may  be  the  northern  race  of  that 
species  referred  to  by  Maximowicz.  These  two  plants  agree  with  each 
other,  and  differ  from  S.  viscosuifi,  in  their  very  small  flowers — 

drymarioides Sepal  1 '5  mm.  long.     Petal  3-5  mm.  long. 

stellarisefolium  ...         ,,      I'O     ,,        ,,  „     S'O     „         „ 

viscosum    ,,     2o     „        „  „  5'0-5*5  „ 

S.  stellaricsfolium  also  appears  to  have  the  w^hite  or  whitish  flowers 
of  S.  drymarioides,  very  different  from  the  bright  yellow,  persistent 
in  dried  specimens,  of  S.  viscosum. 

S.  viscosum  is  also  clearly  closely  allied  to  ;S'.  Esquirolii  Leveille, 
and  S.  Bodinieri  Leveille  &  Vaniot  from  Kou^^-Tcheou,  &c.,  two 
species  quite  inadequatel}^  described.  But  >S'.  Esquirolii  is  stated  to 
possess  a  simple  (not  much  branched)  stem,  curved  (not  erect  and 
thickened  with  the  scars  of  the  rosette  leaves  at  the  base)  ;  lamina? 
equalling  (not  twice  as  long  as)  the  petioles,  and  petals  four  times 
(not  two  to  two  and  a  half  times)  the  sepals  and  the  elongate  styles. 
S.  Bodinieri  is  not  described  at  all :  only  the  differences  between  it 
and  S.  drymarioides  are  given  ;  and  it  is  impossible  to  compare  it 
with  any  other  species. 

It  is  clear  that  in  drymarioides,  stellaricefolium,  viscosum, 
Esquirolii  and  Bodinieri,  we  have  a  group  of  closely-allied  forms, 
perhaps  best  treated  as  races  of  a  single  polymorphic  species,  perhaps 
sufficiently  distinct  to  be  ranked  as  several  species.  Access  to  copious 
material  alone  will  decide  their  relationshijDS. 

A  specimen  in  the  National  Herbarium,  Dublin,  labelled  S.  dry- 
marioides and  collected  in  Hupeh  b}^  A.  Henry  (no.  3709)  is  clearly 
referable  to  >S'.  viscosum. 


BIBLIOGIIAPHICAL  NOTES. 

LXXIV.  Baxter's  '  British  Phaenogamous  Botany.' 

William  Baxter  (1787-1871),  as  a  capable  and  energetic  young 
Scotchman,  was  appointed  head-gardener  or  curator  at  the  Oxford 
Botanic  Garden  in  1813,  when  twenty-five  years  of  age.  He  received 
a  small  emolument  from  the  University  and  lived  in  a  small  cottage 
(since  enlarged)  in  the  Gardens.  He  had  the  assistance  of  three 
labourers,  and  only  the  barest  apologies  for  greenhouses  ;  the  establish- 
ment of  the  Garden  at  this  time  is  figured  in  Mr.  Giinther's  Oxford 
Gardens,  p.  152.  Much  can  be  done  with  enthusiasm  and  five  acres 
of  land,  and  Baxter  managed  to  grow  from  40U0-5000  species  of 
plants,  though  the  work  was  often  heart-beaking,  owing  to  the 
inefticiency  of  the  equipment,  and  the  possibility  of  the  garden  being 
largely    submerged    in    flood-time.       In    such    damp    and    mildewed 


Baxter's  '  British  phae;n^ogamous  botany  '  59 

environment  Baxter  took  particular  interest  in  mosses  and  fungus 
diseases  ;  he  was  made  an  Associate  of  the  Linnean  Society  in  18 17  : 
his  Stirpes  Gryptogamce  Occoniensis  was  issued  in  1825. 

Oxford  Botany  at  this  time  was  at  its  lowest  ebb  :  Dr.  H.  Williams, 
who  occupied  the  Chair  in  succession  to  Sibthorp,  was  also  Kadcliife 
Libi-arian  ;  nothing  is  known  of  his  botanical  attainments  ;  the  only 
accommodation  at  the  Gardens  consisted  of  a  building,  originally 
built  for  a  conservatory,  in  the  oldest  sense  of  the  term,  and  still 
utilized  as  the  Botanic  Library.  At  that  time  it  contained  the 
herbarium  and  the  books  of  Sherard,  Dillenius,  and  Sibthorp,  and 
also  functioned  as  lecture-room  when  there  were  any  classes.  What 
practical  instruction  there  was  was  left  solely  in  the  hands  of  Baxter, 
and  given  orally  and  informally.  Access  to  a  good  collection  of  all 
the  older  literature  was  an  essential  factor  in  Baxter's  success,  and 
after  twenty  years  of  uphill  labour  he  conceived  the  idea  of  himself 
publishing  a  work  on  floral  types,  which  would  serve  the  purpose  of  an 
elementary  introduction  to  the  systematic  botany  of  the  day  ;  this  to 
be  issued  on  the  lines  of  the  subscription  works,  of  the  "coloured  plate 
and  one  sheet  of  text "  pattern,  as  seen  in  many  standard  works  of  the 
period,  produced — like  the  Botanical  Magazine — for  "ladies,  gentle- 
men, and  gardeners  "  ;  the  work  to  be  carried  out  by  local  talent,  and 
produced  as  cheaply  as  possible. 

A  trial  part  was  issued  as  a  prospectus  in  May,  1832,  soliciting 
subscribers  ;  it  contained  two  plates  {Frltillaria  and  Tulipa)  with  no 
text,  but  with  some  letterpress  on  the  cover  :  this  part  is  curiously 
reviewed  as  the  real  thing  in  Paxton's  Hort.  Reg.  i.  p.  6o5  (1832). 
The  price  was  to  be  a  shilling  coloured  and  sixpence  plain  :  and  the 
work  was  designed  to  run  to  two  volumes  on  "  Elementary  Types," 
two  on  Oxford  genera,  and  two  on  the  remaining  genera  of  the  British 
Flora,  at  an  estimate  of  500  or  so.  The  labour  of  getting  drawings 
in  hand  proceeded  throughout  the  summer  of  1832,  and  the  first  full 
parts  were  issued  in  September :  each  part  was  to  contain  four  plates, 
with  sheets  of  text,  filled  on  both  sides — and  the  work  to  continue 
steadily  at  the  rate  of  a  part  per  month.  The  issue  was  continued  on 
these  lines,  and  maintained  with  uniform  output  to  the  end  of  the 
series — ten  years  later;  the  total  expenses  averaged  £300  each  year. 
The  cover  was  inscribed  :  — "  British,  Flowering  Plants,  drawn  from 
Nature,  and  engraved  under  the  direction  of  William  Baxter, 
A.L.S..  F.H.S.,  etc.,  Curator  of  the  Oxford  Botanic  Garden^ 

The  first  plate  was  the  Fritillary,  abundant  and  well-known  as 
"  Snakes'  Heads  "  at  Oxford,  which  with  the  second  plate,  the  Yellow 
Wild  Tulip,  are  still  admirably  adapted  as  the  simplest  types  of  floral 
organization  for  a  beginner  to  study  :  the  other  two  plates  represented 
the  Avens  and  the  Sweet  Violet.  The'  first  plates  Avere  not  particu- 
larly well-drawn,  and  were  poorly  coloured  ;  in  fact,  the  plain  copies 
of  the  earlier  figures  are  more  satisfactory  than  the  coloured  ones  ; 
but  essential  details  were  figured  separately,  and  the  text  was  collated 
from  the  general  run  of  contemporary  floras  (Smith,  Curtis,  Hooker, 
Withering,  etc.)  without  any  special  originality  beyond  local  records 
and  stations. 

At  a  later  date  (1837)  the  covers  were  inscribed  : — "  Figures  and 


60  THE    JOUllXAL    OF    BOTANV 

Descriptions  of  the  Genei'a  of  British  Flowering  Plants,  with  the 
Specified  English  Names,  Linnseaii  Class  and  Order,  Natural  Order, 
Generic  and  Specific  Characters,  and  References  to  the  most  popular 
Botanical  Works,  Localities,  Time  of  Flowering,  and  Dissections 
showing  the  essential  characters.  William  Baxter,  F.H.S.,  A.L. 
and  M.B.S."  This  applies  to  the  extension  beyond  the  first  two 
volumes  ;  and  the  price  (possibly  increased  to  other  than  the  original 
subscribers)  is  given  as,  coloured  1/6,  plain  1/-  (Loudon's  Gard. 
Mag.  iii.  p.  606.) 

After  the  issue  of  twenty  numbers,  comprising  eighty  plates,  by 
March  1834,  these  parts  were  issued  as  a  completed  volume,  to  which 
a  preface  (dated  Feb.  2o,  1834)  is  appended,  explaining  the  object 
and  scope  of  the  work,  and  expressing  gratitude  for  support  already 
experienced.  The  full  titlepage  is  now  headed: — "British  Phaeno- 
gamous  Botany,  or  Figures  and  Descriptions  of  the  Genera  of  British 
Flowering  Plants,  by  W.  Baxter,  A.L.S.,  F.H.S. ,  &c..  Curator  of  the 
Oxford  Botanic  Garden,  Oxford  (Parker)  ;  Published  by  jbhe  Author." 
(The  term  Phaenogamous  (cf,  Lindle3^'s  Synopsis  (1828)  is  used  in 
contradistinction  to  his  previous  issue  of  Cryptogamce  Oxoniensis.) 

The  plates  in  the  first  volume  are  mostly  rather  poor  ;  the  majority 
are  neither  signed  nor  dated,  and  the  work  was  distinctly  an  amateur 
production.  The  first  plate  dated  is  Jan.  1833  ;  some  of  the  earlier 
figures  were  touched  up,  revised,  dated,  and  sometimes  redrawn  in 
later  reprints,  and  so  appear  in  the  completed  volumes,  the  revised 
ones  being  dated  1833.  It  is  significant  that  Dr.  Daubeny  was 
appointed  Professor  of  Botan}^  on  Feb.  8th,  1834,  and  botanical 
matters  began  immediately  to  improve ;  but  whatever  assistance 
Baxter  may  have  had  subsequently,  he  had  got  started  and  well  on 
with  the  work,  on  his  original  lines,  entirely  on  his  own  initiative. 
The  financial  side  of  the  venture  was  in  the  hands  of  Parker,  the  well- 
known  Oxford  bookseller,  who  also  attended  to  the  disposal  of  the 
copies.  The  work  was  pnnted  by  King,  of  St.  Clements,  near  the 
Gardens,  and  the  figures  were  drawn  by  local  artists.  Isaac  Russell, 
an  Oxford  glass-painter,  drew  over  200,  and  was  entrusted  with  the 
best  coloured  figures  ;  C.  Matthews  drew  another  200,  including  all 
the  Grasses  and  Sedges,  as  also  inconspicuously  coloured  ones  (Umbel- 
liferaj,  small  Crucifene,  <fec.)  :  some  effective  "natural"  figures  are 
signed  Delamotte.  C.  Matthews  engraved  over  350,  other  engravers 
—  Willis,  Albutt,  and  Whessell — a  few.  The  colouring  of  the  plates 
was  done  by  Baxter's  daughters,  and  more  especially  by  his  daughter- 
in-law  Mrs.  W.  H.  Baxter  ;  as  the  work  ran  to  600  coloured  sets  of 
figures,  the  labour  was  considerable. 

The  work  proceeded  steadily  at  the  same  rate  throughout  the 
years  1834—1835,  though  great  changes  involving  rebuilding  and  re- 
arrangement were  going  on  in  the  garden,  and  Baxter's  time  must 
liave  been  fully  occupied.  It  is  clear  that  the  maintenance  of  the 
output  of  a  plate  and  text  each  week  involved  considerable  ingenuity 
in  looking  after  the  specimens,  as  plants  are  only  available  in  the 
summer  months,  or  for  a  short  time,  and  a  stock  requires  to  be  held 
in  reserve.  A  few  older  undated  figures  may  tluis  appear  in  a  later 
volume.     After  1834.   howevei-,   the  plates   are  normally  signed  and 


Baxter's  'beitish  phaexogamous  botany'  61 

dated,  and  the  quality  of  the  work  is  much  improved ;  by  1835  the 
process  had  reached  its  full  possibilities,  and  the  same  high  standard 
was  maintained  to  the  end.  A  plate-size  of  about  7^  in.  by  4^ 
was  emplo^^ed;  the  text  included  localities,  times  of  flowering,  floristic 
notes,  economic  and  other  uses,  as  also  any  medical  particulars  : 
when  botanical  information  failed  to  lit  the  closely-printed  two 
pages,  some  verses  tilled  the  gap  without  adding  much  to  the  literary 
effect. 

The  second  series  of  80  plates,  completed  in  Nov.  1835,  Avas  then 
issued  as  Vol.  II.  with  a  dedication  to  l)aubenv  (dated  Oct.  17, 1835). 
Vol.  111.  80  plates  (161-240)  completed  'by  March  1837,  was 
dedicated  to  the  Rev.  J.  S.  Henslow,  Professor  of  Botany  at  Cam- 
bridge (dated  June  12,  1837).  Vol.  IV.  80  plates  (241-320)  ran  to 
the  end  of  1838,  and  was  dedicated  to  Dawson  Turner  (dated  Feb.  18, 
1839).  Vol.  V.  80  plates  (321-400)  spread  over  1839,  to  March 
1840,  was  dedicated  to  William  Borrer  (Oct.  24,  1840).  Vol.  VI. 
continued  to  finish  the  work,  which  ran  on  to  509  plates,  ended  in 
March  1843.  The  last  volume  of  109  plates  (401-509)  was  dedicated 
to  Charles  Empson  of  Bath  (May  15,  1843)  ;  very  complete  lists, 
indices,  and  appendices,  of  Ivii  pages  were  added,  including  an  index 
to  a  hundred  gems  of  verse  rescued  from  various  sources. 

The  work  being  thus  brought  to  a  satisfactory  conclusion  accounts 
were  settled  up ;  it  is  interesting  to  find  that  after  an  outlay  of  about 
£300  a  year  in  current  expenses,  the  sale  of  copies  had  more  than 
balanced  the  expenditure,  and  Baxter  received  a  substantial  sum  as 
his  half-share  of  the  profit  (1845).  The  full  and  continuous  run  of 
the  paper-backed  pai-ts,  thus  serially  issued,  was  regarded  as  the  first 
edition  ;  completed  sets  of  volumes  are  inscribed  second  edition  on 
the  title-page  of  the  first  volume  only.  A  few  special  '  presentation- 
ct)pies'  of  this  second  edition  contain  as  Frontispiece  a  portrait  of 
Baxter  by  Burt,  engraved  by  Whessell.  Baxter  sold  out  his  remaining 
interest  in  the  work  to  Parker  in  1849 ;  a  reprint  of  the  whole  in 
1856  was  issued  by  the  latter;  but  this  was  in  no  sense  a  third 
edition,  although  it  is  so  entered  by  Pritzel,  with  the  dates  1834- 
1843,  \vho  is  followed  by  Jackson  in  his  Guide  (1880).  Baxter 
retired  from  the  Gardens  in  1851,  on  a  small  pension  (he  was  not  a 
member  of  the  University),  and  lived  respected  by  a  large  circle  of 
friends,  dying  at  the  age  of  84  in  1871.  The  copper-plates  remaining 
in  the  hands  of  Parker  were  in  existence  until  the  early  part  of  1918, 
when  they  were  sold  for  munitions  for  their  value  as  metal. 

On  analysing  the  factors  that  led  to  the  production  of  these 
volumes,  it  may  be  said  that,  in  spite  of  the  poetical  interpolations, 
the  almost  unavoidable  adoption  of  the  make-up  of  '  plate  and  text ' 
popular  at  the  time,  and  the  enormous  amount  of  unnecessary 
references  which  indicate  a  reverence  for  authorities,  the  work 
represents  a  definite  advance  in  the  teaching  of  the  science,  with 
simplified  descriptions  and  fioristic  and  biological  notes.  The 
utilization  of  cdl  genera  of  British  fiow^ers — or  even  the  160  of 
the  first  two  volumes — may  be  a  mistake  from  this  standpoint ;  but 
Baxter  wished  to  cover  the  whole  range  of  the  British  Flora.  The 
idea  that  in  the  w'hole  province  of  floral  botany,  the  British  Flora  was 


62  THE    JOUR>'AL    OF    BOTANY 

but  a  small  affair,  had  not  been  as  yet  appreciated  b}^  British  botanists, 
and  broad  generalizations  were  still  wanting.  To  cut  the  types  down 
to  one  per  order,  in  the  manner  of  Daniel  Oliver  (Lessons  in  Elemen- 
tary Botany,  1864:  Illustrations  of  the  Principal  Natural  Orders 
of  the  Vegetable  Ki7igdom,  Oliver  and  Fitch,  1874 — 102  Flowering 
Plants,  plain  or  coloured),  was  the  next  stage  of  more  strictly  educa- 
tional work  ;  but  Baxter  deserves  to  be  credited  with  the  first  step, 
made  under  conditions  of  minimum  equipment. 

Many  of  the  figures  attain  a  high  order  of  merit,  those  by 
Russell  being  the  more  elegant  in  design ;  many  British  weeds  are 
beyond  much  decorative  treatment ;  as  examples  of  the  work  at  its 
best  mav  be  noted  RusselFs  figures  of  Glaucium  (131),  Caltha  (153), 
Foxglove  (113),  Columbine  (221),  Linnaea  (340),  Rubia  (185), 
Inula  (265),  Cyclamen  (505)  ;  or  the  Hop  (342),  Ash  (382), 
Martagon  (501)  of  Matthews.  Much  of  the  coloured  work  is  an 
improvement  on  Sowerby's  JEnylish  Botany ;  the  more  detailed 
dissections  and  schemes  of  floral  pai-ts  are  often  extremely  good 
(cf.  Lemna  (424)^  Alnus  (193),  Carpinvs  (234),  Oak  (371),  Castanea 
(485)  :  these,  though  small,  are  preferable  to  the  coarse  work  of 
Fitch  in  Oliver's  types  of  orders,  and  are  on  a  plane  quite  different 
from  the  current  issue  of  The  Camhridge  British  Flora.  The  text 
presents  no  special  novelty  beyond  local  records,  being  a  compilation 
from  existing  literature ;  but  it  undoubtedly  packs  far  more  into  the 
regulation  two  pages  than  any  other  flora,  and  is  still  useful  as  a 
store-house  of  odd  points  of  interest  culled  from  ancient  liteniture. 
Older  reviews  of  the  work  state  the  same  facts :  "  The  plates  equal  in 
excellence  to  any  that  have  been  published,  and  the  letter-press  far 
superior  to  that  of  most  British  Floras"  (Loudon.  1835)  ;  "One  can 
hardly  name  a  more  suitable  present  for  a  young  person  "  (Gard. 
Chron.  1843).  Above  all  the  work  was  distinctly  cheap  and  of  honest 
value :  cf.  Maund's  Botanic  Garden,  4  coloured  plates  (small)  1/G 
a  month :  Sowerby's  English  Botany,  cheap-edition,  2/-  a  month  : 
Curtis's  Botanical  Magazine,  8  plates,  3/6  a  month  :  the  Botanical 
Register,  8  plates,  4/-  a  month :  Paxton's  Magazine  of  Botany, 
8  plates,  5/-  a  month.  The  special  character  of  the  work  is  its  steady 
output,  continued  over  a  number  of  years  on  the  part  of  quite  a  few 
people  ;  as  the  product  of  a  small  university  town,  it  in  many  respects 
runs  parallel  with  the  sixteenth-century  work  of  Fuchs  and  his  men. 
Baxter's  draughtsmen  were  similarly  non-botanical  artists  to  begin 
with,  and  the  improvement  in  their  work  is  very  marked.  Many  of 
the  plants  are  identical,  and  it  is  interesting  to  compare  the  similarity 
of  treatment — e.  g..  Strawberry,  Iris,  Oxalis,  Coltsfoot,  Dais3^  If 
the  work  does  not  appear  more  remarkable  as  a  novelty  in  Botany,  it 
is  because  the  framework  of  the  design  was  too  rigorously  based  on 
the  subscription -principle  and  the  vogue  of  the  day.  The  detailed 
description  of  a  suitable  series  of  types  of  common  plants,  in  handy 
form,  similarly  arranged  as  a  sequence  through  the  families,  is  still  a 
desideratum,  apparently  beyond  the  efforts  of  British  Botany. 
Although  not  included  in  Prof.  F.  W.  Oliver's  The  Makers  of  British 
Botany  (1913),  Baxter  in  common  with  many  other  worthy  botanists 
(as  Borrer,  Dawson  Turner,  Greville)  has  a  niche  in  its  history  and 


Baxter's  '  British  phaenogamous  botais't  '  63 

he  did  his  share  in  advancing  the  science  in  a  period  of  considerable 
depression. 

For  further  information  cfr.  Oxford  Gardens,  Giinther,  p.  22 
(1912), ;  Gardeners'  Chronicle,  1843,  p.  560  ;  1871,  p.  1426  (Obitu- 
ary Notice)  ;  Loudon's  Gardener's  Magazine  1835,  p.  394  ;  1837, 
p/606  ;  Horticultural  Register,  1833,  p.  33. 

Biographical  notes  in  Druce's  Flora  of  Berkshire  (1897),  p.  clxii ; 
Report  of  Ashmolean  Society,  Oxford  (1903),  p.  22. 

Much  matter  for  the  present  note  has  been  rendered  available  by 
the  courtesy  of  Messrs.  Parker,  Turl  St.,  Oxford,  and  of  Mr.  John 
Je:fferies,  Littlemore. 

A.  H.  Church. 


THE  MYCETOZOA  OF  BEDFORDSHIRE. 
By  James  Sauj^ders,  A.L.S. 

The  Mycetozoa  occupy  an  anomalous  position  in  the  organic 
world,  having  sometimes  been  grouped  with  plants,  at  others  with 
animals.  This  may  be  due  to  the  changes  of  form  through  which 
tliey  pass  in  accomplishing  the  metamorphoses  associated  with  their 
life-history.  In  what  may  be  regarded  as  the  initial  stage,  they  float 
in  the  atmosphere  as  microscopic  spores.  When  these  fall  on  decayed 
vegetation  they  eventually  throw  off  their  cell-walls  and  assume  an 
amoeba-like  condition.  Those  of  the  same  species  have  apparently  an 
affinity,  and  form  masses,  usually  small,  of  motile  plasmodium.  This 
is  the  assimilating  stage,  during  which  formative  material  is  accumu- 
lated by  ingestion.  The  circulation  of  these  contents  is  singular  and 
probably  unique.  The  movement  is  a  streaming  which  changes  its 
direction  at  intervals  of  about  two  minutes.  When  it  has  assimilated 
sufficient  material,  sporangia  are  formed,  each  of  which  contains  a 
number  of  spores  often  running  into  thousands.  These  are  distributed 
by  both  organic  and  inorganic  agencies,  and  again  pass  through  a 
series  of  metamorphoses. 

Except  where  otherwise  specified,  the  species  in  the  following  list 
occur  on  dead  or  rotten  wood. 

Ceratiomyxa  fruticnlosa  Macbr.  ;  Luton  Hoo,  Woburn  Sands. 

Badhamia  caijsulifera  Berk.  On  fir  logs  ;  Leighton,  Luton. — 
B.  utricularis  Berk.  On  decayed  wood  or  living  fungi ;  Chiltern 
Green,  Pepperstock. — B.  nitens  Berk.  :  Caddington,  Luton  Hoo, 
Woburn  Sands. — B.  macrocarpa  Rost.  ;  Flitwick. —  B.  fanicea  Rest.; 
Luton  Hoo,  Stopsley. — B.  lilacina  Rost.  On  sphagnum;  Flitwick 
Marsh. — B.  foliicola  Lister.  On  decayed  straw ;  Nether  Crawley. 
Miss  Higgins,  Warden  Hills. — B.  ruhiginosa  Rost.  On  decayed 
wood  and  leaves,  Leighton  ;  var.  dictyospora,  Miss  Higgins,  Woburn 
Sands. — B.  ovispora  Racib.  On  decayed  straw ;  Nether  Crawley, 
Miss  Higgins,  Stopsley. 

Physarum  leucopus  Link.  On  moss  and  dead  leaves  :  Luton, 
Miss  Higgins ;  Flitwick. — P.  citrinum  Schum. ;  Luton  Hoo,  Miss 
K.  Higgins  :  Pepperstock. — P.  penetrale  Rex.  Near  Luton,  Miss  K. 
Higgins. — P.  psittacinum  Ditm.  Luton  Hoo. — P.  viride  Pers, 
Woburn  Sands,  Luton  Hoo  ;   var.    aurantium  Lister.     Luton,  Ampt- 


64  THE    JOUK^AL    OF    EOTANY 

hill :  var.  incanum  Lister.  Woburn  Sands,  Miss  lligr/ins. — P. 
straminipes  Lister.  On  decayed  straw;  Chaul  End,  Dunstable. — 
-P.  nutans  Pers.  Luton,  Flitwiek.  Subsp.  leucophceum  Lister, 
Luton  Hoo,  Stopsley. — P.  pusillum  Lister.  On  leaves  and  dead 
wood ;  Rundley  Wood. — P.  comioressum  Alb.  &  Schwg.  Luton, 
Chaul  End. — P  cUdermoicles  Host.  Mon.  On  decayed  straw.  Chaul 
End :  var.  lividum  Kost.  Flitwiek,  Chaul  End. — P.  cinereum  Pers. 
On  dead  leaves;  Chiltern  Grreen,  Flitwiek. — P.  vernum  Somm.  (See 
Journ.  Bot.  1897,  210.)  On  decayed  straw;  Bedford,  Kitchen  End. 
— P.  hivalve  Pers.  and  P.  contexiiim  Pers.  On  dead  twigs  and 
leaves  ;  Flitwiek. — P.  hitectum  Lister.  Ampthill. — P.  conglome- 
ratum  Post.  Flitwiek  Marsh. — P.  virescens  Ditm.  Ampthill: 
var.  nit  ens.     Woburn  Sands. 

Fiiliyo  septica  Gmel. ;  frequent. — F.  muscorum  Alb  &  Schwein. 
Woburn  Sands. — F.  cinerea  Morg.  On  dead  leaves  and  straw. 
Flitwiek,  Stopsley. 

Craferium  minutum  Fi'ies.  On  dead  leaves  and  twigs;  frequent. 
—  G.  leticocephalum  Ditm.  ;  Luton  Hoo. — C.  aureum  Post.  ;  Flit- 
wiek, Luton. 

Leocarpus  fragilis  Post.  On  dead  leaves  and  twigs  ;  Ampthill, 
Luton  Hoo. 

Diderma  liemisp>hericum  Hornem.  On  dead  leaves  and  twigs ; 
Flitwiek. — D.  effusum  Morg. ;  frequent. — D.  spumarioldes  Fries.; 
Ridgmont,  Sundon. —  D.  nivenm  Macbr.  On  turf,  twigs,  &c.  ; 
Flitwiek,  Woburn. — D.  testaceum  Pers.  On  dead  leaves  ;  Flitwiek. 
— D.floriforme  Pers.  ;  Woburn  Sands. 

DiaclicBa  leucopoda  Post,  and  D.  suhsessilis  Peck.  On  dead 
leaves  in  swampy  coppices  ;  Flitwiek,  rare. 

Didymium  difforme  Duby ;  frequent. — D.  Clavns  Post. ;  Chil- 
tern Green,  Luton. — D.  melanospermum  Macbr.  ;  Woburn  Sands, 
Miss  Higgins. — D.  nigripes  ¥\\  ;  Ampthill,  Miss  Kiggins ;  Woburn 
Sands,  Luton  :  var.  xantliopiis  Lister  ;  Nether  Crawley.  Flitwiek. — 
_D.  squamulosum  Fr.  ;  Leagrave,  Woburn  Sands. — 1).  Trochus 
Lister;  Nether  Crawley,  Luton. 

Mucilago  spongiosa  Morgan  ;  Harlington,  Luton  Hoo. 

Lepidoderma  Carestianum  Post. :  var.  Chailletii  Lister  ;  Luton, 
Flitwiek. 

Stemonitis  fusca  Poth. ;  Chiltern  Green,  Ampthill :  var.  con- 
Jluens]  Luton,  Miss  Higgins. — S.  splendens  Post.;  \-dY.  Jlaccida 
Lister;  Woburn. — S.flavogejiita  Jsihn  ;  Woburn  Sands.  Flitwiek. — 
S.ferruginea  Ehrenb. ;  Luton,  Flitwiek. 

Comatricha  nigra  Schroeter.  On  dead  leaves  ;  frequent. — C. 
laxa  Post. ;  Ampthill. — G.  fyphoides  Post. ;  Ampthill,  Luton  :  var. 
heterospora  Pex.  ;  Luton. — G.  pulchella  Post.  On  dead  leaves; 
Ampthill,  Chiltern  Green. — G.  rubens  Lister;  Flitwiek. — G.  elegans 
Lister ;  Woburn  Sands,  Miss  Higgins. 

Enerthenevia  papillatum  Post.  ;  Luton,  Woburn  Sands. 

Lamproderma  columhinum  Post. ;  Luton. — L.  scintillans  Mor- 
gan ;  Chiltern  Green,  Luton. — L.  violaceum  Post. ;  Luton,  Nether 
Crawley. 

Lepidoderma  tigrinum  Post.     On  dead  leaves  ;  Leighton,  Miss 


THE  MTCETOZOA  OF  BEDFORDSHIRE  65 

Lister,  Luton,  Flitvvick. — Lamproderma  arcyrionema  Rost.  On 
dead  leaves;  Luton. — L.  colunihinum  Kost.  ;  on  tirwood  and  moss; 
Leighton,  Miss  Lister. — L.  violaceum  Rost. ;  Luton  Hoo. 

AmaurocJicete  fuliginosa  Macbr. ;  Flitwick,  rare. 

Brefeldia  maxima  Rost.  ;  Ampthill,  rare. 

Lindbladia  effusa  Rost.  ;  Aspley,  rare. 

Orihraria  aurantiaca  Schrad.;  Flitwick,  Ampthill. — C.  argillacea 
Pers. ;  Luton  Hoo,  Woburn. 

Dictydium  cancellatum  Macbr. ;  Luton  Hoo,  Chilton  Green  ; 
var.  anomalum  Mejlan  ;  Woburn  Sands. 

Licea  flexuosa  Pers. ;  Flitwick,  Woburn. 

Tuhifera  ferruginosa  Gmel. ;  Woburn  Sands. 

DictydifPthalium  plumheum  Rost. ;   Luton  Hoo. 

Llnteridium  olivaceum  Ehrenb. ;  Barton -le-clay,  Chiltern  Green. 

Lycogala  flavo-fuscum  Rost. ;  Ampthill,  C.  Crouch. — L.  epiden- 
drum  Fries. ;  frequent. — Beticularia  Lycoperdon  Bull ;  Luton  Hoo, 
Flitwick. 

Trichia  affinis  de  Bary  and  T.  persimilis  Karst.  ;  Luton  Hoo, 
Flitwick. — T.  scabra  Rost. ;  Luton  Hoo,  Woburn. — T.  contorta  Rost. 
and  var.  inconspicua  Lister ;  T.  decipiens  Macbr. ;  T.  Botrytis  Pers. 
and  var.  munda  Lister ;  Luton  Hoo. 

Hemitrichia  Vesparium  Macbr. ;  Chiltern  Green. — S.  clavata 
Rost.  and  H.  leiotricha  Lister ;  Luton  Hoo,  Ampthill. 

Arcyria  ferruginea  Sawter. — A.  cinerea  Pers.  and  A.  pomiformis 
Rost.  ;  Luton  Hoo,  Flitwick. — A.  denudata  Sheldon  ;  Ampthill. — 
A.  incarnata  Pers.  and  A.  nutans  Grev.  ;  Ampthill  and  Woburn. — 
A.  Oerstedtii  Rost. ;  Markham  Hills. — A.  insignis  Kalchbr.  ;  Luton 
Hoo. 

Pericli(Bna  depressa  Libert  and  P.  cortical  is  Host.  ;  Luton  Hoo. — 
P.  vermicularis  Rost.     On  leaves  and  bark;  Nether  Crawley. 

Margarita  metallica  Lister;  Ridgmont,  C.  Crouch. 

Lianema  Harvey i  Rex  and  D.  depressum  Lister ;  Luton  Hoo. 

Prototrichia  metallica  Massee  ;  Luton. 


NOTES  ON  JAMAICA  PLANTS. 

By  William  Fawcett,  B.Sc,  &  A.  B.  Rendle,  F.R.S. 

(Continued  from  Journ.  Bot.  1917,  p.  271.) 

EUPHORBIACE^. 

Phtllajstthus  (Section  Ewphyllanthiis) . 

Phyllanthus  minor,  sp.  nov.  Herha  inferne  lignosa,  1*5-2  ped. 
alt.,  glabra.  Folia  membranacea,  obovato-elliptica  apice  obtusa  vel 
rotundata,  basi  cuneata,  6-15  C-19)  mm.  1.,  4-8  mm.  lat. ;  nervis 
lateralibus  utrinque  2-4 ;  petioli  1  mm.  1. ;  stipulce  subulatae,  1  mm.  1. 
Flores  solitarii  aut  in  axillis  fasciculati ;  pedicelli  graciles  foliis 
breviores,  4-5  mm.  1.  Flores  masculi :  Sepala  5,  rotundata,  "6  mm. 
diam.  Lis ci  glandules  5,  breviter  obovatae,  ti-uncatae.  Filamcnta  5, 
Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  57.     [March,  1919.]  g 


66  THE    JOUENAL    OF    BOTANY 

libera;  antherse  verticaliter  birimosae.  Floresfeminei:  Sepala  5  ovata, 
costa  vii'idi,  -6  mm.  L,  usque  ad  -9  mm.  in  fi-uctu.  Urceolus 
hypogynus  integer.  Styli  liberi,  graciles,  semitrifidi,  i-amis  patentibus 
aut  reflexis.  Capsulce  depresso-globosee,  2  mm.  diam.  Semina  3-gona, 
dorso  semicircularia,  brunnea,  minute  papillosa,  "8  mm.  1.  -  P.  num- 
mularicefolim  Britton,  in  Journ.  Torr.  Bot.  Club,  xliv.  36  (1917) 
(non  Poir.).     Types  in  Herb.  Jam. 

Hah.  Hope  arounds,  700  ft.     Harris  !  12,123,  12,157,  12,208. 

This  species  most  closely  resembles  the  Tropical  African  P.  numniu- 
laricdfolius  Poir.,  from  which  it  is  at  once  distinguished  by  the  short 
pedicels  (shorter  than  the  leaves),  and  the  smaller  flowers. 

(Section  Xylophylla.) 

Phyllanthus  inaBqualiflorns,  sp.  no  v.  Frutex  aut  arhor  usque  ad 
20  ped.  alt.  Coni  squamce  ramulorum  apice  triangulares,  acutie  vel 
acuminataB,  circ.  3  mm.  1.  Ramuli  penultimi  decidui  6-12  cm.  1., 
1-1'5  mm.  lat.,  lineares,  compressi.  Ramuli  Jlorigeri  (plwllocladia) 
distichi,  lanceolati  vel  anguste  oblongi,  apice  obtusi,  4-5|  cm.  1., 
utroque  latere  crenaturis  supra  medium  5-8  parvis  crenulati,  nervis 
parallelis  subremotis  lineati.  JPedicelli  utraque  crena  1-4,  3-5  mm.  1. 
Flores  masculi :  Sepala  6,  ovato- elliptic  a,  2  mm.  1.  Disci  glan- 
dulce  6,  stipitatae,  magnae,  planae,  circulares,  peltatse,  columnam 
staminalem  sequantes.  Stamina  vix  1  mm.  1.  ;  filamenta  fere  ad 
apicem  inter  sese  connata ;  columna  circ.  5  mm.  1. ;  antherarum 
loculi  divergentes.  Flores  feminei :  Sepala  obovato-oblonga  aut 
elliptica  vel  rotunda ta,  vix  3  mm.  1.  TJrceolus  hypogynus  lobatus, 
circ.  "3  mm.  1.  Ovariu))i  circ.  1"  mm.  1.  Styli  connati ;  columna 
erecta  ovario  dimidio  brevior;  lobi  3,  breves,  lati,  paten tes,  infra 
medium  in  lacinias  2-3  lineares  recurvas  divisi.  Cap>siil(S  ignotse. 
Types  in  Herb.  Mus.  Brit,  et  in  Herb.  Jam. 

Hah.  Holly  Mount,  Mt.  Diablo,  Harris !  8988. 

Near  P.  speciosus  Jacq.,  but  distinguished  by  the  large  female 
flowers  much  exceeding  the  male,  and  hj  the  united  styles. 

Phyllantlius  Coxianus,  sp.  nov.  Frutex  10  ped.  alt.  Coni 
tquamce  :  stipulae  triangulari-ovatse,  obtusse,  3-4  mm.  1.  ;  folia  rudi- 
mentaria  lineari-lanceolata,  acuminata,  3-4  mm.  1.  Ramuli  penultimi 
decidui  8-17  cm.  1.,  1-2  mm.  lat.,  lineares,  compressi.  Ramuli  Jlori- 
geri (phyllocladia)  distichi,  elliptic!,  utrinque  angustati,  apice  ssepius 
subacuminati,  vel  lanceolati  vel  oblanceolati,  6-9  cm.  1.,  1*5-2  cm. 
lat.,  utraque  latere  crenaturis  fere  supra  medium  14-7,  subapproxi- 
matis  crenulati,  nervis  parallelis  subremotis  lineati.  Pedicelli 
utraque  crena  1-4,  3-6  mm.  1.  Flores  masculi :  Sepala  6,  insequa- 
lia,  elliptica  vel  obovato-elliptica,  exteriora  circ.  1*4  mm.  1.,  interiora 
usque  ad  2*2  mm.  1.  Disci  glandulcB  6,  sessiles,  spongiosse.  Stamina 
duplo  quam  sepala  breviores  ;  filamenta  supi-a  medium  inter  sese 
connata ;  colmuna  '6-1  mm.  1. ;  antherarum  loculi  connati.  Floret 
feminei:  Sepala  6,  inaequalia,  exteriora  elliptica,  circ.  1*5  mm.  1., 
interiora  late  obovato-elliptica  vel  rotundata,  circ.  2  mm.  1.  Vrceolui 
hypogynus  duplo  quam  ovarium  brevior.  Ovarium  triplo  quam 
sepala  brevius.  Styli  connati ;  columna  erecta  triplo  vel  quadruple 
quam  ovarium  brevior,  ramulis  columna  multo  longioribus,  ad  dimi- 


NOTES  ON  JAMAICA  PLANTS  67 

dium  in  lobos  2  aut  3  patentes  lineares  divisis,  vel  etiam  dichotomis. 
Gapsulce  ignotse.     Types  in  Herb.  Mus.  Brit,  et  in  Herb.  Jam. 

Kah.  In  a  garden,  St.  Ann,  ^rior  !  Ramble,  Claremont,  1700  ft., 
Faivcett  Sf  Harris  !  7025. 

This  species  is  named  in  honour  of  the  late  Hon.  H.  E.  Cox,  owner 
of  the  estate  on  which  it  was  found. 

Also  near  P.  speciosiis  Jacq.,  but  has  somewhat  larger  flowers, 
the  anther-cells  united,  a  larger  female  disc,  and  styles  united  at  the 


Phtllanthus  latifolius  Sw. 

There  has  been  some  confusion  with  regard  to  this  species.  The 
specific  name  originated  with  Linnaeus  (Mantissa  221,  1771),  who 
gives  a  short  diagnosis,  but  definitely  refers  to  the  description  by 
Patrick  Browne — "  characterem  generis  ex  hac  specie  Brownii."  This 
can  only  refer  to  Phyllanthus  no.  1  of  Browne,  which  alone  includes 
a  floral  description,  Browne's  species  no.  2  containing  only  a  specific 
diagnosis. 

From  Browne's  description  it  is  evident  that  the  disk  in  the 
female  flower  does  not  form  a  continuous  ring  or  cup,  but  is  reduced 
to  minute  glands  equal  in  number  with  the  sepals,  which  glands 
Browne  describes  as  5  very  short  stamens  with  subrotund  anthers 
situate  round  the  base  of  the  ovary. 

A  sheet  in  Herb.  Banks  (Herb.  Mus.  Brit.)  with  specimens  from 
Jamaica  from  Masson  and  others,  is  written  up  by  Swartz  Xylopliylla 
latifolia,  and  is  probably  the  plant  on  which  Swartz's  first  reference 
to  X.  latifolia  {Prodromus  28)  is  based.  We  regard  this  plant  as 
conspecific  with  Browne's  (i.  e.,  X.  latifolia  L.).  Swartz  in  his 
subsequent  descriptions  (Obs.  Bot.  113,  1791,  and  Fl.  Ind.  Occ.  1109) 
evidently  refers  to  the  same  species,  as  he  describes  the  disk  in  the 
female  flower  as  Browne  does,  and  cites  Browne's  description.  He 
also  cites  Plukenet's  PhytograpJiia,  t.  36.  f.  7,  and  Sloane,  Cat.  16  & 
Hist.-  i.  80 ;  there  are  good  specimens  from  Sloane  in  Herb.  Sloane 
which  agree  with  the  plant  in  Herb.  Banks.  In  Fl.  Ind.  Occ.  Swartz 
transfeiTed  the  species  to  Phyllanthus.  G-risebach  seems  to  have  had 
a  correct  view  of  the  species,  as  a  specimen  of  McNab's  in  Herb. 
Edinburgh  is  wi'itten  up  by  him  as  Phyllanthus  latifolius. 

Mueller  (DC.  Prodr.  xv.  2,  431)  in  describing  P.  latifolius  Sw. 
refers  to  the  female  flower  as  having  a  deep  cup-shaj^ed  entire  disk 
equal  in  height  to  the  ovary.  His  description  is  based  solely  on  a 
specimen  from  Swartz  in  the  Stockholm  Herbarium.  We  have  not 
seen  this  specimen,  but  there  is  in  Herb.  Banks  one  collected  by 
Swartz  in  Jamaica  which  he  has  named  "  Xylophylla  latifolia  var.," 
in  which  the  female  flowers  have  this  cup-shaped  disk.  We  regard 
this  as  a  new  species  (P.  Swartzii).  Urban  (Symb.  Ant.  iii.  290) 
has  been  misled  by  Mueller's  description  of  the  female  flower,  and 
has  redescribed  the  original  X.  latifolia  as  a  new  species,  P.  isolepis. 
In  the  Linnean  Herbarium  there  is  a  sheet  with  two  specimens 
without  flowers  named  in  Solander's  hand  Phyllanthus  Epiphyl- 
lanthus.  Smith  has  written  below  the  one  on  the  left  "  Phyllanthus 
n.  2.  Br." — this  specimen  is  P.  angustifolius  Sw. :  below  the  other 
he  wrote  "Ph.   no.   1,   Br."— this  is  P.   latifolius   Sw.      Linnaeus 


68  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTx\NT 

probably  received  these  specimens  from  Patrick  Browne,  but  the 
usual  indication  in  his  handwriting  is  absent. 

PHTLLAXTHrs  ULABELLUS,  comb.  nov.  The  plant  described  by 
Grisebach  (Fl.  Brit.  W.  Indies,  84<)  as  P.  tremulus  is  identical  with 
a  specimen  in  the  Linnaean  Herbai-ium  from  Jamaica  collected  by 
Browne,  named  by  Linnaeus  Croton  glahelhim^  and  described  by  him 
in  Amoen.  v.  409.  This  necessitates  a  change  of  name.  There  are 
good  specimens  of  the  same  species  in  Herb.  Banks  from  Jamaica, 
collected  by  Wright,  and  from  Philip  Miller's  Herbarium,  named  by 
Solander  Croton  (jlaheUum  L. 

No  fewer  than  three  species  have  been  included  by  Linnaeus  under 
the  name  Croton  (/laheJlum  L.     In  order  of  date  these  are : — 

(1)  C.  (jlaheUam  L.  Syst.  ed.  10,  1275  (May,  June,  1759)  based 
on  Sloane,  Jam.  ii.  t.  174.  f.  1.  The  specimen  is  in  Herb.  Sloane, 
and  is  the  plant  generally  known  as  Croton  lucidus  L.,  the'  first 
description  of  which  appears  a  few  lines  below  on  the  same  page  of 
the  Si/ste?na.  C.  glabellum  L.  Syst.  is  therefore  a  synonym  of 
C.  lucidus. 

(2)  C.  glaheJlum  L.  Amoen.  v.  409  (1760),  based  on  the  specimen 
in  Herb.  Browne  referred  to  above. 

(3)  C.  (jlahellum  L.  Sp.  PI.  ed.  2,  1425  (1763).  LinnjBus's 
description  is  based  on  the  plant  of  the  Amodnitates  to  which  a 
reference  is  given  (i.  e.,  Phyllanthus  tremulus).  But  Linnaeus  cites 
also  Brown.  Jam.  348,  and  Sloan.  Jam.  139,  Hist.  ii.  30,  t.  174, 
:ff.  3  &  4  (in  error  for  f.  2).  The  Sloane  specimen  (in  Herb.  Mus. 
Brit.)  is  the  plant  generally  known  as  C.  glahellus,  and  Browne's 
description  may  refer  to  the  same  species.  That  Browne  is  not 
referring  to  the  specimen  in  Herb.  Browne  subsequently  named 
G.  glahellum  by  Linnaeus  is  indicated  by  his  reference  to  the  plant  as 
aromatic. 

Linnaeus  considered  Croton  to  be  of  the  neuter  gender  and  in- 
variably wrote  glahellum. 

Securinega. 

Adelia  Acidoton  L.  (Syst.  ed.  10,  1298  (1759))  is  based  on 
Acidoton  (Browne,  Hist.  Jam.  355),  and  is  described  in  the  Amodni- 
tates (v.  411,  383)  ;  there  is  a  specimen  in  the  Linnean  Herbarium 
from  Browne,  named  by  Linnaeus.  The  plant  in  question  is  Securi- 
neaa  Acidothamnus  Muell.  Arg.  in  DC.  Prodr.  xv.  pt.  2,451  (1866), 
{Flueggea  Acidothamnus  Griseb.  in  Goett.  Nachr.  164  (1865)). 
Grisebach  (Fl.  Brit.  AV.  Ind.  42)  cites  Browne's  plant  {Adelia 
Acidoton  L.),  which,  however,  he  had  not  seen,  under  Acidocroton 
adelioides  Griseb.,  a  totally  different  plant.  Mueller  cites  Acidoton 
Browne  as  a  synonym  of  Securinega  Acidothamnus^  but  omits  refer- 
ence to  Adelia  Acidoton  L.,  which  he  refers  to  Acidocroton  adelioides 
in  his  lists  of  excluded  species  under  Ricinella  (p.  732),  and  Bern- 
ardia  (p.  924),  but  does  not  cite  it  later  in  his  description  of 
Acidocroton  adelioides  (p.  1042).  The  name  of  the  species  is 
therefore  Securineoa  Acidoton. 


SHORT    NOTES  69 

SHORT    NOTES. 

Chara  fragilis  and  C.  delicatula.  In  Braun's  account  of  the 
Characeae  in  Cobn's  Krypt.  Flor.  Schles.  (1876)  Chara  delicatula 
Agardli  was  treated  as  a  species  apart  from  C  fragilis  Desv., 
of  which  it  had  previously  been  generally  regarded  as  a  variety. 
In  Braun  and  Nordstedt's  Fragmente  einer  Monographie  der 
Characeen  (1882)  it  was  treated  as  a  subspecies,  and  this  latter 
course  was  followed  in  the  ninth  edition  of  Babington's  Manual.  We 
have  lately  been  examining  a  considerable  number  of  specimens  of 
the  two  plants,  and  the  characters  which  separate  them  appear  to  us 
sufficiently  important  to  warrant  their  being  treated  as  distinct  species. 
C.  fragilis,  using  the  name  in  the  restricted  sense,  has  only  rudi- 
mentary stipulodes,  the  primary  and  secondary  cortical-cells  of  equal 
size,  and  no  apparent  spine  cells :  C.  delicatula  has  well-developed 
stipulodes  of  one  or  both  series,  the  primary  cortical-cells  distinctly 
larger  than,  often  twice  the  diameter  of,  the  secondary  cells,  and 
spine-cells  clearly  discernible  though  usually  only  papilliform.  It 
was  not  until  some  years  after  an  attempt  to  work  out  the  distribu- 
tion of  the  British  Charophytes  was  begun,  that  the  difference 
between  the  two  sections  of  C.  fragilis  (sens,  lat.)  was  appreciated; 
hence  a  number  of  the  earlier  records  cannot  be  apportioned  to  either, 
and  their  separate  distribution  is  therefore  only  imperfectly  known. 
We  shall  be  glad  if  British  and  Irish  botanists  will  collect  and 
examine  specimens  of  any  of  these  plants  they  may  come  across,  wdth 
a  view  to  comj^leting  the  record  of  their  respective  comital  distri- 
butions.— J.  Groa^es  and  G.  R.  Bullock- Webster. 

Impatiens  glandulifera  Boyle.  This  is  not  recorded  in  Prof.  A. 
H.  Trow's  Flora  of  Glamorgan.  It  grows  abundantly  in  the  meadows 
on  either  side  of  the  river  Ely  for  a  distance  of  two  miles  west  from 
the  village  of  Peterston.  A  specimen  from  that  locality  has  been 
added  to  the  National  Herbarium  at  the  Cardiff  Museum. — P.  Blount 

MOTT. 

JuNCUS  EFEUSUS  SPIRALIS  (J.  Bot.  1918,  358).  This  form  is 
exceedingly  abundant  in  Orkney — about  every  third  effusus  one  comes 
across  in  the  valleys  of  the  mainland  is  spiralis.  In  1906  I  sent 
specimens  to  Prof.  Balfour,  at  whose  suggestion  I  wrote  a  note  which 
is  published  in  Trans.  Bot.  Soc.  Edinb.  xxiii.  233. — Magnus  Spence. 


REVIEW. 

The  Flora  of  the  Northern  Territory.  By  Alfred  J.  Ewart,  D.Sc, 
Ph.D.,  F.L.S.,  and  Oliye  B.  Daties,  M.Sc,  with  appendices  by 
J.  H.  Maiden,  F.B.S,,  I.S.O.,  and  by  A.  A.  Hamilton  and 
Edwin  Cheel.  Melbourne :  McCarron,  Bird  &  Co.,  1917. 
Pp.  viii,  287  :  24  plates. 

Although  bearing  date  1917,  copies  of  this  volume  only  reached 
England  towards  the  end  of  last  year.  The  title  is  in  some  respects 
a  misnomer,  inasmuch  as  some  of  the  omitted  species  have  hitherto 
been  recorded  onl}"  from  the  Kimberley  District  or  the  country  to  the 


70  THE   JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

south  and  south-west  comprised  within  the  tropic.  The  reason  for 
this  would  appear  to  be  that  Bentham  in  the  Flora  Austral iensis 
included  all  this  country  in  the  term  **  North  Australia,"  a  fact  some- 
times overlooked  by  the  compilers.  The  publication  may  be  welcomed 
as  an  incentive  to  further  exploration  of  this,  even  now,  little-known 
part  of  the  island  continent.  Its  value  as  a  handy  guide  would  have 
been  increased  if  the  help  of  some  one  having  access  to  the  London 
herbaria  had  been  secured,  as  those  herbaria  contain  a  large  number 
of  records  either  not  known  to  or  not  noticed  by  Bentham.  Especially 
is  this  the  case  with  Robert  Brown's  and  Allan  Cunningham's 
collections,  which,  in  spite  of  more  recent  labours,  still  remain  the 
most  important  and  fruitful  in  this  special  field.  Moreover,  access  to 
the  types  of  those  collectors  would  have  obviated  mistakes  into  which 
the  compilers  could  scarcely  have  fallen  had  they  been  more 
fortunately  circumstanced  with  regard  to  the  old  material  in  question. 

Although  of  necessity  largely  a  compilation,  the  volume  contains 
descriptions  of  new  genera  and  species  during  the  expedition  by 
Gilruth  and  Spencer  and  the  Barclay  expedition,  the  dates  of  which 
are  not  stated.  There  are  four  new  genera — two  in  Graminese 
(Spafha  and  Setosa),  one  in  Caryophyllaceae  (Bossittia),  and  one  in 
CouYolvnlacesd  (Carpentia)  :  all  of  Ewart's.  The  first  two  names 
(the  former  is  not  in  the  index)  are  in  opposition  to  the  Vienna  Laws, 
which  are  unfortunateh^  ignored  in  other  respects — e.  g.  the  descrip- 
tions throughout  are  in  English  only,  and  are  thus,  by  the  Laws,  not 
entitled  to  recognition.  The  novelties  are  illustrated  hj  twenty-seven 
plates,  which,  though  useful,  leave  a  good  deal  to  be  desired  as  to 
execution  :  the  large  Roman  figures  on  some  of  them  are  unnecessarily 
aggressive. 

In  its  general  get-up,  indeed,  the  book  is  very  unsatisfactory :  we 
have  seldom  seen  a  volume  in  which  the  arrangement  and  typography 
offer  so  much  ground  for  unfavourable  criticism.  The  descriptions 
are  given  in  clavis  form,  but  the  ordinary  method  by  which  the  name 
of  the  species  is  separated  from  the  description  and  brought  out  to 
the  end  of  the  line,  the  name  itself  being  printed  in  different  type 
from  the  text,  is  here  ignored :  the  names  are  continuous  with  the 
text  and  the  type  is  the  same  as  that  employed  for  it.  Seeing  that 
Bentham's  Flora  Australiensis  must  have  been  constantly  in  the 
hands  of  the  compilers  it  seems  almost  incredible  that  the  obvious 
convenience  of  its  arrangement  should  have  been  ignored  in  favour  of 
one  for  which  nothing  can  be  said.  The  resom'ces  of  typography  have 
not  been  utilized,  the  important  aid  to  clearness  which  is  afforded  b}-  a 
judicious  use  of  black  t3'^pe — here  reserved  for  the  names  of  orders — has 
not  been  recognized,  though  almost  every  modern  Flora  illustrates  its 
advantages.  "  The  Flora  of  the  Northern  Territory  "  stands  at  the  head 
of  each  page,  which  should  be,  as  it  is  in  all  well-planned  Floras,  made 
a  source  of  useful  information.  On  the  other  hand,  information  is 
sometimes  given  which  seems  useless :  of  what  gain  can  it  be  to  those 
who  use  the  book  to  know  that  for  Panicum^  for  example,  fourteen 
generic  names  have  been  emploj'-ed  ?  The  space  thus  occupied — which 
in  the  aggregate  is  considerable — would  have  been  better  employed 
in  adding  useful  bibliographical  references,  which  are   conspicuously 


THE    TLOHA    OF    THE    NORTHERN    TERRITORY  71 

absent.  Here,  again,  there  is  a  curious  absence  of  system  :  the  names 
and  authorities  are  usually  all  in  roman  t}^3e,  but  sometimes  all  in 
italics. 

There  is  no  need  to  pursue  a  criticism  which  might  be  indefinitely 
extended,  and  which  is  undertaken  in  the  hope  that  it  may  influence 
future  publications  from  the  same  source  ;  but  a  word  must  be  said 
as  to  the  Appendix  on  the  Myrtacese,  contributed  by  Mr.  Edwin 
Cheel,  which,  whether  regarded  from  a  literary  or  a  botanical  stand- 
point, seems  to  us  equally  remarkable.  Melaleuca  Leucadendron  and 
its  limitations  or  extensions  present  much  room  for  differences  of 
opinion,  but  we  cannot  think  that  Mr.  Cheel's  efforts  will  do  much  to 
elucidate  the  difficulties  presented.  Mr.  Cheel's  views  on  nomen- 
clature may  be  illustrated  by  a  sentence  which  also  indicates  his 
litei-ary  style :  writing  of  Melaleuca  Leucadendron  var.  coriacea 
(M.  coriacea  Poir.),  he  says :  "  I  have  not  seen  the  original  specimens 
named  by  Poiret,  but  have  taken  up  his  name  for  this  variety  as  it 
seems  to  be  appropriate,  and  will  cause  less  confusion  than  would  be 
the  case  if  Cavanilles's  name  *  quinquenervia  '  was  taken  up  as  it 
should  according  to  the  rules  of  priority,  owing  to  the  fact  of  other 
varieties  having  five-nerves"  (p.  297).  Such  entries  as  "coriacea, 
Poir,  suppl.  3,  685  (non  Salisb.),  See.  D.C.,  Prodr."  and  "var. 
angustifolia,  Linn.,  Fil.  and  Pers.  (1807)  "  are  examples  of  citation 
which  might  easily  be  multiplied. 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    etc. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  Linnean  Society  on  Feb.  6,  two  papers 
were  submitted  by  Mr.  N.  E.  Brown.  The  first  dealt  with  a  new 
species  of  Lohostemon  in  the  Linnean  Herbarium,  to  which  Mr.  Brown's 
attention  had  been  directed  by  Mr.  Lacaita.  The  sheet  was  inscribed 
by  Linnaeus  Echium  argentewrtiy  but  the  plant  could  not  be  identified 
with  any  specimen  of  that  species  in  the  herbaria  of  the  British 
Museum  and  Kew,  or  at  the  Cape:  it  is  entirely  different  from 
E.  argenteum  Berg.  {L.  argenteus  Buck),  with  which  Linnaeus 
supposed  it  to  be  identical.  The  plant,  localised  by  Linnaeus 
"montibus  nigris  "  (Zwartberg)  and  collected  at  least  147  years  ago, 
does  not  appear  to  have  been  found  by  any  subsequent  collector. 
In  the  second  paper  Mr.  Brown  described  numerous  old  and  new 
species  of  Mesemhryanthemum,^Yei2iCm^  the  descriptions  with  a  history 
of  the  genus  from  the  time  of  Haworth,  who  published  four  accounts 
of  the  genus  between  1794  and  1821.  Haworth's  descrij^tions, 
though  mostly  from  plants  cultivated  by  himself  or  at  Kew,  are  often 
insufficient  for  determination  :  but  a  large  number  of  his  species  are 
represented  in  the  series  of  excellent  coloured  drawings  by  two 
young  gardeners,  George  Bond  and  Thomas  Duncannon,  who  were 
employed  at  Kew  by  Alton  between  1822  and  1835  to  draw  plants 
cultivated  there,  and  of  whom  some  account  will  be  found  in  The 
Garden  for  Jan.  24,  1880 — reprinted  in  the  third  Supplement  to  this 
Journal  for  1912  (p.  14).  The  drawings,  mostly  by  Bond  (who  was 
alive  in  1880),  number  about  2000,  of  which  about  a  fourth  represent 
Mesemlry  anthem  U7n. 


72  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

The  recently  issued  part  of  the  Flora  of  Tropical  Africa  (vol.  ix. 
part  2,  "  1918 ")  continues  Dr.  Stapf's  monograph  of  the  Andro- 
pogonece.  The  genus  Andropogon  is  restricted  on  lines  already  laid 
down  in  the  first  part  of  the  volume :  a  large  number  of  the 
species  formerly  referred  here  are  transfeiTcd  to  Hyparrlieiiia,  here 
apparently  first  treated  as  a  genus  although  it  was  adopted  as  a 
section  by  Hackel  in  his  monograph.  The  name  stands  as  '•  [N.  J.] 
Anderss.  (name  onh'),  in  Nov.  Act.  Soc.  Scient.  Upsal.  Ser.  3,  ii. 
254  [1856]  "  ;  it  may,  we  think,  be  questioned  whether  it  can  claim 
recognition,  as  it  stands  only  in  synon3Tiiy :  *^  Anthistiria  Pseudo- 
Cymbaria  Steud.  =  Est  Hyparrhenia?  sp."  A  new  genus — Dyhowskia — 
is  established  for  Andropogon  Dyhowshii  Franch.  The  species,  of 
which  a  large  proportion  are  new,  are  described  at  great  length — 
many  occujjy  a  page  or  more :  it  is  not  quite  easy  to  see  for  whose 
benefit  these  minutety  detailed  descriptions,  testifying  as  they  do  to 
the  carefulness  which  characterizes  Dr.  Stapf's  work,  are  intended,  as 
the  botanist  will,  we  think,  find  sufficient  for  his  purpose  in  the  keys 
to  the  species,  which  are  very  full ;  their  extent  must  materially 
hinder  the  completion  of  the  Flora,  which  was  begun  fifty  years  ago. 
"We  presume  that  steps  have  been  taken,  as  in  the  case  of  the  Floras 
of  Madras  and  Jamaica,  to  secure  the  validity  of  the  new  names  by 
the  publication  of  a  Latin  diagnosis,  in  accordance  with  Art.  3G  of 
International  Kules :  we  note  that  the  adjectival  form  of  names 
of  persons  is  spelt  with  a  small  initial  (see  Ai*t.  26,  Eec.  10). 

The  contents  of  the  Journal  of  Genetics  (vol.  viii.  no.  1)  issued 
January  22  are  mainly  botanical.  They  include  papers  "On  tlie 
Origin  of  a  Mutation  in  the  Sweet  Pea,"  by  Prof.  K.  C.  Punnett ; 
On  Hybridization  of  some  Species  of  Salix  "  conducted  by  S.  Ikeno  at 
Tokyo  (with  plate)  ;  and  "  Studies  of  Inheritance  in  the  Japanese 
Convolvulus,"  b}'  B.  Miyazawa  (with  coloured  plate). 

Science  Progress  for  January  contains  a  comprehensive  summary 
of  recent  botanical  research  by  Dr.  E.  J.  Salisbury,  the  notices  of 
plant  physiology  being  contributed  by  Mr.  Walter  Smith.  In  the 
interests  of  the  reader  we  venture  again  to  call  the  attention  of  the 
editor,  Sir  Ronald  Ross,  to  the  singularly  unhelpful  and  unilluminative 
headings  of  the  right-hand  pages,  which  with  very  little  trouble  might 
be  made  of  great  assistance  to  those  who  consult  the  Review. 

Botanical  Abstracts  is  the  title  of  a  new  botanical  journal,  which 
has  been  set  on  foot  by  American  botanists  to  take  the  place  of  the 
Botanisches  Centralblatt,  which,  for  various  reasons  connected  with 
the  War,  has  become  unsatisfactory.  It  will  be  conducted  by  an 
editorial  board,  the  vanous  sections  being  undertaken  by  specialists. 

We  have  received  two  numbers  of  the  Bulletin  of  Scientific 
and  Technical  Societies,  which  is  issued  fortnightly  at  Burlington 
House  at  the  cost  of  i5d.  by  the  Conjoint  Board  of  Scientific  Societies. 
Each  number  contains  a  diary  of  meetings  to  be  held  in  the  fortnight 
succeeding  its  publication,  with  titles  of  the  papers  to  be  read  at  each 
and  an  indication  of  future  meetings.  Communications  regarding  it 
should  be  sent  to  Prof.  R.  A.  Gregorv,  10  St.  Martin's  Street,  W.C.  2. 


73 

MISCELLANEA  BKYOLOGICA.— VI. 
By  H.  N.  Dixot^,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

(Continued  from  Journ.  Bot.  1916,  p.  359.) 

Ch^tomiteium  Deplanchei  Duby,  and  its  allies. 

Ghcetomitrium  Geheehii  was  described  by  Brotherus  in  Oefv. 
af  Finska  Vet.-Soc.  Foerh.  xxxvii.  165  (1895),  from  Queensland  and 
l^apua.  It  is  there  stated  to  be  allied  to  C.  torquescens  Brj.  Jav., 
C.  depressum  Mitt.,  and  C.  Deplancliei  Duby.  The  di:fferentiating 
characters  from  these  species  are  not  mentioned.  In  the  key  to 
Ch(Btomitrium  in  the  Miisci  Brotherus  makes  the  following 
distinctions  : — 

Seta    faintly   papillose    only    near    the    summit; 

branches  flattened  ;  leaves  scarcely  concave     ...      C.  Deplancliei. 

Seta  clearly  papillose  for  some  distance  down- 
wards ;  branches  scarcely  flattened ;  leaves  very  {  p  j.  -l-j. 

concave    \  ri  ^  z     /.••' 

[  U.  (jreheebii. 

C.  Geheehii  Broth,  is  recorded  by  Brotherus  and  Watts  in  the 
"  Mosses  of  the  New  Hebrides  "  (Journ.  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales, 
xlix.  146),  as  collected  by  Bowie  in  Tongoa  Santo  (under  the 
numbers  110  J  and  177  in  Herb.  Watts),  and  a  sterile  specimen  of 
this  (No.  177)  was  sent  me  b}^  the  Rev.  W.  W.  Watts.  I  have  also 
in  my  collection  a  specimen  of  what  is  clearly  the  same  gathering 
(Tongoa  Santo,  leg.  Bowie)  sent  me  by  Mr.  G.  Webster  (No.  581)  : 
this  is  in  fruit,  and  comparison  with  the  description  of  C.  GeJieehii 
showed  one  or  two  distinct  differences  from  that.  G.  Geheehii 
should  have  a  seta  of  1  cm.,  scaberulous  throughout  except  at  the 
base ;  the  capsule  sub-horizontal,  curved,  and  the  leaf  margin  erect. 
The  New  Hebrides  specimen  showed  setae  considerably  above  1  cm., 
reaching  to  1"5  cm.,  scaberulous  onl}^  at  the  apex;  the  capsule  erect 
or  nearly  so,  and  practically  symmetrical,  not  or  scarcely  curved ; 
while  the  leaves  had  the  margin  distinctly  reflexed,  especially  near 
the  apex,  where  the  leaf  is  suddenly  contracted  in  the  curious  way 
characteristic  of  several  species  of  this  genus.  Correspondence  with 
Rev.  W.  W.  Watts  established  the  fact  that  these  differences  existed 
in  his  specimens  also,  and  it  seemed  clear  that  the  New  Hebrides 
plant  represented  an  allied  but  distinct  species,  probably  new.  Mr. 
Watts  consulted  Dr.  Brotherus  on  the  matter,  but  communications 
were  entirely  cut  off  by  the  war,  and  have  not  yet  been  re-opened. 

Before  describing  it  as  new,  I  thought  it  necessary  to  compare 
the  allied  Oceanic  species,  especially  C.  tahitense  (Sull.)  and  C  De- 
plancliei Duby.  A  sterile  specimen  of  C.  tahitense  at  Kew  showed 
a  very  similar  plant,  but  with  the  leaves  much  shorter  and  more 
shortly  acuminate  and  less  contracted  below  the  apex,  and  the  margin 
very  little  reflexed. 

I  then  examined  C.  Deplanchei  in  the  British  Museum  collection. 
The  specimen  in  Herb.  Hampe  showed  leaves  almost  exactly  like 
JouENAL  or  BotjlNt. — Vol.  57.     [Apeil,  1919.]  h 


74  THE   JOURNAL    OF    BOTANT 

those  of  C.  taliitensfiy  and  differed  also  from  Bowie's  New  Hebrides 
plant  in  the  pericha^tial  leaves  narrower,  more  plicate,  and  with  the 
apex  still  more  remarkably  ciliate-laciniate  than  they  are  there.  The 
seta,  just  2  cm.  long,  is  finely  papillose  about  half-way  down,  though 
faintly  only. 

This  appeared  to  show  a  distinct  difference  in  both  species  as 
regards  the  leaves,  from  both  C.  Gelieehii  and  the  New  Hebrides 
plant,  and  in  O.  Deplancliei  at  least  as  regards  also  the  fruiting 
characters.  An  examination  of  the  specimens  of  C.  Deplancliei  in 
Bescherelle's  herbarium,  however,  put  an  entirely  different  complexion 
on  the  matter.  There  ai'e  several  gatherings  represented,  of  Deplanche's 
and  Vieillard's,  from  Lifou  or  New  Caledonia  (the  labelling  "  Nouv. 
Caledonie  "  in  some  cases  and  probably  in  all  includes  the  Island  of 
Lifou)  ;  and  these,  while  clearly  all  belonging  to  the  same  species, 
showed  a  great  and  unexpected  degree  of  variation.  The  seta  varies 
from  1  cm.  to  1*75  cm.  on  the  same  tuft ;  the  capsule  is  usually 
suberect  and  symmetrical,  but  may  be,  on  the  same  plant,  also 
decidedly  inclined  and  curved  ;  the  seta  is  usually  papillose  onl}'-  near 
summit,  but  ma}^  be  (as  in  Hampe's  specimen)  more  or  less  papillose 
below.  The  leaf-point  varies  much  in  degree  of  acumination,  &c., 
one  specimen  showing  many  leaves  quite  identical  with  Bowie's 
plant,  while  others  approach  very  nearly  the  form  and  chai-acter  of 
Hampe's  specimen  and  C.  taliitense.  The  perichaetial  leaves  also 
exhibit  a  good  deal  of  variation  in  width,  degree  of  plication,  and  in 
extent  of  ciliation.  I  do  not  find  any  marked  difference  in  the 
concavity  of  the  leaves  between  the  various  plants.  There  can  be  no 
question  at  all  that  both  C.  Gelieehii  and  the  New  Hebrides  moss 
come  within  the  range  of  C.  Deplancliei. 

As  to  the  position  of  G.  taliitense^  I  am  not  quite  so  clear.  As 
far  as  the  vegetative  characters  go,  it  might  cei'tainly  be  identical 
with  C.  Deplancliei  as  represented  by  the  plant  in  Hampe's  herbarium. 
But  Sullivant  describes  the  perichaetial  bracts  as  ciliate-dentate,  and 
as  **  very  strongly  papillose  at  back."  In  C.  Deplancliei  the  outer 
bracts  are  papillose,  and  are  moderately  ciliate-dentate  above  ;  the 
inner  are  smooth,  and  have  the  margins  very  strikingly  fringed  and 
lacerate  with  branched  and  re-branched  cilia,  frequently  ending  in  a 
bi-  or  tri-cuspidate  tip,  reminding  one  of  the  processes  of  certain 
s[iecies  of  Staurastrum  or  similar  Desmids.  Sullivant's  figure  of  the 
perichaetial  bract  of  C.  tahitense  does  not  indicate  any  structure  of 
the  sort,  and  the  description,  ciliate-dentate,  is  somewhat  ambiguous, 
If,  however,  the  bract  figured  were  an  outer  one,  and  the  description 
of  the  dorsal  papillae  applied  to  that,  it  would  represent  very  nearly 
an  outer  bract  of  G.  Deplancliei.  At  the  most,  I  think,  even  if  the 
bract  figured  represented  an  inner  one,  the  difference  would  hardly  be 
sufficient  for  a  specific  character,  especially  bearing  in  mind  the 
somewhat  wide  range  exhibited  b}^  the  perichajtial  bracts  of  the  New 
Caledonian  moss,  and  I  suggest  for  it  a  varietal  rank  for  the  present, 
wliile  fully  anticipating  that  further  examination  of  the  fruiting 
plant  may  finally  relegate  it  to  the  synonymy  of  C.  Deplancliei. 


MISCELLANEA  BBTOLOOICA  75 

The  synonymy  will  then  stand  thus  : — 

Ch^tomitrium  Depla:^chei  (Besch.)  Duby  MS.  e  Jaeg.  & 
Sauerb.  Adumbr.  ii.  273  (1875-6). 

Svn.  Solohlepharuni    Deplanchei   Besch.,     Fl.    bryolog.    Xouv, 
Caledon.  227  (1873). 
ClicBtomitriuni  Geheehii  Broth,  in  Oefv.  af  Finska  Vet.-Soc. 
Foerh.  xxxvi.  165  (1895). 

Distrih.  New  Caledonia,  North  Queensland,  Papua,  New  He- 
brides. 

A^ar.  tahitense  (Sull.). 

Bractea*  perichaetiales  brevius  ciliatse,  tantuin  ciliato-dentatae,  dorso 
alte  dense  papillosse. 

Syn.  IIolohlepharu7n  tahitense  Sull.  in  Amer.  Expl.  Exped.  Wilkes, 
1859,  p.  22,  t.  23. 
CJicBtomitrium  tahitense  Mitt,  in  Fl.  Yit.  p.  392  (1871). 

Distrih.  Tahiti. 

Paris,  Ind.  Ed.  ii.  343,  has  several  errors  in  his  citation  of  this 
species. 

Gymnostomum  oranicum  Kehm. 

The  Hyinenostoma  and  their  allies  of  South  Africa  are  difficult  to 
grasp,  and  will  probabty  not  be  satisfactorily  elucidated  without  an 
examination  of  C.  Mueller's  types  at  Berlin.  One  misconception  may 
as  well  be  cleared  up,  however.  Eehmann  issued  No.  19,  Musci 
Austr.-Afr.  as  Gymnostomum  oranicum.  C.  Mueller  published  this 
in  Hedwig.  xxxviii.  112,  as  Weisia  {Jlymenostominii)  oranica  Rehm., 
but  makes  no  reference  in  his  description  to  the  capsule  orifice  beyond 
the  terms  "  theca  .  .  .  microstoma  .  .  .  annulo  nullo." 

On  examination  of  Rehmann's  No.  19,  however  (Bloemfontein, 
Orange  Free  State),  I  find  a  peristome  distinctly  present.  The 
16  teeth  are  very  minute,  very  little  exserted  above  the  capsule 
mouth,  and  sometimes  not  at  all,  very  narrow  and  pale ;  but  they  are 
regular,  articulate,  linear,  smooth  and  hyaline.  It  is  therefore  a  true 
Weisia,  not  Hymenostomum.  The  dioicous  inflorescence  appears 
to  be  the  principal  chamcter  by  which  it  can  be  separated  from 
W.  viridula  (L.). 

Ancectangium  scabeum  Broth. 
Among  some  mosses  collected  by  Wm.  Leighton  in  1917  on 
Mt.  Meru,  German  East  Africa,  at  5-6000  ft.  altitude,  sent  to  me 
for  determination  by  Mr.  T.  R.  Sim  of  Maritzburg,  were  two  gather- 
ings of  a  minute  Anoectangiuyn,  one  shorter  and  much  more  dense 
and  compact,  but  both  belonging  to  the  same  species.  They  agreed 
with  the  description  of  A.  scabrtim  Broth,  precisely,  and  with  an 
original  specimen  of  Hoist's  gathering  at  Kew  ;  they  also  agree  with 
the  description  of  A.  2ms ilium  Mitt.,  with  the  sole  exception  that 
Mitten  (in  Journ.  Linn.  Soc,  Bot.  xxii.  305)   describes  his  species, 

collected  by   Bishop  Hannington  on   Kilimanjaro,  as  **  nerve 

dorso  laevi,"  and  notes  "a  small  species,  which  agrees  very  nearly 
with  A.  Mariei,  Besch.,  from  Nossibe ;  but  the  apices  of  the  leaves 
are  wider  and  their  nerve  is  not  papillose." 

h2 


76  THE   JOUENAL   OF    BOTANY 

Feeling  some  doubt  as  to  the  distinctness  of  the  two,  I  asked 
Mrs.  Britton  to  allow  me  to  see  a  specimen  of  A.  pusillum,  and  she 
kindly  sent  me  part  of  the  original  gathering.  As  I  rather  expected, 
the  nerve  is  distinctly,  though  finely  scaberulous  at  back,  and  the 
plant  is  exactly  identical  wdth  A.  scahrum  Broth.  Mitten's  mis- 
description is,  I  think,  easily  explained,  while  unfortunate.  He 
compares  his  species  with  A.  Ilariei  Besch.  Now  A.  Mariei,  which 
according  to  Cardot  (M.  de  Madagascar,  p.  215)  is  identical  with 
Barhula  indica  (Schwaeg.)  Brid.  {Tricliostomum  orientale  Willd.), 
is  a  species  with  the  back  of  the  nerve  very  highly  and  strongly 
scabrous  or  almost  tuberculate,  compared  with  which  the  nerve  of 
A.  picsillu?n  might  not  mireasonably  appear  smooth.  Smooth,  how- 
ever, it  is  not,  and  Mitten's  description  of  it  as  such  has  not  un- 
naturally led  Brotherus,  in  the  absence  of  specimens  (which  existed 
only  in  Mitten's  herbarium),  to  re-describe  the  plant  as  A.  scahrum. 
A.  scahrum  must,  however,  fall  into  the  synonymy  of  A.  pusillum 
Mitt. 

Taxithelium  gottscheanum  (Hampe)  Broth. 

Hampe  (in  Linnsea,  1874,  p.  568)  described  this  Philippine  Is. 
species  as  Hypnum  Gottscheanum.  Subsequently  he  was  led  to  suppose 
it  to  be  identical  with  T.  capillipes  Broth.  {H.  capillipes  Bry.  Jav.), 
and  he  has  corrected  the  labelling  of  all  the  three  specimens  in  his 
herbarium  to  "  H.  capillipes  "  and  "  capillipes  Bry.  jav."  I  do  not 
know  that  he  ever  published  this  correction,  but  even  if  he  has  not 
done  so  it  may  be  well  to  remark  that  the  identification  is  certainly 
erroneous.  H.  capillipes  has  the  cells  scarcely  visibly  papillose ;  the 
papillae  are  so  delicate,  indeed,  that  they  at  first  escaped  the  notice  of 
the  authors  of  the  Bryologia  Javanica,  and  it  is  only  in  a  supple- 
mentary note  on  p.  228  that  they  add  "  Folia  quam  subtilissime 
punctulata,  nee  Isevia."  The  Philippines  plant,  on  the  other  hand,  has 
the  leaf  cells  very  distinctly,  not  to  say  highly,  papillose,  almost  to 
the  base,  and  it  would  be  quite  impossible  for  this  to  be  overlooked, 
and  Hampe's  species  may  certainly  stand. 

Hypnum  scabrellum  Lac.  and  its  allies. 

Lacoste  in  the  Bryologia  Javanica  described  Hypnum  scahrellum 
from  sterile  specimens  collected  by  Korthals  in  Sumatra,  and  a 
Celebes  specimen  in  theLeyden  Herbarium  ;  adding  "  Floreset  fructus 
ignoti."  The  inflorescence  has  been  considered  as  probably  dioicous. 
It  is  the  Sematophyllum  scahrellum  of  Par.  Ind.,  but  Cardot  has 
shown  good  reason  for  considering  it  identical  with  the  Samoan 
S.  lamprophyllum  of  Mitten,  a  name  which  therefore  has  the 
priority. 

Beccari  issued  No.  37  of  his  *'  Crittogame  di  Borneo,"  a  fertile  plant 
from  Sarawak,  as  H.  scahrellum;  and  Hampe,  in  describing  Beccari's 
plants  in  Nuov.  Giorn.  Bot.  ital.  iv.  284,  describes  the  fruit  of  this 
plant  under  that  name.  An  examination  of  Beccari's  plant,  however, 
shows  that  it  is  not  identical  wdth  Lacoste's  species,  and  Hampe's 
description  of  the  fruit  must  therefore  not  be  taken  as  descriptive  of 
*S'.  scahrellum^  i.  e.    S.  lamprophyllum,      Beccari's   plant,    to  begin 


MISCELLANEA    BRTOLOGTCA  77 

^ith,  is  autoicous ;  the  leaves  are  considerably  wider  than  in.  S.  lam- 
prophyllu^n,  the  alar  cells  are  quite  different,  not  indeed  showing  the 
characteristic  inflated  cells  of  Sematophyllum^  usually  consisting  of  a 
single  large  inflated  cell  and  several  much  smaller  irregular  thick- 
walled  ones.  The  upper  cells  show  regularly  seriate,  fine,  acute 
papillae ;  the  perichsetial  bracts  also  are  markedly  papillose.  In  view 
of  the  character  of  the  alar  cells,  and  the  seriate  papillae  of  the  upper 
ones,  I  have  little  doubt  that  the  plant  is  not  a  Sematophyllum,  but 
a  Trichosteleum. 

The  fruit  of  the  true  S.  lampropJiyllum  is  to  be  seen  on  the  plant 
issued  by  Max  Fleischer  as  Pungentella  scahrella  (Lac.)  C.  M., 
No.  389,  Musci  Frond.  Archip.  Ind.  Ser.  viii.  from  West  Java.  This 
agrees  in  habit,  leaf-form,  and  basal  cells  with  the  H.  scahrellum. 
The  perichsetial  leaves  are  comparatively  short,  erect,  rigid,  finely  but 
shortly  subulate,  practically  entire,  and  smooth.  Seta  about  1  cm., 
scaberulous  above.  No  male  flowers  appear,  the  plant  is  undoubtedly 
dioicous.  No.  5417,  Perak,  coll.  Wray,  in  Herb.  Mus.  Brit.,  also 
appears  to  be  the  correct  plant. 

In  Journ.  Linn.  Soc,  Bot.  xliii.  321,  I  referred  to  S.  lampro- 
pTiyllum  (Mitt.),  a  plant  of  Rev.  C.  H.  Binstead's  from  Borneo, 
Avhich,  however,  I  find  must  also  be  considered  distinct,  as  the  fruiting 
characters  do  not  agree  with  those  of  Fleischer's  No.  389.  Especially 
it  is  autoicous,  and  the  perichsetial  bracts  are  sharply  and  rather 
closely  denticulate.  It  appears  to  be  undescribed,  and  may  be  diag- 
noted  as  follows  : — 

Sematophyllum  decipiens  Dixon,  sp.  no  v.  Habitu  ;S'.  lampro- 
pJiylli  Mitt.,  sed  paullo  robustius,  foliis  latioribus,  ovato-lanceolatis, 
concavis,  marginibus  erectis,  acumine  breviuscule  subulato,  denticu- 
lato.  Autoicum.  Flores  masculi,  numerosi,  parvi.  Bractese  peri- 
chsetiales  magis  abrupte  angustius  acuminatae,  sat  conferte  denticulatae, 
dorso  sublaeves.  Seta  perbrevis,  circa  5  mm.  longa,  capillaris,  laevis ; 
theca  minuta,  '75  mm.  longa,  horizontalis. 

Hah.  Damp  rock  in  jungle,  Sapong,  near  Tenom  (No.  211  5). 

The  autoicous  inflorescence  removes  it  from  the  otherwise  nearly 
allied  species  ;  the  denticulate  perichaetial  bracts  also  from  >S'.  lampro- 
phyllum  ;  the  wider  leaves  from  S.  suhulatum  (Hampe)  ;  the  smooth 
seta,  scaberulous  cells  and  larger  capsule  from  S.  microthecium  Broth. 
&  Paris. 

Cetlonese  Mosses. 

Two  or  three  corrections  need  to  be  made  in  my  paper  in  Journ. 
Bot.  1915,  257,  on  the  Rev.  C.  H.  Binstead's  Ceylon  mosses. 

P.  259. — Dicranoloma  leucophyllum  (Hampe)  Par.  var.  Kurzii 
Fleisch.  appears  to  be  rather  a  varietal  form  of  D.  hrevisetum  (Doz. 
&  Molk.)  Par. 

P.  289.— Trachyloma  indicum  Mitt.  This  agrees  quite  well  with 
a  New  Guinea  specimen  determined  by  Mitten  as  his  species. 
Fleischer  has,  however,  pointed  out  that  this  species  has  been  con- 
fused with  T.  tahitense  Besch.,  a  closely  allied  species  with  less 
glossy,  shorter  pointed  leaves  and  quite  distinct  areolation.  To  this 
latter  he  refers  Ceylonese  specimens  collected  by  himself ;  and  I  find 


78  THE   JOUR?fAL    OF   BOTAIN^Y 

that  both  the  New  Guinea  plant  and  Binstead's  No.  304  from  Ceylon 
must  be  referred  there  also  *. 

p,  2S9. —Fterobri/opsis  Walkeri  Broth.  (No.  302).  This  must 
be  referred  to  P.frondosa  (Mitt.)  Fleisch. 

P.  291. — Stereophyllum  papilUdens  Card.  ined.  Theriot  (Ann. 
Conserv.  de  G-eneve,  xx.  15)  refers  this  plant  (No.  38)  to  Stereo- 
phyllum  indicum  (Bel.)  Mitt.,  a  much  misunderstood  species,  which 
S.  papillide7is  Card,  closely  resembles,  but  which  has  some  real  dis- 
tinction in  the  cell  structure. 

Betum  Bescherellei  Jaeg. 
The  New  Zealand  species  of  the  Erythrocarpa  and  allied  groups 
are  very  difficult,  and  present  some  very  perplexing  problems.  I  am 
looking  forward — with  no  great  appetite  for  the  task — to  attempting 
to  solve  these  in  the  near  future,  and  I  have  no  intention  of  antici- 
pating that  task  now  ;  but  one  complication  may  be  cleared  away  at 
once.  Authors  in  dealing  with  the  New  Zealand  Brya  (Brotherus, 
Jaeger,  Bescherelle,  Paris,  C.  Mueller)  have  displayed  much  ingenuity 
in  differentiating  two  plants,  B.  eryihrocarpoides  Hampe  &  C. 
Mueller,  and  B.  erythrocarpoides  Schimp.  For  the  latter  Jaeger, 
followed  by  Paris,  &c.,  has  altered  the  rame  to  B.  Bescherellei,  to 
avoid  duplication,  while  C.  Mueller  in  Hedwig.  xxxvii.  90  (1898), 
ignoring  these  authors,  has  quite  unnecessarily  re-christened  it 
B.  tornlosicollum. 

It  does  not  appear  that  any  of  the  authors  concerned  have  taken 
the  trouble  to  compare  the  two  plants  with  one  another,  none  ot'  them 
at  any  rate  make  any  comparison  between  them  ;  they  appear  to  have 
assumed  that,  as  Schimper  saw  a  difference,  it  was  "  theirs  not  to 
reason  why."  The  evidence  for  there  being  two  distinct  plants  con- 
cerned does  not  therefore  appear,  ^r/wrt^/rrc/i?,  to  be  very  weighty, 
and  what  is  to  be  said  of  it,  when  the  fact  is,  so  far  as  I  can  see,  that 
Schimper  himself  never  saw  any  difference  between  them  ! 

Bescherelle  (Flore  Nouv.  Caled.  in  Ann.  vSc.  Nat.  5  Ser.  xviii. 
p.  214  (1873)  describes  B.  erythrocarpoides  Schimp.  in  herb,  as  a 
new  species,  based  on  New  Zealand  specimens  ex  herb.  Schimper, 
leg.  Knight,  and  New  Caledonian  ones  leg.  Krieger,  1866  ;  and  all 
subsequent  authors  have  assumed  this  to  be  a  different  thing  from 
B.  erythrocarpoides  Hampe  &  C.  M.  (1853).  Bescherelle  makes  no 
reference  to  the  earlier  B.  erythrocarpoides,  and  all  the  evidence  goes 
to  show  he  had  overlooked  it.  No  specimens  of  the  New  Caledonian 
])lant  are  to  be  found  in  our  collections,  but  Knight's  plant,  '*  N.Z. 
1867,"  the  type  of  the  supposed  B.  erythrocarpoides  Schimp.  is 
labelled  by  Schimper  himself  in  his  herbarium  "  B.  erythrocarpoides 
Hpe.  &  C.  M."  The  whole  trouble  seems  to  have  arisen  from  a 
lapsus  calami  of  Schimper,  as  the  only  New  Zealand  specimen  in 
Bescherelle's  herbarium  is  labelled  *'  B.  erythrocarpoides  Sch."  [in 
Schimper's  hand]  "  N.  Zelande,  Herb.  Schimp."  (in  Bescherelle's 
hand)  ;  and  this  is  identical  with  a  specimen  in  the  British  Museum 

*  Thdriot,  I  find,  considers  this  plant  distinct  from  T.  tahitense,  and  names  it 
T.  Fleischeri,  to  which  therefore  all  the  above  plants  must  be  referred  (c/.  Bull, 
de  I'Acad.  Internationale  de  G^ogr.  bot.  1910,  p.  100). 


MISCELLANEA   BBYOLOGICA  79 

collection  labelled  in  Schimper's  own  hand  *'  Bryum  erythrocarpoides 
Hpe.  &  C.  M.,  156,  N.  Zealand  [ex  herb.  Hpe.]." 

The  bottom  is  therefore  knocked  out  of  B.  Besclierellei  Jaeg. 
Comparison  of  Knight's  N.Z.  plant  and  the  original  (Australian) 
B,  erythrocarpoides  Hampe  &  C.  M.  at  first  sight,  it  is  true,  suggests 
a  difference,  as  the  latter  has  rather  wider,  paler  capsules  with  a  quite 
obtuse  lid,  whereas  the  No.  156,  N.  Zealand  has  dark  purple  brown 
capsules  with  acute,  apiculate  lids,  points  which  might  constitute  a 
difference  ;  but  as  the  latter  plant  is  labelled  B.  erythrocarpoides  Hpe. 
&  C.  M.,  and  is  from  Hampe's  own  herbarium,  it  is  clear  that  both 
plants  fall  under  the  same  species  according  to  Hampe's  own  thinking. 
And  further,  New  Zealand  plants  showing  an  intermediate  form 
of  lid  occur  in  Schimper's  herbarium  as  ''  B,  erythrocarpoides 
Hpe.  &  C.  M.,  Tauranga,  leg.  Hutton,  1866."  These  have  exactly 
conical,  obtuse  lids,  and  others  highly  convex  and  distinctly  apiculate, 
on  the  same  gathering,  and  show  that  Hampe  and  Schimper  were 
quite  right  in  uniting  them  under  B.  erythrocarpoides  Hampe  &  C.  M. 

A  further  difference  might  appear  to  consist  in  the  inflorescence, 
as  Bescherelle  describes  his  "  B.  erythrocarpoides  Scliimp."  as 
synoicous,  while  all  the  other  plants  are  dioicous.  The  New  Zealand 
specimens  on  which  Bescherelle  bases  his  species  (leg.  Knight)  are, 
however,  certainly  not  synoicous,  and  it  appears  that  Bescherelle  was 
deceived  in  this  respect  \cf.  Brotherus,  3Iusci,  p.  589).  In  that  case, 
B.  ery  thro  car pulum  CM.,  which  according  to  the  author  is  differen- 
tiated from  Bescherelle's  New  Caledonian  plant  principally — probably 
entirely — on  the  ground  of  its  dioicous  inflorescence,  must  clearly  fall 
into  the  same  synonj^my. 

The  matter  may  be  summed  up  thus  : — {a)  there  is  no  difference 
between  B.  erythrocarpoides  Hampe  &  C.  M.  and  B,  erythrocar- 
poides Schimp,  ;  {h)  Schimper  never  supposed  there  was  any. 

The  synonymy  will  then  stand  thus — with  further  synonyms 
probably  to  be  added  later  : — 

Brtum  eetthrocaepoides  Hampe  &  C.  M.  in  Linn.  495 
(1853), 

Syn.  B.  erythrocarpoides  Schimp.  e  Bescherelle  in  Ann.  Sci.  Nat. 
5  Ser.  xviii.  214  (1873). 
B.  Bescherellei    Jaeg.   Adumbr.    i.    627  (1873-4)   nee   B. 
Bescherellei  Ren.  &  Card,  in  Bull.  Soc.  roy,  Belg.  1891, 
ii.  188. 
B,  torulosicollum  C.  M.  in  Hedwig.  xxxvii.  90  (1898). 
B.  erythrocarpulum  C.  M.  op.  et  loc.  cit. 

Baebella  letieei  (Ren.  &  €ard.)  Fleisch.  c.  fr. 
Meteorium  Levieri  was  described  by  Ren.  &  Card,  in  Bull.  Soc. 
roy.  Belg.  xli.  pt.  1,  p.  78,  from  sterile  plants  collected  in  the  Sikkim 
Himalayas,  and  from  Japan,  and  subsequently  recorded  from  Formosa. 
A  plant  sent  to  me  from  the  N.Y.  Bot.  Garden,  from  Mitten's  her- 
barium, '*  Meteorium,  Pathkay  *,  Griflith  "  agrees  vegetatively  with 

*  The  second  syllable  is  luicertain, — on  another  label  it  was  transcribed 
Pathkoi. 


80  THE   JOURNAL   OP   BOTANY 

the  Formosa  plant,  the  only  difference  being  that  the  branches  are 
more  equal  and  more  regularly  pinnate.  The  plant  is  in  fruit,  and  it 
differs  notably  from  most  species  of  the  genus  Barhella  in  the  seta, 
which  is  longer  than  usual,  and  in  the  peristome.  In  most  of  the 
species  the  seta  is  only  as  long  as  the  capsule,  or  2-3  times  as  long ; 
in  only  two  or  three  it  is  considerably  longer  {B.  comes  3-5  mm., 
B.  Kurzii  (3  mm.).  Here  it  is  fully  10  mm.,  and  sometimes  12  mm. 
long,  thin,  rugulose-papillose  in  the  upper  part.  The  peristome 
characters  are  still  more  marked,  as  the  outer  teeth  are  densely  trans- 
versely striolate  for  a  great  part  of  their  length,  a  character  not 
hitherto  found  in  Barhella,  where  they  are  at  most  striolate  only  near 
base.  In  view  of  tlie  vegetative  structure,  however,  this  character  is 
not  sufficient,  I  think,  to  remove  the  plant  to  any  other  genus. 


"EPIPACTIS  MEDIA  (Fries!)"  Bab. 

By  Colonel  M.  J.  Godfery,  F.L.S. 

The  history  of  the  above  name  is  very  curious.     Leighton  says 
(Fl.  Shropsh.  p.  434,  1841)  "Mr.  Babington  has  directed  my  atten- 
tion to  a  plant  which  we  gathered  in  1835  in  the  woods  on  the  west 
side  of   Bomere  pool,   and  which  we   supposed  at   the   time  to   be 
E.  latifolia,  but  which  he  has  recently  determined  to  be  E.  viridiflora 
Eeich.'"  (Fl.  Germ.  Exc.  p.  134, 1830).     He  then  quotes  Babington's 
description,  as  follows : — "  2.  E.   viridijlora  Reich.     Leaves  ovato- 
oblong,  the  upper  ones  lanceolate  acute ;  the  lower  bracteas  longer 
than  the  flowers  ;  the  terminal  division  of  the  lip  triangular-cordate 
acute,  as  long  as  the  lanceolate  petals  and  sepals.     Reich.  Icon.  f.  1142. 
Belch.  Fl.  Excurs.  n.  891.     Petermann,  Fl.  Lips.  641.     Narrower 
and  more  elongated  in  all  its  parts  than  E.  latifolia,  only  the  lowest 
leaves  ovate,  the  intermediate  ones    lanceolate,  and  the  upper  ones 
lanceolato-attenuated  and  merging  gradually  into  the  linear-lanceolate 
bracteas.      Floivers   '  green  tinged  with  purple '  ;  peduncle  shorter 
than  the  downy  ge.rmen.     Lobe  of  the  lip  longer  than  broad,  crenate. 
Woods  at   Bomere   pool,   Salop,   and  Luton,   Kent."     The  above  is 
practically  identical  with  Babington's  description   of  E.  media  Fries 
(Man.  Brit.  Bot.  p.  295,  1843).     It  is  clear,  therefore,  that  he  first 
considered  the  Bomere  plant  to  be  E.   viridiflora  Bchb.,  and  later 
published  it  as  E.  media  Fries.     Tlie  reason  for  this  may  be  gathered 
from  Leighton,  who  says,  further  on,  "  Fries  (Nov.  Mant.  alt.  p.  54) 
considers  E.  viridiflora  Beich.  as  a  variety  '  floribus  viridibus '  of  his 
own  E.  media.''"'     Fries,  however,  does  not  quite  say  this.     He  wrote 
"E.  media  (b)  lloribus-viridibus  lieich.  ic.  f.  1142,  sec.  Koch,"     He 
does  not  say  that  from  personal  observation  he  considered  them  the 
same,  l)ut  that,  to  judge  from  Koch,  E.  viridiflora  is  the  same  as  his 
green -flowered  media. 

I  think  we  are  justified  in  concluding  that  Fries  did  not  personally 
know  E.  viridiflora,  as,  if  he  had  done  so,  he  would  have  given  it  as 
a  synonym  without  qualifying  it  with  the  words  "according  to  Koch." 


EPIPACTIS    MEDIA  81 

The  fact  that  he  did  so  qualify  it  shows  that  he  was  not  sure  of  it 
from  his  own  knowledge,  and  transferred  the  responsibility  to  Koch. 
Rouy  tells  us  that  E.  viridijlora  is  often  confused  with  the  variety  of 
atroruhens  with  yellowish  green  or  green  flowers  (Fl.  de  France, 
vol.  xiii.  p.  204),  and  there  can  be  no  reasonable  doubt  that  Fries 
intended  his  "  6. ^or^^z^s  ^7^^^V/^6^^s  "  to  refer  to  these  green-flowered 
forms  of  his  own  JE.  media.  Koch  names  the  latter  E.  latifolia 
/3.  ruhiginosa  (Syn.  Fl.  Germ,  et  Helv.  pp.  694-5)  and  adds: — "Haec 
quoque  occurrit  floribus  virentibus,  ad  quam  E.  viridijlora  Rchb.  ic.  9, 
f.  1142,  et  Serapias  latifolia  viridijlora  Hoffm.  referendae  sunt." 
From  this  it  is  clear  that  he  regarded  Fries's  (b)  floribus  viridibus  as 
referring  to  green-flowered  forms  of  E.  atroruhens,  and  that  he  fell 
into  the  error  mentioned  by  Rouy  of  confusing  the  latter  with  viridi- 
jlora.  Koch  evidently  had  not  arrived  at  a  final  and  considered 
opinion  as  to  how  many  species  existed  in  the  genus  Epipactis,  for  he 
gives  atroruhens  as  a  variety  of  E.  latifolia,  and  admits  that  fm-ther 
observations  are  necessary  to  determine  whether  it  is  a  distinct  species 
or  not.  It  is  no  matter  of  surprise,  therefore,  since  he  was  confessedly 
unable  of  his  own  knowledge  definitely  to  se^SiiixtQ  E.  atroruhens  from 
E.  latifolia  as  a  species,  that  he  was  also  unable  to  distinguish  green- 
flowered  forms  of  atroruhens  from  viridiflora,  for,  on  account  of  their 
colour,  the  resemblance  of  both  these  latter  plants  to  E.  latifolia  is 
more  obvious  than  that  of  typical  red-purple  atroruhens  itself.  His 
attitude  of  mind  was  hesitating,  but  it  is  evident  that  he  provisionally 
regarded  latifolia,  atroruhens,  and  viridijlora  as  one  and  the  same 
species,  and  would  thus  be  vevy  likely  to  consider  viridijlora  as 
identical  with  green-flowered  forms  of  atroruhens.  Babington  was 
clearer  sighted,  for  he  recognized  both  atroruhens  and  viridijlora  as 
distinct  species,  but  he  unfortunately  allowed  himself  to  be  misled  by 
Koch,  and,  abandoning  his  correct  identification  of  viridijlora,  des- 
cribed the  Bomere  plant  as  E.  media  Fries.  This  error  led  on  to 
another,  for  it  blinded  him  to  the  fact  that  the  true  E.  media  Fries 
really  did  grow  in  England,  and  he  actually  described  it  as  a  new 
species  under  the  name  E.  ovalis  Babington.  Fries  himself  tells  us 
that  his  E.  media  "  (c)  floribus  roseo-rubris "  is  identical  with 
E.  atroruhens,  so  that  this  fact  is  beyond  dispute. 

I  am  much  indebted  to  the  kindness  of  Mr.  R.  F.  Burton  of 
Longner  Hall,  Salop,  who,  at  my  request,  was  good  enough  to  explore 
the  woods  of  Bomere  pool,  with  a  view  to  ascertain  what  species 
of  Epipactis  still  grow  there.  He  says  : — "  To-day  (Aug.  15th, 
1918)  1  walked  over  to  Bomere  pool  and  right  round  it,  and  round 
Shomere  (about  300  yards  this  side  of  it).  The  chief  plants,  not 
counting  trees,  are  sphagnum-patches,  with  nettles,  Digitalis,  Dog 
Mercury,  blackberries,  and  bracken  on  the  sides  above  the  sphagnum, 
containing,  as  far  as  I  could  see,  very  few  Orchidacese.  I  enclose  the 
only  samples  of  Epipactis  in  sight."  Unfortunately,  when  these 
specimens  arrived,  the  flowers  were  withered,  owing  to  the  heat,  but 
on  dissection,  the  position  of  the  anther  on  the  summit  of  a  distinct 
stalk,  its  projection  over  the  upper  edge  of  the  stigma,  and  the 
presence  of  a  V-shaped  incision  in  the  wall  of  the  column  between 
the  anther  and  the   stigma,  were  visible,  and  these  are  the  distin- 


82  THE   .TOUENAL    OF    BOTANT 

guishing  characteristics  of  .SJ.  viridijiora.  As  Mr.  Burton  found  no 
other  kinds  of  Epipactis  at  Boniere,  and  as  Babington  originally 
identified  his  Bomere  plants  as  viridiflora,  these  facts  may  be  re- 
garded as  fairly  conclusive  proof  that  his  original  identification  was 
correct.  This  is  confirmed  by  Babington's  description,  which,  as  far 
as  it  goes,  exactly  fits  E.  viridiflora  var.  leptophylla  (Journ.  Bot. 
1919,  p.  39),  with  the  exception  of  the  words  "  flowers  green  tinged 
with  purj^le."  This  is  a  very  minor  point ;  Mr.  Stephenson  mentions 
that  in  his  forma  vectensis  (Journ.  Bot.  1918,  p.  1)  they  are  some- 
times so  tinged,  and  they  frequently  are  so  on  the  Continent. 

The  drawing  of  E.  media  in  E.  B.  S.  2775,  was  made  from  a 
specimen  of  E.  pnrpurata  (E.  violacea)  (E.  B.  ed.  ix.  124)  from 
Woburn  Abbey,  Bedford.  We  have  therefore  this  anomalous  posi- 
tion— a  plant  identified  as  E.  viridiflora  Bchb.  b}^  Babington  was 
published  by  him  as  E.  media  Fries,  and  illustrated  in  E.  B.  by  a 
drawing  of  E.  violacea  !  When  the  third  edition  of  E.  Bot.  was 
published,  the  plates  from  the  Supplement  were  embodied  therein ; 
the  reproduction  of  No.  2775,  however,  as  I  noticed  at  Kew,  instead 
of  adhering  to  the  subdued  colours  of  the  original,  was  printed 
with  bright  reds  and  yellow^s,  and  is  thus  very  far  removed  in  appear- 
ance from  E.  violacea  (which  it  originally  represented)  and  suggests 
a  much  over-coloured  E.  latifolia.  Perhaps  it  was  partly  due  to  this 
that  the  idea  arose  that  Babington's  E.  media  was  a  plant  nearly 
resembling  latifolia,  but  differing  from  it  by  longer  and  narrower 
leaves,  and  rugose,  instead  of  smooth  bosses  on  the  lip. 

So  we  find  it  appearing  in  the  14th  ed.  of  Hayward's  Botanists^ 
PocJtet-hook,  as  HeUehorine  latifolia  c.  media  Druce.  The  same 
work  recognises  E.  violacea  as  a  separate  species  under  the  title 
11.  purpurata  Diiice,  so  that  it  appears  to  have  been  overlooked  that 
the  E.  B.  S.  plate  of  E.  media  was  diuwn  from  a  specimen  of 
E.  purpurata. 

In  1917  Mr.  Druce,  at  my  request,  very  kindly  sent  me  two  or 
three  specimens  of  media.  I  was  unable  to  detect  any  difference 
between  them  and  E.  latifolia,  the  ostensible  one  being  that  the 
bosses  of  the  lip  were  rugose  in  media  and  smooth  in  latifolia.  In 
his  letter  accompanying  the  specimens,  Mr.  Druce  said :  I  think, 
however,  the  plicate-rugose  bosses  are  not  sufficiently  distinctive 
characters  to  be  of  specific  value."     With  this  I  entirely  agree. 

In  a  wood  near  Eashing,  Surrey,  where  only  E.  latifolia  grows, 
rugose  hunches  were  more  common  than  smooth  ones.  The  difference 
is  a  slight  one — in  the  one  the  epidermis  is  ^\Tinkled,  in  the  other  it  is 
sufficiently  expanded  to  smooth  out  the  wrinkles.  It  is  curious  to 
note  how,  in  course  of  time,  the  name  E.  media,  given  by  Babington 
to  E.  viridiflora,  has  become  transferred  to  ordinary  E.  latifolia 
with  rugose  hunches.  Fries  in  his  Mantissa  says  of  his  E.  media : 
"carina  plicato-crenata,  quo  certissime  differt  a  E.  latifolia  in  qua 
....  carina  non  plicato  crenata."  Probably  it  was  from  this  that  the 
idea  arose  that  Babington's  media  was  separable  from  latifolia  by  its 
rugose  hunches,  and  this  was  strengthened  by  the  E.  B.  S.  plate  2775, 
as  pointed  out  above. 

To  sum  up,  the  plant  which  Babington  described  as   E.  media 


EPIPACTIS    MEDIA  83 

Fries,  was  in  reality  JE.  viridijlora  Heich.,  and  the  first  record  as  a 
British  plant  is  Leighton's,  on  the  specimens  found  by  him  and 
Babington  in  1S35.  The  subsequent  application  of  the  name  E.  media 
to  specimens  of  E.  latifolia  with  rugose  bosses  appears  to  have  been 
founded  on  a  misapprehension,  and  the  term  E.  media  should  now 
disappear  from  British  botany,  except  as  a  synonym  of  E.  atroruhens. 


AQUATIC  ANGIOSPERMS : 

The  Sign^ificaxce  or  theie  Ststematic  Distribftiojt. 

By  Agnes  Arber,  D.Sc,  F.L.S. 

It  is  generally  recognized  that  the  primaeval  forms  of  vegetable 
life  were  probably  aquatic,  and  that  it  is  only  in  the  highly  evolved 
group  of  the  Seed  Plants  that  a  terrestrial  habit  has  become  firmly 
established.  It  follows  that  any  aquatics  met  with  among  the  Spermo- 
phytes  must  be  regarded  as  descendants  of  terrestrial  ancestors,  which 
have  reverted  in  some  degree  to  the  aquatic  habits  of  their  remote 
forbears.  That  this  view  is  tenable,  and  that  the  Aquatic  Angio- 
spernis  cannot  trace  their  ancestry  in  an  unbroken  aquatic  line  from 
some  far  away  algal  progenitor,  is  demonstrated  b}^  the  fact  that  their 
floral  organs,  in  the  vast  majority  of  cases,  belong  to  a  decidedly 
terrestrial  type. 

From  a  study  of  the  mode  of  systematic  distribution  of  aquatic 
families  and  species  among  the  Angiosperms,  cei-tain  general  conclu- 
sions may  be  deduced.  The  most  obvious  and  striking  feature  is  the 
relative  paucity  of  hydrophytes,  in  comparison  with  terrestrial  plants. 
Contrasted  with  those  that  live  on  land,  the  number  of  aquatic 
families  is  so  small  as  to  be  almost  negligible,  and  even  when  all  the 
individual  hydrophytic  genera  and  species  are  added,  the  sum  total 
is  relatively  insignificant.  This  result  is,  however,  hardly  surprising 
when  we  consider  that  the  Phanerogams  are  essentially  a  terrestrial 
stock,  and  are  distinguished  from  the  Cryptogams  by  their  aerial  mode 
of  pollination,  which  has  won  for  them  the  freedom  of  the  land.  Under 
these  circumstances,  the  reversion  to  aquatic  life  could  hardly  be 
expected  to  occur  on  any  great  scale.  It  must  also  be  remembered 
that  the  entire  area  of  the  fresh  waters  of  the  globe  is  very  small  as 
compared  with  the  land  surfaces,  and  that  thus  the  aquatic  Angio- 
sperms occupy  a  much  more  restricted  field  than  their  terrestrial 
compeers. 

The  mode  of  systematic  distribution  of  aquatics  among  the 
Angiosperms  shows  every  possible  variety.  Among  the  Dicotyledons 
there  are  cases  in  which  only  one  species  of  a  terrestrial  genus  is 
aquatic  (e.  g.  Polygonum  amphihium^,  and  others  in  which  a  number 
of  species  in  a  genus  are  h^'drophytic  while  some  are  terrestrial 
(e.g.  Banunculus  with  its  aquatic  sub-genus  Batrachium).  Again, 
an  entire  genus  of  an  otherwise  terrestrial  family  may  be  aquatic 
(e.  g.  Hottonia  among  the  Primulacese) ,  or  several  genera  of  family 
may    be  aquatic    (e.g.   Jussieua,  Ludwigia,  etc.,   among  the    Ona- 


84  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

graceae,  and  Limosella,  Hydrotrichey  etc.,  among  the  Scrophu- 
lariaceae).  Finally,  an  entire  family  may  be  aquatic  and  contain  no 
terrestrial  forms  (<?.y.  Podostemacea?).  A  family  given  over  wholly 
to  aquatic  life  may  include  a  number  of  genera  {e.  g.  Nymphaeaceae 
and  Podostemaceae)  or  a  single  genus  {e.  g.  Ceratophylleae  and 
Callitrichaceae).  Among  the  Monocotyledons,  on  the  other  hand, 
we  meet  with  more  cases  of  entire  families  leading  a  water  life 
{e.  g.  Lemnacese,  Pontederiaceae,  and  various  families  belonging 
to  the  Helobieae),  but  there  are  fewer  instances  of  individual  aquatic 
genera  and  species  belonging  to  families  which  are  mainly  terres- 
trial, though  these  occasionally  occur  (e.  g.  Glyceria  aquatica  of 
the  Gramineae). 

When  one  genus  or  species  in  an  otherwise  terrestrial  family  has 
taken  to  aquatic  life,  this  may  well  be  held  to  indicate  that  the 
habit  is  a  recent  one ;  but  Avhen  a  whole  family  containing  a  number 
of  genera  is  found  to  be  hydrophytic,  it  is  hardly  possible  to  avoid  the 
conclusion  that  the  differentiation  of  the  genera  has  occurred  since 
the  adoption  of  the  aquatic  habit,  which,  on  this  view,  must  be  very 
ancient.  The  only  other  alternative,  namely,  that  all  the  genem  have 
been  evolved  in  the  course  of  terrestrial  life,  and  that  they  have  all 
subsequently  and  independently  taken  to  the  water,  seems  too  far- 
fetched to  be  considered  seriously.  A  scrutiny  of  the  characters  of 
those  aquatic  families  which  contain  a  number  of  highly  individualized 
genera  confirms  the  notion  that  such  families  adopted  aquatic  life  at 
a  relatively  early  stage  in  the  course  of  evolution  of  the  Angiosperms. 
The  Nymphaeaceae  show  characters  that  are  markedly  primitive 
among  the  Dicotyledons,  and  the  Podostemaceae,  though  not  standing 
so  low  in  the  scale  of  floral  evolution,  yet  appear  to  be  a  very 
old  phylum  related  to  the  Rosales  and  Sarraceniales.  That  is  to  say, 
the  only  Dicotyledonous  families  which  are  exclusively  aquatic  and 
also  contain  a  number  of  distinct  genera,  belong  to  the  more  primitive 
groups  among  the  Polypetalae,  and  hence  may  be  regarded  as  ancient 
lines  which  took  to  the  water  before  they  had  diverged  widely  from 
the  ancestral  type. 

Among  the  Helobieae,  the  Alismaceae  are  probably  nearest  to  the 
ancestral  stock.  This  family  shows  characters  which  are  in  man}' 
ways  decidedly  Ranalean,  and  which  suggest  that  the  Helobieae 
represent  a  branch  that  took  to  the  water  at  a  very  early  stage  in  the 
evolution  of  the  Monocotyledons,  while  they  still  retained  features 
recalling  the  Ranalean  plexus  from  which  they  sprang.  That  they 
are  descended  from  a  geophytic  ancestor  is  suggested  by  the  charac- 
teristically abbreviated  main  axis,  which  in  many  cases  does  not 
elongate  except  to  form  the  stalk  of  the  inflorescence.  It  is  also 
perhaps  conceivable  that  the  enlarged  hypocot3'l  of  the  embryo  recalls 
an  ancestor  which  possessed  a  hypocotyledonary  tuber,  resembling 
that  of  Erantliis  hiemalis,  the  chief  diiference  being  that  in  the 
Helobieae  the  storage  of  food  in  the  hypocotjd  has  been  shifted  back  to 
a  pre-germination  stage,  owing  perhaps  to  the  exigences  of  aquatic 
life.  It  may  be  recalled  in  this  connexion  that  tuberous  hypocotyls 
are  common  among  E-anunculaceae  with  concrescent  cotyledons,  that 
is  to  say,  among  forms  which  certain  botanists  would  interpret  as 


AQUATIC    ANGIOSPERMS  85 

supplying  indications  of  the  characters  of  the  original  Monocotyle- 
donous  stock. 

The  idea  that  the  Helobiese  are  descended  from  a  very  ancient 
group  of  Angiosperms  and  have  inhabited  the  water  for  a  correspond- 
ingly long  period,  is  ratified  by  the  fact  that  this  series  consists  of  a 
whole  plexus  of  related  families,  some  of  which  have  departed  widely 
from  the  original  type ;  it  contains  forms  as  far  asunder,  for  instance, 
as  Alisma  with  its  many  Ranalean  features  and  Naias  which  repre- 
sents the  very  acme  of  floral  reduction. 

The  fact  that  the  Nymphseacese  and  the  related  Ceratopli3^11ea3  on 
the  one  hand,  and  the  Helobiese  on  the  other,  have  taken  to  aquatic 
life  with  such  conspicuous  success  suggests  that  the  original  Ranalean 
stock  from  which  they  both  sprang  ma^^  have  been  particularly  well 
adapted  to  water  life.  In  the  Ranunculacese  the  tendency  to  aquatic 
habits  in  the  case  of  the  genus  Ranunculus  is  obvious;  besides  the 
definitely  aquatic  sub-genus  Bah^achium^  the  Buttercups  include 
a  number  of  forms,  such  as  It.  sceleratus  and  R.  jiamnnda,  which  arc 
capable  both  of  land  and  water  life.  The  singularly  slight  difference 
in  general  anatomy  between  the  terrestrial  and  aquatic  species  of 
Ranunculus,  suggests  that  the  land  forms  are  of  a  type  which  does 
not  require  great  changes  of  structure  in  order  to  succeed  in  water  life. 

It  is  a  remarkable  fact  that  the  Sympetalae — the  most  highly 
evolved  group  of  Angiosperms — has  produced  no  entirely  aquatic 
family,  nor  any  single  aquatic  species  which  has  become  so  far 
adapted  to  water  life  as  to  have  acquired  submerged  hydrophilous 
pollination.  The  very  large  family  of  the  Compositae,  which  may 
perhaps  be  classed  as  the  ultimate  term  of  the  Sympetalous  series,. 
contains  apparently  less  than  half-a-dozen  aquatic  members.  Exactly 
the  same  is  true  of  all  the  earlier  cohorts  of  Engler's  Archichlamydese,, 
which,  on  the  present  writer's  view,  represent  the  more  advanced  and 
reduced  forms  of  the  series.  The  families  which  are  generally  known 
as  Polypetalse  (the  later  cohorts  of  Engler's  Archichlamydese)  and 
which,  on  this  view,  include  all  the  more  primitive  Dicotyledons,  are 
markedly  richer  in  aquatic  types.  It  would  hardly  be  going  too  far 
to  say  that  independent  aquatic  families  are  chiefly  characteristic  of 
the  Ranalean  plexus,  and  of  its  derivatives — both  Dicotyledonous  and 
Monocotyledonous — while  among  the  more  advanced  Polypetalse  and 
the  Sympetalae,  the  sporadic  occurrence  of  aquatic  types  and  their 
close  relation  to  terrestrial  forms,  indicate  that  the  water-habit  has 
been  acquired  comparatively  recently.  It  is  always  possible  that  those 
individual  genera  and  species  among  the  Sympetalae  which  are  aquatic 
at  the  present  day,  may  each,  in  some  future  age,  be  represented  by 
an  entire  aquatic  family;  for  such  groups  as  the  Helobieae,  Nym- 
phaeaceae  and  Podostemaceae  may  owe  their  richness  in  genera  and 
species  partly  to  their  ancient  birth  and  to  the  length  of  time  that 
has  elapsed  since  they  took  to  the  water.  But,  on  the  other  hand,  a 
member  of  the  Sympetalae  embarking  at  the  present  day  upon  an 
aquatic  career,  may  possibly  be  handicapped,  as  a  potential  ancestor, 
by  the  high  degree  of  specialization  it  has  attained  in  its  previous 
terrestrial  life.  The  members  of  the  primaeval  Ranalean  plexus  may 
have  possessed  a  greater  plasticity  in  correlation  with   their  lower 


86  THE   JOURNAL   OF   BOTANY 

degree  of  specialization.  It  must  also  be  remembered  that  the  mor» 
primitive  Angiosperms,  which  entered  the  water  at  an  early  period, 
had  merely  to  take  possession  of  an  undisputed  field,  whereas  plants 
embarking  on  an  aquatic  life  at  the  present  day  are  exposed  to  acute 
competition  from  the  numerous  well-established  hydrophytes  with 
which  the  fresh  waters  of  the  world  are  already  so  fully  stocked. 
Balfour  Laboratory,  Cambridge. 


ALABASTRA  DIVERSA.— Part  XXX.* 
By  Spencer  Le  M.  Moore,  B.Sc,  F.L.S. 

(Continued  from  Journ.  Bot.  1918,  p.  212.) 
1.  Plants  RoGERSiANiE. — IV. 

The  following  is  a  further  instalment  of  notices  concerning  and 
descriptions  of  Archdeacon  Rogers's  African  plants.  The  localities 
are  chiefly  Rhodesian  and  Northern  Transvaal,  and  there  are  a  few 
specimens  from  Bechuanaland.  Among  the  Transvaal  localities  the 
little-known  Zoutpansberg  Division  figures  prominently,  especially  its 
extreme  northern  portion  coming  within  the  tropic  of  Capricorn. 
The  Bechuanaland  plants  were  collected  by  Mr.  C.  C  Harbor,  and 
some  of  those  from  tropical  Transvaal  by  Dr.  C.  E.  Moss  when  with 
Archdeacon  Rogers  :  for  the  rest  we  have  t6  thank  the  Archdeacon 
himself. 

Thanks  are  hereby  rendered  to  Mr.  J.  R.  Drummond  for  kindly 
determining  the  Orewia  and  to  Mr.  J.  Hutchinson  for  the  description 
of  a  new  Phyllanthus — a  genus  with  which  he  is  well  acquainted  as 
the  result  of  careful  study.  The  sequence  observed,  it  may  be 
mentioned,  is  that  of  the  Flora  of  Tropical  Africa, 

Grewia  rhytidophylla  K.  Schum. 

Zoutpansberg  Div.,  Messina  (tropical)  ;  Moss  Sf  Rogers  17,  101. 

Two  good  specimens  of  this  little-known  species  ;  the  type  is  from 
East  Africa.  Burret,  the  latest  monographer  of  the  genus,  has 
reduced  it  to  G.fallax  K.  Schum.,  but  Mr.  Drummond  does  not 
share  this  view. 

Vepris  zambesiaca,  sp.  no  v.  Hamis  rigidis  subteretibus  striatis 
i*amulos  breves  fertiles  foliatos  pubescentes  hac  atque  iliac  emittenti- 
bus ;  foliis  alternis  petiolatis  (petiolo  anguste  alato)  trifoliolatis 
griseo-pubescentibus  foliolis  sessilibus  oblongo-ovatis  vel  oblongo- 
lanceolatis  obtusis  nonnunquam  emarginatis  ima  basi  cuneatim  angus- 
tatis  membranaceis  ;  paniculis  satis  laxis  foliola  circiter  a^quantibus 
pubescentibus  ;  forihus  4-meris  pedicellatis  ;  calyce  cupulari  denti- 
culato  pubescente  ;  petalis  ovato-oblongis  obtusis  glabris  ;  staminihits 
(anne  semper?)  7  antheris  ovato-oblongis  obtusis  apice  ipso  obscure 
mucronulatis  quam  filamenta  paullulum  longioribus  ;  ovarii  rudimento 
bene  evoluto  ;  forihus  $  ignotis. 

Rhodesia,  Livingstone,  N.  bank  of  Zambesi ;  No.  7486. 

*  Types  of  the  species  here  described  are  in  the  National  Herbarium. 


PLANTS    ROGERSIANJi  87 

Folia  in  toto  4-5  cm.  long. ;  petiolus  1-2  cm.  long.,  sub  f oliolorum 
insertione  1-1'5  mm.  lat.  ;  folioia  plerumque  2*5-3  X  1*2-1'7  mm., 
latei-alia  quam  intermedium  paullulum  minora,  omnia  glandulis 
translucentibus  subsparsim  praedita.  Panicula  2-3  X  2  cm.  Pedicel]! 
graciles,  1-2  mm.  long.  Calyx  1  mm.,  petala  2*5  mm.,  filamenta 
1  mm.,  anthei-ae  1*5  mm.  long.  Ovarii  rudimentum  superne  angus- 
tatum,  2  mm.  long. 

Differs  from  V. glomerata  Engl.  {Toddalia  glomerata  F.  Hoffm.) 
chiefly  in  the  smaller  leaflets,  the  very  narrowly-winged  petioles,  the 
open  inflorescences,  and  the  more  numerous  stamens  with  relatively 
shorter  filaments. 

Commiphora  Ltjgard.^  N.  E.  Br. 
Zoutpansberg  Div.,  Messina  ;  No.  20762. 

The  type  is  from  the  Kwebe  Hills  near  Lake  Ngami;  this  is 
therefore  a  considerable  extension  to  the  range  of  the  species. 

PsEUDOCADiA  ZAMBESIACA  Harms. 
Messina :  No.  20764. 

•  New  to  the  Transvaal ;  the  most  southerly  habitat  so  far  reported 
for  this  mre  and  curious  plant. 

CantMum  dictyophlebum,  sp.  nov.  ^  Inerme,  glabrum ;  ramis 
validis  cortice  dilute  brunneo  obductis :  foliis  majusculis  petiolatis 
late  ovatis  obovatisve  apice  obtusissimis  nisi  rotundatis  basi  rotundatis 
vel  obtusis  saepeque  plus  minus  obliquis  papyraceis  utrinque  glabris 
pag.  sup.  perspicue  reticulatis  :  florihus  5-meris  in  cymas  paucifloras 
foliis  multo  breviores  digestis  pedicellis  calyei  circiter  sequilongis 
insidentibus  ;  ovario  turbinato  calycem  truncatum  obscm'e  5-denticu- 
latum  sequante  ;  corolJcB  tubo  late  cylindrico  calycem  plane  excedente 
intus  juxta  medimn  pilorum  annulo  reflexorum  munito  quam  lobi 
lanceolati  obtusiusculi  paullo  longiore  ;  staminihus  ori  coroUse  insertis  ; 
stigmate  ovoideo  apice  obtuso  longitrorsum  sulcato. 
■  Belgian  Congo,  Elisabethville  ;  No.  10085. 

Folia  usque  ad  17x11  cm.,  saepius  vero±10x7  cm.,  supra  in 
sicco  bninnea  eleganterque  reticulata,  subtus  griseo-viridia  reticuloque 
parum  visibile :  petiolus  validus,  2-2*5  cm.  long.  Stipulse  3  mm. 
long.  Cymse  circa  2  cm.  long.  Ovarium  1*25  mm.,  calyx  1*25  mm. 
long.  Corolla  6  mm.  long. ;  tubus  3'5  mm.  long.,  2*5  mm.  lat.  : 
limbus  2-5  mm.  long.  Antherse  lanceolatae,  acutae,  2  mm.  long. 
Stigma  2  mm.  long. 

Evidently  close  to  C.  Bandii  S.  Moore,  but  the  foliage  and  flowers 
differ  in  several  respects. 

CantMnm  amplium,  sp.  nov.  Inerme,  ramis  sat  validis  cortice 
pallido  irregulariter  striatulo  circumdatis ;  .foliis  -amplis  petiolatis 
obovatis  vel  obovato-oblongis  apice  obtusissimis  nisi  late  rotundatis 
basi  obtusis  papyraceis  supra  glabris  necnon  mox  leviter  nitidulis 
subtus  griseo-tomentosis  ;  stipiilis  a  basi  lata  in  filamentum  sat  longum 
extenuatis ;  cymis  foliis  brevioribus  pedunculatis  plurifloris  griseo- 
puberulis  pedicellis  quam  cal^'ces  longioribus  brevioribusve ;  ovario 
turbinato    calycem    breviter    5-dentatum    excedente ;    corollce   fere 


88  .  TUE   JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

usque  medium  divisse  tubo  late  cylindrico  intus  juxta  medium 
piloinim  annulo  gaudiente  lobis  5  lanceolatis  obtusiusculis ;  staminibus 
corollae  faucibus  insertis  ;  stigmate  ovoideo  apice  breviter  bifido  loiigi- 
trorsuni  prominenter  sulcato. 

N.W.  Khodesia,  Chilanga ;  No.  8446. 

Folia  pleraque  ±  10  X  8  cm.,  nonnunquam  usque  ad  ±  6  X  4  cm. 
reducta  ;  petioli  circa  6  mm.  long.  Stipulse  6  mm.  long.,  glabrae. 
Cvmte  cireiter  4  cm.  long.  ;  harum  pedunculus  it  2  cm.  Pedicelli 
l".5-4  mm.  long.  Ovarium  2*5  mm.,  calyx  1  mm.  long.  Corollae 
tubus  4"o  mm.  long.,  3  mm.  lat,  ;  lobi  3  mm.  long.  Antherse  lanceo- 
lata3,  acutiusculae,  2-2*5  mm.  long.     Stigma  2  mm.  long. 

Like  the  last  in  general  appearance,  but  easily  distinguished  bj 
the  foliage  and  longer  many-flo\vered  cymes  as  well  as  by  certain 
floral  details.  There  is  a  specimen  of  this  at  Kew  under  the  same 
number. 

Fadogia  Livingstoniana,  sp.  nov.  Suffrutex  erectus,  caule  (sec. 
exempli,  duo  nobis  obvia)  simplici  ima  basi  nudo  ceterum  folioso 
angulari  glabro ;  foliis  ternatis  oblongo-oblanceolatis  apice  obtusis 
ipso  mucronatis  basi  in  petiolum  gradatim  desinentibus  opacis  mem- 
bmnaceis  glabris  reticulo  obscuro  donatis ;  stiiiulis  lanceolatis  acu- 
minatis ;  cymis  foliis  manifeste  brevioribus  pedunculatis  sublaxe 
plurifloris  sparsim  breviterque  hispidulo -pilosis  ;  fedicellis  filif  ormibus 
quam  calyx  longioribus  ;  Jiorihus  5-meris  ;  ovario  subgloboso,  2-locu- 
lari ;  calycis  segmentis  ovarium  excedentibus  linearibus  acutiusculis 
mox  patentibus  ;  corollcB  extus  sparsim  strigilloso-pilosae  tubo  calycem 
facile  superante  subcylindrico  (superae  parum  coartato)  intus  basin 
versus  pilis  retlexis  munito  lobis  lanceolatis  acuminatis  tubum  leviter 
excedentibus ;  staminibus  faucibus  affixis  antheris  ovatis  acutis ; 
stigmate  pileiformi. 

Khodesia,  Livingstone  ;  No.  7466. 

Planta  circa  semispithamea.  Folia  6-9  cm.  long.,  1-5-2-3  cm. 
lat.,  in  siceo  viridia  ;  petioli  circa  7  mm.  long.  Cyme  2 "5-3 -5  cm. 
long.  Ovarium  l'2o  mm.,  calycis  segmenta  2  mm.  long.  Corolla 
8-0  mm.  long.  ;  tubus  4  mm.  long.,  inferne  2'0  mm.,  superne  2  mm. 
lat. ;  lobi  4"5  mm.  long.     Antherai  1*5  mm.,  stigma  vix  1  mm.  long. 

Nearest  to  the  South  African  F.  Zeyheri  Sond.  The  smaller, 
opaque,  faintly  reticulate  leaves,  hispidulous  inflorescences  and  narrower 
calj'x  segments  are  among  its  chief  peculiarities. 

Pavetta  bechuanensis,  sp.  nov.  Ramis  sat  validis  ad  nodos 
aliquantulum  tumidis  cortice  pallido  obductis  ;  foliis  brevipetiolatis 
oblongo-obovatis  obtusis  basi  obtusis  membranaceis  pag.  sup.  fere  glabris 
pag.  inf.  praisertim  in  nervis  subtiliter  griseo-pubescentibus ;  stipulis 
inferne  latis  superne  angustatis  dorso  griseo-pubescentibus  diutule 
persistentibus ;  cymis  axillaribus  pedunculatis  laxe  plurifloris  uti 
pedicelli  calycem  plane  excedentes  necnon  ipsi  calyces  ovariaque  sub- 
tiliter pubescentibus ;  ovario  subgloboso  calyci  breviter  4-dentato 
sequilongo ;  corollm  glabrae  tubo  anguste  cylindrico  calycem  multo 
excedente  lobis  oblongis  obtusissimis  tubum  semiaequantibus  ;  stigmate 
clavato  apice  breviter  bifido. 

Bechuanaland,  Mochudi ;   C.  C.  Harbor  (Herb.  Rogers.,  6690). 


PLAXT^    EOGERSIAXiE  89 

Folia  usque  10x6  cm.,  etsi  ssepe  minora,  sc.  5-6*5  x  3"5  cm., 
opaca,  supm  in  sicco  fuscescentia,  subtus  jmllidiora  ;  petioli  8-10  mm. 
long.  Stipulae  usque  8  mm.  long.  Cym^e  circa  5x6  cm.  ;  horum 
pedunculus  1*5-3  cm.  long.  Pedicelli  graciles  3-4  mm.  lono-. 
Ovarium  1  mm.,  calvx  1  mm.  long.  Corollas  tubus  10  mm.,  lobi 
5  mm.  long.  Antherae  lineari-oblongae,  apiculake,  maxime  torte, 
4-5  mm.  long.  Stylus  usque  ad  13  mm.  ex  corolla  eminens ;  stigma 
2  mm.  long. 

Near  P.  Schumanniana  F.  Hoffm.,  but  with  several  important 
floral  peculiarities. 

Pavetta  Harborii,  sp.  nov.  Suffrutex  ramosus  ;  ramis  ascenden- 
tibus  sat  robustis  mox  glabris  corticeque  pallido  circumdatis  ;  foliis 
subsessilibus  oblanceolatis  apice  basique  obtusis  membranaceis  supra 
minute  pubescentibus  deinde  glabrescentibus  subtus  subtiliter  griseo- 
tomentosis ;  stipulis  ovatis  acuminatis  tardius  dehiscentibus  ;  cymis 
axillaribus  subsessilibus  laxe  plurifloris  ;  pedicellis  calvcem  a^quantibus 
breviterve  superantibus ;  ovario  subgloboso  uti'  pedicelli  calycesque 
subtiliter  griseo-tomentoso  ;  calyce  campanula  to  breviter  4-dentato 
dentibus  deltoideis  acutis ;  corollcB  4-merse  glabrae  tubo  calycem  ter 
excedente  cylindrico  lobis  ovato-oblongis  obtusis  tubum  circiter  semi- 
sgquantibus  ;  sfifpnate  clavato  apice  bitido. 

Jiechuanaland,  Mochudi;   G.  G.  Harbor  (Herb.  Rogers,  6869). 

Planta  verisimiliter  1-2-spitliamea.  Folia  pleraque  2*5-4x1- 
1*5  cm.,  in  sicco  grisea;  stipulae  plerumque  3—4  mm.  long.  Cj^mae  circa 
2  x  2*5  cm.  Pedicelli  2-3  mm.  long.  Ovarium  1  mm.,  calyx  2  mm. 
long.  Corollas  tubus  7  mm.  long.,  lobi  4  mm.  Antherte  lineares, 
apiculate  3*25  mm.  long.  Stylus  crassiusculus,  usque  4  mm.  exsertus; 
stigma  2  mm.  long. 

Still   nearer  P.    Scliumanniana  F.  Hoffin.  than  the  last.      The 
smaller  pointed  leaves  of  thinner  consistence,  the  calyx  with  acuto 
teeth  and  the   narrower  tube  to  the  corolla  are  points  worth  men 
tioning. 

Pavetta  cataractarum,  sp.  nov.  Bamulis  inferne  nudis  cortice 
jrallido  obductis  superne  foliosis  minute  pubescentibus ;  foliis  majus- 
culis  obovatis  vel  lanceolato-obovatis  obtusis  basi  in  petiolum  abbre- 
viatum  cuneatim  angustatis  membranaceis  supra  glabris  subtus 
minute  pubescentibus ;  cymis  ad  apicem  ramuli  subsessilibus  densi- 
Horis  ;  Jloribus  4-meris  pedicellis  cal3'cem  superantibus  insidentibus  ; 
ovario  abbreviato  cylindrico  uti  pedicellus  calyxque  griseo-pubescente  ; 
calycis  segmentis  oblongo-lanceolatis  obtuse  acutis ;  corollm  glabra? 
tubo  cylindrico-infundibulari  calyce  dimidio  longiore  lobis  late  ob- 
longis  obtusis  tubum  semiaequantibus  ;  stylo  longe  exserto ;  stiymate 
clavellato. 
.  Ehodesia,  Victoria  Falls  ;  No.  5553  :  also  at  Kew  from  the  same 
locality ;  Allen,  94. 

Folia  pleraque  13-17x5*5-8  cm.,  in  sicco  griseola  ;  petioli  1*5- 

2   mm.  long.     Stipulae  5   mm.   long.       Cymae   llorentes  3-4  x  5  cm. 

Pedicelli  usque  7  mm.  long.     Ovarium  vix  2  mm.,  calycis  segmenta 

5*5-6  mm.  long.     Corollai   tubus  8  mm.  long.,  inferne  1*5   mm.   sub 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  57.  [April,  1919.1,      i 


90  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTATTT 

limbo  2  mm.  lat. ;  lobi  4  mm.  long.     Antherae  3*5  mm.  long.     Stylus 
usque  10-12  mm.  exsertus  ;  stigma  1*5  mm.  long. 

Allied  to  P.  Oliveriana  Hiern,  but  with,  among  other  features, 
larger  leaves,  congested  inflorescences  and  much  smaller  flowers. 

Pavetta  conflatiflora,  sp.  nov.  Ramulis  inferne  nudis  corticeque 
pallido  circumdatis  superne  foliosis  necnon  minute  pubescentibus ; 
foliis  majusculis  obovatis  vel  obovato-lanceolatis  apice  rotundatis 
ipso  obtusis  basi  in  petiolum  brevem  extenuatis  membranaceis  supra 
glabris  subtus  minute  pubescentibus  ;  sti pulls  late  ovatis  acutis  dorso 
pubescentibus  ;  cymis  axillaribus  longipedunculatis  densifloris  ;  pedun- 
culis  foliis  plane  brevioribus  puberulis  ;  pedicellis  calyci  circa  sequi- 
longis  uti  ovaria  caljcesque  griseo-pubescentibus ;  ovario  abb  re  via  to 
cylindrico ;  calycis  segmentis  4  oblongis  obtusis  ovarium  l^-plo 
excedentibus ;  corollcs  glabrae  tubo  cylindrico  caljcem  circa  ter 
superante  lobis  ovato-oblongis  obtusissimis  tubum  vix  semisequante ; 
stigmate  clavellato. 

Rhodesia,  Livingstone  ;  No.  13535. 

Folia  prof ec to  evoluta  14-lG  x  7-8  cm.,  in  sicco  grisea  ;  petioli 
circa  1  cm.  long.  Stipulse  5  mm.  long.  Cjmse  2  x  2*5  cm.  Pedun- 
culus  usque  7  cm.  long.  Pedicelli  circa  3  mm.  long.  Ovarium 
1  mm.  long.  Calycis  segmenta  2 "5  mm.  long.  Corolla?  tubus 
7  X  1*5  mm. ;  lobi  3  mm.  long.  Anthei*se  oblongaj,  breviter  apiculatae, 
3-3'5  mm.  long.     Stigma  2*5  mm.  long. 

At  first  sight  remarkably  like  the  preceding :  the  more  congested 
axillary  inflorescences  and  flowers  with  a  shorter  calyx  and  corolla 
affoi*d  an  easy  means  of  distinction. 

Tripteris  auriculata,  sp.  nov.  Herba  erecta  glanduloso-pubescens, 
caule  robusto  simplici  sat  crebro  folioso  subtereti  striato ;  foliis 
amplis  oppositis  (perpaucis  ultimis  alternis)  petiolatis  ovatis  acutis 
basi  (ultimis  exclusis)  auriculis  latis  amplexieaulibus  jDrseditis  margine 
conspicue  indurato-dentatis  leviter  crassiusculis ;  capitulis  medio- 
cribus  paniculam  oligocephalam  folia  superantem  constituentibus ; 
involucri  campanulati  phjdlis  ovato-oblongis  acutis  margine  sat  late 
seariosis ;  ligulis  circa  13  bene  exsertis  apice  tridenticulatis  ;  ach(Bniis 
fertilibus  involucro  circiter  sequilongis  muricatis  alls  tribus  mediocriter 
latis  indutis. 

Transvaal,  The  Downs,  Pietersburg  Div. ;  No.  20243. 

Caulis  adusque  5-6  mm.  lat.  Folia  pleraque  4-5  x  2-5-4  cm.,  in 
sicco  griseo-viridia ;  petioli  lati,  4-8  mm.  long.  Paniculae  longit. 
10  cm.  attingentes  vel  etiam  excedentes  ;  pedunculi  proprii  sub  fructu 
2-5  cm.  long.  Bractea?  lineari-lanceolataj,  4:  10  mm.  long.  Invo- 
lucra  8  X  10  mm. ;  phylla  2  mm.  lat.  Ligulse  flavse,  lanceolato- 
oblongae,  4-nerves,  11  mm.  long.  Fll.  int  corolla?  vix  4  mm.  long. 
AchsB'nia  8  mm.  long. ;  alie  2*5  mm.  lat. ;  achaenia  abortiva  3  mm. 
long. 

When  not  in  flower  this  might  almost  be  taken  for  Osteospermum 
monilifemivi  L.  The  affinity  is  with  T.  amplexicaulis  Less.  The 
petioled  foliage  and  broad  involucral  leaves  serve  to  separate  it  on 
sight  from  broad -leaved  specimens  of  T.  amplexicaulis. 


PLANT.!    ROGERSIAN^  91 

Ipom(EA  Hackeliana  Hallier  ill. 

Bechuanaland,  Mochudi ;   G.  C.  Harbor  (Hb.  Rogers,  60I8). 

Ajjparentlj  the  first  notice  of  tliis  as  a  South  African  plant. 

Anisotes  Rogersii,  sp.  nov.  Frutex,  ramis  subteretiLus  cortice 
cinereo  obductis  hac  atque  iliac  ramulos  abbreviatos  copiose  foliosos 
emittente  ceterum  nudis  ;  foliis  parvis  subsessilibus  obovato-obiongis 
obtusissimis  basi  cuneatis  firiiie  membranaceis  utrinque  minute  pubes- 
centibus;  floribus  subsessilibus  in  axillis  ramulorum  solitariis  binisve; 
bracfeis  bracteolisque  caljce  brevioribus  oblongo-subulatis  obtusis 
dorso  carinulatis  uti  cah^x  pube  grisea  minuta  indutis  ;  calycis  seg- 
mentis  bracteolis  similibus  nisi  longioribus  paullulumque  latioribus  ; 
corollcB^  extus  piloso-pubescentis  labio  antico  3-denticulato  quam 
posticum  breviter  bifidum  pauUo  breviore ;  antherarum  loc.  sup.  basi 
mucronulato  loc.  inf.  distincte  calcarato ;  capsula  — . 

Zoutpansberg  Div.,  Messina ;  No.  19349. 

Kamus  vetustus  7  mm.  diam.  ;  rami  juniores  2-3"5  mm.  diam. 
Folia  pleraque  10-15  mm.  long.,  5-7  mm.  lat.,  in  sicco  laete  viridia, 
sub  lente  subtiliter  foveolata.  Bracteae  bracteola^que  longit.  2  mm. 
levissime  excedentes.  Calyx  3  mm.  long.  ;  segmenta  3-nervia  nervis 
dorso  prominulis.  Corolla  3'7-4-5  cm.  long. ;  labium  anticum  circa 
2*3  cm.,  posticum  2*5  cm.  long.  Filamenta  glabra,  23  mm.  long. ; 
antherarmn  loc.  sup.  3  mm.,  loc.  inf.  3'5  mm.  long.  Ovarium  griseo- 
tomentosum,  2  mm.  long.     Stylus  glaber. 

Close  to  C.  parvifoUiis  Oliv.  from  British  East  Africa,  the  chief 
differences  being  the  smaller  leaves  of  the  new  plant,  shorter  and 
somewhat  diversely- shaped,  bracts,  bracteoles  and  calyx  segments, 
shorter  pubescent  corolla,  distinctly  spurred  lower  cell  of  the  anthers 
and  tomentose  ovar}^ 

(To  be  continued.) 


NOTES  ON  THE  FLORA  OF  NORTHERN  CHESHIRE. 
By  R.  S.  Adamson. 

The  following  notes  are  the  result  of  more  or  less  casual  observa- 
tions on  the  Cheshire  flora  made  in  the  course  of  excursions  from 
]\lanchester  during  the  past  three  years.  It  is  now  20  years  since 
Lord  de  Tabley's  Flora  of  Cheshire  was  published  (1899),  and 
since  that  time  only  few  notices  have  appeared  on  the  plants  of  the 
county.  These  {e.g.,  Druce,  J.  Bot.  xlv.  1907,  p.  354,  and  xliv.  1906, 
p.  426,  and  Drabble,  J.  Bot.  xlviii.  1910,  p.  152,  and  xlv.  1907,  p.  103) 
refer  to  the  Southern  and  Coastal  Districts,  while  the  present  observa- 
tions are  almost  confined  to  the  N.E.  part  of  the  county.  New 
records  are  distinguished  by  an  asterisk  (*).  The  numbers  refer  to 
the  divisions  of  the  county  as  given  in  the  Flora.  Where  a  new 
divisional  record  is  made  the  number  is  preceded  by  an  asterisk.  Plants 
which  liave  no  claim  to  be  considered  native  are  enclosed  in  square 
brackets  [  ]. 

Anemone  nemorosa  L.     2.  BoUin  Valley,  1918,  a  blue-flowered 

i2 


92  THE   JOrENAL    OF    BOTAIfY 

plant,  which  appears  to  be  var.  ccBridea  DC. — Aquilegia  vulgaris  L. 
1.  Kailway  banks  near  Middlewood,  but  probabh'  of  garden  origin. 

Pajyaver  Rhoeas  L.  Rare  and  generally  a  casual.  1.  Wilmslow, 
1914-1916.  2.  Sale,  1915.  P.  duhium  L.  2.  Much  the  commoner 
species. 

Nasturtium  amphihium  Br.  1.  Wilmslow.  *2.  Bollin  Valley- 
near  Hale. — Cardamine  hirsiita  L.  var.  ^umbrosa  Lee.  &  Lam. 
1.  Disle}'.  2.  Cotterill  Clough. — \*Sisyml)rium  Irio  L.  2.  Casual 
or  w^aste  ground,  Sale,  1915.]  S.  officinale  Scop.  var.  leiocarpum  DC. 
*2.  Thnperley.  *3.  Cuddington. — Erysimitm  cheiranthoides  L. 
1.  Drained  peat  moss,  Lindow  Common. 

Viola  Riviniana  Reichb.  var.  dioersa  Greg.  1,  2,  3.  The  com- 
monest form;  i.nemorosa^eMm..     2.  Bollin  Valley,     f.  minor  Murb. 

1.  Hill  pastures. — V.  canina  L.     1.  Bosley.     3.  Delamere  Forest. 

Stellaria   neglecta    Weihe    var.    umhrosa    Opiz.       *1.  Alderley. 

2.  Bollin  Valley. — Sagina  nodosa  Frenzl.  1.  Canal  banks  between 
Po^^nton  and  Macclesheld. — Spergula  arvensis  L.  1,  2,  3.  Common. 
S.  sativa  Boenn.     1,  2. 

Hypericum  duhiioni  Leers.  *1.  Banks  of  R.  Merse}^  Cheadle  ; 
R.  Bolhn,  Wilmslow. 

Tilia  eordata  Mill.  *1.  Woods  in  Goyt  Valle}^  near  Marple, 
possibly  native.     Frequently  planted  in  suburban  districts. 

\Impatiens  parvijlora  DC.     1.  Gatley.] 

Vicia  Cracca  L.  var.  *latifolia  Neilr.     2.  Arley. 

Rotentilla  procumhens  Sibth.  1,  2,  3.  Not  uncommon  except  on 
hills. — P.  procumhens  X  reptans.    1.  Adlington.     P.  erecta  x  reptans. 

1.  Middlewood. — P.  Anserina  L.  var.  discolor  Wallr.  Common. 
Var.  concolor  Wallr.      1.  Marple. — Alchemilla  vulgaris    L.     1,  2, 

3.  All  var.  pratensis  Pohl.  Var.  alpestris  Pohl.-  occurs  on  hills  in 
Lanes,  and  Derbyshire,  but  has  not  been  noted  for  Cheshire. 

Chrysosplenium  alternifolium  L.     *1.  Woods  near  Wilmslow. 

CaUitriche  autumnalis  L.     2.  Rostherne  Mere. 

Epilobium  tetragonum  Curt.     *1.  Marple.     JS.  roseiim  Schreb. 

2.  Sale. 

Sium  erectum  Huds.  *1.  Canal,  Poynton. — Feucedanum  Ostru- 
thium  Koch.  1.  A  large  patch  by  roadside,  Poynton,  1918. — 
Heracleum  Sphondylium  L.  var.  *angustifolium  Huds.  1.  Kettles- 
hulme. 

Galium  palustre  Jj.  Y^w  Witheringii  Sm.  *1.  vStyal.  *2.  Ros- 
therne Mere. 

ChrysantJiemum  seqetum  L.  1.  Wilmslow. — Matricaria  suaveo- 
lens  Buchanan  {cf.  J.  liot.  xliv.  1906,  p.  426).  *1.  Cheadle.  *2.  Sale. 
Apparently  spreading  rapidly. — Taraxacum  palustre  DC.  *3.  Dela- 
mere Forest. 

Jasione  montana  L.  1.  Taxal,  abundant  between  Macclesfield 
and  Chelford.     3.  Delamere. 

\_Iihododendron  pontic um  It.  Spreading  by  seed.  1.  Northenden, 
Alderley.     2.  Tatton  Park.] 

Calluna  vulgaris  Hu]].  var.  ^UriketB  Archers.  1.  Head  of  Goyt 
Valley.  Var.  hirsuta  Presl.  1.  Lindow  Common.  3.  Delamere 
Forest,  abundant  with  every  stage  of  intermediate. 


IfOTES    ON    THE    ELOKA    OF    XOSTHERIS-    CHESHIRE  93 

Sympliytum  officinale  L.  1,  2,  3.  Bj  cottages,  generally  var. 
patens  Sibth. — [>S'.  asperrimum  L.  1,  2.  A  garden  stray.] — Mi/o- 
sotis  C(Bspitosa  Schultz.  *1.  Ponds  near  Poynton ;  E.  Bollin  above 
Wiiuislow.  Not  mentioned  in  Flo.  Cliesh.  Kscorded  in  Green,  Flo. 
Liverpool,  for  3,  4,  5.  M.  repens  Don.  1.  Wooded  streams  on 
hills. — Echlum  vulgare  L.  2.  A  single  plant  by  raihva}^,  Sale,  1916, 
but  not  since. 

Veronica  scutellata  L.     1.  Middlewood. 

Galeopsis  speciosa  Mill.     1.  Timperley. 

Chenopodium  album  L.  var.  integerrimum  Grey.  1,  2,  3  ;  Var. 
spicatuui  Koch.  1,  2,  3  ;  Var.  virescens  Walilb.  1,  2.  Ch.  ruhriun 
L.  var.  hlitoides  Wallr.  2.  Waste  gromid.  Sale. — Atriplex  'patula 
L.  var.  linearis  Moss  &  Wilm.  1 ;  Var.  erecta  Lange.  1,  2  ;  Var. 
hracteata  Westerl.     1,  2. 

Polygonum  aviculare  L.     1,  2,  3  ;    Var.  angustissimum  Meisn. 

1.  2.  P.  ceqiiale  Lindm.  1,  2,  3.  P.  nodosum  Pers.  *1.  Heald 
Green. — Bumex  Hydrolap allium  Huds.  1.  Marple,  Poynton,  Hazel 
Grove.  *P.  alpinus  L.  1.  By  farm  and  roadside  on  ridge  above 
Taxal. 

Ulnius  glabra  Huds.     Common.  U.  campestris  L.     1,  2,  3.  S. 

and   Central  Cheshire,   not    on    hills.  "  [  II.   stricta  Lindl.      Planted 

occasionally.     2.    Altrincham.       X  IT.  Jiollandica  (Mill.)   Moss.     1, 

2.  Planted.] 

Betula  alba  L.  1.  Alderley  Edge,  Lindow  Common.  2.  Castle 
Mill.  3.  Delamere  Forest,  where  much  more  abundant  than  B.piobes- 
cens.  B.  alba  xpubescens.  1.  Lindow  Common.  3.  Delamere. — 
Alnus  glutinosa  Gaertn.  1,  2,  3.  Apparently  all  var.  microcarpa 
Kouy. 

Garpimts  Betiolus  L.  iSTot  native.  1.  Seeding  in  old  quarries 
near  Macclesfield. — Quercus  Bobur  L.  Common  except  on  hills. 
Q.  sessilijlora  Salisb.  Hills  and  scattered  over  plain.  Q.  Bobur 
Xsessiliflora.  1.  Mottram  Hall.  3.  Delamere.  [Q.  Cerris  L. 
1.  In  plantations  near  Harrop.] — \Castanea  saliva  Mill.  Seeding 
at  1.  Alderley  Edge.     3.  Delamere  Forest.] 

Salix  viminalis  L.  var.  linearifolia  Wimm.  &  Grab.  1.  R.  Bollin 
above  Wilmslow.  S.  repens  L.  var.  ericetorum  Wimm.  &  Grab. 
1.    Lindow  Common.     7.    Pudheath.     Var.  fusca   Wimm.  &  Grab. 

3.  Hatchmere.  The  following  hybrids  have  been  noted : — S.  purpurea 
X  viminalis.     2.    Osier   Beds,    Rostherne  ;    aS'.  aurita  x  caprea.     1 ; 

vS.  aurita  X  cinerea.     1  ;  S.  aurita  x  repens.     1. 

Bopulus  canescens  Sm.  1,  2,  3.  But  nowhere  native.  P.  tremula 
L.  Var.  seriCi?«  Doll.  1.  Lindow  Common.  2.  Rostherne.  3.  Dela- 
mere ;  Var.  glabra  Syme.  1.  Marple.  P.  nigra  L.  var.  betulifolia 
Torrey.  1.  Cheadle,  Northenden,  Heald  Green.  2.  Tabley.  Always 
by  streams  or  rivers  and  in  similar  situations  in  S.  Lanes.  It  looks 
native.  Also  frequently  planted  in  towns  and  gardens.  [P.  italica 
Moench.  Planted.  X  P.  serotina  (Hartig)  Moss.  Very  commonly 
planted.] 

Orcliis  maculala  L.  1,  2,  3.  All  var.  genuinus  Reichb.  (O.  erice- 
torum Linton). 

Juncus  effusus  L.  var.  compactus  Lej.  &  Court.     1.  Common  on 


94  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

hills.  J.  conglomeratiis  L.  Yeiy  rare  or  absent  on  hills,  not  un- 
common in  lowlands.  1,  2,  3.  X  J.  diffiisus  Hoppe.  *1.  Eainow, 
1913.  J.  suhnodulosus  Schrank.  2.  Bog  at  X.  end  of  llostherne 
Mere.  J.  articidatusxsylvaticns.  3.  A  plant  from  Delamere 
Forest  is  apparently  this  hybrid. 

Acorus  Calamus  L.  *1.  Pond  in  village,  Woodford.  2.  Ring- 
way. 

JEUsma  nafans  Buehenau.  *1.  Canal  near  Pott  Shrigley. — 
Saqittaria  sagittifolia  L.  *1.  Canal  about  Poynton  and  S.  towards 
Macclestield. 

*Fotamogeton  prcelongus  Wulf.  1.  Canal,  Poynton.  P.  per- 
foliatus  Jj.  *1.  Canal  between  Poynton  and  Adlington.  F.pusillus 
L.     *1.  Canal  at  Marple. 

Scirpus  setaceus  L.     *3.  Hatchmere. 

Cladium  Mdviscus  Br.     *3.  Hatchmere. 

Carex  duHiha  Stokes.  *1.  Lindow  Common.  C.  pallescens  L. 
1.  Wilmslow.  C  lielodes  Link.  1.  AVet  wood,  Saltersford.  C.  hi- 
nervis  Sm.     *2.  Bollin  Yalley  near  Castle  Mill. 

Poa  compressa  L.  *1.  Stone  work  of  canal,  Marple,  1918. — 
Glyceria  aciuatica  Walilb.  1.  Macclesfield  and  Peak  Forest  canals. — 
Festuca  hronioides  L.     1.  Roadsides  at  Hazel  Grove,  Poynton,  etc. 

*Ceterach  officinarum  Willd.  1.  One  plant  discovered  by  Professor 
W.  H.  Lang  in  a  wall  at  Over  Alderley,  1918. — Neplirodium  Thelg- 
pteris  Desv.  3.  Hatchmere. — Botrychium  Lunaria  Sw.  1.  Hill 
pastures  above  Disley. 

Ophioglossum  viilgatum  L.  1.  Locally  abundant  as  at  Marple, 
Poynton,  etc. 


ILFRACOMBE  MOSSES  AND  HEPATICS. 

Br  Cecil  P.  Hurst. 

The  mosses  and  hepatics  below  were  collected  during  the  spring, 
summer,  and  autumn  of  1917,  in  and  around  Ilfracombe  and  on 
Bi-aunton  Burrows,  which  are  in  North  Devonshire  (v.c.  4).  In 
compiling  the  following  list,  which  contains  eighteen  new  vice-comital 
rjcords,  the  arrangement  and  nomenclature  of  the  Census  Catalogue' 
of  British  Mosses  (1907)  and  the  Census  Catalogue  of  British 
Jfepatics  (1913)  have  been  followed,  and  I  am  verv  greatly  indebted  for 
kind  assistance  and  notes  to  Messrs.  H.  N.  Dixon,  W.  Ingham,  H.  H. 
Knight,  W.  E.  Nicholson,  and  J.  A.  Wheldon.  On  the  much  fre- 
(j  nented  Capstone  Hill  at  Ilfracombe  perhaps  the  most  common 
ni  )sses  are  Grimmia  maritima  (conspicuous  in  fniit  during  the 
autumn  and  winter  months),  Trichostomum  mutahile  var.  littorale 
and  Zygodon  Stirtoni,  while  Weisia  verticillata  groAvs  in  a  rock 
cleft,  and  the  rare  Tortula  atrovirens  var.  edentula  is  found  in  some 
(quantity  at  one  place  on  the  Parade  ;  upon  Lantern  Hill,  near  the 
harbour  and  in  the  heart  of  the  town,  the  rare  fruit  of  Zygodon  Stir- 
toni  is  produced  and  Avell-marked  plants  of  Tortula  atrovirens  var. 
edentula   occur.     Noteworthy   additions   to    North    Devon   are   the 


ILFRACOMBE    MOSSES    AN^D    HEPATICS  95 

mosses  Grimmia  suhsqitarrosa,  Coscinodoii  cribi^osus,  Tortula  atro^ 
virens  var.  edentula,  Fleicrochcete  squarrosa  and  B^^yum  Warneum 
and  the  hepatics  Biccia  comnmtata  and  3Ioerc'kia  Flofowiana. 
Calcareous  rocks  appear  on  the  coast  to  the  east  of  Ilfracombe,  and 
this  is  strongly  reflected  in  the  moss  flora,  Weisia  verticillata, 
Tricliostomum  crispulum,  Brachythecmm  glareosum  and  other  cal- 
cicolous  species  making  their  appearance,  while  the  hepatic  Lopliozia 
turhinata,  always  indicative  of  lime,  grows  in  sheets  by  the  roadside, 
c.fr.  =  with  fruit.     *  =  new  vice-comital  record. 

Mosses. 

Pleicridium  axillare  Lind.  Very  sparingly  around  a  puddle  on 
the  top  of  Windcutter  Hill,  near  Lee ;  this  has  been  found  between 
Stoke  and  Hartland,  N.  Devon,  by  Mr.  Frank  Savery. 

Dichodoiitium  pellucidum  Schp.  Wet  rocks  in  the  rivulet  on 
coast  between  Ilfmcombe  and  Lee,  just  before  it  falls  down  the  cliffs ; 
also  by  a  road  runnel  in  the  Chambercombe  Valley. 

Dicranella  varia  Schp.  forma.  A  rather  curious  plant  grew  on 
wet  clay  on  the  top  of  Windcutter  Hill  near  Lee,  which  had  the  tinv 
erect  capsules  of  D.  rufescens  with  the  leaves  of  D.  varia.  Mr.  Knight 
wi'ote,  "  I  was  quite  prepared  to  find  that  your  Bicranella  was 
rufescens  until  I  examined  the  leaves  under  the  microscope.  They 
were  certainly  those  of  i).  varia,''  and  again  he  wrote,  "  The  capsules 
are  nearly  erect,  but  the  leaves  in  your  plant  have  the  margins 
narrowly  revolute  and  entire  and  the  narrow  cells  of  varia.  In 
rufescens  the  margins  are  plane,  denticulate  in  upper  part  and  cells 
larger.  Bufescens  is  much  less  common  than  varia,  though  both 
here  (Cheltenham)  and  in  S.  Wales  I  have  not  found  it  very 
uncommon." 

*Campylopiis  frag  His  B.  &  S.  In  small  quantity  among  grass 
near  Mortehoe. — C.  brevipilus  B.  &  S.  In  small  quantit}^  in  one 
place  on  the  coast  between  Mortehoe  and  Mortehoe  Point,  a  J'oung 
state  ;  the  hair-points  were  difficult  to  find. 

Bicranum  BonjeaniT>e  Not.,  forma.  A  very  curious  form  which 
has  been  distributed  through  the  Moss  Exchange  Club  grew  on  thj 
thatch  of  an  outhouse  at  Cheglinch,  a  hamlet  near  the  village  of 
West  Down,  Ilfracombe ;  about  it  Mr.  Dixon  wrote :  "  I  have  never 
associated  var.  juniper  if olium  with  the  bright  green  soft  habit  of 
the  B.  Bonjeani  you  send  ;  it  is  usually  rigid,  dark  brown  or  blackish, 
with  rather  rigid  leaves.  In  the  gene.i'al  leaf  direction,  however,  and 
cliaracter  of  leaves,  it  comes  very  near  it.  I  should  be  inclined  to 
call  it  a  form,  in  some  respects  very  near  var.  juniper  if oliitm.''''— 
B.  majus  Turn.  This  fine  species  grew  for  nearly  half  a  mile  in  a 
hedgebank  bordering  a  wood  about  half  a  mile  west  of  Bratton 
Fleming  railway  station  with  Blagiotliecium  undulatum  and  Hylo- 
comium  loreum,  the  three  species  fruiting  very  freely  for  a  long 
distance. 

Grimmia  maritima  Turn.  Occurred  abundantly  and  fruited 
profusely  on  rocks  on  the  coast  to  the  west  of  Ilfi-acombe  but 
was  scarce  or  absent  on  the  coast  to  the  east  of  the  town  where  the 
rocks  are  calcareous ;  it  was  plentiful  on  Capstone  Hill  and  also  grew 


90  THE    .TOL'EXAL    OF    BOTANY 

on  Lantern  Hill,  close  to  the  harbour. —  G.  tricJiopliylla  Grev.  On 
Hillsborough  and  common  along  the  coast  to  the  west  of  Ilfracombe, 
sometimes  very  dwarf. — *  G.  suhsquari^osa  Wils.  In  fair  plenty  on 
siliceous  rock  by  the  roadside  at  Upper  Warcombe  Farm  between  Lee 
and  Mortehoe ;  plentifully  on  a  bank  on  the  coast  between  Mortehoe 
and  Woolacombe  ;  plentifully  on  rocks  on  the  coast  between  Mortehoe 
village  and  Mortehoe  Point.  Mr.  Dixon  wrote: — "I  think  your 
Grimmia  must  be  referred  to  the  type  form  of  G.  suhsquarrosa. 
Var.  edinensis  is  a  very  short,  dense  form — a  starved  state  probably, 
just  as  G.  Stirtoni  is  probably  a  starved  state  of  G.  trichopliylla T 
In  1910  Mr.  G.  Wrey  found  it  fruiting  near  Torquay,  in  November 
1917  I  noticed  it  bearing  capsules  very  sparingly  on  the  coast  near 
Mortehoe.  Mr.  F.  Kilstone  sent  me  from  Polperro  (v.c.  2)  a  plant 
about  which  Mr.  Dixon  wrote : — "  Certainly  one  of  the  transitional 
forms  connecting  G.  trichophylla  and  G.  suhsquarrosa ;  in  some 
respects  nearer  the  former,  but  the  basal  cells  show  a  decided  tendency 
to  be  of  the  suhsquarrosa  form."  Mr.  Frank  Savery  found  G.  suh- 
squa7'rosa  at  Anstey's  Cove  nesti*  Torqua}^ ;  for  its  strange  occurrence 
with  other  aberrant  species  on  the  Wiltshire  sarsen  stones  near 
Marlborough,  see  Journ.  Bot.  1916,  19. 

Rliacomitrium  fasciculare  Brid.  Rock  on  coast  between  Ilfra- 
combe and  Lee. — R.  heterostichum  Brid.  Large  tufts  occurred  on 
rock  in  Freshwater  Bay  between  Ilfracombe  and  Lee  {teste  Dixon). — 
B.  lanuginosum  Brid.  Mr.  F.  A.  Brokenshire  sent  me  this  from 
near  Shoulsbarrow  Common  on  the  edge  of  Exmoor. — R.  canescens 
Brid.     Damp  ground  by  roadside  near  Spreacombe. 

*Coscinodon  crihrosus  Spruce.  In  some  quantity  on  the  west  and 
eist  sides  of  Freshwater  Bay  halfway  betrvveen  Ilfracombe  and  Lee; 
the  fruit  is  not  rare  in  June  and  July.  Here  it  grows  on  three  stone 
walls,  as  well  as  in  places  thickly  encrusting  the  rock  crevices  ;  it  also 
occurs  in  seams  on  inaccessible  perpendicular  faces  of  the  cliffs. 
Some  of  the  cushions  were  very  large ;  the  delicate  pale  green  colour 
of  this  moss  when  wet  contrasts  strongly  with  the  grey  velvety 
mouse-skin-like  appearance  when  dry.  New  to  the  South  of  England, 
the  nearest  station  appearing  to  be  in  the  Lake  District;  a  Welsh 
locality  near  Barmouth  is  well  known. 

Ptychomitrium  poIyphyJJum  Fiirn.  c.fr.  plentiful  on  walls  in 
the  Sterridge  Valle}" ;  also  c.fr.  on  walls  by  roadside  between  Mullacott 
Cross  and  Ilfracombe. 

Pottia  recta  Mitt.  c.fr.  on  bare  ground  by  the  sea  near 
Mortehoe  (Knir/ht). — P.  intermedia  Fiirnr.  Bank  by  roadside 
between  Mortehoe  Ivailway  Station  and  Woolacombe. — Tortula 
amhigua  Angst!'.  Bank  near  Ilfracombe. — T.  aloides  De  Not.  c.fr. 
bank  on  road  between  Ilfracombe  and  Combemartin ;  also  c.fr.  bank 
between  Woolacombe  and  Mortehoe. — T.  atrovirens  Lindb.  Rather 
plentiful  on  the  coast  on  banks  between  Woolacombe  and  Mortehoe ; 
also  on  clay  on  the  coast  near  Saunton.  Mr.  Dixon  referred  to  A^ar. 
edentula  (B.  &  S.)  Par.  (1906)  plants  from  Saunton  and  also  from 
Capstone  and  Lantern  Hills,  Ilfracombe.  Of  the  Saunton  plants  he 
wrote : — "  Some  of  it  is  var.  edentula  and  some  is  not.  This  shows 
the  unsatisfactory  status  of  the  var."     Of  the  Capstone  Hill  plants 


^  ILFEACOMSE   MOSSES   AKD   HEPATICS  97 

he  wrote  : — "  Your  T.  atromrens  has  the  peristome  very  variable,  but 
for  the  most  pai-t  considerably  reduced,  and  I  should  place  it  under 
Tar.  edentula.^''  Of  the  Lantern  Hill  plants  he  wrote  : — "  This  is  the 
extreme  form  of  the  var.,  and  it  is  interesting  to  know  that  all  forms 
exist  in  that  locality  from  the  almost  gymnostomous  to  the  well 
developed  peristome."  For  an  account  of  this  see  Journ.  Bot.  1916^ 
272. — T.  Icevipila  var.  ladvipilcBformis  Limpr.  Fairly  plentifully  on 
trees  by  a  small  watercourse  on  the  road  between  Watermouth  Castle 
and  Berrynarbor ;  also  on  a  tree  near  Watermouth  Castle.  Mr,  Dixon 
writes  : — '*  Your  T.  Icevipila  may  certainly  be  referred  to  the  var.  as 
it  has  a  marked  border  to  the  leaves  as  well  as  the  foliose  gemmae. 
I  have  frequently  found  it  associated  with  T.  papillosa,  and  am 
inclined  to  think  that  both  prefer  a  larger  amount  of  moisture  than 
the  noi-mal  form  of  T.  Icevipila,  I  suppose  the  var.  Icevipilceformis 
may  have  a  rather  southern  distribution ;  it  seems  to  become  much 
commoner  in  the  South  both  within  Britain  and  also  outside,  but  I 
am  inclined  to  think  it  takes  very  little  to  turn  the  type  into  the 
var. !  " — T.  ruraliformis  Dixon.  Abundant  on  Braunton  Burrows, 
also  plentiful  on  the  Woolacombe  dunes  ;  Mr.  W.  Watson  of  Taunton 
tells  me  it  fruits  on  Braunton  Burrows,  and  I  noticed  young  setse  at 
Woolacombe.  Mr.  Wheldon  writes  : — "  An  anomaly  is  that  although 
T.  ruraliformis  is  xerj  abundant  on  our  (Lancashire)  dunes,  it  never 
fruits  there  now,  although  I  believe  it  did  so  formerly,  but  on  the 
Welsh  coast  it  is  not  at  all  rare  with  capsules,"  The  fruit  occurs  in 
fair  quantity  on  the  Burnham-on-Sea  sandhills  in  Somerset  (v.c.  6). 

(To  be  concluded.) 


BIBLIOaRAPHICAL  NOTES. 
LXXV.  "  Madeira  Flowers." 


Such  jwints  of  interest  as  may  be  connected  with  the  two  books 
which  form  the  subject  of  the  following  notice  are  perhaps  literary 
rather  than  botanical :  but  as  both  volumes  were  thought  sufficiently 
connected  with  botany  to  find  a  place  in  Pritzel's  Thesaurus  and 
Dr.  Daydon  Jackson's  Index,  and  the  authors  are,  in  accordance 
with  our  rule,  included  in  our  Biographical  Index ^  a  note  u}3on  them 
may  be  worth  printing. 

It  is  surely  somewhat  remarkable  that  two  books  by  membei's 
of  the  same  family  living  in  the  same  island  should  be  issued  in  the 
same  year  (1845)  from  the  same  printing  and  publishing  house 
(Reeve  Brothers),  each  similarly  bound  in  green  cloth  with  a  floral 
•device  in  gold  on  the  cover  and  differing  only  in  size  ;  and  that 
neither  should  contain  any  reference  to  the  other !  Moreover,  the 
object  in  publishing  in  each  case  was  not  dissimilar :  Mrs.  Penfold's 
Madeira  Flowers,  Fruits,  and  Ferns  was  produced  "  to  gratify  those 
:visitori5  and  residents  who  take  an  interest  in  [Madeiran]  productions  "  ; 
Mvs.  Augusta  J.  Robley's  Selection  of  Madeira  Flowers  (folio), 
"  dedicated  to  her  mother,  Mrs.  Jane  Wallas  Penfold,"  was  "  the 
humble  offspring  of  a  wish  to  gratify  some  friends  who  have  kindly 
flattered  me   by   thinking    my   paintings   worthy   of    publication." 


98  THE    JOURJs^AL    OF    BOTAXT 

"Drawn  and  coloured  from  Natui'e  "  appears  on  the  titlepage  of  each 
book,  and  the  scientific  descriptions  in  both  are  from  the  pen  of  the 
Eev.  W.  L.  P.  Garnons  (tl863),  then  "of  Sidney  College,  Cam- 
bridge," though  the  "  local  information  "  in  the  former  was  written 
by  Mrs.  Penfold. 

The  plates  in  both  books  are  well  drawn,  although,  as  might 
be  expected,  botanical  details  are  wanting ;  all  were  lithographed 
by  the  same  hand  ("  R.  E.  B.").  From  a  literary  standpoint, 
Mrs.  Penfold's  quarto  volume  is  the  more  ambitious  production :  it 
contains  20  plates,  of  which  no  lisb  is  given — Mrs.  Robley's  work 
is  also  deficient  in  this  respect.  "We  learn  from  the  preface  (dated 
February,  1845)  at  her  request  wrote  for  the  volume,  two  years 
before  its  publication,  some  verses  (to  which  his  autograph  in  facsimile 
is  appended).  These  appear  in  Knight's  edition  of  the  Poetical 
Works  of  William  Wordsworth  (viii,  156)  vaih.  the  following 
heading : 

"  To  A  Lady 
"  in  answer  to  a  request  that  I  would  write  her  a  poem  upon  some 
drawings  that  she  had  made  of  flowers  in  the  island  of  Madeira." 
I  can  find  no   reference   to  Mrs.  Penfold   in  any  Wordsworth 
biography,  nor  does  it  appear  from  her  preface  that  she  was  acquainted 
with  him.     She  remarks  in  her  preface  that  "  the  flowers  he  names 
do   not   all   correspond   with  those    subsequently  selected,  and   this 
indeed  is  the  case,  as  they  alluded  to  common  British  plants — heart's- 
ease,  speedwell.  star-of-Bethlehem  and  forget-me-not.     It  is  fair  to 
say  that  the  Laureate  confesses  his  unfitness  for  the  task  imposed  on 
him  :  the  poem  begins  :— 

"  Fair  Lad}^ !  can  I  sing  of  flowers 
That  in  Madeii'a  bloom  and  fade, 
I,  who  ne'er  sate  within  their  bowers, 
Nor  through  their  sunny  lawns  have  straj^ed  ?  " 

"  Much  valuable  assistance  "  is  acknowledged  from  the  Rev.  R.  T. 

Lowe  (1802-74),  who  was  at  that  time  English  chaplain  in  Madeira; 
for  "  the  arrangement  and  description  "  of  the  ferns  Mr,  Henry 
"Webb — entered  as  "of  Clapham  "  in  the  subscription  list  headed  by 
two  duchesses  which  is  prefixed  to  the  volume — was  responsible. 
Mr.  Garnons's  descriptions  are  in  Latin  and  English.  Amaryllis 
Belladonna,  the  subject  of  the  first  plate,  is  also  represented  in  a 
"  vignette  "  preceding  the  titlepage,  showing  its  habit  of  growth  in 
October,  '"  completely  covering  the  hills  and  valleys  with  [its]  bright 
blossoms."  Notliochlcena  Marantce  (t.  iv.)  which  had  been  thought 
to  be  confined  to  one  locality,  was  "  found  b}^  the  writer  among  the 
mountains  of  the  Alegria  district,  at  the  Arco  de  Calheta,  and  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  the  pretty  village  of  Madelina  :  "  Mrs.  Penfold  had 
property  "at  the  Alegria"  (see  text  to  t.  xv.). 

The  only  note  of  interest  is  that  on  Salvia  splendens  (t.  x.), 
which  "  was  introduced  into  Madeira  by  Mrs.  Penfold  of  the 
Achada,  and,  from  a  small  plant  from  England,  it  has  been  pro- 
pagated all  over  the  island,  so  that  it  now  forms  the  principal 
ornamental  shrub  in  most  cottage  gardens.  In  some  places  hedges 
are   made   of   this  beautiful  plant,  which  blossoms  nearly  through- 


*•  MADEIRA    FLOWERS  "  09 

out  the  whole  year  in  such  profusion  that  the  eye  can  scarcely 
bear  to  rest  on  its  brilliant  colour.  The  Portuguese  make  a  bright 
rose-coloured  dye  for  articles  of  dress  from  the  petals,  and  the 
renowned  feather- flowers  made  by  the  nuns  at  Santa  Clara  Con- 
vent own  (sic)  much  of  their  brilliancy  to  colours  extracted  from 
this  flower."  We  learn  from  R.  T.  Lowe  (Bot.  Mag.  t.  3296)  that 
Mrs.  Penfold  imported  seeds  from  Brazil  in  1828,  and  that  Cleome 
dendroides,  the  subject  of  the  plate,  was  raised  from  such  seeds. 
The  drawing  for  this  plate  was  by  Miss  M.  Young,  who  con- 
tributed many  figures  of  Madeira  plants  to  Hooker  for  Bot.  Mag. 
vol.  Ixi.  (1834)  :  she  was  a  friend  of  Lowe  (whose  initials  in  this 
volume  are  often  wrongly  given  as  "  J!  T."),  who  expresses  warm 
approval  of  her  work,  which  is  indeed  of  a  far  higher  order  than 
that  of  either  of  the  ladies  now  under  consideration  :  he  does  not 
mention  either  book  in  his  Ifamcal  Flora  of  Madeira.  Mrs.  Rob- 
ley's  book,  which  marked  her  "debut  as  an  artist,*'  contains  eight  plates, 
th^  text  of  which  I  think  was  entirely  supplied  Ijy  Mr.  Garnons  ;  her 
own  shary  in  the  volume  is  confined  to  a  brief  preface  (dated  March, 
1815)  of  eight  lines.  The  text  contains  nothing  of  interest;  it  is 
noted  that  Htrelitzia  (t.  i.)  was  introduced  into  Madeira  by  Mrs.  Pen- 
fold,  from  whose  plant  have  been  propagated  all  that  are  in  the 
island.  The  plates  show  less  artistic  feeling  than  those  in  Mrs.  Pen- 
foLl's  book  :  t.  vii,  representing  Liliicni  camlidum  and  two  Amaryl- 
lises, is  very  badly  grouped. 

The  books,  copies  of  which  are  in  the  library  of  the  Department  of 
Botan}^,  are  apparently  somewhat  rare :  neither  is  in  the  British  Museum 
Catalogue  and  only  the  latter  in  that  of  Kew.  Mrs.  Robley's  appears 
to  be  the  less  known,  as  it  does  not  appear  in  the  bibliography  appended 
to  the  Flora  do  Archii^elago  da  Madeira  of  Senor  C.  A.  de  Menezes 
(Funchal,  1914)  in  which  Mrs.  Penf old's  is  entered. 

James  Brittet^. 

P.S. — Thinking  that  some  of  the  foregoing  information  might 
interest  a  wider  circle  than  is  reached  by  this  Journal,  I  communi- 
cated it  to  The  Times  Literary  Supplement  (March  6)  :  the  note 
there  printed  elicited  one  or  two  points  of  interest  which  may  be 
appended  here.  Mr.  A.  L.  Soper,  of  Messrs.  Lovell  Reeve  &  Co., 
tells  me  that  both  books  appeared  in  the  '*  List  of  Scientific  Works 
published  by  Reeve  Brothers  "  issued  in  1846,  and  that  the  price  of 
each  was  a  guinea.  Mr.  Gordon  Wordsworth  of  The  Stepping  Stones, 
Ambleside — a  grandson  of  the  poet — writes  that  he  possesses  a  copy 
of  Madeira  Flowers  inscribed  :  "  Wm.  Wordsworth  Esq'"^  from  the 
Author  "  ;  he  has  no  information  as  to  Mrs.  Penfold's  relations  with  his 
grandfather,  so  does  not  think  they  can  have  been  intimate.  Mrs.  May^ 
of  Ridge  Hill.  Macclesfield,  tells  me  that  the  Wallases  were  an  old 
Cumberland  family  settled  near  Penrith  ;  in  the  latter  end  of  the 
eighteenth  century  one  of  them  went  to  Madeira  and  entered  the 
firm  of  Cossart,  Gordon,  &  Co.,  and  marriages  took  place  between 
the  families.  Mrs.  Penfold's  second  (?  maiden)  name  being  Wallas 
suggests  that  her  request  to  Wordsworth  may  have  been  prompted  by 
the  recollection  of  an  early  friendship  between  her  people  and  his. 


100  THE  JOURN.VL  OF  BOTANr 

SHORT    NOTES. 

Pl^ltexei's  References  to  the  Flora.  Loxdtnensts.  Dr.  B. 
D.  Jackson  and  the  late  VV.  A.  Clarke  have  between  them  fairly  well 
cleared  up  the  chronological  puzzles  and  the  sequence  of  plates  in  the 
Flora  Londinensis  of  Curtis.  In  Dr.  Jackson's  first  note  (Journ. 
Bot.  1881,  310)  he  refers  to  "a  MS.  of  Pultenej  seen  by  Mr.  Pryor, 
but  which  I  have  not  been  able  to  verify."  Mr.  Clarke  (Journ.  Bot. 
1895,  113)  says  that  it  "is,  I  believe,  to  be  found  in  a  copy  of  the 
first  edition  of  Hudson's  Fl.  Anglica  in  the  library  of  the  Linnean 
Society."  But  neither  he  nor  anyone  else  appears  to  have  looked  up 
the  matter  to  verify  it.  In  taking  down  this  volume  for  some  other 
reference,  I  noticed  b}^  chance  the  so-called  "  MS.  of  Pulteney."  It 
consists  of  eight  lines  (four  in  ink,  and  four  in  pencil)  on  the  inside 
of  the  front  cover  of  Pulteney 's  own  annotated  copy  of  Hudson's 
work  "  ex  Dono  Authoris,"  afterwards  owned  by  "  Jno.  Jones,  Grray's 
Inn."     The  eight  lines  are  as  follows  : — 

"The  first  no.  of  the  Flora  Londinensis  was  published  in  Maj' 
1775.  'Jlie  Plants  of  the  Work  are  all  marked  in  this  Book  with 
a  C,  as  far  as  no.  67. 

No.  60     Nov.  1788 

—  65     June  1791 

—  m     June  1792  ? 

—  67  [no  month']  1793." 

Apparently  therefore,  402  out  of  the  whole  number  of  432  plates 
were  issued  from  May  1775  to  the  end  of  1793.  "No.  60"  of  the 
MS.  is  quoted  as  "  no.  59,  in  fasc.  5  "  in  Dr.  Jackson's  note,  which  is 
probably  correct,  as  Clarke  saj^s  the  numbering  of  plates  ends  with 
fasc.  V, — not  being  carried  on  through  fasc.  vi.,  though  some  of  the 
plates  are  dated.  To  what  extent  Pulteney's  MS.  Fl.  Anglica  in 
the  Botanical  Department  of  the  Natural  History  Museum  is  based 
on  his  annotated  copy  of  Hudson  in  the  Linnean  Library  I  do  not 
know.— Frederic  N.  Williams. 

Plants  in  Flower  at  the  End  or  December,  1918. — Several 
notes  on  this  subject  have  appeared  in  various  periodicals,  and  it  may 
may  be  of  interest  to  give  some  observations  made  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  Taunton,  Somerset.  On  December  20th,  whilst  engaged  in 
field-work  amongst  the  bryophytes,  I  was  so  struck  by  the  number 
of  plants  still  llovvering  that  I  made  a  list  of  those  observed.  This 
list  during  the  remaining  part  of  the  year  reached  the  surprising  total 
of  73,  and  could  have  been  considerably  extended  if  specially  secluded 
nooks  had  been  explored,  or  if  grasses,  sedges,  and  other  plants  with 
inconspicuous  flowers,  had  been  examined  more  carefully.  No  sedges 
and  only  three  grasses  are  included  in  the  list.  The  weather  had 
been  very  mild  even  for  the  west  of  England,  and  accounts  for  this 
large  total. 

The  plants  found  flowering  fall  into  three  groups  : — (1)  Those 
usually  flowering  in  Somerset  during  this  period ;  (2)  Spring  plants 
which  have  had  their  times  of  flowering  accelerated;  (3)  Late- 
flowering  plants. 

In  the  first  group  the  Gorse  (  Vlex  europceus)  was  the  only  one 


SHOET    JfOTES  101 

having  a  limited  flowering- time.  The  other  plants  noticed  are  in 
flower  with  us  at  almost  any  period  and  include  Caj)sella  Bursa- 
pastoris,  Gardamine  hirsufa,  G.Jiexuosa,  Stellaria  media  (only  with 
three  or  Ave  stamens,  the  ten-stemmed  S.  ner/lecta  is  more  limited  in 
its  flowering-period  with  us),  Cerastium  violgatum,  Taraxacum  offi- 
cinale^ Bellis  iierennis,  Senecio  vulgaris^  Lamium  purpureum^ 
Linaria  Cymbalaria,  and  Poa  annua. 

The  spring  flowers  include  Ranunculus  Ficaria,  Viola  odoraia, 
Potentilla  sterilis,  Fefasites  fragrans  (apparently  quite  a  wild  plant 
in  Somerset),  Daphne  Laureola,  Mercurialis  perennis,  and  Corglus 
Avellana.  The  Primrose  must  also  be  included  here,  though  stragglers 
are  often  found  flowering  in  secluded  dells  right  through  the  winter 
months.  A  locality  for  the  Snowdrop  was  visited,  but  no  flov/ers 
were  seen. 

The  stragglers,  or  third  group,  include  the  following : — Ranunculus 
Flammula.,  R.  repens,  Sisymbrium  officinale,  S.  Tlialianum,  Lychnis 
dioica,  Sfellaria  Holostea,  S.  graminea  (the  former  is  not  uncommon 
during  mild  winters,  but  the  latter  Avas  a  surprising  find),  Arenaria 
serpyllifoUa,  Sagina  procumhens,  Reseda  Luteola,  Geranium  Ro- 
bertianum,  G.  columhinum,  3Ialva  sylvestris.  several  Ruhi,  Geuni 
tirbanum,  Spircea  Ulmaria,  Fragaria  vesca,  Vicia  sepium,  Hedera 
Helix,  Chcerophyllum  temulum,  Anthriscus  sylvestris  (probably 
better  placed  in  the  second  group),  Senecio  Jacobcea,  S.  erucifoliusy 
S.  sylvaticus,  S.  squalidus  (naturalized  in  Taunton  and  in  flower 
from  the  end  of  April),  S.  aqaaticus,  Chrysanthemum  Farthenium, 
Achillea  Millefolium,  Crepis  capillaris,  Leontodon  autumnale, 
Lapsana  communis,  Ficris  hieracioides,  Matricaria  Chamomilla, 
Sonchus  oleraceus,  S.  asper,  Veronica  persica  {Fuxbaumii^,  V.  ar- 
vensis,  V.  Qhamcedrys,  V.  didy ma,  Lamium  album,  Frunella  vulgaris, 
Chenopodium  album,  Rumex  conglomeratus,  Euphorbia  Feplus, 
E.  exigua,  and  Factylis  glomerata. — W.  Watsois". 

PoTAMOGETON  ACUTiFOLius  Link.  On  p.  17  I  gave  the  northern 
limit  of  this  species  as  60^  12'  N.  lat.,  from  Hagstrom's  book.  On 
checking  these  limits  I  find  I  have  a  specimen  named  as  F.  zos- 
terifolius  Schum.,  from  Finland — "  Karelia  Onogensis.  Schunga. 
Aug.  1888.  A.  0.  Kihlman."  This  is  62°  30'  N.  lat.  In  Hjelt's- 
Consp.  Fl.  Fenn.  3,  p.  540  (in  Act.  Soc.  Fauna  et  Flora  Fenn.  v. 
1895)  P.  zosterifolius  is  recorded  from  Schunga  by  Norrlin  :  this- 
is  two  degrees  farther  north,  and  records  the  species  from  Finland. 

Aethue  BE:y?^ETT. 

New  Yaeiett  of  Nitella  elexilis.  In  1884  a  Nitella  was 
discovered  in  Cambridgeshire  by  the  late  Alfred  Fr^'^er,  which,  though 
monoecious,  much  resembled  N.  opaca  in  its  dense  fruiting  heads,  its 
large  antheridia,  and  the  more  or  less  mucronate  ti2:)s  to  the  secondary 
branchlet  rays.  It  was  so  markedly  protandrous  in  character  that 
when  first  collected,  early  in  May,  it  had  the  appearance  of  being  the 
male  plant  of  a  dioecious  species.  It  was  originally  observed  in  the 
Old  Bedford  River  at  Sutton  Gault,  but  was  subsequently  found  to> 
occur  in  a  number  of  stations  in  the  adjacent  fenlands  of  Cambridge- 


102  THE   JOUllNAL   OF   BOTANY 

shire  and  West  Norfolk,  and  in  one  locality  in  Huntingdonshire. 
Specimens  collected  by  Gr.  E-.  B.-W.  in  the  original  station  and  near 
Mepal  in  1896,  were  circulated  in  Charac.  Brit.  Exsicc.  No.  59,  as  a 
doubtful  form  of  iV.  Jiexilis  var.  nidijica.  A  further  examination 
has  led  us  to  regard  it  as  a  distinct  variety,  for  which,  in  honour  of 
its  discoverer,  who  did  so  much  for  the  investigation  of  the  aquatic 
plants  of  the  Fen  country,  we  propose  the  name  of 

Var.  Frteri.  Perspicue  protandra.  Antheridium  multo  majus 
quam  antheridium  in  typo,  c.  800^  diametro.  Verticilli  fructificantes 
capita  densa  plus  minusve  formantes.  Radii  secondarii  ssepe  mucro- 
nati.  Oogonia  660-745 /w  longa,  550-610  yix  lata,  c.  500 /u  crassa. 
Oellulaj  spirales  6-7  convolutiones  exhibentes  et  versus  apices  multo 
tumifacientes.  Oospora  500-520  \x  longa,  425-450  /u  lata,  875  \x  crassa, 
fusca-rubra  aut  fusca-rubida  aut  p?ene  nigra,  5-6  strias  promulas 
crassas  exhibens  sa^pe  alis  latis  et  conspicuis  versus  apicem.  Membrana 
crassima  et  semirigida. 

In  stature  and  habit  this  variety  resembles  N,  opaca  rather  than 
N.  fiexills.  It  is  somewhat  rigid  and  often  much  incrusted.  A 
similar  plant  was  collected  by  Wahlstedt  and  b}^  Olsson  in  1864,  at 
Lund  in  Sweden,  and  was  distributed  by  the  former  in  Nordstedt  & 
Wahlstedt's  Charac.  Skand.  Exsicc.  No.  10,  under  the  name  of 
N.  jiexilis  f.  nidijica  incrustata. 

J.  Groyes  and  G.  R.  Bullock- Webster. 


REVIEW. 

Gonijeroiis  Trees  jor  Projit  and  Ornament :  heinfj  a  concise  descrip- 
tion oj  each  species  and  variety,  witli  the  most  recently  approved 
nomenclature,  list  of  synonyms^  and  best  methods  oj'  cultivation. 
By  A.  D.  Webster.  Constable  &  Co.,  pp.  xx,  298,  28  plates. 
Price  21s.  net. 

This  is  not  the  whole  of  Mr.  Webster's  title,  as  he  has  seen  fit, 
in  somewhat  archaic  fashion,  to  set  forth  the  subjects  of  half-a-dozen 
of  his  chapters  on  the  title-page.  Although  the  preface  starts  oif 
with  the  enormous  cost  of  our  British  imports  of  timber,  the  main 
subject  of  the  book  is  the  growth  of  ornamental  conifers  in  this 
country ;  and  the  illustrations,  excellent  as  they  are,  show  onl}''  young 
specimen  trees.  At  the  present  period  of  paper-famine,  a  book  has  to 
justif}^  its  appearance  :  it  should,  one  might  say,  *'  meet  a  felt  want"; 
and  we  ai-e  not  sure  either  that  there  was  need  for  '*  a  cheap,  handy, 
and  concise  popular  guide  to  hardy  Conifers  as  cultivated  in  this 
country,"  or  that  (if  such  a  want  existed)  Mr.  Webster's  book  can  be 
said  to  meet  it.  The  late  Mr.  Kent's  Manual  oj  the  Coniferce, 
published  for  Messrs.  Veitch,  was,  especially  in  its  second  edition,  a 
fairly  adequate,  satisfactory,  and,  for  its  size,  inexpensive  work,  and 
it  is  to  be  regretted  that  it  should  have  gone  out  of  print ;  but  at  the 
present  time  more  interest  certainly  attaches  to  the  possibilities  of 
the  cultivation  of  a  small  number  of  species  on  a  large  scale  for 
profit  than  to  the  merel}'-  aesthetic  requirements  of  the  pinetum ;  nor 
can  the  present  work  be  considered  "cheap"  at  a  guinea. 


CONIFEROUS  TREES  FOR  PROFIT  AND  ORNAMENT       103 

It  would  be  difficult  for  Mr.  Webster  or  anybody  else  to  over- 
estimate the  indebtedness  of  the  arts  and  manufactures  to  the 
ConifercB,  but  it  is  assuredly  saying  a  little  too  much  to  include 
petroleum  among  their  products  (p.  xv)  ;  per  contra,  Pinus  Pinaster 
is  omitted  from  the  enumeration  of  turpentine-yielding  species  on 
p.  xvi,  whilst  Mr.  Webster's  knowledge  of  the  commercial  position 
of  the  j)roducts  of  the  group  appears  incomplete  when  he  says  that 
''  it  is  hardly  likely  that  pine  nuts  will  ever  find  much  favour  in  this 
country."  With  reference  to  our  present-day  needs,  a  mis-statement 
of  geological  results  which  suggests  ''  Ai'aucaria  and  members  of  the 
pine  family "  as  occurring  *'  in  the  Devonian  and  Carboniferous 
series  "  (p.  xix)  is  of  small  moment ;  nor,  perhaps,  is  it  of  much  con- 
sequence that  Mr.  Webster  puts  Ginlcgo  in  the  Order  Taxacecd  ;  but 
his  speaking  (p.  2)  of  the  "fruit  "  of  that  Order,  and  of  the  "ovary" 
of  Grymnosperms  in  general  (p.  1),  together  with  his  particularising 
certain  species  of  Pine  as  having  two  seeds  at  the  base  of  each  cone- 
scale,  suggests  an  insufficient  knowledge  of  the  anatomy  of  these 
plants.  The  description  of  the  foliage  of  Taxodium  on  p.  171  as 
"  pinnate  leaves  .  .  .  arranged  in  horizontal  rows  on  each  side  of  the 
midrib,"  is  another  illustration  of  the  same  thing. 

It  may  be  doubted  whether  the  author  is  justified  in  including  the 
species  of  Torreya  among  hardy  conifers ;  and  in  some  other  cases 
anyone  acquainted  with  the  forms  in  cultivation  may  be  inclined  to 
doubt  whether  the  descriptions,  which  are  obviously  taken  from 
actual  specimens,  are  correctl}^  assigned.  Arboriculturists  who  favour 
Conifers  for  ornamental  planting  may  find  the  remarks  on  the  culti- 
vation of  each  species,  by  a  man  of  Mr.  Webster's  long  practical 
experience,  of  value  ;  and  there  are  many  interesting  notes  on  par- 
ticular specimens,  such  as  those  of  Collinson's  planting  at  Mill  Hill, 
scattered  through  the  book,  though  more  might  have  been  done  in 
this  direction. 

The  book  is  well  got  up  ;  but  it  is  unfortunate  that  the  name 
of  the  genus  is  not  put  at  the  head  of  each  page,  since  on  opening  the 
volume  in  the  middle  of  the  series  of  C's,  you  may  be  in  Cedrus^ 
Cryptomeria,  Ciinninghamia,  or  Cupressus ;  worse  still,  in  the 
longer  series  of  P's  you  do  not  know  whether  you  are  among  Piceas 
or  Pines.  Gr.  S.  Boulger. 

BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    etc. 

The  Gardens'  Bulletin  Straits  Settlements  (ii.  nos.  3-4,  1918) 
contains  an  account  by  Mr.  I.  H.  Burkill  of  the  establishment  and 
history  of  the  Botanic  Gardens,  Singapore,  with  notes  on  Henry 
James  Murton  and  Nathaniel  Cantley  (d.  1888)  (1853-81),  who 
preceded  Mr.  Ridley  as  Curators  :  an  account  of  the  Herbarium  was 
published  by  Mr,  Ridley  in  the  Annual  Report  on  the  Gardens  for 
1889.  In  the  Journal  of  the  Straits  Branch,  R.A.S.  (no.  79) 
Mr.  Burkill  has  a  note  on  the  murder  of  James  Motley,  which 
occurred  at  Bangkal,  Labuan,  on  May  1,  1859. 

The  recently  issued  pai-ts  of  the  North  Ameiican  Flora  (Dec.  30, 
1918)  contain  the  conclusion  of  Axel  Rydberg's  monogmph  of  the 
liosacece  (vol.   xxii.  pt.   6)   with   additions   and    corrections   to   the 


104j  the    JOUllNAL    OF    EOTANT 

volume,  and  the  first  part  (vol.  xxxii.  pt.  1)  of  the  Buhiacece,  by 
Paul  Carpenter  Standley  :  in  this  numerous  new  species  are  described, 
including  four  of  the  hitherto  monotj^pic  Acrosynanthus. 

The  issue  of  l^otes  from  the  Itoyal  Botanic  Garden,  Edinhurghy 
dated  November  1918,  contains  the  first  instalment  of  a  series  of 
papers  on  the  '*  Regional  Spread  of  Moisture  in  the  Wood  of  Trees," 
by  Mr.  W.  G.  Craib,  wherein  "  Deciduous-leaved  Trees  during  the 
late  Autumn  to  early  Spring  "  are  considered.  Tlie  pa2)er  is  accom- 
panied by  five  coloured  plates  and  as  many  diagrams  illustrating 
Moisture  Spread  in  Acer  Fseudoplatanus, 

A  LEAFLET  (no.  326)  on  "Injurious  Weed  Seeds  "  recently  issued 
by  the  Department  of  Agriculture  is  noteworthy  for  its  excellent 
illustrations  from  drawings  by  Miss  Bertha  Reid.  The  plants  figured 
a,re  Riimex  crispus,  H.  Acetosella,  Cuscuta  Trifolii,  Dauciis  Carota, 
Geranium  dissectum,  G.  molle,  Silene  inflata,  and  Lychnis  vesper- 
tina  :  in  each  case  the  main  figures  are  accompanied  by  di-awings  of 
seeds  and  of  seedlings  in  various  stages. 

Botanists  as  well  as  gardeners  will  be  glad  to  hear  that  the 
preparation  of  a  new  edition  of  Pritzel's  Icones  hotanicarum  IndeXy 
second  only  to  the  same  author's  indispensable  Thesaurus^  has  been 
begun,  and  has  made  considerable  progress.  It  is  nearl}^  ten  years 
ago  since  several  influential  Fellows  of  the  Royal  Horticultural 
Society  urged  the  preparation,  but  after  some  discussion  the  project 
fell  through.  It  was  revived  after  the  International  Horticultural 
ShoAv  held  in  the  grounds  of  Chelsea  Hospital  in  1912,  when  Mr.  E.  A. 
Bowles,  F.L.S.,  an  active  member  of  the  Council  of  the  Royal  Horti- 
cultural Society,  succeeded  in  getting  that  body  to  set  aside  £250 
towards  the  expenses  of  the  new  edition,  with  a  sum  of  £200  annually 
againiSit  the  amount,  then  estimated  at  £3000.  The  war  prevented 
any  serious  attempt  at  making  a  start,  but  two  couimittees  were  set 
up,  one  chiefly  of  cultivators  and  the  other  mostly  of  botanists,  to 
thresh  out  the  problems  connected  with  the  venture.  Ultimately 
last  year  (1918)  the  plans  Avere  drawn  up,  and  Dr.  Otto  Stapf, 
Keeper  of  the  Herbarium  and  Library  at  Kew,  agreed  to  act  as 
Honorary  Director,  and,  with  the  consent  of  Sir  David  Prain,  to 
make  use  of  the  material  available  at  that  establishment,  with  its 
extensive  library  and  trained  amanuenses.  The  bulk  of  the  new 
edition  is  estimated  at  twice  that  of  the  original,  on  practically  the 
same  lines. 

The  Garden,  which  often  contains  matter  of  botanical  interest, 
reprints  in  its  issue  of  March  15  an  article  from  The  Journal  of 
Heredity  in  which  the  supposed  hybrid  origin  of  the  Loganberry  is 
called  in  question.  This  popular  fruit  "  came  to  light  about  1881  in 
the  grounds  of  Judge  J.  H.  Logan,  of  Santa  Cruz,  California :  it  was 
described  by  him  as  a  natural  hybrid,  which  appeared  spontaneously, 
and  he  believed  that  the  parents  Avere  the  Auginbaugh  (a  variety  of 
Buhus  vitifolius,  a  wild  Blackberry  of  California)  and  a  red  Rasp- 
berry, probably  the  variety  Red  Antwerp,  since  the  two  were  growing 
together  in  his  yard."  The  hybrid  origin,  first  called  in  question  by 
Mr.  W.  0.  Backhouse,  economic  botanist  to  the  Argentine  Govern- 
ment, is  now  doubted  by  others  as  well  as  by  horticulturists,  whose 
views  are  set  forth  at  length  in  The  Garden. 


105 

MYCETOZOA  RECORDED  AS  BRITISH  SINCE  1909. 
By  G.  Lister,  F.L.S. 

Teis"  years  have  passed  since  the  third  and  latest  edition  of  the 
Guide  to  the  British  Species  of  Mycetozoa,  j^ublished  by  the 
Trustees  of  the  British  Museum,  appeared.  In  the  preparation  ot"  a 
new  edition,  many  changes  had  to  be  introduced  in  order  to  adai)t 
the  nomenclature  to  modern  requirements,  making  it  agree  with  that 
used  in  the  second  edition  of  iYiQ  Ilonograph  of  Mycetozoa,  published 
in  1911,  and  also  to  incorporate  much  additional  information  that 
has  been  obtained.  Owing  to  the  cooperation  of  many  observers, 
five  genei-a  have  been  added  to  the  British  list  and  thirty -five  species, 
bringing  the  number  up  to  181.  For  convenience  of  reference  it  may 
be  useful  to  give  a  few  notes  on  the  additional  species  and  varieties, 
on  where  aud  by  whom  they  were  found,  and  on  some  points  of 
nomenclature. 

Badhamia  NITER'S  Berk.  var.  reticulata  G.  Lister,  in  Trans.  Brit. 
Mycol.  Soc.  V.  71,  pi.  1.  figs.  2,  2  a,  h,  1914.  This  variety  differs  from 
the  t^^ical  form  in  the  plasmodiocarp  habit  of  the  sporangia  and 
the  more  loosely  clustered  paler  spores,  which  have  a  cap  of  minute, 
not  coarse  warts.  The  one  British  gathering  was  made  by  my 
father  and  myself  in  November  1888  on  an  old  log  at  Uj)lyme, 
Devon.     It  has  been  recorded  from  Poland,  Ceylon,  and  Japan. 

B.  AFFiNis  Rost.  This  inconspicuous  species  has  been  found 
repeatedly  on  the  mossy  bark  of  living  trees  ever  since  Nov.  1899,  in 
East  and  West  Aberdeenshire,  by  the  Rev.  W.  Cran.  For  years  it 
was  put  aside  as  a  doubtful  form,  closely  alhed  to  B.  orliculata  Rex, 
from  which  it  differs  chiefly  in  shape  and  of  which  it  may  be  only  a 
variety.     It  has  been  obtained  from  Pennsylvania  and  Japan. 

Phtsaeum  globulifeeum  (Bull.)  Pers.  The  one  British  record 
consists  of  a  gathering  made  by  the  Rev.  W.  Cran,  at  Ballogie, 
Aberdeenshire,  October  1913.  The  sporangia  and  lime-knots  are  not 
pure  white,  but  have  a  slight  brownish  shade,  suggesting  a  close  rela- 
tionship with  P.  murimim  Lister,  a  species  which  differs  in  no  other 
respect  but  its  brown  colour,  and  which  might  be  regarded  as  simply 
a  variety  of  P.  glohuliferiim  ;  for  convenience  of  reference,  however, 
it  would  seem  better  to  keep  the  brown  P.  murinum  as  a  distinct 
species,  as  well  as  the  yellow,  orange-jed,  purple-red,  lilac,  and  blue 
forms  of  ihQ^''  glohuUfertim''''  group,  each  of  which  has  its  separate 
specific  name. 

P.  PULCHEEEIPES  Pcck.  A  fine  typical  gathering  was  made  by 
Miss  M.  Rea  in  September  1916  in  the  grounds  of  Sir  John  Ross  at 
Rosstrevor,  County  Down,  on  a  stump  in  a  larch  wood  (see  Irish 
Naturalist,  xxvi.  58,  64)  ;  this  is  apparently  the  only  recoi'd  for  the 
species  beyond  the  United  States. 

P.  Li'TEO-ALEUM  Listcr.     This  handsome  species  has  been  found 

repeatedly  since   1910  in  an  alder  copse  at  Uplyme,  S.E.  Devon,  in 

early  spring.     It  was  also  obtained  in  some  abundance  last  January 

by  Mr.  N.  G.  Hadden  at  Porloek,  Somerset,  on  dead  leaves  in  a  wood 

JorE^AL  OF  BoTAj,'!'.— Vol.  57.     [May,  1919.]  k 


106  THE  JOUHNAL  OP  BOTANY 

of  larch  and  birch.     It  has  been  recorded  from  the  south  of  France, 
Holstein,  and  Colorado. 

P.  NUCLEATUM  Eex.  Found  for  the  first  time  in  Britain  by 
Dr.  A.  Adams  near  Looe,  Cornwall,  July  1911,  on  dead  wood. 
Mr.  N.  Gr.  Hadden  has  also  obtained  it  near  Lynton,  N.  Devon,  in 
August  1915  (see  Journ.  Bot.  1916,  p.  200). 

P.  carneuvi  Gr.  Lister  &  Sturgis.  Found  in  abundance  hj  Mr.  H. 
W.  Howard  in  Bramble  thickets,  near  Thorpe,  Norwich,  in  late 
summer  and  early  autumn  1916,  1917,  and  1918  (see  Journ.  R. 
Microscop.  Soc.  1917,  p.  265,  pi.  xviii.).  Except  a  gathering  made 
near  Lisbon  by  Dr.  C.  Torrend  in  December  1907,  the  only  other 
record  for  P.  carneum  is  Colorado. 

P.  BRUNNEOLUM  (PliiU.)  Massco.  A  single  growth  was  found  by 
Miss  M.  Rea  near  Lisburn,  County  Down,  Jul}^  1917.  The  specimen 
consists  of  gloss}''  brown  hemispherical  or  elongated  sporangia  on  a 
dead  herbaceous  stem ;  the  spores  have  not  matured  well,  but  enough 
have  developed  to  leave  no  doubt  as  to  the  identit}^  of  the  species. 

P.  hrunneolum  has  been  obtained  from  California,  Chili,  New 
South  Wales,  and  Portugal. 

P.  ATJEiscALPiUM  Cooks.  First  found  in  Britain  by  the  Rev.  W. 
Cran  in  August  1912  on  a  mossy  trunk  near  Skene,  Aberdeen,  in 
which  district  he  has  repeatedly  obtained  it  since,  and  also  at  Lesmoir, 
W.  Aberdeenshire.  Members  of  the  Mycological  Society  found  it  in 
the  Altyre  Woods,  Elginshire,  in  September  1912. 

P.  CBATERiFORME  Pctch.  Mr.  Cran  has  obtained  this  repeatedly 
on  the  bark  of  living  trees  since  1904,  near  Skene,  Aberdeen.  It  has 
also  been  recorded  from  Ceylon,  Japan,  Antigua,  and  S.  Nigeria. 

P.  coxNATUM  (Peck)  Lister.  A  single  gathering  of  what  appears 
to  be  this  species  was  made  in  November  1898  by  Mr.  Edgar  Saun- 
ders ;  otherwise  P.  connatum  has  hardly  been  recorded  beyond 
N.  America. 

P.  VERXUM  Somm.  var.  ibidescens,  nov.  var.  This  small  iri- 
descent form  is  very  constant,  and  appears  regularly  on  dead  leaves, 
especiall}'-  holly-leaves,  in  Epping  Forest,  Essex,  in  autumn  and 
winter.  It  is  distinguished  by  the  sporangia  being  scattered  and 
having  scanty  or  no  deposits  of  lime  in  their  walls,  by  the  lime- 
knots  enclosing  unusually  large  lime-granules,  and  by  the  dark 
brownish-purple  spores  having  a  pale  patch  of  dehiscence.  It  has 
been  found  in  Bedfordshire,  H^ertfordshire,  Norfolk,  Nottinghamshire, 
and  North  Devon,  and  also  in  Holstein. 

FuLiGO  SEPTICA  Gmcl.  var.  rufa  (Pers.)  G.  Lister.  This  dull 
red  variety  is  not  uncommon  and  has  long  been  recognized.  Mr.  H. 
J.  Howard  finds  from  his  experience  that  it  always  arises  from  cream- 
coloured  Plasmodium.  For  convenience,  it  would  seem  well  to  mark 
it  with  a  varietal  name. 

F.  SEPTICA  var.  CANDIDA  (Pcrs.)  G.  Lister.  The  white  variety  is 
more  abundant  than  the  red,  and  arises  from  a  white  or  cream- 
coloured  Plasmodium. 

DiDERMA  AEBORETM  G.  Lister  &  Fetch  in  Journ.  Bot.  1913,  p.  2, 
pl.  524.  fig.  2.  The  first  British  gathering  of  this  arboreal  species 
was  made  by  Mr.  Cran  in  Oct.  1910  near  Skene,  Aberdeen,  and  on 


MYCETOZOA   EECORBED    AS    BRITISH    SINCE    1909  107 

most  succeeding  years  he  has  found  it  there  in  late  summer  and 
autumn.  Dr.  A.  'Adams  also  obtained  an  extensive  growth,  on  a 
mossy  beech-trunk,  near  Looe,  Cornwall,  in  July  1917.  It  has  been 
recorded  from  Ceylon  and  Japan,  and  recently  Mr.  A.  R.  Sanderson 
has  found  it  at  Petaling,  Federated  Malay  States,  on  the  trunks 
of  Hevea  hrasiliensis. 

D.  DEPLANATUM  Fries.  In  the  British  Museum  Catalogue  this 
is  described  as  a  subspecies  of  D.  niveum  Host. ;  as,  however,  it  is  a 
constant  form,  always  having  a  scattered  plasmodiocarp  habit,  it 
seems  better  to  retain  for  it  the  name  given  by  Fries,  and  to  regard 
D.  niveum,  with  its  crowded  hemispherical  sporangia,  as  a  separate 
species.  D,  niveum  is  very  abundant  on  the  Alps  in  spring,  and  has 
not  been  found  in  Britain. 

D.  EADIATUM  (L.)  Lister  var.  umhilicatum  (Fries).  The  type  of 
-D.  radiatum  in  the  Linnean  Herbarium  has  brown  sporangia  dehiscing 
with  petal-like  lobes :  transitional  forms  occur  connecting  it  with 
what  was  described  by  Fries  as  D.  umhilicatum,  a  form  with  pale 
drab  sporangia  which  burst  irregularly.  As  M.  Meylan  has  pointed 
out,  this  pale  variety  deserves  some  distinction  ;  whether  it  is  regarded 
as  a  separate  species  or  as  a  variety  of  D.  radiatum  is  a  matter 
of  little  consequence  ("  Myxomycetes  du  Jura  "  in  Ann.  du  Con- 
servatoire de  Geneve,  1918,  p.  312). 

D.  RADIATUM  var.  montanum  Mejdan  {op.  cit.  p.  312).  In  this 
variety  the  outer  layer  of  the  sporangium-wall  is  white  and  separates 
easily  from  the  membranous  inner  wall ;  the  spores  are  usually 
rather  smaller  than  in  the  tvpical  form,  and  measure  7  to  9  ju  instead 
of  9  to  11  ^. 

D.  ASTEROIDES  Listcr  was  first  found  in  Britain  in  October  1910 
by  Mr.  W.  H.  Burrell,  who  gathered  it  on  the  stems  of  Eciuisetum 
palustre  on  marshy  ground  on  Flordon  Common,  Norfolk,  It  has 
since  been  obtained  by  Mr.  W.  B.  Allen  in  Shropshire  and  by 
Mr.  N.  Gr.  Hadden  in  West  Somerset.  It  was  also  found  in  abun- 
dance in  a  deep  bed  of  holly-leaves  in  woods  at  Cawdor,  Nairnshire, 
in  September  1912,  by  members  of  the  British  Mycological  Society. 
Outside  Britain  it  has  been  recorded  from  Portugal,  the  South  of 
France,  Switzerland,  N.  Germany,  and  Colorado. 

Leptoderma  iridescens  G.  Lister  in  Journ.  Bot.  1913,  p.  1, 
pi.  524.  fig.  1.  This  was  first  found  in  March  1892  on  pine  bark 
and  needles  at  Leighton  Buzzard,  Bedfordshire,  and  was  named  by 
my  father  provisionally  Lamproderma  physaroides  Rost.  var.  sessile 
Lister.  In  November  1911,  Miss  K.  Higgins  discovered  a  fine 
growth  of  the  same  form  in  woods  at  Woburn  Sands,  Beds,  in  which 
all  the  characteristic  features  were  displayed — namely  the  sessile 
habit,  the  granular  deposits  in  the  sporangium-wall,  and  the  dark 
grey  spinulose  spores.  It  was  then  published  as  the  tj^pe  of  a  new 
genus.  Subsequently  it  has  been  obtained  at  Porlock,  Somerset,  in 
Inverness-shire,  in  N.  Germany,  and  several  jmrts  of  Switzerland. 

Colloderma  oculatum  (Lippert)  G.  Lister.  The  first  British 
gathering  was  made  by  Mr.  Cran  in  Aberdeenshire,  October  1910.  It 
now  appears  to  be  fairly  abundant  in  many  parts.  In  Ej^ping  Forest, 
Essex,  it  has  appeared  every  autumn  since  1911  ;  it  has  also  been, 

K  2 


108  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

recorded  from  Yorkshire,  Shropshire,  Worcestershire,  Somerset,  Devon, 
and  from  the  south  of  Scotland  ;  also  from  the  -Tyrol,  Switzerland, 
Portngiil,  New  South  Wales,  Japan,  and  New  Hampshire. 

Stemoxttis  hyperopta  Meylan  in  Bull.  Soc.  Vaud.  Sc.  Nat.  lii. 
p.  97. 1918,  syn.  Comatricha  typlioides  Rost.  var.  heterospora  Ilex.  It 
has  been  found  from  many  years'  experience  that  this  form  is  remark- 
ably constant.  It  differs  from  C.  typlioides  in  the  rosy-lilac  colour 
of  the  sporangia,  in  their  more  clustered  habit,  in  the  smoother  and 
more  complete  surface-net  of  the  capillitium,  and  in  the  spores 
showing  small  patches  of  reticulation  on  their  surface  when  highly 
magnified.  It  may  seem  a  great  change  not  only  to  make  this  form 
a  distinct  species,  but  to  place  it  in  another  genus,  but  in  reality  it 
is  not  so,  for  Comatricha  is  only  distinguished  from  Stemouitis  by 
the  more  scattered  habit  of  the  sporangia  and  by  the  absence  of  a 
smootli  surface-net  to  the  capillitium,  and  it  is  for  convenience,  rather 
than  as  a  natuml  arrangement,  that  the  genus  is  retained  at  all. 

Comatricha  cornea  G.  Lister  &  Cran  in  Journ.  Bot.  1917, 
p.  121,  pi.  »548.  fig.  1.  First  discovered  by  the  Rev.  W.  Cran  near 
Skene  in  June  1913,  and  again  in  1914  and  1916.  M.  Me3dan 
writes  that  he  has  found  this  minute  S}>ecies  in  the  Jura  Mountains. 

C.  FiMBRiATA  G.  Lister  &  Cran  in  Journ.  Bot.  1917,  p.  122, 
pi.  548.  fig.  2.  First  found  by  Mr.  Raymond  Finlayson  in  Wanstead 
Park,  Essex,  in  November  1913  ;  since  obtained  by  Mr.  Cran  near 
Skene,  on  Hind  Head,  Surrey,  by  myself,  and  twice  by  Mr.  H.  J. 
Howard  in  Norfolk. 

C.  MiCROSPORA  G.  Lister:  syn.  C.  typhoides  var.  microspora 
Lister.  Repeated  gatherings  f)i'C)ve  that  this  is  a  constant  form 
worthy  of  specific  rank ;  the  closely  flexuose  character  of  the  surface- 
net  of  the  capillitium  and  the  very  small  spores  distinguish  it  from 
C.  typhoides.  It  has  been  found  in  Devon,  Surrey,  Essex,  and  Nor- 
folk, and  be3^ond  Britain  in  Holstein,  near  Berlin,  and  in  Ohio. 

C.  TENERRIMA  (Curtis)  G.  Lister  :  syn.  C.  pidchella  Rost.  var. 
tenerrima  Lister.  It  is  with  some  hesitation  that  the  specific  rank 
given  to  this  form  by  Curtis  is  once  more  adopted.  When  typically 
developed  C.  tenerrima  differs  strikingly  from  C.  pulchella  in  having 
pale  red  narrowly  ovoid  sporangia  on  long  slender  stalks,  instead  of 
reddish -brown  broadly  ovoid  sporangia  on  short  stalks,  but  it  must  be 
acknowledged  that  forms  intermediate  in  character  sometimes  occur. 

Lamproderma  violaceum  (Fr.)  Rost.  var.  dehile  G.  Lister  & 
Howard  in  Journ.  Bot.  1919,  p.  25,  pi.  552.  fig.  1.  Found  by 
Mr.  H.  J.  Howard  in  April  and  May  1918. 

L.  atrosporum  Meylan  var.  anylicum  G.  Lister  &  Howard  in 
Journ.  Bot.  1919,  p.  27,  pi.  552.  fig.  2.  Found  with  the  preceding  on 
the  same  leaf -heaps. 

L.  INSESSUM  G.  Lister  in  Trans.  Brit.  Mj^col.  Soc.  1912-13, 
p.  41,  pi.  1.  fig.  2.  Found  only  once  on  lichen  at  Forres,  Elginshire, 
Sept.  1912. 

Clastoderma  Deraryanum  Blytt.  This  minute  species  was 
discovered  for  the  first  time  in  Britain  by  Mr.  N.  G.  Hadden  at 
Porlock,  Somerset,  December  1918,  on  old  gorse  stems ;  when  found 


MTCETOZOA    RECORDEiy  AS    BEITISH    SINCE    1909  109 

the  sporangia  were  immature  and  watery  white,  but  soon  changed  to 
the  inconspicuous  brown  mature  stage. 

Amauroch^te  cribrosa  (Fries)  Sturgis  in  Mycologia,  ix.  p.  328 
(1917).  This  species  has  long  been  included  under  A.  fuligiiiosa 
(Sow,)  Macbr,,  from  which  it  differs  in  the  sethalia  being  smaller, 
rounder,  and  more  compact,  and,  when  perfectly  formed,  being 
clothed  with  a  fragile  membranous  cortex,  which  either  breaks  into 
fragments  adhering  to  the  tips  of  the  capillitium  or  entirely  dis- 
appears ;  the  capillitium  closely  resembles  that  of  Stemonites  con- 
Jiuen%  Cooke  &  Ellis,  to  which  A.  crihrosa  appears  to  be  closely 
allied.  There  seems  to  be  every  probability  that  this  is  the  species 
described  by  Fries  as  Lachnoholus  crihrosus  (Syst.  Orb.  Veg.  p.  148) 
as  long  ago  as  1825,  the  type  of  which  is  lost.  In  Britain  it  was 
found  near  Smethwick,  Staffordshire,  by  Mr.  A,  Camm,  August  1895, 
and  by  Mr.  T.  Fetch  in  Hull  dockyard  in  Sept.  1903,  Elsewhere  it 
has  been  recorded  from  Sweden  and  Norway,  and  in  North  America 
from  the  States  of  Massachusetts,  Pennsylvania,  and  Washington. 

Cribraria  yulgaris  Schrad.  In  the  British  Museum  Catalogue 
this  is  named  G.  aurantiaca  Schrad.,  and  two  varieties  are  dis- 
tinguished : — -form  a,  a  short-stalked  form  with  broad  nodes  to  the 
sporangial  net,  a,nd  form  /3,  a  long-stalked  form  with  naiTow  nodes. 
The  species  is  very  variable,  but  a  more  natural  arrangement  is  that 
proposed  by  Meylan  (in  Ann.  du  Conservatoire  de  Greneve,  1913, 
p.  317)  ;  he  regards  C.  vulgaris  as  the  typical  form,  having  slate- 
grey  Plasmodium,  usually  short-stalked  sporangia  with  ochraceous 
spores,  and  either  broad  or  narrow  *'  nodes "  ;  and  var.  aurantiaca 
Pers.,  having  green  plasmodium,  usually  longer  stalked  sporangia  with 
golden-yellow  spores,  and  polygonal  nodes  approaching  in  character 
those  of  C.  tenella  Schrad.  or  of  G.  intricata  Schrad. 

LiCEA  CASTANEA  G.  Lister.  Discovered  by  Mr.  Cran  at  Lesmoir, 
W.  Aberdeenshire,  November  1910,  and  found  again  repeatedly 
by  him  both  there  and  near  Skene.  It  has  also  been  obtained  by 
M.  Meylan  in  the  Jura  Mountains. 

L.  MiNTMA  Fries.  Recorded  first  in  Britain  by  the  late  George 
Massee,  from  Bulmer,  Yorks  ;  found  since  in  Bedfordshire,  East  and 
West  Aberdeenshire,  and  Inverness-shire ;  recently  Miss  M,  Rea  has 
obtained  it  in  County  Down. 

HvMEXOBOLUS  PARASITICUS  Zukal.  Fii^t  found  in  Britain  by 
Mr.  Cran  at  Rhynie,  West  Aberdeenshire,  June  1894,  and  since 
obtained  repeatedly  by  him  both  there  and  near  Skene ;  also  found  in 
the  Cawdor  Woods,  Nairnshire. 

Orcadella  operculata  Wingate,  Recorded  first  from  Britain 
by  Mr.  W.  H.  Burrell  from  Stratton  Strawless,  Norfolk,  January 
1909,  on  liverworts  on  a  living  beech-tree.  Mr.  Cran  finds  this 
inconspicuous  little  species  in  abundance,  also  on  living  trees,  near 
Skene.  It  has  been  recorded  elsewhere  from  Holstein,  Japan,  and  in 
North  America  from  the  States  of  Maine  and  Pennsylvania. 

Enteridiu^c  liceoides  G.  Lister.  This  has  hitherto  been  re- 
tained as  a  variety  of  JE.  olivaceuniy  but,  though  nearly  allied,  it 
always  exhibits  the  flat  pkismodiocarp  habit,  and  the  pseudo-capilli- 


110  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

tium  is  represented  by  columnar  props  instead  of  a  network  of  broad 
strands.  It  has  been  obtained  in  Devon,  Somerset,  Wiltshire,  Hamp- 
shire, Surrey,  Bedfordshire,  Norfolk,  and  Argyllshire ;  also  from 
France,  Brandenburg,  and  New  Hampshire. 

Triciiia  floriforme  (Schweinitz)  Gr.  Lister,  syn.  T.  Bofryfis 
Pers.  var.  lateritia  Lister.  The  constancy  of  this  handsome  form 
fully  entitles  it  to  specific  rank.  It  dilfers  from  all  varieties  of 
T.  Botrytis  in  having  dark  red  translucent  stalks  entirely  free  from 
refuse-matter,  as  well  as  in  the  orange-coloured  spores.  It  seems 
unfortunate  that  the  familiar  name  lateritia^  published  by  Leveille 
in  18-1(5,  cannot  be  retained  ;  but  Dr.  Sturgis  found,  when  examining 
the  Schweinitzian  herbarium,  that  the  specimen  described  as  (7r«- 
terium  iioriforme^(i\\\\idm\t7.  in  1S82  is  plainly  the  species  in  question, 
and,  by  the  rule  of  priority,  tlie  older  name  must  be  adoj^ted. 
Although  widely  distributed,  T.  jioriforme  is  not  common  in  Britain; 
it  has  been  recorded  from  Somerset,  Wilts,  Middlesex,  Leicestershire, 
and  Shropshire. 

T.  Botrytis  Pers.  var.  cerifera  G.  Lister  in  Journ.  Bot.  1915, 
p.  211.  Recorded  in  Britain  from  Derbyshire,  Bedfordshire,  Essex, 
Somerset,  and  Dorset ;  also  from  New  South  Wales. 

Hemitrichia  leiotricha  Lister.  Recorded  in  Britain  from 
Dorset,  Devon,  Surrey,  Essex,  Hertfordshire,  Bedfordshire,  Shro])- 
shire,  Northumberland,  and  Aberdeenshire;  also  from  Norway,  Sweden, 
North  Germany,  Switzerland,  and  Ceylon. 

H.  ABIETINA  (Wigand)  Lister.  Found  for  the  first  time  in 
Britain  in  the  Woodhouse  Pinetum,  Uplyme,  Devon,  in  February 
1905  ;  also  obtained  near  Swarraton,  Hants,  and  Hind  Head,  Surrey. 

H.  MINOR  G.  Lister.  The  typical  form  was  first  found  in  Britain 
by  the  Rev.  W.  Cran,  near  Skene,  February  1912  ;  and  he  has  met 
with  it  again  repeatedly  there  and  also  at  Lesmoir,  West  Aberdeen- 
shire. Mr.  N.  G.  Hadden  obtained  it  on  the  mossy  bark  of  living 
trees  at  West  Porlock,  Somerset,  November  1916.  Here  he  also 
found  the  handsome  little  dark-spotted  var.  pardina  Minakata,  growing 
on  hedge-clippings,  in  January  1919.  In  this  gathering  the  spirals  on 
the  capillitium  are  unusually  well  developed  and  are  dextral  in  arrange- 
ment, whereas  in  all  specimens  of  typical  H.  minor  hitherto  obtained 
the  direction  of  the  s^Dirals  is  sinistral,  as  is  usual  in  the  Trichiacecd. 
In  the  type  of  var.  pardina  from  Japan,  the  capillitium  has  faint  and 
variable  spirals,  some  being  dextral,  others  sinistral.  Guided  by  this 
character  of  the  spirals,  I  examined  a  number  of  our  old  mountings, 
with  the  result  that  I  came  across  the  record  of  two  gatherings  of 
what  I  doubt  not  should  be  called  H.  minor  var.  pardina,  made  at 
Lyme  Regis  in  the  years  1891,  1899.  They  came  from  the  same 
leaf-heap,  and  each  consisted  of  a  single  sporangium.  In  appearance 
they  are  shortly  stalked  and  glossy  yellow  spotted  with  prominent 
dark  brown  warts  ;  the  capillitium  shows  dextral  spirals  ;  one  had 
been  called  "  H.  Karstenii  F,"  the  other  **  T.  erecta  Rex,"  and 
afforded  the  only  evidence  for  the  occurrence  of  that  species  in 
Britain.  T.  erecta  is  a  much  more  sturdy  species  and  has  rich  orange- 
yellow  capillitium  with  spinulose  sinistral  spirals ;   it  is   widely  dis- 


ilYCETOZOA    EECORDED   AS    BRITISH    SINCE    1909  IH 

tributed,  having  been  recorded  from  the  Eastern  United  States,  from 
Victoria  and  New  South  Wales,  and  from  New  Zealand  ;  it  is  to  be 
hoped  that  eventually  it  may  be  reinstated  as  a  British  species. 

H.  LEiocAEPA  Cooke.  The  single  British  record  is  a  specimen 
found  on  Sphagnum  in  an  orchid  house  in  the  Eoyal  Botanic  Gardens, 
Edinburgh,  in  1878.  In  this  gathering,  as  well  as  in  the  type  from 
Harps  well,  Maine,  and  in  a  specimen  found  by  Mr.  Hugo  Bilgram 
near  Philadelphia  in  1914,  the  spirals  of  the  capillitium  are  all 
dextral;  on  the  other  hand,  the  type  of  H.  Varneyi  Rex  from 
Kansas,  which  is  included  under  K.  leiocarpa  in  the  British  Museum 
Catalogue,  had  sinistral  spirals.  How  far  the  direction  of  the  spirals 
is  a  reliable  diagnostic  character  is  uncertain  in  the  present  state  of 
our  knowledge.     H.  leiocarpa  is  closely  alhed  to  R.  clavata  Rost. 

CoRis^iiviA  Serpfla  (Wigand)  Rost.  Found  in  abundance  on 
heaps  of  spent  tan,  at  Grampound,  near  St.  Austell,  Cornwall,  in 
April  and  May  1906,  by  Mr.  J.  M.  Coon.  This  is  the  only  British 
record. 

Arctbia  ii«"8iGias  Kalchbr.  &  Cooke.  The  only  British  gathering 
known  was  made  by  Miss  K.  Higgins  in  woods  near  Luton,  Beds,  in 
August  1916. 

Perich^j^a  corticalis  (Batch)  Rost.  var.  liceoides  Lister. 
Found  on  hedge-clippings,  January  1919,  by  Mr.  N.  G.  Hadden,  near 
Porlock,  Somerset.  The  minute  shining  yellow  sporangia  are  both 
clustered  and  scattered  about  the  dead  herbage,  and  closely  resemble 
those  of  an  Oligonema,  but  the  translucent  walls  are"  in  some 
sporangia  mottled  with  deposits  of  dark  refuse-matter ;  the  capillitium 
consists  of  a  close  network  of  nearly  smooth  irregular  threads  ;  the 
spores  are  minutely  warted  and  measure  12  /it  in  diameter.  This 
specimen  is  similar  in  all  respects  to  one  kindly  sent  by  Dr.  Jahn 
from  Denmark  ;  it  had  developed  on  the  dung  of  fallow-deer.  Other 
gatherings  of  this  variety  have  been  obtained  on  the  dung  of  hares 
and  rabbits  in  Germany,  on  old  willow-bark  in  Carinthia,  and  on  old 
cow-dung  in  Florida. 

P.  YERMicuLARis  Rost.  var.  pedata  Lister  (see  Mycetozoa,  ed.  ^, 
p.  253).  It  has  been  found  that  the  specimens  with  stalked  sporangia 
and  smooth  capillitium,  published  under  this  name  from  Lyme  Regis 
and  from  Philadelphia,  have  far  less  affinity  with  P.  vermicularis 
than  with  P.  chrysosperma  (Currey)  Lister.  An  extensive  series  of 
gatherings  of  the  latter  species  from  Japan  shows  that  the  usual 
characteristic  spines  on  the  capillitium  are  sometimes  absent  in  weak 
developments;  the  very  faintly  papillose  sporangium -wall  and  the 
dark  stalks  are  not  unusual  features  in  P.  chrysosperma.  The  variety 
pedata  of  P.  vermicularis  should  therefore  be  suppressed. 

In  conclusion,  I  wish  to  express  my  sincere  thanks  to  the  friendly 
correspondents  who  have  given  me  permission  to  make  free  use  of 
their  observations. 


112  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

ALABASTRA  DIVERSA.— Part  XXX  * 
Br  Spencer  Le  M.  Moore,  B.Sc,  F.L.S. 

(Concluded  from  p.  91.) 
2.    TuTMELEACEiE  AFRICAXiE  XOY^  YEL  NOTARI  DIGN^, 

In  writing  the  following  descriptions,  the  view  held  by  recent 
authors  that  the  organs  found,  when  they  do  occur,  usually  at  the  throat 
of  the  calyx  of  ThymeleacecB  are  petals,  has  not  been  followed.  That 
view  was  not  without  support  among  older  writers ;  thus  Lindley 
calls  the  organs  in  question  "  scale-like  petals,"  and  Eichler  alludes 
to  them  as  **  Kronblatter  (Schlundschiippchen),"  which  ma}^  be  re- 
garded as  a  sort  of  "  sitting  upon  the  fence  "  ;  but  Meisner,  whose  work 
upon  the  group  is  of  great  importance,  always  speaks  of  "  squamulse," 
while  Endlicher  boldly  names  them  sterile  stamens.  Baillon,  while 
adopting  the  "  scale  "  view,  says  of  Dicranolepis  that  the  scales 
resemble  a  corolla.  In  spite  of  this  extreme  case  and  of  a  certain 
analogy  with  Dichapetalum,  it  seems  not  improbable  that  these 
organs  are  really  not  petals  at  all,  but  either  transformed  parts  of  the 
andrcpcium  or  new  structures  arising  independentlj^  and  functioning 
in  the  pollination  of  the  respective  species  bearing  them.  In  any 
event,  it  would  seem  better  at  the  present  stage  to  use  a  non-committal 
term  rather  than  the  definite  one  now  coming  into  fashion. 

Struthiola  epacridioides  C.  H.  Wright,  District  of  George, 
Trake  de  tow  ;  Bowie,  22. 

Struthiola  Pentheri,  sp.  no  v.  Fruticulosa,  ramis  erectis  rigidis 
omnimodo  crebro  foliosis  pubescentibus ;  foliis  subarcte  imbricatis 
ovatis  vel  oblon go-ova tis  obtusis  nisi  obtuse  acutis  jDaucistriatis  coria- 
ceis  nitidulis  giabris  ;  fiorlhus  ex  axillis  pluribus  oriundis  ;  hracteolis 
cymbiformibus  ciliafcis  apice  villosulis  ;  calycis  tubo  superne  leviter 
amplificato  ipso  sub  limbo  subito  paulloque  dilatato  parum  incur vo 
glabro  lobis  brevibus  late  ovatis  obtuse  acutis ;  sqiiamis  8  oblongis 
obtusis  incrassatis  pilos  cingentes  superantibus ;  antlieris  inclusis 
oblongis  obtusis  ;  ovario  glabro. 

South  Africa,  Zitzikamma ;  Penther,  429. 

Folia  5-7  x  2-3  mm.,  in  sicco  viridi-grisea.  Bracteolae  2'5-3  mm. 
long.  Calycis  tubus  infra  articulum  1  mm.,  supra  idem  8-9  mm. 
long.,  hie  inferne  '5  mm.  superne  1  mm.  lat. ;  lobi  1*5  mm.  long. 
Squamse  1'2  mm.  long.  Anthera?  squamis  sequilongse.  Ovarium 
•7  mm  long. 

Distributed  as  S.  Thomsoni  Oliv.,  a  native  of  Tropical  East 
Africa.  It  is  close  to  S.  Macowani  C.  H,  Wright,  differing  from 
it  mainly  in  the  broader  and  obtuse  leaves  and  the  shorter  calyx  with 
but  a  slight  enlargement  immediately  under  the  limb. 

Struthiola  elayescens  Gilg.  Road  to  Constantia ;  Wallich, 
406.     Vicinity  of  Cape  Town  ;  Mrs.  Balston.     Basutoland  ;  Nelson. 

Struthiola  concava,  sp.  nov.  Fruticulus  ramosus ;  ramulis 
quadrangularibus    foliosis     primo    ascendentibus    postea   patentibus 

*  Types  of  the  species  here  described  are  in  the  National  Herbarium. 


THTMELEACE^    AFRTCA?«^^  113 

pilosis  deinde  glabrescentibus  inconspicueque  cicatriciferis  ;  foliis  per 
paria  decussata  ordinatis  lineari-subulatis  apice  subpungentibus  pag. 
sup,  concavis  dorso  convexis  necnon  trinervibus  coriaceis  margine 
2:)romin enter  sericeo-ciliatis  tandem  glabris  ;  jioribus  parvis  ex  axillis 
superioribus  oriundis ;  bract eolis  oblongis  obtusis  dorso  carinatis 
margine  ciliatis ;  calycis  tubo  inferne  glabro  superne  subcylindrico 
sub  limbo  dilatato  subsparsim  appresse  sericeo  lobis  ovatis  obtusis  ; 
squamis  8  (casu  9)  oblongis  obtusis  crassiusculis  quam  pili  stipantes 
pauUo  longioribus  ;  aiitheris  oblongis  obtusis  apice  exsertis  ;  ovario 
glabro. 

Cape,  Tulbagh  ;  SchlecTiter,  7513. 

Folia  4-6  mm.  long.,  prope  basin  1  mm.  lat.  Bracteolse  apice 
villosulse,  3  mm.  long.  Calycis  tubus  modo  4  mm.  long.,  pars  infra 
ai-ticulamentum  "5  mm.  long.,  juxta  medium  fere  1  mm.,  sub  limbo 
1"25  mm.  lat.  ;  lobi  extus  sub  apice  solummodo  glabri,  segre  2  mm. 
long.  Squamae  1  "2  mm.  long. ;  antherse  totidem.  Ovarium  "75  mm., 
stylus  2*5  mm.  long. 

Near  S.  jiavescens  Grilg.,  the  narrower,  not  imbricated  leaves  and 
the  very  small  flowers  with  bracteoles  but  little  shorter  than  the 
calj'x  are  points  of  easy  recognition. 

Lachx^a  macrantha  Meisn.  Swellenclam ;  Niven.  The  Bowie 
specimens  unlocalised  in  Fl.  Cap.  are  from  Mts.  of  Tradu  and  Groote 
vader  bosch  {Bowies  no.  2). 

Gnidia  pinifolia  L.     Natal,  Inchanga  ;  Molyneuoc. 
Apparently  unrecorded  from  Natal. 

Gnidia  kasaiensis,  sp.  no  v.  Caule  erecto  simplici  omnimodo 
(parte  brevi  inferiore  exempta)  folioso  ;  foliis  laxe  imbricatis  alternis 
sessilibus  lanceolato-oblongis  apice  pungenti-acutis  subparallele  pauci- 
nervosis  subpergamaceis  glabris ;  caj^itulis  terminalibus  sessilibus 
globulosis  multitloris  ;  involucri  bracteis  paucis  anguste  ovato-oblongis 
acuminatis  ciliatis  papyraceis  ;  calycis  tubo  anguste  cylindrico  infra 
articulamentum  (basi  villosa  exclusa)  glabro  ceterum  subtiliter 
pubescente  lobis  4  abbreviatis  oblongis  vel  oblongo-obovatis  obtusis  vel 
obtusissimis  ;  squamis  parvulis  liliformibus  ;  anther  is  inclusis  oblongis 
obtusis  ;  ovario  glabro. 

Belgian  Congo,  Sankuru  river,  Kasai  district :  Kassner,  3322. 

Planta  bispithamea.  Folia  pleraque  2-3  cm.  long.,  5-8  mm.  lat., 
in  sicco  viridi-griseola.  Capitula  usque  ad.  3  cm.  diam.  Involucri 
bractese  6-7  mm.  long.,  saltern  in  sicco  brunneae.  Calycis  tubi  pars 
inf.  2  mm.  long.  ;  pars  sup.  11  mm.  ;  lobi  l'5-2  mm.  long.  Squamae 
circa  '5  mm.,  antherae  '5  mm.  long.  Ovarium  oblongum,  glabrum, 
aegre  1  mm.  long.  Fructus  compressus,  anguste  oblongo-ovoideus, 
glaber,  1'5  mm.  long. 

Affinity  with  G.  mollis  C.  H.  "Wright,  from  which  it  is  known  by 
several  differences  in  the  leaves  and  flowers.  The  number  of  invo- 
lucral  bracts  was  not  exactly  ascertained,  owing  to  the  specimens 
having  been  glued  down  before  description,  but  they  seem  to  fall 
far  short  of  the  15-20  possessed  by  G.  moUis. 


114  THE   JOUENAL   OF    BOTAXT 

Gnidia  kundelungensis,  sp.  nov.  Saffrutex  circa  trisplthamea  ; 
caule  erecto  parum  rainoso  basi  nudo  ceterura  folioso  glabro  ;  foliis 
alternis  nonnuiiquam  oppositis  vel  suboppositis  oblongo-lanceolatis 
apice  breviter  debiliterque  pungenti-aciuninatis  trinervibus  micro- 
scopice  sericeis  inferioribus  laxe  imbricatis  superioribus  gradatim 
distantioribus  ;  floribus  in  capitula  parva  sessilia  circa  15 -flora  ex 
axillis  superioribus  oriunda  digestis ;  involucri  bracteis  (anne  sem- 
per?) 7  anguste  ovato-obiongis  acuminatis  papyraceis  saltern  in  sicco 
brunneis  ;  calycis  tubo  anguste  infundibuLari  ima  basi  villoso  infra 
articulamentum  glabro  alibi  microscopice  puberulo  lobis  4  oblongis 
obtusis  ;  squamis  abbreviatis  clavellatis ;  antJieri$  inclusis  oblongis 
obtusis ;  ovario  glabro. 

Belgian  Congo,  AVest  Kundelungu,  under  trees  ;  Kassne7%  2793. 

Folia  inferiora  l*5-2"5  cm.  long.,  4-5  mm.  lat.,  superiora  gradatim 
imrainuta,  ultima  equidem  angustissime  linearia  modo  5  mm.  long. 
Capitula  circa  7  mm.  diam.  ;  horum  bracteae  5-7  mm.  long.  Ovarium 
compressum,  oblongo-ovoideum,  1*5  mm.  long.  Stylus  tegre  3  mm. 
long.,  glaber. 

Differs  from  G.  apiculata  Grilg,  which  it  resembles  in  many 
respects,  in  the  broad  leaves,  the  calyx  without  the  long  silky 
clothing,  &c. 

Gnidia  fastigiata  E-endle.  Transvaal,  Johannesburg,  open  veld 
to  southward  near  Klipriviersberg  ;  Band,  898. 

Gnidia  fastiqiata  Rendle  var.  liirsutaH.  H.  W.  Pears.  Trans- 
vaal, Johannesburg,  in  shallow  valleys  to  southward,  dry  vlei  ground  ; 
Band,  899, 

This  variety  would  seem  to  be  new  to  South  Africa. 

Gnidia  miceocephala  Meisn.  Rhodesia,  Salisbury ;  Sawer,  15, 
Band,  1373  :  Victoria  ;  Monro,  559. 

A  South  African  species  extending  as  far  northward  as  Lydenburg, 
which,  though  found  also  in  British  Central  and  Portuguese  East 
Africa,  has  apparently  not  been  reported  hitherto  from  Rhodesia. 

Gnidia  dumicola,  sp.  nov.  Fruticulus  erectus  semispithameus ; 
caulihus  e  rhizomate  valido  caespitosis  a  basi  vel  fere  a  basi  foliosis 
simplicibus  vel  breviramosis  pubescentibus  ;  foliis  alternis  sessilibus 
laxe  imbricatis  lanceolato-oblongis  superioribus  lineari-lanceolatis  lan- 
ceolatisve  apice  pungentibus  longitrorsum  nervosis  coriaceis  margine 
ciliatis ;  capifulis  terminalibus  sessilibus  brevissimeve  pedunculatis 
12-20-floris ;  involucri  bracteis  circa  7  ovato-lanceolatis  acuminatis 
coloratis  (in  sicco  brunneis)  pubescentibus;  calycis  tubo  angustissime 
infundibular!  inferne  et  superne  dense  pubescente  lobis  4  obovatis 
obtusissimis  extus  pubescentibus  intus  glabris ;  sqvaniis  lineari- 
clavellatis  lobos  fere  semisequantibus  ;  staminihus  inf.  medium  tubum 
versus  aflixis  ;  ovario  glabro. 

Angola,  sporadic  in  thickets  between  Forte  Princeza  Amelia  and 
Limbala  Monelilo  ;    Gossweiler,  2023. 

Folia  pleraque  l'5-2  cm.  long.,  3-4  mm.  lat.,  basi  5-7-apice 
3-nerYia,    nervis    prominentibus.       Capitula   circa    1-1*5    cm.    diam. 


TIITMELEACEJE    AFRICA!??.^  115 

Involucri  bractese  6-7  mm.  long.,  dorso  5-nervosae.  Pedicelli  villosi, 
1  mm.  long.  Cal^'x  sulphureus,  pars  infra  articulamentmn  3  mm, 
long.,  pars  sup.  7  mm.  ;  lobi  1*5  mm.  long.  Squamae  '65  mm,  long. 
Antberae  oblongse,  superiores  '75  mm.,  inferiores  1  mm.  long.  Ovarium 
oblongo-ovoideum,  stipiti  "25  mm.  long,  impositum,  1  mm.  long. 
Stylus  2  mm.  long. 

According  to  Pearson's  clavis  this  should  come  next  G.  steno- 
phylla  Gilg  from  Somaliland  :  the  acicular  leaves  of  that  species 
need  alone  be  mentioned. 

Lasiosipho?^ Li^'iFOLius  Meisn.  Rhodesia,  near  Chirinda,  3500 ft.; 
Swynnerfon,  sine  no.     Buluwajo  ;  Rand,  204. 

Well  distributed  through  various  parts  of  South  Africa  and 
reaching  as  far  north  as  Lydenburg  and  Pilgrim's  Rest  {Greensfock)^ 
this  species,  it  is  believed,  has  not  hitherto  been  reported  from  a 
tropical  habitat. 

Aethbosole?^  chetsantha  Solms-Laub.  var.  ignea  H.  H.  Pear- 
son.    Rhodesia,  Salisbury  ;  Eyles,  862  in  part. 

The  collector's  note  says  *'  Common  herb  in  clusters,  9-12  in.  tall. 
Flower  colour  ranges  from  yellow  through  orange  to  red,  but  colour 
of  a  cluster  not  mixed  ;  3'^ellow  flowers  commonest  and  usuall}''  tallest."' 
We  have  the  same  var.  collected  by  Rand  (No.  205)  also  at 
Salisbury.     This  is  the  first  record  (of  the  variety)  from  Rhodesia. 

Aetheosolex  Poggei  H.  H.  W.  Peai-son  (ex  descript.).  Angola, 
road  from  Caconda  to  Cunene ;  Gossiveiler,  1794  ;  open  thickets  by 
Domba  river;  Id.,  3063. 

A  very  rare  plant  hitherto  unrepresented  in  the  London  herbaria. 

Aetheosolen  Newtonii  H.  H.  W.  Pearson.  Belgian  Congo, 
Lukifwa  river  ;  Kassner,  2858. 

Referred  by  de  Wildeman  (Ann.  Mus.  Congo  Belg.  Ser.  iv.  ii.  113) 
to  Gnidia  katangensis  Gilg  &  Dew. 

Arthosolen  paludosa,  sp.  nov,  Fruticosa,  ascendens,  pauciramu- 
losa,  ramulis  debilibus  patentibus  vel  ascendentibus  distanter  foliosis 
glabris ;  ,/bZm  subsessilibus  linearibus  (inferioribus  anguste  lineari- 
oblanceolatis)  obtusis  apice  subpungentibus  plurinervosis  microscopice 
sericeis ;  capitulis  ramulos  terminantibus  paucis  parvis  paucifloris ; 
in  volucri  bracteis  5  oblongo-ovatis  breviter  acuminatis  membranaceis 
microscopice  sericeis ;  calycis  parvi  tubo  abbreviato  angustissime 
infundibulari  parte  infra  articulamentum  glabra  parte  sup.  sericea 
lobis  late  oblongis  obtusissimis  ;  antheris  inclusis  oblongis  obtusis  ; 
ovario  compresso-pyriformi  glabro. 

Belgian  Congo,  Luente  in  swamps  ;  Kassner,  2485. 

Planta  paullo  ultra  trispithamea.  Folia  inferiora  eirca  2  cm. 
long.,  2-3  mm.  lat.  ;  superiora  +1  cm.  xl  mm.,  firme  membranacea, 
in  sicco  viridia.  Capitula  pansa  QxQ  mm. ;  horum  bractese  6  mm, 
long.,  2*5-3  mm.  lat.  Pedicelli  segre  1  mm.  long.  Calycis  tubi  pars- 
infra  articulamentum  1  mm.,  pars  sup.  2  mm.  long.,  hie  deorsum 
•2  mm.  sursum  '8  mm.  lat. ;  lobi  '6  mm.  long.  Antherae  '5  mm.  long. 
Ovarium  -75  mm.  long.  ;  stylus  a  latere  impositus,  1*5  mm.  long. 


110  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

De  Wildeman  {I.  c.)  publishes  this  as  "  Gnidia  Bucliananil 
Gilg,"  a  plant  which  it  resembles  superficially.  The  smaller  heads 
and  tiny  flowers  enable  one  to  distinguish  the  new  plant  at  first 
sight,  irrespective  of  the  absence  of  scales  from  the  mouth  of  the 
calyx.     The  affinity  is  with  A.  polycephala  C.  A.  Mey. 

Arthrosolen  microcephala,  sp.  nov.  Frutex  orgyalis,  laxe  ramo- 
sus,  rami's  sat  robustis  cortice  fusco  longitrorsum  rimoso  obductis 
ramulos  graciles  superne  foliosos  glabros  emittentibus  ;  foliis  sessilibus 
aciculari-linearibus  breviter  acuminatis  dorso  convexiusculis  glabris  ; 
capitulis  minimis  axillaribus  1-3-floris  ;  involucri  cylindrici  bracteis 
5  oblongo-lanceoktis  acutis  membranaceis  margine  anguste  scariosis 
doi-so  sericeo-pilosis  margine  sericeo-ciliatis ;  calycis  parvuli  parte 
infra  articulamentum  glabra  parte  sup.  anguste  infundibulari  itiique 
glabra  lobis  ovatis  obtusis  ;  antlieris  inclusis  oblongis  obtusis  ;  ovario 
subquadrato  glabro. 

Angola,  in  marshy  situations  beside  the  Luassingua  river ;  Goss- 
iveiler,  3009. 

Folia  +5  mm.  X  "S-'TS  mm.,  in  sicco  brunnescentia.  Capitula 
circa  3"5x2*5  mm.  Involucri  bractese  2-2-5  mm.  long.  Flores 
coccinei.  Calycis  pars  infra  articulamentum  2*25  mm.  long.,  pars 
sup.  totidem,  ha^c  inferne  vix  o  mm.  sub  limbo  fere  1  mm.  lat. ;  lobi 
fere  1  mm.  long.  Antherse  -5  mm.  long.  Ovarium  '5  mm.,  st^dus  a 
latere  insertus  circa  1  mm.  long.  Fructus  oblongo-ovoidea,  acuta, 
brunnea,  3  mm.  long. 

To  be  inserted  in  the  genus  next  to  A.  pleiirocephola  H.  H.  W. 
Pearson,  a  species  not  represented  in  this  country,  but  described  as 
having  ovate-lanceolate  involucral  bracts  and  heads  with  5-6  brown 
flowers. 

Arthrosolen  Gossweileri,  sp.  nov.  Caulibus  ascendentibus  csespi- 
tosis  gracilibus  e  rhizomate  sat  valido  ortis  fere  a  basi  crebro  foliosis 
glabris ;  foliis  sessilibus  aciculari-linearibus  acutis  vel  acuminatis 
dorso  striatis  glabris ;  capitulis  exiguis  cylindricis  usque  11-floris  in 
axillis  superiorbus  positis  horum  bracteis  paucis  exterioribus  lanceo- 
latis  vel  lineari-lanceolatis  acuminatis  membranaceis  interioribus  4 
ovatis  acuminatis  scariosis  coloratis  dorso  summum  pilosis  margine 
sericeo-ciliatis  ;  Jiorihus  breviter  pedicellatis  pedicellis  villosis  ;  calycis 
tubi  parte  infm  articulamentum  cylindrica  glabra  parte  sup.  anguste 
infundibulari  sericea  lobis  oblongis  obtusissimis ;  antheris  oblongis 
inclusis  ;  ovario  oblongo-ovoideo  glabro. 

Angola,  Munonque  in  thickets  ;    Gossiveiler,  3090. 

Planta  trispitharaea  habitu  scopario.  Folia  ±10  X  "5  mm.,  in 
sicco  viridi-brunnea.  Capitula  pansa  modo  5x3  mm.  ;  horum 
bracta3  ext.  4  mm.  long.,  int.  Isete  brunnese  4-5  mm.  long.,  juxta 
basin  2  mm.  lat.  Flores  ex  echedis  cl.  delectoris  dilute  flavescentes. 
Calycis  pars  inf.  2  mm.  long.,  "5  mm.  lat. ;  pars  sup.  3  mm.  long., 
inferne  '5  mm.  ipso  sub  limbo  1  mm.  lat.  ;  lobi  1  mm.  long. 
Antherse  '4  mm.  long.     Ovarium  vix  1  mm.,  stylus  glaber  I'omm.  long. 

Like  the  last,  this  is  allied  to  A.  pletiroccpliala  :  it  differs  from 
A.  microcepliala  mainly  in  the  involucres  and  the  flowers. 


THTMELEACEJE    AFEICAN^  117 

Dicranolepis  Talbotiorum,  sp.  nov.  Ramulis  foliosis  teretibus 
siiLtiliter  sericeo-pubescentibus  dein  glabrls ;  foliis  subsessilibus 
oblique  ovatis  vel  ovato-oblongis  caudato-acummatis  apice  obtusis 
basi  cmieatis  membmnaceis  glabris  ;  florihus  5-meris  in  axillis  veri- 
similiter  solitariis ;  calych  tubo  satis  elongate  cylindrico  basi  paul- 
lulum  dilatato  cinereo-tomentoso  lobis  tubo  brevioribus  oblongo- 
lanceolatis  obtusis  mox  reflexis  extus  tomentosis  intus  subtiliter  etsi 
dense  pubescentibus;  squamis  caljcis  lobos  adsequantibus  vel  iis  paullo 
brevioribus  usque  basin  partitis  spathulato-oblongis  obtusissimis  in- 
tegris  vel  apiceni  versus  leviter  undulatis  glabris  ;  staminihus  exsertis  ; 
ovario  glabro,  stigmate  capitato-truncato  subincluso. 

Kcih.  South  Nigeria,  Degema  Division  ;   Talbot,  3693. 

Folia  5-7*5  cm.  long.,  2*5-3  cm.  lat.,  in  sicco  brunneo-viridia. 
Calycis  tubus  circa  3  cm.  long.,  liumectatus  basi  3  mm.  lat.  alibi 
2  mm.;  lobi  1"2-1"5  mm.  long.  Squamae  1-1*3  cm.  long.,  segmentis 
juxta  apicem  3*5-4  mm.  lat.  Stamina  usque  7  mm.  exserta  ;  anthera? 
subhippocrepiformes,  vix  2*5  mm.  long.  Stigma  superne  compressum, 
1*75  mm.  diam.  Fructus  ovoidea,  brunnea,  subtiliter  pubescens, 
1*3  X  1*1  cm.,  calycis  persistentis  parte  sup.  5-Q  mm.  long. 

Affinity  with  D.  grandiflora  Engl.,  differing  chiefly  in  the  smaller 
flowers  with  relatively  broader  squamae,  shorter  than,  or  at  most  equal 
to,  the  sepals  and  stigma  only  just  emerging  from  the  mouth  of  the 
calyx-tube. 

Dicranolepis  angolensis,  sp.  nov.  Suffi-utex  ramosus  ramulis 
subteretibus  novellis  pilis  fere  omnino  destitutis ;  foliis  subsessilibus 
oblique  ovatis  caudato-attenuatis  apice  obtusis  basi  obtusis  membrana- 
ceis  subnitidis  glabris  ;  fiorihus  5-meris  in  axillis  solitariis  sessilibus  ; 
calycis  tubo  gracili  basi  leviter  solum  dilatato  cinereo-tomentoso 
intus  glabro  lobis  oblanceolato-oblongis  obtusis  utrinque  pubescenti- 
bus ;  squamis  sepala  circiter  aequantibus  alte  partitis  segmentis 
oblongo-obknceolatis  apice  leviter  incisis  glabris  ;  staminihus  exsertis  ; 
ovario  glabro  ;  stigmate  incluso  compresso-claviformi  apice  truncato. 

Hah.  Angola,  Cazengo  ;   Gossiveile7\  4422,  4422  a. 

Planta  f-metralis  radice  erecto  crassissimo  quam  se  ipsa  duplo 
longiore  fulta.  Folia  pleraque  6-8*5  cm.  long.,  usque  ad  2*5-3*5  cm. 
lat.,  in  sicco  supra  saturate  subtus  pallide  viridia.  Flores  albi. 
Calycis  tubus  2*5-2*7  cm.  long.,  ima  basi  1*5  mm.  alibi  1  mm.  lat. ; 
lobi  10-11  mm.  long.,  3  mm.  lat.  Squamae  9-10  X  2  mm.  Filamen- 
torum  pars  exserta  feie  1  mm.  long. ;  anthera  2*5  mm.  long.  Stigma 
2x1  mm. 

To  be  inserted  next  D.  pulescens  H.  H.  W.  Pearson,  a  native  of 
French  Guinea,  from  which  its  glabrous  young  shoots,  its  calyx-tube 
glabrous  within,  and  narrower  calyx-lobes  are  the  chief  points  of 
difference. 

Apparently  no.  4422  h  is  the  same  thing  in  fruit.  The  ovoid 
fruits  are  covered  with  a  sparse  sericeous  indumentum  easily  rubbed 
off  ;  they  measure  9-10  X  7-7*5  mm. :  the  persistent  tubular  part  of 
the  calyx  is  4  mm.  in  length. 

Dicranolepis  Batesii,  sp.  nov.  Frutex  ultrametralis  ramulis 
crebro  foli(jbis  pubescentibus  deinde  glabris  ;  foliis  breviter  petiolatis 


118  THE  JOUBNAL  OF  BOTANT 

oblique  ov^atis  caudato-acuminatis  apice  acutis  basi  cuneatis  firme 
membranaceis  supra  glabris  subtus  pnesertim  in  nervis  appresse 
piloso-puberulis ;  jlorihus  pro  rata  parvis  5-meris  plerumque  2-3-nis 
sc'ssilibus ;  calycis  tubo  abbreviate  cylindrico  basi  vix  dilatato  extus 
paberulo  intus  glabro  lobis  oblongo-lanceolatis  tubo  brevioribus  extus 
pubescentibus  intus  glabris ;  squamis  ealycis  lobos  eirciter  semi- 
lequantibus  alte  bipartitis  segmentis  oblongis  vel  lineari-oblongis 
integris  vel  sursum  denticulatis  glabris ;  staminihus  exsertis ;  ovario 
glabro  ;  sti/lo  compresso-claviformi  tubo  plane  incluso. 

Hab.   Cameroons,  Bitye  ;  Bates^  692. 

Folia  pleraque  6-7  X  2*5-3  cm.,  supra  in  sicco  viridia  subtus 
brunnescentia.  Flores  albi.  Calycis  tubus  9-10  mm.  long.,  iuia 
basi  1-1*25  mm.  lat.,  alibi  "75-1  mm.;  lobi  eirciter  3  mm.  long., 
•5-1  mm.  lat.  Filamentorum  pars  exserta  1*5  mm.  long.  ;  antherie 
125  mm.  long.  Stigma  eroso-marginatum,  truncatum,  1*25  mm. 
long.,  hujus  culinen  1-1*5  mm.  infra  calycis  os. 

The  squamae  and  included  stjde  are  the  chief  differences  between 
this  and  I),  parvijlora  H.  H.  W.  Pearson. 

The  squamse  here  and  there  may  be  greatly  reduced  in  size,  the 
segments  in  some  cases  measuring  less  than  1  mm.  in  length. 

Peddiea  Batesii,  sp.  nov.  Frutex  glaber,  trimetralis  vel  pauUo 
ultra ;  foliis  pro  I'ata  magnis  ellipticis  apice  acuminatis  basi  in  petio- 
lum  brevissimum  gradatim  angustatis  miembranaceis  nitidulis  ijioribas 
4-meris  in  umbellam  10-floram  pedunculo  brevi  insidentem  digestis  ; 
bractels  perpaucis  ovatis  acutis  scariosis  margine  sericeo-ciliatis ; 
pediceUis  pedunculo  tenuioribus  necnon  pauUo  brevioribus ;  calycis 
tubo  juxta  medium  levissime  contracto  glabro  lobis  ovatis  obtusis- 
simis  apice  pubescentibus ;  staminibus  8  antheris  oblongis  obtusis  ; 
ovario  ovoideo  superne  dense  villoso ;  stylo  ovario  sequilongo  basi 
apiceque  aliquantulum  dilatato  glabro ;  sfigmate  compresso-capitato. 

Cameroons  without  precise  locality  ;  Bates,  1035. 

Folia  usque  17  vel  etiam  19  cm.  long,  (exstant  vero  minora)  et 
5  cm.  lat.,  supra  in  sicco  griseo-viridia,  subtus  pallidiora ;  costa 
media  subtus  optime  eminens,  costie  laterales  parum  perspicue. 
Bractea;  4-10  mm.  long.  Pedunculus  7  mm.,  jiedicelli  4-5  mm. 
Jong.  Flores  sec.  cl.  detectorem  viridi-llavi.  Calycis  tubus  Jtgre 
1  cm.  long.,  inferne  2*25  mm.,  superne  3-3*5  mm.  lat.  ;  lobi  mox 
patentes,  1*5  mm.  long.  Antherse  1  mm.  long.  Ovarium  1*5  mm. 
long.     Stigma  "5  x  '8  mm. 

Differs  from  P.  Zerikeri  Gilg  in  the  large  leaves,  the  differently- 
shaped  bracts,  short  peduncles  and  pedicels,  and  slender  style  as  long 
as  the  ovary. 

3.  Paeudactis,  Compositarum  e  tribu  Senecionidearum 
genus  novum. 

Caj)itula  homogama,  subdiscoidea,  flosculis  omnibus  ^  .  Invo- 
lucrum  ecalyculatum,  cylindrico-campanulatum,  phyllis  1-seriatis 
inter  se  liberis.  Beceptaculum  planum,  nudum.  CorollcR  tubulosa.', 
paucae  exteriores  zygomorphae  lobis  2  majoribus  ita  capitulum  radiatum 
mentientibus.      AntliercB  basi   obtusse,    integral.      8tyli   rami  com- 


PSEUDACTIS  119 

planatf,  apice  truncati  penicillatique  necnon  appendice  filiformi  sibi 
ipsis  fere  sequilonga  onusti.  Achcenia  subcylindrica,  10-costata, 
a!gre  omnino  glabra.  Pappi  setae  pauca3,  tenuissimse  caducissimseque. 
Herba  annua  habitu  gracili.  Folia  alterna.  Capitula  exigua,  ea 
Emilice  simulantia,  ad  apicem  ramorum  solitaria.  Corollse  5-merifi, 
verisimiliter  flavae  vel  aurantiacse. 

Paeudactis  emilioides,  sp.  unica.  Planta  sparsim  ramosa,  spi- 
thamea  vel  sesquispithamea,  ramulis  (uti  caulis)  filiformibus  debilibus 
ascendentibus  sparsim  foliosis  puberulis ;  foliis  parvis  distantibus 
inferioribus  manifeste  petiolatis  orbicularibus  vel  suborbicularibus 
superioribus  conti'a  sessilibus  lanceolatis  obtusis  omnibus  tenuiter 
membranaceis  puberulisque  ;  capitulis  circa  25-flosculosis  longipedun- 
culatis ;  Jlosculis  ext.  zjgomorphis  circa  8  exsertis  ;  involucri  phyllis 
6  oblongis  acutis  vel  obtusiusculis  apice  ipso  sphacelatis  dorso  ele- 
ganter  striatis  puberulis;  styli  ramorum  appendicibus  ex  androecio 
eminentibus;  acJiceniis  utrinque  paullulum  angustatis  eleganter  cos- 
tatis  ;  pappi  setis  glabis  albis. 

Belgian  Congo,  Western  slopes  of  Magila  Mts.  ;  Kassner,  2994. 

Folia  inf.  7-10  mm.  diam.,  horum  petioli  filiformes,  summum 
5  mm.  long. ;  folia  pleraque  sup.  7-10  mm.  long.,  2-3  mm.  lat., 
omnia  Integra  et  in  sicco  viridia,  Pedunculi  circa  12  cm.  long. 
Capitula  pansa  7x5  mm.  Involucri  phylla  5  mm.  long.  Floscu- 
lorum  ext.  lobi  majores  oblongi,  obtusi,  usque  ad  3  mm.  long.,  lobi 
minores  lineari-lanceolati,  acuti,  1"5  mm.  long. ;  flosculorum  int. 
tubus  anguste  infundibularis,  3  mm.  long.,  lobi  lanceolati,  circa 
2  mm.  long.  Styli  rami  '6  mm.  long.,  horum  appendix  '4  mm. 
Achsenia  fusca,  2  mm.  long.  Pappi  setae  2  mm.  long,  vel  paullo 
ultra. 

A  curious  plant,  which  at  first  sight  would  be  sorted  without 
hesitation  into  Emilia.  From  this  the  zj^gomorphic  exterior  corollas — 
recalling  those  of  some  DipsacecB  and  MutisiacecBy  for  instance, — the 
filiform  appendages  to  the  style-anus,  and  the  scant}'  caducous  pappus, 
afford  good  grounds  for  sejDaration. 


ILFRACOMBE  MOSSES  AND  HEPATICS. 
By  Cecil  P.  Hukst. 

(Concluded  from  p.  97.) 

Sarhtila  cordata  Dixon.  First  noticed  on  a  wall-top  at  Sauntoii 
by  Mr.  Holmes  in  April  1903,  and  was  only  known  until  quite 
recently  from  Central  Europe  (Austria,  Germany  and  Switzerland)  ; 
in  1902  it  was  gathered  in  Pyrenees  by  Messrs.  Dixon  and  Nicholson 
the  latter  of  whom  writes  : — "  I  found  B.  cordata  on  the  Saunton 
cliffs  in  North  Devon  in  October,  1916.  It  grew  in  a  scattered  way 
practically  all  along  the  cliffs,  but  I  think  that  it  was  most  plentiful 
at  the  end  nearest  to  Baggy  Point." — B.  topliacea  Mitt.  Fruiting 
freely  on  the  cliffs  to  the  east  of  Ilfracombe ;  I  think  I  have  also 


120  THE   JOUENAL   OF   BOTANY 

seen  the  capsules  on  Braunton  Burrows.  Mr.  Knight  writes  :^ 
'*  I  fancy  that  some  mosses  which  seem  to  be  confined  to  a  calcareous 
element  inland  are  not  so  particular  when  growing  near  the  sea. — 
J5.  topliacea  seems  to  be  always  common  near  the  sea  whatever  is  the 
nature  of  the  soil." — B.  rigidula  Mitt.  c.fr.  on  the  coast  at  Lee 
and  near  the  Watermouth  Caves  on  a  wall,  apparently  not  uncommon 
on  rock  in  the  Ilfracombe  neighbourhood. — B.  Hornschucliiana 
Schultz.  Small  roadside  quarry  near  Iron  Letters  Cross,  Ilfracombe, 
in  small  quantity;  very  fine  on  a  golfing  green  on  the  Lee  Golf 
Links ;  in  extremely  small  quantity  on  Braunton  Bun-ows. 

Weisia  viridula  Hedw,  c.fr.  in  sandy  places  near  Ilfiucombe, 
I  did  not  see  much  of  this  but  it  is  no  doubt  not  uncommon  on  sandy 
banks  in  the  district. —  W.  verticillata.  Wet  rocky  bank  near 
Berrj'-narbor ;  rock-crevice  on  Capstone  Parade,  Ilfracombe  ;  cliffs 
near  Haggington  Beach,  where  I  found  capsules  in  fair  quantity ;  the 
fruit  is  very  rare. 

T7Hcliostomu7n  crispulum  Bruch.  Rather  common  on  banks, 
rock-faces,  etc.  especially  on  the  calcareous  eastern  side  of  Ilfracombe, 
fruiting  on  stony  banks  on  the  south  side  of  the  road  from  Water- 
mouth  Castle  to  Combemartin ;  the  fruit  is  particularly  fine  and 
plentiful  in  a  small  limestone  quarry  in  a  field  a  little  to  the  south  of 
this  road.  Capsules  are  rare  in  this  plant,  but  Mr.  Dixon  tells  me  he 
finds  that,  when  produced,  they  generally  occur  in  some  quantity. — 
T.  mutahiU  Bruch.  Bather  common  and  often  very  fine  around 
Ilfracombe  on  rocks  and  banks ;  the  fruit,  Avhich  is  rare,  occurs 
sparingly  on  a  rocky  bank  on  the  south  side  of  the  road  from  Water- 
mouth  Castle  to  Combemartin. — T.  mutahile  var.  littorale  Dixon. 
Common  and  very  variable  all  round  Ilfracombe,  growing  plentifully 
on  the  rock-faces  on  Capstone  "Parade  and  also  on  Lantern  Hill ;  a 
very  small-leaved  form  occurs  which  Mr.  Knight  says  he  has  seen 
elsewhere. — T.  Jlavovirens  Bruch.  Fairly  plentiful  on  sand  at 
Braunton  Burrows  ;  a  curious  form  occurred  on  rock  in  some  quantity 
in  a  small  cove  near  Bull  Point  Lighthouse,  about  it  Mr.  Dixon 
wrote  : — "  It  is  an  unusual  form  with  leaves  acute  and  nerve  longly 
excurrent ;  not,  I  think,  at  all  common,  but  I  have  gathered  it  in 
Hants,  and  one  or  two  other  localities."  The  only  record  for  the 
fruit  of  this  moss  appears  to  be  near  Falmouth  in  1898  by  the  Bev. 
W.  H.  Painter. — T.  nitidum  Schp.  Rather  common  in  and  around 
Ilfracombe ;  I  noticed  it  on  the  churchyard  wall  of  the  parish  church 
and  on  a  wall  close  to  Wildersmouth  beach,  near  Marine  Place. 

*Bleurochcete  squarrosa  Lindb.  On  sand  at  Braunton  Burrows 
in  two  localities  near  where  Ammophila  arundinacea  has  been  planted  ; 
also  very  sparingly  near  the  lighthouse  on  Braunton  Burrows. 
Mr.  Dixon  wrote  : — "  The  leaves  of  the  Bleurochcete  you  send  from 
Bi-aunton  Burrows  are  unusually  entire  or  subentire  at  times,  but 
scarcely  constantly  enough  to  form  a  var.  or  form." 

Zugodon  viridissimus  R.  Brown.  A  form  occurred  rather 
plentifully  and  fruited  freely  at  the  roots  of  trees  by  the  small 
stream  near  Watermouth  Castle.  Mr.  Dixon  wrote  : — "  The  Zygodon 
must  be  referred  to  Z.  viridissimus.  The  leaves  are  sometimes 
longly  apiculate,  but  even  then  it  is  not  the  nerve  that  is  excurrent 


ILFRACOMBE    MOSSES    AND    IIEPATICS  121 

or  very  rarely ;  and  it  is  not  the  stout  mucro  of  Z.  Stlrtoniy — 
Z.  Stirtoni  Schp.  Kather  common  on  rock-faces  in  and  around 
llfracombe,  growing  on  Lantern  Hill  (where  I  found  capsules)  and 
on  Capstone  Parade  ;  it  also  fruits  on  a  rocky  roadside  near  Hele, 
close  to  llfracombe,  the  capsules  are  i*arely  produced.  I  noticed  a 
form  with  markedly  recurved  leaves  near  Score  ;  of  a  plant  that  occurred 
on  a  rock-face  near  Torrs  Park  Poad  Mr.  Dixon  wrote: — '*I  should 
refer  your  Zygodoii  to  Z.  Stirtoni-,  the  better  developed  leaves  have 
distinctly  that  apex ;  but  there  are  a  great  many  with  quite  the 
normal  apex  of  viridissimiis.  It  is  a  good  illustration  of  the  poor 
title  Z.  Stirtoni  has  to  specific  I'ank." 

JJlota  crispa  Brid.  Not  uncommon  on  trees  around  llfracombe, 
producing  capsules  freely.  Mr.  Knight  writes : — "  I  have  always 
had  considerable  difficulty  in  distinguishing  between  TI.  crispa  and 
Z7.  Briichii,  unless  one  finds  them  in  good  conditions,  with  capsules 
just  ripe  and  immediately  after  the  fall  of  the  lid.  In  Grloucester- 
shire,  where  they  are  scarce,  it  is  difficult  to  find  Tllota  in  good 
condition,  and  you  never  know  when  to  get  ripe  fruit  in  a  dry  climate 
like  we  have  here.  I  have  found  plants  with  full-grown  but  unripe 
capsules  as  late  as  January.  In  JJ .  Bruchii  the  capsule  is  con- 
tracted at  the  mouth  and  in  TI.  crispa  it  is  contracted  below  the 
mouth. —  U.  phyllantha  Brid.  Not  uncommon  on  trees  around 
llfracombe ;  in  Torr's  Park  Road  and  in  the  Lee  Valley  and  very  fine 
on  trees  near  the  Watermouth  Caves. 

Ortliotrichum  Lyellii  Hook.  &  Tayl.  Scarce  on  trees  near 
llfracombe,  where  the  genus  is  very  poorly  represented. 

Schistostega  osmundacea  Mohr.*  In  rabbit-holes  near  North 
Moulton ;  Mr.  Hiern  writes  : — "  >S^.  osmundacea  grows  in  the  S.W. 
bank  of  the  road,  in  the  parish  of  Arlington,  about  a  furlong  (say, 
200  metres)  from  the  guide-post  at  White  Cawsey,  towards  Arlington, 
at  altitude  about  260  metres.  Another  station  is  just  in  the  parish 
of  Morte-hoe  on  the  confines  of  Georgeham  parish,  in  the  old  disused 
Spreacombe  iron  mine,  about  120  metres  altitude,  about  4  miles  from 
Bmunton  and  rather  more  than  2  miles  from  Morte-hoe  railway 
station."  The  moss  was  accidentally  discovered  in  this  locality  by 
Mr.  E.  Vidal  in  1906  while  geologizing ;  it  grows  plentifully  with  the 
hepatics  Calypogeia  arguta  and  Diplopliyllum  albicans  on  the  sides 
and  floor  of  a  cave  in  Devonian  Sandstone,  which  the  highly  refractive 
protonema  illumines  with  an  exquisitely  lovely  soft  golden  green  light. 
In  the  summer  the  fruit  is  produced  freely  in  this  station.  Mr.  Hiern 
mentions  that  it  occurs  in  five  (1  Barnstaple,  5  Honiton,  6  Torquay, 
7  Plymouth,  8  Tavistock)  out  of  the  eight  botanical  districts  into 
which  Devonshire  is  divided. 

Bartramia  pomiformis  Hedw.  Wall-crevices  on  the  east  side  of 
the  road  north  and  south  of  MuUacott  Cross  near  llfracombe. 

Ptilonotis  fontana  Brid.  Plentifully  in  and  by  the  rivulet  on 
the  coast  halfway  between  llfracombe  and  Lee,  near  Avhere  the  coast- 
road  between  these  places  crosses  the  streamlet,  producing  male  flowers 
freely  in  the  summer,  but  I  did  not  see  capsules. 

tVebera  carnea  Schp.  Damp  clay  banks  in  several  localities  near 
JouENAL  or  Botany.— Vol.  57.     [May,  1919.]  l 


122  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTATTST 

Ilfracombe,  but  not  at  all  common. — W.  albicans  Sclip.  Magnificent 
pale  glaucous  green  tufts  of  this  moss  grew  on  the  ground  in  a  small 
quarry  near  Ilfracombe  Water  Reservoirs. — W.  Tozeri  Schp.  Very 
sparingly  and  sterile  in  a  hedgebank  in  seveml  localities  by  the  lower 
road  leading  from  Ilfracombe  to  Score  Woods,  near  a  cemetery. 

Bnjum  i^endulum  Schp.  Very  j^lentiful  on  sand  near  the  Light- 
house on  Braunton  Burrows  ;  Mr.  Knight  writes  : — **  This  is  common 
on  sands  by  the  sea,  and  seems  to  be  a  smaller  form  than  the  plant 
growing  on  walls,  etc.  inland." — B.  Warneum  Bland.*  In  various 
places  and  not  uncommon  on  damp  sand  in  the  large  wide  depressions 
on  Braunton  Burrows  near  the  Lighthouse,  associated  sometimes  with 
Ceniunculus  minimus  and  the  hepatic  MoercJcia  Flotowiana.  In 
September  and  October  the  pinkish  wide  leaves,  tall  seta  sometimes 
two  inches  long,  and  widely  ovate-pyriform,  abruptly  pendulous 
capsules  were  very  noticeable.  Mr.  W.  Watson  records  it  from  the 
Burnham-on-Sea  sandhills  in  N.  Somerset  (v.c.  6). — B.  intermedium 
Brid.*  On  sandy  ground  near  the  Lighthouse  on  Braunton  Bm-rows 
associated  with  the  hepatic,  Lopliozia  hadensis,  producing  capsules 
all  through  the  autumn. — B.  roseum  Schi*eb.  This  fine  species  was 
sent  me  from  the  vicinity  of  Barnstaple. 

CrypJicGa  lieteromalla  Mohr.  Local  near  Ilfracombe,  M'here  I 
saw  it  in  f om*  or  five  places,  including  a  locality  in  the  Chambercombe 
Valley  ;  growing  and  fruiting  upon  a  gate  leading  on  to  Braunton 
Burrows. 

Neclcera  jnunila  var.  Bliilippeana  Milde.*  Ver}^  fine  on  trees  in 
a  damp  wooded  hollow  near  Iron  Letters  Cross,  Ilfracombe. — N.  com- 
planata  Hiibn.  c.fr.  in  a  wall  in  the  Sterridge  Valley  and  also  c.fr. 
on  a  tree  in  the  Chambercombe  Valley. 

Pterogonium  gracile  Swartz.  Not  uncommon  on  rock  along  the 
coast. 

Porotriclium  alopecurum  Mitt.  c.fr.  in  two  places  near  Ilfra- 
combe. 

Anomodon  viticulosus  Hook.  &  Tayl.  Not  common  in  the 
immediate  vicinity  of  Ilfracombe  ;  by  the  roadside  near  Score  Woods  ; 
roadsides  near  Combemartin. 

Leptodon  Smith  ii  Mohr.  Plentiful  on  felled  timber  by  the 
roadside  near  Ilfracombe ;  I  was  informed  the  trees  had  grown  in 
the  neighbourhood.  Very  sparingly  on  a  tree  in  the  Chambercombe 
Valley. 

Heterocladium  lieteropterum  B.  &  S.  The  two  forms  described 
in  the  Student's  Handbook  (p.  419)  grew  close  together  in  a  rocky 
wood  in  the  Sterridge  Valley. 

Thuidiiim  tamariscinum  B.  &  S.  About  a  dozen  capsules  occurred 
in  a  damp  wooded  hollow  at  the  foot  of  a  tree  near  Iron  Letters 
Cross ;  also  fruiting  very  sparingly  in  a  wood  in  the  Chambercombe 
Valley. 

Camptotliecium  lutescens  B.  &  S.  Abundant  on  Braunton  Bur- 
rows, where  I  did  not  see  fruit ;  the  capsules  occur  on  the  Burnham 
sandhills  in  N.  Somerset. 

Brachytheciiim  qlareosum  B.  &  S.*  Large  tufts  occur  sparingly 
on  the  south  side  ot  the  road  between  Ilfracombe  and  Watermouth 


ILFRACOMBE   MOSSES    AND    HEPATICS  123 

Ciistle. — B.  albicans  B.  &  S.  Sandy  places  on  the  coast  near 
Watermouth  Harbour. — B.  rutahulum  B.  &  S,  A  large  form  with 
erect  stout  branches  and  densely  crowded  markedl}^  plicate  leaves  grew 
in  a  very  wet  place  on  the  coast  halfway  between  llfracombe  and  Lee 
and  was  placed  under  var.  rohustum  B.  &  S.  by  Mr.  Dixon. — 
B.  populeum  B.  &  S.  c.fr.  in  several  places  by  rocky  and  stony 
roadsides  near  llfracombe. — B.  illecehrum  De  Not.*  By  the  roadside 
very  sparingly  at  Upper  Warcorabe  Farm  near  Lee,  llfracombe ;  also 
by  the  roadside  sparingly  near  Mortehoe  Station. 

EuryncJiium  ^loartzil  Hopk.  Fruiting  rather  freely  in  a  wet 
dripping  hollow  on  the  coast  halfway  between  llfracombe  and  Lee ; 
the  fruit  was  arcuate  and  considerably  larger  than  the  small  short 
turgid  capsules  which  occur  in  Savernake  Forest,  Wilts. — U.  pumiluvi 
Schp.  In  a  wall-cleft  in  the  Sterridge  Valley,  also  in  a  wet  hollow  by  the 
roadside  at  Lee. — E.  tenellum  Milde.  c.fr.  not  uncommon  on  rocks 
and  walls  near  llfracombe,  especially  in  the  calcareous  regions. — 
jB/.  striatum  B.  &  S.  c.  fr.  in  a  hedgebank  near  Spreacombe,  the 
fruit  seems  uncommon  near  llfracombe. — E.  murale  Milde.  c.fr. 
on  a  slate  roof  near  Score  Woods. 

Plagiothecium  undulatum  B.  &  S.  Fruiting  finely  for  a  long 
distance  in  a  hedgebank  near  Bratton  Fleming. 

Amhlystegium  irriguum  B.  &  S.  c.fr.  on  siliceous  boulders  in 
two  streams  on  the  coast  between  Lee  and  Bull  Point  Lighthouse. 

Hypnum  stellatum  var.  protensum  Rohl.  On  a  calcareous  bank 
on  the  south  side  of  the  main  road  between  llfracombe  and  Hele. — 
Harpidioid  Hypna  are  apparently  very  scarce  around  llfracombe,  and 
even  the  common  S.  aduncum  (unrecorded  for  N.  Devon  in  the 
Census  Catalogue^  eluded  my  search. — H.  commutatum  Hedw. 
Bather  fine  in  a  waterfall  and  also  in  a  wet  clayey  place  at  Hagging- 
ton  Beach,  llfracombe. — S.  molluscum  Hedw.  This  species,  so 
significant  of  calcareous  soil  appears  where  there  is  lime  in  the  llfra- 
combe rocks  as  on  Hillsborough  and  at  Haggington  Beach,  and  occurs 
upon  rock  in  Chambercombe  Valley;  it  grows  finely  on  limestone 
banks  by  the  roadside  between  Watermouth  and  Oombemartin. 

Hylocomium  loreum  B.  &  S.  Fruiting  finely  for  a  long  distance 
in  a  hedgebank  near  Bratton  Fleming. — H.  squarrosum  B.  &  S.,  and 
II.  triquetrum  B.  &  S.  I  saw  the  capsules  of  these  on  wreaths  and 
crosses  in  a  shop  in  llfracombe  High  Street. 

Hepatics. 

Biccia  commutata  Jack.*  Growing  sparingh^  with  B.  sorocarpa 
on  wet  clayey  rushy  ground  on  the  top  of  Windcutter  Hill  near  Lee. 
— B.  sorocarpa  Bisch.  With  the  above  sj)ecies  on  Windcutter  Hill 
near  Lee. — B.  crystallina  L.  Fruiting  upon  damp  sandy  ground 
near  the  Lighthouse  on  Braunton  Burrows.  It  grows  on  damp  sandy 
ground  by  the  sea  in  S.  Wales  (H.  H.  Knight). 

Gonoceplialum  conicum  (L.)  Dum.  Very  fine  by  a  rocky  road- 
side near  Hele  producing  2  receptacles  freely  ;  this  common  plant 
grows  by'  a  roadside  well  at  Lee,  and  is  not  unfrequent  around 
llfracombe. 

L  2 


124;  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

Freissia  qnadrata  (Scop.)  Nees.*  Sparingly  on  sandy  ground 
near  the  lighthouse  on  Braunton  Burrows. 

Aneura  pinguis  (L.)  Dum.  With  MoercJcia  Flotowiana  on 
Braunton  Burrows. 

Metzyeria  fiircata  (L.)  Dum.  Very  common  on  ti'ees  around 
Ilfracombe ;  a  small  gemmiparous  form  occurred  on  trees  near 
Twitchen,  a  hamlet  near  West  Down. 

Moerckia  Flotowiana  (Nees)  Schiffn.*  Plentiful  and  conspi- 
cuous on  damp  sandy  ground  in  the  wide  flat  depressions  near  the 
lighthouse  on  Braunton  Burrows. 

Fellia  Fahhroniana  E-addi.  Forma  furcigera^  the  autumnal 
state  of  this  species,  occurred  near  Ilfracombe. 

Blasia  pusilla  L.*  Plentiful  and  with  numerous  flask-shaped 
gemmiferous  receptacles  on  the  ground  in  a  small  quarry  near  the 
Ilfracombe  reservou's. 

Fetaloi:>l\yllum  RaJfsii  (Wils.)  Gottsche.  Sparingly  Avith  yellow 
antheridia  on  damp  sandy  ground  in  the  wide  flat  depressions  near  the 
lighthouse  on  Braunton  Burrows,  growing  with  Bryum  JVarneum 
and  Moerckia  Flotowiana.  Mr.  Knight  writes  : — "  I  am  familiar 
with  this  hepatic  on  the  S.  Wales  sandhills.  It  used  to  be  con- 
spicuous in  autumn,  later  on  it  would  be  covered  with  sand  and 
difficult  to  find.  In  April  or  May,  when  in  fruit,  the  capsule  rises 
above  the  sand  and  this  makes  it  more  conspicuous."  I  have  also 
seen  it  in  various  places  in  the  hollows  of  the  sandhills  near  Bm-nham, 
N.  Somerset. 

Fossomhronia  Wondraczehi  (Corda)  Dum.*  Sparingly  on  wet 
clayey  ground  on  Windcutter  Hill,  near  Lee. 

Marsupella  e)?iatyinata  (Ehrh.)  Dum.  On  the  rocky  coast 
between  Ilfracombe  and  Lee. 

Alicularia  scalaris  (Sclu'ad.)  Corda.  On  rock  in  Freshwater  Ba}^ 
west  of  Ilfi-acombe. 

Haplozia  crenulata  (Sm.)  Dum.  On  wet  ground  on  the  top  of 
Windcutter  Hill,  near  Lee ;  a  generally  very  common  plant. 

Lophozia  turhinata  (Raddi)  Steph.  In  some  quantity  on  the 
south  side  of  the  road  from  Hele  to  Watermouth. — L.  badensis 
(Gottsche)  Schiif.*  On  sand  with  Bryum  intermedium  on  Braunton 
Burrows,  near  the  lighthouse. 

Saccogyna  viticulosa  (Sm.)  Dum.  Damp  rock  by  pathside  at 
Haggington  Beach  and  also  in  Chambercombe  Valley. 

Ce2o}ialozieUa  hyssacea  (Both.)  Warnst.  Creeping  among  stems 
of  Campylopus  brevipilus  on  the  coast  near  Mortehoe. 

Calypogeia  arguta  Nees  et  Mont.  This  somewhat  rare  plant 
grows  very  plentifully  with  Schistostega  in  a  cave  in  Devonian  Sand- 
stone near  Spreacombe. 

Scapania  compacta  (Both.)  Dum.  On  a  bank  on  the  coast  upon 
Lee  Golf  Links  ;  not  uncommon  on  banks  near  Ilfracombe. — S.  nemo- 
rosa  (L.)  Dum.     Shady  hedgebank  near  Bratton  Fleming. 

FruUania  Tamarisci  (L.)  Dum.  Rock  in  Freshwater  Bay,  near 
Ilfracombe. 


IfOTES    OX    LTCHNOTHAMXUS  125 

NOTES  OX  LYCHNOTHAMNUS. 

Br  James  Groves,  F.L.S. 

Through  the  kindness  of  Dr.  Rendle  I  have  had  the  opportunity 
of  examining  from  time  to  time  a  charophji:e  which  has  for  some 
years  past  been  in  cultivation  in  a  glass  jar  in  the  Botanical  Depart- 
ment of  the  British  Museum.  The  circumstances  in  which  the  plant 
was  obtained  are  somewhat  unusual.  Mr.  T.  V.  Hodgson,  of  the 
Plymouth  Museum,  being  interested  in  the  Entomosti-aca,  and  hearing 
of  Professor  Sars's  experiments  in  raising  those  creatures  from  dried 
mud,  asked  his  brother,  Mr.  E.  Eoscoe  Hodgson,  who  was  residing  at 
Port  Ehzabeth,  Cape  Colony,  to  send  him  some  mud  from  any  local 
dried-up  pond.  The  latter  accordingly  in  about  the  year  1896, 
forwarded  some  nine  or  ten  pounds  of  nearly  dry  mud  from  a  dried-up 
"  vlei "  near  the  town.  Mr.  T.  V.  Hodgson  sent  some  of  this  mud  to 
Professor  Sars,  and  both  of  these  gentlemen  raised  from  it  a  number 
of  Entomostraca  ;  the  result  of  Prof.  Sars's  investigation  was  published 
in  1898.  The  mud  also  contained  vegetable  matter,  and  from  some 
of  this,  which  had  been  sent  to  Dr.  Caiman  and  placed  in  water,  the 
charophyte  grew  u])  together  with  a  species  of  Riella.  The  charo- 
phyte  produces  oogonia  and  antheridia  in  abundance,  but  I  have  seen 
no  ripe  oospores.  I  feel,  however,  veiy  little  doubt  in  referring  it  to 
a  weak  form  of  Lyohuothamnus  macropogon  Braun,  a  characteristic 
Australasian  species,  which  had  not  I  think  hitherto  been  known  from 
Africa.  In  all  the  fertile  whorls  of  the  South  African  plant  which  I 
have  examined,  oogonia  are  produced  in  the  axils  of  the  branchlets, 
as  in  L.  macropogon^  but  not  also  at  any  of  the  free  branchlet-nodes  ; 
and  this  added  to  the  absence  of  ripe  fruit  militates  against  an 
entirely  satisfactory  determination.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  further 
material  from  Cape  Colony  will  be  forthcoming  to  settle  the  matter. 

The  extremely  long  stipulodes,  of  which  there  is  often  a  second 
W'horl  above  the  branchlets  and  which  gave  rise  to  the  specific  name 
macropogon,  are  but  feebly  represented  in  the  South  African  plant, 
and,  indeed,  at  some  nodes  are  quite  wanting.     It  is  possible  that  this, 
as  well  as  the  defective  development  of  the  fruit,   may  be  due  to 
impaired  vitalit}^  owing  to  the  plant  growing  under  unnatm-al  con- 
ditions.    The  pronounced  development  of  the  stipulodes  is,  moreover, 
by  no  means  constant  in  L.  macropogon.     A  large  number  of  speci- 
mens of  that  species  were  collected  at  Hawkes  Bay,  New  Zealand,  by 
the  late  Augustus  Hamilton,  for  many  years  Director  of  the  Dominion 
Museum  at  Wellington,  who,  through  the  kind  offices  of  Mr.  Walter 
Barratt  was  good  enough  to  present   them  to  my  late  brother  and 
myself.     An  examination  of  these  disclosed  a  great  variation  in  the 
development  of  the  stipulodes,  which  range  from  tiny  conical  pro- 
cesses about  150  /x  in  length  to  the  characteristic  long  slender  ones 
attaining  to  about  1600 /u,  but  never  reaching  to  the  extraordinary 
length  of  those   of  the  typical  Australian  plant,   so  well  shown  in 
Kiitzing's  beautiful  drawing,  Tab.  Phvc.  vii.  t.  46.     In  the  Hawkes 
Bay  plant  I  have  not  observed  any  whorls  destitute  of  stipulodes,  but 
in  some  of  them  the  circle  is  imperfect.     The  entire  absence  of  these 
organs  from  some  whorls  of  the  cultivated  South  African  plant  has 


12G  THE    .TOritXAL    OF    BOTAXY 

not  therefore  the  importance  which  it  would  have  appeared  to  possess 
if  we  had  only  the  typical  Australian  plant  with  which  to  compare  it. 
I  take  this  opportunity  to  refer  to  the  generic  position  of  this 
plant,  and  of  the  other  species  which  have  been  placed  under  Lyclino- 
thamnus.     That  genus  was  first  established  as  such  by  Leonhardi,  in 
Lotos,   xiii.   p.   72   (1863),  having  previously  been  differentiated  in 
1845  by  Ruprecht  (Symb.  ad  hist,  et  geogr.  pi.  Eoss.  pp.  79,  80,  and 
Distr.  Crypt.  Vase.  Imp.  Ross.  p.  11)  as  a  subgenus,  to  include  the 
species    in    Braun's    section    *'  Charte   pleurogynae,"   viz.   O.    harhata, 
C.  impulosa  (under  two  of  its  synonyms  C.  Wallrothii  and  C.  Poii- 
zohii),  and  C.  macropogon.     In  Braun's  papers  from  1849  onwards 
the  name  Lychnofhammis  was  adopted  as  a  subgenus.     In  the  con- 
spectus to  Die    Characeen  Afrilio's,  hoAvever,   Braun,  though  still 
keeping  it  as  a  subgenus,  preceded  the  specific  names  with  an  "  X." 
instead   of   a    *'  C."      In    Braun    and    Nordstedt's    Fragmente   einer 
Monoqrapliie   der   Characeen   (1882)   the    genus   was  recognised  as 
distinct,  but  important  changes  were  made  in  its  constitution.      Char  a 
jiapalosa   (under  another  of   its   s^-nonyras,    C.    alopecuroides)   was 
removed  into  a  new  genus,   Lamiirothamniis^  and   Chara  stelligera 
(  =  C.  ohfusa,  De^viiwx)   was  added  to  Lychnothamnus,   so  that  the 
latter  genus  consisted  of  three  curiously  unlike  j^lants,  L.  stelligery 
L.  macropogon,  and  X.  harhatns. 

The  distinctive  character  of  Lychnothamnus  is  that  the  antheridia 
are  produced  by  the  side  of  the  oogonia,  and  as  shown  in  the  dia- 
grammatic figures  of  X.  harhatns,  nos.  191-4,  t.  vi.  of  the  Fragmente, 
they  proceed  from  separate  peripheral  cells  of  the  branchlet  node, 
whereas  in  Lamprotliamnium  {  =  Lamprothamnns  Braun,  non  Hiern) 
and  Chara  both  sexual  organs  arise  from  the  same  peripheral  cell,  in 
the  former  genus  the  antheridium  being  situated  above  (or  occasionally 
beside  the  oogonium,  and  in  the  latter  below  it.  Now  it  happens 
that  of  the  three  species  placed  under  Lychnothamnus  in  the  Frag- 
mente, it  is  only  in  the  one,  L.  harhatus,  that  the  relative  position  of 
the  sexual  organs  can  be  satisfactorily  ascertained,  since  L.  stelliger 
is  di(ecious,  and  in  L.  macropogon,  while  the  antheridia  are  normally 
produced  at  the  free  nodes  of  the  branchlets  and  occasionally  some- 
wliat  irregularly  at  their  base,  the  oogonia  are  usually  produced  only  at 
the  basal-nodes  in  the  axils  of  the  branchlets,  and  when  occasionally 
also  at  a  free  branchlet-node  scarcely  ever  at  one  where  there  is  an 
antheridimn.  I  will  refer  later  to  instances  in  which  to  ni}^  knowledge 
they  have  been  found  together. 

*In  1889  Professor  Hy  (in  Bull.  Soc.  Bot.  France,  xxxvi.  p.  398 
(1889)  constituted  a  separate  genus,  Nitell apsis  f or  X.  stelliger,  and 
this  separation  was  concurred  in  by  Dr.  Migula,  who,  however,  gave 
it  a  fresh  generic  name,  Tolypellopsis.  Though  the  distinctive 
characters  relied  upon  by  these  authors  are  purely  vegetative  ones, 
the  genus  appears  to  me  to  be  a  natural  one.  It  is,  however,  perha]is 
a  case  where  "  knowledge  falls  short  of  conviction  "  !  The  simple 
structure  of  the  plant  as  compared  with  other  Charece,  seems  to  mark 
it  out  as  belonging  to  an  archiac  type,  and  the  fruits  more  than  those 
of  any  other  living  species  approximate  in  shaj^e  and  size  to  the  big 


NOTES    ON    LTCHNOTHAMXUS  127 

globular  fruits  so  characteristic  of  the  Oligocene  beds,  the  original 
"  gjrogonites  "  of  the  earlj^  geologists.  The  generic  name  Mtelhjjsis 
Hj,  antedating  that  of  Tolypellopsis  must  be  retained,  and  as  the 
oldest  specific  name  for  the  single  species  is  Cliara  ohtusa  Desvaux 
(1810),  to  complj  with  the  International  Rules,  the  name  must  stand 
as  Nitellopsis  obtusa,  the  synonymy  being  as  follows : — 

NiTELLOPSIS  OBTUSA,  COmb.  UOV. 

Chara  ohtusa  Desvaux,  in  Loiseleur,  Notice    ai.    Fl.  France 

p.  136  (1810). 
C.  vulgaris  var.  elongata  Wallroth,  Annus  Botanicus,  p.  182 

(1815). 
C.  ulvoides  Bertoloni,  in  Brimi,  Nuov.  coUez.  d'opusc.  Scient. 

1825,  p.  113. 
C.  translucens  Eeichenbach,  Iconographia,  tt.  804j-5   (1830) 

noil  Persoon. 
C.  stelliqera   Bauer,  in  Mossier,  Handb.   Gewachs.   ed.  2,  iii. 

p.  1595  (1829)  {fde  Wallroth  &  Buprecht). 
Nitella  ulvoides  &  J^.  stelliqera  Kiitzing,  Phyc.  Gen.  p.  318 

(1843). 
N.   Bertolonii  Kiitzing,  Tab.   Phyc.   vii.   p.   11,   t.  26.  f.   2 

(1857). 
Lychnothamnus  stelliger   Braun,     in     Braun     &    Nordstedt, 

Fragm.  Monogr.  Charac.  p.  102,  t.  6.  t.  189  (1882). 
Nitellopsis  stelligera  Hy,  in  Revue  de  Bot.inique,  viii.  p.  46 

(1890). 
Tolypellopsis  stelligera    Migula,    Die    Characeen,  vol.    v.  of 

Kabenhorst,  Krypt.  Flor.  Germ.   ed.  2,   p.  255,  ff.  70-73 

(1890-1). 
T.  ohtusa  Beguinot  &  Formiggini,  Bull.  Soc.  Bot.   Ital.  1907, 

p.  102. 

This  species  has,  I  believe,  so  far  been  recorded  from  European 
localities  only.  There  is,  however,  a  specimen  in  the  herbarium  of 
the  Calcutta  Botanic  Gardens,  collected  in  1892  by  Abdul  Huk,  at 
Fort  Stedman,  Upper  Burma,  which,  in  my  late  brother's  opinion  and 
my  own,  can  only  belong  to  N.  ohtusa,  or  some  very  nearly  allied 
species.  The  specimen  is  unfortmiately  an  extremely  poor  one  and  is  ' 
sterile,  so  that  conclusive  determination  was  not  possible.  It  would 
be  satisfactory  if  perfect  specimens  of  the  plant  could  be  collected,  as 
if  it  should  prove  to  be  N.  ohtusa  it  would  represent  an  important 
extension  of  its  known  distribution  and,  if  a  new  allied  species,  of 
immense  interest. 

In  examining  L.  macropogon  the  next  species  of  Lychnothamnvs 
in  the  Fragmente,  one  is  struck  by  the  great  similarity  in  its  vegeta- 
tive parts  to  our  European  Lamprotharmiium papulosum  {^Lampro- 
thamnus  alopecuroides  Braun).  In  the  Fragmente  (p.  100)  is  the  fol- 
lowing remark: — ''  LyclinotJiamniis  macropogon  macht  Schweirigkeit, 
ist  nach  Habitus  ein  Lamprotliamnus,  nach  der  Stellung  der  Sporan- 
gien  eher  ein  Lychnothavimis.''''  Braun  does  not  however  mention 
having  found  an  antheridium  and  an  oogonium  at  the  same  free  node 


128  THE   JOURNAL    OF    BOTANT 

of  a  branchlet,  and    his  remarks  rather   infer   the    contrary.     In    a 
specimen  collected  in   1898  b}^  Mr.  F.  M.  Reader  at  Polkemmet,  in 
the    Wimmera    River  Valley,  Victoria,    my    late    brother   found   an 
instance  of  an  antheridium  and  an  oogonium  at  the  same  free  node, 
and  although  produced  side-by-side  proceeding  from  the  same  peri- 
pheral cell,  corresponding   therefore    with  LamprotJiamnium   rather 
than  with  Lychnothammts.     The  coronula  of  L.  macroj^ogon  more- 
over closely  resembles  that  of  L.  j)api(losum,  and  is  quite  unlike  the 
diminutive  coronulas  of  L.  barbafus  and  Nitellopsis  obfitsa,  which  in 
size  approach  more  nearly  to  those  of  the  Nitellece.     If  the  evidence 
ended  here  I  should  feel  little  hesitation   in  proposing  the  transfer 
of  L.  macro-poqon  to  LamprotJiamnium.  but  in  a  specimen  collected 
by  Mr.  S.  T.  i)unn  in  a  freshwater  lagoon,  at   Shebo,  Hong  Kong  in 
ibO'j  (No.  178-i),  which  in  other  respects  closely  resembled  L.  macro- 
poqon,  and  which  we  came  to  the  conclusion  must  be  referred  to  that 
species,  we  found  two  instances  where  an  oogonium  and  an  antheri- 
dium were  produced  at  the  same  free  branchlet-node,  both  organs  in 
each  case  proceeding  from  the  same  peripheral  cell,  but  the  antheri- 
dium being  below  the  oogonium.     This  position  would,  according  to 
the  recognized  characters,  necessitate  the  plant  being  placed  under 
Char  a. 

In  view  of  these  facts  it  is  difficult  to  decide  where  the  species  is 
best  located.  Four  alternatives  j^resent  themselves,  to  all  of  which 
there  are  objections.  To  take  first  that  of  allowing  it  to  remain  in 
Lychnothamnus,  this  must,  I  think,  be  rejected,  considering  the  pohit 
of  origin  of  the  antheridium  when  produced  in  compan}^  with  an 
oogonium  at  a  free  node  in  Reader's  and  Dunn's  specimens.  This 
character,  as  well  as  the  size  of  the  connula,  appears  to  me  conclusively 
to  separate  it  from  L.  barbatns,  which  must  be  regarded  as  the  type 
of  the  genus.  The  second  alternative,  that  of  placing  it  under 
Lamprotliamnium  on  accoimt  of  its  great  resemblance  to  L.  papu- 
losnm,  would,  if  our  determination  of  Dunn's  plant  is  correct,  mean 
setting  aside  the  one  distinguishing  character  of  that  genus. 

A  third  alternative  is  that  proposed  by  Dr.  Migula,  who  placed 
L.  macropogon  in  a  separate  genus  and  named  it  Macropogon  aus- 
iralicum  {Die  Characeen,  1.  c.  p.  273,  1891).  He  did  not,  however, 
diagnose  his  genus,  and  I  am  at  a  loss  to  discover  any  character  or 
set  of  characters  upon  which  such  a  genus  could  be  based.  The  pro- 
duction of  oogonia  in  the  axils  of  the  branchlets,  evidently  their 
normal  position  in  L.  macropogon,  is  not  peculiar  to  that  species, 
several  of  the  Charce,  sect,  liaplostepliance  producing  them  in  the 
same  position,  and  the  presence  of  a  single  stipulode  opposite  the  base 
of  each  branchlet  is  also  common  to  more  than  one  Cliara  of  the  same 
section,  while  the  great  length  of  the  stipulodes,  apart  from  its  not 
being  a  satisfactory  generic  character,  is  as  already  stated,  by  no 
means  constant. 

For  the  present — at  any  rate  until  more  evidence  is  forthcoming — 
the  most  satisfactory  course  seems  to  be  to  adopt  the  fourth  alternative 
of  reinstating  the  species  in  the  genus  Cliara,  placing  it  next  to 
C.  succinct  a,  with  which  it  has  much  in  common,  the  main  differences 


NOTES    OX    LrCHNOTHAMNUS  129 

being  that  in  the  latter  species  oogonia  are  produced  on  the  outer  side 
of  the  branchlets  as  well  as  in  their  axils,  and  that  the  stipulodes  are 
of  a  diiferent  shape. 

The  separation  of  Nifellopsis  and  the  removal  from  the  genus- 
of  L.  macropogon  would  leave  the  one  well-marked  species,  Z.  har- 
hatus,  in  Lychnothainnus. 

The  plants  from  which  Miss  McNicol  obtained  the  facts  for  her 
admirable  paper  "  The  Bulbils  and  Pro-embrvo  of  Lamprofhamnvs 
alopecuroides  A,  Braun  "  {Annals  of  Botany,  xxi.  p.  61,  1907),  were 
also  raised  from  mud  derived  from  the  neighbourhood  of  Port 
Elizabeth,  but  I  do  not  know  whether  or  not  from  Mr.  Hodgson's 
gathering.  The  possibility  of  cultivating  charoph3'tes  in  this  way 
from  dried  mud  opens  up  opportunities  of  becoming  acquainted  Avith 
the  life-history  of  little-known  species,  and  the  success  which  has. 
attended  these  experiments  points  to  the  desirability  of  samples  of 
mud  being  obtained  where  possible  from  districts  the  aquatic  vegeta- 
tion of  which  has  not  been  worked  up.  The  preservation  of  specimens 
in  formalin  has  been  of  great  assistance  and  is  an  immense  advance- 
on  the  dried  specimens  which  formerly  represented  one's  only  material, 
but  living  plants  would,  of  course,  be  far  better. 

In  examining  one  specimen  of  the  South  African  L.  macropogon 
I  came  across  a  rather  remarkable  abnormality,  there  being  no  fewer 
than  three  oogonia  in  which  the  number  of  spiral  enveloping-cells 
numbered  four  instead  of  five.  Abnormalities  in  charophytes  are  by 
no  means  uncommon,  but  a  deviation  in  the  number  of  spiral  cells  is 
of  special  interest  on  account  of  the  extraordinary  constancy  of  the 
number  (five),  dating  back  as  it  does  to  the  earliest  undoubtedly 
characeous  fruits  which  we  possess,  those  from  the  Oolite.  Braun, 
in  referring  to  the  constancy  of  this  character  in  his  paper  '*  Uber 
die  RichtungsverhaltnissederSaftstrome  in  den  Zellen  der  Characeen  ^ 
pt.  2  (1858),  mentions  that  he  had  himself  met  with  only  one' 
exception,  that  of  a  four-celled  coronula  in  Chora  galioides,  which 
implies  also  four  spiral  cells.  The  only  others  I  have  noticed,  among- 
the  many  thousand  fruits  which  have  passed  under  my  observation,, 
were  a  single  oogonium  of  Nitella  opaca,  and  a  fossil  '*  fruit  "  froii*. 
the  Lower  Headon  beds,  each  of  which  had  six  spiral  cells. 


SHORT    NOTE. 


Cheshiee  Plants  (p.  91).  The  only  new  records  for  the  county 
in  Mr.  Adamson's  list  are  Ceterach  officinarum  and  Potamogetow 
prcelongus  Wulf . :  the  latter  is  an  interesting  addition  ;  it  occurs; 
rarely  in  the  adjoining  counties  of  Mid-west  York  !  Stafford !  and 
Salop  !  and  is  recorded  for  Denbigh  (Journ.  Bot.  1913,  Supp.  39). 
and  Derby.  P.  coloraius  Horn,  was  found  b}^  Major  Wolley-Dod 
on  Willey  Moor  in  1912  ;  the  specimens  from  West  Kirby  labelled 
polygonifolius  in  De  Tabley's  herbarium  belong  to  this  species : 
"P.  lucens  L."  from  Rostherne  Mere,  in  his  herbarium,  is  P.  an- 
gustiJoJius  Bercht.  &   Presl.     Major  Wolley-Dod  collected  P.  zos- 


130  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

terifolius  Scluim.  in  (5)  the  river  Dee  near  Sliocklack  in  Aug. 
1899,  and  P.  densus  L.  is  recorded  in  this  Journal  for  1886,  p.  140, 
making  five  species  additional  to  the  Flora  of  Cheshire.  With 
regard  to  the  note  under  P.  comjjiressus  {Flora,  287)  the  speci- 
mens so  named  from  "Hale  Moss,  G.  Caley,  1818,"  in  Mr.  Bick- 
hani's  herbarium  are  P.  obtusifolius  M.  &  K.  Myosotis  cespifosa 
Selmltz  was  recorded  from  Hoylake  by  Mr.  Whitwell  in  this  Journal 
for  1899  (p.  860). 

A  few  additional  records  may  be  added.  Elatine  hexandra 
DC:  3.  Delamere,  H.  Searle  sp.  1883. — Callitriche  vernalis  '  Syme  '; 
to  the  one  station  given  in  the  Flora  may  be  added  (7)  "The 
race-course,  Knutsford,  1869,"  herb.  De  Tabley.  The  omission  of 
C.  Lachii  Warren  has  already  been  noted  (Journ.  Bot.  1899,  277)  ; 
there  are  sheets  in  De  Tablej^'s  herbarium  from  (2)  "Tabley  Moat  " 
and  (5)  "  The  Lach  Eye  meadows." — Saxifraga  Hirculus  L.  is 
noted  in  the  Flora  as  "  extinct  since  1830  or  1840,"  but  J.  B.  Wood 
in  Phjrfc.  i,  282,  700  (1842-3)  writes  that  it  then  still  existed  on 
Knutsford  Moor. — The  occurrence  of  ArctostaphyJos  Vva-ursi 
Wimm.  is  doubted  in  the  Flora,  but  Mr.  Cash  {Naturalist,  1887, 
183)  cites  from  W.  Wilson's  notes  in  the  Warrington  Museum  :  "  at 
the  head  of  the  valley  near  to  Staleybridge  called  the  Bushes, 
June  15,  1832  "  :  this  is  clearly  a  Cheshire  station. — Euphorbia  port- 
landica  L.  "  Sand-hills  on  the  banks  of  the  Dee,  ^  West  Kirb}^ 
Wirral,"  June  1900,  H.  Bell  sp. ;  see  also  Jonrn.  Bot.  1900,  319.-- 
Carex  limosa  L.  6.  Wyburnbury,  A.  H.  Evans  sp.  1906. — Lyco- 
podium  clavatum  L.  5.  Bickerton  and  Peckforton  Hills,  WoUey- 
Dod. — -For  other  additional  records  see  Naturalist,  1899,  353,  1904, 
23,  and  Mr.  Spencer  Moore's  notes  in  Journ.  Bot.  1900,  74. — 
Arthur  Bennett. 


KEVIEW. 

The  Life  and  Letters  of  Sir  Joseph  Dalton  Llooher,  0.3L,  G.C.S.L, 
hdsed  on  materials  collected  and  arranged  hy  Lady  Hooker. 
By  Leonard  Huxley.  Portraits  and  Illustrations.  Two  vols., 
pp.  xii,  546,  viii,  569.  London  :  John  Murray,  1918.  Price  36s. 
net. 

These  volumes,  by  the  son  and  biographer  of  Hooker's  great 
friend  and  contemporary,  Thomas  Huxley,  are  in  every  way  worthy 
of  their  subject.  A  brilliant  if  iconoclastic  writer,  Mr.  L^^tton 
Strachey,  in  the  Preface  to  his  Fminent  Victorians,  has  lately  con- 
demned with  characteristic  exaggeration  the  "  two  fat  volumes  with 
which  it  is  our  custom  to  commemorate  our  dead — with  their  ill- 
digested  masses  of  material,  their  slipshod  style,  their  tone  of  tedious 
panegyric,  their  lamentable  lack  of  selection,  of  detachment,  and 
design  "  :  Mr.  Huxley's  volumes,  although  "  fat,"  present  the  exact 
antithesis  of  Mr.  Strachey's  censure,  and  are  in  every  respect  admirably 
done :  the  only  possible  improvement  in  arrangemerut  would  be  the 
placing  at  the  head  of  each  page  the  date  of  the  events  recorded 


LIFE    ATNT'  t.ETTERS    OF    STK    JOSEPH    nOOKER  131 

below,  in  accordance  with  the  helpful  practice  adopted  in  many 
biog-raphies.  It  must  however  be  admitted  that  Mr.  Huxley  was 
exceptionall}^  favourably  placed  as  to  material :  Hooker  himself  was 
"  an  indefatigable  letter  writer  ....  add  to  this  his  journals  of  travel, 
his  various  books,  his  scientific  essays— the  first  written  at  nineteen, 
the  last  at  ninet\^-four — the  material  to  draw  upon  has  been  super- 
abundant," especially  when  added  to  these  are  the  Life  and  Letters 
of  Darwin  and  of  the  author's  father. 

It  would  be  impossible  in  the  space  at  our  disposal  to  give  anything 
like  an  adequate  sketch  of  the  contents  of  the  volumes :  so  far  as  a 
general  sketch  of  Hooker's  life  is  concerned,  this  indeed  is  scarcely 
necessary,  in  view  of  the  full  notice  by  Mr,  JBoulger  which  appeared 
in  this  Journal  for  1912  (pp.  1-9,  31-43).  The  chapters  Avhich  tell 
of  Hooker's  relations  with  his  family,  especiallj^  that  devoted  to  his 
"early  days,"  which  contains  an  "autobiographical  fragment  set 
down  late  in  his  life,"  are  of  much  interest.  His  father  and  his 
maternal  grandfather  (Dawson  Turner)  both  began  their  botanical 
studies  with  the  mosses,  and  "  at  the  age  of  five  or  six"  Joseph  showed 
.a  love  of  these  plants:  "my  mother  used  to  tell  an  anecdote  of  me 
that,  while  I  was  still  in  petticoats,  I  was  found  grubbing  in  a  wall 
in  the  dirty  suburbs  of  the  dirty  city  of  Glasgow,  and  that  when  she 
asked  me  what  I  was  about,  I  cried  out  that  I  had  found  Bryum 
argenteum  (which  it  was  not),  a  very  pretty  little  moss  I  had  seen  in 
my  father's  collection,  and  to  which  I  had  taken  a  great  fancy." 
The  paternal  Hooker  was  not  slow  to  encourage  the  incipient  taste  ;  at 
the  age  of  seven  Joseph  was  attending  his  lectures  on  botany  and  he 
had  from  an  early  period  expressed  a  hope  that  his  son  would  succeed 
him  in  the  Glasgow  professorship.  As  a  result  of  this  poor  Joseph's 
nose  was  alwa3^s  kept  very  close  to  the  botanical  grindstone ;  even 
when  he  was  twenty-three  his  father's  letters  "  urge  to  stick  to 
botanical  work  exclusively— to  avoid  wasting  his  time  in  unnecessary 
entertainments ;  counsel  indeed  scarcely  needed  for  one  who  cared  so 
little  for  the  ordinary  attractions  of  Societ}-."  Nor  did  the  father 
hesitate  to  express  his  dissatisfaction  with  the  plants  sent — this 
at  one  time  made  the  son  fear  that  he  "  was  physically  incapaci- 
tated for  the  high  trust  reposed  in  "  him.  "  If  ever,  on  my  return," 
ho  wrote  from  St.  Helena  in  1840,  "  I  am  enabled  to  follow  up 
botany  on  shore,  I  shall  live  the  life  of  a  hermit,  as  far  as  society  is 
concerned;  like  Brown,  perhaps,  without  his  genius."  The  reply 
throws  a  somewhat  new  light  on  the  generally  accepted  character  of 
]h-own  :  "  If  you  are  no  more  than  a  hermit  than  Brown,  I  shall  not 
complain ;  whether  you  know  it  or  not,  he  is  really  fond  of  society 
and  calculated  to  shine  in  it ;  and  to  my  certain  knowledge,  never  so 
ha2:)py  as  when  he  is  in  it." 

Joseph  Hooker  was  not  only  a  voluminous  but  an  excellent  letter- 
writer,  and  it  is  not  too  much  to  say  that  the  value  of  the  volumes 
rests  largely  on  the  very  extensive  use  that  has  been  made  of  his 
letters,  which  abound  in  interest  chiefly  though  by  no  means 
exclusively  botanical.  His  descriptive  powers  were  considerable — the 
Himalayan  Journals,  first  published  in  1854  and  twice  reissued  in 
cheap  form,  illustrates  this,  and  the  letters  written  home  during  the 


132  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

Antarctic  Expedition  are  only  some  among  the  many  which  might  be 
selected  for  spacial  nuntion.  His  communications  to  Darwin, 
Haxley,  Bentham,  Asa  Grray,  Harvey,  Henslow  and  others,  especially 
those  relating  to  the  growth  and  development  of  the  theory  of 
evolution,  are  particularly  note  worth}' ;  that  to  Darwin  with  reference 
to  his  (Hooker's)  attack  on  Wilberforce  at  the  memorable  meeting  of 
the  British  Association  at  Oxford  in  1860  is  very  lively  reading. 
Throughout  his  career  he  was  in  constant  contact  with  leading 
botanists  at  home  and  abroad,  in  connection  with  whom  items  of 
interest  are  incidentally  mentioned.  In  almost  all  such  cases 
Mr.  Huxley  has  added  a  footnote  containing  a  brief  biography ;  this 
could  hardly  be  better  done.  The  Biographical  Index  of  British 
Botanists  has,  quite  rightly,  been  laid  under  contribution  :  in  some 
instances — e.  g.  Edward  Madden  (i.  468)  the  notice  is  little  more 
than  an  expansion  of  that  in  the  Index.  The  value  of  the  information 
given  is  perhaps  best  appreciated  when  it  is  withheld,  as  in  the  case  of 
one  "Grerard,"  whose  views  on  the  validity  of  species  are  combated 
(i.  440) ;  the  context  suggests  that  Grodron  is  intended,  but  Hooker 
could  hardly  have  spoken  of  him  as  **  evidently  no  botanist."  More- 
over, the  work  criticized — L' Espece — can  hardly  have  been  Godron's 
book  so-called,  as  Mr.  Huxley  says,  inasmuch  as  Hooker's  letter  in 
which  it  is  referred  to  is  dated  184-5  and  Godron's  volume  was  not 
published  until  1859.  In  some  cases — e.  g.  that  of  William  Ander- 
son, of  whom  a  full  account  was  given  in  Journ.  Bot.  1916,  345- 
51 — the  biographies  in  this  Journal  might  have  been  consulted  with 
advantage. 

The  early  wish  of  Sir  William  Hooker  that  his  son  should  succeed 
him  was  fulfilled  not  at  Glasgow  but  at  Kew  ;  Joseph  was  appointed 
assistant  to  the  Director  in  1856,  after  various  disappointments  which 
threatened  his  botanical  career,  and  on  his  father's  death  in  1865 
became  Director.  Here  he  set  to  work  to  reorganize  the  establish- 
ment, which  he  at  once  raised  to  a  higher  state  of  scientific  and 
horticultural  efficiency,  carrying  out,  often  in  the  face  of  much 
official  discouragement,  developments  which  he  had  long  seen  to  be 
necessary.  Five  years  later  Hooker's  work  was  interrupted  by  a  long 
and  bitter  personal  conflict  with  A.  S.  Ayrton,  First  Commissioner 
of  Works,  under  whose  administration  Kew  then  came.  A  chapter 
is  occupied  with  a  recital  of  the  main  facts  of  the  controversy, 
which  occupied  "the  attention  of  both  Houses  of  Parliament  and  was 
embittered  by  the  publication  of  an  official  report  written  by  Owen, 
"  who,"  says  Mr.  Huxley,  **  was  notoriously  hostile  to  Kew  and 
to  its  Director  for  his  evidence  before  the  Science  Commissioners, 
and  Owen  had  emplo3^ed  all  his  great  dexterity  to  belittle  Kew  and 
its  applications  of  systematic  botany,  to  urge  the  transfer  of  its 
collections  to  the  British  Museum,  where  they  would  come  under  his 
own  government,  and  to  insinuate  a  bitter  personal  attack  on  both 
the  Hookers."  This  sentence,  which  is  not  written  with  Mr.  Huxley's 
usual  care  and  lucidity,  hardly  explains  Owen's  grounds  for  ''  hostility" : 
the  Science  Commission  alluded  to  is  apparently  that  of  1871,  at 
which  the  "transfer"  of  the  Museum  collections  to  Kew  had  been 


LIFE    AND    LETTERS    OF    SIR    JOSEPH    HOOKER  183 

advocated  by  Bentham  and  Hooker ;  thus  Owen's  proposition  was 
rather  of  the  nature  of  a  defence.  A  similar  transference  to  Kew 
had  been  advised  by  Joseph  Hooker  in  1858  (see  Life,  i.  881)  in 
"  the  interests  of  botanical  science "  and  a  like  proposal  had  been 
made  through  the  Board  of  Works,  apparently  at  the  instigation  of 
Kew,  in  18(38  (see  Journ.  Bot.  1876,  108).  Those  (of  whom  the 
writer  is  one)  who  can  recall  the  period  will  remember  that  although 
sj^mpathy  was  generally  extended  to  Hooker  for  the  treatment  he  had 
received  at  the  hands  of  an  otficial  who,  as  The  Times  put  it,  had  an 
*'  unfortunate  tendency  to  carry  out  what  he  thinks  right  in  as  un- 
pleasant a  manner  as  possible,"  it  was  felt  by  some  that  Hooker's 
attitude  had  not  always  been  marked  by  discretion.  Mr.  Huxley  says 
that  Ayrton's  "  apparent  aim  was  to  drive  Hooker  to  resign,  and  then 
convert  Kew  into  an  ordinary  park,  and  send  science  to  the  right  about." 
That  Ayrton  had  little  understanding  of  the  requirements  of  science 
I  am  able  to  testify :  it  once  fell  to  my  lot  to  receive  him  when  he 
visited  the  Depai-tment  of  Botany,  when  I  failed  to  convince  him 
that  a  single  specimen  of  each  plant  was  not  sufficient  for  all  scientific 
purposes.  The  controversy  which  elicited  so  much  warmth,  and 
appro^Driately  originated  over  a  heating  apparatus,  came  to  an  end  in 
July  1872 ;  the  Treasury  Minute  on  the  basis  of  which  it  was  settled 
will  be  found  in  this  Journal  for  that  year,  p.  349. 

From  this  time  until  his  resignation  of  the  Directorate  in  18S5, 
Hooker's  life  was  occupied  by  botanical  activities,  official,  literary, 
and  other,  of  which  some  account  will  be  found  in  Mr.  Boulger's 
sketch  ah'eady  mentioned,  although  for  anything  like  a  complete 
summary  of  them  the  volumes  before  us  must  be  consulted.  "Full 
of  vigour,  and  indeed  continuing  an  ordinary  man's  share  of  labour 
for  another  quarter  of  a  century,"  Hooker  in  his  retirement  from 
office  in  no  way  abandoned  the  interests  to  which  he  had  devoted  his 
life.  A  picture  of  him  in  his  study  at  Sunningdale  shows  him  sur- 
rounded by  the  Wedgwood  plaques  in  which  he  delighted — the  only 
form  of  art  to  which  he  seems  to  have  had  a  special  attraction.  In 
1901  he  writes  :  "  Kew  still  claims  about  one  day  of  the  week,  devoted 
to  the  Botanical  Magazine,  and  I  occupy  my  days  here  chiefly  in 
dissecting  plants  for  the  good  of  Kew  Herbarium,  and  drawing  the 
analyses  on  the  sheets  for  the  use  of  those  coming  after  me.  This 
work,  dissecting  flowers,  fruits  and  seeds,  has  been  a  lifelong  passion 
with  me  ;  I  often  think  of  my  dear  father  working  on  his  Ferns  with 
unabated  energy  up  to  the  very  week  of  his  death."  He  writes  a 
graphic  account  of  the  coronation  of  Edward  Vll  in  1902,  at  which 
he  was  present  in  "  gorgeous  sky-blue  satin  mantle  of  a  G.C.S.I. 
with  a  gold  star  on  it  as  big  as  a  soup  plate,  and  a  heavy  gold  collar 
no  my  shoulders."  He  took  part  in  the  Cambridge  celebrations  of 
the  Darwin  Centenary  in  1909,  when  an  interesting  photograph 
(here  reproduced)  was  taken  of  himself  and  Lady  Hooker,  with 
Mrs.  T.  H.  Huxley,  the  last  holding  in  her  arms  Ursula  Darwin, 
Darwin's  great-grandchild.  Up  to  the  last  his  letters  were  full  of 
interest  and  reminiscence;  thus  in  July  1911,  writing  of  Banks,  he 
says :  "  I  well  remember  first  seeing  him,  when  as  a  bov  I  was  at 


134!  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

Kinnordy  [probably  in  1836],  and  looking  out  of  the  window  saw  liini 
wlieeling  a  barrow  of  marl  up  to  the  house  from  the  pit  [to  search  for 
shells].'"' 

The  volumes  contain  several  portraits,  including  the  weak  study 
by  Richmond,  who  "has  turned  me  out  a  very  lackadaisical  young 
gentleman,"  and  the  excellent  one  by  Herkomer  (1889)  at  the 
Linnean  Society.  The  appendixes  contain  a  full  bibliography,  ex- 
tending from  1837  to  1911,  thus'including  the  posthumous  papers  on 
Impatieiis,  and  a  long  "  list  of  Degrees,  Appointments,  Societies,  and 
Honours,"  which  was  hardly  worth  printing — it  contains  such  entries 
as  "  Two  Jasper  Cups  from  the  liussian  Emperor  :  Gift"  and  '*  Con- 
gratulations from  the  Linnean  Society  (on  completion  of  Genera 
Flantarum)  "  :  a  sketch  is  also  given  of  the  extraordinary  career  of 
Jorgen  Jorgensen,  "the  Convict  King"  (1770-1844),  whom  Hooker 
met  in  Tasmania  in  1840.  An  admirable  index  is  provided,  in  which 
the  summary  of  the  principal  events  of  Hooker's  life  is  particularly 
well  done.  Only  one  detail  affords  ground  for  unfavourable  criticism  : 
it  is  to  be  regretted  that  the  proofs  urere  not  submitted  to  a  botanist 
for  revision,  as  there  are  far  too  many  misprints ;  in  vol.  ii.  p.  447, 
we  have  in  one  line,  consecutively  "  Alpina,  Lygodon  Moiigeoltu  " 
and,  five  lines  later,  "  Minum  "  ;  "the  genus  Maddenia  Rosacece  " 
(i.  468);  "•  Gymnostonum''''  (L  38);  "•  Sahularia''''  (i.  76)  are  in- 
stances which  might  easily  be  multiplied.  But  this  imperfect  appre- 
ciation of  Mr.-  Huxley's  work  must  not  end  upon  a  note  of  even  slight 
censure  upon  a  biography  which  will  take  permanent  rank  among  the 
best  of  the  class  to  which  it  belongs. 

James  Bkitten. 


BOOK-NOTES,  NEWS,  etc. 


At  the  meeting  of  the  Linnean  Society  on  20th  March,  a  paper 
by  Mr.  Frederick  Lewis,  F.L.S.,  "  Notes  on  a  Visit  to  Kunadiya- 
parawitta  Mountain,  with  a  List  of  the  Plants  obtained,  and  their 
Altitudinal  Distribution,"  was  read  by  the  Botanical  Secretary.  This 
curious  mountain  is  nearl}^  due  west  of  the  sacred  "  Adam's  Peak," 
and  rises  abruptly  to  an  altitude  of  5186  feet  above  the  sea,  and  is 
surrounded  by  forest.  The  sunlmit  is  small  in  extent,  surrounded  by 
precipices,  in  the  path  of  the  S.W.  monsoon,  which  strikes  on  this 
isolated  peak  and  by  its  force  dwarfs  the  vegetation  on  it.  The 
rainfall  on  the  eastern  base  is  about  230  inches  per  annum,  on  the 
western  side  about  330  inches  yearly.  The  llora  appears  to  be  largely 
endemic,  animal  life  is  practically  absent,  and  wind  transport  of  seeds 
of  those  plants  which  are  on  the  summit  seems  unlikely.  Forty-nine 
plants  were  collected  on  the  mountain  top  in  one  day's  visit,  and 
were  determined  at  Peradeniya  ;  of  the  49,  ten  only  are  found  outside 
Ceylon,  the  remainder  being  endemic.  The  President,  Sir  David 
Prain,  gave  an  account  of  his  visits  to  two  islands  oif  the  Indian 
coast.  On  one  of  these.  Barren  Island  in  the  Andaman  group,  he 
found  that  Terminalia   Cata^jya,  which  usually  grows   close  to  tlie 


BOOK-IiOTES,    TS^EWS,    ETC.  135 

sea,  extending  to  the  top  of  the  outer  cone,  apparently  due  to  the 
rats  feeding  on  the  fruit  (the  "  Country  Almonds  "  of  Anglo-Indian 
speech),  which,  when  disturbed,  they  carried  in  their  mouths  up  the 
slopes. 

At  the  same  meeting  Miss  M.  Rathbone  exhibited  a  series  of 
specimens  preserved  by  submitting  them  to  the  action  of  formalin 
vapour,  as  shown  in  the  following  statement : — Some  years  ago  it 
occurred  to  me  to  try  to  find  some  method  of  preserving  plants  which 
would  not  destroy  either  their  form  or  colour.  I  began  by  trying 
liquid  paraffin,  and  this  at  first  gave  very  promising  results;  but 
after  a  time  the  specimens  became  mouldy,  and,  if  antiseptics  such  as 
salicj^lic  acid  were  added,  the  colour  disappeared.  It  then  occurred  to 
me  to  try  formalin  vapour,  hoping  that  in  this  way  the  tissues  of  the 
plants  might  be  hardened,  and  at  the  same  time  that  the  colour  might  be 
preserved.  Unfortunately,  as  these  specimens  show,  the  results  have 
fallen  far  short  of  my  ideal !  The  colour  fades  after  a  time,  and  the 
stalks  and  jDetals  often  become  limp.  However,  in  spite  of  these 
drawbacks,  I  think  the  method  may  have  its  uses,  as,  in  plants  preserved 
in  this  way,  the  microscopic  characters  of  the  tissues  and  the  form 
of  the  flower  and  relationship  of  its  parts  are  less  altered  than  in  dried 
specimens,  whilst  for  travellers  specimens  preserved  in  this  way  are 
lighter  and  more  convenient  to  carry  than  plants  preserved  in  spirit. 
I  found  that  it  was  best  to  dilute  the  formalin  with  water,  and  the 
strength  I  used  was  one  part  formalin  to  one  or  two  parts  of  water, 
and  possibly  an  even  weaker  solution  might  answer.  Cotton-wool 
soaked  in  this  solution  is  put  at  the  bottom  of  the  bottle,  or  it  may 
be  tied  round  the  stalks  of  the  plants,  enough  being  used  to  ensure  a 
damp  atmosphere.  Of  course  the  bottles  or  boxes  in  which  the  plants 
are  kept  ought  to  be  air-tight,  and  I  found  that  candle-grease  dropped 
over  the  cork  answered  very  well.  These  plants  were  bottled  in  1917, 
as  last  summer  I  was  moving  about  and  was  not  able  to  make  any 
further  ex]3eriments.  I  have  also  brought  a  bottle  of  African  Mari- 
gold in  salicj'lic  acid  and  liquid  paraffin,  bottled  in  1912.  It  was 
quite  the  best  of  my  paraffin  specimens,  most  of  which  are  deplorable 
objects,  and  I  do  not  think  there  is  much  to  be  said  for  this  method, 
as  it  has  all  the  drawbacks  of  alcohol  and  none  of  its  advantages.  As 
regards  formalin,  I  might  add  I  have  found  that  a  1/10  solution  in 
water  is  quite  good  for  freshwater  Algse.  I  have  some  bottled  in 
1911,  in  which  the  chlorophyll  body  in  Spirogyra,  which  shrivels  up 
so  easily  with  most  reagents,  still  shows  quite  distinctly. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  same  Society  on  AjDril  3,  a  paper,  on 
"An  Albino  Mutant  of  Botrytis  cinerea,  Pers.,"  illustrated  with 
preparations  and  lantern-slides,  was  read  by  Mr.  William  Brierley. 
He  stated  that  the  fungus  possesses"  characteristic  black  sclerotia, 
the  colouring  matter  being  deposited  in  the  walls  of  the  outer  two  or 
three  layers  of  cells.  Among  the  black  sclerotia  in  a  pedigree 
culture  a  single  colourless  sclerotium  was  formed,  and  on  isolation 
this  gave  rise  to  a  strain  characterized  hj  colourless  sclerotia.  Mor- 
phologically and  physiologically  the  parent  and  mutant  strains  are 
identical,  and  the  only  difierence  is  the  lack  of  colouring  matter  in 


13G  BOOK-XOTES,    XEWS,    ETC. 

the  latter.  A  generation  of  the  fungus  may  be  obtained  in  three 
days,  and  the  two  strains  tested  over  very  many  generations  under 
the  most  diverse  conditions  have  proved  absolutely  constant.  As  the 
colourless  form  arose  in  a  "  single-spore  "  culture,  it  cannot  represent 
^  strain  selected  out  from  an  original  population  ;  and  as  Botrytis 
cinerea  is  asexual,  the  possibility  of  the  new  form  being  a  segregant 
from  a  heterozygous  parent  is  eliminated.  Furthermore,  the  occur- 
rence of  colourless  sclerotia  in  this  fungus  is  unknown  heretofore 
either  in  Nature  or  when  the  fungus  is  grown  on  culture  media. 
There  would,  therefore,  seem  no  reason  to  doubt  that  the  colour- 
less form  described  is  an  instance  of  true  mutation  in  Botrytis 
cinerea. 

At  the  same  meeting,  a  paper  on  "Variation  in  Flowers  of 
Jasminuni  malaharicuni  Wight,"  by  Dr.  H.  H.  Mann,  F.L.S.,  was 
explained  by  Dr.  Kendle.  He  pointed  out  that  in  the  forests  of 
the  Western  Ghats  of  Bombay,  during  the  month  of  April,  the 
jungle  is  covered  with  Howers  of  this  fragrant  and  attractive  climber. 
Between  April  13th  and  20th,  1916,  the  author  had  examined  2789 
flowers  for  the  corolla,  and  found  from  5  lobes  in  0"33  per  cent,  to  a 
maximum  of  8  lobes  in  40  per  cent.,  declining  to  a  percentage  of 
O'O-l  for  those  with  12  lobes.  Similarly,  the  teeth  of  the  calyx  were 
examined  in  3560  flowers  at  the  same  time,  and  showed  with  4  teeth, 
2"56  per  cent.,  with  5  and  6  lobes  the  maximum  with  respective  per- 
centages of  46*26  and  47'81,  the  last  being  of  8  teeth  with  0*22  per 
cent.  He  failed  to  associate  any  peculiarity  with  the  position  of  the 
flowers  on  the  stem  or  in  the  inflorescence. 

A  GOOD  example  of  manufactured  "  flower  lore "  is  supplied  by 
the  following  paragraph  published  by  the  Manchester  Guardian. 
So  far  as  we  are  aware,  its  only  foundation  in  popular  legend  is  the 
name  "  Calvary  Clover,"  which  is  bestowed  upon  the  Spotted  Medick 
in  common  with  other  plants  with  spotted  leaves  from  a  tradition 
that  they  grew  beneath  the  Cross.  The  botanical  information  con- 
veyed in  the  paragraph  is  as  remarkable  as  the  symbolical : — 

"  Some  curious  flower  lore  is  associated  with  the  spotted  medick 
(^Medicago  maculata).  The  seeds  of  the  plant  are  very  well  protected, 
enclosed  as  they  are  in  a  prickly  ball,  and  some  perseverance  is  needed 
to  unroll  them  from  this  rough  covering.  The  first  shoots  should  appear 
on  Low  Sunday,  if  the  seed  has  been  sown  on  Good  Friday — a  day  with 
which  the  plant  is  connected,  as  it  is  known  in  some  places  under  the 
name  of  Calvary  clover.  The  first  two  leaves  which  appear  resemble 
those  of  a  sunflower,  and  symbolise  the  Incarnation — The  Godhood 
(s/c)  and  manhood  of  Christ.  At  sunset  the  two  outer  leaves  come 
together,  and  the  centre  one  droops  over  them,  suggesting  a  prayerful 
attitude  of  bowed  head  and  folded  hands.  The  leaflets  are  charac- 
terised by  a  heart-shaped  purple  spot,  rather  like  a  drop  of  freshly 
spilt  blood,  which  fades  as  the  leaves  grow  older.  The  prickly  pod 
encasing  the  seed  may  be  twisted  into  a  crown  of  thorns  if  care  be 
taken.  When  the  fibre  is  uncovered  the  form  of  a  scourge  is  said 
to  be  found  beneath  it.  Eleven,  the  number  of  the  faithful  Apostles, 
is  the  number  of  seeds  which  a  perfect  pod  should  contain." 


137  .  : 

THE  PEOBLEM  OF  THE  BRITISH  MARSH  OKCHIDS. 
Bx  Colonel  M.  J.  Godfery,  F.L.S. 

As  the  season  is  with  us  when  the  marsh  orchids  are  in  flower, 
it  may  be  of  interest  to  point  out  the  problems  requiring  solution. 

Orchis  prcetermissa  is  used  in  this  paj)er  to  indicate  the  marsh 
orchid  with  unspotted  leaves,  other  than  O.  incarnata,  and  O.  lati- 
folia  the  one  with  ringed  spots  on  the  leaves.  This  is  not  to  be 
taken  as  an  acknowledgement  of  'prcBtermissa  as  a  valid  name  for 
the  plant  in  question,  or  as  impljnng  dissent  from  Mr.  Rolfe's 
suggestion  that  the  ring- spotted  plant  is  a  hybrid.  The  names  are 
solely  used  as  convenient  terms  of  reference.  O.  viaculata  is  em- 
ployed in  the  aggregate  sense,  and  includes  O.  ericetorum  Linton. 

Orchis  prj:terj^iissa  Druce  (Rep.  Bot.  Soc.  &  E.  C.  340  (1913) 
1914,  also  J.  Bot.  1915,  176).  On  returning  to  England  in  August 
1914,  I  was  much  interested  to  hear  that  a  new  species  had  been 
described  under  this  name.  I  first  found  it  in  Surrey  in  1916,  and 
was  much  struck  by  its  beauty,  especially  by  the  delicate  lavender- 
mauve  of  its  flowers,  which  was  quite  different  from  anything  I  had 
seen  on  the  Continent,  except  perhaps  O.  ^palustris  at  Pisa.  I  found 
later  it  was  not  alwaj^s  of  this  beautiful  tint.  Near  Godalming  I 
found  it  in  plenty,  but  here  the  flowers  were  red-purple  or  pinkish 
rose.  Instead,  however,  of  being  the  rare  and  local  plant  I  expected, 
it  was  reported  to  be  widely  spread  and  plentiful  where  it  occurred. 
(Its  new  name  implied  that  it  had  hitherto  been  overlooked,  and  it 
was  diflicult  to  understand  how  so  striking  and  abundant  a  plant 
could  have  eluded  the  keen  eyes  of  field-botanists.)  Finally,  I  read 
in  Mr.  Druce's  "  Notes  on  the  British  Orchids  "  (Rep.  1917,  Bot.  Soc. 
&  Exch.  Club)  that  Smith's  latifolia  (Engl.  Flora)  and  the  O.  in- 
carnata  of  the  Engl.  Bot.  were  both  "  mainly  yrceiermissa,^''  and 
that  the  latifolia  of  other  British  authors  was  either  mainly  frcGter- 
missa  or  included  it.  It  is  not  therefore  a  new  species  in  the 
Sense  that  it  had  not  been  many  times  seen  and  recorded  before,  but 
only  in  the  sense  that  it  had  not  been  previously  differentiated  from 
latifolia.  Mr.  Rolfe  says  (Orch.  Rev.  xxvi.  p.  186)  that  it  is  quite 
clear  that  the  name  latifolia  primarily  belongs  to  the  marsh  orchid 
with  broad  unspotted  leaves — in  other  words,  to  the  one  recently 
described  as  O.  jiraetermissa.  He  is  no  doubt  right,  in  so  far  as  it  is 
true  that  the  O.  latifolia  of  British  authors  was  in  the  main  lyrcdter- 
inissa,  as  Mr.  Druce  himself  admits,  though  it  also  included  the 
ring-spotted  plants,  and  of  course  hybrids  of  prcetermissa,  for  in 
those  days  the  occurrence  of  natural  h^^brids  was  hardly  yet  fully 
recognized,  and  they  were  naturally  looked  upon  as  mere  varieties  of 
the  species. 

Whether  0.  latifolia,  as  thus  restricted  by  Mr.  Rolfe,  is  the 
plant  understood  on  the  Continent  to  be  O.  latifolia  L.  is  another 
question.  Incidentally  it  may  be  remarked  that  if  such  is  the  case, 
tliere  is  nothing  new  about  O.  i^rcBtermissa  except  the  name,  which 
would  then  automatically  fall  to  the  scrap-heap  as  invalid. 

In  1918,  in  a  field  near  Broadstoiie,  Dorset,  to  my  surprise,  for 
JouENAL  OF  Botany. — Vol.  57.     [June,  1919,]  sr 


138  THE   JOURNAL   OF   BOTANY 

the  field  though  damp  was  hardly  marshy,  I  came  across  O.  latifolia 
with  ringed  spots  on  the  leaves.  Presently  I  found  another  speci- 
men, but  the  leaves  were  unspotted,  and  I  said  to  myself  "  And  here 
is  prcetermissa  too."  On  comparison  the  plants  appeared  to  be 
identical,  except  as  to  the  spots  on  the  leaves.  I  was  puzzled  at  the 
time,  but  on  maturer  reflection  I  am  strongly  inclined  to  think  that 
the  plant  with  unspotted  leaves  was  not  'prcetermissa  at  all,  but 
simply  a  form  of  the  ring-spotted  latifolia  with  unspotted  leaves. 
I  have,  I  believe,  seen  similar  plants  in  Somerset  and  Hants,  and  I 
think  it  is  a  question  worth  studying  whether  Mr.  Druce  has  not 
drawn  his  net  too  wide  in  the  matter  of  prcBtermissa,  whether  he  has 
not  in  fact  included  in  it  plants  identical  with  the  ring-spotted 
latifolia  except  as  to  the  absence  of  spots  on  the  leaves. 

To  clear  up  this  matter  it  is  suggested  that  the  following  investi- 
gations should  be  made  : — 

1.  Is  there  in  Britain  a  form  of  O.  latifolia  with  unspotted 
leaves  distinct  from  O.  prcete^'missa  ? 

2.  Is  there  a  form  of  prwtermissa  only  distinguishable  from  the 
type  by  having  spotted  leaves  ? 

To  the  best  of  my  belief  I  have  seen  the  former,  but  never  the 
latter. 

Oechis  latifolia.  Mr.  Rolfe,  as  we  have  seen,  considers 
O.  prcetermissa  to  be  the  true  O.  latijolia  L.,  and  even  goes  so  far 
as  to  suggest  that  the  figures  of  O.  latifolia  L.  in  Schulze's  Orch. 
Deutschl.  (t.  21)  and  Barla's  Icon,  des  Orchidees  represent  the 
hybrid  X  O.  Braunii  (latifolia  X  maculata).  These  figures,  however, 
are  intended  to  depict  the  plant  understood  on  the  Continent  to  be 
O.  latifolia  L.  Schulze  knew  O.  Braunii,  and  gives  a  sketch  of  the 
lip  of  this  hybrid  on  the  same  plate,  and  also  a  description,  pointing 
out  the  characters  in  which  it  differs  from  latifolia.  I  think  we 
must  guard  against  taking  an  insular  view  of  our  flora ;  after  all  it  is 
only  a  branch  of  the  larger  and  much  more  extensive  flora  of  the 
Continent.  All  our  orchids  are  found  there  with  the  exception 
of  Spiranthes  Bomanzoffiana.  It  is  much  safer  to  interpret  our 
flora  in  the  light  of  the  continental  one,  than  to  argue  from  the 
smaller  to  the  greater.  It  should  be  noted  that  according  to  Schulze 
hotJi  the  parents  of  0.  Braunii  have  spotted  leaves. 

Mr.  St.  Quintin  tells  me  in  a  letter  that  on  July  15th,  1914,  he 
and  Canon  Tmvis  visited  a  marsh  of  some  twenty  acres  not  far 
from  Champery,  which  was  a  marvellous  garden  of  marsh  plants, 
thick  with  O.  latifolia,  which  grew  in  thousands.  Primula  far inosa^ 
Trollius,  Bartsia  alpina,  a  few  Gymnadenia  alhida,  an  Alliu7n,  etc., 
but  O.  latifolia  predominated.  Canon  Travis,  to  whom  he  has 
recently  spoken  on  the  subject,  agrees  with  him  that  all  the  O.  lati- 
folia they  saw  there  were  alike,  with  purple  flowers  and  spotted 
leaves.  They  did  not  see  O.  maculata  that  day,  though  Mr.  St. 
Quintin  noted  in  his  journal  every  species  of  orchid  they  found. 
These  alpine  latifolia  seemed  to  him  wonderfully  similar,  with  little 
or  no  variation,  and  with  no  suggestion  of  hybridism.  He  also  says 
that  on  June  8th  in  the  Western  Pyrenees  he  found  many  specimens 
of  0.  latifolia  with  spotted  leaves,  and  further  that,  with  the  excep- 


THE    PROBLEM    OP    THE    BKITISH    MARSH    ORCHIDS  139 

tion  of  O.  incarnata,  he  has  never  found  any  marsh  orchid  on  the 
Continent  with  hollow  stem  and  unspotted  leaves  (except  O.  paUistris, 
which  is  otherwise  unmistakable).  He  is  confident  that  he  has 
never  seen,  amongst  the  common  spotted  forms  of  O.  latifolia,  plants 
with  similar  flowers  and  unspotted  leaves.  These  spotted  latifolia, 
then,  could  not  possibly  be  hybrids — there  was  no  plain-leaved  parent 
and  no  maculata  to  be  found  in  the  neighbourhood. 

He  also  says  that  *'  on  the  Continent  you  ma}^  find  undoubted 
latifolia  growing  in  quantity  with  no  other  marsh  orchis."  Personally 
I  have  always  found  latifolia  on  the  Continent  with  spotted  leaves, 
but  I  have  never  seen  anything  approaching  prcetermissa.  My  ex- 
perience, however,  only  extends  to  a  few  scattered  localities  in 
Southern  France,  Switzerland,  and  Italy — I  know  nothing  of  Northern 
France  or  Central  Europe.  Ascherson  and  Graebner  (Syn.  Mitt. 
eur.  Fl.  iii.  p.  732)  say  of  the  Central  European  plant  that  the  leaves 
are  usually  all  marked  with  black-brown  spots,  often  confluent, 
oftener  faint,  more  rarely  absent.  I  do  not  think  any  serious  doubt 
can  be  entertained  that  the  plant  known  on  the  Continent  as  O.  lati- 
folia L.  usually  has  spotted  leaves.  The  spots,  however,  are  not 
always  ringed.  Mr.  St.  Quintin  says  that  from  recollection  he 
would  say  that  the  alpine  plants  referred  to  above  did  not  always 
have  ringed  spots  ;  in  some,  if  not  in  many  cases,  the  spots  were 
solid.  Mr.  Kaine  tells  me  that  at  Hyeres  latifolia  grows  with 
unspotted  leaves,  and  Brebisson  in  his  Flore  de  Normandie  says  the 
leaves  are  "  rarement  tachees  de  brun."  These  onay  he  prcetermissay 
but  the  fact  remains  that  ring-leaved  and  spotted-leaved  latifolia 
grow  abundantly  where  p^^cBtermissa  does  not  exist. 

The  Eev.  E.  S.  Marshall  tells  me  {in  lit.)  that  he  found  at 
Wexford  a  plant  with  short  blotched  leaves  which  seemed  to  agree 
exactly  with  one  in  Herb.  Brit.  Mus.  gathered  by  Messrs.  Britten 
and  Nicholson  in  June  1882  in  Co.  Waterford,  and  named  by  H.  G. 
Keichenbach  as  O.  latifolia  var.  brevifolia,  and  that  he  obtained 
other  plants  in  W.  Mayo  and  Caithness,  which  he  referred  to  this 
same  variety,  and  noted  at  the  time  as  having  the  leaves  faintly 
ring-spotted.  He  adds  "  I  do  not  think  that  these  three  gatherings 
come  under  0.  prcetermissa  ;  nor  are  they  likely  to  be  hybrids,  for 
which  I  have  kept  a  good  look  out."  He  also  mentions  that  a  plant 
with  spotted  leaves  sent  to  him  from  Winchester  agrees  very  well 
indeed  with  Schulze's  figure  of  O.  latifolia  L.  (plate  21).  I  was 
present  at  the  gathering  of  this  specimen,  which  was  our  ordinary 
ring-spotted  plant. 

I  sent  a  water-colour  drawing  of  O.  prcetermissa  to  Dr.  Keller, 
of  Aarau,  who  has  a  very  wide  experience  of  European  Orchids.  He 
did  not  say,  as  one  might  have  expected,  "  This  is  O.  latifolia  L.," 
which  he  assuredly  would  have  done  had  he  considered  it  to  be  that 
species,  but  suggested  that  it  might  be  O.  Traunsteineri  A.  II.  Hus- 
sowii  Asch.  &  Graebn.  Syn.  iii.  730  (1907)  ;  their  description, 
howover,  does  not  seem  to  fit  prcetermissa  very  well.  For  the  above 
reasons  it  would  seem  that  while  O.  j)rcetermissa  is  no  doubt  the 
O.  latifolia  of  most  English  authors,  it  is  open  to  question  whether  it 
is  0.  latifolia  L.  as  understood  on  the  Continent. 

m2 


14u  tkr  jouexal  of  botany 

The  Ahgument  as  to  Spots  ox  the  Leayes. 

Most,  if  not  all,  P]aropean  orchids  with  spotted  leaves  are  some- 
times found  without  spots.  Even  O.  maculatciy  which  is  perhaps 
more  persistently  spotted  than  any  other  European  orchid,  occurs 
Occasionally  with  unspotted  leaves.  Spots  on  the  leaves  are.  not 
therefore  of  specific  value,  and  nothing  seems  to  be  known  of  their 
cause  or  object.  Our  native  mascula  is  sometimes  spotted,  sometimes 
not.  In  1918,  I  saw  specimens  with  spotted  leaves  growing  in  the 
midst  of  a  colony  of  unspotted  plants.  As  both  kinds  liourished 
within  the  same  square  yard  of  ground,  it  was  evident  that  soil  and 
surroundings  had  nothing  to  do  with  the  spotting.  Mr.  H.  McKechnie 
suggested  in  the  Keport  of  the  Winchester  College  Nat.  Hist.  Soc. 
(reprinted  in  Hep.  B.  E.  C.  (1917,  p.  187)  that  ring-spotted  latifolia 
was  originally  a  hybrid  between  maculata  and  prcetermissa,  and 
Mr.  Druce  (I.  c.  p.  167)  regards  it  as  proved  that  a  plant  with  clear 
green  leaves  crossed  with  one  with  spots  of  solid  colour  will  produce 
ringed  spots  in  the  offspring.  This  theory  is  so  plausible  that  it 
is  apt  to  be  too  readily  accepted.  Is  there  any  reason  wh}'"  the 
circumference  of  the  spot  should  retain  its  depth  of  colour,  and  the 
centre  revert  to  the  original  green  of  the  leaf?  Fewer  or  fainter 
spots  of  solid  colour  would  appear  to  be  more  truly  intermediate. 
Let  us  see  what  happens  in  the  case  of  other  orchids.     On  June  27th, 

1916,  I  found  Oymnadenia  conopsea  X  0.  maculata  near  Winchester, 
the  leaves  were  not  spotted;    another    specimen  found  June   28th, 

1917,  near  Guildford,  had  spotted  leaves,  but  the  spots  were  solid.  I 
also  found  Coeloglossum  viride  X  C.  maculata  near  Winchester,  the 
leaves  were  spotted,  the  spots  not  ringed.  Plate  15  {I.  c),  said  to 
be  a  form  of  the  same  hybrid,  has  unspotted  leaves.  O.  incarnata  is 
unspotted,  and  so  closely  related  to  O.  'prceterinissa  that  nearly'' 
all  British  botanists  down  to  Hooker  (and  Mr.  Druce  himself 
in  the  14th  ed.  of  Hayward's  Botanist's  Focket-hook  (1914)), 
considered  it  only  a  variet}^  of  O.  latifolia.  We  might  therefore 
expect  that  in  its  hybrids  it  would  behave  similarly  to  prcetermissa^ 
O.  incarnata  X  maculata,  however,  does  not  present  ringed  spots ; 
according  to  Asch.  &  Graebner,  and  also  to  Schulze,  it  is  either  quite 
unspotted  or  weakly  spotted  with  faint  spots.  A  specimen  found  at 
Winchester  in  1917  had  all  the  leaves  unspotted  (plate  17,  /.  c). 

All  this  evidence  goes  to  show  that  when  spotted  maculata  is 
crossed  with  an  unspotted  sj^ecies,  whether  the  latter  be  O.  conopseay 
Codloglossum  viride,  or  O.  incarnata,  the  offspring  is  not  ring-spotted  ; 
in  all  these  cases  the  spots  either  disappear  altogether  or  become 
fewer  and  smaller,  diminishing  in  intensity  as  a  whole,  not  in  the 
centre  ox\\y.  Lastly,  I  have  found  several  hybrids  between  O.  prcBt-er- 
missa  itself  and  O.  maculata.  One  from  Godalming  had  the  leaves 
rather  plentifully  spotted;  one  from  Winchester  (I.e.  plate  13)  had 
spotted  leaves ;  one  from  the  Hog's  Back  had  the  lowest  leaf 
unspotted,  the  upper  ones  very  clearly  spotted  with  small  irregular 
spots.     None  of  these  had  ring-spotted  leaves. 

On  the  other  hand,  a  hybrid  between  Conloglossum  viride  and 
O.  latifolia   (ring-spotted),  found  at  Winchester  in  June  1917,.  had 


THE    PROBLEM    OF    THE    BRITISH    MARSH    ORCHIDS  141 

ringed  spots.  Dr.  Keller,  to  whom  I  sent  a  water-colour  drawin""  of 
this  pl.uit,  was  extremely  interested  in  it,  as  it  had  never  been  found 
on  the  Continent,  and  at  once  confirmed  the  identification  of  O.  lati- 
folia  as  one  of  the  parents.  It  is  quite  evident  that  by  latifolia  he 
did  not  mean  prcBtermissa — first,  because  two  plain-leaved  parent^ 
could  not  endow  their  offspring  with  ringed  spots,  and,  secondl3% 
because  a  drawing  of  prcetermlssa  was  also  sent  to  him,  but  he  did 
not  suggest  that  as  one  of  the  parents.  The  hypothesis  that  a 
plain-leaved  crossed  with  a  spotted-leaved  plant  will  give  rise  to 
a  ring-spotted  hybrid  may  possibly  eventually  prove  correct,  but  at 
present  it  appears  to  rest  purely  on  conjecture.  I  have  been  so  far 
unable  to  trace  a  single  instance  in  which  a  known  hybrid  between 
parents  of  these  classes  has  presented  ringed  spots,  and  of  all  hybrids 
between  unspotted  ^9r<^ferw«/ss«  and  spotted  maculata  whioh  I  havy 
come  across  not  one  was  ring-spotted. 

There  are  thus  two  hypotheses  to  be  investigated,  i.  e.^ 

(1)  That  there  are  only  two  British  marsh  orchids,  O.  incarnafa 
.and  O.  prcdtf^rmissa;  all  other  forms  are  hybrids  between  one  or 
other  of  these  and  O.  maculata.  Mr.  Druee  and  Mr.  liolfe  both 
appear  to  favour  this  viSw. 

(2)  That  there  are  three,  O.  incarnata,  O.  prcetermissa,  and  ring- 
spotted  O.  latifolia.  There  are  therefore  six  possible  hybrids,  viz. 
(1)  incarnata  X  maculata,  (2)  prcBteTmissaXmaculatay  (3)  lati- 
folia X  maculata,    (4)  incarnataxlatifolia,   (5)   incarnata.xprcBter- 

missa,  (6)  latifolia  xprteter  miss  a.  If  0.  ericetorum  Linton  bo 
regarded  as  a  species,  the  number  i§  increased  to  nine. 

It  would  seem  that  the  bewildering  variety  of  intermediate  forms 
found  growing  wild  is  more  likely  to  result  from  the  combinations 
of  a  number  of  different  factors,  than  from  the  crossing  of  only  two 
species  (when  incarnata  is  absent)  or  at  the  most  thi-ee. 

It  is  suggested  that  the  following  points  should  be  investigated, 
in  addition  to  the  two  named  above : — 

(3)  Are  there  any  localities  in  which  ring-spotted  latifolia  grows, 
from  yNhioh.  ijrcBtermissa  or  maculata,  or  both,  are  absent? 

(4)  Do  prcetermissa  and  maculata  grow  together  in  any  placp 
where  the  ring-spotted  plant  is  absent  ? 

(5)  If  so,  are  hybrids  present  without  ringed  spots,  and  are  they 
jiumerous  ? 

(6)  Is  there  any  locality  in  which  ring-spotted  plants  and  un- 
spotted prcetermissa  grow  together,  but  where  there  is  no  maculata 
in  the  neighbourhood  ? 

(7)  If  so,  are  the  ring-spotted  plants  identical  in  every  other  way 
with  those  without  spots  on  the  leaves  P 

If  any  or  all  of  these  questions'  can  be  definitely  answered,  it 
would  probably  throw  much  needed  light  on  a  difiicult  problem. 

The  most  satisfactory  thing  would  be  for  some  of  our  younsfer 
botanists  to  grow  unspotted  frcdtermissa  and  maculata,  fertilize 
the  flowers  of  the  former  with  pollinia  from  the  latter  (or  vice 
versa),  and  raise  plants  from  the  resultant  seeds.  It  could  then 
be  definitely  ascertained  whether  such  hybrids  ever  have  ring-spotted 
leaves.     The  experiment  would  take  a  few  years  to  carry  out,  but  it 


142  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

would  solve  a  problem  which  has  so  far  baffled  all  attempts  at  solu- 
tion, and  also  throw  a  flood  of  light  on  the  mnge  of  variation  in  the 
offspring  of  such  crosses.  It  should  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  seeds 
must  be  sown  in  pots  containing  the  soil  in  which  the  parents 
originally  grew,  as  the}?"  will  not  germinate  unless  the  microscopic 
fungus  (rhizoctoiiia)  which  infects  the  roots  of  orchids  is  present 
(see  Prof.  F.  E.  Weiss's  paper  on  Seeds  and  Seedlings  of  Orchids 
in  Proc.  Manchester  Microsc.  Soc.  1917).  The  simplest  way  is 
to  grow  prcetermissa  and  macidafa  in  pots,  taking  up  with  them  the 
ball  of  earth  in  which  they  grow,  and  to  sow  the  seeds  on  the  surface 
of  the  pots.  I  should  be  glad  to  hear  from  any  readers  the  results  of 
their  investigations,  addressed  to  me  c/o  Messrs.  Cox  &  Co.,  16  Charing 
Cross,  London,  S.W.  1.  No  specimens,  however,  should  be  sent  till 
my  actual  address  at  the  time  has  been  ascertained  by  a  postcard  to 
me  at  the  above  address. 


NOTES  ON  BRAITHWAITE'S  SPHAGNACE^  EXSICCATE.. 
By  J.  A.  WiiELDON. 

Dr.  Braithwaite  published  his  great  work  on  The  Sphagnacece 
or  Pent  Mosses  of  Europe  and  America  in  1880 :  his  SpliagnacecE 
BritanniccB  ExsiccafcB  appears  to  have  been  issued  whilst  preparing 
this  work.  Through  the  kindness  of  Mr.  H.  Beesley  of  Preston,  I 
have  been  allowed  to  examine  a  copy  of  the  latter  which  belonged  to 
the  late  M.  B.  Slater  of  Malton.  This,  on  the  dedicatory  page,  is 
dated  in  the  Doctor's  handwriting  April  1877,  just  a  month  prior  to 
the  issue  of  the  circular  announcing  the  publication  of  his  work  on 
the  Sphac/nacecB.  I  am  unacquainted  with  the  whereabouts  of  the 
other  copies,  nor  do  I  know  whether  the  specimens  in  them  are  from 
identical  gatherings  ;  but  I  suspect  this  is  not  always  so,  as  in  a  few 
instances  I  find  my  determinations  do  not  accord  with  other  published 
ones.  A  very  small  proportion  of  the  specimens  aj^pears  to  have  been 
collected  by  Braithwaite  himself,  the  principal  contributors  being 
Messrs.  J.  M.  Barnes,  S.  Anderson,  W.  Curnow,  Gr.  Stabler,  J.  Sim, 
and  J.  E.  Bagnall.  Some  of  the  examples  are  too  scanty,  and,  being 
gummed  down,  could  not  be  examined  with  the  completeness  that  is 
so  desirable  with  these  difficult  subjects.  In  some  cases,  however, 
loose  material  in  envelopes  accompanied  the  mounted  plants. 

It  was  interesting  to  find  in  the  collection  a  confirmation  of 
Mr.  Bellerby's  record  of  Sphagnum  havaricnm  Warnst.  His  plant 
was  named  by  Warnstorf,  but  the  specimen  was  not  returned,  and 
therefore  no  example  was  existent  in  our  collections.  The  plant  of 
Anderson,  which  I  refer  to  this  species,  was  collected  in  the  same 
locality  as  Mr.  Bellerby's,  viz.  Goathlands,  Yorkshire.  Some  of  the 
pages  of  the  volume  are  blank,  having  been  reserved  for  varieties 
which  were  apparently  unobtainable.  These,  and  a  few  foreign 
species,  or  others  which  do  not  call  for  comment,  account  for  the 
missing  numbers  in  the  following  list,  in  which  the  specimens  have 
been  named  in  accordance  with  my  Synopsis  of  the  European 
Sphagna  published  by  the  Moss  Exchange  Club. 


NOTES    ON   BEAITHWAITE's    8PHAGNACE^    EXSICCATE  143 

1.  Spliagnum  Austini  Sull.  forma  cristulis  parietalibus  cellu- 
larum  chlorophyllif.  imperfecte  evolutis.  Lythe  Moss,  Westmorland, 
J.  M.  Barnes.  On  many  leaves  no  fibrils  can  be  traced  on  the  cell 
Avails  ;  others  have  traces  of  thera  in  the  basal  cells  only.  This  is 
8.  imhricatum  Euss.  var.  suhlcBve  Warnst.  f.  densissimum  Warnst., 
not  hitherto  recorded  as  British. 

2.  >S'.  Austini  Sull.  var.  imhricaium.  (a)  Lewis,  J,  Smith  ;  (b) 
Westmorland,  Barnes ;  are  both  >S'.  imhricatum  B,uss.  var.  cristatum 
Warnst.  f.  conc/estum  Warnst. 

3.  S.  papillosum  Lindb.  (a)  Witherslack  Moss,  Westmorland, 
J.  M.  Barnes,  is  the  var.  normals  Warnst.  f.  squarrosulum  Ingh.  & 
Wheld.  subf.  neglectum  Ingh.  &  Wheld.  {h)  Finland,  S.  0.  Lind- 
herg,  is  var.  normale  Warnst.  f.  majus  Grmv.  subf.  suhfuscum  Wheld. 

4.  S.  papillosum  Lindb.  («)  Westmorland,  Barnes,  is  var. 
suhlceve\Am.^Y.  f.  h^evii^amosmnWsiYnst.  subf.  heterocladum  Warnst. ; 
{b)  Penzance,  W.  Gurnow;  and  (c)  Koss,  Scotland,  Braithwaite, 
are  both  var.  normale  Warnst.  f.  brachycladum  Warnst.  subf.^ayo- 
fuscum  Wheld. 

5.  S.  papillosum  Lindb.  var.  confertum.  (a)  Penzance,  Cornwall, 
Curnoiv,  is  var.  normale  Warnst.  f .  confertum  Warnst.  subf.  fusco- 
luteum  Wheld.  {h)  forma  virens  Braithw.,  Sutton  Park,  Warwick- 
shire, J.  Bagnall,  is  var.  normale  Warnst.  f.  squarrosulum  Ingh.  & 
Wheld.  subf.  neglectum  Ingh.  &  Wheld. 

6.  There  is  no  specimen  on  this  page,  which  was  apparently 
reserved  for  S.  papillosum  var.  stenophyllum  Lindb. 

7.  S.  cymbifolium  Ehrh.,  Saltersgate  Beck,  Yorks,  S.  Anderson, 
is  var.  pallescens  Warnst. 

8.  >S^.  cymbifolium  Ehrh.  {a)  Goathland,  Yorks,  Anderson,  is 
var.  pallescens  'Warnst.  f.  laxum  Warnst.  (6)  Staveley,  Westmorland, 
G.  Stabler,  is  aS^.  papillosum  var.  normale  Warnst.  f.  bracliycladum 
Warnst.  subf.  pallescens  Wheld.  (c)  Penzance,  Curnow,  is  S.  cymbi- 
folium Ehrh.  var.  pallescens  Warnst.  f.  confertum  Wheld. 

9.  aS*.  cymbifolium  Ehrh.  var.  squarrosulum,  Sutton  Park,  War- 
wickshire, Bagnall,  is  var.  glaucescens  Warnst.  f.  squarrosulum  Pers. 
subf.  immersum  Warnst. 

10.  S.  cymUfolium  Ehrh.  var.  congestum,  {a)  Stave^,  West- 
morland, Stabler,  is  S.  papillosum  Lindb.  var.  normale  W.  f .  brachy- 
cladum Warnst.  subf.  pallescens  Wheld.  (5)  var.  purpurascens, 
Witherslack,  Westmorland,  Barnes,  is  S.  medium  Limpr.  var.  violascens 
Warnst. 

13.  S.  laricinum  Spruce.  («)  Yale  Royal,  Cheshire,  J.  White- 
head, is  S.  contortum  Schultz  var.  gracile  Warnst.  subf.  virescens 
Warnst.  (b)  Barbon  Fell,  Westmorland,  Barnes,  belongs  to  the 
same  variety,  subf.  sordidum  Warnst. 

14.  S.  lacinium  Spruce  var.  platyphyllum,  Aber,  Carnarvonshire, 
Holmes  ^  George,  is  S. platyphyllum  var.  teretiusculum  f.  contortum 
Warnst. 

15.  S.  subsecundum  Nees.  (a)  Stockton  Forest,  Yorkshire, 
Stabler;  (b)  Nr.  Penzance,  Cornwall,  Curnow;  are  both  S.  inun- 
datum  Warnst.  var.  ovalifolium  Warnst  f.  subfalcatum  Warnst. 

16.  S.    subsecundum.       {a)    Staveley,   Westmorland,   Stabler,  is 


144  -THE    JOURNAL    OF   BOTANY 


ru- 


referred  by  Mr.  Horrell  {European  Sphagnacecp,  p.  G7)  to  S. 
fescejis.  if  this  be  so  it  would  come  under  var.  parvulum  Warnst., 
but  the  specimen  is  gummed  down  and  cannot  be  examined. 
{b)  Chyandal  Moor,  Cornwall,  Curnow,  is  S.  rufescens  Warnst.  var. 
onagnifolium  Warnst.  f.  rufidulum  Warnst.  subf.  densiramosum 
Warnst. 

17.  S.  sulsecundum  var.  contortiun.  {a)  Goathland,  Yorks, 
Andei'son  ;  I  think  after  a  very  partial  examination  that  this  is  a 
form  of  /S.  havaricum  Warnst.  v'dv.7?iesophi/llu)n  Warnst.  (h)  forma 
.rufescens.     Sleights  Moor,  Yorks,  Anderso7i,     Only  two  stems,  both 

gummed  down,  of  this  interesting  looking  specimen. 

18.  S.  subseciindtun  var.  ohesum.  (a)  Cornwall,  Ciirnoiv,  is 
•  S,  turgidulum  Warnst.  var.  insignitum  Warnst.  (5)  Sleights  Moor, 
.Yorks,   Ande?^son,  is   >S'.  rufescens  Nees  var.  magnifolium    AVarnst. 

f.  rufidulum  Warnst. 

19.  /S'.  suhsecundum  var.  auriculatum.  (a)  Sutton  Park,  War- 
wickslnre,  Bagnall^  is  8.  rufescens  Nees  f.  virescens  Warnst.  {h) 
Delamere,  Cheshire,  Whitehead,  is  S.  rufescens  Nees  var.  parvulum 
Warnst.  f.  gracile  Warnst.  (c)  Staveley,  Westmorland,  Barnes,  is 
S.  auriculatum  Schimp  var.  laxifolium  Warnst. 

20.  S.  suhsecundumY^Y.  auriculatum  i.  immersum.  (a)  Withers- 
lack  Moss,  Westmorland,  Barnes,  appears  to  be  an  undescribed  form 
of  *S^.  auriculatum  Schimp.  Var.  laxifolium  Warnst.  f.  immersum 
(Braithw.)  Wheld.  Very  lax,  elongate,  green,  and  floating,  about 
20  cm.  long,   with   small,  indistinct  capitulum.     Br.   distant,  upper 

-shorter  (5-6  mm.),  their  leaves  spreading,  lower  up  to  10  mm.  long, 
with  more  imbricate  leaves.  St.  1.  large  (1"5  x  *7--8),  fibrose  above, 
rarely  to  base,  externally  with  many  ringed  pores,  internall}^  with  few 
pores,  chiefly  in  cell  angles,  cells  often  septate,  (h)  Lindon  Common, 
Cheshire,  Whitehead,  is  S.  crassicladum  Warnst.  var.  intermedium 
Warnst.  f.  ovalifolium  Warnst. 

21.  S.  molle  Sull.  var.  Mulleri,  Goathlanddale,  Yorks,  Ander- 
son, is  the  average  British  S.  molle  Sull.  var.  molluscoides  Warnst.  f. 
heterophyllum  Warnst.  ;  it  does  not  come  under  any  of  the  subforms 
which  Warnstorf  describes  and  may  be  distinguished  as  follows : — 
subf.  typicum  Wheld.  Branches  cumulate,  less  dense  than  in 
subf.  tenerum  (Br.)  Warnst.  in  larger  and  taller  tufts,  leaves  erect, 
less  closely  imbricate. 

21*.  h.  molle  Sull.  var.  arctum.  (a)  Witherslack  Moss,  West- 
morland, Barnes,  (b)  Connemara,  Galwa}^  D.  Moore.  These  are 
gummed  down  and  the  material  is  too  scanty  for  removal  and  exami- 
nation, but  neither  is  S.  molle  :  probably  forms  of  S.  rubellum 
or  S.  acutifolium.  (c)  Dalfroo  Bog,  Kincardine,  J.  Sim,  is  S.  molle 
Sull.  var.  molluscoides  Warnst.  f.  hetrrop)hgllum  Warnst.  subf. 
.  tenerum  Warnst.  It  is  distinguished  from  subf.  typicum  Wheld.  by 
its  much  denser  usually  anoclade  branches,  smaller  tufts,  and  its 
smaller  and  moi-e  closely  imbricate  leaves. 

23.  S.  rigidum  (Nees),  Petworth,  Sussex,  G.  Davies,  is  >S'.  com- 
pactum  DC.  var.  subsquarrosum  W.  f.  densuni  Warnst. 

21.  S.  rigidum  var.  squarrosum,  Langdale,  Westmorland,  Barnes, 
is  a  paler  form  of  the  preceding. 


XOTES    ON    BRATTHWAITE's    SPHAGXACE.i:    EXSICCATiE.  145 

'  25.  S'.  ovgidum  (Nees)  var.  compacfum,  Strachan,  Kincardine, 
Sim.,  is  S.  compactum  DC.  v.  imhricatum  Warnst.  f .  obscurtnn  Warnst. 
2(5.  S.  squarrosum  Pers.  (a)  Witherslack  Moss,  Westmorland, 
Sanies,  is  var.  stihsquar^^osnm  ^uss.  f.  gracile  Russ.  (5)  Loch 
Garve,  lioss,  Braithivaite,  is  \ii,Y.  spectahils  lln^s.  f.  paUilum  Warnst. 
(c)  Nr., Penzance,  Cuimotv,  is  var.  spectahile  Puss.  f.  elegans  Warnst. 

27.  >S'.  squarrosum  var.  sqiiari^osuliim.  Scotstown  Moor,  Aber- 
deen, Sim.  Probably  S.  teres  var.  siihferes,  but  I  was  unable  to 
examine  it,  the  specimen  being  scanty  and  gummed  down. 

28.  S.  squarrosum  var.  suhteres,  Skeggles,  Westmorland,  Barnes, 
is  S.  teres  Angstr,  var.  suhteres  Lindb. 

29.  S.  squarros2im  var.  teres,  Kincardine,  Sim,,  is  >S'.  teres 
Angstr.  var.  imhricatum  Warnst.  £.  elegans  Warnst. 

30.  >S'.  squarrosum  var.  teres.  (a)  Broadgate  Bog  and  (h) 
Skeggles,  Westmorland,  Stabler,  are  S.  teres  Lindb.  var.  imhricatum 
Warnst.  f.  gracile  Warnst. 

81.  S.  acutifolium^hrh.  Ooathland,  Yorks,  Anderson,  is  S.  2ylu- 
miilosum  Roll.  var.  ochraceum  Warnst.  £.  immersum  Warnst. 

32.  S.  acutifolium  var,  deflexum.  {a)  Kincardine,  Sim,  is  S. 
phnnvlosum.  Poll.  var.  ochraceum  Warnst.  f.  congestum  Warnst., 
as  also  is  (h)  forma  densius,  Dalfroo  Bog,  Sim.  (c)  Lewis,  Hebrides, 
Braithwaite,  is  S.  plumulosum  Roll.  var.  lilacinum  SjDruce  £.  com- 
pactum Warnst. 

33.  ^S*.  acutifolium  y^w  purpureum  and  {h)  forma  laxum  Goath- 
land,  Yorks,  Anderson,  are  both  S.  plumulosum  Roll.  var.  ccerulescens 
Schlieph. 

34.  S.  acutifolium  var.  ruhellum,  form  amhigunm,  Strachan, 
Kincardine,  Sim,  is  S.  acutifolium  Ehrh.  m-ax.  flavoruhellum  Warnst. 

36.  S.  acutifolium  var.  ruhellum.  {a)  Nr.  Penzance,  Cornwall, 
Curnow,  and  {h)  Foulshaw  Moss,  Westmorland,  Stabler ;  are  both 
S.  ruhellum  var.  violascens  Warnst. 

35.  S.  acutifolium  var.  elegans,  Nr.  Garve,  Ross,  1876,  Braitli- 
xvaite,  is  S.  acutifolium  Ehrh.  var.  ruhrum  Brid. 

37.  S.    acutifolium    var.    temie.      (a)    Skeggles,    Westmorland, 
,  Barnes,  is  S.   rubellu?n  Wils.  var.    viride  Warnst.      {h)   Glenfarne 

Leitrim,    D.    Moore,    is    >S'.    quinquefarium    Warnst.    var.    roseum 
Warnst. 

39.  S.  acutifolium  \?ir.fuscum.  Witherslack  Moss,  Westmorland, 
Barnes,  is  S.fuscum  v.  Klinggr.  var.  medium  Russ.  f.  drepanocladum 
Warnst. 

40.  S.  acutifolivm  var.  luridum  is  not  represented. 

41.  S.  acutifolium  var.  patulum.  (a)  Barton  Fell,  Westmor- 
land, Barnes,  is  S.  plumidosum  Roll.  var.  viride  Warnst.  f.  laxum 
Warnst.  (5)  Tremethick  Moor,  Cornwall,  Curnow,  is  S. plumulosum 
Roll.  var.  pallens  AVarnst.  f.  stibstrictum  Warnst. 

42.  S.  strictum  Lindb.  (^a)  Skeggles,  Westmorland,  Barnes,  is 
S.  Girgensohnii  Russ.,  probably  var.  microcephalum  Warnst.  (h) 
Saltersgate    Beck,    Yorks,    Anderson,  is   S.    Russowii   Warnst.    var. 

favescens  Russ. 

44.  S.fimhriatum  var.  rohustum  Braithw.  Prior  to  the  publica- 
tion of  Warnstorf's  Sphagnologia  Universalis,  we  had  referred  many 


146  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

specimens  of  var.  valiilius  Cardot  to  Braithwaite's  variety.  The 
records  for  vice-counties  60  and  61  (and  probably  that  for  48)  refer 
to  var.  validius  Card,  and  should  be  so  amended.  Mr.  Horrell  in 
The  European  SphagnacecB  quotes  No.  44  of  the  Exsiccata  under 
both  S.Ji mhriafum  iind  S.  squarrosum.  There  are  two  specimens  from 
the  same  locality  (Eskdale,  Yorkshire,  Aiiderson)  in  Mr.  Slater's 
copy ;  I  refer  both  to  S.  Jimhriatum.  In  this  copy  there  are  also 
several  loose  packets  collected  by  Anderson  in  the  same  vicinity  at 
different  times.  Some  of  these  belong  to  S.  Jimhriatum  var.  laxi- 
folium  Warnst.,  others — labelled  b}^  Anderson  ^S*.  Jimhriatum  var. 
squarrosulum  Anderson,  Eskdaleside  Moor,  2  Oct.,  1875,  and  S.  Jim- 
hriatum var.  rohustior  Anderson  ?,  18  June,  1875 — belong  to  S, 
Jimhriatum  var.  rohustum  Br.  On  the  latter  packet  Anderson  has 
written  *'  To  say  the  least  of  this,  it  is  a  good  variety ;  I  have  never 
collected  Jimhriatum  like  it  in  an}^  other  locality."  With  it  is  a 
letter  from  Anderson  to  Slater,  written  from  Whitby,  June  1875, 
from  which  I  extract  the  following:  "I  send  herewith  the  plant 
alluded  to  in  my  list — I  have  sent  it  to  Braithwaite  and  he  says,  '  I 
shall  send  this  to  Lindberg  when  I  \mte  again.'  You  will  see  that 
it  is  coming  into  fruit,  so  that  in  the  course  of  a  month  I  shall  be 
able  to  send  you  plenty  of  it  in  that  state.  I  collected  it  last  3^ear 
in  the  same  locality,  nay  from  the  same  identical  9  feet  tuft,  but  not 
then  in  fruit.  Notice  the  ascending  branches  at  the  apex  of  the 
])lant,  and  the  naiTow  border  on  the  stem  leaves — altogether  different 
to  the  ordinary  form  of  S.  Jimhriatum.  I  sent  it  to  Braithwaite  as 
under  *  No.  1.  S.  Jimhriatum  vsiV.  rohustior?  Anderson  (a  sad  piece  of 
presumption  this).'  Look  at  it  well  tomorrow  and  write  me  fully  on 
it  by  that  day's  post."  There  is  no  doubt  Anderson  first  detected 
and  even  named  this  variet}^  but  did  not  describe  or  publish  it. 
Warnstorf's  description  is  excellent,  but  does  not  cover  all  the  forms, 
which  are  as  follows  : — 

(«)  forma  laxum  Wheldon.  Pale  yellowish-green  deep  tufts 
15-25  cm.  high.  Fascicles  distant.  Branches  elongate,  spreading, 
longly  and  gradually  acuminate,  2-3  cm.  long.  St.  1.  broadly  spatu- 
late,  i"14-l'3  long,  and  usually  nearly  and  sometimes  quite  as  wide. 
L.  lax,  broadly  ovate-lanceolate  2  X  1"14,  erect  arcuate  with  spreading 
points,  sometimes  distinctly  squarrose.  Braithw.  Exsicc.  No.  44. 
liight-hand  specimen.  Eskdale,  Yorks,  S.  Anderson.  This  plant 
rivals  S.  squarrosum  in  stature ;  someone,  probably  Slater,  has 
crossed  out  the  title  S.  Jimhriatum.,  and  written  in  S.  squarrosum  var. 
laxum  Braithw.  I  have,  however,  examined  the  chlorophyll  cells  in 
section  and  they  are  situated  on  the  inner  surface  of  the  leaf. 

{h)  forma  jpycnocladum  Wheldon.  Shorter  (10-15  cm.).  Fas- 
cicles denser.  Branches  much  stouter,  more  densely  leaved,  shorter 
(l;t-2  cm.),  suddenly  acute,  the  upper  ones  erect-patent.  The  lowest 
branches  are  more  laxly  leaved.  Leaves  of  upper  branches  imbricate, 
of  the  lower  erect  patent  to  subsquarrose.  Braithw.  Exsicc.  No.  44. 
Left-hand  specimen.     Eskdale,  Yorks,  Oct.  1875,  Anderson. 

(c)  forma  comjyactum  Wheldon.  Grey-green,  short  (5-8  cm.). 
Bi-anches  cumvilate,  arcuate-spreading  to  dellexed  (l|-2  cm.,  occa- 
sionally longer).     Leaves  densely  imbricate  or  with  the  points  only 


NOTES    OS   BEAITHWAITE's    SPHAGNACE.E    EXSICCATiE  147 

spreading,  sqnarrose  in  the  large  capitulum  (2-2-3  xO"8-l  mm.). 
Stem  leaves  very  variable  in  shape,  sometimes  nearly  as  broad  as  long, 
but  with  longer  and  less  spathulate  ones  intermixed  (1*3-1  "4  x  0*6- 
1"3).  Howie  Green  Wood,  Herefordshire,  May  1918,  Miss  E.  Armi- 
tage.  Very  different  in  habit  from  the  other  two  forms,  but  agreeing 
better  with  it  than  with  var.  validiiis  Card,  in  details.  Some  of  the 
stem  leaves  recall  those  of  S.  teres,  but  the  chlor.  cells  are  emergent 
on  the  inner  side  of  the  leaf.  In  some  respects,  also,  it  connects 
S.Jimhriatum  Yerj  closely  with  >S^.  Girgensohnii.  I  have  not  seen 
the  Cornish  specimens  of  this  variety  collected  by  Curnow. 

47.  S.  inter  medium  yLO^YQ..  (a)  Staveley,  Westmorland,  5r?r7?<?s, 
is  S.  amhlyphyllum  Russ.  var.  mesophylliim  Warnst.  f.  onolle  Kuss. 
(J)  Ben  Wyvis,  Ross,  Braithwaite,  is  S.Jimhriatum  Wils.  var.  inter- 
medium Russ.  f.  densum  Wheld.  (c)  forma /bZ.  caulinihus  apicihus 
fimhriatisy  Keggles,  Westmorland,  Barnes,  is  S.  amhlyphgllum  Russ. 
var.  mesophyllum  Warnst.  f.  sylvaticum  Russ. 

48.  S.  intermedium  yry.  pulchrum.  (a)  Staveley,  Westmorland, 
Stabler  ;  and  (h)  Carrington  Moss,  Cheshire,  July  1863,  G.  E.  Runt ; 
are  both  S.  jmlchrum  Warnst. 

49.  S.  intermedium  var.  riparium.  Oakmere,  Cheshire,  W.  Wil- 
son and  G.  E.  Hunt.  This  has  no  connection  with  S.  riparium 
Angstr.,  to  which  it  was  at  one  time  referred,  but  is  >S^.  riparioides 
Warnst. 

50.  S.  cuspidatum  Ehrh.  {a)  Witherslack  Moss,  Westmorland, 
Barnes ;    (h)  Lindon  Common,  Cheshire,  TVhiteJiead. 

51.  S.  cuspidatum  vq.v.  falcatum.  Fowlshan  Moss,  Westmorland, 
Stabler.  This,  and  also  both  specimens  under  No.  50,  are  S.  cuspi- 
datum Ehrh.  N.falcatum  Russ.  subf.  aquaticum  Warnst. 

52.  S.  cuspidatum  var.  plnmosum.  Scotstown  Moor,  Aberdeen, 
Sim.,  is  S.  serratum  Aust.  var.  serrulatum  Warnst. 


NOTES  ON  SOMERSET  PLANTS  FOR  1918. 
By  THE  Rev.  E.  S.  Marshall,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

Ix  spite  of  travelling  restrictions  and  other  drawbacks,  a  fa^V 
amount  of  work  was  done  last  year.  Dr.  W.  Watson  {W?)  furnished 
a  verv  long  list;  Dr.  H.  Downes  (-!>.),  Mrs.  C.  Sandwith,  Miss  Ida 
M.  Roper  (i^.),  Mr.  H.  S.  Thompson  (T.),  Rev.  H.  L.  Graham 
((x.),  and  others  have  also  given  valuable  help.  I  sjDcnt  a  month 
on  Exmoor,  finding  a  few  things  of  interest ;  bi-ambles  are  numerous, 
some  reaching  an  elevation  of  1300  feet  or  more. 

Districts  1  to  4  and  6  are  in  v.c.  5  S;  Somerset :  the  rest  belong  to 
v.c.  6  N.  Somerset. 

Clematis  Vitalba  L.     2.   Kilve,  W. 

Ranunculus  trichophylhis  Chaix.  3.  Orchard  Portman,  W. — 
R.  Lenormandi  F.  Schultz.  1.  Simonsbath. — R.  auricomus  L.  2. 
West  Luccombe ;  3.  West  Hatch ;  4.  Clayhanger,  near  Combe  St. 
Nicholas;  6.  Whitestaunton,  W. — R.  acris  L.  \di\\vulgatus  (Jord.). 
3,  Ruishton ;  Taunton,    W. — R.   parvijlorus  L.      3.  Thurlbear,    W. 


148  -  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY         - 

9.    Clevedon    Court   Wood;    Tickenham,    T. — JR.    a7'vensis   L.      5. 
Kingsdon,  G. 

HeUebojnis  viridis  L.  var.  occidental  is  (Reuter).  8.  Batcombe, 
Miss  F.  Chiddell. 

Aconitiim  u^apelluslj.  3.  Buncombe,  near  Kingston  ;  6.  White- 
staunton,  W. 

BerherisvulgarisJj.    '3.  Norton  Fitzwarren;  probably  planted,  W. 

Papaver  Hhcens  L.  var.  *strigosum  (Boenn.).  Two  specimens, 
with  the  type,  in  a  field  on  Le\^croft  Farm,  Bathpool,  W. — P. 
Lecoqii  Lamotte  and  P.  A7yemoheJj.     5.  Kingsdon,  G.,  sp. 

Corydniis  claviculata  DC.  1.  One  large  patch,  at  900  feet,  above 
'Withy  pool. 

Fiimaria  capreolata  L.  {^pallidijiora  Jord.).  2.  East  Quantox- 
head,  JT. 

P.  Borcsi  Jord.     2.  Roadwater  ;  Quantoxhead,  W. 

Nasturtium  palusfre  DC.  3.  Near  Staplegrove ;  Bathpool  ; 
West  Sedgemoor,  W.—N.  ampTiibium  'Qw  4.  By  the  River  lie, 
below  Ilminster,  D.  ' 

Arahi^  hirsuta  Scop.     6.  Combe  St.  Nicholas,  W. 

Cardamine  impatiens  L,     10.  Stony  slope,  Asham  Woods,  T. 

Draha  muralis  L.  6.  Frequent  on  walls,  Whitestaunton  and 
Wambrook,  ^.,  sp. 

Hesperis  matrondlis  L.  3.  Stoke  St.  Mary ;  a  garden  escape, 
IV.     4.  Orchards,  &c.,  about  Ilminster,  D. 

Sisymbrium  Tlialianum  Gay.  6.  Whitestaunton,  IV. — \S.  altis- 
simum  L.  {pannonicum  Jacq.).  4.  Waste  ground  near  Ilminster,  D.; 
named  at  Kew.] 

Brassica  nigra  Koch.  1.  At  1250  feet,  in  a  root-field  on  Black- 
land  Farm,  With^^pool. — B.  alba  Boiss.  3,  Fosgrove,  near  Taun- 
ton, W. 

Coronopus  dillymns  Pers.  4.  Cultivated  ground  near  Ilminster 
Station,  Z>. — C.  procumbens  Grilib.  2.  Quantoxhead,  W.  4.  Com- 
mon in  the  Ilminster  district,  B. 

Lepidium  campestre  Br.  3.  Frequent  within  a  5-mile  radius  of 
Taunton  ;  8.  Bruton,  W. — L.  Smithii  Hook.  1.  Ascends  to  1200 
feet  near  Simonsbath. 

Hutchinsia  petrcea  Br.  10.  Sparingly  on  limestone  rocks  above 
the  Avon,  close  to  Bristol,  T. 

Baphanus  Raplianistriim  L.  1.  One  fine  plant,  at  1250  feet,  on 
Horsen  Farm,  near  Simonsbath. 

Viola palustr is  \a.  2.  Elworthy;  6.  Wambrook,  7^. —  V.hirta  Jj. 
3.  Adcombe,  near  Pitminster,  TV. — *V.  kirtax  odorata.  3.  Stoke 
St.  Mary,  TV. —  V.  agrestis  Jord.  3.  Wiveliscombe,  W.  ;  West 
Monkton. — ^V.  segetalis  Jord.  4.  Castle  Neroche,  W . —  V.  obtnsi- 
folia  Jord.  6.  Buckland  St.  Mary,  W.—*V.  ruralis  Jord.  2. 
Quantoxhead  and  Crowcombe  ;  3.  Stiiplegrove,  TV. 

Poly  gala  serpyllacea  Weihe.  1.  Common  on  Exmoor !  ;  2. 
Kilve  and  Lilstock  ;  G.  Bewley  Down,  TV. 

Saponaria  officinalis  L.  3.  Kingston  ;  4.  Wadeford,  near  Chard  ; 
6.  Combe  St.  Nicholas,  W. 

Silenc  maritinia  With.     2.  Quantoxhead,  TV. 


NOTES    Olii    SOMERSET    PLANTS    EOH    1918  149 

LycJinis  GWiago  Scop.     6.  Otterford,  W. 

Cerastium  semidecandrum  L.  2.  Kilve,  W.  4.  Hinton  St. 
George,  D. 

SteUaria  aq^uatiea  ^co]).  3.  Common  on  West  Sedgemoor; 
4.  Chard  district,  frequent,  W. 

Arenarior  leptoclados  Guss.  1.  Walls  at  Simonsbath,  above 
1000  feet. 

Sagina  suhulata.  1.  Withypool,  W.  Near  Simonsbath.  2. 
Halsway  Combe ;  6.  Wambrook,  W. 

SpergtiJa  arvensis  L.  1.  Plentiful  in  turnip-fields,  up  to  1250  feet, 
about  Exford,  Withypool,  and  Simonsbath.  Ashway,  near  Tarr  Steps, 
W.  3.  West  Monkton.  4.  Castle  Neroche ;  6.  Culmhead  and 
Buckland  St.  Mary,  W. — S.  sativa  Boenn.     1.  Simonsbath  ;    Exford. 

Sjyergularia  marginata  Kittel.     2.  Lilstock,  W. 

\_Tamarix  anglica  Webb.  2.  Planted  and  flourishing,  on  the 
coast  near  Lilstock,  W.'] 

Hypericum  Androscemum  L.  2.  Kilve  and  Quantoxhead ;  3. 
Kingston ;  4.  Combe  St.  Nicholas ;  6.  Wambrook,  W. — H.  'per- 
foratum L.  var.  *angnstifolium  DC.  2.  East  Quantoxhead;  8.  King- 
ston ;  Chilworthy,  W. — H.  humifusum  L.  1.  Near  Cutcombe,  W. 
Simonsbath.  2.  Kilve,  TV.  Var.  ^magnum  Bast.  1.  Exford; 
Withypool,  W, — H,  elodes  L.  1.  Common  in  bogs  on  Exmoor,  up 
1400  feet.     6.  Bewley  Down,  W. 

Malva  moschata  L.  3.  Cothelstone,  Cotford,  and  Thurlbear ; 
4.  Staple  Fitzpaine  and  Knowle  St.  Giles,  W.  The  white-flowered  form 
occurs  at  3.  Thurlbear  and  Orchard  Portman,  TF. ;  and  4.  Ilminster,  D. 
— M.  7'otiindifolia\j.  2.  East  Quantoxhead  and  Kilve;  3.- Orchard 
Portman,  Ruishton,  Bathpool,  and  Stoke  St.  Gregory ;  6.  Combe 
St.  Nicholas  and  Whitestaunton^  W. — [Jf.  pusiUa  Sm.  4.  Waste 
ground  at  Horton,  near  Ilminster,  D.,  sp. ;  so  named  by  me,  and 
conHrmed  by  Mr.  A.  J.  Wilmott.] 

Linum  hienne  MiWev  {aiigustifolium  Huds.).  2.  Cliffs  between 
Lilstock  and  Kilve,  TV. 

\_Geranii(m  pratense  L.  2.  Two  roots,  near  houses,  probably 
planted,  at  St.  Audries,  W.  3.  Broomfield  Churchyard,  Hiss  A.  G. 
Miller.'] — G.  jyg^^cnaicnyn  ^urm..  Rl.  3.  Kingston,  W. —  G.pusiJhim 
L.  3.  Thurlbear,  W.—  G.  rotundi folium  L.  10.  Babington,  T.— 
G.  columhinum  L.  2.  Frequent  about  Kilve  ;  3.  Thurlbear  and 
Bishop's  Lydeard ;  8.  Bruton,  rare,  W. —  G.  lucidinn  L.  5.  Kings- 
don,  G.  Still  unrecorded  for  dist.  1. —  G.  Bohertia7ium  L.,^.  alho. 
1.  Exford. 

Erodium  moscliahim  L'Herit.  9.  -Berrow,  W.  Farmyard, 
Twickenham,  T.—E.  maritimnm  L'Herit.     9.  Tyntesfield  Woods,'  T. 

[^Oxalis  corniculafaJj.  A  garden  escape  at  3.  Taunton,  W.,  and 
4.  Ilminster,  Z),] 

'  HhamtiKS  F-rangula  Jj.     Woods  near  Curland, -Z>. 
■'       Genista  tinctoria  L.     6.  Buckland  St.  Mary,  W, 

Ulex  Gallii  Planch.  1.  Common  on  Exmoor.  2,  3.  Common 
on  the  Quantocks,  W,  Var.  Viumilis  Planch.  1.  Plentiful  on 
Winsford  Hill  and  some  other  Exmoor  heights,  up  to  1400  feet!,  W. 
I   can,   however,   see  no    good  varietal  characters,    and  believe   this 


loO  THE   JOURNAL   OP    BOTANY 

to  be  only  a  state  due  to  situation  and  exposure,  which  passes  gra- 
dually into  the  normal  form. —  V.  minor  Roth.  Accidentally  omitted 
from  my  Supplement  to  Fl.  Som.  1.  Withypool ;  Exford,  W.  2. 
Crowcombe  Heathfield.  4.  Abundant  on  Staple  Common.  6.  Near 
Chard. 

Ononis  repens  L.  var.  horrida  Lange.  2.  Kilve  and  Quantox- 
head,  W. — O.  spinosa  L.     2.  East  Quantoxhead  ;  3.  Thurlbear,  W. 

Trigonella  ornithopodioides  DC.  2.  North  Hill,  Minehead,  and 
on  the  coast  towards  Greenaleigh,  JV. 

Melilotus  altissima  Thuill.  2.  Kilve  and  Lilstock ;  3.  Thurl- 
bear and  Orchard  Portman  ;  4.  Fivehead,  W. 

\Trifolium  pratense  L.  var.  americanum  Harz.  2.  Kilve  ;  3. 
Not  uncommon  in  cultivation  in  the  Taunton  district,  WP^ — T. 
medium  L.  2.  Kilve ;  3.  Corfe  and  Blagdon ;  6.  Culmhead  ;  8. 
Bruton,  W. — T.  squamosum  L.  2.  Portlock  Weir,  W. — T.  arvense 
L.  var.  *perpusillum  DC.  2.  Minehead  WaiTen,  W. — T.  hybridum 
L.  1.  Withypool ;  2.  Crowcombe  and  East  Quantoxhead  ;  3.  Taun- 
ton ;  4.  Curry  Mallet ;  8.  Bruton;  9.  Yatton,  TV. — T.  fraf/iferum\j. 
2.  Cliffs,  Kilve  to  Lilstock ;  3.  Athelney,  Orchard  Portman,  and 
common  on  the  White  Lias  (3  and  4)  from  Hatch  to  Langport ; 
4.  Combe  St.  Nicholas,  W. — T.  duhium  Sibth.  var.  ^pygmceum 
Soyer-Willemet.  2.  Smith's  Combe,  above  East  Quantoxhead,  W. — 
TJiliforme  L.     2.  Halsway  Combe,  W. 

Anthyllis  Vulneraria  L.     2.  St.  Audries,  W. 

Lotus  corniculatus  L.  var.  crassifolius  Pers.  2.  About  Kilve, 
W. — L.  tenuis  Waldst.  &  Kit.  3  and  4.  Rock  Hill,  near  Wran- 
tage,  W. 

Astragalus  glycyphyllos  L.     10.  Babington,  T. 

Ornithopus  perpusillus  L.  1.  Roadside,  Withypool  Hill,  at 
1000  feet. 

Vicia  hirsuta  Gray  and  V.  tetrasperma  Moench.  2.  Kilve ; 
8.  Bruton,  W. —  V.  angustifolia  L.  2.  Oare ;  3.  Norton  Fitz- 
warren,  W. 

Lathyrus  NissoUa  L.  3.  Badger  Street,  W.  4.  Heme  Hill, 
Ilminster,  D. — L.  montanus  Bernh.  1.  Withypool  and  Exton ; 
4.  Bickenhall  and  Combe  St.  Nicholas  ;  6.  Whitestaunton  and  Wam- 
brook  ;  8.  Bruton,  W. 

Prunus  insititia  L.  3.  Taunton  ;  8.  Bruton,  W. — P.  domes- 
tica  L.  6.  Combe  St.  Nicholas ;  8.  Bruton,  W. — P.  avium  L.  2. 
Washford ;  3.  Pickeridge,  near  Corfe ;  6.  Whitestaunton  and  Wam- 
brook,  W.—P.  Cerasus  L.     2.  Washford,  W. 

Ruhus  Jissus  Lindley.  1.  Exe  Yalle}',  above  Exford ;  lane  at 
Honeymead  Corner,  near  Simonsbath,  in  good  quantit}^  The  dull- 
red  fruit  IS  excellent. — B.  plicatus  Wh.  &  N.  1.  WithyiX)ol;  locally 
plentiful  by  the  Sherdon  Water,  near  Simonsbath. — li.  cariensis 
Genev.  1.  Simonsbath ;  Exford.  Confinned  by  W.  M.  Rogers. — • 
R.  Lindleianus  Lees.  1.  Exford;  Simonsbath,  &c. — R.  argenteus 
Wh.  &  N.  1.  Exford,  Withypool,  and  Simonsbath. — R.  rhamni- 
folius  Wh.  &  N.  1.  About  Exford  and  Simonsbath. — R.  pulcherri^ 
mus  Neuman.  1.  Exford,  Withypool,  and  Simonsbath  ;  frequent. 
2.    Abundant   near   Elworthy,  and   3.  Clatsworthy. — R.   rusticanus 


NOTES  Oy    SOMERSET  PLANTS  FOR  1918  151 

Merc.  1.  Apparently  scarce  on  the  upper  parts  of  Exmoor,  though 
so  abundant  in  the  county,  as  a  whole  ;  one  bush  was  seen  as  high 
up  as  1250  feet,  but  this  is  exceptional. — B.  Questierii  Lefv.  & 
Muell.  1.  Sherdon  Water. — B.hi/i^oleucusljQiv.  &Mue\\.  1.  Wood- 
border,  Simonsbath.  3.  Orchard  Portman,  W. — B. pyra)}iidalis  Kali. 
1.  Kather  common  about  Exford,  Simonsbath,  and  Withypool. — 
B.  leucostachys  Sm.  1.  Simonsbath.  2.  Halsway  Combe,  W. — B. 
Borreri'Bell  Salter.  1.  Plentiful  about  Simonsbath  ;  Exford,  Withy- 
pool. The  fruit  is  unpalatable,  and  often  defective — B.  dasy- 
phyllus  Rogers.  1.  The  most  abundant  species,  1  believe,  about 
Exford,  Withypool,  and  Simonsbath. 

Geum  rivale  X  urhanum.     10.  Melcombe  Wood,  Mells,  T. 

Potentilla  erectaxprocumhens.  6.  Buckland  St.  Mary,  W. — ■ 
P.  erectaxreptans.  1.  Exford. — P .  p^^ocumhens '^\hi\\.  1.  Exford, 
frequent ;  Simonsbath.  Withypool,  W.  3.  Adcombe ;  Will's  Neck, 
W, 

AlcJiemilla  minor  Huds.  1.  Exford  ;  Simonsbath.  Dulverton, 
W.     3.  Cothelstone  ;  Kingston,  W. 

Agrimonia  odorata  Miller.  9.  Miss  Roper  tells  me  that  the 
Walton-by-Clevedon  plant,  formerly  thought  to  be  A.  Pluimtoria  var. 
sepium  Breb.,  is  this.  10.  Frequent  on  the  borders  of  Asham  Woods, 
B.  and  T.     Mells,  T. 

Poterium  oMcinale  A.  Gray.  1.  Withypool!;  Barle  Valley, 
3  miles  above  Dulverton,  W. 

Bosa  omissa  Desegl.  var.  siihmollis  (Ley.).  1.  Exford,  Withy- 
pool, and  Simonsbath  ;  a  form  with  globose  fruit. — B.  micrantha  Sm. 
3.  Corfe,  W. — B.  ohtusifolia  Desv.  var.  tomentella  (Leman).  3. 
Corfe,  TF".,  sp. — B.  canina  L.  var.  verticillacantlia  (Merat).  3.  Lang- 
ford  Heathfield,  and  in  several  places,  south  of  Taunton,  W.  Yar. 
aspernata  (Desegl.).  4.  Ilminster,  W. — B.  dumeiorum  Thuill.  var. 
Deseglisei  (Bor.).     6.   Combe    St.  Nicholas,    W, — B.  systyla   Bast. 

3.  Trull,  W. — B.  arvensis  Huds.  var.  scahra  Baker.     3.   Bathpool ; 

4.  Crook  Street,  near  Ilminster;  6.  Wambrook,  W.  Var.  ovata 
Desv.  2.  East  Quantoxhead,  W.  Var.  hiserrata  Crepin.  6.  Combe 
St.  Nicholas,  W. 

Pyrus  torminalis  Ehrh.  3.  Cotlake  Hill,  near  Trull,  W. — P. 
Aucuparia  Ehrh.  8.  Cogley  Wood,  Bruton,  TV. — P.  Mains  L. 
(a.  sylvestris  L.).  2.  East  Quantoxhead ;  3.  Wrantage  and  Orchard 
Portman  ;  4.  Fivehead,  W,  Var.  mitis  Wallr.  2.  Kilve ;  3.  Felt- 
ham ;  4.  Chard,  W. 

Bihes  ruhrum  L.  10.  Melcombe  Wood,  Mells,  in  quantity,  T. — 
B.  nigrum  L.     6.  Whitestaunton,  W. 

Sedum  purpureum  Tausch.  3.  Pitminster ;  but  probably  an 
escape,  W. — S.  dasyphyllum  L.     2.  Wall  at  Kilton,  W. 

Drosera  rotundifolia  L.  1.  Ascends  to  1600  feet  on  Dunkery  ; 
6.  Bewley  Down,  with  D.  longifolia^  W. 

Myriophyllum  spicatum  L.     4.  River  He,  Ilminster,  D. 

Peplis  Portula  L.     10.  Melcombe  Wood,  Mells,  T.     r 

P^2^ilobium  angustifolium  L.  1.  Withypool ! ;  Winsford,  W. ; 
Sherdon  Water.  2.  Combe  Sydenham;  6.  Bishop's  Wood  and 
Buckland   St.    Mary,    W.—U.   tetragonum   Curt.      2.  Kilve,    W.-— 


152  THE    JOUliXAL    OF    BOTANT  : 

E.   Lamyi  F.    Schultz.     3.  Holway,   Taunton,  W.^-E.  palustre  L. 
1.  Frequent  on  Exnioor.     Var.  ^lavandulcdfoliiim  Lecoq  &  Laniotte. 

1.  Wet  bogs,  Knighton  Combe,  Witlwpool,  very  characteristic ;  I 
also  saw  it  near  Simonsbath.  Hitherto  only  known  in  Britain  from 
Shetland  and  the  Highlands. — Dr.  Watson  has  found  the  following 
hybrids,  but  kept  no  specimens  : — ■*E.  hlrsutum  X  montanum.  8. 
Blagdon  Hill.  *E.  }iirsutumy.parvijlorum,  2.- Stogumber,  St.  Au- 
dries,  and  EastQuantoxhead.  3.  Norton  Fitzwarren. — E.  montanum  x 
ohscurum.  2.  Trull. — E.  montaniimx par viJJ ovum.  2.  Kilve.  3. 
Langford    Budyille    and    Kingston. —  E.     ohscurum  X  parvijloriim. 

2.  Kilye   and    Stogumber.      3.  Bathpool.      6.  Wambrook.— j6J.   ob- 
scurum  X  tetragonum.     2.  East  Quantoxhead,     3.  Corfe. 

Bryonia  dioica  L.     2.  Kilve  ;  3.  West  Hatch,  W. 

Sium  erectum  Hwds.     3.  Creech  St.  Michael ;  9.  Berrow,  TF. 

Foeniciilum  vuJgare  ^IiWqy.     2.  Lilstock  ;   St.  Audries,  W. 

(Enantke  2^impineUoides  L.  1.  Barle  Valle}",  above  Dulverton  ; 
4.  and  6.  Combe  St.  Nicholas ;  9.  Berrow,  W. 

Caucalis  nodosa  Scop.  2.  East  Quantoxhead,  W.  5.  Kingsdon, 
G.    Yai\  *peduncuIafallou.j  (under  Torilis).    3.  Bridgwater,  1886,  T. 

Adoxa  Moschatellina  L.     2.  Stogumber  ;   Crowcombe. 

Viburnum  Opulus  L.  1.  Hawkridge  and  Quarme  Valley !  ;  2. 
Kilton;  4.  Bickenhall,  W. 

Rubia  peregrina  L.  2.  Frequent  about  Kilve  !,  W.  4.  Abun- 
dant at  Broadway,  Z>. 

Gallium  Molliigolj.  var,  '^insubricum  (Gaud.).  2.  Kilve,  W. — ■ 
G.  palustre  Jj.  YRY.  lanceolatum  Uechtr.  3.  Canal,  Bathpool!,  W. 
—  G.  uliginosum  L.  1.  Not  uncommon  about  Simonsbath,  Exford, 
and  With^qoool,  reaching  1300  feet. —  G.  tricorne  Stokes.  4.  Fields, 
Ilminster,  D, 

Asperula  odorata  L.  4.  Hatch  and  Bickenhall ;  6.  White- 
staunton,  W. — A.  cynancliica  L.     3.  Calmington,  near  Taunton,  W. 

SJierardia  arvensis  L,  var.  ^maritima  Grriseb.  2.  Downs,  East 
Quantoxhead,  W. 

Valerian-a  dioica  L.     4.  Bickenhall,  W. 

Valerianella  dentata  Poll.  2.  Frequent  in  ploughed  fields  about 
Kilve,  W. 

Solidago  Virgaurea  L.  1.  Exe  Valley ! ;  4.  Barley  Hill ;  6. 
Wambrook,  Whitestaunton,  and  Yarty  Valley  ;  9.  Brockky  Combe,  W. 

Erigeron  acre  L.     2.  Minehead ;  3.  Stoke  St.  Mary,  W. 

Gnaphalinm  tdiginosum  L.  1.  Abundant  about  Exfoitl ;  Simons- 
bath, etc.  2.  Elworthy  and  East  Quantoxhead  ;  3.  Bishop's  Lydeard; 
0.  Buckland  St.  Mary,  W. —  G.  sylvaticum  L.  2.  Sparingly  neiir 
Bellinger  Farm,  Porlock,  N.  G.  Hadden. 

Inula  Helenium  L.  8.  One  root,  Westcombe,  near  Batcombe, 
R.  V.  Sherring. 

Bidens  cernua  L.  3.  Bathpool,  W. — B.  tripartita  L.  3.  West 
Sedgemoor,  Barthpool,  and  Stajjlegrove  ;  4.  Chaffcombe,  W, 

Achillea  JP  tar  mica  L.  1.  Exton ;  3.  Langford  Heathfield ; 
4.  Britt\"  Common  and  Street  Ash,  W. 

Anthemis  CotulaL.  3.  Taunton;  8.  Shapwick,  TF. — A.  arvensis 
L. -2.  EastQuantoxhead;  4.  Combe  St.  Nicholas,  Jf\ — A.  nobilish. 
2.  St.  Audries  ;  3.  Triscombe,  W. 


NOTES    ON    SOMERSET    PLANTS    FOR    1918  153 

Matricaria  inodora   L.  var.  salina  Bab.      2.  Minehead,    W. 

31.   Chamomilla  L.     2.  Frequent  about  Kilve ;  4.  Langport,  W. 

\_M.  suaveolens  Buchenau.     3.  Taunton ;  4  and  6.  Chard,  W.'] 

Tanacetum  vulqare  L.     2.   Minehead,  W. 

Artemisia  maritima  L.     8.  Burn  ham,  W, 

Petasites  ovatus  HilL     2.  Cutcombe,  W. 

SeneciosylvaticusJj.  2.  Withypool.  Minehead,  TF.  YdiV.*auri- 
culatus  Meyer.     Withypool,  W. 

S.  erucifolius  L.  2.  Frequent  about  Kilve,  W. — S.  aquaticus  L. 
var.  feiinatifidus  Grren.  &  Godr.     1.  Barle  Valley,  below  Tarr  Steps,  W^. 

Carlina  vulgaris  L.  1.  Hill-top  (1100  feet)  near  Staddens, 
between  Exford  and  Winsford.  2.  Elworthy  and  Lilstock ;  3. 
Broomlield  ;  9.  Yatton,  W, 

Arctium  Laijpa  L.  {inajus  Bernh.).  3.  Hoi  way ;  Hatch  Beau- 
champ  ;  Bui-ton  Fynsent,  IV. 

Carduus  crispus  L.  2.  Elworthy.  3.  Creech  St.  Michael.— 
C,  crispus  X  nutans.     2.  East  Quantoxhead  ;  9.  Berrow  sandliills,  W. 

Cnicus  pratensis  L.  4.  Combe  St.  Nicholas ;  6.  Bewley  Down, 
W. — C.acaulisJj.  3.  Thurlbear,  JF.  Ysir.  *caulescensFers.  Clifts, 
east  of  Kilve,  W. 

Ficris  hieracioides  L.  2.  Frequent  near  Kilve  ;  3.  below  Burton 
Pynsent ;  4  and  6.  Combe  St.  Nicholas,  W.  Var.  *umhellata  Schultz 
(P.  arvalis  Jord.).  3.  Between  Thurlbear  and  Stoke  St.  Mary,  W. 
- — JP.echioides  L.     3.  Thurlbear;  4.  Staple  Fitzpaine,  W. 

Crepis  taraxacij olia  Thuill.  2.  Stogumber;  3.  Langford  Bud- 
ville,  Pitminster,  and  Thorn  Falcon ;  4.  Combe  St.  Nicholas  ;  0. 
Wambrook,  W.  5.  Kingsdon,  G. —  C.  capillaj^is  WaWr.  var.  diffusa 
(DC).     9.  BeiTOw,  W. 

Hieracium  Pilosella  L.  var.  concinnatum  F.  J.  Hanb.  9.  Purn 
Hill,  Bleadon,  W. — H.  mutahile  Ley.  1.  Exford,  and  Quarme 
Valley;  Withypool;  near  Simonsbath  (1200  feet).  Scarce  and  local. 
■ — H.  sciapliilum  Uechtr.  3.  Buncombe  Wood,  Kingston,  W.,  sp. — 
H.  umhellatum  L.  1.  Frequent  about  Withypool  and  Exford. 
4.  Britty  Common  ;  Buckland  St.  Mary,  W. 

Leontodon  nudicaule  Banks  &  Sol.  var.  ^lasiolwnum.  9.  With 
type,  on  sand-hills  near  Berrow,  W. 

Taraxacum  erythrospermum  Andrz.  3.  Stoke  Hill;  Adcombe 
W.     Var.  IcBvigatum  (DC).     3.  Stoke  Hill;  Thurlbear;  Corfe,  W.' 

Lactuca  muralis  Gaertn.  1.  Lane,  west  of  Codsend,  near  Exford, 
3.  Buncombe  Wood ;  Cothelstone  ;  Pitminster,  W. 

Sonchus  arvensis  L.  var.  *angustifolius  Meyer.  2.  East  Quan- 
toxhead, W. 

Tragopogon  pratense  L.  3.  Pitminster ;  Thurlbear,  W. — T. 
minus  Miller.     2.  Kilve,  W. 

Jasione  montanaJj.    1.  Exford,  &c.;  common.    2.  Stogumber,  W, 

\_Lohelia  Uortmanna  L.     6.  Ponds  at  Culmhead  ;  planted,  WP\ 

WaTilenhergia  hederacea  Peichb.  1.  In  many  places  about 
Exford  and  Withypool. 

Campanula  rotundifolia  L.     8.  Wrington  Warren,  JV. 

*Statice  Limonium  L.     2.  Lilstock,  W. 

Primula  veris  X  vulgaris.     3.  Thurlbear  ;  Corfe,  JV, 
Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  57.     [June,  1919.]  n 


154  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

LysimacJiia  Numimilaria  L.  9.  Common  on  the  Bleadon  levels  ; 
10.  Longleat  Wood,  W. 

Anagallis  arveyisis  L.  var.  carnea  (Schrank).  3.  Taunton  School 
garden,  W. — A.  fcemina  Miller.  5.  Kingsdon,  G. — A.  tenella 
Murray.     6.  Bevvley  Down,  W. 

JErythrc^a  Centaurium  Pers.  2.  Kilve  ;  3.  Thurlbear,  Merridge, 
and  Broomfield;  6.  Whitestaunton,  W.  Var.  capitatiim  Koch. 
2.  Cliffs,  St.  Audries  to  Lilstoch,  W. 

Menyanthestri-f'oliataJj.  1.  Frequent  on  Exmoor  ;  e.  y.  Withy- 
pool,  Quarme  Valley,  and  about  Simonsbath,  to  1300  feet. 

\_Polemoiiium  cceruleiim  L.  3.  By  a  stream  at  Trull,  W.  4.  Sea 
Mills,  Ilminster,  D.  8.  A  few  white-flowered  plants,  by  the  River 
Alham,  Westeombe,  H.  V.  S herring.     Grarden  escapes.] 

Cynoylossum  officinale  L.     9.  Yatton  ;  Wrington  Wan-en,  TT. 

Symphytum  peregrininn  L.  2.  Kilton  ;  3.  Holway,  W. — **S'. 
tuherosum  L.  10.  In  two  woods  at  Mells  and  Whatley ;  "  looking 
very  wild,"  T. 

Anchusa  sempervirens  L.     2.  Selworthy,  W. 

Myosotis  cespitosa  Schultz.  2.  Kilve ;  3.  Frequent  around 
Taunton  ;  6.  Combe  St.  Nicholas,  W. — M.  repens  G.  &  D.  Don. 
1.  Simonsbath.  2,  3.  Combes  on  Quantock ;  4.  Castle  Neroche  ;  6. 
Wambrook,  W- — M.  arvensis  Hill  var.  Mw^Jrosa  Bab.  3,  Triscombe  ; 
well  marked.  W. — M.  collina  Hoffm.  3.  Adcombe  and  Cothelstone ; 
6.  Whitestaunton,  W. 

Ziithospermum  furpureo-cceruleum  L.  9.  Lane,  north-east  of 
Tickenham,  T. — L,  officinale  L.  10.  Little  Elm  and  Chantry,  T. — 
L.  arvense,  L.     8.  Castle  Cary,  C.  J5J.  Moss  (teste  W.). 

Cuscuta  Epithymum  Murray.  2.  Frequent  above  Kilve  and 
Quantoxhead,  W. 

(To  be  concluded) 


THE  AFRICAN  SPECIES  OF  ALLOPHYLUS. 

By  Edmund  G.  Bakee,  F.L.S. 

The  genus  Allophylus  was  founded  by  Linnaeus  in  1747  in  the 
Flora  Zeylanica  (p.  58)  on  the  species  now  known  as  A.  zey  I  aniens 
and  of  which  the  types  are  in  Hermann's  herbarium  in  the  National 
Herbarium.  This  is  the  only  species  mentioned  in  the  Species 
I^lantarum  in  1753.  The  genus  Schmidelia  was  also  described  by 
Linnaeus,  in  1767,  in  the  Mantissa,  and  as  the  two  are  now  almost 
universally  considered  synonymous,  the  former  must  take  precedence. 
In  1859-60  Sender  (in  Harvey  and  Sonder's  Fl.  Capensis,  238)  gave 
under  Schmidelia  descriptions  of  five  species,  and  in  1868  my  father, 
in  the  ^lora  of  Tropical  Africa  (i.  420),  described  twelve  species. 
In  1895  Dr.  Radlkofer,  in  Engler  &  Prantl.  Naturl.  Pflanzenfamilien, 
V.  3.  311,  mentions  eighteen  species  from  Africa  and  Madagascar. 
He  relies  for  purposes  of  classification  and  an-angement  primarily  on 
whether  the  leaves  are  unifoliolate  or  trifoliolate,  and  on  the  chai-acter 


THE    AFRICA1«^    SPECIES    OF    ALLOPHTLUS  155 

of  the  thvrse.  Students  of  the  genus  are  much  indebted  to  Dr.  Radl- 
kofer  for  his  most  careful  work,  and  especially  for  his  paper  in  Sitz. 
Bayer.  Akad.  Wiss.  xxxviii.  221-237  (1909)  "  Uber  die  Gattung 
Allopliylus  und  die  Ordnung  ihrer  Arten." 

The  division  into  unifoliolate  leaves  and  trifoliolate  leaves  is  not 
entirely  satisfactory  :  in  certain  special  instances  such  as  A.  congolanus 
Gilg.,  in  vv^hich,  although  usually  trifoliolate,  the  lateral  leaflets  are 
occasionally  entirely  absent.  The  division  also  of  trifoliolate-leaved 
s])ecies  into  those  with  a  simple  thyrse,  and  those  with  a  branched 
thyrse,  is  also  occasiorally  difficult  of  application,  as  in  some  species — 
such  as,  for  instance,  A.  repandus  Engl. — a  simple  and  branched  thyrse 
is  often  found  on  the  same  specimen.  I  note  that  Dr.  Kadlkofer 
doubts  whether  this  latter  species  is  really  specifically  distinct  from 
A.  alnifolius  Radlk.,  the  former  being  founded  on  Schmidelia  rcpanda 
Ijaker,  the  latter  on  8.  alnifolia  Baker.  I  have  careful!}^  examined 
the  types ;  in  the  latter  the  leaves  are  cuneate-obovate  and  blunt, 
whilst  in  8.  repanda  they  are  broadest  about  half  way  down  and  acute, 
and  as  far  as  one  can  judge  the  species  are  quite  distinct. 

Dr.  Gilg  has  also  made  important  contributions  to  our  knowledge 
of  the  African  species  ;  his  papers  are  in  Englers  Jalirhnch,  xxiv.  286 
(1897),  where  he  published  17  novelties,  xxx.  348,  where  are  three,  and 
in  1914  in  the  Botany  of  the  Deutschen  Zentral- Africa  Exjjedition^ 
474  (1911)  he  published  three  species.  In  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  xxxvii. 
136  (1905)  I  described  A.  pseudopaniciilatus,  A.  suhcoriacfus,  and 
A.  lat&foliolatus  from  material  collected  by  Dr.  Bagshawe  in  Uganda, 
and  in  xl.  48  (1911)  A.  chirindensis,  from  specimens  collected  by 
Mr.  C.  F.  M.  Swynnerton  in  the  Chirinda  Forest. 

For  the  discrimination  of  the  trifoliolate  species  special  attention 
must  be  paid  to  the  character,  consistence,  absence  or  presence  of 
indumentum,  and  toothing  of  the  leaflets,  the  absence  or  presence  of 
])etiolules,  the  character  of  the  thyrse,  the  size  of  the  flowers,  and  the 
size  and  shape  of  the  fruit.  The  structure  of  the  flower  does  not  seem 
to  be  of  primary  importance  for  taxonomic  purposes. 

In  the  following  enumeration  of  the  African  species  known  to  me, 
either  from  herbarium  material  or  description,  1  have  thought  it 
advisable  to  retain  as  far  as  possible  Dr.  Radlkofer's  sequence,  interpo- 
lating the  more  recently  described  novelties  and  those  here  described 
in  their  correct  positions. 

Clavis  specter um. 

A.  Folia  unifoliolata  rarissime  trifoliolata. 
Thyrsi  simplices. 

Thyrsi  petiolos  vix  aequantes  vel  paullo  superantes. 
Ramuli  hirtelli  vel  hirsuti.     Foliola  papyracea. 
Foliola  margine  dentata  apice  abrupte  acuminata  .     1.  hirtellus. 
Foliola  margine  crenato- dentata  apice  longe  acumi- 
nata          2.  nigericus. 

Thyrsi     mediocres     petiolos     superantes.       Kamuli 
cinerei,  glabri.     Foliola  chartacea,  apice  acuta 

vel  obtusa  3.  Pervillei. 

Thyrsi  foliorum  vix  J  adasquantes.    Calyx  ferrugineo- 

tomentosus 4.  hylophilus. 

Thyrsi    longi.      Eamuli    puberuli    vel    glabriusculi. 

Calyx  glaber  vel  subglaber 5.  mono'plyUvs. 

Thyrsi  ramosi,  rami  glabri  6.  yneUiodvnO:. 

>  2 


156  THE  JOUKNAL  OF  BOTANY 

B.  Folia  trifoliolata. 

Thyrsi  simplices  vel  subsimplices. 

Folia  parviuscula  srepissime  6  cm.  non  superantia. 

Species  Africae  Tropicalis.  [scharicus. 

Foliola  membranacea,  rhombea,  siccitate  viridia .     7.  kilimand- 
Foliola  membranacea,  siccitate  brunnescentia  vel 

nigrescentia    8.  ruhifolius. 

Foliola  subcoriacea,  apice  rotundata  9.  alnifolius, 

Foliola  chartacea,  lateralia  parva,  subtus  dense 

griseo-tomentosa   10.  Fischeri, 

Foliola   chartacea,    siccitate    brunnescentia   vel 

nigrescentia,  elliptica,  acuminata   11.  lasiopus. 

Species  Capensis    12.  decipiens. 

Folia  majora  6-15  cm.  longa  et  ultra. 
Flore  s  magni  vel  majusculi. 

Thyrsi  folia  superantes,  densi  vel  subdensi. 
Foliola  oblonga  vel  ovato-oblonga,  subtus  ad 

nervos  puberula     13.  macrohotrys. 

Foliola     ovato-lanceolata,     subtus     glandulis 

microscopicis  vestita 14.  didymadenius. 

Foliola  elliptica  vel   elliptico-obovata,   papy- 

racea  15.  toroensis. 

Foliola  late  ovata,  lateralia  oblique  oblongo- 

ovata  16.  latefoliolatus. 

Thyrsi  folia  superantes  vel  adaequantes,  laxi. 
Foliola  chartacea  omnino  glabra. 

Foliola  terminalia  6-8  cm.  longa,  petiolulis 

3-6  mm.  longis 17.  chaunoatachys, 

Foliola  terminalia  8-12  cm.  longa,  petiolulis 

10-15  mm.  longis  18.  gazensis. 

Foliola    papyracea,   glabra,   ovato-lanceolata, 

acuminata  angustissima   19.  macrurus. 

Foliola  glabra,  nervo  medio  excepto,  ovata  vel 

ovato-oblonga    20.  spectahilis, 

Foliola  papyracea,  glabrata,  ovata  vel  ovato- 
oblonga  21.  oreophilus. 

Foliola  subtus  in  axillis  barbata,  lanceolata .. .   22.  Buchanani. 

Thyrsi  foliis  breviores,  laxiusculi    23.  cuneatus. 

Thyrsi  f olii  petiolum  adagquantes    24.  VoUietiaii. 

Flores  mediocres. 

Thyrsi  folia  perspicue  superantes* 

Alabastra  sericeo-"\dllo8a  25.  ferrugineiis. 

Alabastra  glabra  vel  subglabra    26.  cazengoejisis. 

Thyrsi  folia  sequantes  vel  subadeequantes. 

Foliola   chartacea,  subtus  densissime  griseo- 
tomentosa  27.  dasystachys, 

Foliola  subchartacea  utrinque  opaca  et  glabrata 
sed  ad  nervos  ferruginea  pilosa.     Thyrsi 

laxiflori  28.  Antunesii. 

Foliola  subchartacea,  glaberrima,  praeter  ner- 
vorum   axillas   barbata.      Thyrsi   fere   a 

basi  densiflori 29.  Goetzeanus. 

Thyrsi  petiolos  superantes  foliis  breviores     30.  andongensis. 

Flores  parvi. 

Foliola  lateralia  rntermediis  multo  breviora  vel 
rarissime  obsolcta. 
Folia  subsessilia.     Thyrsi  folia  superantes    ...   31.  congolanns. 
Folia    subsessilia    margine    serrata.      Thyrsi  [^serratus. 

folia  hand  adasquantes 32.  appendiculato- 

Folia  manifesto  petiolata.     Thyrsi  folia  su;)8r- 

antes  vel  aequantes 33.   Ycru. 


THE    AFRICAN    SPECIES    OF    ALLOPHTLUS  157 

Foliola  lateralia  intermediis  parum  breviora. 
Thyrsi  folia  superantes  vel  subsequantes. 

Foliola  ex  ovali  subrhombea,  fuscescentia...  34.  spicatus. 
Foliola  ex  elongato  rhombeo  sublanceolata, 

saturate  viridia 35.  elongatus. 

Thyrsi   petiolos    superantes   foliis    breviores, 

laxi 36.  tenuifolius, 

Thyrpi    petiolos    superantes   foliis    breviores, 

densi    37.  Welwitschii. 

Thyrsi    petiolos    vix    superantes    vel    pauUo 
longiores. 
Foliola    oblongo-lanceolata,    membranacea, 

grossiuscule  dentata 38.  Conraui. 

Foliola  intermedia  subrhombea,  inaequaliter 

inciso-serrata 39.  leptaulos. 

Thyrsi  simplices  et  ramosi  in  eadem  planta. 

Foliola  subcoriacea,  ovali-oblonga,  integerrima    40.  integrifolius, 

Foliola  papyracea,  siccitate  supra  nigrescentia,  apice 

sEepius  acuta.     Arbuscula    41.  repandus. 

Foliola  subcoriacea,  siccitate  brunnescentia 42.  suhcoriaceus, 

Foliola  papyracea,  ovata  vel  ovalia    43.   Warneckei. 

Thj'rsi  ramosi  paniculas  exhibentes. 
Flores  magni  vel  majusculi. 

Foliola   ampla  in  typo  papyracea.     Fructus  cocci 

oblongi,  magni    44.  grandifolius, 

Foliola   obovata,  adultiora    +    buUata.      Fructus 

cocci  obovoideo-pyriformes  45.  hullatus. 

Foliola   oblongo-lanceolata.      Fructus    cocci    obo- 

voideo-globosi 46.  abyssinicus, 

Flores  mediocres  vel  parvi. 
Species  Africae  TropicaKs. 

Foliola  omnino  glabra  vel  glabriuscula. 
Foliola  margine  integerrima. 

Foliola  chartacea,  late  elliptica  acuminata  .  47.  camptoneurus, 
Foliola  papyracea,  apice  acuminata,  siccitate 

argenteo-brunnescentia 48.  Talhotii, 

Foliola     supra     nitida,    siccitate    caeruleo- 

cinerea    49.  Gossiveileri. 

Foliola     subcoriacea,    oblonga    vel    ovato- 

oblonga   50.  rutete. 

Foliola   crassiuscula,    elKptica    vel    ovalia, 

siccitate  viiidia 51.   Ussheri. 

Foliola  apice  paucidentata,  siccitate  brunnes- 
centia    52.  Schweinfurthii. 

Foliola  margine  serrata. 

Foliola   rhombeo- elliptica  siccitate  intense 

viridia 53.  Dummeri. 

Foliola  obovata  acuminata  54.  Tciivuensis. 

Foliola  oblonga  vel  ovato-oblonga  55.  maivamhensis. 

Foliola  margine  Integra  vel  hinc  inde  obsolete 

emarginato-denticulata 56.  schirensis, 

Foliola  praiter  nervos  pubescentes  vel  tomentosos 
glabra. 
Foliola    viridia    cimeato-ovata    vel    oblongo- 

oblanceolata  57.  crehriflorus, 

Foliola    triste    viridia,    elliptica,    acuminata. 

Petioli  mediocres  58.  Zenkeri, 

Foliola  obovata  vel  obovato-oblonga.     Petioli 

longi    69.  longipetiolat'us. 

Foliola  subtus  canescenti-puberula,  triste  viridia, 

siccitate  nigrescentia  vel  brunnescentia 60.  tristia. 


158  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Foliola  pilis  setaceis  albidis  utrinque  adspersa...   61.  pseudo' 
Foliola  supra  glabra  subtus  pubescentia,  char-  [paiiiculatus. 

tacea,  siccitate  cinerea 62.  Kaessneri. 

Foliola  glabra,  viridia,  subtus  costarum  axillis 

exceptis   63.  chirindensu. 

Foliola  glabra   vel  subvelutina,  siccitate  supra 

nigrescentia    64.  africanus. 

Foliola  papyracea,  supra  praeter  costam  glabra 

subtus  pilis  adspersa 65.  brachycalyx. 

Foliola  prajcipvie  subtus  tomentosa. 

Foliola  parviuscula,  obovata    Q&.  Hoi  uhii. 

Foliola  ovalia  vel  ovali-oblonga  67.  stachyanthMS. 

Foliola  obovata  vel  elliptica 68.  griseo- 

Foliola   obovata   vel    ovalia,    crenato-dentata  [tomentosus. 

vel  subintegerrima    69.  fulvo- 

[tomeyitoiiiis. 

Foliola  oblongo-ovata  vel  obovata  70.  cataractorum. 

Foliola  terminalia  elliptica,   lateralia  oblique 

ovata,  subtus  griseo-tomentosa   71.  calophyllus. 

Species  Austro-Africanae. 

Folia  patula    '72.  melanocarpus. 

Folia  ramis  subadpressa  73.  erosus. 

1.  A.  HiRTELLus  Radlk.  in  Engler  &  Pmntl.  Naturl.  Pflanzenfam. 
iii.-  5,  313  (1895).  Schmidelia  hirtella  Hook,  til.  in  Niger 
Fl.  248,  t.  XXV.  (1819).  S.  monophylla  Hook.  fil.  in  Ic.  PI.  t.  775 
(1848). 

.Ferxaxdo  Po  :   Vogel  96  !  Mann  !  Hb.  Kew. 

Var.  nov.  Barteri. 

Fnitex  15-pedalis.  Foliola  papyracea,  angustiora  15-19  cm. 
longa.  4-5-7  cm.  lata.      Thyrsi  breves. 

Niger  Expd.  Barter  85!  Oban,  P.  Talhot  1392!  Hb.  Mas. 
Brit.     Cameroons:  Ambas  Bay,  Mann  727  !  Hb.  Kew. 

Differs  from  type  by  the  narrower  leaflets. 

2.  A.  nigericus,  sp.  nov. 

Hamuli  novelli  hirsutissimi.  Folia  unifoliolata,  foliolis  ovato- 
lanceolatis  vel  oblongo-lanceolatis  margine  crenato-dentatis  basi  rotun- 
datis  vel  late  cuneatis  supra  prseter  costam  demum  glabris  nervis 
lateralibus  utrinque  15-19,  15-20  cm.  longis,  5*5-7  cm.  latis,  petiolo 
hirsuto  12-15  mm.  longo  pra?dita.  Thyrsi  breves  l*5-3*0cm.  petiolos 
adiEquantes  vel  pauUo  superantes,  multiflori,  rhachi  pubescente. 
Floras  parviusculi  in  (jymulas  paucitloras  dispositi.  Sepala  4  per 
paria  opposita,  cucullata,  membranacea,  2  exteriora  minora.  Fetala  4. 
Stamina  8.     Ovarium  hirtum.     Styli  2.     Fructus  ignotus. 

Nigeria  :  Oban,  P.  Talbot  442  !  447  !  Hb.  Mus.  Brit. 

Closely  allied  to  A.  hirtellus  Kadlk.,  diU'ering  in  the  margin  o£ 
the  leaflets  being  crenate-dentate  and  the  apex  being  gradually  not 
abruptly  acuminate.  The  thyrse  is  generally  slightly  longer  than  the 
petioles — the  pedicels  are  1-1*5  mm.  long. 

3.  A.  Peryillei  B1.  Kumphia,  iii.  123  (1847).  A.  monophyllus 
Taub.  in  Engl.  Pflanzenvvelt  Ost-Afr.  c.  250  (1895)  non  Radlk. 

East  Africa:  Zanzibar,  Hildrhrandt  1153!  Bojer\  Kirk  26! 
Dar-es-Salaam,  KirJc  130  !  Hb.  Kew.  Amboni,  Hoist  2832  !  W. 
Schhnba  Mts.,  Kdssner  3S0 !   Hb.  Mus.  Brit. 


THE    AFRICAN    SPECIES    OF    ALLOPHTLUS  159 

4.  A.  HTL0PHILU3  Grilg  ill  Engl.  Jahrb.  xxiv.  294  (1897). 
Cameeoons  :  Buchholzy  Hb.  Berol. 

5.  A.  MONOPHTLLUS  Riidlk.  in  Engl.  &  Prantl.  1.  c.  (1895). 
Schmidelia  monophi/lla  Presl.  Bot.  Bemerk.  40  (1844).  S.  Dre- 
geana  Sonder  in  Harvey.  Sonder  Fl.  Cap.  i.  239  (1859-60).  Rlius 
monophylla  E.  Meyer  in  Drege  Zwei  Pfi.  Docum.  216  (1844). 

Natal  :  Many  collectors.  Poxdolaxd  :  Port  St.  John,  E.  Galjnn 
2863  !  Hb.  Kew. 

Var.  NATALTTlA  Szvl.  in  Enum.  Polypet,  Rehmann,  part  2,  47 
(1888). 

Natal  :  Inanda,  Wood  481 !  Hb.  Kew. 

6.  A.  MELLiODORUS  Gilg  ex  Eadlk.  in  Sitz.  Bayer.  Akad.  Wien 
(1908)  xxxviii.  217  (1909). 

East  Africa  :  A^aani,  Scheffler  54:1  Hb.  Berol. ;  Warnecke  364! 
Hbb.  Mus.  Brit.  Kew. 

7.  A.  KiLiMAXDSCiiARicus  Taub.  in  Engl.  Pflanzenwelt  Ost-Afr. 
c.  249  (1895). 

Kilimanjaro  :   Vol  kens  2003  !  Hbb.  Berol.  Mus.  Brit. 

8.  A.  EUBiFOLius  Engler,  Hochgebirgsflora,  892  (1892).  Schmi- 
delia rubifolia  Hochst.  ex  Rich.  Tent.  El.  Abyss,  i.  103  (1847). 

Abyssinia:  Schimper  1169!  and  other  collectors.  Eritrea: 
Pappi  286 !  Hbb.  Mus.  Brit.  Kew.  Seriba  Ghattas  :  Schwein- 
furfh,  ser.  iii.  105  !  1964  !  Hb.  Kew. 

/S'.  miniitiflora  Mattel  in  Fedde  Rep.  ix.  346,  from  Italian  Somali- 
land,  is  unknown  to  me  except  from  the  description.  It  is  allied  to 
the  above. 

9.  A.  ALNiFOLius  Radlk.  in  Engl.  &  Pi-antl.  1.  c.  (1895).  Schmi- 
delia alnifolia  Baker  in  Fl.  Trop.  Afr.  i.  422  (1868). 

East  Africa  :  Mozambique,  Forbes  !  Tanga,  Hoist  2091,  Vol- 
Jcens  95  !  Amboni,  Hoist  2567 !  Hbb.  Kew.  Mus.  Brit.  Kitui  in 
Ukamba,  Hildehrandt  2812  !  Hb.  Kew. 

10.  A.  FiscHERi  Gilg  in  Engl.  Jahrb.  xxiv.  292  (1897). 
East  Africa  :  Fischer,  i.  308.     Hb.  Berol. 

I  only  know  this  species  from  the  description. 

11.  A.  lanopus,  sp.  nov. 

Arhuscula  10-pedalis.  Hamuli  novelli  ferrugineo  vel  fusco- 
tomentosi.  Folia  trifoliolata,  supiu  prseter  nervos  glabra,  subtus 
praicipue  ad  nervos  pubescentia,  foliolis  ellipticis  vel  ovalibus  margine 
integris  vel  rarissime  hinc  inde  serratis  terminalibus  breviter  acuminatis 
6-10  cm.  longis,  3-4-5  cm.  latis,  longiuscule  petiolulatis  (10-14  mm.) 
lateralibus  pauUo  minoribus  et  petiolulis  brevioribus.  Fetiolus  com- 
munis 2-3  cm.  longus,  fusco-tomentosus.  Thyrsi  inferne  nudi, 
graciles,  simplices,  4-9  cm.  longi,  laxiflori,  foliis  breviores,  rhachi 
pubescente.  Flores  mediocres  in  cymulas  pauciHoras  dispositi,  pedi- 
cellati.  Sepala  membranacea.  Ovarium  pilis  vestitum.  Styli  2-3 
divaricati.     Fructus  ignotus. 

Cameroons  :  Batanga,  G.  L.  Bates  209 !  Hbb.  Mus.  Brit.  Kew. 


160  THE    JOURIfAL    OF    BOTAJHT 

Distingaished  by  the  small  rather  thick  leaves  which  when  dried 
turn  brown  or  black,  the  terminal  leaflet  is  rather  longly  petiolulate. 
The  lax-flowered  simple  thyrse  is  5-9  cm.  long;,with  the  pedicellate 
flowers  in  few  flowered  cymules. 

12.  A.  DECIPIENS  Radlk.  in  Engler  &  Prantl.  iii.  5,  313  (1895). 
Sclimidelia  decipiens  Presl.  Bot.  Bemerk.  41  (1844).  Mhus  decipiens 
E.  Mey.  in  Drege  Zwei  Pfl.  Docum.  216  (1844). 

Cape  :  Many  collectors. 

Rudatis  590  so  named  is  A.  melanocarpus  Radlk. 

13.  A.  MACROBOTETS  Gilg  in  Engl.  Jahrb.  xxiv.  288  (1897). 
Lake  Region  :    Bukoba,  Stuhlmann  etc.     Hb.  Berol.      Congo 

Region  :  Sapin !  Hb.  Brux. 

14.  A.  DiDYMADENius  Radlk.  in  Sitz.  Bayer.  Akad.  1.  c.  219 
(1909). 

East  Africa  :  A.  Whyte. 

(To  be  continued.) 


ALABASTRA  DIVERSA.— Part  XXX. 

By  Spencer  Le  M.  Moore,  B.Sc,  F.L.S. 

Plants  Rogersianje. — IV. 

[The  following  description  of  the  new  PJiyllantlius  referred  to  on 
p.  86  should  have  appeared  in  its  proper  sequence  on  p.  91,  but  the 
specimen  had  been  mislaid. — S.  M,] 

Phyllantlms  Rog^ersii  Hutchinson,  sp.  nov.  Verisimiliter  suffrutex 
dioicus  glaber ;  ramulis  fasciculatis  gracilibus  crebro  foliosis ;  foliis 
parvis  brevipetiolatis  ovato-oblongis  apice  obtusis  necnon  mucronulatis 
basi  rotundatis  nonnunquam  levissime  cordatis  firme  membranaceis  ; 
fiorihus  S  gracile  pedicellatis  sepalis  5  suborbicularibus  glandulis 
totidem  subreniformibus  staminibus  5  filamentis  aegre  omnino  solutis 
antheris  longitrorsum  dehiscentibus ;  JJorihus  $  axillaribus  quam  cS 
validius  pedicellatis  sepalis  quam  ea  maris  majoribus  suborbicularibus 
glandulis  in  discum  annularem  conflatis  ovario  depresse  subgloboso 
stylis  3  a  basi  divergentibus  ultra  medium  bicruris  ;  capsula  depresse 
globosa  glabra. 

Transvaal,  Pietersburg  Div.,  Haenertsburg ;  Rogers,  19023. 

Folia  4-5  x  2'5-3  mm.,  supra  in  sicco  saturate  subtus  dilute 
viridia ;  costae  laterales  utrinque  3-4,  tenerse  ;  petioli  1  mm.  long. 
Stipulse  exiguae,  coloratae,  circa  1  mm.  long.  Pedicelli  S  3  mm. 
long.  Flores  S  diam.  2  mm.  leviter  excedentes  ;  sepala  1x1  mm.  ; 
glandulse  -3  mm.  lat.  ;  fllamenta  fere  1  mm.  long  ;  antherae  "2  mm. 
long.  Pedicelli  $  4  mm.  long.  Flores  $  3  mm.  diam. ;  sepala 
1"75  X  1*75  mm.,  rubra  vel  rubro-lineata ;  ovarium  1'5  mm.  diam. ; 
styli  in  toto  vix  1  mm.  long.     Capsula  trigona,  3  mm.  diam. 

Near  P.  capillaris  Schum.  &  Thonn.,  but  without  any  pubescence 
and  with  smaller  leaves  not  narrowed  at  the  base  and  flowers  on 
shorter  pedicels  among  other  features. 


SOME    BRITISH    RUST    FUXGI  IGl 

SOME  BRITISH  RUST  FUNGI. 
Br  Malcolm  Wilson,  D.Sc,  F.L.S., 

Lecturer  in  Mycology,  University  of  Edinburgh. 

In  this  Journal  for  1915  (pp.  43-49)  an  account  was  given  of 
the  occurrence  of  several  alpine  species  of  the  Uredinese  ;  the  follow- 
ing notes  supply  additional  information  on  some  of  these  and  record 
tlie  occurrence  of  several  others.  The  British  Bust  Bungi  by  W.  B. 
Grove  has  been  of  great  help  in  the  determination. 

Melampsora  alpina  Juel. 

The  uredo-  and  teleutospore  stages  of  this  species  on  Salix  her- 
hacea  have  already  been  recorded  (Ber.  d.  schweiz.  bot.  Ges.  ix.  49) 
from  Ben  Lui.  A  further  search  was  made  on  Ben  Lui  on  July  Ist^ 
1915,  and  the  secidial  stage  was  discovered  on  Saxifraga  oj^ijositi- 
folia,  growing  at  an  altitude  of  about  2500  ft.,  in  close  proximity  to 
Salix  herhacea,  which  was  bearing  young  uredospore  sori.  Only  a 
singh'  secidium  was  discovered,  and  no  spermagonia  were  found  on 
the  leaf,  although  these  were  probably  present  at  an  earlier  date. 

The  aicidial  stage,  which  has  been  knoAvn  as  Cceoma  SaxifragcB 
Wint.,  has  been  found  in  Switzerland  by  Jacky  (Ber.  d.  schweiz.  bot. 
Ges.  ix.  49),  who  proved  the  connection  between  the  tw^o  stages  by 
carrying  out  infection  experiments  with  both  secidiospores  and  teleu- 
tosix)res.     The  Scottish  specimen  agrees  closely  with  his  description. 

The  complete  description  of  the  species  is  as  follows  : — 

Spermagonia.  Several, epiphyllous.  uEcidia,  Solitary, epiphyllous, 
orange-red,  at  first  covered  by  the  epidermis  ;  spore  layer  flat ;  spores 
spherical  or  polygonal,  17-25  x  16-24  ^,  wall  colourless  up  to  3  ^  in 
thickness  ;  paraphyses  colourless,  filled  with  yellow  granular  contents, 
ending  in  a  swollen  head  which  is  always  smaller  than  the  secidiospoi-es. 
Uredosjjores.  Sori  small,  scattered,  rounded,  amphigenous,  orange- 
yellow  ;  spores  ellipsoidal  or  spherical,  19-22  x  14-17  fx,  finely  echinu- 
late,  contents  orange-yellow  ;  paraphyses  abundant,  capitate,  thick- 
walled,  up  to  88  fjL  long,  head  about  the  same  size  as  uredospores, 
wall  up  to  5  ^t  in  thickness.  Teleiitospores.  Sori  amphigenous, 
mostly  epiphyllous,  rounded,  up  to  '8  mm.  in  diameter,  brownish 
black,  covered  by  the  epidermis  ;  spores  flattened  or  rounded  at  the 
apex,  rounded  and  usually  diminishing  in  size  towards  the  base, 
2(3-50x9-14/7,  wall  thin,  smootli  yellowish  brown. 

^cidia  on  Saxifrago  oppositifolia  L.,  Switzerland  and  on  Ben  Lui, 
Scotland.  July  and  August.  Uredo-  and  teleutospores  on  Salix 
herhacea  L.,  Norway,  Sweden,  Switzerland  and  on  Ben  Lui,  Scotland. 
J  uly-October. 

The  discovery  of  the  secidial  stage  clears  up  any  doubt  as  to  the 
distinctness  of  this  fungus  from  M.  arctica  Rost.,  a  species  also 
growing  on  Salix  herhacea  and  closely  resembling  M.  alpina  in  its 
uredo-  and  teleutospore  stages,  but  apparently  autcecious. 


102  TITE    JOL^RXAL    OF    BOTAXT 

Pltccinia  borealis  Juel. 

The  secidial  stage  of  this  fungus  was  discovered  by  Greville  on 
Ben  Voirlich  (Loch  Lomond)  in  1821,  and  this  appears  to  be  the 
only  record  of  this  species  in  Britain.  It  has  recently  been  found  in 
considerable  quantity  on  Ben  Lui  (Perthshire)  occurring  on  Thalic- 
frivn  alpinum  at  an  altitude  of  about  2500  ft.  The  aecidia  are  found 
on  the  petioles,  peduncles,  and  on  the  under  surface  of  the  leaves  on 
unthickened  spots  which  are  pale  or  reddish  yellow  on  the  upper 
surface.  About  8-12  secidia  are  found  in  each  group.  The  spores 
are  rather  larger  than  those  described  by  Juel  (K.  Vet.  Akad.  Forh. 
no.  8,  411,  1898),  being  20-23  x  17-20  ^. 

Juel  showed  by  infection-experiments  that  the  uredospore  and 
teleutospore  stages  occurred  on  Agj'ostis  horealis.  He  considered 
that  Anthoxantliuin  odoratum  also  acted  as  a  second  host,  but  was 
unable  to  infect  this  species  with  the  aecidiospores  from  Tlialictrum 
alpinum.  Athough  A.  odoratum  occurs  commonly  on  Ben  Lui,  no 
plants  were  present  in  close  proximity  to  the  diseased  Tlialictrum 
alpinum.  It  is  proposed  to  carry  out  infection-experiments  to  deter- 
mine whether  this  species  really  acts  as  a  second  host  in  this  cointry. 

Pltccinia  Polygoni-tiyipari  Karst. 

This  was  found  on  'Polygonum  viviporum  near  Ballinling,  Perth- 
shire, in  August  1915.  In  this  neighbourhood  P.  viviparum  is 
found  almost  down  to  the  level  of  the  river  Tay,  and  the  fungus 
occurs  in  abundance  on  the  underside  of  the  leaves,  producing  pale 
spots  on  the  upper  surface.  This  rust  has  been  recorded  by  Greville 
in  1822  from  Mar  Lodge  and  by  Trail  in  1882  from  Braemar,  both 
localities  in  Aberdeen.  The  present  specimens  agree  with  the  descrip- 
tion given  by  Grove,  except  that  the  uredospores  are  slightly  larger, 
being  22-28x20-24^. 

The  uredospore  and  teleutospore  stages  of  Puccinia  septentrio- 
7ialis  are  also  found  on  Polygonum  viviparum,  but  this  species 
appears  to  be  confined  to  higher  altitudes  where  its  alternative  host, 
Thalictrum  alpinum^  is  abundant.  The  sori  of  the  two  species 
closely  resemble  each  other,  but  P.  septentrionalis  is  distinguished 
by  the  presence  of  an  apical  papilla  on  the  teleutospore,  while  the 
teleutospore  wall  of  P.  Polygoni-vivipari  is  unthickened. 

P.  Polygoni-vivipari  appears  to  be  autcecious  and  secidia  are 
unknown.  The  infected  plants  were  growing  amongst  grass,  and  an 
examination  of  the  withered  leaves  of  the  previous  year  showed 
evidence  of  their  infection  by  the  fungus.  No  aecidia  were  found  on 
other  species  of  plants  in  the  close  vicinity. 

Uromyces  Oxobrychidis  Lev. 
This  was  found  on  Oct.  1914  near  Faversham,  Kent,  growing  on 
cultivated  sainfoin.  It  has  not  been  previously  recorded  for  Britain, 
and  in  this  case  was  possibly  introduced  with  seed.  The  uredospore 
sori  are  easily  seen  on  the  leaflets,  but  televitospore  sori  were  only 
found  on  the  lower  pait  of  the  petioles. 


SOME    BRITLSH    BUST    FrXGI  1G3 

Tlie  characters  of  the  species  are  as  follows  : — ■ 

Vredospores.  Sori  ainphigenous  and  on  the  petioles,  scattered, 
small,  soon  naked,  pulverulent,  rounded  on  leaf,  oblong  or  linear  on 
petiole,  cinnamon- brown  ;  spores  subglobose  to  ellipsoid,  echinulate, 
cinnamon-brown,  22-24  X  15-22 /L/,  epispore  2*8  yu  thick  with  3  germ 
pores.  Tel euioap ores,  Sori  similar  but  darker;  spores  ellipsoidal  to 
pyriform,  hardly  constricted,  21-25  X  14-18  ^,  minutely  warted  with 
a  minute  papilla  at  the  tip,  pedicels  short  deciduous. 

On  cultivated  Oiiobrychis  safiva,  Faversham,  Kent. 

PucciNTA  Hypochceridis  Oud.  Teleutospores  have  apparently 
not  been  discovered  in  British  specimens  of  this  species  up  to  the 
present.  They  were  found,  however,  along  with  uredospores,  on  a 
plant  of  Hypochoeris  radicata^  gathered  in  191G  near  Epsom.  They 
agree  closely  with  the  description  of  the  foreign  specimens  given  by 
Grove,  and  the  minute  punctations  on  the  spore  wall  are  clearly 
visible. 

P.  Crepidis  Schrot.  has  been  found  on  Crepis  virens  near  Ballin- 
ling,  Perthshire,  in  July  1915.  Only  uredospores  were  present  on  the 
specimen.  This  rare  species  has  been  previously  recorded  from  Moray, 
Noi*th  Devon,  and  from  Ireland. 

P.  uligi)iOsa  Juel.  The  secidial  stage  was  found  on  Fctr/ia.'^.sia 
pahtstris  in  Glen  Sloy,  Argyllshire,  in  June  1915.  Up  to  the  present 
this  has  only  been  recorded  from  Glasgow  and  Aberdeen.  The 
uredospore  and  teleutospore  stages  on  Carex  Goodenovli  have  not 
yet  been  discovered  in  Britain. 

P.  major  Dietel  was  found  on  the  lower  slopes  of  Ben  Voirlich 
(Loch  Lomond)  in  June  1915.  Only  the  iecidial  stage  was  present. 
This  autcecious  species  on  Crepis  pxiludosa  has  only  been  previously 
recorded  in  Scotland  from  Braemar. 

Erratum. — In  Journ.  Bot.  1915,  44,  the  measurements  of  the 
teleutospores  of  I^uccinia  Frost ii  should  read  5G-G2  X  34-38/^. 


REVIEWS. 

The  Quantitative  Method  in  Biology.  By  Julius  MacLeod,  Dr. 
Nat  Sc.  Manchester  University  Press  &  Longmans,  Green  & 
Co.     1919.     Price  15*. 

We  must  confess  that  so  far  we  have  been  in  no  way  impressed 
with  the  value  of  the  application  of  mathematical  methods  to  bio- 
logical problems,  nor  has  a  study  of  this  volume  in  any  way  caused 
us  to  alter  our  opinion.  The  book  is  the  result  of  labours  which  can 
only  be  described  as  prodigious,  but  the  results  do  not  seem  to  be  in 
any  way  commensurate.  Ko  doubt  it  would  be  useful  to  have 
"constants"  instead  of  "terms"  in  botany — if  we  could  cite  a 
certain  figure  instead  of  talking  of  a  Itaf  as  broad  or  narrow.  But 
is  it  possible  ?  we  greatly  doubt  it.  The  systematic  botanist  will 
lind  many  points  of  interest  scattered  through  these  pages  which  we 
should  regret  to  be  suspected  of  undervaluing.  Far  from  it :  there 
are  many  careful  and  valuable  observations  to  be  discovered  by  the 


164  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

patient  seeker.  Let  us  take  as  examples  the  discussion  on  Plasticity, 
with  numerous  instances,  nutably  that  of  the  *'  crimson  rambler  "  of 
which  "  when  an  inflorescence  (corymb)  is  evolved  before  the  buds 
have  reached  their  full  size,  the  flowers  of  this  branch,  when  exj^anded, 
are  quite  healthy  but  white :  the  crimson  rambler  is,  as  it  were, 
transformed  into  a  white  rambler  "  :  and  again,  the  discussion  on  the 
interesting  topic  of  "convergence."  As  the  writer  points  out,  the 
facts  which  we  try  to  explain  by  the  theory  of  "  convergent  adapta- 
tion" require  two  sets  of  assumptions  in  accordance  with  our  acceptance 
of  the  neo- Darwinian  or  neo-Lamarckian  standpoint ;  that  all  these 
hypotheses  require  verification,  and  until  such  is  forthcoming,  "  the 
term  convergent  adaptation  is  a  delusive  screen  behind  which  we 
conceal  the  problems  which  ought  to  he  solved  "  (author's  italics). 
None  of  the  hypotheses  yet  brought  forward  explain  the  similarity 
between  the  fore-legs  of  Talpa  and  Gryllotalpa,  nor  the  resemblance 
between  the  fruits  of  certain  Myxomycetes  and  certain  G-astero- 
m3^cetes. 

We  mention  these  two  discussions  with  the  object  of  sending 
philosophically  minded  botanists  to  the  pages  of  the  book  itself. 

B.  C.  A.  W. 

Botany :  a  Texthooh  for  Seiiior  Students.  By  D.  Thodat,  M.A. 
Second  edition.  8vo.  Pp.  xix,  524,  tt.  230.  Cambridge  Uni- 
versity Press,  1919.     Price  7s.  Qd. 

It  is  not  surprising  that  a  new  edition  of  Mr.  Thoday's  textbook 
has  been  called  for  within  four  years  of  the  publication  of  the  original 
work.  The  book  was  intended  primarily  for  use  in  connexion  with 
preparation  for  the  Senior  Cambridge  Local  Examinations,  and  special 
attention  has  been  given  to  a  clear  exposition  of  certain  matters  which 
experience  as  an  examiner  had  convinced  the  author  were  widely  mis- 
conceived or  imperfectly  grasped.  But  the  book  should  appeal  to  a 
wider  circle  than  is  embraced  b}''  the  candidates  for  a  particular  ex- 
amination. It  forms  a  well- written  and  well-arranged  introduction 
to  the  study  of  botany,  and  a  student  who,  under  a  capable  teacher, 
has  worked  through  the  matter  of  its  chapters  will  have  a  good 
ground- work  in  the  science. 

After  a  short  introductory  chapter  on  the  general  conformation  of 
a  plant,  the  student  is  led  through  a  series  of  experiments  (forming 
the  chapters  of  Section  I.)  in  which  the  plant  is  demonstrated  as  a 
living  organism,  feeding,  breathing,  and  growing ;  Section  II.  deals 
with  internal  structure  in  reference  to  the  life-processes  which  have 
already  been  described ;  Section  III.,  "  Ileproduction,"  describes  the 
flower,  its  pollination,  production  of  fruit  and  seed,  the  dispersal  of 
the  seed,  its  germination,  and  the  growth  of  the  seedling.  In  Sec- 
tion IV.,  "  The  Classification  of  Plants."  the  species,  genus,  and  family 
are  explained  and  the  principles  of  classification  illustrated  by  a  study 
of  members  of  the  llanunculaceae  ;  and  the  types  of  flower  and  fruit 
are  further  studied  in  a  selection  of  common  British  families.  Sec- 
tion V.  '*  Plants  in  relation  to  their  Environment,"  begins  with  a 
chapter  on  "  fitness,"  or  adaptation,  and  successive  chaj^ters  deal  with 


TEXTBOOK    FOE    SENIOR    STUDENTS  165 

trees,  climbing  plants,  and  water-plants,  as  common  biological  types. 
A  concluding  chapter  forms  an  introduction  to  the  study  of  plant- 
associations. 

A  new  feature  of  this  edition  is  the  addition  of  a  supplement  on 
seedless  plants,  a  series  of  short  chapters  in  which  the  structure  and 
life-history  of  Algae,  Fungi,  Mosses  and  Liverworts,  and  Ferns  are 
illustrated  by  a  few  selected  types. 

The  illustrations  are  clear  and  adequate,  but  the  book  has  been 
somewhat  carelessly  produced  ;  there  is  no  reference  on  the  title-page 
to  the  fact  that  this  is  a  second  edition — on  the  contrary,  the  back 
of  this  page  bears  the  legend  "  First  edition  1915.  Keprinted  1919  "  ; 
the  pages  are  not  uniform  in  size  and  the  volume  is  badly  bound. 

A.  B.  R. 

Our  National  Forests  :  a  sTiort  popular  account  of  the  loorlc  of  the 
United  States  Forest  Service  on  the  national  forests.  By 
R.  H.  D.  Boerker,  Ph.D.,  New  York.  The  Macmillan  Co.,  1919, 
pp.  Ixix,  238.     With  80  illustrations.     Price  12s.  6d. 

Manual  of  Tree  Diseases.  By  W.  Howard  Rankin,  A.B.,  Ph.D., 
Assistant  Professor  of  Plant  Pathology,  New  York  State  College 
of  Agriculture,  pp.  xx,  398.  With  7U  Figures.  Same  publishers 
and  price. 

Those  of  us  who  have  watched  with  admiring  eyes  the  progress 
of  State  and  National  forestry  in  America  since  Dr.  F.  B.  Hough's 
memorable  European  tour  of  inspection,  rather  more  than  forty  years 
ago,  can  appreciate  Dr.  Boerker's  fully  justified  pride  in  his  country- 
men's achievement.  The  forest  statistics  of  half  a  continent  neces- 
sarilv  deal  with  large  figures.  When  we  read  that  the  United  States 
use  annually  "90,000,000  cords  of  firewood,  nearly  40,000,000,000  feet 
of  lumber,  ]  50,000,000  railroad  ties,  nearly  1,700,000,000  barrel  staves, 
445,000,000  board  feet  of  veneer,  over  135,000,000  sets  of   barrel 

headings over  3,300,000  cords  of  native  pulpwood,  170,000,000 

cubic  feet  of  round  mine  timbers,  ....  and  nearly  3,500,000  telephone 
and  telegraph  poles,"  we  are  not  surprised  to  learn  "  that  out  of  5200 
billion  feet  of  merchantable  timber  once  present,  only  2000  billion 
feet  are  left."  Whilst  in  Germany,  where  scientific  management  has 
brought  about  the  largest  annual  increment  of  the  national  forests  per 
acre,  the  annual  consumption  of  wood  for  all  purposes — before  the 
recent  dehdcle — was  only  40  cubic  feet  per  head  of  the  population,  in 
the  United  States  it  was  nearly  250  cubic  feet !  Naturally,  since  the 
destruction  of  the  Apj^alachian  forests  **  the  surrounding  country  has 
suffered  from  alternate  floods  and  droughts  ;  great  manufacturing 
centres  have  lost  their  steady  supply  of  water ;  harbours  are  filled  with 
silt  from  the  mountain  sides;  and  fields,  once  fertile,  are  covered  with 
sand,  gravel,  and  debris."  Thus  America,  like  other  lands,  has  learnt 
by  bitter  experience,  and  has  realised  "  that  forest  conservation  can  be 
assured  only  through  the  public  ownership  of  forest  resources."  The 
bulk  of  the  mixed  hardwood  forests  of  the  Eastern  States  has  gone 
beyond  recall,  and  the  reserves  of  which  Dr.  Boerker  tells  the  story  are 
coniferous  forests  at  high  altitudes  in  the  mountain  ranges  of  the 


166  THE  JOUKNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Western  States.  They  cover,  however,  155  million  acres — an  area 
one- fifth  larger  than  the  whole  of  France.  To  place  such  an  area, 
scattered  through  eighteen  States,  under  scientific  management,  to 
protect  it  from  forest  fires  and  to  get  from  it  a  revenue  of  some 
£700,000 — although  that  bj  no  means  yet  equals  the  cost  of  the 
administration — is  no  mean  achievement ;  and  this  the  United  States 
Forest  Service  have  accomplished  within  the  last  twenty  years. 
Dr.  Boerker's  book  is  a  song  of  triumph  ;  but  it  is  also  a  most  inter- 
esting and  thoroughly  documented  exposition  of  the  organization  that 
has  reached  this  result.  Although  he  is  no  longer  himself  in  the 
Service,  he  has  had  some  eight  years'  experience  in  it,  and  has  been 
able  to  furnish  the  latest  particulars  and  to  make  use  of  many 
excellent  official  pictures.  His  stor^""  is  pleasant  reading :  what  he 
has  to  tell  of  protection  from  fire  and  from  tree  diseases  is  full  of 
lessons  particularly  important  to  the  Government  and  people  of  our 
own  North  American  Dominion,  and  also  to  some  extent  to  us  here  in 
our  relatively  wood-less  England. 

The  whole  history  of  forest  administration  in  the  United  States  is 
one  of  thoroughness  of  organization  and  of  liberal  far-sighted  expen- 
diture— to  some  extent  upon  purely  scientific  investigations — -which 
is  evidence  of  true  commercial  imagination.  Such  thoroughness 
necessarily  implies  an  attention  to  detail,  and  Dr.  Kankin's  Manual 
of  Tree  Diseases,  which  we  have  received  at  the  same  time  as 
Dr.  Boerker's  book,  is  a  fair  specimen  of  the  scientific  works  on 
economic  topics  which  American  workers  are  now  giving  us.  The 
author  does  not  deal  with  injurious  insects  ;  but,  whilst  the  bulk  of 
his  work  deals  with  fungal  disease,  he  does  treat  briefly  of  sun- 
scorch,  frost,  drought,  smoke,  gas,  and  mistletoe  as  causes  of  disease. 
The  book  is  an  eminently  practical  one,  adapted  to  the  needs  of  the 
forester.  After  four  preliminary  chapters  dealing  with  those  diseases 
which  are  general  on  seedlings,  leaves,  and  roots,  the  author  describes 
the  diseases  of  twenty-eight  leading  American  trees  in  the  alphabetical 
order  of  their  common  names,  ending  with  chapters  on  tree  surgery 
and  spraying.  Bibliographical  references — mainly  American — are 
added  to  each  chapter,  and  a  useful  list  of  common  names  of  trees, 
based  upon  that  of  Sudworth,  with  their  scientific  equivalents,  is  also 
given. 

The  use  of  text-figures  has  led  to  the  use  of  a  very  heavy  paper ; 
but  in  spite  of  this,  we  cannot  help  suggesting  that  something  is 
distinctly  wanting,  which  would  add  somewhat  to  the  size  of  the 
work.  The  author  has  relied  almost  entirely  on  external  or  naked-eye 
characters,  so  that  we  doubt  whether  the  amateur  will  be  able  to 
identify  the  diseases,  even  though  those  of  each  species  are  brought 
together  in  one  chapter.  A  very  brief  glossary  is  given  in  which  we 
note  what  we  consider  the  vmnecessar}^  substitution  of  aiciospore, 
epiphytotic,  teliospore  and  urediniospore  for  ajcidiospore,  ejndemic, 
teleutospore  and  uredospore.  There  is,  however,  no  general  outline  of 
the  structure  of  the  main  groups  of  parasitic  fungi. 

Curative  treatment  is  described  wherever  possible ;  and  if  it  is 
depressing  to  read  (p.  138)  of  "the  passing  of  the  chestnut"  as  a 
forest  tree,  owing  to  the  irresistible  ravages  of  Endothia  parasitica. 


MANUAL    OF    TREE    DISEASES  167 

the  usefulness  of  the  book  may  be  gauged  from  the  fact  that  a  know- 
ledge of  what  it  contains  as  to  the  prevalence  of  "  peckiness,"  due  to 
Fomes  geotropus  Cooke,  in  from  33  to  100  per  cent,  of  the  trees  of 
Taxodium  in  Florida,  Louisiana  and  other  States  might — not  many 
months  ago — have  saved  our  Government  many  thousands  of  pounds. 
Both  volumes  are  well  got  up ;  but  publishers  should  submit  the 
**  jackets,"  in  which  it  is  now  the  fashion  to  send  out  books,  to  the 
authors  for  correction,  as  two  misprints  in  one  brief  descriptive 
paragraph  is  not  a  good  advertisement  of  the  contents  of  a  volume. 

G.   S.  BOULGER. 


BOOK-NOTES,  NEWS,  etc. 


At  the  meeting  of  the  Linnean  Society  on  May  1,  Mr.  James 
Smith  gave  a  demonstration  of  the  various  forms  assumed  by  the 
pappus  in  Compositce,  of  which  the  following  is  his  abstract : — 
Stating  the  case  for  the  trichome  nature  of  the  pappus  in  this  family 
as  briefly  as  possible,  we  have  six  points.  1.  The  development  of  the 
members  of  the  pappus  is  either  that  of  a  typical  trichome  (from  one 
epidermal  cell)  or  that  of  an  emergence,  such  as  the  spines  of  a  thistle, 
2.  The  structure  of  the  mature  pappus  is  that  of  a  series  of  hairs 
which  have  become  fused  throughout  all  or  a  part  of  their  length, 
either  side  by  side  to  give  a  scale  or  in  a  mass  to  give  an  awn.  3.  The 
similarity  of  the  setae  to  the  achenial  hairs  is  very  marked.  4.  The 
primitiveness  of  the  scabrid  seta  is  in  conformity  with  the  evolution 
of  the  family  as  deduced  from  other  data.  5.  The  predominant  type 
of  pappus  in  the  fossil  forms  is  the  setose  type  :  no  fossil  paleaceous 
pappus  is  known.  6.  The  preseDce  of  a  pappus  is  coiTelated  or  linked 
with  the  presence  of  achenial  hairs,  deduction  of  both  characters 
is  also  linked,  e.  g.  reduction  of  the  elater  hairs  of  the  achene  in  the 
Anfhemidere  to  special  epidermal  cells  is  accompanied  by  reduction  of 
the  pappus  to  the  coroniform  type.  The  same  applies  to  some  cases 
in  the  Gichoriece..  As  all  the  facts  adduced  in  support  of  the  phyllome 
theory  can  be  easily  and  adequately  explained  by  assuming  that  the 
pappus  in  certain  cases  is  parti}''  a  development  of  the  hairs  which 
Avere  inserted  on  the  now  aborted  but  once  free  calyx-segments,  the 
evidence  in  favour  of  the  trichome  or  emergence  nature  of  the  organ 
a  Imits  of  no  other  conclusion  than  that  which  takes  the  pappus  to  be 
hairs,  free  or  fixed,  derived  in  their  evolution  from  the  hairs  of  the 
ajhene,  or  sometimes  also  from  the  hairs  of  the  now  aborted  calyx- 
limb. 

The  subject  of  tropical  plant-diseases  is  extremely  important, 
seeing  that  we  rely  on  the  warmer  regions  of  the  earth  for  so  many 
r.iw  products.  Fungi  seems  to  flourish  there  with  great  luxuiiance, 
the  warmth  and  moisture  providing  most  favourable  conditions 
for  their  development.  In  his  Pliilipjyine  Economic-Plant 
Diseases  (Phil.  Journ.  Sci.  xiii.  1918,  nos.  4  &  5)  Dr.  Otto 
Keinking  says  :  "  There  are  as  many  destructive  plant  diseases 
in  the  Philippine  Islands  as  there  are  in  the  United  States,  if 
there  are   not  more."     In  this  work,  the  author  has  followed  on  the 


168  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTAWY 

lines  of  Thurston  Cooke's  Tropical  Diseases ;  he  has  arranged 
them  in  alphabetical  order  under  a  list — also  alphabetical — of  the 
host-plants.  The  method  evidently  has  commended  itself  to  the 
practical  grower  as  a  ready  means  of  ascertaining  what  is  already 
known  as  to  the  diseases  to  which  any  plant  is  liable ;  but  it  involves 
a  good  deal  of  repetition  as  the  same  or  nearly  related  fungi  occur 
on  various  hosts,  and  gives  little  assistance  in  recognizing  the  nature 
of  any  disease  not  previously  known.  Special  attention  is  given  to 
curative  methods.  Several  diseases  due  to  Bacteria  are  carefully 
described,  such  as  the  bud-rot  of  Coconut  and  the  Citrus  canker,  but 
the  large  bulk  of  those  tabulated  are  caused  by  microfungi.  Very 
little  attention  has  been  paid  to  the  larger  fungi  which  do  serious 
damage  in  the  tropical  woods  as  elsewhere  ;  insects  too  are  left  out 
of  account.  So  far  as  it  goes,  however,  the  record  is  very  complete 
and  provides  a  useful  guide  for  a  much  wider  field  than  the  Philippine 
Islands.— A.  L.  S. 

The  Kew  Bulletin  issued  in  March  (1919,  nos.  1,  2)  is  mainly 
occupied  by  a  List  of  "  Food  and  Fodder  Plants  "  by  Mr.  J.  H. 
Holland,  in  which  are  given  the  chief  countries  of  production  with 
details  as  to  uses  and  other  notes  of  interest  and  full  references  to 
Avorks  quoted.  "  The  natural  families  first  in  importance  for  plants 
of  this  nature  are  placed  first  in  order  " — an  arrangement  the  possible 
advantage  of  which  hardly  compensates  for  its  obvious  inconvenience 
to  those  who  are  accustomed  to  follow  a  certain  sequence  of  orders. 

The  latest  issue  (vol.  viii.  n.  2  ;  24  April)  of  the  Journal  of 
Oenetics  is  entirely  devoted  to  botanical  matters.  E.  S.  Salmon 
continues  his  account  of  experiments  made  at  Wye  College  '*  On 
Forms  of  the  Hop  {Humulus  Lupiilus  L.)  resistant  to  Mildew 
{Sphcerofheca  Humuli  (DC.)  Burr." ;  Bateson  gives  the  first  of  a  series 
of  '*  Studies  in  Variegation  "  in  which  he  deals  with  '*  Reversal  in 
Periclinal  Chimseras "  as  exemplified  in  Euonymus  japonicus  lati- 
foliusy  Coprosma  Baueri  var.  variegata,  and  three  Pelargoniums — 
the  paper  is  accompaniod  by  two  of  the  admirable  coloured  plates 
w^iich  have  always  been  a  feature  of  the  Journal :  S.  C.  Harland 
treats  of  the  "  Inheritance  of  certain  Characters  in  the  Cow-pea 
( Vigna  sinensis)  "  ;  and  0.  Winge,  of  the  Carlsberg  Laboratory, 
Copenhagen,  whites  "  On  the  Relation  between  number  of  Chromo- 
somes and  number  of  Types  in  Lathyrus  especially." 

The  Essex  Field  Club  has  issued  a  neat  volume,  the  sixth  of  its 
**  special  memou's  "  (price  not  stated)  on  the  Mycetozoa,  containing 
*'  a  short  history  of  their  study  in  Britain,  an  account  of  their  habitats 
generally,  and  a  list  of  species  recorded  from  Essex."  The  matter 
in  the  little  volume  was  delivered  by  the  author,  Miss  Lister,  as  two 
presidential  addresses,  at  the  annual  meetings  of  the  Club  in  1917 
and  1918  ;  to  these  she  has  added  a  Hst,  with  descriptive  notes,  of  the 
species  found  in  Essex  and  tables  of  those  for  certain  other  counties. 
A  plate  contains  three  species  found  first  in  Essex — Badhamia  folii- 
cola,  B.  pojmlina,  and  Comatricha  fimhriata — for  a  description  of 
which  we  are  referred  to  p.  50 ;  it  will  however  be  found  on  the  back 
of  the  table  of  contents. 


109 

NOTES  ON  BRITISH  EUFHKASIAS.— I. 
Br  H.  W.  PuGSLET,  B.A. 

About  twenty  years  ago  I  began  to  pay  attention  to  the  genus 
Ewphrasia  and  collected  a  number  of  forms,  most  of  which  were  sent 
to  the  late  Mr.  F.  Townsend  for  determination.  In  later  years  I 
have  continued  to  augment  my  collection  of  these  plants,  both 
British  and  Continental,  with  the  intention  of  working  them  out  in 
detail,  when  opportunity  offered,  with  Wettstein's  Monograph  and 
the  original  descriptions.  The  fortunate  occasion  has  not  yet  arrived, 
but  as  Mr.  W.  C.  Barton  was  desirous  that  I  should  add  my  criticisms 
to  the  rather  numerous  contributions  sent  this  year  to  the  Botanical 
Exchange  Club,  I  have  lately  made  a  partial  survey  of  my  gatherings 
in  conjunction  with  the  plants  sent  to  the  Club,  and  the  succeeding 
notes  embody  some  of  the  results  that  seem  of  special  interest. 

In  reviewing  the  European  forms  of  the  true  Eiq^hrasicB,  it  must 
be  borne  in  mind  that  the  points  of  distinction  between  the  alleged 
species  are  relatively  trivial,  and  that  one  species  only,  E.  officinalis 
L.,  was  commonly  recognized  by  British  botanists  j^rior  to  the  advent 
of  Townsend's  account  in  this  Journal  in  1897.  This  work  accurately 
applied  to  the  forms  then  known  in  Britain  the  views  of  Wettstein, 
and  marked  a  great  advance  on  the  treatment  hitherto  accorded  here 
to  the  genus.  But  it  is  perhaps  regrettable  that  Townsend  always 
followed  so  closely  in  Wettstein's  steps,  for  a  peiaisal  of  the  Mono- 
graph suggests  that  more  has  yet  to  be  done  in  the  grouping  of 
the  forms  recognized  as  species  and  in  establishing  their  natural 
affinities. 

The  bases  of  segregation  of  Wettstein's  three  series,  ParviflorcSy 
GrandiJiorcB,  and  Angustifoli(S,  seem  open  to  serious  criticism  as 
primary  group-characters,  although  possibly  no  better  means  of  dis- 
tinction can  be  found  among  plants  whose  differences  are  so  slight. 
The  validity  of  the  elongation  of  the  corolla-tube  after  anthesis,  or 
the  reverse,  seems  especially  doubtful,  and  at  best,  is  rarely  an  obvious 
and  unmistakeable  feature.  My  observations  lead  me  to  doubt  its 
constancy  even  in  the  single  species,  JE.  Rostlwviana,  as  represented 
in  Britain ;  and  I  notice  that  Mr.  Bucknall  tacitl}^  ignores  it  in 
British  Eiiphrasice,  published  as  Supplement  I.  to  vol.  Iv.  of  this 
Journal  (1917),  by  referring  to  E.  campesfris,  an  undisputed  member 
of  the  Grand  i^orce,  the  plant  that  he  names  var.  neglect  a,  which  he 
admits  has  the  corolla-characters  of  the  Earvijlorce, 

A  paper  that  deserves  consideration  in  connection  with  the 
British  Eyebrights  is  that  by  M.  Chabert,  "  Les  Euphrasia  ^q  la 
France,"  in  the  Bulletin  de  VHerhier  Boissier  for  1902.  This 
author  recognizes  about  a  dozen  species  as  French,  with  a  number  of 
varieties,  and  reduces  the  rank  of  some  plants  that  Wettstein  and 
Townsend  treated  as  species. 

Euphrasia  minima  Jacquin. 
This  species  was  first  brought    to   notice  as  a  British  plant  by 
Miss  Helen  Saunders  in  a  short  note  in  this  Journal  for  1909  (p.  30), 

JoUK^AL  f)F  BuTANY. VOL.   57.        [JULi,   1919.]  O 


170  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

in  which  its  discovery  on  Exmoor  is  reported  and  its  name  published 
on  the  authority  of  Wett stein.  A  month  later  a  further  note  was 
contributed  (Z.  c.  p.  74)  by  Mr.  C.  E.  Salmon,  who  stated  that  he 
had  found  the  same  plant  near  Porlock  in  1898,  and  that  it  had  been 
referred  by  Townsend  to  E.  nemorosa.  These  notes  were  followed 
in  the  succeeding  May  (/.  c.  p.  165)  by  a  lengthy  paper  by  Mr.  Hiern, 
wherein  an  interesting  account  of  E.  minima  is  given,  with  a  full 
synonymy  and  a  detailed  description  of  the  plant  as  seen  on  Exmoor. 
A  figure,  with  dissections,  is  also  furnished.  E.  minima  has  subse- 
quently appeared  in  thi  British  list  in  Mr.  F.  N.  Williams's  Pro- 
dromits,  where  E.  horeaUs  Towns,  is  united  with  it,  and  in  Mr.  Buck- 
nail's  British  EuphrasicB.  In  the  last-named  work  fresh  forms  from 
the  Lake  District,  North  Wales,  and  Monmouth  are  described  as 
varieties  nana  Rouy  and  arhuscula  Bucknall. 

It  may  readily  be  concluded  from  the  pre-Linnean  citations  in 
Mr.  Hiern's  paper,  which  show  that  E.  minima  was  one  of  the 
earliest  forms  of  the  genus  to  be  distinguished,  that  it  is  a  plant  of  a 
relatively  distinct  facies  and  one  characteristic  of  the  Alps.  Its  usual 
form  is  well  depicted  by  Boccone — "E.  lutea,  minima,  alpina,  sub- 
rotundo  folio  nigricante  "  ;  and  as  such  it  is  often  common  in  Switzer- 
land at  an  altitude  of  5-7000  ft.  I  first  met  with  it  in  1896  on  the 
Erohnalp,  in  Canton  Schwyz,  where  it  grew  in  myriads,  completely 
covering  large  stretches  of  mountain  slope.  Since  that  date  I  have 
collected  it  in  various  localities  both  in  the  calcareous  and  the  granitic 
Alps,  the  last  occasion  being  in  the  Blumenthal  above  Miirren  in 
1911.  The  Pennine  Alps  produce  forms  somewhat  different  from 
that  prevalent  in  Central  Switzerland,  the  very  compact  form  described 
by  Townsend  as  E.  capitulata,  and  the  form  pallida  of  Gremli,  with 
larger,  whitish  flowers,  both  occurring  in  the  Saas  Valley. 

The  Swiss  forms  of  this  species,  however,  all  show  the  same 
essential  characters,  which  they  possess  in  common  with  the  varying 
forms  of  the  adjacent  regions,  extending  to  the  P3T:'enees  and  to  the 
Balkans,  which  have  been  united  under  E.  minima  by  Wettstein  and 
other  authors.  E.  minima  seems  to  be  one  of  the  "  aestival"  species 
of  Wettstein,  which  are  scarcely  represented  in  Britain,  except  by 
E.  foulaensis  and  E.  scotica.  Its  stem  is  erect  and  normall}''  simple, 
and  never  more  than  sparingly  branched,  its  leaves,  which  are  rarely 
numerous,  are  t3q:)ically  subrotund  and  very  obtuse,  or  at  least  always 
distinctly  broad,  its  spike  is  relatively  dense,  its  small,  yellow  corolla 
has  subequal  lips,  the  loAver  but  little  deflexed,  and  its  capsule  is 
emarginate  and  fairly  broad.  This  may  be  seen  from  a  perusal  of  the 
varied  exsiccata  in  Herb.  Mus.  Brit,  and  Herb.  Kew,  but  it  is  worthy 
of  note  that  the  sheet  of  plants  in  the  National  Herbarium  at  South 
Kensington  from  Jacquin's  Herbarium,  referred  to  by  Mr.  Hiern, 
consists  of  seven  specimens,  none  of  which  is  E.  minima :  one  is 
Bartsia  OdontiteSy  one  Euphrasia  salishurgensis  var.  ciipreay  and 
the  remainder  apparently  E.  Bostlcoviana  ! 

The  Exmoor  plant,  as  compared  with  the  Continental  species,  is 
slenderer  and,  when  well  grown,  very  much  branched,  with  flexuous, 
ascending  rather  than  erect  stems,  numerous  small,  narrow  leaves, 
which  are   never  strongl}''  pubescent,  laxer  spikes,  and  the  lower  lip 


NOTES    ON    BRITISH    EUPHRASIAS  171 

of  the  corolla  distinctly  longer  than  the  upper  one.  On  seeino- 
Mr.  Salmon's  original  siDecimen  several  years  ago,  and  those  placed  by 
Mr.  Hiern  in  Herb.  Mus.  Brit.,  I  at  once  dissented  from  the  identifi- 
cation, quite  failing  to  recognize  in  them  the  Swiss  plant  with  which 
1  was  familiar,  or  to  understand  Wettstein's  reasons  for  such  a  deter- 
mination if  he  was  furnished  with  adequate  specimens.  A  recent 
examination  of  the  abundant  and  well-dried  material  contributed  by 
the  Rev.  E.  S.  Marshall  to  the  Exchange  Club  has  confirmed  me  in 
this  view,  and  I  find  that  a  similar  opinion  is  held  by  Mr.  H.  Stuart 
Thompson,  who  is  familiar  with  the  Alpine  E.  minima  and  remarked 
in  1912  in  Suhalpine  Plants  (p.  233)  that  Exmoor  was  an  unlikely 
spot  for  E.  minima  and  that  the  British  Museum  specimen  was  not 
very  typical.  I  indeed  fail  to  see  any  real  resemblance  to  E.  minima 
in  a  well-grown  individual  of  our  British  plant,  excepting  its  small 
yellow  corollas  and  emarginate  capsules ;  and  the  opinion  of  Townsend 
and  that  of  the  unnamed  authority  referred  to  by  Miss  Saunders,  who 
suggested  the  name  **  E.  curta  var.  glahrescens^''''  seem  to  be  more 
in  accord  with  the  plant's  affinities  than  the  determination  of 
Wettstein. 

If  it  be  admitted  that  this  Exmoor  plant  cannot  be  regarded  as 
conspecific  with  E.  minima  Jacq.,  as  seems  impossible  if  a  standard 
of  species  approaching  that  of  Wettstein  and  Townsend  is  followed,  it 
becomes  necessary  to  reconsider  its  position  in  the  genus.  It  is 
evidentl}"  a  well-defined  form,  growing  over  a  considerable  area,  and  is 
remarkable  as  the  only  yellow-flowered  Euphrasia  found  in  Britain. 
The  features  that  differentiate  it  from  E.  minima  do  so  almost  equally 
from  E.  scotica  Wettst.,  which  has  lately  been  suggested  with  some 
show  of  reason  to  be  inseparable  specifically  from  E.  minima.  The 
slender  stems  and  narrow  leaves  of  the  Exmoor  plant  recall  E.  gracilis 
Er.,  but  this  differs  widel}^  in  its  strict  habit,  with  suberect,  central 
branching,  and  also  in  its  differently  coloured  corolla  and  narrow, 
subtruncate  fruit.  E.  nemorosa  Mart,  and  E.  curta  Wettst.,  especially 
the  latter,  show  somewhat  similar  branching,  but  both  of  them  are 
much  robuster  plants,  with  stout  stems,  larger  and  broader  leaves, 
white  or  bluish  flowers,  and  narrower  and  less  emarginate  fruits.  The 
only  remaining  British  Euphrasias  -with  which  a  comparison  is 
necessary  are  E.  horealis  Towns,  and  E.  occidentalis  Wettst.  Both 
of  these  are  robust  forms,  the  former  with  large,  broad  leaves,  and 
white  or  more  rarely  blue  flowers  in  a  dense  spike,  and  the  latter 
a  dwarf  plant,  much  branched,  with  short  stems,  broader  and  partly 
glandular  foliage,  and  small,  white  corollas.  The  Exmoor  plant  thus 
seems  separable  from  all  other  known  British  forms. 

Furthermore,  none  of  the  foreign  species  described  in  Wettstein's 
Monograph  or  elsewhere,  so  far  as  is  traceable,  can  be  considered 
identical  with  our  plant.  The  closest  resemblance  is  seen  in  E.  varia- 
hilis  Freyn  (Sched.  Fl.  Austro-Hungaricse,  iv.  p.  55  (1886)),  w^hich, 
when  dry,  is  not  readily  separable  from  small  individuals,  with  simple 
stems,  of  the  Exmoor  plant.  But  E.  variabilis  does  not  become 
much  branched  when  well  developed,  and  the  lips  of  its  yellow  corolla 
are  subequal  as  in  E.  mini7na.  in  which  it  is  merged  by  Wettstein. 
E.  exigua  Renter  and  E.  pumila  Kerner  are  also  somewhat  similar, 

o2 


172  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTAJfT 

but  both  of  them  are  at  most  only  sparinglj^  branched.  Of  the 
remaining  two  species  of  Euphrasia  bearing  yellow  flowers,  the 
Andalusian  E.  WiUkommii  Freyn  is  easily  distinguished  by  its 
robust,  compact  habit  and  broad,  deeply  cut  leaves,  and  the  alpine 
E.  Christ  it  Favrat  by  its  very  large,  show}^  flowers. 

The  Exmoor  plant  therefore  appears  to  be  an  unnamed  form,  and 
as  there  seems  no  evidence  that  it  is  especially  connected  with  either 
of  its  apparently  nearest  allies,  E.  gracilis,  E.  nemorosa,  and-E".  curta^ 
it  can  hardly  be  treated  as  a  variety  of  one  of  these,  and  it  becomes 
necessary  to  regard  it  as  a  new  endemic  species,  intermediate  in 
general  features  between  E.  gracilis  on  the  one  hand,  and  jE/.  nemorosa 
and  E.  curta  on  the  other,  but  peculiar  for  its  3^ellow  corollas  and 
broad,  emarginate  capsules.  It  is  proposed  to  name  the  plant 
E.  confusa,  and  it  may  be  diagnosed  as  follows : — 

Euphrasia  confusa,  sp.  nov. 

E.  minima  Hiern  in  Journ.  Bot.  1909,  165,  non  Jacquin  nee 
aliorum. 

Icon.  Journ.  Bot.  /.  c.  tab.  497  a,  \\.i  E.  minima. 

Exsicc.  E.  S.  Marshall,  nos.  4440  et  4443,  ut  E.  minima  \ 

Caulis  suberectus  vel  adscendens,  gracilis,  2-20  cm.  (vulgo  sub- 
8  cm.)  longus,  srepissime  infra  medium  ramosissimus  (rarius  in  plantis 
depauperatis  simplex),  ramis  (usque  ad  20)  flexuosis  relative  longis 
simplicibus  vel  iterum  ramosis  infimis  siepe  filiformibus  prajditus, 
viridis  vel  fuscescens,  pilis  deflexis  baud  glanduliferis  vestitus.  Folia 
caulina  oblonga  vel  oblongo-obovata,  basi  cuneata,  2-7  mm.  longa  et 
dimidio  angustiora,  inferiora  2-4  dentibus  subacutis  obtusa,  superiora 
4-8  dentibus  plus  minusve  acutis  obtusiuscula  ;  floralia  (bi'acteae) 
latiora,  ovata  sed  basi  vix  rotundata,  6-10  dentibus  acutiusculis  acutis 
vel  etiam  aristatis  acuta  vel  acmninata  ;  omnia  glabriuscula  vel  setulis 
minimis  (rarissime  paucis  glanduliferis)  parce  ciliata  ;  infima  florendi 
tempore  nonnunquam  caduca.  Spica  plus  minusve  elongata,  fructifera 
internodis  inferioribus  folia  ssepius  superantibus.  Calyx  glaber  vel  in 
nervis  dentibusque  tenuiter  aeuminatis  parce  setulosus,  in  fructu 
paulo  accretus.  Corolla  ad  labii  superioris  apicem  4-o-7  mm.  longa, 
omiiino  pallide  vel  saturate  lutea  striis  purpureis  picta  aut  interdum 
lubio  superiore  purpurascente  ;  labio  inferiore  deflexo  quam  superius 
j)lane  longiore.  Capsula  oblongo-elli2)tica,  emarginata,  pilis  erectis 
ciliata,  cal3xem  subaquans. 

Euphrasia  confusa  inter  E.  gracilem  Fr.  et  E.  nemorosam  Mart, 
(cum  E.  curtd  Wettst.)  verisimiliter  medium  fere  tenet,  sed  per 
coroUam  luteam  ei  E.  minimce  subsimilem  notabilis  est. 

In  collibus  regionis  Exmoor  dicta  (alt.  circa  400  m.)  in  comitatu 
Somerset  et  forsan  in  Devon  Angliae  invenitur. 

In  view  of  the  very  full  description  of  this  jDlant  furnished  by 
Mr.  Hiern  (/.  c.)  a  further  diagnosis  in  English  seems  superfluous. 
It  may  be  mentioned,  however,  that  the  cauline  leaves  of  well-grown 
plants  are  scarcely  ovate,  though  this  term  may  perhaps  be  used  in 
respect  of  weak  examples  such  as  those  originally  gathered  by 
Mr.  Hiern  at  Great  Cornham.  And  it  is  apparently  chiefly  in 
luxuriant  specimens  that  the  teeth  of  the  floral  leaves  become  dis- 


NOTES    OX    BRITISH    EUPHRASIAS  173 

tinctly  aristate.  It  may  Be  added  that  Mr.  Hiern's  figure  is  drawn 
from  weak  plants  and  does  not  portray  the  intricate  branching  that 
is  prevalent  in  well-grown  examples  of  the  species. 

Of  the  variety  nana  mentioned  by  Mr.  Bucknall  (Brit.  Euphr. 
p.  23)  I  have  seen  no  material;  of  var.  arhuscula  (l.  c.  p.  24) 
authentic  specimens  in  Mr.  Barton's  herbarium  from  Patterdale  and 
Moel  Siabod  seem  to  me  unconnected  with  the  Exmoor  plant  and 
referable  for  the  most  part  to  £J.  curta  var.  piccola  Towns. 
Mr.  Pearsall's  plant  from  Bigland,  similarly  named,  shows  dis- 
tinctly larger  flowers,  and  I  think  is  probably  a  stunted  form,  such  as 
is  occasionally  seen  in  hilly  districts,  either  of  E.  Kerneri  or  eglandular 
E.  brevipila. 

I  may  add  that  I  collected  a  EupTirasia  near  Keswick  in  1903, 
with  simple  stem,  broad,  obtuse  leaves,  and  very  small,  whitish  flowers, 
which  I  referred  at  the  time  to  E.  scotica,  but  which  in  the  dry  state 
is  not  readily  distinguishable  from  true  E.  minima. 

Euphrasia  hirtella  Jordan. 

It  is  a  curious  coincidence  that  this  paper,  which  has  been  largely 
devoted  to  contesting  the  identification  of  the  yellow-flowered  Eye- 
bright  of  Exmoor  with  the  Swiss  E.  minima,  should  be  concluded  by 
an  introduction  to  the  British  Flora  of  E.  hirtella,  which  often  grows 
in  the  Alps  with  E.  minima  and  occasionally  forms  hybrids  with  it. 
The  basis  of  this  new  introduction  is  a  set  of  specimens  which  I 
collected  on  a  rocky  pasture  near  Llanberis,  in  North  Wales,  in 
September,  1917.  The  plants  attracted  my  attention  owing  to  their 
robust,  erect,  unbranchecl  habit,  and  their  shaggj^  grey-green  foliage ; 
and  at  the  time  of  gathering  them  I  omitted  to  notice  the  glandular 
character  of  the  hair-clothing  and  sujDposed  that,  as  they  bore  quite 
small  flowers,  they  were  referable  either  to  E.  curta  or  E.  latifolia. 
On  recently  examining  the  specimens,  I  immediately  saw  that  the 
hairs  were  glandular  as  in  E.  JRostkoviana,  and  that  the  habit  and 
small  flowers,  in  conjunction  with  this  feature,  brought  them  to 
E.  hirtella  Jordan,  a  species  that  I  have  collected  at  Arolla  and  else- 
where in  Ihe  Pennine  Alps. 

The  National  Herbarium  contains  an  authentic  French  example 
of  E.  hirtella,  received  from  Jordan  himself,  as  well  as  other  good 
exsiccata  that  are  clearly  conspecific,  and  a  comparison  of  these  and 
the  Kew  collection  with  my  Llanberis  material  reveals  no  essential 
differences.  The  chief  divergence  is  that  the  British  specimens,  the 
tallest  of  which  is  but  12*5  cm.  high,  do  not  show  the  distant  lower 
leaves  referred  to  in  Jordan's  original  descrijjtion  (Renter,  Comptes 
rendus  des  travaux  de  la  Societe  Hallerienne,  iv.  p.  120  (1854-6)) 
— a  feature  readily  seen  in  most  of  the  foreign  exsiccata.  But  this 
does  not  appear  to  be  a  constant  character,  for  it  is  omitted  from 
Wettstein's  diagnosis,  and  in  undoubted  examples  that  I  collected  at 
Arolla  in  1906  the  lower  internodes  are  scarcely  longer  than  those  of 
the  Llanberis  form,  as  seen  in  1917.  The  nature  of  the  Llanberis 
habitat — a  barren,  cool  and  wind-swept  situation — may  be  conducive 
to  the  plant's  dwarf  growth  there,  or  it  may  prove  that  it  constantly 
differs  in   this  respect  from  the  Continental  type  and  is  varietally 


174  THK  JOFEXAL  OF  BOTANY 

separaLle.     It  is  also  probable  that  in  the  British  form  the  lower 
leaves  are  relativel}'^  narrower. 

The  occurrence  of  M.  hirtella  in  North  Wales  might  not  mi- 
reasonably  be  expected  from  its  Continental  distribution.  It  is  found 
in  Central  and  Northern  Spain,  in  the  Pyrenees,  in  the  French, 
Italian,  and  South-Western  Swiss  Alps;  and  eastwards,  it  is  said  to 
extend  from  the  T^'rol  through  the  Balkan  Peninsula,  Transcaucasia 
and  Siberia  to  Chinese  Mongolia.  In  France  it  reaches  the  depart- 
ment of  Haute-Loire  and  the  mountains  of  Auvergne. 

In  connection  with  E.  hirtella  it  seems  desirable  to  allude  to 
IE.  fennica  Kihlman,  included  as  British  in  Mr.  Bucknall's  British 
J^uphrasicB  (p.  27).  Of  this  plant  there  is  an  authentic  sheet  in 
Herb.  Kew  from  Kihlman  himself  (PL  Finlandise  Exsicc.  no.  354, 
as  E.  hirtella  Jord.  var.  fennica  Lind.  fil.  (£!.  fennica  Kihl.)),  and 
I  possess  other  good  Finnish  material.  It  is  a  form  somewhat  inter- 
mediate between  U.  hirtella,  to  a  variety  of  which  it  is  apparently 
reduced  by  Kihlman,  and  E.  Bosthoviana,  to  which  it  has  been 
likened  by  Wettstein.  Of  the  former  it  possesses  the  strict,  erect 
habit,  but  it  is  taller  and  more  slender,  with  long  lower  internodes 
and  a  tendency  to  branch  about  the  middle  of  the  stem.  Its  lowest 
leaves  are  easily  caducous  as  in  E.  hirtella,  but  its  corolla  is  much 
Lii'ger,  7-8  mm.  long,  with  the  lower  lip  distinctly  longer  than  the 
upper  one  and  with  broader  segments,  and  hence  approaching  the 
iiower  of  E.  Rostkoviana.  On  the  whole,  however,  there  seems  good 
ground  for  placing  it  under  E.  hirtella,  to  the  type  of  which  it  seems 
nearer  than  some  Asiatic  examples  that  have  been  so  named.  I  have 
had  no  opportunity  of  seeing  Mr.  Druce's  original  Exmoor  specimen 
determined  by  Dr.  Lindman,  but  those  collected  in  that  district  io 
1917  and  1918  by  Mr.  Barton  and  the  Pev.  E.  S.  Marshall  do  not 
a])pear  to  me  to  be  identical  with  the  Finnish  form  but  rather  modifi- 
cations of  E.  Mosthoviana. 

E.  hirtella  may  be  described  as  follows  : — 

Euphrasia  hirtella  Jordan  ex  Renter  in  Comptes  Rendus  Soc 
Haller.  iv.  120  (1854-6)  ;  Wettstein,  Mon.  der  Gattung  Euphrasia, 
175  (1896)  ;  E.  tatarica  race  E.  hirtella  Rouy,  Fl.  France,  xi.  149 
(1909). 

Icon.  Wettstein,  7.  c.  taf.  iv.  fig.  278-290,  and  taf.  viii.  fig.  4-7. 
Exsicc.  Billot,  Fl.  G.  &  G.  2332  &  bis !  2333  ter !  Rostan,  Exsicc. 
Pedemontana,  46  !  Fiori,  &c.  Fl.  Ital.  Exsicc.  338 ! 

Stem  strict  and  erect,  of  variable  size  but  usually  robust,  3-25  cm. 
high,  simple  or  occasionally  with  one  or  few  erect  branches  towards 
the  base,  more  or  less  purplish,  pilose  (especially  above)  with  long, 
whitish,  flexuous  and  partly  glandular  hairs.  Leaves  svibopposite, 
dull  green,  up  to  8  mm.  long  or  larger  in  vigorous  plants,  clothed 
M'ith  whitish  bristles  and  abundant  long,  flexuous,  unequal  glandular 
hairs  ;  the  lowest  leaves  obovate,  or  in  the  British  form  narrower  and 
cuneate  below,  obtuse,  with  few  obtuse  teeth ;  upper  cauline  leaves 
ovate  or  broadly  ovate,  obtuse  or  subacute,  with  3-6  more  or  less 
acute  teeth  on  each  side ;  floral  leaves  broadly  ovate  or  triangular- 
orbicular,  acute,  with  4-8  acute  or  acuminate  but  not  awned  teeth  on 
each  side  ;    nerves   prominent  below  when  dry ;    lower  leaves  often 


NOTES    ON    BRITISH    EUPHRASIAS  175 

readily  caducous.  Spike  very  dense  above  and  never  much  elongated, 
with  the  imbricated  floral  leaves  more  or  less  covering  the  fruiting 
calyces.  Calyx  clothed  like  the  foliage,  with  lanceolate  teeth,  scarcely 
accrescent  in  fruit.  Corolla  small,  5-7  mm.  long  (5  mm.  in  British 
form)  along  the  back,  white,  streaked  with  violet  and  with  a  yellow 
spot  in  the  throat ;  lower  lip  but  little  exceeding  the  upper,  with 
narrow,  emarginate  lobes.  Capsule  oblong-ovate,  truncate  or  slightly 
retuse,  nearly  equalling  the  calyx  or  slightly  exceeding  it,  usually 
shorter  than  its  floral  leaf,  margin  long-ciliate. 

E.  Mrtella  is  readily  distinguishable  from  all  other  British  Eye- 
brights,  except  H.  Bostkoviana  Hayne  and  E.  Vigursii  F.  H.  Davey, 
by  the  long,  flexuous  glandular  hairs  that  usually  abound  on  its  stem, 
leaves  and  calyx.  E.  Bostkoviana,  which  is  furnished  with  similar 
but  sometimes  less  abundant  hau*-clothing,  is  generally  a  widely 
different  plant.  Considering  its  usually  larger  size,  it  is  of  slenderer 
habit.  Its  stem  is  ascending  rather  than  erect,  flexuous  rather  than 
strict,  and  though  not  much  branched,  yet  clearly  more  so  than  in 
E.  hirtella.  Its  corolla  is  very  much  larger,  commonly  9-11  mm.  in 
length,  with  the  lower  lip  conspicuously  longer  and  broader  than  the 
upper  one  and  the  tube  eventually  elongating.  Its  capsule,  also, 
differs  in  being  broader,  more  elliptical  in  form,  and  generally  dis- 
tinctly emarginate. 

E.  Vigursii  is  normally  still  slenderer  than  most  of  the  forms  of 
E.  Bostkoviana,  with  smaller  foliage  clothed  with  proportionately 
shorter  and  less  unequal  glandular  hairs,  and  the  corolla  and  capsule 
as  in  E.  Bostkoviana,  except  that  the  former  is  commonly  violet  in 
colour  instead  of  white. 

E.  campestris  Jordan  can  hardly  be  confounded  with  E.  Tiirtellay 
being  a  slender,  much  branched  plant,  with  small,  narrow  leaves 
clothed  with  shorter  glandular  hairs,  and  very  large  corollas  with 
elongating  tube. 

I  have  placed  Llanberis  examples  of  E.  Mrtella  in  the  National 
Herbarium. 


NOTES  ON  SOMERSET  PLANTS  FOE  1918. 
By  the  Eey.  E.  S.  Marshall,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

(Concluded  from  p.  154.) 

Solanum  nigrum  L.     3.  Burton  Pynsent,  W, 

Atropa  Belladonna  L.  10.  About  a  dozen  young  plants,  among 
rocks  below  Leigh  Woods,  Br.  Newman  Nield  ;  seen  there  by  T. 

Verhascum  Thapsus  L.     6.  Combe  St.  Nicholas,  W. 

Linaria  Elatine  Miller.  3.  Orchard  Portman ;  Staplegrove,  W. 
4.  Ilminster,  D. — L.  spuria  Miller.  2.  Frequent  in  cornfields  about 
Kilve,  W.     4.  Abundant  in  cultivated  ground,  Ashill,  D. 

Antirrhinum  Orontium  L.     3.  Staplegrove,  sp. ;  8.  Burnham,  W. 

Mimulus  Langsdorffii  Donn.  1.  Simonsbath.  4.  Combe  St. 
Nicholas,  W.  River  He,  below  Ilminster,  D.—M.  moschatus  Douglas. 
6.  Wambrook,  W. 


178  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Veronica  montana  L.     4.  Bickenhall ;  8.  Cogley  AVood,  Bruton, 
W. — V.  scutellata  L.      1.  Exford. 

Euphrasia  JRostkoviann  Hayne.     1.  Abundant  and  variable  about 
Simonsbath,    up   to  fully  1400  feet ;    Exford ;    Withypool,  where    a 
minute  form  was  found  by  W.     3.  Broomfield  and  Traveller's  Rest, 
between  Kingston  and  Merridge  (small  form)  ;  8.  Wambrook,  W. — E. 
fennica  Kihlman.    1.  Near  Simonsbath  (confirmed  b}-  Mr.  C.  Buck  nail). 
I  am  not  sure  that  this    Exmoor  plant  is  sufficiently    distinct  from 
J5J.  Bostkoviana  ;  the  most  obvious  difference  is  in  its  capsules  being 
deeply  notched  at  the  apex,  but  intermediate  forms  occur. — E.  Ker- 
^leri  Wettst.     1.  Hill-pastures  near  Exford  ;  named  by    C.  B. — E. 
72e;«(9rosf/ H.  Mart.     1.  Dulverton,  and  near  Tarr  Steps ;  2.  Elworthy, 
and    Horridge    Combe ;    3.  Adcombe ;    6.  Whitestaunton,    W.     Yar. 
ciliata  Drabble.       1.  Withypool ;  6.  Chard  Common,   W. — E.  gra- 
cilis Fr.     1.  Very  local  about  Exford  and  Withypool. — E.  scotfica 
Wettst.     1.  Here  and  there,  in  bogs,  near  Simonsbath  and  Withy- 
pool,  up  to  1400  feet. — E.  minima-  Jacq.     1.  This  was  observed  in 
about  a  dozen  stations,  near  Simonsbath  and  Witlwpool,  several  being 
on  the  banks  of  the  Barle.     It  reaches  1480  feet,  and  occurs  as  low 
as  800  feet.     Decidedly  polymorphic,  but  not  at  all  closely  approach- 
ing E.  scottica,  in  this  neighbourhood.      Dwarf,  densely  branched, 
compact  specimens  are  like  var.  arhiiscula  Bucknall,  except  that  the 
flowers  are  not  Avhite  ;    usually  they  are  bi'ight  golden-yeUow ;    but 
paler  shades  are  not  uncommon,  those  with  a  reddish  or  orange  hue 
being  scarce.     Dr.  Watson  gathered  what  he  believes  to  be  a  hybrid 
with  the  minute  Withypool  form  of  E.  Bostkoviana  ;  and  I  found 
two  or  three  specimens  of  a  cross   (perhaps  with   E.  ciirta   var.  gla- 
hrescens)    near   Wintershead    Farm,     Simonsbath. — E.    occidentalis 
Wettst.     2.  Holford  Combe,  W.,  sp. — E.  curfa  Wettst.  var.  glahres- 
cens  AVettst.      1.  This,   I  suspect,    is    the  commonest    segregate  on 
Exmoor ;    but  several  gatherings  so  named  by  me  were  referred  to 
E.  nemorosa   by    C.  B.      2.  Kilve  district  and   Brendon    Hills ;    3. 
Quantocks  and  Blackdown  ;  6.  Whitestaunton,  W. 

Bartsia  Odontites  Huds.  var.  serotina  Beichb.  3.  Aisholt ; 
4.  Combe  St.  Nicholas,  W.  Yar.  divergens  (Jord.).  1.  Exford  and 
Winsforcl ;  2.  Lilstock,  W. 

Bhinanthns  major  Ehrh.     9.  By  a  roadside,  Kenn  Moor,  T. 
Vtricularia   major    Schmidel?     9.  Mineries    Bog,    near    Priddy, 
B.  W.  Tucker,  sp.  ;  a  small  plant,  probably  this,  but  flowerless, 

Bingnicula  hisitanica  L.  1.  Reaches  1300  feet  near  Simons- 
bath.    6.  Bewley  Down,  near  Wambrook,  W. 

Verhena  officinalis  L.  2.  East  Quantoxhead  and  Lilstock; 
3.  Staplegrove,  Curry  Rivell,  and  Rock  Hill,  Wrantage,  W. 

Mentha  spicata  L.  6.  Birchwood  and  Combe  St.  Nicholas  ;  well 
established,  and  far  from  houses,  JV. — 3L  ])iperita  L.  1.  Islet  in 
the  Barle,  below  Simonsbath.  3.  Buncombe  Wood,  Kingston,  near  a 
cottage  ;  G.  Chard  Common,  W. — JK.  hircina  Hull  {aqvatica  X  longi- 
f'olia'^).  9.  In  two  places,  about  half  a  mile  apart,  near  Weston-in- 
Gordano,  B. — M.  rubra  Sm.  9.  Roadside,  between  Tickenham  and 
Fa  Hand,  T. — *J/.  gent  His  L.  4.  Knowle  St.  Giles,  W.,  sp. — 
M.  arvensis  L.  var.  agrestis  (Sole).     2.  East  Quantoxhead  ;  3.   Cothel- 


ATOTES    OX    SOMERSET    PLANTS    FOR    191S  177 

stone ;  6.  Wambrook,  W.     Yar.  2)?'(BCo.v  (Sole).     4.   Cornfield,  Castle 
Neroche.     6.   Chard  Common,  TV. 

Origanum  vidgare  L.  3.  On  the  White  Lias  ridge,  from  Hatch 
to  Langport,  W. 

Thymnus  ovatus  Miller.     6.  Combe  St.  Nicholas,  W. 

Catamihtha  Acinos  Clairv.  9.  Field  on  Creech  Hill,  near  Brn- 
ton,  C.  E.  Moss  {teste  W.).  9.  Between  Failand  and  Tickenham, 
T. — C.  montana  Lam.  2.  Stogumber  !,  Kilve,  and  East  Quantox- 
head  ;  3.  Aisholt,  Kingston !,  and  Stapiegrove  ;  4.  Street  Ash ;  9. 
Yatton,  W. 

Melissa  officinalis  L.  3.  Kingston  and  Bathpool ;  4.  Barley 
Hill,  W. 

Salvia  Verhenaca  L.  3.  Ciirry  Rivell,  W.  5.  Kingsdon,  G. — 
[*S'.  verticillata  L.  2.  Established  on  the  Lower  Marsh,  Dunster, 
J.  A.  Fort,  sp.     9.  Flax  Bom-ton,  T.] 

Scutellaria  galericulata  L.  3.  West  Sedgemoor;  8.  Rare  at 
Bruton,  W. — -S.  minor  Huds.  1.  Exford ;  Withypool ;  ascends  to 
1300  feet  near  Simonsbath.  2.  Elworthy ;  4.  Brittj  Common ; 
6.  Buckland  St.  Mary  and  Bewley  Down,  W. 

Stachys  officinalis  Trev.  3.  Norton  Fitzwarren,  Pitminster, 
Corfe,  Thmdbear,  &c. ;  4.  Castle  Neroche,  &c. ;  6.  Whitestamiton  and 
Wambrook;  8.  Bruton,  W. — S.  palustris  X  syhatica  (ambiguaSm.). 
4.  Donyatt,  D.  Knowle  St.  Giles,  ]^^ — S.  arveusis  L.  1.  Field  on 
Sherdon  Farm,  Simonsbath  (1250  feet). 

Galeopsis  angustifolia  Ehrh.  2.  East  Quantoxhead ;  3.  Near 
Fivehead,  W. —  G.  Tetrahit  L.  var.  hifida  (Boenn.).  3.  Elworthy; 
6.  Whitestamiton,  If^.  Yar.  7i^yr?>«??s  Breb.  1.  Withypool!,  Exford!, 
Simonsbath !,  Winsford,  and  Exton  ;  6.  Buckland  St.  Mary,  W. 

Lamium  Galeohdolon  Crantz.  2.  Washford ;  3.  Broomfield,  W. 
4.  Hinton  St.  George  ;  Dinnington ;  Chilworthy,  D.  6.  Combe  St. 
Nicholas  ;  Whitestaunton,  W. 

Plantago  major  L.  var.  intermedia  S^mie.  3.  Gravel  paths,  West 
Monkton.  On  the  Lias,  Thurlbear;  8.  Bruton,  W. — P.  lanceolata 
L.  var.  sphcerostachya  Roehl.  1.  Withypool  and  Simonsbath ;  2. 
Frequent  above  Kilve  and  Quantoxhead,  and  at  Minehead  ;  3.  Coth el- 
stone,  W.  This  form  does  not  seem  to  be  constant. — P.  Coronopus 
L.  var.  pygmcea  Lange.  2.  Minehead-,  and  from  St.  Audries  to  Lil- 
stock;  9.  Berrow,  W.     Below  Brean  Down,  on  the  northern  side. 

Littorella  uniflora  Aschers.  {lacnstris  L.).  1.  Pools  in  the 
Barle,  about  two  miles  below  Simonsbath ;  a  very  unusual  station. 
It  does  not  seem  to  flower  here.     Leaves  up  to  eight  inches  long. 

Scleranthus  annnus  L.  3.  West  Monkton,  W.  D,  Miller\ 
4.  Castle  Neroche,  W. 

Chenopodium  polyspermum  L.  2.  Minehead,  W.  3.  Cothel- 
stone. —  C.  mural e  L.  2.  East  Quantoxhead  ;  Lilstock,  W. —  C. 
urhicum  L.  9.  Near  Brean,  W.—C.  riihrum  L.  3.  West  Monkton. 
Yar.  blitoides  Wallr.  3.  Stapiegrove.  W. — C.  JBonus-Henricus  L. 
2.  East  Quantoxhead ;  Trull  and  Ruishton,  W. 

Atriplex  delioidea  Bab.  3.  Taunton,  W.  Yar.  prostrata  Bab. 
2.  Kilve,  on  shingle  ;  Lilstock,  on  mud,  W. 

Salicornia  europcea  L.  forma  strict  a  Moss.     9.   Berrow,  JV. 
Suceda  maritima  Dum.     2.   Lilstock,  JV. 


17S  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTAXT 

Polygonum  Convolvulus  L.  var.  suhalatum  V.  Hall.  3.  Staple- 
grove  and  Kingston,  W.  4.  Ilminster,  D.  9.  Berrow,  W. — P.  lapa- 
thifolium  L.  3.  W.  Sedgemoor ;  4.  Knowle  St.  Giles  and  Combe 
St.    Nicholas,    W.       Ilminster,  D. — *P.   la  pa  thifolium  X  Persicaria. 

3.  Orchard  Portman,  Staplegrove,  and  West  Sedgemoor ;  4.  Combe 
St.  Nicholas  and  Knowle  St.  Giles,  W.—F.  Bistorta  L.  3.  Eoad- 
side  near  Kingston,  W. 

Pumex  maritimus  L.  3.  By  a  pool  on  the  edge  of  West  Sedge- 
moor, below  Bm*ton  P^msent,  JV. — P.  ohtusifolius  L.  var.  *ayrestis 
Fr.  1.  VVithypool ;  3.  Thm'lbear,  and  near  Taunton  ;  6.  Wambrook 
— "  a  frequent  form,"  TV. — P.  crispus  X  ohtusifolius.  3.  Stoke 
St.  Mary,  W. 

Euphorbia  Lathyrus  L.     A  garden  weed  at  3.  Hohvay,  W.^  and 

4.  Ilminster,  D. 

Mercurialis  annua  L.     3.  Allotments,  Staplegrove,  W, 

TJrtica  urens  L.  2.  East  Quantoxhead  ;  3.  Taunton  ;  6.  Combe 
St.  Nicholas  and  Wambrook ;  9.  Bleadon,  W. 

Parietaria  officinalis  L.  2.  Kilve  and  Stogumber ;  4.  Chard 
and  Knowle  St.  Giles  ;  6.  Winsham,  W. 

Carpinus  Betulus  L.     2.  Stogumber ;   Crowcombe,  W. 

Quercus  Pobur  X  sessiliflora.     3.  Stoke  St.  Mary,  JV. 

Salijc  triandra  L.  3.  Holway,  JV. — S.  aurita  L.  1.  Common 
on  Exmoor  up  to  1400  feet.  2.  Horner  to  Dunkery;  6.  Bewley 
Down,  JV. — **S'.  aurita  X  caprea,  *S.  aurita  X  cinerea,  and  *S.  caprea 
X  cinerea.  1.  vSimonsbath  (only  leaf -specimens). — S.  repens  L.,  the 
foriu  >S'.  ascendens  Sm.     6.  Bewley  Down,  JV. 

Pmpetrum  nigrum  L.  2.  One  patch  on  Yearnor  Moor,  near 
Selworthy  ;  N.  G.  Haddon. 

JS'eottia  Nidus-avis  Rich.     4.  Ely  Wood,  near  Chard,  JV. 

Cephalanthera   grandifora    Gray.       8.  Near    Batcombe,    scarce, 

P.  V.  s. 

Orchis  ^py?*ffw?W«7?5  L.  3.  Thurlbear.  Pitminster,  and  Corfe ; 
6.  Combe  St.  Nicholas,  JV. — O.  incarnata  L.  4.  Combe  St.  Nicholas; 
8.  Hare  at  Bruton,  JJ^. — *0.  incarnata  xmaculata.  6.  Widcombe, 
JJ^. — O.  macnlata  L.  {ericetoruni  Linton).  4.  Combe  St.  Nicholas, 
W. 

Ophrys  apifera  Huds.     4.   Puekington  ;   Barrington,  D. 

Habenaria  bifolia  Br.  6.  Whitestaunton  ;  Bewley  Down,  JV. — 
H.  virescens  Druce.  3.  Blagdon,  and  on  the  White  Lias  ridge  from 
Pitminster  to  Langport  (extending  into  dis.  4)  ;  4.  Castle  Neroche 
and  Combe  St.  Nicholas ;  6.  Whitestaunton  and  Combe  St.  Nicholas, 
JV.     5.   Woods  at  Kingsdon,  G. 

Iris  foetidissima  L.  2.  Kilve !  ;  3,  4.  White  Lias  ridge,  from 
Pitminster  to  Curry  Rivell !,  JV. 

[Tritonia  {Monthretia)  aurea  y.  Pottsii  =^  X  T.  crocosmiflora 
Nicholson.  Banks  of  the  Barle  below  Simonsbath,  at  intervals,  for 
nearly  two  miles.  Two  clumps  were  noticed  by  Lady  Davy  in  I91G, 
and  it  seems  to  be  spreading  quickly.] 

Polygonatum  multifiorum  All.  1.  Wood  at  Exford,  P.  J.  Piper. 
10.  Melcombe  Wood,  Mells,  T.— P.  officinale  k\\.  10.  Babington ; 
Meleombu  Wood  ;   Asliam  Woods,  T. 


NOTES  OX  SOMERSET  PLANTS  FOR  191S  179 

Allium  vmeale  li.     2.  East  Quantoxhead,  W. 
JS'arthecium  ossifragum  Huds.     2.  Elworthy  ;  6.  Bewlej  Down, 
W. 

Paris  g[uadrifolia  \j.  3.  Curry  Kivell,  W.  Westcombe,  i^.J^./S'. 
Juncus  sqtearrosus  L.  1.  Common  on  the  Exmoor  hills  up  to 
1500  feet.  4.  Britty  Common  ;  Broadway  Forest,  D. — J.  effusus  L. 
var.  *Gompactiis  Lej.  &  Court.  1.  Abundant  on  the  high  ground 
about  Simonsbath  and  Exford ;  I  did  not  see  J.  conglomeratus,  for 
which  it  may  easily  be  mistaken. — J.  effusus  X  infiexus  {diffusus 
Hoppe).  1.  Barle  Valley,  JV. — J.  maritimus  Lam.  2.  Lilstock, 
TV. — J.  suhnodulosiis  Schrank  {ohtusiflorus  Ehrh.).  3.  West  Sedge- 
moor,  below  Burton  Pynsent,  W. 

*Luziila  Foi'sterixpilosa  ( Borreri  ^romi.).  Shady  bank,  south 
of  Broomfield,  with  the  parents,  C.S.  and  U.S. 31. ;  new  for  Somerset. 
— L.  sylvatica  Gaud.  1.  Near  Simonsbath,  local ;  it  reaches  1300  feet. 
— L.  miiltijlora  DC.  3,  Thurlbear,  and  Quantocks  ;  4.  Bickenhall ; 
6.  Bewley  Down  ;  8.  Kingsettle  Hill,  W. 

Typlia  latifolia  L.  2.  Lilstock,  W. — T.  angustifolia  L.  4.  Old 
canal,  between  Chard  and  Ilminster,  D. 

Sparganium  erectum  L.  var/-  micj^ocarpum.  1.  One  patch  in  the 
Barle,  below  Simonsbath. 

Lemna  trisulca  L.     3.  Milverton,  W. 
AUsma  lanceolatum  With.     3.  West  Sedgemoor,  W, 
Triglochin  palustre  Jj.     4.  Britty  Common,  JV. 
Potamogeton  piisillusJj.    3.  Taunton;  Staplegrove,  7^. — P.p)ec- 
tinaius  L.     3.  In  the  Tone  near  Taunton,  W.     4.  In  the  He  near 
Donyatt,  2).,  sp. 

Zannichellia  palicstris  L.  3.  Stoke  St.  Mary ;  Fitzroy,  near 
Taunton,  W. 

Eleocharis  multicaulis  Sm.  1.  Exehead  ;  6.  Wambrook,  W. 
Seirpus  ccsspitosus  L.  and  S.  paucifioriis  Lightf.  4.  Britty 
Common. — S.Jliiitans  L.  1.  In  the  White  Water,  near  Simonsbath,. 
at  about  1100  feet. — S.  setaceus  L.  1.  Withypool ;  2.  Halsway  and 
Herridge  Combes,  W.  4.  Old  canal,  between  Chard  and  Ilminster, 
D. 

Eriophoriim  vaginatum  L.  4.  Britty  Common,  local,  C.  S.  and 
E.  S.  31.  JE.  angtistifolium,  E.  latifolium,  and  E.  gracile  grow 
close  by — a  remarkable  association. — E.  an gusti folium  Both.  2. 
Herridge  Combe ;  3.  Triscombe ;  6.  Bewley  Down,  W.  Var.  *tri- 
quetrum  Fr.     6.   Culmhead,  TV. 

Rynchospora  alba  Vahl.  6.  Bewley  Down,  W. 
Oarex  pulicaris  L.  3.  Triscombe  ;  6.  Bewley  Down,  W. — 
*C.  disticka  Huds.  3.  West  Sedgemoor,  TV. — C.  paniculata  L- 
1.  Exford;  above  1300  feet  near  Exehead.  2.  Below  Alderman's 
Barrow,  3^.  G.  H. — C.  ecliinata  L.  3.  Triscombe  ;  6.  Bewley  Down, 
TV. —  C.  leporina  L.  1.  Ascends  to  1200  feet  near  Simonsbath. — 
C.  pihiliferaJj.  5.  Bewley  Down,  7^. — C.  piallescensJj.  4.  Bicken- 
hall ;  6.  Combe  St.  Nicholas,  TV. — C.  strigosa  Huds.  9.  Between 
Tickenham  and  Nailsea,  T. — C.  hinervis  L.  6.  Bewley  Down,  TV. — 
C.  fulva  Host.  1.  Near  Exford.— C.  (Ederi  Eetz.  1.  Withypool ; 
3.  Triscombe,  T\^. — C.  riparia  L.     2.  Lilstock,  TV. 


ISO  THE  JOURXAL  OF  BOTAXY 

Milium  effusum  L.     3.  Kingston  ;  Norton  Camp,  W. 

Phi eu7n  pratense\j.y?iY.  nodosum  1j.  1.  Witlwpool;  2.  Frequent 
about  Kilve,  W. 

Agrostis  setacea  Curt.  2  and  3.  Quantocks  !,  W. — A.  canina  L. 
2.  Quantocks ;  3.  Bathpool,  W. — A.  alha  L.  var.  major  Gaud.  3. 
Creecli  St.  Michael,  W. — A.  tenuis  Sibtli.  (the  state  called  A.  pumila 
L.).  2.  Quantocks,  W,  9.  Cart-track  between  Blackdown  and 
Shipham,  T. — A.  nigra  With.  3.  West  Sedgemoor  ;  6.  Chard  Com- 
mon, W. 

Calamagrostis  'epigeios  Roth.     3.  Cannington,  H.  Slater,  sp. 

Aira  caryophgllea  L.  var.  *divaricata  (Pourr.).  2.  Quantox- 
head,  W, — A.  prcecox  L.  1.  Common  on  Exmoor  up  to  1300  feet. 
2.  Kilve,  &c.,  W, 

*IIolcus  lanatus  x  mollis  ?  2.  Kilve  and  Stogumber  ;  6.  Wam- 
brook  ;  9.  Berrow,  W.  The  specimen  shown  to  me  was  too  scrappy ; 
it  seeuis  likely  enough  to  occur,  but  has  not  been  previously  reported 
anywhere,  so  far  as  I  know. — H,  mollis  L.  2.  Kilton  ;  8.  Wam- 
brook  ;  9.   Berrow,  W. 

Descliampsia  ccespitosa  Beauv.  var.  argentea  Gray.  3.  Woods 
at  Curry  llivell,  Thurlbear,  and  Pitminster,  W.  This  is  probably  an 
albino. 

Arrhenatlierum  elatius  Mert.  &  Koch  var.  nodosum  Koch  {A. 
2)recatorium  Dietrich).     1.  Withypool,  W. 

Moliuia  ccenilea  Moench.  1.  Abundant  on  Exmoor  up  to  1500 
feet.  Vars.  rohiista  (Prahl)  and  viridiflora  Lej.  6.  Bewley  Down, 
extending  into  Devon,  W. 

Catabrosa  aquatica  Beauv.  3.  Staplegrove ;  Bishop's  Lydeard, 
W. 

Melica  uniflora  Retz.  1.  Exford.  3.  Norton  Fitzwarren  and 
West  Hatch :  4.  Bickenhall ;  6.  Whitestaunton  and  Combe  St.  Ni- 
cholas, W. 

Poa  nemoralis  L.  1.  Dulverton,  W.,  sp. — P.  compressa  L.  1. 
Wall  at  Simonsbath  (1050  feet).  9.  Purn  Hill,  Bleadon,  W.— 
P.  pratensis  L.  var.  suhcoerulea  (Sm.).     6.  Whitestaunton,  W. 

Glyceria  plicata  Fr.     2.   Porlock ;  3.  Bagborough,  W. 

Festuca  hromoides  L.  2.  Kilton  ;  3.  Thurlbear,  W. — F.  rubra 
L.  var.  arenaria  Fr.  2.  Quautoxhead,  W. — F.  pratensis  Huds.  3. 
Coi-fe,  W. — F.  elatior  L.  3.  Orchard  Portman  ;  Hillfarrance,  &c., 
W. — Subsp.  F.  arundinacea  Schreb.  2.  Perry's,  near  East  Quautox- 
head (confinns  my  suggestion  in  Fl.  Som.  Suppl.),  W. 

Bromus  gigantens  L.  2.  Kilve  (type  and  var.  trijlorvs) ;  3. 
Stoke  St.  Mar}^,  W. — B.  ramosus  Huds.  2.  Kilve,  &c. ;  3.  Taunton, 
&c.,  W. 

[Loliuni  multiforum  Lam.  2.  Crowcombe  ;  3.  Taunton,  Corfe, 
and  Dodhill,  W.'] — L.  perenne  L.  var.  tenue  Syme.     3.  Holway,  W. 

Agropyron  canimwi  Beauv.  4.  Combe  St.  Nicholas,  JV. — A.  re- 
pens  L.  var.  Leersianum  Gray.  3.  Kingston  ;  Stoke  St.  Mary,  W. 
— A.  pungens  Roem.  &  Schult.     2.  Lilstock,  W. 

Nardus  stricta  L.  1.  Common  near  Simonsbath,  &c.,  up  to 
1450  feet. 


NOTES    OX    SOMERSET    PLANTS    FOB    1918  181 

JBlechnum  Spicaiit  With.  1.  Exford  ;  Withypool ;  Simonsbath,  &c. 
2  and  3.  Combes  on  Quantock,  JV. 

Atliyrium  Filix-foemina  E,oth.  var.  ^convexum  (Newm.).  1. 
Common  about  Exford,  Withypool,  &c. !  ;  3.  Clatworthy ! ;  4.  Barley 
Hill  and  Castle  Neroche,  TV. 

Ceferach  officinarum  Willd.  1.  Plentiful  in  two  places  near 
Exford;  a  few  plants  at  Simonsbath  (1000  feet).  New  for  this 
district,  I  believe. 

Cystopteris  fragilis  Bernh.  1.  Fine  and  typical  near  Exford,  at 
lOoO  feet.     Extinct  at  Dulverton,  W. 

Folystichiim  aculeatiim  Both.  6.  Whitestannton  (type  and  var. 
lohatum),  W. — P.  annulare  Presl.  1.  Exford.  6.  Whitestamiton, 
W. 

Lastrea  montana  T.  Moore  {Oreopteris  Presl.).  1.  Locally 
plentiful,  especially  in  lanes,  about  Exford,  With3'pool,  and  Simons- 
bath, reaching  1300  feet.     6.  Blackwater,  near  Buckland  St.  Mary. 

8.  One  plant,  near  Westcombe,  B.  V.  S. — L.  s2jimdosa  Presl.  2  and 
3.  Combes  on  Quantock,  W. — L.  cemula  Brackenridge.  2.  Near 
Holford,  H.  Gorder  (about  two  dozen  plants). 

Polypodium  vulgare  L.  var.  *serratum  Willd.  3.  West  Monk- 
ton  !,  R. 

Phegopteris  polypodioides  Fee.  1.  Fine  and  locally  plentiful  in 
a  second  station  near  Simonsbath,  at  about  1300  feet. — P.  Pryopteris 
Fee.  1.  On  a  bank  over  the  Exe ;  shown  to  W.  S.  Price,  1908. 
We  did  not  see  it  in  Murray's  station,  above  Landacre  Bridge. 

Ophioglossiim  vulgatum  L.     4.  Bickenhall,  W.     5.  Kingsdon,  G. 

E^uisetum  jnaximum  Lam.  1.  Lime  Combe,  Simonsbath,  with  a 
small  state  of  E.  sylvaticum  L.,  at  lOoO  feet. — P.  arvense  L.  var. 
nemorosum  Braun.  3.  Adcombe  Wood  ;  4.  Ely  Wood,  near  Cliard, 
W. — E.  palustre  L.  1.  Frequent  on  Exmoor !,  W.  Yar.  jjolysta- 
chyiim  AYeigel.  1.  Sparingly,  with  the  type,  near  Codsend,  Quarme 
Valley.      Var.  nudum  Newm.      4.  Britty  Common ;    6.  Culmhead ; 

9.  Berrow,  W. 

Lycopodium  ^elogo  L.     6.  Bewley  Down,  W. 

Nitella  opaca  Agardh.     10.  Canal,  near  Bathanapton,  C.  S. 


THE  AFRICAN  SPECIES  OF  ALLOPHYLUS. 
Br  Edmund  O.  Bakek,  F.L.S. 

(Concluded  from  p.  160.) 

15.  A.  toroensis,  sp.  nov. 

Ftnitex  gracilis.  Rami  teretes,  glabri  vei  fere  glabri,  ramulis 
pubescentibus  ad  A.  latefoUolatam  Bak.  fil.  accedens.  Folia  tri- 
foliolata,  papyracea,  glabra,  siccitate  triste  viridia,  foliolis  inter- 
mediis  margine  seri-atis  apice  acuminatis  apice  ipso  obtusis,  supra 
opacis  ellipticis  vel  elliptice-obovatis  basi  cuneatis,  12-17  cm.  longis, 
5-6  cm.  latis,  lateralibus  valde  intequilateralibus  parum  minoribus, 
petiolo  communi  ±3  cm.  longe  prsedita.  Thyrsi  simplices  folia 
supemntes  vel  subtequantes.  multiflori.     Flores  majusculi  in  cymulas 


182  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

plurifloras  dispositi,  pedicellati.  Sepala  membranacea,  extus  puberula 
±2  mm.  longa.  Antherce  0*5  mm.  longae.  Fructus  rubri,  5-7  mm. 
diam. 

Uganda  :  Toro,  near  Mpanga  river,  Bagshawe  112S  !  alt.  4000  ft. 
At  edge  of  stream,  forest  near  mouth  of  Mpanga,  Bagshaive  1150 ! 
in  fruit,  Hb.  Mus.  Brit. 

A  shrub  with  trifoliolate  acuminate  papyraceous  leaves,  simple 
thyrse,  and  red  fruits ;  intermediate  leaflets  cuneate  at  the  base, 
petiolulate  (10-15  mm.),  the  lateral  very  unequal -sided. 

16.  A.  LATEFOLIOLATUS  Bak.  fil.  in  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  xxxvii.  137 
(1905). 

Uganda  :  Lake  shore  Musozi,   Bagshaive  153 !   Hb.  Mus.  Brit. 

17.  A.  CHATJNOSTACHYS  Grilg  in  Engl.  Jahrb.  xxx.  347  (1901). 
East  Afkica  :  Kinga  Hills,  Goetze  1196  !  Hb.  Berol. 

18.  A.  gazensis,  sp.  nov. 

Arhuscula  vel  frutex  ramis  cortice  cinereo  obtectis  lenticellosis 
glabris  vel  glabriusculis.  Folia  trifoliolata,  chartacea,  glabra,  foliolis 
terminalibus  majoribus  oblongo-ovatis  inferne  sensim  i»  petiolulum 
10-15  mm.  longum  cuneato-angustatis,  9-12  cm,  longis,  3 •5-4-5  cm. 
latis,  lateralibus  ovato-lanceolatis  acuminatis,  omnibus  argute  serratis, 
petiolo  communi  glabro  3-4  cm.  longo  suffulta.  Flores  majusculi  in 
cymulas  plurifloi-as  et  pedunculatas  dispositi.  Thyrsi  cum  pedunculo 
14-18  cm.  longi,  laxi,  folia  superantes  vel  adsequantes,  rhachi  glabrius- 
cula.  Calyx  glabriusculus.  Ovarium  pilis  albidis  vestitum.  Fructus 
cocci  subglobosi,  primum  pilis  vestitum  demum  glabn  +7  mm. 
diam. 

Gaza-land  :  Chimanimani  Mts.  at  7000  ft.,  Swynnerton  1321 ! 
Hb.  Mus.  Brit. 

Allied  to  A.  chaunostacliys  but  leaflets  larger  and  petiolules  of 
terminal  leaflets  longer. 

19.  A.  MACRcmrs  Gilg  in  Engl.  Jahrb.  xxiv.  287  (1897). 

Lake  Kegion  :  Between  Balaibo  and  Daki,  Stuhlmann  2783. 
Hb.  Berol. 

20.  A.  SPECTABILIS  Gilg  in  Deutschen  Zentral-Afr.  Exped.  ii. 
474  (1911). 

KuGEGE  :  MiUhraed  932.     Hb.  Berol. 

21.  A.  OREOPHiLrs  Gilg  in  Engl.  Jahrb.  xxiv.  289  (1897). 
KuwENzoRi :  Scott  Elliot  7938  !  Hb.  Mus.  Brit. 

22.  A.  BucHANANi  Gilg  ex  Eadlk.  in  Sitz.  Bayer.  Akad.  1.  c. 
279  (1909). 

Nyasaland:  Buchanan  363!  (1891)  Buchanan  14264!  Natal 
Government  Herb. 

Var.  nov.  ugandensis. 

Rami  cinerei.  Folia  quam  iis  typi  majora  foliolis  terminalibus, 
12-14  cm.  longis,  5-5-6"5  cm.  latis.  Thyrsi  laxiflori  foliis  breviores 
-f-8  cm.  longi.     Fructus  cocci  subglobosi,  5-6  mm.  diam. 


THE    AFRICAN    SPECIES    OF    ALLOPHYLUS  183 

Ug-anda  :  Kasala  Forest,  Bummer  542 !  Hb.  Mus.  Brit.  **  6  ft. 
Flowers  white";  Mabira  Forest  near  Mubango  ;  shrubby,  6  ft.,  flowers 
white  ;  Dwmmer  1388  !   in  fruit. 

Differs  from  tyj^e  in  the  larger  leaves  which  do  not  turn  black 
when  dried. 

23.  A.  cuneatus,  sp.  nov. 

Frutex  usque  ad  4-pedalis  ramulis  cortice  cinereo  obtectis.  Folia 
trifoliolata,  papyracea,  glabra,  viridia,  foliolis  intermediis  cuneato- 
obovatis  in  parte  \-^  superiore  grosse  crenato-serratis  petiolulatis 
11-14  cm.  longis,  4-6  cm.  latis,  lateralibus  minoribus  8-10  cm.  longis, 
petiolis  4-6'5  cm.  longis  glabris  longitudinaliter  canaliculatis.  Flores 
albi,  mediocres,  pedicellati,  in  cymulas  paucifloms  dispositi.  Thyrsi 
simplices,  laxiflori,  petiolos  longiores,  foliis  breviores,  8-15  cm.  longi, 
rhachi  pubescente.  Calyx  extus  fere  glaber.  Fetala  alba.  Fructits 
ignotus. 

East  Africa  :  Limoru,  Dicmmer  1566 !  In  wooded  ravines 
alt.  7000  ft.     Hb.  Mus.  Brit. 

The  green  glabrous  leaves,  the  intermediate  distinctly  cuneate 
toAvards  the  base  and  crenate-serrate  towards  the  apex,  and  the  simple 
thyrse,  mther  laxly  flowered,  longer  than  the  petioles  but  shorter  than 
the  leaf,  distinguish  this  species. 

24.  A.  VoLKEifsii  Grilg  in  Engl.  Jahrb.  xxiv.  290  (1897). 
Kilimanjaro  :   Volkens  2077  !  Hb.  Berol. 

25.  A.  FERRUGINEUS  Taub.  in  Engl.  Pflanzenwelt  Ost-Afr.  c.  249 
(1895). 

East  Africa  :  Euanda,  Mildbraed  563.     Hb.  Berol. 

26.  A.  cazengoensis,  sp.  nov. 

Frutex  scandens.  B,ami  glabri,  longi,  sarmentosi.  Folia  mem- 
branacea,  petiolata,  foliolis  oblongo-ovatis  apice  acuminatis  inter- 
mediis basi  cuneatis  margine  argute  serratis,  6*5-8 -0  cm.  longis, 
3*0-3*5  cm.  latis,  lateralibus  basi  insequi-lateralibus,  petiolo  communi 
2'5-3"5  cm.  longo  praedita.  Thyrsi  longissimi,  graciles,  simplices 
foliis  longiores,  laxiusculi  10-20  cm.  longi.  Flores  mediocres  vel 
parviusculi  albi,  in  cymulas  1-3-floras  dispositi.  Calyx  glaber  vel 
fere  glaber.     Fructiis  siccitate  nigrescens. 

Cazexgo  :  In  sunny  thickets  at  the  Granja  de  San  Luiz.  Goss- 
weiler  5666  !  Hb.  Mus.  Brit. 

A  climber  with  long  sarmentose  branches  and  white  floAvers ; 
leaves  membranous,  glabrous  except  below  in  the  axils  of  the  nerves^ 
trifoliolate  ;  leaflets  generally  more  or  less  sermte  ;  thyrse  long  slender 
simple,  longer  than  the  leaves  ;  flowers  rather  small. 

27.  A.  DASTSTACHTS  Gilg  in  Engl.  Jahrb.  xxiv.  293  (1897). 
Kilimanjaro  Eegion  :  Fos'pichal,  Hb.  Berol. 

28.  A.  Antunesii  Gilg  in  Engl.  Jahrb.  xxiv.  289  (1897). 
Angola  :  Huilla,  Antunes  222  &  255.     Hb.  Berol. 

29.  A.  GoETZEANrs  Gilg  in  Engl.  Jahrb.  xxviii.  423  (1900). 
East  Africa  :  Uhehe,  Goetze  652.     Hb.  Berol. 


184;  THE    JUUHXAL    OF    BOTAXY 

30.  A.  andongensis,  sp.  no  v.  A.  ufricanus  Hiern,  Cat.  Welw. 
Afr.  pi.  i.  167  pp.,  non  Beauv. 

Frutex  vel  arbuscula.  Rami  fusco-hirti.  Folia  papyracea, 
foliolis  triste  viridibus  terminalibus  rhombeo-obovatis  lateralibas  basi 
insequilateralibus  utrinque  molliter  pubescentibus  ad  nervos  pilosulis 
lamina  6-9  cm.  longa,  4-5  cm.  lata,  petiolo  communi  rufo  vel  fusco- 
pubescente,  6-9  cm.  longo.  Thyrsi  laxiusculi,  simplices,  7-8  cm.  longi 
petiolos  certe  longiores  folia  breviores.  Flores  mediocres,  albi,  in 
cymulas  paucifloras  dispositi.    Alabastra  pubescentia.     Flores  generis. 

Angola  :  Pungo  Andongo,  in  sylvis  densioribus  de  Mata  de  Pedro 
Cabondo,  Welwifsch  4512  !  ^Hb.  Mus.  Brit. 

Shrub  or  small  tree  Avitli  trifoliolate  serrate  leaves  and  fuscous  or 
f errugineous  pubescent  petioles ;  th yrse  lax  7-8  cm.  long,  cymules 
few-flowered.  Allied  to  A.  ferrugineiis  Taubert.  Differs  from 
A.  Antunesii  Grilg  by  broader  leaflets  and  longer  petioles. 

31.  A.  coxGOLANus  Gilg  in  Engl.  Jahrb.  xxiv.  294  (1897). 
Congo  :  MTow^a,  Descliamps.     Nyasaland  :    Buchanan  1224  ! 

(1891)  Hb.  Kew. 

A^'ar.  nov.  moxophyllus. 

Fuliola  solitaria,  sessilia,  8-10  cm.  longa,  4-5  cm.  lata,  margins 
serrata,  subtus  gr-iseo-tomentosa.  Thyrsi  foliis  longiores,  parvillori, 
densi. 

East  Coast:  Lake  Nyasa,  Johnston  43 !  Hb.  Kew. 

32.  A.  APPENDicuLATO-SEKEATUS  Grilg  in  Engl.  Jahrb.  xxx.  348 
(1901). 

East  Africa  :  Livingstone  Hills,  Goetze  853.     Hb.  Berol. 

33.  A.  Yeru  Gilg.  1.  c. 

East  Africa  :  Kondeland  :  Goetze  832  !  Hb.  Berol.  Hb.  Mus. 
Brit. 

34.  A.  spicatus  Radlk.  in  Engl.  &  Prantl.  Plflanzen-fam.  iii.  5, 
312  (1895).  SchmideJia  spicata  DC.  Prodr.  i.  611  (1824).  S.  magica 
Baker  in  Fl.  Trop.  Afr.  i.  423  (1868).  Ornitrophe  spicata  Poir. 
Encycl.  viii.  265  (1808).  O.  mayica  Schum.  &  Thonn.  Beschr. 
Guin.  186  (1827). 

Niger  Exped.  :  Barter  402  !  &  1648 !  Hb.  Kew.  Lagos  : 
Foster  96 !  Hb.  Kew.  Scott-Elliot  5411,  from  Sierra  Leone  may 
also  belong  here. 

35.  A.  elongatus  Radlk.  in  Sitz.  Bayer.  Akad.  1.  c.  221  (1909). 
UsAMBARA  :  Hoist  288.     Hb.  Berol. 

36.  A.  tenuifolius  Radlk.  1.  c. 
Nyasaland  !  Buchanan  363  !  Hb.  Mus.  Brit. 

37.  A.  Welwitschii  Gilg  in  Engl.  Jahrb.  xxiv.  287  (1897). 

Angola  :  Golongo  Alto,  JVelicitsch  4510  !  5408  1  Pungo  An- 
dongo, Welwifsch  4511 !  Hb.  Mus.  Brit.  Cameroons  :  Yaunde, 
Bates  839  !   Hb.  Mus.  Brit.     Uganda  :  Daive  477  !   Hb.  Kew. 


THE    AFRICAN    SPECIES    OF    ALLOniTLUS  ISo 

38.  A.  CoNRAUi  Gilg  ex  Kadlk.  in   Kgl.   Baj^er  Akad.  1   c    *^21 
(1909). 

Cameroons. 

39.  A.  LEPTOCAULos  Kadlk.   in  Ann.  Mus.  Congo,  ser.  2   i  i   17 
(1899). 

COKGO. 

40.  A.  iXTEGTiiFOLius  Blume,  Kumphia,  iii.  129  (1847).  Onii- 
trophe  integrifoUus  VVilld.  Sp.  PL  ii.  i.  322  (1799).  SckmUlelia 
integrifolia  DC.  Prod.  i.  (510  (1824).  S.  racemosa  Linn.  var.  inte- 
grifolia  Baker  Fl.  Maur.  56  (1877). 

Africa:  fide  Kadlkofer;  also  Mauritius  and  Bourbon. 

41.  A.  REPANDUS  Engler  in  Bot.  Jalirb.  xvii.  160  (1893).  ScJimi- 
delia  repanda  Baker  in  PL  Trop,  Afr.  i.  422  (186S). 

East  Africa  :  Lower  Shire  Valle}^  Kirk !  Meller !  Hb.  Kew. 
Mozambique:  Mfusi,  W.  Johnston  150 !  Ndi  (Taita),  Rilde- 
hrandt  2562  !  Hb.  Kew. 

This  is  quite  distinct  from  A.  alnifolia  Radlk.,  but  I  doubt 
whether  it  is  advisable  to  separate  A.  tenuis  Radlk. 

42.  A.  SUBCORIACEUS  Bak.  fil.  in  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  xxxvii.  186 
(1905). 

UciAXDA  :  Near  Mulema,  Bagsliawe  254  !  Hb.  Mus.  Brit.  Koki 
and  Ankole,  Dawe  401 !     Fyffe  103  !  Hb.  Kew. 
The  fruits  are  small,  subglobose,  4-5  mm.  diam. 

43.  A.  Warneckei  Gilg  MS.  in  Hb.  Mus.  Brit. 

Bami  cortice  cinereo  vestiti.  Folia  trifoliolata,  petiolata  foliolis 
ovatis  vel  ovalibus  utrinque  pilis  adspersis  lateraHbus  perspicue  minori- 
bus  inaequilateralibus  remote  serratis,  terminalibus  in  parte  \  superiore 
serratis  basi  cuneatis  5-6  cm.  longis,  4-5  cm.  latis,  petiolulis  brevibus, 
petiolo  communi  15-20  mm.  longo.  Thyrsi  simplices  pseudospicati  et 
ramosi  folia  subadsequantes  5-8*5  cm.  longi.  Flores  parvi  in  cymulas 
paucifloi-as  dispositi,  pedicellis  brevibus,  rhachi  tenue.  Sepala  concava. 
Fructus  cocci  rubri,  glabri,  globosi,  +  6  mm.  diam. 

To  GO  LAND  :  Near  Lome,  Warnecke  376 !  &  160 !  Hb.  Mus. 
Brit. 

A  plant  with  trifoliolata  serrate  papyraceous  leaves  allied  to 
A.  rubifolius  Engl,  and  A.  stachyanthus  Gilg. 

44.  A.  GRAXDiFOLius  Radlk.  in  Engl.  &  Prantl.  Naturl.  Pflanzen- 
fam.  iii.  5,  313  (1895).  Schmidelia  grandifolia  Baker  in  Fl.  Trop. 
Afr.  i.  421  (1868). 

Princes  Island  :  Barter  1990 !  Hb.  Kew.  Cameroons  : 
Bipinde,  Zenker  1142  &  4374  !  Hbb.  Berol.  Mus.  Brit. 

45.  A.  BULLATUS  Radlk.  in  Sitz.  Baj^er.  Akad.  1.  c.  223  (1909), 
Schmidelia  ahyssinica  Hook.  fil.  in  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  vii.  1864,  189. 

Cameroons  :  Mann  llH4t\  &  2167  !  Hb.  Kew. 
JouBNAL  OF  Botany. — Vol.  57.     [July,  1919.]  p 


186  THE   JOUENAL   OF   BOTANY 

46.  A.  ABTSSiNicus  Kadlk.  in  Engl.  &  Prantl,  1.  c.  313  (1895). 
ScJimidelia  ahyssinica  Hochst.  in  Flora  (1843)  10. 

Abyssinia  :  Many  collectors.     Mt.   Ruwenzori  :    Scott  Elliot 
7910 !  Hb.  Mus.  Brit.     Usafua  :  Jide  Gilg. 

47.  A.  CAMPTONEURUS  Eadlk.  in  Sitz.  Bajer.  Akad.  1.  c.  224  & 
227  (1909). 

Cameeoons  :  Bipinde,  Zenker  3161.     Hb.  Berol. 

48.  A.  Talbotii,  sp.  nov. 

Bami  lenticellis  subprominentibus  subcopiose  onnsti.  Foliola 
trifoliolata,  papj^-acea,  foliolis  elliptico-obovatis  acuminatis  basi 
cuneatis  glabris  margine  integris  terminalibus  8-9  cm,  longis,  3-4  cm. 
latis,  lateralibus  5-6  cm.  longis,  petiolo  communi  4-4-5  cm.  longo 
prajdita.  Thyrsi  i*amosa  folia  superantes  a  medio  deorsum  nudi 
apicem  versus  densiflori.  Flares  parviusculi,  breviter  pedicellati. 
Calyx  parvus  externe  pubescens.  Frnctns  ignotus. 
NiGEBiA :  Oban,  P.  Talbot  1713  !  Hb.  Mus.  Brit. 
Allied  to  A.  Zenkeri  Gilg.  The  papyraceous  leaflets  when  dried 
are  silvery-brown  and  smaller ;  petiole  glabrous ;  thyrse  10-20  cm. 
long,  longer  than  the  leaves,  in  the  upper  portion  fairly  densely  flori- 
ferous  ;  buds  globose,  small,  pubescent. 

49.  A.  Gossweileri,  sp.  nov. 

Fridex  a  basi  ramosus  circ.  8-pedalisad  A.  Zenheri  Gilg  accedens. 
Hami  teretes,  glabri,  lenticellosi.  *Folia  trifoliolata  glaberrima,  apice 
acuminata  ovalia  vel  elliptico-obovata,  nervis  lateralibus  subtus  con- 
spicuis  utrinque  5-6,  foliolis  terminalibus  14-16  cm.  longis,  7-7'5  cm. 
latis,  lateralibus  10-11  cm.  longis,  5-5*5  cm.  latis,  petiolo  communi 
4-5  cm.  longo  prsedita.  Thyrsi  ramosi  inferne  nudi  sursum  rumos 
3-4  emittentes,  i-amis  longiusculis  densifloris.  Flores  mediocres  in 
cj^mulas  plurifloras  dispositi,  rhachi  pubescente.  Friictvs  globosus, 
lb  6  mm.  diam.  rubro-brunneus,  majusculus. 

Angola  :  Pungo  Mongo  :  in  swampy  situations  among  bog  Ferns. 
Gossweiler  6020 !  Hb.  Mus.  Brit. 

Noticeable  on  account  of  the  glabrous  shining  trifoliolate  leaves, 
ihe,  densely-flowered  bi-anched  inflorescence,  and  the  reddish-broAvn 
globose  fruits. 

50.  A.  ETJTETE  Gilg  in  Deutschen  Zentral-Afr.  ii.  476  (1911). 
East  Afeica  :  Bukoba,  Mildhraed  318.     Hb.  Berol. 

51.  A.  Ussheri,  sp.  nov. 

Haini  lenticellis  sparse  obtecti,  glabri  vel  fere  glabri.  Folia 
trifoliolata,  foliolife  ellipticis  vel  ovalibus  crassiusculis  margine  integris 
demum  glabris  13-15  cm.  longis,  5-6*5  cm.  latis,  basi  cuneatis,  ad 
apicem  attenuatis,  i:>etiolulis  brevibus,  nervis  lateralibus  erecto-arcuatis 
utrinque  9-12,  petiolo  conmiuni  glabro  4-8  cm.  longo  suffulta. 
Thyrsi  ramosi  ramos  paucos  emittentes  multiflori  foliis  breviores, 
pedunculo  longitudinaliter  striato  5-8*5  cm.  longo.  Flores  mediocres, 
pedicellati,  in  cvmulas  paucifloras  dispositi.  Calyx  l'5-2*0  mm. 
longus.  extu.s  pubescens.     Fructiis  ignotus. 


THE    AFHICAX    SPECIES    OF    ALLOPHYLUS  187 

UgaoSDa  :  Mabira  Forest,  Chagwe,  Vssher  61 !  Hb.  Kew. 

The  noticeable  features  of  this  species  are  the  rather  thick  leaflets, 
elliptical  or  oval  in  shape,  with  entire  margins,  which  do  not  turn 
black  or  brown  on  drying.  The  thyrse  is  branched,  the  lower  part 
being  bare,  the  branches  thickly  covered  with  medium-sized  flowers. 

In  some  respects  allied  to  A.  Schiveinfurthii  Gilg,  which,  how- 
ever, when  dried  turns  a  chocolate  colour. 

52    A.  ScHWEiNFURTHii  Grilg  in  Engler  Jahrb.  xxiv.  286  (1897). 
]S^IAM^TAMLAND :    SchioeinJ^uHh,    3696    &   3668.      Camerooj^s  : 
Barombi,  Freuss  56.     Hb.  Bcrol. 

53.  A.  Dummeri,  sp.  nov. 

Arhuscida  circ.  30-pedalis  ramulis  glabris.  Folia  trifoliolata, 
viridia,  foliolis  terminalil3us  rhombeo-ellipticis  utrinque  prieter  nerves 
glabris  nervis  lateralibus  10-12  margine  grosse  et  remote  serratis, 
apice  acuminatis,  15-18  cm.  longis,  6-7'5  cm.  latis,  lateralibus  parum 
minoribus  14-15  cm.  longis,  petiolo  9-13  cm.  longo  pragdita.  In- 
Jlorescenfia  6-8  cm.  longa.  Tiii/rsi  ramosi  sursum  floriferi  deorsum 
nudi  foliis  breviores,  rhachi  pubescente.  Fhres  lactei,  majusculi, 
pedicellis  pubescentibus.  Sepala  obtusa  pilis  sparse  obtecta.  Fnictus 
ignotus. 

Uganda:  Kivuvu,  Dummer  5b2\  Hb.  Mus.  Brit. 

Small  tree  30  ft.  Flowers  creamy,  arranged  in  few  flowered 
cymules.  Noticeable  on  account  of  the  nearly  glabrous,  pap3'raceous, 
rhombeo-elliptical  leaves  and  branching  thjn-se,  which  altogether 
measures  8-12  cm.  and  is  about  the  same  length  as  the  petioles  or 
slightly  longer. 

54.  A.  KiwuE^STS  Gilg  in  Deutschen  Zeutral-Afr.  Exped.  ii.  477 
(1911). 

Lake  Region:  Lake  Kiwu,  Mihibraed  1194.     Hb.  Berol. 

55.  A.  MAWAMBENSis  Gilg,  1.  c.  475  (1911).* 
Congo  :  Ituri,  31  i  Id  bra  ed  304^6.     Hb.  Berol. 

56.  A.  sciiiBEXSTS  Gilg  in  Engl.  Jahrb.  xxiv.  289  (1S97). 
KiLiMAiSMAEO  :    Volkeus  1937.     Hb.  Berol. 

57.  A.  crebriflorus,  sp.  nov. 

Arbuscula  +  20-pedalis.  Rami  fere  glabri.  Folia  trifoliolata, 
foliolis  intermediis  cuneato-ovatis  vel  cuneato-oblongo-oblanceolatis 
denmm  pi'seter  nervos  glabns  apicem  versus  attenuatis,  apice  ipso 
obtusis,  sparse  serratis,  11-14  cm.  longis,  5-6  cm.  latis,  foliolis  later- 
alibus parum  minoribus,  petiolo  communi  6-8  cm.  longo  praidita. 
TIn/rsi  ramosi,  densiflori,  folia  breviores  petiolos  longiores,  rhachi 
pilosa.  Flares  brunneo-virides,  mediocres,  pedicellati.  Fructus 
parviusculus,  subglobosus  +  3  mm.  diam. 

Uganda  :  Kipayo  Forest,  small  tree — 20  ft.  Du miner  680  !  Hb. 
Mus.  Brit. 

A  small  tree  with  intenselv    green  trifoliolate  leaves,  somewhat 

p  2 


188  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTATT^ 

serrate  at  the  margins,  and  a  very  densely  flowered  biunched  tliyrse 
shorter  tlian  the  leaves.     The  fruits  are  small  and  subglobose. 

58.  A.  Zenkeei  Gilg  ex  Eadlk.  in  Sitz.  Bayer.  Akad.  1.  c.  224 
(1909). 

Cameboons  :  Zenler  3134 !  3303  !  3633  !  Hbb.  Berol.  Mus. 
Brit. 

59.  A.  LONGiPETiOLATUS  Gilg.  in  Engler  Jahrb.  xxiv.  236(1897). 
MoxBUTTULAXD  :    Schweinfurth  3523  !     Camerooxs  :  Bipinde, 

Zenker  4051.     Hb.  Berol.     Yaunde,  Bates  878  !   Hb.  Mus.  Brit. 

60.  A.  TRiSTis  Eadlk.  in  Sitz.  Bayer.  Akad.  1.  c.  225  (1909). 
Schmidelia   ruhifolia  Baker  in   M.   Trop.  Afr.  i.   423.     Quoad 

stirp.  zambesiaca. 

Zambesi:  Kir1c\  Hb.  Kew.;  StuUmann  668  &  670.    Hb.  Berol. 

61.  A.  PSEUDO-PANICULATUS  Bak.  111.  in  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  xxvii. 
137  (1905). 

Uganda  :  near  R.  Rufua,  Bagshawe  544  !  Hb.  Mus.  Brit. 

62.  A.  Kassneri,  sp.  nov. 

Hamuli  novelli  fusco-velutmi.  Folia  trifoliolata,  chartacea, 
foliolis  ovatis  vel  obovatis  apice  acutis  vel  subobtusis  supra  glabris 
subtus  pubescentibus  terminalibus  basi  cuneatis  7-10  cm.  longis, 
5-6  cm.  latis,  longiuscule  petiolulatis  (8-10  mm.)  foliolis  lateralibus 
pauUo  minoribus.  Petioliis  communis  2-3  cm.  longus,  fusco-tomen- 
tosus.  Thyrsi  inferne  nudi  in  toto  5  cm.  longi  foliis  brevioribus 
sursum  ramos  paucos  emittentes,  rhachi  fusco-tomentosa,  subdensi. 
Flores  mediocres  in  cymulas  paucifloras  dispositi.  Sepala  membra- 
nacea,  concava.     Fructus  ignotus. 

Congo  :  Lufonzo,  Kdssner  2849  !     Hb.  Mus.  Brit. 

Branches  covered  with  a  velvety  tomentum  ;  leaves  chartaceous, 
glabrous  above,  pubescent  below ;  thyrse  bmnched,  shorter  than  the 
leaves. 

63.  A.  CHiRiNDENSis  Bak.  fil.  in  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  xl.  48  (1911). 
Chibinda  :  Swynnerton  112!  Hb.  Mus.  Brit. 

64.  A.  AERiCANTJS  Eadlk.  in  Engl.  &  Prantl.  iii.  5.  313  (1895). 
Schmidelia  a^ricana  Pal.  Beauv.  Fl.  Owar,  ii.  54,  t.  107  (1807)  ; 
>S^.  affinis  Guill.  Perr.  Fl.  Seneg.  Tent.  121  (1830-33). 

AVidely  distributed.      Eadlkofer  retains  the  following  forms  : — 

Forma  genuina  Eadlk.     Foliola  glabriuscula. 

Forma  subvelutinus  Eadlk.     Foliola  subvelutina. 

Forma  cheysothrix  Eadlk.  Petioli  i-amulique  pilis  flavidis 
induti. 

Forma  timboexsis  (^A.  timhoensis  Hua).  Foliola  intermedia 
vix  serrata. 

Forma  sexegalensis  Eadlk.     Foliola  in  axillis  nervorum  barbata. 

Many  plants  have  been  wrongly  distiibuted  as  this  speeies. 

65.  A.  hrachycalyx,  sp.  nov. 

Frutex   ramis    glabris   ramulis   pilis  vestitis.      Folia  trifoliolata 


THE    AFRICAX    SPECIES    OF    ALLOPHYLTJS  189 

papyracea  petiolata,  foliolis  parviusculis  terminallbus  ovalibus  in 
petiolulum  brevissimum  cuneato-angustatis,  in  siccitate  triste  viridia, 
5-6  cm.  longis,  2  5-S'O  cm.  latis,  in  parte  superiore  insequaliter  ser- 
ratis,  lateralibus  minoribus  S-S5  cm.  longis,  petiolo  communi  pilosulo 
15-20  mm.  longo  praedita.  Flores  parvi,  albi,  in  cymulas  paucifloras 
dispositi.  Thyrsi  ramosi,  5-8  cm.  longi,  ramis  giucilibus  multifloris, 
pedunculis  mmisque  pilosulis.  Calyx  1-1-5  mm.  longus,  pilis  ad- 
spersus.     Fructus  ignotus. 

Uganda  :  Forest  near  Mizizi,  Lake  Albert,  alt.  2300  ft.,  A.  Bag- 
shawe  1325  !  Hb.  Mus.  Brit. 

Allied  to  A.  tristis  Radlk.  but  with  a  distinctly  branched  thyrse 
and  small  flowers. 

66.  A.  Holubii,  sp.  nov. 

Hamuli  tomento  brevi  cinereo  obtecti.  Folia  parviuscula,  herbacea, 
trifoliolata,  foliolis  internodiis  margine  serratis  apice  acutis  vel  obtusis 
subtus  tomento  brevi  obtectis,  4-5  cm.  longis,  25-28  mm.  latis, 
petiolulis  it  2  mm.  longis  prseditis,  foliolis  lateralibus  parum  insequi- 
lateralibus  35-40  mm.  longis,  16-21  mm.  latis,  petiolo  communi 
18-22  mm.  longo  suffulta.  Tliyrsi  ramos  1-2  emittentes  folio 
longiores  pedunculo  3*5-4"0  cm.  longo  praedita,  rhachi  tomentosa. 
Flores  mediocres,  pedicellis  brevibus,  in  cymulas  paucifloras  dispositi. 
Calyx  glaber.     Fructus  ignotus. 

Zameesi  :  Leshumo  Valley,  Dr.  Holuh  !  Hb.  Kew.  On  termite 
heaps. 

Allied  to  A.  stacJiyanthus  Radlk.  Noticeable  on  account  of  the 
small  serrate  tomentose  leaflets  and  branched  densely-flowered  thyrse 
about  twice  as  long  as  the  leaves. 

67.  A.  STACHTANTHUS  Gilg.  in  Engl.  Jahrb.  xxiv.  292  (1897). 
KiLiMANJAEO    Region  :    Volkens  618,  495 ;    Teita,   Johnston. 

Hb.  Kew.     Ukambani  :  Scheffler  114 !     Hb.  Kew.     Lake  Region  : 
Bukome,  Stuhlmann  3460.     Hb.  Berol. 

68.  A.  GEISEO-TOMENTOSUS  Gilg.  in  Engl.  Jahrb.  xxiv.  290 
(1897). 

A.  usamlaricus  Gilg.  in  Herb.  Berol. 

East  Afeica  &  Ntasaland.     Widely  spread. 

69.  A.  ruLTO-TOMENTOSus  Gilg  in  Engl.  Jahrb.  xxiv.  293  (1897). 
Lake    Region  :   Nr.    Utundua,    Stuhlmann   3474.     Hb.    Berol. 

Lake  Kiwu,  Mildbraed  1146.     S.W.    Uganda :  Kagehi,  Mildhraed. 
Hb.  Berol. 

70.  A.  cataractarum,  sp.  nov. 

Rami  cortice  cinereo  tecti,  novelli  flavescenti-tomentosi.  Folia 
trifoliolata,  foliolis  oblongo-ovatis  vel  obovatis  primum  tomentosis 
apice  acutis  vel  subobtusis  margine  remote  serratis  intermediis  5-7  cm. 
longis,  3-4  cm.  latis,  petiolo  communi  15-20  mm.  longo  praedita. 
Thyrsi  ramosi,  longi,  flexuosi,  folio  perspicue  longiores,  rhachi  tomen- 
tosa. Flores  numerosi  parvi  in  cymulas  plurifloras  dispositi.  Calyx 
glaber.     Fructus  ignotus. 


190  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Ehodesia  :  Yictom  Falls,  Bor/evs  5538  !  Hb.  Mus.  Brit. 

Allied  to  A.  stacliyanfhns  Grilg,  but  both  the  terminal  and  lateral 
leaflets  are  narrower  and  of  a  different  shape.  The  flowers  are 
numerous  and  small  in  a  long  slightly  branched  thyrse.  The  plant  at 
first  is  flavescent  tomentose. 

71.  A.  CALOPHTLLUS  Gilg  in  Engl.  Jahrb.  xxiv.  291  (1897). 
East  Africa  :  Useri,  Vollens  1973.     Hb.  Berol. 

72.  A.  MELANOCARPUS  Radlk.  in  Engl.  &  Pi-antl,  iii.  5  (1895). 
Schvudelia  melonocarpa  Arn.  in  Hook.  Journ.  Bot.  iii.  (1841)  152. 
S.  Relimaiiniana  Szysyl.  Enum.  Polj'pet.  Kehmann,  ii.  (1888)  47. 

Natal  :  man}^  collectors. 

Radlkofer  does  not  separate  >S^.  leucocarpa  from  this.  A  form 
with  verv  long  inflorescence  was  gathered  in  the  Makwongvva  Forest, 
B.irberton,  Transvaal,  by  Galpin  (909). 

73.  A.  EROSUS  Radlk.  in  Engl.  &  Prantl,  1.  c.  (1895).  Schmidelia 
erosa  Arn.  in  Hook.  Journ.  Bot.  iii.  152  (1841).  S.  natalensis 
Sonder  in  Harvey  &  Sonder,  Fl.  Cap.  i.  239  (1859-60).  Rhus  erosa 
Drege  ex  Presl,  Bot.  Bemerk.  41  (1844). 

Natal  :  many  collectors.  Durban,  Behmann  9040 !  9042  ! 
Hb.  Kew.     East  London  :    Galpin  1848  !  Hb.  Kew. 

Species  exclusa. 
SchmideJia  tliyrsoides  ^xkeY=Ap)hanin  senegalensis  Radlk. 


NORFOLK  NOTES. 
By,C.  E.  Salmon,  F.L.S. 


In  1915,  Mr.  J.  W.  White  and  I  spent  the  last  week  in  June  and 
the  first  in  July  botanizing  in  East  Norfolk,  dividing  our  time 
bc?t\veen  the  coast  village  of  Hemsby  and  the  delightful  liamlet  of 
Ran  worth. 

Owing  to  the  War  and  consequent  military  activity  upon  the 
eastern  coasts,  it  was  not  easy  to  allay  suspicions  whilst  botanizing, 
and  upon  one  occasion  near  Winterton  we  were  closely  questioned  and 
the  contents  of  our  vasculums  were  examined.  Fortunately  these 
showed  that  we  were  not  in  the  habit  of  fraternising  with  aliens  ! 
It  was  a  happy  coincidence,  too,  that  our  maps  had  just  been  stowed 
away  safely  in  inner  pockets  and  that  the  awkward  bulge  in  my 
venturesome  companion's  coat — denoting  a  camera — did  not  attract 
attention. 

I'lants  that  appear  to  be  additions  to  Norfolk  are  distinguished  by 
an  asterisk. 

Flora=^W.  A.  Nicholson,  Flora  of  Norfolk,  1914. 

Fumaria  Borcei  Jord.     Ormesby  St.  Michael,  scarce ;  in  greater 


NORFOLK    NOTES  19l 

quantity  by  Roadside  between  Caister  and  Hemsby :  the  latter  was 
reported  upon  by  Mr.  Pugsley  as  "  a  lax  pale- flowered  form."  The 
one  locahty  mentioned  in  Flora  is  in  W.  Norfolk,  but  Mr.  Druce  has 
found  the  plant  at  "  Ormsby "  ( Jouni.  Bot.  1912,  Supp.  1,  28) 
(E.  Norfolk),  which  may  be  the  first  locality  given ;  there  are,  how- 
ever, three  or  four  "  Ormesbys "  in  E.  Norfolk  distinguished  by 
various  suffixes. — *F.  Bastardi  Bor.  Eoadside  hedge-bank.  Ran  worth. 
New  to  v.c.  27. — F.  officinalis  L.  forma  *scandeiis  Pugsl.  Cultivated 
ground,  Ranworth,  A  glorious  sight,  festooning  a  row  of  peas  with 
its  long  racemes  of  flowers  and  clambering  over  them  to  a  height  of 
six  feet. 

Nasturtium  officinale  Br.  var.  *siifolium  Reichenb.  Dike  near 
Horning  ;  particularly  well  marked  in  ditch  by  lane  side  near  Shallam 
Dike,  Thurne. — Sisymbrium  officinale  Scop.  var.  leiocarpam  DC. 
Woodbastwick ;  near  Horning ;  here  and  there  about  Ran  worth  ; 
Thurne  ;  near  South  Walsham  ;  Cargate  Green  ;  in  plenty  at  Scratby. — • 
Thlaspi  arve?ise  L.     Near  Horning. 

Polygala  serpyllacea  Weihe.     Ormesby  Common. 

Cerastitcm  tetrandrum  Curt.     Coast  north  of  Winterton. 

Geranium  striatum  L.  Firmly  established  by  the  roadside  for 
50  yards  or  so  between  South  Walsham  and  Upton  ;  a  beautiful 
sight. —  G.  molle  L.  var.  *grandiJlorum  Lange.  On  a  roadside  bank 
at  Ranworth  plants  with  flowers  11-12  mm.  in  diameter  were  noted 
which  may  presumably  be  placed  under  this  variety. 

Bhamnus  Frangula  L.     Near  Ranworth  Dike. 

Trifolium  medium  L.  Hedgebank,  Cargate  Green. — Vicia  tetra- 
sperma  Moench.     Roadside  between  Ranworth  and  Cockshoot  Broad. 

Agrimonia  odorata  Mill.  A  fine  clump,  six  feet  high,  by  the 
roadside  between  Cargate  Green  and  Pilson  Green.  Not  yet  in  flower 
but  unmistakeable. 

Sedum  rupestre  L.  var.  *minus  Syme.  Quite  extraordinarily 
abundant  and  a  featui-e  of  the  vegetation  by  the  roadside  between 
South  Walsham  and  Upton.  Named  by  J.  W.  W.,  who  is  very 
familiar  with  the  plant  at  Bristol. 

Callitriclie  ohtusangula  Le  Gall.  Dike,  Flegg  Burgh  Common. 
Only  two  stations  in  Flora. 

Slum  latifolium  L.  Near  Upton  Broad. — Peucedamim  palustre 
Moench.  By  Upton,  RoUesby  and  Martham  Broads  ;  Shallam  Dike, 
Thurne. 

Sambucus  Fbulus  L.     Between  South  Walsham  and  Upton. 

Valeriana  Mikanii  Syme.  Near  Upton  Broad  and  near 
Horning  Ferry.     Only  two  localities  in  Flora. 

Cardiius  tenuijlorus  Curt.  Near  Horning. — Crepis  virens  L. 
var.  *agrestis  W.  &  K.     Roadsides  at  Woodbastwick. 

Scrophularia  aquatica  L.  var.  *appendiculata  Merat.  About 
Upton  Broad. —  Veronica  Beccabunga  L.  var.  limosa  Lej.  Between 
Horning  and  Horning  Ferry. 

*  Symphytum  peregrinum  Ledeb.     Near  Upton  Broad. 

Glaux  maritima  L.     Inland  near  Martham  Broad. 

Bumex  pulcher  L.     South  Walsham. 

MereurialU  annua  L.     Near  Horning. 


192  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Potamogeton  zoster  if oli  us  Sclium.  Dykes,  Han  worth  and  near 
Fleet  Dike,  near  South  Walsham  Broad. — F.  Friesii  Rupr.  Upton 
J3road. 

Scirpits  Tahernaemontani  Gmel.  Near  Martham  Broad. 
Carex  disticha  Huds.  Near  Burnt-fen  Broad  and  between 
Horning  and  the  Ferry. — G.  terefiuscula  Good.  Abundant  be- 
tween Horning  and  the  Ferry,  the  same  district  yielding  C.  para- 
doxa  Willd. — C.  paniculata  L.  forma  *simplicior  And.  Near 
Kanworth  Dike. — C.  curta  Good.  Near  Burnt-fen  Broad.  A 
scarce  plant  over  the  whole  county. — C.  panicea  L.  var.  *tumidula 
Laestad.  By  Rollesby  Broad  near  Ormesby  St.  Michael. —  C.  Jiava 
L.  var.  lepidocarpa  "  Tausch.  Flegg  Burgh  Common  and  near 
Upton  Broad. —  G.  (Ederi  Retz.  var.  cyperoides  Marss.  Flegg 
Burgh  Common  ;  marsh  near  Martham  Broad  ;  near  Ranworth 
Dike.     A  very  distinct  Sedge. 

Galamagrostis  lanceolata  Roth  yay.  pallida  Lange.  See  Journ. 
Bot.  1917,  254. 

Ammophila  baltica  Link.  This  we  found  in  one  or  two  fresh 
stations  some  miles  away  from  its  well-known  Caister  locality, 
occurring  south  of  Hemsby  north  of  Winterton  as  well  as  between 
these  two  places.  It  grows  intermingled  with  A.  arenaria,  as  it 
does  at  Caister,  but  it  may  be  recognised,  even  at  a  distance,  by 
its  long  tapering  panicle  invariably  tinged  with  purple.  At  a 
closer  view  the  more  lanceolate  glumes  also  readily  distinguish  it. 
The  former  more  obvious  character,  which  was  borne  out  in  some 
hundreds  of  examples  examined,  I  do  not  see  mentioned  in  Babing- 
ton,  Hooker.  Hayward,  etc. 

It  is  suggf^sted  that  A.  halt  lea  is  the  result  of  the  crossing  of 
A.  arenaria  with  Galamagrostis  epigeios^  but  the  latter  plant 
does  not  grow  anywhere  in  the  immediate  neighbourhood  and,  as 
far-  as  the  Norfolk  stations  are  concerned,  there  is  nothing  to 
support  this  theoi'y. 

Mr.  A.  Craig-Christie  has  an  interesting  note  upon  A.  haltica 
in  this  Journal  for  190S,  p.  800,  his  observations  bearing  upon  the 
Ross  Links  (Northumberland)  plant,  and  I  thoroughly  agree  with 
his  view  that  it  is  a  good  species  allied  to,  but  well  separated  from, 
A.  arenaria  and  not  a  hj'-brid.  On  the  Continent,  however,  where 
the  plant  is  no  doubt  more  widely  distributed  than  in  Britain, 
the  consensus  of  o]nnion  is  seemingly  in  favour  of  its  hybrid 
origin,  Lange  (Danske  Fl.  68,  1886)  being  one  of  the  few  who 
treat  it  as  a  good  species.  Marsson  (Fl.  Neu-Yorpomm.  563, 
1869)  goes  so  far  as  to  divide  the  "  hybrid "  into  a.  suharenaria 
(  =  ^1.  haltica  Link  etc.)  and  /3.  suhepigeios,  an  arrangement  followed 
by  Aseherson  and  Graebner  (Syn.  Mittel.  Fl.  ii.  222,  1899)  and 
others. 

^Ghjceria  d'cllnata  Breb.  Flegg  Burgh  Common.  New  to 
Norfolk. —  Featuca  3fi/ur>is  L.  Wall  at  Hemsby. — F.  oraria  Dum. 
Abundant  on  the  sandhills  at  Hemsby. 

Osmund !  regalis  L.     Near  Filby  Broad. 

Ghara  connvejis  Braun.  Found  in  Martham  Broad,  apparently 
a  new  station,  the  second  in  the  county,  for  this  pretty  little 
Chara. — G.  polyncantlta  Hraun.  Martham  Broad. — C.  hispida  L. 
Upton  Broad. 


X0TE3  OX  RADXOESHIRE  HEPATIC9  193 

NOTES  ON  EADNOESHIRE  HEPATICS. 
By  William  Henry  Peaesox,  A.L.S. 

To  judge  by  the  meagre  list  of  hepatics  recorded  for  Radnor  YI. 
43  in  the  Census  Catalogue  of  British  Hepatics  compiled  bv 
Mr.  William  Ingham  (1913),  few  counties  have  been  less  explored 
for  hepatics,  so  I  was  glad  to  examine  a  collection  made  last  April  at 
Aberedw  by  Mr.  Harry  Bendorf  of  Manchester,  whom  I  have  inter- 
ested in  the  study  of  these  plants. 

In  the  Census  Catalogue  only  19  species  are  recorded  ;  I  have 
been  able  to  identify  -13  in  Mr.  Bendorf's  collection,  which  he  informs 
me  was  made  withm  a  radius  of  two  miles  from  Aberedw.  I  have  no 
doubt  a  further  exploration  of  other  parts  of  the  county  would  very 
much  increase  the  number  enumerated,  especially  if  the  more  alpine 
parts  of  the  county  were  searched — Radnor  Forest  attains  the  height 
of  about  2000  ft. 

Amongst  the  most  interesting  of  the  discoveries  is  Lejeunea  cavi- 
folia  (Ehrh.)  var.  heterophylla  Carr.  As  Macvicar  remarks  (Handb. 
Brit.  Hep.  p.  419)  this  is  a  distinct-looking  plant ;  the  somewhat 
distant  leaves,  with  lobule  minute  or  obsolete  distinguish  it  at  once 
from  the  type ;  although  there  were  plenty  of  perianths  on  the  plants 
I  was  not  able  to  find  a  single  stem  with  the  short  male  branches 
which  are  to  be  found  on  the  monoicous  type.  Should  this  prove  to 
be  dioicous  I  should  have  no  hesitation  in  considering  it  a  distinct 
species,  Lejeunea  heterophylla  (Carr.)  Pears.  MS.  This  name  may 
perhaps  be  criticized  by  Prof.  Stephani. 

In  Journ.  Bot.  1894  (p.  328)  I  described  a  species,  Frullania 
microphylla,  which  had  up  to  then  been  considered  a  variety  of 
F.  Tamarisci  {F.  Tamarisci  yar.  onicr  ophy  I  la  Goitsche).  Stephani 
(Sp.  Hopat.  568)  lists  it  as  Frullania  micropJiylla  Gottsche,  and 
adds  a  footnote,  "  The  plant  is  correctly  published  by  Gottsche,  since 
it  was  distributed  in  G.  k  R.  Hep.  Ex.,  tlie  name  Pear.son  as  author 
(who  first  described  the  plant)  is  therefore  not  admissible."  In  my 
Hep.  Brit.  Isles  I  described  it  as  F.  microphylla  (Gottsche)  Pearson, 
which  I  think  is  correct. 

Lopliocolea  spicata  Tayl.  is  another  interesting  record  for  the 
county.  I  am  sorry  this  characteristic  name  has  been  supplanted  by 
that  of  L.  fragrans  Moris  &  De  Not.,  on  the  authority. of  Schiffner 
&  Mueller ;  Stephani,  who  draws  up  his  description  of  L.  fragruTis 
from  the  actual  plant,  holds  that  they  are  distinct,  and  I  agree  with 
him.  L.  spicata  has  not  the  fragrant  smell  which  distinguishes  the 
genus.  It  is  one  of  our  rarest  species,  having  a  very  limited  distribu- 
tion. For  a  long  time  it  was  only  known  from  the  south  of  Ireland, 
afterwards  it  was  found  in  Cornwall  and  Wales  very  sparingly,  and 
later  by  Mr.  Macvicar  in  Scotland  ;  it  has  been  recorded  from  the 
Channel  Islands  and  north  of  France.  Many  years  ago,  when  the 
only  known  stations  for  this  rare  hepatic  were  the  south  of  Ireland 
and  Cornwall,  the  late  George  Stabler  sent  me  a  specimen  from 
Wilson,  labelled  **  near  Conway."  I  made  several  visits  to  Conway 
and  searched  the  likely  glens  about  there  in  vain  :  later  I  found  that 
Wilson  had  collected  plants  at  Trefriw,  a  matter  of   10  miles  away 


194  THE    JUL'lt:NAL    OF    BOTANV 

from  Conway.  I  took  the  first  opportunity  I  had  of  visiting  that 
delightful  spot,  and  to  my  joy  I  met  with  the  plant  in  quantity  on 
the  rocks  near  the  Falls.  Wilson  had  the  reputation  of  being  very 
reticent  as  to  the  definite  locality  of  the  mre  plants  he  collected,  and 
when  he  noted  on  his  specimen  '*  near  Conway  " — a  station  ten  miles 
awa}^ — I  felt  he  had  left  open  a  wide  field  for  search. 

Marchesinia  Mackaii  (Hook)  Gray,  is  also  a  good  find  and  would 
indicate  that  other  species  usually  peculiar  to  the  limestone  would  be 
found,  if  looked  for. 

Riccia  Crozalsii  Levier  is  the  rarest  of  the  species  collected. 

Cat,  stands  for  the  Census  Catalogue  and  H.  B.  for  Harry  Ben- 
dorf :  the  species  marked  with  an  asterisk  are  new  records. 

Riccia  glauca  L.,  Cat.  ;  *R.  Crozalsii  Levier,  H.  B. ;  *R.  soro- 
carpa  Bisch.,  H.  B. 

Targionia  hypophi/lla  L.,  Cat. 

Rehoulia  liemisphcerica  (L.)  Raddi,  Cat. 

*Co)ioceplialum  conicum  (L.)  Dum.,  in  fruit,  H.  B. 

*Preissia  quadrata  (Scop.)  Nees,  H.  B. 

Metzgeria  furcata  (L.)  Dum.  Cat.,  II.  B.  ;  *M.  conjiigafa  Lindb., 
R.B. 

*Pellia  epiphylla  (L.)  Coi-da,  H.  B. 

*Fossomhronin  pusilla  (L.)  Dum.,  H.  B. 

*Marsupella  Funchii  (Web.  &  Mohr)  Dum.,  H.  B. 

*  Alicularia  scalaris  (Schrad.)  Corda,  H.  B. 

*Aplozia  gracillima  (Sm.)  Dum.,  H.  B. ;  *A.  riparia  (Tayl.) 
Dum.  H.  B. ;  A.pumila  (With.)  Dum.,  H.  B. 

*Gymnocolea  injiata  (Huds.)  Dum.,  H.  B. 

*Lophozia  ventricosa  (Dicks.)  Dum.,  H.  B.  ;  *X.  alpestris 
(Schleich.)  Evans,  H.  B.  ;  L.  incisa  (Schrad.)  Dum.,  Cat. 

*Blagiochila  asplenioides  (L.)  Dum.  var.  :;«?Vi6»r  Lindenb.,  H.  B. ; 
*P.  punctata  Tayl.,  H.  B. 

Lophocolea  hidentata  (L.)  Dum.  Cat.  H.  B. ;  *L.  cuspidata 
Limpr.,  II.  B. ;  *L.  spicata  Tayl.,  H.  B. 

^accogyna  viticulosa  (Sm.)  Dum.  Cat.,  H.  B. 

Cephalozia  bicuspidata  (L.)  Dum.  Cat.,  H.  B.  ;  C.  connivens 
(Dicks.)  Lindb.,  Cat.;  *C.  media  Lindb.,  H.  B.;  C.fluitans  (Nees) 
Spruce,  Cat. 

Cephaloziella  hyssacea  (Roth.)  Warnst.  Cat.,  H.  B. 

*Calypof/eia  Trichomanis  (L.)  Corda,  H.  B. ;  C.Jissa  (L.)  Iladdi 
Cat. ;  *C.  drguta  Nees  &  Mont.,  R.  B. 

*Bazzania  trilohata  (L.)  Gray,  H.  B. 

* Lepidozia  reptans  (L.)  Dum.,  H.  B.  ;  I.  setacea  (Web.)  Mitt. 
Cat. 

*Blep}ia7'ostoma  trichophyllum  (L.)  Dum.,  H.  B. 

*Ptilidium  ciliare  (L.)  Hampe,  II.  B. 

* Diplophylluni  albicans  (L.)  Dum.,  H.  B. 

*  Scapania  compacta  (Koth.)  Dum.,  H.  B. ;  S.  suhalpina  (Nees) 
Dum.  Cat.;  *S.  gracilis  (Lindb.)  Kaal.,  II.  B.\  S.  dentata  Dum. 
€at.,  K.  B.\  S.  irrigua  (Nees)  Dum.  Cat.;  *>S.  curta  (Mart.)  Dum., 
K.  B. 


XOTES    OX    RADNORSHIRE    HEPATICS  195 

*Madotheca  Icevigata  (SchracL)  Dum.,  H.  B.;  *M.  riviilaris 
Nees,  H.  B. 

Lejeunea  cavifolia  (Ehrh.)  Lindb.  Cat.,  H.B.;  *L.  cavi folia 
(Ehrh.)  var.  heterophylla  Carr.,  H.  B. 

*3Iarc}iesina  Macho ii  (Hook.)  Gray,  H.  B. 

^rullania  (jermana  Tayl.  Cat. ;  *F.  Tamarisci  (L.)  Dum.,  H.  B.; 
¥,fragilifolia  Tayl.  Cat. 

A  set  of  Mr.  Benclorf's  specimens  has  been  deposited  in  the  Man- 
chester Musemn. 

HABITATS  OF  HYPERICUM  HUMIFUSUM. 
By  H.  Stuart  Thompson,  F.L.S. 

Bentham  stated  in  his  Handbook  of  the  British  Flora  that  this 
plant  grows  "  In  stony  heaths,  pastures  and  bogs,  fields  and  waste 
places  " — a  comprehensive  group ;  Hooker,  in  The  Studenfs  Flora, 
said  '*  Roadsides,  commons,  etc.  ;  ascends  to  1100  ft.  in  Yorkshire  "; 
Babington,  often  more  accurate  than  either  of  these  greater  botanists 
in  his  first-hand  knowdedge  of  British  plants,  gave  "  Gravelly  and 
heathy  places."  Mr.  J.  W.  White,  whose  notes  on  habitats  and 
similar  matters  in  the  Flora  of  Bristol  are  the  most  carefully  com- 
piled of  an}^  "  Flora  "  known  to  me,  gives  "  Native ;  on  commons  and 
in  open  woodland.  Frequent,  but  very  thinly  distributed.  There 
are  seldom  more  than  one  or  two  plants  at  a  place." 

Until  last  year,  wdien  my  work  took  me  daily  into  the  woods  of 
N.  Somerset,  I  had  been  much  struck,  especially  about  Blackdown, 
Mendip,  by  the  truth  of  Mr.  White's  remarks  on  this  pretty  little 
St.  John's  Wort  in  the  large  area  treated.  But  last  summer  and 
autumn  I  found  the  plant  in  Somerset  on  various  occasions  in  con- 
siderable quantity  on  "  rides  "  in  woodlands,  and  especially  on  "rides" 
and  green  paths  in  larch  and  mixed  woods,  such  as  at  Wrington 
Warren  (larch  30  years  old),  Court  Hill  (Clevedon),  King  Wood  above 
Cleeve,  T^^ntesfield  Plantation,  and  to  a  less  extent  in  Leigh  Woods. 

Just  as  the  recently  discovered  and  rapidly  extending  Juncus 
tenuis  keeps  rigidly  and  uniformly  to  the  rides  and  paths  in  Leigh 
Woods,  so  does  H.  humifusum,  as  far  as  my  observation  goes,  rarely 
stray  far  from  the  paths  in  any  of  the  above  woodlands.  In  like 
manner  Erodium  maritimiim,  when  growing  inland  in  N,  Somerset, 
frequents  either  the  bare  limestone  rock,  as  at  Goblin  Combe,  or  the 
shoi't  grassy  paths  on  hills,  as  above  Axbridge,  Rowberrow  and 
Wrington,  and  much  used  "  rides  "  in  limestone  woods  such  as  those 
above  Clevedon  Court  and  Tyntesfield.  It  actually  grows  on  the 
modern  brick  paving  outside  the  engine-house  and  saw-mill  at 
Tyntesfield. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  whereas  all  the  above-mentioned 
woods  are  upon  Carboniferous  Limestone  *,  Coste  says  of  H.  humi- 
fusum  in  France  "  Champs  et  coteaux  sablonneux  des  terrains  siliceux 
dans  presque  toute  la  France  ;  rare  dans  le  Midi."  Joseph  Woods  in 
his  Tourisfs  Flora  also  gives  merely  "  Gravel  and  sand."     Taking 

*  Though  not  always  of  the  same  Carboniferous  Limesftoaie  Series  ;  and  parts 
of  certain  of  these  woodlands  are  on  other  formations. 


19G  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

Britain  as  a  whole,  I  believe  this  species  is  more  often  seen  on  sandy 
or  red  gravelly  soil  than  on  limestone,  but  evidently  it  likes  the  close 
turf  though  sometimes  sandy  soil  of  the  rides  in  woods  on  limestone. 

On  the  Continent,  e.g.  in  Switzerland  and  the  Jura,  it  appears  that 
this  plant  is  sometimes  found  in  damper  and  more  cultivated  places 
e.  q.  in  arable  ground.  Two  modern  authors  mention  "  Fields  after 
the  crops,  clearings  in  woods "  ;  and  another  botanist  speaks  of 
"  Damp  fields,  clay  soils,  cultivated  and  cleared,  clearings  in  woods, 
unequally  spread"  (Grodet,  Flore  du  Jura,  an  excellent  work). 

In  conclusion,  it  seems  that  a  plant  one  has  usually  associated 
with  dry  hill-sides,  sandy  commons,  and  open  woods,  or  road-sides 
near  them,  may  have  its  erratic  and  sparse  distribution  markedly 
effected  by  the  agency  of  man ;  and  JBentham's  habitats  probably 
referred  to  the  plant  throughout  its  known  geographical  range,  and 
not  only  to  that  in  the  British  Isles.  Such,  indeed,  was  apparently 
the  case  in  regard  to  all  the  plants  in  the  HandhoGh,  a  point 
worth  drawing  attention  to,  and  not  hitherto  properly  appreciated 
by  myself. 

SHORT    NOTES. 

Female  Flowers  iiy  Plaistago  lanceolata.  Some  interest- 
ing observations  have  been  made  this  spring  on  plants  growing  wild 
in  Kew  Oardens,  and  the  following  seem  worth  recording  : — Plants 
of  Plantago  lanceolata  are  common  in  the  grounds  round  the  Her- 
barium ;  and  amongst  grass  which  has  not  j^et  (Maj-  28)  been  cut, 
several  have  been  observed  with  the  stamens  in  all  the  flowers  reduced 
in  size,  the  filaments  very  short,  and  the  anthers  producing  no  fertile 
pollen.  All  the  spikes  on  each  plant  have  their  flowers  in  a  similar 
state  of  functional  unisexuality  through  reduction  of  the  stamens. 
The  flowers,  like  those  of  a  normal  Plantago,  are  protogynous,  the 
styles  and  stigmas  of  the  lower  flowers  being  the  first  to  appear. 
When  these  have  become  brown  and  shrivelled  the  j^ello wish- green 
(not  cream-coloured  or  very  pale  yellow)  sterile  anthers  appear,  but 
since  they  have  extremely  short  filaments  the  stamens  are  not  nearly 
so  conspicuous  as  in  normal  spikes.  The  ovaries  are  fully  fonned  and 
the  ovules  are  developing  into  seeds.  Growing  near  the  abnormal 
plants,  and  subjected  to  the  same  external  conditions,  are  some  with 
quite  normal  flowers  and  inflorescences.  The  abnormal  unisexual 
state  must  be  due  to  inherent  causes  affecting  the  entire  plant  indepen- 
dently of  external  conditions,  and  may  be  compared  with  the  reduc- 
tion  of  the  stamens  in  the  small-flowared  form  of  Glechoma  hederacea. 
In  the  Botanical  Bulletin  (afterwards  the  Botanical  Gazette),  i. 
45  (1876),  is  recorded  a  plant  of  P.  lanceolata  which  had  flowers 
without  a  trace  of  stamens  or  anthers.  The  styles  and  stigmas 
developed  normally  at  first,  but '*  soon  began  to  bend  down  so  that 
the  stigma  entered  the  tube  of  the  corolla  and  soon  the  whole  style 
was  coiled  up  in  the  corolla  tube,  remaining  there  for  a  day  or  more 
in  some  instances,  when  it  resumed  its  erect  position."  Nothing  like 
this  has  been  observed  in  the  Kew  specimens,  in  which  the  styles 
drop  off  when  the  seeds^are  partly  formed. — W.  B.  Turrill. 


SHORT    >'OTES  197 

Yew  ox  Oak.  On  May  31st,  I  saw  in  Leigh  Woods,  near  Clif- 
ton (N.  Somerset),  a  small  shrubby  Yew-bush  about  a  foot  high 
growing  upon  a  rather  young  Oak  tree  :  I  do  not  remember  having 
noticed  before  a  Grymnosperm  epiphytic  upon  an  Angiosperm.  In 
Leigh  Woods  the  Yew  is  doubtless  native,  as  it  is  in  most  of  the 
woods  on  the  Carboniferous  Limestone  of  North  Somerset,  and  also  on 
the  hmestone  cliffs  and  screes  at  Cheddar,  Burrington  Combe, 
Bourton  and  other  combes.  The  plant  now  reported  grows  by  a 
path  within  half  a  mile  of  the  rocky  ridge  where  PolygonaUim 
officinale  and  Lilies-of-the-valley  grow  together — fortunately  by  no 
means  extinct,  as  was  feared  by  Syme  (Engl.  Bot.  ed.  3,  ix.  180). 
This  year  many  of  the  Solomon's-Seal  are  no  taller  than  the  Lilies-of- 
the-valley,  and  some  are  shorter. — H.  S.  TnoMPSOJf. 

The  Beodeick  Heebaeitjm  (see  Journ.  Bot.  1904,  295). 
Through  the  kindness  of  Lord  Midleton  I  have  recently  examined  the 
above  at  Peper  Harow.  The  collection  is  bound  in  the  form  of  a 
volume  with  the  inscription  "  Tho.  Brodrick  1672  "  upon  the  title- 
page.  There  are  138  leaves  (c.  17"xlO")  with  several  plants  upon 
each,  British,  exotic  and  garden  species  being  mingled  ;  unfortunately 
many  have  been  damaged  by  insects,  and  not  a  single  plant  is  either 
localized  or  dated.  The  Latin  name  of  the  period — and  in  these 
changeful  days  it  is  comforting  to  note  that  Mentha  cardiaca  of 
to-day  was  the  identical  Mint  prescribed  for  heart  affections  in 
Elizabeth's  time — and  the  quaintly  expressed  English  name  is  appended 
to  each  specimen,  and  there  is  a  full  index  at  the  end  of  the  volumes 
with  page  references. — C.  E.  Salmon. 

TOLTPELLA     GLOMEEATA   Leonh.    IN    THE    ISLE    OE    WiGHT.       On 

the  13th  May  I  found  this  charophyte  in  fair  quantity  in  some  shallow 
pits  near  Elmsworth  brick-works,  just  to  the  east  of  the  mouth  of 
the  Newtown  River.  This  is,  I  think,  the  first  record  of  a  TolypeJIa 
for  the  Island. — James  Geoves. 


REVIEWS. 

JElementi  de  Botaniqiie  par  Ph.  Van  Tieghem.  Cinquieme 
edition.  8vo.  Tome  I.  Botaniqne  Generale,  revue  et  corrigee 
par  J.  CosTANTiN,  pp.  XV,  619,  tt.  260.  Tome  II.  Botanique 
Speciale  remaniee  et  augmentee  par  J.  Costantin,  pp.  xx,  743, 
tt.  326.     Masson  :  Paris,  1918.     Price  30  fr. 

The  present  edition  of  the  late  Prof.  Van  Tieghem's  well-known 
smaller  textbook  of  Botany  follows  closely  the  plan  of  earlier 
editions.  The  editor.  Prof.  Costantin,  does  not  supply  any  prefatory 
note  or  introduction  indicating  the  changes  or  additions  for  which 
he  is  responsible,  but  these  do  not  appear  to  be  extensive  and  the 
book  remains  the  expression  of  Van  Tieghem's  views  as  to  the  pre- 
sentation of  the  science  and  especially  on  methods  of  classification. 

The  first  volume  deals  with  morphology,  including  structure,  and 
physiology.  In  the  first  chapter  a  general  account  is  given  of  the 
plant-body  in  two  sections,  the  first  entitled  morphology,  the  second 
physiology,  and  a  similar  plan  is  adopted  in  the  following  chapters 


198  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY* 

dealing  in  succession  with  the  root,  stem,  leaf,  and  flower.  While 
this  method  has  the  advantage  of  correlating  structure  and  function, 
it  leads  to  a  somewhat  disjointed  study  of  plant-physiology  and 
involves  some  repetition.  The  chapter  on  the  flower  is  followed  by 
one  on  "  the  development  of  the  Phanerogams,"  in  which  the  deve- 
lopment of  the  ovule,  the  seed,  and  the  fruit,  germination,  and  the 
growth  of  the  adult  plant  from  the  seedling  are  considered.  The 
formation  of  the  egg  and  the  life-history  of  the  plant  in  the  Vascular 
Cryptogams,  the  Muscinese  and  the  Thallophytes  are  studied  in  the 
next  tliree  chapters.  To  emphasize  the  diiferences  in  the  origin  of 
the  "  spores  "  in  the  several  great  groups,  the  term  spore  is  restricted 
to  those  which  develop  to  form  an  individual  like  that  from  which 
they  were  produced.  The  spores  of  Ferns  and  Mosses  are  designated 
respectively,  diodes,  or  spores  of  passage  from  the  asexual  to  the 
sexual  stage,  and  tomies,  as  the  life-history  of  the  plant  is  cut  into 
two  very  unequal  parts  at  the  stage  of  their  production.  The 
relation  between  the  Gymnosperms  and  Vascular  Cryptogams  is 
recognised,  the  pollen -grain  being  in  reality  a  microdiode  and  the 
mother-cell  of  the  female  prothallium  a  macrodiode. 

The  second  volume  is  a  systematic  study  of  .the  plant-kingdom. 
Two  subkingdoms  are  recognised,  Arhizophj^tes,  including  Thallo- 
ph^^tes  and  Muscinese,  and  Khizophytes,  including  Vascular  Cr}'3)togams 
(Exoprothallees)  and  Phanerogams  (Endoprothallees).  The  Thallo- 
ph^^tes  contain  two  classes,  Fungi  and  Algae ;  the  Myxomycetes 
form  the  first  order  of  the  Fungi  and  the  Bacteria  are  regarded 
as  a  famil}^  of  the  Blue-green  Algaf.  Phanerogams  comprise  two 
classes,  Astigmatees  or  Gymnosperms  and  Stigmatees  or  Angio- 
sperms.  The  former  has  four  classes,  Pteridosperms,  Natrices  with 
motile  male  cells,  including  C^^cads  and  Ginkgo,  Vectrices  (Coniferie\ 
and  Saccovulees  (ovule  enclosed  in  an  ovary  which  forms  a  sac  with 
no  style) — including  Welwitschia,  Eijlicdra,  and  Gnetiim.  The 
Angiosperms  have  three  classes.  Monocotyledons,  Liorhizal  Dicot}^- 
ledons,  and  Dicotyledons.  The  second  is  a  very  unnatural  group, 
comprising  two  orders.  Grasses  and  Nympha^aceje  ;  the  Grasses  are 
regarded  as  having  two  cotyledons  and  the  water-lilies  are  classed 
with  them  owing  to  the  similarit}^  of  the  mode  of  development  of 
the  piliferous  layer  of  the  root.  The  method  of  the  grouping 
of  the  families  of  Dicotyledons  is  widely  different  from  that  of 
other  well-known  systems.  Special  stress  is  laid  on  the  details 
of  the  structure  and  development  of  the  ovule,  wdiich  Van  Tieghem 
had  studied  exhaustively.  The  resulting  system  may  interest  the 
student  as  an  exercise  in  taxonomy,  but  cannot  be  regarded  as  an 
advance  towards  a  natural  system  or  a  contribution  to  the  study  of 
phylogeny.  A.  B.  11. 

Standard  Cyclopedia  of  Horticulture,  Vol.  VI.  S-Z.  with  Supple- 
ment, pp.  3013-3639,  figs.  3516-1056.  Edited  bv  L.  H.  Bailey, 
1917. 

The  present  volume  is  the  last  of  the  imposing  work  edited  by 
L.  H.  Bailev,  the  dovcn  of  American  scientific  horticidturists,  who  is 


STANDARD    CYCLOPEDIA    OF    HOKTICULTrEE  199 

much  to  be  congratulated  on  its  completion.  In  the  Supplement  he 
makes  a  characteristic  statement : — "  To  spend  five  years  in  a  review 
of  the  vegetable  kingdom,  with  all  its  marvels  and  its  unsolved 
problems,  is  in  itself  a  great  privilege.  If  in  addition  one  may  see 
the  applications  to  the  desire  of  man,  may  hold  associations  with 
several  hundred  enthusiastic  and  competent  correspondents,  may  have 
relations  with  the  commercial  and  financial  questions  involved,  and 
may  at  the  same  time  catch  some  glimpse  of  the  reaches  of  evolution 
and  feel  a  new  contact  with  the  earth,  the  making  of  a  Cyclopedia  of 
of  this  kind  becomes  not  a  task,  but  an  experience  in  life  ....  The 
Editor  is  well  aware  of  the  shortcomings  of  the  volumes  and  he  would 
like  to  do  the  work  all  over  again  for  the  delight  of  it."  With  such 
a  spirit  as  driving-force,  the  rapidity  with  which  the  volumes  have 
followed  one  another  ma}^  be  understood. 

The  articles  in  the  present  volume  and  the  general  and  specific 
descriptions  are  of  the  same  high  quality  which  has  throughout 
characterized  the  work.  Besides  being  of  a  more  scientifically  exact 
type  than  is  common  in  horticultural  books,  they  abound  in  points 
which,  though  referring  principally  to  American  horticulture,  are 
ver^'^  suggestive  to  British  growers.  In  the  six  volumes  over  3000 
genera  and  12,000  species  have  been  fully  described :  more  than 
four  hundred  collaborators  have  been  employed  on  the  work.  There 
is  a  "  Cultivators'  Guide  "  to  the  articles,  and  a  very  complete  index 
to  synonyms,  vernacular  names  and  miscellaneous  references  not  in 
alphabetical  order  in  the  body  of  the  work.  In  the  Supplement  is  a 
section  with  the  American-sounding  title  of  "  Finding  List  "  ;  this 
contains  the  names  in  common  use  in  North  America  with  their 
equivalent  in  the  Cyclopedia.  Herein  is  to  be  found  a  statement  of 
the    American    Joint     Committee    on    Horticultural   Nomenclature, 

whose  aim  has  been  "  so  far  as  is  practicable to  secure  the 

standardizing  of  a  single  botanical  name,  together  with  a  single  ver- 
nacular or  common  name  for  every  tree,  shrub,  and  herbaceous  plant 
in  the  American  Horticultural  trade."  Such  a  committee  is  much 
needed  in  this  country,  where  we  suffer  from  the  confusion  and 
inconvenience  resulting  from  the  abuse  of  different  names  for  the 
same  plant  or  the  same  name  for  different  plants.  We  gather  from 
the  article  on  Welwitschia  that  Dr.  Bailey  is  in  favour  of  long- 
accepted  usage  rather  than  priority  as  making  for  stability. 

A  page  is  devoted  to  new  combinations  made  during  the  progress 
of  the  work.  These  refer  principally  to  varietal  names,  but  the 
following  specific  combinations  occur : — Cissus  oligocarpa  (Lev.  & 
Van)  Bailey;  Selenium  aromaticum  (Hook.)  Bailey;  Hosta 
Fortunei  (Baker)  Bailey;  H.  longipes  (Franch.  &  Sav.)  Bailey; 
Lactuca  Bourgcei  (Boiss.)  N.  Taylor ;  LWiocarpus  densiflora 
(Hook.  &  Arn.)  Rehder ;  L.  cornea  (Lour.)  Eehder ;  L.  glabra 
(Thunb.)  Rehder ;  L.  thalassica  (Hance)  Eehder;  Maurandia 
Lojihospermiim  Bailey;  Hhododendron  candidum  (Small)  Rehder; 
R.  IcBtevirens 'RehCiQY ;  R.  aiisfrinum  (Small)  Rehder.  Many  new 
combinations  in  Ryrus,  Friintis,  Statice  were  published  in  JRhodora, 


200  THE    JOUllNAL    OF    BOTANY 

xviii.    (1916).     No    new    species   are    described    and    very    few    new 
varieties. 

The  whole  work  is  a  model  of  its  kind — printing,  figures,  plates, 
and  get  up  being  worthy  of  the  valuable  horticultural  and  botanical 
matter  contained  in  the  volumes. 

J.  K.  11. 

BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    etc. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  Linnean  Society  on  June  5,  Mr.  H.  N.  Dixon 
gave  the  following  abstract  of  his  paper  on  Mosses  collected  on  Decep- 
tion Island,  South  Shetlands,  by  Mr.  James  C.  Robins.  Deception 
Island  is  in  lat.  63°  S.,  long.  60°  30'  W.,  closely  adjoining  the  Ant- 
arctic continent  (Graham  Land).  It  has  been  very  little  visited,  and 
until  the  present  century  only  two  plants — an  unnamed  moss  and  a  lichen 
— had  been  observed.  Two  mosses  were  collected  there  in  the  second 
French  Antarctic  Expedition  (1908-10)  by  MM.  Gain  and  Gourdon. 
The  present  collection  consists  of  eight  species,  one  known  from  most 
of  the  colder  regions  of  the  world,  one  hitherto  only  recorded  from  the 
South  Orkneys,  three  of  general  Antarctic  distribution,  two  hitherto 
known  only  from  the  Antarctic  continent,  and  one  new  species.  The- 
interior  of  the  island  is  a  vast  crater,  into  which  the  sea  has  irrupted, 
and  is  about  5  miles  across.  Connected  with  this  is  a  small  lagoon, 
some  500  yards  in  diameter ;  Mr.  Robins  describes  it  as  giving  no 
bottom  at  200  fathoms,  and  as  fed  by  warm  or  hot  springs  from  the 
volcano.  The  whole  crater  would  seem,  in  the  middle  of  extreme 
glacial  surroundings,  to  afford  an  almost  unique  example  of  an  isolated 
biological  area,  and  would  appear  to  deserve  a  careful  survey  as  regards 
its  fauna  and  Hora,  especially  in  so  far  as  concerns  that  of  the  warm 
springs  and  the  lagoon  fed  by  these. 

Sir  Frank  Crisp,  who  was  born  at  Bungay,  Oct.  25,  1843,  died 
at  his  residence,  Friar  Park,  Henley-on-Thames,  on  April  29,  where 
his  gardens,  and  especially  his  rock  garden,  were  among  the  most 
remarkable  in  the  country.  From  1881  to  1906  he  was  Vice-Presi- 
dent and  Treasurer  of  the  Linnean  Society,  at  whose  Annual  Meetings 
his  financial  statements  were  looked  forward  to  with  interest,  on 
account  of  the  amusing  comments  with  which  his  figures  were  inter- 
spersed. He  was  also  Hon.  Secretary  of  the  Royal  Microscoj^ical 
Society  from  1878  to  1889,  to  whose  Journal  he  contributed  papers 
dealing  with  practical  microscopy. 

The  Irish  Naturalist  for  March  contains  an  interesting  paper 
(with  plates)  by  Dr.  George  H.  Pethy bridge  on  heterocarpy  in  Ficris 
hieracioides. 

A  Correction. — Mr.  Moore  calls  our  attention  to  a  curious  error 
in  our  review  of  The  Life  and  Letters  of  Sir  Joseph  Hooker,  where 
(p.  132,  1.  2  from  bottom)  "  Lyell "  should  be  substituted  for 
"  Banks."  The  phrasing  of  the  letter  quoted  is  somewhat  obscure, 
but  as  Banks  died  in  1820  he  obviously  could  not  have  been  seen  by 
Hooker  in  1836.  We  may  take  the  opportunity  of  correcting  a 
mistake  in  the  book  itself  (ii.  275),  where  it  is  stated  that  "a  fourth 
edition  of  the  Studenfs  Flora  "  appeared  in  1897  ;  the  last  (third) 
edition  appeared  in  188'i. 


201 
THE  GENUS  FAGARA 

AS   BEPKESENTED    IN   THE    SoUTH   AfRICA:N    HeEBARIA. 

Br  Ikez  C.  Verdooen,  Division  of  Botany,  Pretoria, 

The  genera  Fagara  (Syst.  ed.  10,  897  ;  1759)  and  Zanthoxylum 
(Hort.  Cliff.  487  ;  1737)  were  founded  by  Linnaeus,  who  appears  to 
have  used  the  number  of  parts  in  the  perianth  for  separating  them : 
in  Fagara  the  flowers  are  4-merous,  in  Zanthoxylum  5-merous. 
Thunberg  (Fl.  Cap.  141  ;  1823)  followed  Linnaeus,  and  when  describ- 
ing the  South  African  species  placed  them  under  Fagara,  DeCandolle 
(Prodr.  i.  725 ;  1824)  sunk  Fagara  under  ZanthoxylMrn,  which 
genus  he  placed  in  Miitacece,  and  in  this  he  was  followed  by  Oliver 
(Fl.  Trop.  Afr.  i.  304;  1868).  Harvey  (FI.  Cap.  i.  445;  1860) 
adopted  the  same  view,  but  placed  the  genus  in  Xanthoxylew,  although 
later  (Gen.  S.  Afr.  PL  ed.  2,  45  ;  1868)  he  put  it  under  Butacece  as 
a  separate  tribe.  Bentham  and  Hooker  (Gen.  PL  i.  297  ;  1862)  also 
combined  the  genera  under  Zanthoxylum  in  Hutacecd :  Engler, 
however  (Engl.  &  Prantl,  Pflanzenfam.  iii.  4,  115  ;  1897),  reverted 
to  the  two  Linnean  genera,  and  this  arrangement  has  been  adopted  by 
all  subsequent  authors. 

All  the  Soutli  African  species  which  Wight  and  Amott  included 
under  the  genus  Rhetsa  were  placed  by  Engler  (/.  c.)  in  the  genus 
Fagara  under  the  section  Macqueria,  which  is  characterized  by 
having  4-merous  flowers. 

Engler  (Bot.  Jahrb.  xxiii.  149 ;  1896)  describes  two  species  from 
Pondoland,  F.  Bachmannii  and  F.  multifoliolata,  I  have  not  seen 
these,  but  none  of  the  material  which  has  passed  through  my  hands 
agrees  with  the  descriptions.  The  specific  name  capensis  will  have 
to  stand  for  the  plants  called  Xanthoxylon  capense  and  Thunhergii 
in  the  Flora  Gapensis  as  it  was  the  first  name  used  by  Thunberg. 

In  the  Flora  Capensis  Harvey  divides  the  South  African  speci- 
mens into  two  species  with  a  possible  third.  Xanthoxylon  capense 
Harv.  is  separated  from  X.  Thunhergii  DC.  on  the  fact  that  the 
petioles  are  unarmed  ;  I  have  found  that  this  character  is  not  constant. 
Through  the  kindness  of  the  Director  of  the  South  African  Museum, 
Cape  Town,  I  have  had  the  opportunity  of  examining  Ecklon  and 
Zeyher's  specimens  quoted  by  Harvey,  which  are  mounted  on  sheets 
written  up  by  Harvey.  On  the  leaves  of  one  of  the  specimens  (^E-  Sf  Z. 
921)  quoted  as  X.  capense  there  are  decided  spines.  I  have  noticed  on 
specimens  growing  in  the  garden  of  the  Division  of  Botany,  Pretoria, 
and  on  many  herbarium  specimens,  that  while  some  of  the  leaves  are 
armed,  others  on  the  same  tree  are  devoid  of  thorns.  Sim  points  this 
out  on  a  label  attached  to  one  of  his  specimens ;  the  coppice  shoot  is 
armed  with  numerous  spines,  of  which  there  is  no  trace  on  the  older 
foliage. 

Mr.  T.  E..  Sim  (^Forests  and  Flora  of  Cape  Golonyy  155)  is 
of  opinion  that  the  species  in  Fl.  Capensis  can  all  be  reduced  to  one 
variable  species,  and  my  examination  of  the  material  in  the  South 
African  herbaria  supports  this  view.  Specimens  collected  from 
different  localities  differ  in  general  appearance,  but  I  have  not  been 
Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  57.     [August,  1919.]  q 


202  THE    JOUllNAL    OF    JiOTAXr 

able  to  find  a  constant  character  on  which  they  can  be  separated  into 
groups. .  Two  specimens  (not  in  flower)  collected  by  Galpin  on  the 
mountain -tops  at  Queenstown  at  an  altitude  of  4700  ft.  (Galpin 
2560  &  2561)  differ  from  the  other  specimens  examined  in  the  leaves 
being  more  or  less  membranous.  This  however,  as  pointed  out  by 
Mr.  Galpin  himself,  is  probably  due  to  the  altitude  and  the  fact  that 
the  specimens  were  growing  in  the  shade  of  rocks  and  almost  pros- 
trate on  them.  The  material  of  the  specimen  (^.  <Sf  Z.  923)  which 
Harvey  names  Xavthoxylon?  alatum  is  very  poor  and  leaves  one  in 
doubt  as  to  whether  it  belongs  to  the  genus,  especially  as  Xantho- 
xylon  does  not  appear  to  be  represented  in  the  western  parts  of  the 
Cape  Province. 

Key  to  Species. 

Inflorescence  bearing  male  and  female  flowers...  F.  Thorncroftii. 
Inflorescence  bearing  flowers  of  one  sex  orAy. 

Lateral  veins  numerous,  20  or  more F.  Davyi. 

Lateral  veins  few,  less  than  ten     F.  capensis. 

Fagara  Thorncroftii,  mihi,  sp.  n.  Bamiili  glabri,  spinosis  rectis 
4-6  mm.  longis  armatis.  Folia  petiolata,  3-5  cm.  longa ;  petiolus 
3-5  mm.  longus,  canaliculatus,  pubescens  ;  foliola  sessilia,  '6-3  cm. 
longa,  "4-2  cm.  lata,  obliquo-elliptica,  aliquando  subacuminata,  apice 
retusa,  basi  rotunda  vel  paullo  angustata,  plerumque  auriculata, 
glabra,  infra  costa  conspicua  et  venis  lateribus  3-7,  supm  distinctus, 
margine  serrato  et  glandula  una  in  sinu.  Injlorescentia  paniculata, 
floribus  masculinis  et  femineis ;  pedunculus  pubescens,  petiolo  longior. 
Sepala  1*5  mm.  longa,  elliptica,  apice  obtusa,  ciliata.  Petala  3*5  mm. 
longa,  elliptica,  apice  obtusa.  FL  $  staminis  rudimentariis.  Ovarium 
3  mm.  longum,  globosum,  obliquum,  glanduloso-punctatum,  1-locu- 
laria,  2-ovulis  ;  st3^1us  1  mm.  longus,  teres  ;  stigma  capitatum.  Fl.  S 
4-staminis ;  filamenta  linearia,  3  mm.  longa ;  antherse  globosae. 
Ovarium  rudimentarium.     Fructus  ignotus. 

Teaxsvaal  :  Barberton  District ;  Barberton,  December,  Thorn- 
croft  in  Herb.  Transvaal  Museum  9616 ! 

Brandies  glabrous,  armed  with  straight  spines  4-6  mm.  long; 
bark  dark  brown.  Leaves  petioled,  3-5-jugate,  3-5  cm.  long  ;  petiole 
3-5  mm.  long,  channelled  on  the  upper  surface,  pubescent;  rachis 
channelled  and  slightly  pubescent  above,  usually  glabrous  beneath ; 
leaflets  sessile,  '6-3  cm.  long,  -4-2  cm.  broad,  obliquely  elliptic, 
mostly  subacuminate,  usually  retuse  at  the  apex,  rounded  or  slightly 
narrowed  at  the  base  and  usually  eared,  glabrous,  with  a  prominent 
mid-rib  beneath,  distinct  above,  and  3-7  lateral  veins,  slightly  darker 
on  the  upper  surface ;  margins  serrated  with  a  single  gland  at  the 
base  of  each  sinus  ;  terminal  leaflet  obovate.  Inflorescence  an  axil- 
lary or  terminal  panicle  bearing  male  and  female  flowers ;  peduncle 
and  branches  minutely  pubescent  and  with  the  peduncle  much  longer 
than  the  petiole  of  the  subtending  leaf.  Flowers  unisexual.  Sepals 
1*5  mm.  long,  elliptic,  obtuse,  ciliated.  Petals  3*5  mm.  long,  elliptic, 
obtuse.  Stamens  absent  or  rudimentary  in  female  flowers.  In  male 
floicevs  filaments  3  mm.  long,  linear;  anthers  globose.      Ovary  rudi- 


THE    GEXUS    FAGAEA  203 

mentary  in  male  flowers.  In  female  flowers  3  mm.  long,  globose, 
hardly  unequal-sided,  uni-locular,  2-ovuled,  glandular;  style  1  mm. 
long,  terete,  stigma  capitate.     Fruit  not  seen. 

Fagara  Davyi,  mihi,  sp.  n.  JRamuli  ^^hri,  spinosis  curvis  armatis. 
Folia  petiolata,  8-23  cm.  longa ;  petiolus  1-2  cm.  longus,  canalicu- 
latus  glaber ;  foliola  sessilia,  1-10  cm.  longa,  -5-3  cm.  lata,  lanceolata 
vel  ovato-lanceolata,  acuminata,  apice  obtusa  et  aliquando  retusa,  basi 
angustata  inasqualis  et  auriculata,  discolor,  glabra,  infra  costa  con- 
spicua  et  venis  lateribus  go  (plus  20),  supra  distinctis,  margine 
crenato-sermto  et  glandula  una  in  sinu.  Iiiflorescentia  paniculata, 
3-5-6  cm.  longa,  omnibus  vel  c?  vel  $ ;  pedunculus  glaber,  petiolo 
brevior.  Sepala  1  mm.  longa,  elliptica,  apice  obtusa,  glabra,  ali- 
quando ciliata.  Petala  3-4  mm.  longa,  oblonga,  apice  obtusa,  glabra. 
Fl.  S  4-staminis  ;  filamenta  linearia,  2*5  mm.  longa,  glabra;  anther* 
globosae,  1  mm.  longae.  Ovarium  rudimentarium.  Fl.  2  staminis 
0  vel  squamaeformis.  Ovarium  3  mm.  longum,  subglobosum,  dis- 
tincto-obliquum,  glanduloso-punctatum,  1-locularia,  2-ovulis.  Stylus 
o  mm.  longus,  teres,  curvus ;  stigma  capitatum.  Capsula  rubra- 
fusca,  6  mm.  longa,  4  mm.  lata,  globosa,  glandulosa.  Semina  nigra 
nitidaque. 

Xanthoxylon  capense  Sim,  1.  c.  155,  ex  parte ;  t.  xxiv.  fig.  5. 
X.  Thunhergii  DC.  var.  grandifolia  Harv.  in  Fl.  Cap.  1,  446. 

Traxsyaal  :  Zoutpansberg  District ;  Woodbush,  Grenfell  in 
Colonial  Herb.  1094 !  ;  near  stream  Pototato  Bush,  4750  ft.,  Burtt- 
Bavi/limi;  Eastivood  in  Col.  Herb.  1298  ! 

Swaziland  :  Forbes's  Reef  Bush,  Burtt-Davy  2753  ! 

ZuLTJLAND  :  In  Woods  at  Qudeni,  6000  ft.,  Davis  53 !  Wood 
7771 !    Wylie  in  Natal  Govt.  Herb.  7112  ! 

Transkei:  Movenyane  Forest,  Kiviet  in  Herb.  Dept.  Forests 
2670! 

Brandies  glabrous,  armed  with  slightly  upward-curved  spines 
and  with  dark  brown  bark.  Leaves  petioled,  compound,  4-6-jugate, 
abruptly  or  imparipinnate,  8-23  cm.  long ;  petiole  1-2  cm.  long, 
channelled  on  the  upper  side,  glabrous  ;  leaflets  sessile,  opposite  or 
alternate,  1-10  cm.  long,  -5-3  cm.  broad,  lanceolate  or  ovate-lanceo- 
late, acuminate,  obtuse,  narrowed,  unequal  and  eared  at  the  base, 
glabrous,  dark  and  shining  above,  paler  beneath,  with  a  prominent 
mid-rib  beneath  and  numerous  (over  20)  lateral  veins  distinct  on  the 
upper  surface  ;  margins  crenately  serrated  and  with  a  single  gland  in 
the  sinus.  Infl,orescence  a  panicle,  3'5-6  cm.  long,  bearing  either  all 
male  or  all  female  flowers  ;  the  peduncle  and  branches  glabrous  with 
the  naked  portion  of  the  peduncle  shorter  than  the  petiole  of  the  leaf. 
Calyx  4-parted ;  sepals  free,  1  mm.  long,  elliptic,  obtuse,  glabrous, 
sometimes  ciliated.  Corolla  4-parted  ;  petals  free,  3-4  mm.  long, 
obtuse,  glabrous.  Male  flowers:  Stamens  4;  filaments  2*5  mm. 
long,  linear,  glabrous  ;  anthers  1  mm.  long,  globose.  Ovary  rudi- 
mentary. Female  flowers '.  Staminodes  minuie.  Ovary  S  mm.  \on<^ 
subglobose,  very  distinctly  unequal-sided,  glandular,  unilocular  witli 
2  ovules  ;  style  '5  mm.  long,  terete,  curved ;  stigma  capitate.  Fruit 
a  reddish-brown  capsule,  6  ram.  long,  4  mm.  in  diameter,  globose 
glandular.     Seeds  black,  shiny. 

q2 


204  THE    JOUllNAL   OF    BOTANY 

F.  CAPEXSTS  (Thunb.  Fl.  Cap.  141 ;  1823).  Branches  glabrous, 
armed  with  straight  spines  2-10  mm.  long ;  bark  dark  brown. 
Leaves  petioled,  3-9-3ugate,  3-7  cm.  long ;  petiole  -5-1 '2  cm.  long, 
channelled  above,  pubescent,  rarely  glabrous ;  rachis  channelled  above  ; 
leaflets  sessile,  '5-4  cm.  long,  lanceolate,  elliptic  or  obliquely  elliptic, 
mostly  sub-acuminate  and  retuse  at  the  aj^ex,  rounded  or  slightly 
narrowed  at  the  base  and  usually  eared,  glabrous,  with  the  mid-rib 
prominent  above  and  distinct  beneath  and  with  3-9  lateral  veins,  the 
upper  surface  slightly  darker  than  the  lower ;  margins  serrate  or 
crenately-serrate,  with  a  single  gland  in  each  sinus ;  tei-minal  leaflet 
mostly  obovate  and  distinctly  retuse  at  the  apex.  Injiorescence  an 
axillary  or  terminal  panicle  bearing  flowers  of  one  sex  only ;  peduncle 
and  branches  minutely  pubescent ;  the  naked  portion  of  the  peduncle 
shorter  than  and  occasionalh^  as  long  as  the  petiole  of  the  subtending 
leaf.  Sepals  1-1 '5  mm.  long,  ovate-elliptic,  sometimes  cilia te. 
Petals  l"5-2*5  mm.  long,  elliptic,  obtuse.  Stamens  rudimentary  in 
female  flowers;  filaments  of  fertile  stamens  1*5-3  mm.  long,  linear; 
anthers  globose.  Ovary  3  mm.  long,  globose,  sometimes  unequal- 
sided,  unilocular,  2-ovuled,  glandular ;  style  '5-1  mm.  long,  terete ; 
stigma  capitate.  In  male  flowers  the  ovary  is  rudimentary.  Fruit 
a  reddish-brown  capsule.  Seeds  black,  shiny. 
Fa  gam  armata  Thumb.  Fl.  Cap.  i.  141. 

Xanthoxylon  cafense  Harv.  in  Fl.  Cap.  i.  446 ;  Sim,  1.  c. 
ex  parte,  t.  xxiv.  excl.  fig.  5  ;  and  in  Forest  Fl.  Portuguese  E.  Afr. 
23,  115,  t.  xvii. 

Zantlioxylum  Thunhergii  DC.  Prodr.  i.  726  ;  Harv.  1.  c.  excl. 
var.  grand'} folia. 

Coast  Region:  Uitenhage  Div. ;  Winterkoeksberg,  F.  ^  Z. 
922 !  921  ! ;  in  forests  of  Adow,  F.  ^  Z.  300 !— George  Div. ; 
F.  Sf  Z.  921 ! — Port  Elizabeth  Div. ;  van  Stadens,  Paterson  740  ! — 
Emeral  Hill,  Walmer  Estate,  Paterson  740  !  Albany  Div.  ;  Grahams- 
town,  MacOwan  916;  E.  ^  Z.  921 !— Bathurst  Div.  ;  Port  Alfred, 
Tyson  in  Govt.  Herb.  12655!  in  Herb.  Transvaal  Mus.  17116;  in 
Herb.  Bolus;  Burtt-Davy  7934!  Salisbu7y  in  Herb.  Albany  Mus. 
5  !  in  Herb.  Mus.  Austro-Afric.  8207  !— East  London  Div. ;  East 
London  Park,  Wood  in  Herb.  Galpin  3130  !— King  Wm.  Town  Div. ; 
Tamacha,  Sim  in  Herb.  Galpin  ! 

Centeal  Region  :  Somerset  East  Div. ;  Boschberg,  2200  ft., 
MacOivan  916  ! — Bedford  Div. ;  Bedford,  Weale  in  Herb.  Albany 
]y[us^  I — Queenstown  Div. ;  Queenstown,  mountain  tops  among  rocks, 
4700  ft.,  Galpin  2560  !  2561 ! 

Eastern  Region  :  Komgha  Div. ;  Woods  near  Komgha,  2000  ft. 
Flanagan  494  !  Schlechter  6161  ! — Kentani  Div. ;  a  forest  tree 
15-20  ft.  high,  Kentani,  Transkei,  1000  ft.,  Pegler  802  !  Doran  in 
Herb.  Dept.  Forests  2183  !  Natiil :   Cooper  1153  !  Zeyher; 

Kalahari  Region  :  Witwatersrand  Div.  ;  Jeppestown  Ridge 
near  Johannesburg,  6000  ft.  Giljillan  871 !  and  in  Herb.  Galpin 
6092!— Pretoria  Div.;  Mentjes  Kop,  Pretoria,  Burtt-Davy  2452! 
535  !  Pretoria,  Collins  in  Herb.  Transv.  Mus.  6838  !  Leendertz 
470 !  and  in  Herb.  Transv.  Mus.  3202.  Muchleneuk,  Stent  in  Govt. 
Herb.  15107.     Daspoort,  MitniJy  in   Col.   Herb.  4094 1  Groenkloof, 


THE   GENUS    FAGAEA  205 

Boherhon  in  Herb.  Dep.  Forests,  1489!  Onderstepoort,  Mogg  in 
Govt.  Herb.  15671  ! — Kustenburg  Div.  ;  Rustenburg,  Collins  in 
Herb.  Transv,  Mus.  6995  !— Heidelberg  Div.  ;  Schoongezicht,  5000  ft., 
Burtt-Bavy  17112! — Waterberg  Div. ;  Warmbaths,  Leendertz  in 
Herb.  Transv.  Mus.  7592  ! — Potchefstroom  Div.  ;  in  shade  of  cabbage 
palms  on  mountain,  Klerksdorp,  Nelson  312 !  and  in  Herb.  Transv. 
Mus.  11769!— Lydenberg  Div.;  Sterk  Hill,  June,  Burtt-Davy,  454!— 
Zoutpansberg  Div. ;  Pietersberg,  Bogers,  14141  !  and  in  Herb.  Transv. 
Mus.  15486 ! 

RnoDEsiA  :  Bulawayo,  Zeally  52 ! — Melsetter  Div. ;  Victoria, 
Munro  791 ; 

Sim  (I.  c.)  writes:  *' A  most  variable  species  in  regard  to  the  size 
of  the  tree,  the  size  of  the  leaves,  the  size  number  and  cutting  of  the 
leaflets,  and  the  size  and  laxity  of  the  panicles,  all  these  characters 
varying  with  age  and  surroundings.  In  dense  high  forest  it  forms  a 
fine  umbrageous  tree  with  large  leaves,  large  open  panicles,  and  stems 
set  with  the  very  remarkable  knots  from  which  the  vernacular  names 
[knobwood,  &c.]  are  derived;  these  sometimes  measure  3  inches  long 
and  1^  inches  diam.,  with  an  abrupt  point.  In  scrub,  the  stems, 
petioles,  and  nerves  are  sometimes  very  prickly,  and  sometimes  devoid 
of  prickles,  and  the  panicles  much  reduced,  while  on  the  coast  more 
succulent  and  less  prickly  foliage  prevails." 

W.  capense  is  reserved  in  each  conservancy.  It  flowers  in  early 
summer,  fruits  ripen  in  autumn,  about  20,000  clean  seeds  weighing  a 
pound,  Pappe  (Fl.  Cap.  Med.  Prodr.  6)  calls  the  fruit  "Wild 
Cardamom,"  which  he  states,  on  account  of  its  aromatic  qualities,  is 
prescribed  for  flatulency  and  paralysis."  Smith  states  that  a  decoc- 
tion of  the  root  is  used  for  snake  bite ;  that  the  inner  bark  pounded 
into  paste  is  applied  to  an  aching  tooth,  takes  away  all  pain,  and  that 
the  leaves  are  used  for  disinfecting  Miltziek  meat.  The  Conservator 
of  Forests,  Midland  Conservancy,  Knysna,  in  a  letter  to  the  Chief 
Conservator  of  Forests  states  that  F.  capense  and  F.  Thunhergii 
occur  very  sparingly  in  the  conservancy.  Of  the  timber  of  F.  capense 
when  worked  into  yokes  and  axe-handles  woodcutters  speak  well,  and 
it  makes  an  excellent  pick-handle.  In  the  Zitzkamer  I  saw  a  bowl  of 
a  pipe  made  of  one  of  the  conical  protuberances  which  stud  the  bark. 
Woodcutters  do  not  regard  the  timber  of  F.  Thunhergii  highly; 
they  say  it  lacks  dm'ability  and  seldom  use  it.  The  Conservator, 
Maritzburg,  writes': — "  As  far  as  Natal  is  concerned,  I  think  there  is 
only  one  species.  Specimens  examined  by  me  show  that  older  leaves 
are  without  prickles,  while  young  trees  and  coppice  shoots  show  the 
rhaehis  to  be  armed.  In  the  neighbourhood  of  Paulpietersberg, 
Xanthoxylon  is  frequently  found  as  isolated  shrubby  growth  amongst 
rocks  of  dolerite.  The  tree  or  shrub  is  represented  all  over  Natal 
but  is  nowhere  very  abundant."  Forest  Guard  Kiviet  states  that 
natives  use  the  bark  as  medicine  for  horses  and  cattle  when  affected 
with  gall-sickness. 


206^  THE    .lOUllXAL    OF    BOTA>'r 

MYCOLOGICAL  NOTES.— lY. 

By  W.  B.  Grove,  M.A. 

I.  Phi'llosticta  and  Phleospora. 

The  species  assigned  to  tlie  form-genus  of  the  Coelomyeetes  named 
Plileospora  have  long  afforded  a  curious  ground  of  controversy,  the 
point  in  dispute  being  whether  there  is  a  true  pycnidium  or  not. 
Both  sides  of  the  dispute  have  been  hotly  maintained  :  Klebahn  says 
that  Phleo^pora  TJlmi  has  no  pycnidium,  and  therefore  he  places  it 
in  Scptogloeum.  As  in  most  controversies  both  sides  are  right :  the 
shield  is  golden  on  one  side,  silvern  on  the  other.  The  fact  is  that 
the  answer  at  which  one  arrives  in  considering  this  question  depends 
upon  the  state  of  development  of  the  fungus  under  examination.  In 
the  early  stages  of  growth,  some  at  least  of  the  species  of  Plileospora 
have  a  pjxnidium,  in  the  latter  stages  it  ma}^  be  nearly  or  completely 
wanting.  But  this  is  not  all ;  the  spores  produced  by  the  same 
h}Tnenium  may  change  in  character  also  in  a  remarkable  way.  The 
same  little  black  dot  on  a  leaf,  obiter  visuni,  would  be  placed,  accord- 
ing to  its  age  at  the  moment  of  observation,  in  Phyllosticta,  or  in 
I^hleospora,  or  in  Seplogloeum,  or  even  in  Leptothiirium  or  Septoria. 

The  differences  between  the  first  two  form-genera  appear  very 
considerable.  In  JPhyllosticta  there  is  a  complete,  thin,  all-round 
pycnidium,  formed  of  delicate  closely  interwoven  (plectenchymatous) 
hyphse,  at  the  summit  furnished  with  a  small  round  pore  about  which 
the  cells  are  often  darker  in  colour,  while  the  spores  are  unicellular, 
oval-oblong,  usually  small,  and  most  often  provided  with  two  polar 
oil-guttules :  in  Plileospora  the  spores  are  elongated  and  vermiform, 
often  pluriguttulate,  occasionally  1-  or  3-septate,  and  the  pycnidium 
in  its  finished  state  is  merely  a  shallow  cup  with  a  wide  opening, 
edged  by  a  narrow  margin.  Yet  the  former  can  change  by  degrees 
into  the  latter,  and  finally,  if  all  tmce  of  the  pycnidium  had  vanished, 
it  would  undoubtedl}'  be  considered  a  Septogloeum. 

Specimens  oiPhleospora  0^y«c«wM^Wallr.  when  closely  examined 
show,  intimatelj'^  mixed  among  pycnidia  which  accoi-d  Avith  the 
description  of  that  species,  others  belonging  to  Phyllosticta,  and  in 
fact  indistinguishable  from  Fhyllosticta  monogyna  Allesch.  except  in 
having  slightly  smaller  spores.  The  appearances  are  exactly  what 
would  be  seen  if  the  same  p^^cnidium,  which  at  first  when  small 
produced  the  Phyllosticfa-spores,  afterwards  from  the  same  pro- 
liferous stratum  (enlarged)  began  to  produce  the  Phleospora-spores, 
which  then  by  their  size  and  abundance  burst  tlie  pycnidium  open 
and  finally  left  it  cup-shaped.  Tlie  loose  cellular  structure  of  the 
wall  is  of  identically  the  same  character  in  both  ;  two  pycnidia,  one 
of  each  kind,  can  be  found  in  close  contact,  and  all  the  stei:>s  between 
can  be  traced  in  the  sections. 

Moreover,  the  spores  of  the  PJiyllosticfa-sisige  vary  continuously 
in  size.  Allescher  gives  the  size  of  the  spores  in  his  P.  monogyna 
as  6-8x2|yu;  in  my  specimens  most  of  the  spores  measured 
4-6  X  1-1^  /^.  It  may  therefore  easih^  be  surmised  that  Pliyllosticta 
crutceqicola  Sacc.  (Syll.  iii.  G)  is  nothing  but  a  still  earlier  state,  in 


MYCOLOGICAL    NOTES  207 

which  the  spores  are  smaller  (2|-3  x  1-1|  /u).  A  great  deal  of  the 
confusion  which  exists  in  the  synonymy  of  the  Coelomycetes  is  due 
to  the  failm*e  to  recognize  the  fact  (easily  demonstrated  on  hundreds 
of  species)  that  the  spores  may  gradually  increase  in  size,  as  well  as 
alter  in  colour  and  complexity,  as  the  fungus  advances  in  age.  Thus 
all  Di-plodia-sipores  pass  through  the  states  of  being  (1)  hyaline  and 
continuous,  (2)  pale-brown  and  continuous,  and  (3)  darker  brown  and 
septate,  sometimes  also  increasing  in  size  j^ar I  passu  SiS  they  change 
in  form  and  colour.  In  the  first  state  they  have  been  called  Macro- 
phomtty  in  the  second  SphcBvopsis,  and  in  the  third  Diplodia,  the 
choice  of  genus  being  merely  the  accident  of  the  occasion,  the 
matm'ity  of  the  fungus,  or  the  amount  of  time  bestowed  by  the 
observer  on  its  investigation.  Thus  the  actual  specimens  of  Dr.  Ellis 
which  are  recorded  in  British  Journals  as  MacropJioma  Fraxini  yield, 
when  more  deeply  probed,  both  Spliceropsis  and  Diplodia  spores  m 
the  same  pycnidia ;  and  similarly  I  have  proved  by  the  examination 
of  a  long  and  fine  series  of  examples  that  Phoma  Pinastri  Lev.  and 
SpJicBvopsis  Ellisii  Sacc.  are  merely  growth-states  of  Diplodia 
Pinastri  Grove. 

The  same  remark  applies,  with  the  necessary  limitations,  to  the 
three  spore-sizes  of  the  Pliyllosticta  mentioned  above,  and  one  may 
be  forgiven  for  suggesting  that  there  is  no  reason  why  Pliyllosticta 
Crattegi  Sa,CQ.=  Cheilaria  Gratcegi  Cooke  (in  Grevill.  xii.  25)  should 
not  be  considered  to  be  the  same  species  just  before  passing  into  the 
Phleospbra-?,\j3L^e,  when  the  upper  part  of  the  pycnidium  is  bursting 
into  lacinise.  The  Phleospora-stage  would  then  be  a  later  one,  when 
the  elongated  spores  are  being  produced,  but  this  is  mere  surmise. 

There  is  little,  if  any,  diiference  between  the  way  in  which  these 
two  kinds  of  spores  appear  successively  on  the  same  mycelial  bed,  and 
the  way  in  which,  in  the  Rusts,  the  same  spore-bed  will  produce  in 
succession  uredospores  and  teleutospores,  and  equally  in  both  cases 
each  kind  of  spore  may  appear  alone  on  its  spore-bed,  unaccompanied 
by  the  other.  The  necessity  then  arises,  when  only  a  few  specimens 
are  available,  of  describing  each  spore-form  as  if  it  were  an  indepen- 
dent species,  as  was  done  on  such  a  large  scale  in  the  Uredinales,  but 
also  in  both  cases  alike  a  wider  knowledge,  based  on  more  numerous 
examples,  enables  the  evil  to  be  remedied. 

If  then,  in  studying  this  injurious  disease  of  Hawthorn  hedges  *, 
•we  take  the  indications  given  above  as  proving  that  Phyllosticta 
monogyna  is  the  fore-runner  of  Phleospora  Oxyacanthce,  we  should 
expect  to  find  a  similar  state  of  things  in  connection  with  other 
Phleosporas,  and  that  is  exactly  what  we  do  find.  For  Phleospora 
Aceris  Sacc,  is  accompanied  by  Phyllosticta  Platanoidis  Sacc, 
which  at  one  of  the  intermediate  stages  looks  like  a  Lepto- 
thyrium,  and  has  been  called  L.  Platanoidis.  In  the  same  way 
Phleospora  JJlmi  Wallr.  is  accompanied  by  a  species  of  Phyllo- 
sticta which  apparently  has  not  received  a  name,  and  a  similar  but 

*  To  help  in  the  investigation  of  the  fungi  which  grow  upon  the  common 
Hawthorn,  the  author  will  be  grateful  if  mycologists  will  send  to  him,  at  the 
University,  Birmingham,  any  species  of  Cytospora  which  they  may  find  upon  that 
host,  with  notes  of  the  locality  and  mode  of  occurrence. 


208  titp:  .touhnal  of  i?otaxt 

stranger  case  is  seen  in  what  has  usually  been  called  Septoria  Poda- 
grarice  Lasch.  This  latter  common  fungus  is  frequently  accom- 
panied on  the  same  spot  by  Phyllosticta  j^gopodii  Allesch.  The 
*'  Septoria"  really  has  a  thin  pycnidium,  but  this  soon  disappears,  so 
that  some  mycologists  have  wished  to  place  it  in  Cylindrosporium,  a 
genus  which  should  not  have  the  slightest  trace  of  a  pycnidial  wall. 
To  do  so  would  be  a  serious  error,  confusing  together  two  unlike 
things ;  it  is  really  a  Fhleospora,  since  the  genus  Septoria  should  be 
confined  to  those  species  with  elongated  spores  in  which  the  thin 
pycnidium  pei-sists  in  its  complete  form  up  to  and  after  the  dispei-sal 
of  the  spores. 

All  these  fungi  appear  to  develop  at  a  later  stage  into  species  of 
Mi/cosplicercdla.  Klebahn  proved  that  PJiJeospora  TTlmi  is  the  pyc- 
nidial stage  of  his  Mycosphcerella  TJlmi  (Jahr.  Wiss.  Bot.  1905, 
p.  492),  Jaap  did  the  same  for  P.  Oxyacanthw  and  M.  OxyacanthcB 
(Bot.  Ver.  Brand.  1907,  p.  15),  while  P.  Acer  is  is  often  accompanied 
bv  an  immature  Pyrenomycete,  which  has  the  external  characters  of 
a  Mycosptlicsrella,  but  contains  only  an  oily  mass  of  globules — this  is 
presumaljly  J\I.  sep>torioides  (Desm.).  There  are  other  similar  cases, 
6.  g.  Phyllosficfa  JEyopodii  and  Phleospora  Podagrarice  are  almost 
certainly  the  early  stages  of  M.  u3Egopodii. 

The  consideration  of  the  var^dng  forms  of  these  pycnidial  stages, 
like  those  of  Phomopsis  (Keiv  Bulletin,  1917,  p.  49),  shows  how 
closely  the  various  groups  of  Fungi  enumerated  in  the  third  volume 
of  Saccardo's  Sylloge  are  connected  together ;  how  necessary  it  is, 
therefore,  to  have  a  term  (Ccelomycetes)  which  shall  include  them  all, 
and,  finally,  how  gi-oundless  is  the  attempt  made  to  distinguish 
between  them  by  calling  the  spores  *'  sporulae  "  in  one  group,  and 
**  conidia  "  in  the  other. 

It  is,  of  course,  desirable  that  some  mycologist  with  the  requisite 
facilities  should  cany  out  a  series  of  cultures  to  verify  these  state- 
ments, but  it  must  be  admitted  by  all  that,  when  a  parasitic  fungus 
occupies  a  definite  "spot"  (caused  by  the  mycelium)  on  a  leaf,  the 
sj)ore-forms  seated  thereon  may  usually  be  taken  as  the  equivalent  of 
a  pure  culture,  whenever  the  sequence  of  events  occurs  over  and  over 
again  without  variation  in  the  same  order,  saprophytics  and  other 
intruders  being  then  naturally  out  of  the  question. 

II.  Sph^eultna  inteemixta  (B.  &  Br.)  A^"D  its  Allies. 

In  1852  Berkeley  and  Broome  described,  in  the  Annals  and 
3Iagazine  of  Natural  History^  a  fungus  with  scattered  perithecia  on 
dead  twigs  of  Kose  to  which  (because  it  grew  mixed  with  Sphceria 
fuscella)  they  gave  the  name  Sphceria  intermixta.  In  1866  Cooke 
recorded,  in  one  of  the  early  volumes  of  this  Journal,  a  similar  fungus 
on  dead  stems  of  Puhus  to  which  he  gave  the  name  Sphceria  ahhre- 
viata.  The  name  was  derived  from  the  habit  of  the  fungus,  which 
has  its  perithecia  mostly  not  scattered,  but  arranged  in  short  stmight 
black  rows  of  three  or  four,  placed  longitudinally  on  the  stem. 
Saccardo,  in  his  Sylloge,  vol.  ii.  p.  187,  assigned  the  former  species  to 
the  genus  Splicer ulina,  and  recorded  it  on  living  bark  of  Euhiis.  He 
ascribed  to  it,  what  neither  Berkeley  and  Broome  nor  Cooke  had 


MYCOLOOICAL    NOTES  209 

mentioned,  "  ascos  diu  in  globum  fasciculatim  junctos,"  adding  that 
he  suspected  S.  ahhreviata  Cooke  to  be  a  very  closely  allied  species. 
Against  this  was  to  be  set  Cooke's  statement  that  his  ahhreviata  had 
brown  spores  ("pale  brown  when  mature"),  whereas  the  spores  of 
S.  intermixta  are  always  perfectly  hyaline. 

Now  it  happens  that  round  Birmingham  there  occurs,  on  small 
dead  shoots  of  Ruhus^  in  considerable  quantity,  a  fungus  which  accords 
exactly  in  external  appearance  with  Cooke's  species,  and  has  its  asci 
cohering  at  the  base  into  a  persistent  globose  fascicle,  but  its  spores 
always  entirely  free  from  colour.  Both  the  species  mentioned  above 
were  described  by  their  authors  as  having  triseptate  spores,  Saccardo 
says  of  S.  intermixta  '*  spores  3-4-septate."  One  concludes  that 
Cooke's  description  of  the  colour  of  his  spores  was  merely  a  slip  of 
the  pen,  and  that  the  two  forms  are  alike  in  the  asci  and  spores,  but 
differ  in  the  arrangement  of  the  perithecia. 

This  is  not  all.  On  further  examination  of  these  specimens  on 
Muhus  it  will  be  found  that,  while  the  younger  perithecia  contain 
triseptate  spores,  showing  here  and  there  also  a  fourth  transverse 
septum,  yet  some  older  ones  will  disclose  (mixed  with  those  just 
mentioned)  many  larger  spores  having  five  or  even  six  septa.  There 
is  every  reason  to  believe  that  the  former  of  these  states  is  Meta- 
sphceria  sepincola  (Fckl.)  Sacc,  on  dead  stems  of  Rosa  and  Riihiis  ; 
whether  it  is  the  Sphceria  sepincola  of  Fries  is  doubtful.  The  later 
5-6-septate  stage  may  be  considered  with  equal  probability  to  be  the 
same  as  MetasphcBria  hracJiyttieca  (B.  &  C.)  Sacc,  on  Bosa,  the 
details  being  exactly  as  described  so  far  as  the  short  diagnosis  goes, 
and  especially  the  description  of  the  spores  as  like  those  of  Patellaria 
(Lecanidion)  atrata  (see  in  Grevill.  1876.  iv.  146), 

But  there  is  still  another  development  to  be  considered.  Recently 
I  found  at  the  Botanic  Gardens,  Birmingham,  on  dead  twigs  of  Rosa 
damascena,  a  fungus  which  externally  was  very  like  S.  intermixta, 
having  somewhat  scattered  perithecia,  oblong  sessile  asci  collected 
into  a  persistent  globose  fascicle,  and  all  the  other  points  of  that 
species,  except  that  it  had  larger  spores  with  5  to  7  septa  and  one  or 
two  of  the  loculi  occasionally  divided  by  a  thin  but  unmistakably 
longitudinal  septum.  This  can  evidently  be  nothing  but  a  later  and 
more  evolved  form  of  S.  intermixta. 

Cooke  records  his  >S^.  ahhreviata  as  accompanied  by  Hendersonia 
Rosce.  Most  mycologists  would  now  call  this  H.  Ruhi,  altliough  an 
examination  of  many  specimens  on  both  Rosa  and  Ruhus  has  furnished 
me  with  absolutely  no  morphological  criterion  by  which  they  can  be 
distinguished.  Exactly  in  the  same  way  the  fungus  on  Rosa  damascena 
was  accompanied  by  what  is  usually  called  Hendersonia  Rosce,  though 
in  this  case  the  triseptate  spores  characteristic  of  this  species  occasion- 
ally become  4-septate  and,  moreover,  showed  frequently  one  or  even 
two  plain  longitudinal  septa,  so  that  it  became  technically  a  Camaro- 
sporium,  as  many  Hendersonias  do.  In  fact  this  increase  of  septation 
as  the  spores  of  Coelomycetes  and  Ascomycetes  become  older  and 
longer  is  a  very  common  phenomenon,  though  its  occurrence  and  its 
fundamental  influence  on  future  taxonomy  is  only  just  beginning  to 
be  recognised. 


210 


THK    JOUKXAL    OF    I30TANT 


The  conclusion  at  which  one  must  arrive  is  tliat  *S'.  ahhreviata 
(Cooke)  and  S.  inter  mixta  (B.  &  Br.)  are  distinguished  solely  by 
the  arrangement  of  their  perithecia  (a  difference  which  future  obser- 
vations may  entirely  remove),  and  that  they  probablv  constitute  one 
species  (^S.  interinixta),  occurring  indiscriminately  on  Rosa  and 
Rubus,  and  having  in  addition,  on  Rubus,  a  var.  abbreviata  (Cooke). 

The  fungus  on  Rosa  damascena  may  then  also  be  described  as  a 
variety  or  form  of  S.  intermixta.  It  w^ould  be  a  negation  of  all  the 
rides  of  common  sense  to  place  it,  where  it  technically  belongs,  in 
Pleospora,  ^CatJia?nfiia,  for  it  does  not  resemble  the  species  of  that 
section  at  all,  while  it  does  in  every  waj'  recall  to  mind  S.  intermixta. 
Saccardo's  method  of  arrangement,  though  wonderfully  useful  and  in 
fact  indispensable  (without  it  chaos  would  have  reigned  in  the 
Sphairiaceie),  must  not  be  forced  upon  us  in  disregard  of  obvious 
affinities. 

A  description  of  the  new  form  is  appended  : — 

SPHiEBULINA.  INTEKMIXTA,  f.  TALDE-EYOLLTA. 

Perithecia  sparsa,  globosa,  200-250  /»  diam.,  tecta,  dein  erumpentia 
ac  subsuperficialia,  contextu  crasso  minute  parench3'matico  atro- 
olivaceo,  poro  pertusa.  Asci  oblongo-clavati  v.  obovati,  ampli,  diu  in 
globum  f ascieulatim  juncti,  50-75  x  15-20  fx,  apice  rotundato,  efoveo- 
lato,  brevissime  pedicellati,  aparaphysati.  Sporidia  tristicha,  oblongo- 
clavata,  utrinque  rotundata,  juniora  1-septata,  dein  3— 4-septata,  ad 
septa  praesertim  medium  leviter  constricta,  postremo  5-7-septata, 
tunc  rarius  uno  vel  rarissime  duobus  loculis  septo  longitudinali  in- 
structis,  perf'ecte  hyalina. 

Hab.  in  ramulis  emortuis  Rosce  damascened,  socia  Hendersonia 
Roscdy  in  Horto  Botanico,  Edgbaston,  Birmingham,  Maio,  1919. 


Sphaendina  intermixta  f.  valde-evohita. 
Asci  and  spores,  X  600. 


BARBABEA    BltTXARlS    IX    ENGLAND  211 

BARBAREA  RIYULARIS  IN  ENGLAND. 
By  the  Ret.  E.  S.  Marshall,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

About  the  middle  of  June  Mr.  W.  D.  Miller  brought  me  fresh 
specimens  of  a  Cruoifer  which  he  had  found  gi'owing  plentifully  in  a 
ditch  on  the  west  side  of  a  bj^-road  dividing  the  parishes  of  Cossino-- 
ton  and  Chilton  Polden  (dis.  8),  v.c.  6  N.  Somerset.  The  very  small 
pale  yellow  flowers  and  crowded  pods  (erect  when  full-grown)  at  once 
suggested  B.  stricta  ;  and  a  comparison  with  my  only  two  herbarium- 
sheets  so  named  showed  a  complete  agreement.  One,  from  Thirsk, 
Yorks  (Herb.  Syme),  was  gathered  by  Mr.  J.  G.  Baker  in  June,  1854 ; 
the  other,  from  a  ditch  side,  Upton-on-Severn,  Worcs.,  was  collected 
by  Mr.  S.  H.  Bickham  on  May  29th,  1905,  in  good  flower  and  young 
fruit.  On  June  26th  Mr.  Miller  (who  had  also  observed  one  plant  on 
a  peat-moor  "  drove,"  near  Edington)  took  me  to  the  Cossington 
locality,  where  it  is  unquestionably  native.  On  July  8th  I  found 
sevei-al  hundred  plants,  apparently  the  type,  in  good  finiit,  on  a  broad, 
peaty  "  drove,"  about  |  mile  S.E.  of  Edington  Junction. 

The  Thirsk  plant  was  confirmed  by  Svante  Murbeck  and  A.  B. 
Jackson  as  B.  stricta  Andrz.,  and  the  Upton  one  by  A.  B.  J.,  who 
wrote  : — "  Yes  ;  a  most  distinct  species  ;  and  obviously  nothing  to  do 
with  B.  vulgaris,  under  which  Bentham  placed  it  as  a  variety!  "  I 
fully  agree  as  to  its  specific  rank  ;  but,  happening  to  refer  to  Rouy  & 
Eoucaud  (Fl.  de  France,  i.  198-9),  I  was  much  surprised  to  find  that 
our  British  plants  have  apparently  been  misnamed ;  some  translations 
from  their  account  of  the  two  species  concerned  may  be  helpful. 

B.  EiYULARis  Martrin-Donas  in  Fl.  Tarn,  p.  44.  B.  stricta 
Boreau,  Fl.  du  Centre,  ed.  iii.  p.  89,  non  Andrz.  nee.  Fries. 
Exsiccata  : — Billot,  No.  3011. 

"Plant  annual;  stems  solitary.  Radical  and  lower  leaves  with 
small  lateral  pairs  of  leaves,  clearly  shorter —even,  as  a  rule,  the 
uppermost — than  the  breadth  of  the  terminal  lobe,  sometimes  with 
-lateral  lobes  none,  or  very  much  reduced.  Flowers  small,  in  dense 
racemes,  subcorymbose  at  the  flowering-stage.  Pods  slender,  crowded, 
almost  imbricate,  erect,  apiculate  by  the  lengthened  style.  Seeds 
oval-oblong,  darker  [than  in  B.  vulgaris  and  B.  arcuata\  blackish. 
Plant  has  a  nauseous  taste." 

^.  LONGisiLiQUOSA  Carion,  Cat.  PI.  Saone  et  Loire,  p.  16.  "  Pods 
about  twice  as  long  as  in  the  type." 

*'  The  form  \sic ;  this  denotes  a  distinct  segregate,  apparently 
halfway  between  a  species  and  a  subspecies,  in  the  authors'  opinion] 
B.  stricta  Andrz.  in  Besser,  Enum.  PL  Yolh.  p.  72 ;  B.  ^^arvifiora 
Fries,  Nov.  Fl.  Suec.  ed.  2,  p.  207,  which  we  have  not  seen  from 
Fi-ance,  though  it  has  .been  rejwrted  from  several  stations,  through 
confusion  with  the  form  B.  rivularis,  and  especially  with  the  var. 
longisiliquosa,  can  be  separated  by  the  following  characters  : — Plant 
biennial ;  stem  solitary.  Radical  and  lower  leaves  with  small  pairs  of 
lateral  lobes,  evidently  shorter — even,  as  a  rule,  the  uppermost — than 
the  breadth  of  tlie  terminal  lobe,  sometimes  with  lateral  lobes  none, 
or  much   reduced.     Flowers   small,   in    long,   dense    racemes.      Pods 


212  THE    .TOURTfAL    OF    HOTAXT 

longer  and  thicker  than  in  the  form  rivularis,  crowded,  appressed  to 
the  axis  or  convergent,  mucronate  by  the  thick,  blunt,  ver}^  shoi-t  (|  to 
1  millim.)  style.  Seeds  oval-oblong,  blackish.  Plant  has  a  harsh, 
sharp,  non-nauseous  taste." 

Syme's  figure  (Engl.  Bot.  ed  3,  Plate  122)  fairh^  well  represents 
the  type  of  £.  rivularis.  Babington  describes  the  pods  as  short, 
and  the  pods  as  adpressed,  with  a  subulate  point.  I  have  not  seen 
any  Thames-side  plants ;  but  probably  the}^  are,  as  a  rule,  the  type. 
With  the  exception  of  one  or  two  specimens  brought  home,  the 
Cossington  gatherings,  having  pods  up  to  a  full  inch  in  length, 
evidently  belong  to  var.  longisiliquosa,  as  do  both  my  herbarium- 
sheets. 

The  young  pods  are  often  arcuate-ascending,  and  resemble  those 
of  B.  arcuata  (which  seems  to  me  a  fairly  good  subspecies  of  B.  vul- 
garis') ;  their  slender,  subulate  points  are  quite  as  long  as  in  vulgaris. 
The  petals  (as  Syme  says)  exceed  the  sepals  by  about  a  quarter; 
their  claw  is  long  and  slender,  and  their  limb,  which  starts  from  the 
tips  of  the  sepals,  is  squarish.  I  only  observed  solitary  stems  in  the 
ver}^  numerous  individuals  seen. 

In  his  Novitise  Fl.  Suec.  ed.  2,  p.  207  (1828)  Fries  gave  only  one 
station — in  wet  s|x)ngy  places  near  Skarby,  in  Scania — and  describes 
his  plant,  for  which  he  preferred  the  name  B.  i^a^'viflora,  as  there  was 
another  *' jB.  vulgaris,  sfricfa''^  (apparently  var.  sylvestris  Fr.)  ; 
but  of  course  this  cannot  stand.  The  expression  "  petalis  linearibus," 
if  correct,  should  help  to  distinguish  B.  sfricta  Andrz.  from  B.  rivu- 
laris, in  which  the  linear  claw  abruptly  terminates  in  a  short,  squarish 
limb.  In  Mantissa,  iii.  p.  77  (1842)  Fries  reluctantly  gave  up  the 
name  B.  parviflora,  and  observed  : — "  B.  stricta  est  certe  biennis. 
Majo  floret  B.  vulgari  praecocior;  saj'for  cruclus,  sed  non  acri- 
acerhus"''  [i.e.  as  in  B.  vulgaris'].  Having  no  suspicion  that  oui 
plant  was  wrongly  named,  I  did  not  apply  this  test. 

It  is,  of  course,  possible  that  the  real  B.  stricta  Andrz.  may  occur 
in  Britain,  as  it  grows  in  Scandinavia,  &c.  ;  but,  on  present  evidence, 
this  seems  rather  unlikel3^  B.  7'ivularis  appears  to  be  a  Avestern 
species.  I  could  see  no  hairs  on  the  few  unopened  buds  ;  but  they 
were  probably  too  far  advanced. 


ALABASTRA  DIVERSA.— Paet  XXXI.* 

By  Spencer  Le  M.  Moore,  B.Sc,  F.L.S. 

1.  Miscellanea  Africana. 

ERICACEiE. 

PMlippia  kundelungensis,  sp.  nov.  Bamulis  ultimis  crebro  folio- 
sis  sparsim  pubescentibus  ;  foliis  mox  patentibus  plerumque  ternatim 
vei-ticillatis  linearibus  obtusis  vel  obtuse  acutis  dorso  profunde  sulcatis- 
scabriusculis ;  Jlorihus  paucis  ad  apicem  ramuloinim  approximatis 
pedicellis  brevibus  sparsim  pubescentibus  insidentibus ;   calyce  cam- 

*  Types  in  the  National  Herbarium. 


MISCELLANEA   AFRICANA  213 

panulato  lobis  brevibus  3-4  inter  se  subsequalibus ;  corolla  4-mera 
calycem  breviter  superante  ob  lobos  brevissimos  ore  modo  repanda ; 
staminihus  inclusis  8  filamentis  liberis ;  ovario  globoso  4-loculari 
ovulis  quove  in  loculo  2. 

Belgian  Congo,  Kundelungu ;  Kassner,  2769. 

Folia  2-3  mm.  long.,  '5  mm.  lat.,  sicco  griseolo-vlridla.  Pedicelli 
1-1-5  mm.  long.  Calyx  1  mm.  long  decoloratus,  lobis  apice  viridibus. 
Corolla  1  mm.  paullulum  excedens.  Filamenta  "3  mm.  long. ;  antherse 
•4--5  mm.  long.,  breviter  bifide  rarius  Integra?  vel  subintegrse. 
Ovarium  circa  '5  mm.  diam.  Stylus  ovario  circiter  sequilongus; 
stigma  '5  diam. 

The  foliage,  short  pedicels  and  included  anthers  are  the  chief 
marks  of  the  species. 

PMlippia  congoensis,  sp.  nov.  Ramulis  ultimis  tenuibus  inferne 
cicatricibus  foliorum  delapsorum  signatis  apicem  versus  foliosis 
pubescentibus ;  foliis  mox  patentibus  breviter  petiolatis  anguste 
linearibus  obtusis  vel  obtuse  acutis  dorso  profunde  sulcatis  sparsim 
pubescentibus ;  Jlorihus  paucis  ad  apicem  ramulorum  approximatis 
brevipedunculatis ;  calyce  3-4-lobo  unico  certe  majore ;  corollce 
calycem  subsequantis  lobis  4  rotundatis  tubo  paullulum  brevioribus  ; 
staminibus  8  filamentis  inter  se  liberis  ;  ovario  4-loculari  ovulis  pro 
loculo  2. 

Belgian  Congo,  Katanga :  Kassner,  3352. 

Folia  2-3  mm.  long.,  -3  mm.  lat.  Pedicelli  1  mm.  long.  Vel 
paullulum  ultra.  Calyx  pubescens,  1  mm.  long.,  addito  lobo  uno 
lineari  dorso  sulcato  crassiusculo  fusco  1  mm.  long.  Corolla  1-25  mm. 
long. ;  lobi  denticulato-ciliolati  soli  "5  mm,  long.  Filamenta  '5  mm. 
long.  ;  antherse  1  mm.  long,,  bifidae.  Ovarium  subglobosum,  longi- 
trorsum  sulcatum,  sericeum,  '5  mm.  diam.  Stylus  '4  mm.  long. ; 
stigma  1  mm.  diam. 

Differs  from  the  last  in  its  narrower  leaves,  calyx  with  one 
prominent  lobe,  plainly-lobed  corolla,  and  larger  anthers.  The  branch- 
lets  naked  except  for  a  few  leaves  at  the  top — so  common  a  feature 
among  these  plants,  gives  it  a  very  different  appearance  from  the 
other. 

ASCLEPIADACE^. 

Fockea  Monroi,  sp.  nov.  Caule  verisimiliter  repente  primo  tereti 
subtiliter  pubescente  deinde  angulato  glabro;  foliis  oblongis  vel 
anguste  oblongo-lanceolatis  obtusissimis  apice  ipso  mucronatis  basi  in 
petiolum  brevem  angustatis  finne  membranaceis  leviter  scabriusculis ; 
ci/mis  interpetiolaribus  brevissimis  paucifloris ;  hracteis  minutis  ovatis 
acutis  scariosis  ut  cymarum  axis  pedicelli  calycis  segmenta  necnon 
corolla  pubescentibus  ;  pedicellis  manifestis  cal3'ci  sequilongis  ;  corollce 
tubo  calyce  breviore  lobis  a  basi  lata  ligulatis  revolutis  aestivatione 
tortis  in  anthesi  patentibus  ;  corona  apice  circa  15-fida  dentibus  subu- 
latis  acuminatis  interdum  bifidis  dente  intermedio  quam  laterales 
majori  tubo  ligulis  5  elongatis  integris  vel  bifidis  fere  usque  apicem 
tubi  eidem  adnatis  carinasque  formantibus  parte  libera  ex  tubo  longe 
erainente  onusto  addita  ligula  satis  elongata  integra  vel  bifida  carinis 
quibusque  memoratis  infra  medium  tubi  affixa  ;  antherarum  appendix 


211'  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTAXT 

cibus  oblongis  quam  antherae  duplo  longioribus ;  folliculo  fusifonni 
glabro. 

Hah.  Rhodesia,  Victoria  ;  iI/"o«r<?,  828,  837. 

Folia  plerumque  4-7  cm.  long.,  8-10  mm.  lat.,  in  sicco  viridia  ; 
costa  media  supra  plana  subtus  eminens  ;  petioli  2-3  mm.  long., 
validi,  supra  excavata.  Pedicelli  2-2*5  mm.  long.  Calycis  segmenta 
2  mm.  long.  CoroUae  tubus  1  mm.  long. ;  lobi  15  mm.  long.,  juxta 
basin  2  mm.  lat.,  superne  1  mm.  vel  etiam  minus.  Coronae  tubus 
aegre  5  mm.  long.;  hujus  dentes  intermediae  1-5  mm.  long.,  laterales 
1  mm.  vel  minus  ;  laminae  exsertae  circiter  1  mm.  infm  coronae  os 
liberae  aegre  4  mm.  long.,  interne  "3  mm.  lat.,  superne  attenuatae 
necnon  curvatae.  Columna  staminea  1  mm.  long.  Antherarum  alae 
•5  mm.  long.,  harum  appendices  aegre  2  mm.  long.  Pollinia  pyriformia, 
•25  mm.  long.  Folliculus  12*5  cm.  long.,  inferne  fere  2  cm.  superne 
circa  1  cm.  lat.     Semina  9  mm.,  coma  3*5  cm.  long. 

Cerope^ia  degemensis,  sp.  nov.  Caule  volubili  distanter  folioso 
glabro ;  foJiis  petiolatis  oblongo-ovatis  acuminatis  basi  obtusis  in 
sicco  membranaceis  glabris  ;  Jlorihios  mediocribus  pedicellatis  in 
umbellas  pedunculatas  paucifloms  dispositis  ;  pedicnculis  sat  validis 
petiolis  circiter  aequilongis ;  ijedicellis  pedunculos  aequantibus  pube- 
rulis ;  calycis  segmentis  lineari-subulatis  acutis  puberulis ;  corollcG 
extus  glabr*  tubo  basi  in  Ha  to  medio  constricte  inde  usque  ad  fauces 
gradatim  dilatato  lobis  tubo  brevioribus  apice  connatis  ovato-oblongis 
obtusis  replicatis  margine  longiuscule  sed  sparsim  ciliatis ;  coronce 
phyllis  ext.  inter  se  liberis  vel  fere  liberis  oblongis  longiuscule  bifidis 
ciliatis  segmentis  linearibus  divaricatis  phyllorum  int.  lobis  j^hyllis 
ext.  fere  aequilongis  lineari-oblongis  obtusiusculis  glabris. 

Nigeria,  Degema  Division  ;   Talbot,  3652. 

Folia  plei-aque  3*5-5  cm.  long.,  1'2-1*5  cm.  lat.,  in  sicco  viridi- 
brunnescentia,  viva  verisimiliter  aliquanto  cmssiuscula  ;  costa  media 
pag.  inf.  prominens,  costae  laterales  vix  aspectabiles  ;  petioli  plerumque 
8-10  mm.  long.  Pedunculi  validi,  striati,  usque  8  mm.  long. 
Calycis  segmenta  2  mm.  long.  Corolla  2*5  cm.  long. ;  basis  inflat. 
5x7  mm. ;  pars  intermedia  medium  6x3  mm.,  pars  superior  6  mm. 
long.,  ipso  sub  limbo  8  mm.  lat. ;  lobi  8  mm.  long.  Corona  pbylla 
ext.  2  mm.  long,  (segmentis  1  mm.  long,  inclusis)  ;  phyllorum  int. 
lobi  vix  2  mm.  long. 

To  be  inserted  in  the  genus  next  C.  voluhilis  N.  E.  Br.,  which  has 
ovate-cordate  leaves  and  corollas  with  a  much  less  inflated  base  and  a 
narrower  throat. 

SCROPHULAEIACEiE. 

Craterostigma  Monroi,  sp.  nov.  Herba  annua,  glabra,  basi 
co])i()se  fibrillifera ;  cauUhus  caespitosis  erectis  gracilibus  pauci- 
foliosis ;  foliis  radicalibus  linearibus  obtusis  inferne  dilatatis  cau- 
lemque  laxe  vaginantilnis  crassiusculis  foliis  caulinis  sessilibus  anguste 
linearibus  obtusis ;  Jlorihiis  paucis  axillaribus  terminalibusve  pedicellis 
ssepe  folia  subaequantibus  insidentibus  ;  calycis  campanulati  triente 
superiore  divisi  lobis  deltoideis  obtuse  acutis  ;  coroUw  tubo  calycem 
excedente  subcylindrico  (basin  versus  leviter  angustato)  labio  postico 
ovato.bifido  antici  lobis  obovatis  obtusissimis  intermedio  quam  laterales 


MISCELLANEA    AFRICANA  215 

longiore;  ant Ji  ens  per  paria  approximatis  ;  ovarii  siphseroideo ;  sti/lo 
leviter  exserto;  stigmate  late  lamelliformi. 

Rhodesia,  Victoria ;  MonrOy  788,  and  a  later  gathering  under 
No.  1879. 

Tota  planta  3-7  cm.  alt.  Folia  radicalia  inferne  decoloria, 
summum  circa  10  mni.  long.,  etsi  ssepe  breviora,  juxta  medium  fere 
1  mm.  lat.,  basi  fere  3  mm, ;  caulina  5-10  (raro  fere  usque  20)  mm. 
long.,  •2-"4  mm.  lat.,  raro  1  mm.  adaequantia.  Pedicelli  plerumque 
5-10  mm.  long.  Calyx  in  to  to  vix  3  mm.,  lobi  vix  1  mm.  long. 
Corolla)  tubus  4  mm.  long.,  basi  1-5  mm.  sursum  2  mm.  lat.  ;  labium 
posticu;m  3x3  mm.,  labii  antici  lobi  laterales  3  mm.  long.,  lobus 
intermedins  5  mm.  Antherse  1  mm.  lat.  Ovarium  vix  1  mm.  diam. 
Stylus  4*5  mm.  long.     Stigma  1*2  mm.  lat. 

A  very  distinct  species  apparently  nearest  C.  linearifolium  Engl., 
but  with  several  differences  in  leaf  and  flower. 

Craterostigma  chironioides,  sp.  nov.  Planta  spithamea,  glabra ; 
ca?^/^ascendente  gracili  angulato  distanter  f olioso  ; /b/m  sessilibus  an- 
guste  lanceolato-oblongis  obtusis  margine  denticulatis  paucis  infimis 
subradicalibus  nonnunquam  pauUo  latioribus  ;  florihus  in  glomerulos 
bracteatos  aggregatis;  bracteis  latis  calycem  sequantibus  ovatis  superne 
attenuatis  apice  obtusis ;  calyce  ovoideo  5-costato  costis  alato-cristatis 

5  dentato  dentibus  triangularibus  acutis ;  corollce  tubo  calycem 
excedente  ima  basi  angustato  labio  postico  ovato  rotundato  apice 
retuso  labii  antici  lobis  lateralibus  ovatis  quam  intermedins  suborbi- 
cularis  brevioribus;  anther  is  approximatis;  stylo  breviter  exserto; 
stigmate  lamelliformi. 

Belgian  Congo,  Kundelungu  Mt. ;  Kassner,  2594. 

Folia  pleraque  l'5-2-5  cm.  long.,  2-4  mm.  lat.,  perpauca  radicalia 
usque  5  mm.  lat.,  trinervia,  costa  media  subtus  prominente.  Florum 
glomeruli  7-10  mm.  diam.  Bractese  vetustiores  6  mm.  long.,  basin 
versus  4*5  mm.  lat.,  interiores  gi-adatim  imminuti.  Calyx  6  mm. 
long.  ;  hujus  dentes  1  mm.  long.  Corollse  tubus  aegre  7  mm.  long., 
ima  basi  vix  1  mm.  sub  limbo  fere  3  mm.  lat.  ;  labium  posticum 
3x3  mm. ;  anticum  5  mm.  long.  ;  hujus  lobus  intermedins  4x5  mm. 
Antherse  1*25  mm.  lat.     Ovarium  ovoideum  1*5  mm.  long.     Stylus 

6  mm.  long.     Stigma  '5  mm.  lat. 

Undoubtedly  close  to  C.  latehracteatum  Skan,  which  is  a  taller 
plant  diverse  in  foliage  and  also  in  calyx  and  corolla. 

Ilysanthes  Gossweileri,  sp.  nov.  Herba  parvula,  scaposa ;  canle 
repente  crebro  radicante  fibrillas  copiose  emittente ;  foliis  radicalibus 
oblongo-obovatis  apice  rotundatis  uninervibus  crassiusculis  glabris  vel 
fere  glabris ;  scapis  tenuibus  pubescentibus  ad  medium  bracteis 
2  oblongis  obtusis  onustis ;  florihus  pro  rata  parvis  in  umbellam 
terminalem  paucifloram  digestis ;  pedicellis  calyce  longioribus  pubes- 
centibus ;  calyce  cylindrico  5-dentato  sparsim  breviterque  pubescente; 
corollce  tubo  cylindrico  calyci  circa  aequilongo  labio  postico  obovato- 
oblongo  apice  retuso  labii  antici  lobis  obovatis  margine  undulatis 
intermedio  quam  laterales  paullulum  longiore ;  staminihus  breviter 
exsertis  antherarum  loculis  distantibus ;  staminodiis  ovoideis  basi 
obtusis ;  ovario  ovoideo  aliquanto  compresso ;  stylo  exserto  com- 
planato ;  stigmate  bilamellato. 


216  THE  JOUKNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Angola,  Kubango,  in  meadows  subject  to  inundation  at  Forte 
Princeza  Amelia  ;   Gossioeiler,  2337. 

Folia  5-10x3-4  mm.  Scapus  5-6  cm.  alt.,  hujus  bractearum 
par  3-4  mm.  long.  Bracteae  at  basin  umbellae  circa  2  mm.  long. 
Pedicelli  summum  10  mm.  long.  Calyx  4-5  mm.  long.,  1*5  mm. 
lat. ;  dentes  1  mm.  long.  Corollae  tubus  5  mm.  long.,  vix  1  mm.  lat. ; 
labium  posticum  3x1*75  mm.;  labium  antiemn  3*25x5  mm. 
Anthera?  1*25  mm.  long.  Staminodia  vix  1  mm.  long.  Ovarium 
1-5  mm.,  stylus  4*5  mm.  long. ;  stigma  '5  mm.  lat.  \ 

Differs  from  I.  Welwitschii  Engl,  chiefly  in  the  broader  leaves, 
the  narrow  calyx,  small  corolla,  and  bluntly  ending  staminodes. 

No.  3991  from  the  same  place  is  referable  here. 

Ilysanthes  yaundensis,  sp.  nov.  Caulibus  caespitosis  ascendenti- 
bus  fibrillas  permultas  basi  gignentibus ;  foliis  radicalibus  spathulato- 
oblongis  obtusis  crassiusculis  caulinis  paucis  paruvlis  anguste  oblongis 
obtusis  omnibus  glabris ;  floribus  paucis  ex  axillis  summis  oi-tio  sat 
longe  pedicellatis  ;  calyce  cylindrico  glabro  5-dentato  dentibus 
triangularibus  acutis ;  corollcd  tubo  calycem  superante  anguste 
infundibulari  labio  postico  subpanduriformi  bidentato  dentibus  a  basi 
lata  anguste  linearibus  labii  antici  lobis  inter  se  subsequalibus  obovatis 
margine  crispulis ;  staminihus  breviter  exsertis ;  staminodiis  basi 
obtusis ;  ovario  ovoideo ;  stylo  breviter  exserto ;  stigmate  infun- 
dibulari. 

Cameroons,  Yaunde  ;  ZenlceTy  1487. 

Planta  6-8  cm.  alt.  Folia  radicalia  6-15  mm.  long.,  superne 
1-2  mm.  lat.  ;  caulina  plerumque  2—4  mm.  long.  Pedicelli  plerumque 
1-2  cm.  long.  Calyx  totus  4*5  mm.  long. ;  dentes  1  mm.  Corollae 
tubus  5'25  mm.  long.,  inferne  1  mm.  sub  limbo  2  mm.  lat. ;  labium 
posticum  4-5  mm.  long.,  basi  3  mm.  lat.,  hujus  dentes  1  mm.  long. 
Antherae  1*5  mm.,  staminodia  fere  1  mm.,  ovarium  "8  mm.,  stylus 
6  mm.  long.     Stigma  1  mm.  lat. 

Distributed  as  I.  Welwitschii  Engl.,  an  Angolan  plant  from 
which  it  can  be  distinguished  by  the  possession  of  cauline  as  well  as 
radical  leaves,  smaller  calyx,  upper  lip  of  corolla  with  narrow  teeth 
and  staminodia  ending  bluntly. 

Alectra  gracilis,  sp.  nov.  Herba  gracilis  fere  spithamea  ;  caule 
erecto  simplici  vel  rariramoso  sat  crebro  folioso  scabrido ;  foliis 
oppositis  sessilibus  oblongis  vel  oblongo-linearibus  obtusis  integris 
utrinque  scabridis  ;  floribus  ex  axillis  foliorum  paucorum  summorum 
oriundis  pedicellis  brevibus  bmcteis  2  linearibus  donatis  insidentibus ; 
calyce  campanulato  extus  scabriuscule  triente  superiori  diviso  lobis 
triangularibus  acutis ;  corolla  calycem  breviter  superante  lobis  quam 
tubus  plane  brevioribus  oblongo-ovatis  obtusis ;  fllamentis  subaequi- 
longis  duobus  barbatis  duobus  calvis  antherarum  locidis  inter  se 
subsimilibus  basi  mucronatis ;  ovario  ovoideo  compressiusculo ;  stylo 
clavato  glabro. 

Angola,  moist  meadows  between  the  Kutchi  and  Kutato; 
Gossioeiler,  3391. 

Folia  plerumque  5-10  mm.  long.,  l*5-2'5  mm.  lat.  Pedicelli  circa 
1  mm.  long.     Bractca)  usque  5  mm.  long.     Calyx  totus  6  mm.  long. ; 


MI3CELLAXEA    AFRICAXA  217 

iobi  1-5-2  mm.  CoroUie  tubus  7  mm.,  lobi  2  mm.  long.  Anthers 
circa  1  mm.,  ovarium  2  mm.,  stylus  7  mm.  long. 

The  slender  habit,  entire  leaves,  together  with  the  mucronate 
anthers,  afford  the  best  means  of  distinguishing  this  species. 

Buchnera  quadrangalaris,  sp.  nov.  Caule  sat  valide  erecte 
ramoso  quadrangular!  scabriusculo  deinde  Isevi  ;  foliis  (summis 
alternis  suboppositisve)  sessilibus  oblongo-oblanceolatis  obtusis  vel 
obtusissimis  optime  3-5-nervibus  utrinque  scabridis ;  spicis  sessilibus 
terminalibus  simplicibus  vel  basi  2-3-ramosis  quadritariatim  densi- 
floris  ;  bracteis  ovatis  acutis  dorso  margineque  hispidulis  ;  hracteolls 
lineari-oblanceolatis  obtuse  acutis  bracteis  iequilongis;  calyce  bracteolas 
superante  latiuscule  quadrangular!  4-nervi  hispidulo  lobis  4  quam 
tubus  plane  brevioribus  oblongis  obtusiusculis  ;  corollce  tubo  calycem 
breviter  excedente  subcylindrico  paullulum  curvato  glabro  lobis 
obovatis  obtusissimis  tubo  brevioribus, ^/«;«e;jz'is  imberbibus  antheris 
acutis. 

Angola,  in  Mandioca  plantations  toward  U'Golo ;  Gossweil€}\ 
1056. 

Planta  |-metralis.     Folia  plerumque  3*5-5  x  1-2  cm.     Spicae  2-3  X 

1  cm.  Flo  res  sec.  cl.  deteetorem  albi.  Calyx  totus  5  mm.  long, 
(sub  fructu  usque  8  mm.),  2  mm.  lat. ;  lobi  longit.  vix  2  mm.  ad- 
aequantes.  Corollte  tubus  6  mm.  long.,  circa  1  mm.  lat. ;  lobi 
1*75  X  1 '25  mm.  Filamenta  longiora  circa  -75  mm.  long.  Ovarium 
ovoideum,  1  mm.  long. ;  stylus  clavellatus,  1'5  mm.  long.  Capsula 
late  ovoidea,  3  x  2'75  mm. 

Can  be  told  at  a  glance  from  B,  lij^pioides  Vatke  by  the  entirely 
different  flowers. 

Buchnera  convallicola,  sp.  nov.  Caule  erecto  robusto  circiter 
4-spithameo  pauciramoso  ;  ramulis  sat  tenuibus  uti  caulis  seabrius- 
culis ;  foliis  inferioribus  oppositis  ceteris  siepissime  alternis  nisi  sub- 
oppositis  sessilibus  oblongis  obtusis  nonnunquam  obtusissimis  superi- 
oribus  gradatim  imminutis  omnibus  pagina  utravis  scabridis  in  sicco 
haud  nigrescentibuSj^or/^Msin  glomerulis  terminalibus  brevijDeduncu- 
latis  subglobosis  vel  ovoideis  dense  multilloris  disjDositis ;  bracteis 
inferioribus  quam  glomerulus  brevioribus  omnibus  lanceolatis  breviter 
acuminatis  calyci  circiter  aequilongis  uti  bracteolae  calyxque  scabrius- 
cule  pubescentibus ;  bracteolis  lineari-lanceolatis  acuminatis  quam 
bractea  paullulum  brevioribus ;  calyce  10-nervi  lobis  5  lanceolatis 
acuminatis  ;  corollce  tubo  recto  sub  limbo  leviter  dilatato  lobis  inter 
se  fere  sequalibus  suborbicularibus ;  ovario  oblongo-ovoideo  quam 
stylus  apice  clavatus  integerque  breviore ;  capsula  ovoidea,  obtu- 
sissima. 

Belgian  Congo,  in  valley  at  Mt.  Senga  ;  Kassner,  2984. 

Folia  (uti,  bracteae,  bracteolae,  calycesque)  in  sicco  brunneo-vel 
griseo-viridia,  plerujnque  ib  3  cm.  long.,  5-7  mm.  lat.,  niro  5x1  cm. 
attingentia,  summa  in  bracteas  transeuntes.  Glomeruli  1-2x1*5  cm. 
Bractea3  8*5  mm.  long.,  bracteola?  7  mm.  Calyx  in  toto  8  mm.  long., 
inferne  1*5  mm.  superne  2  mm.  lat. ;  hujus  dentes  2  mm.  long. 
CoroUtK  tubus  9  mm.  long.,   inferne  vix  1  mm.  lat.  ipso  sub  limljo 

2  mm.;  lobi  3x4  mm.     Filamenta  1*5  mm.  long.,  antherie  totidem. 

Journal  of  Botam'. — Vol.  57.     [August,  1919.]  b 


^18  THE    JOL^KXAL    OF    BOTANY 

Ovarium  1  ram,,  stylus  1'75  mm.  long.  Capsula  fusco-brunnea, 
glabra,  3-5  X  25  mm. 

Near  B.  quangensis  Engl.,  B.  suhcapitata  Engl,  and  B.  pulchra 
Skan,  but  distinguished  on  sight  by  the  indumentum  and  retention  of 
colour  when  dried.  It  would  seem  closer  still  to  B.  affinis  De  Wild., 
known  by  description  only,  which  has  much  larger  lower  leaves  and 
more  or  less  amplexicaul  upper  'ones,  lowermost  bracts  as  long  as,  or 
a  little  longer  than,  the  inflorescences,  differently-shaped  upper  bracts, 
smaller  calyx  with  only  4  (and  smaller)  teeth,  narrower  corolla  lobes, 
and  larger  beaked  capsules. 

To  get  the  above  measurements  of  bracts,  bracteoles,  and  cal3^x,  it 
is  necessary  to  select  perfectly  expanded  flow^ers,  as  those  not  quite 
so  advanced  have  those  organs  smaller. 

Buchnera  Gos^weileri,  sp.  nov.  Caule  ascendente  simplici  vel 
perpauciramoso  leviter  scabriusculo ;  foliis  sessilibus  caulinis  oblongis 
vel  oblongo-lanceolatis  obtusis  basi  3-7-nervibus  supra  scabridis  subtus 
leviter  scabriusculis  ;  sj)icis  densifloris  primo  ovoideis  postea  oblongis 
pedunculis  folia  superantibus  insidentibus ;  hracteis  calyce  paullo 
bi*evioribus  ovatis  acuminatis  margine  ciliolatis  dorso  scabriusculis ; 
hracteolis  spathulatis  acutis  longit.  bracteas  circa  semisequantibus ; 
caJycis  late  cylindrici  9-nervis  lobis  5  inter  se  inaequalibus  triangu- 
laribus  acutis  ;  corollce  tubo  calycem  duplo  superante  lobis  suborbicu- 
laribus  margine  leviter  ciliolatis;  filamentis  omnibus  glabris  antheris 
optime  acuminatis. 

Angola,  forests  of  Mudobua  ;    Gossiceiler,  1059. 

Planta  circa  spithamea.  Folia  plerumque  3-4  cm.  long.,  8-11  mm. 
lat.  Pedunculi  segre  usque  10  cm.  long,  saepius  vero  breviores. 
Spicse  primo  10-15  x  10-12  mm.,  posthac  usque  saltem  2*5  cm.  elon- 
gatse.  Bracteae  3-3*5  mm.  long.,  inferne  2'5  mm.  lat.  Bracteolse  fere 
2  mm.  long.  Calyx  4*5  mm.  long.,  2  mm.  lat.  ;  lobi  1-1  "5  mm.  long. 
CoroUae  tubus  8x1*5  mm.;  lobi  segre  3  mm.  diam.  Filamenta 
longiora  1  mm.  long.  Ovarium  ovoideum,  segre  I'O  mm.  long.  ; 
stylus  ovario  sequilongus. 

B.  ensifolia  Engl.,  to  which  this  comes  closest,  has  narrower 
(linear-lanceolate)  leaves,  broader  bracts  glabrous  except  for  the 
ciUate  margin,  a  shorter  and  broader  calyx,  and  corollas  with  smaller 
lobes.  In  addition,  its  leaves  have  but  one  nerve,  and  though  the 
nerves  of  the  other  are  difficult  to  see  on  the  upper  side  of  the  leaf, 
they  are  very  plain  on  the  lower  face,  especially  near  the  base. 

Buchnera  grranitica,  sp.  nov.  Herba  hispidule  scabrida  circiter 
spithamea;  caule  subsimplici  erecto  angulato  folioso ;  foliis  ssepissime 
oppositis  basalibus  rosulatis  oblongis  vel  oblongo-ovatis  obtusis  mani- 
feste  (interdum  obscure)  trinervibus  ceteris  linearibus  vel  lineari- 
oblongis  mucronatis  ;  spicis  foliis  brevioribus  ovoideis  basi  parum 
interruptis ;  hracteis  lanceolatis  acutis  uti  caWx  extus  hispidule 
scabridis  ;  hracteolis  calyce  multo  brevioribus  linearibus  acutis ; 
calyce  9-nervi  lobis  5  abbreviatis  subulatis  ;  corollce  tubo  ex  calyce 
plane  eminente  sub  limbo  hispidulo  lobis  obovatis  obtussimis  ;  jila- 
mentis  omnibus  glabris  antlieris  acuminatis. 

Khodesia,  Salisbury ;  Rand,  1431. 


MTSCELLA>EA    AFRTCAXA  219 

Folia  basalia  summmn  3*5-4  cm.  x  7-12  mm.,  srepius  2-3  cm. 
long.,  5-5  mm.  lat.  ;  caulina  plerumque  2"5-4  cm.  x  3-4  mm.  Spicse 
nondum  profecto  evolutae  circa  12  x  10  mm.  Bractese  4-5  mm.  long. 
Bracteolae  2  mm.  long.  Calycis  tubus  7  mm.  long.,  inferne  1  mm. 
superne  1"5  mm.  lat. ;  lobi  1'5  mm.  long.  Corollae  tubus  segre 
9  mm.  long.,  1  mm.  lat. ;  lobi  3  x  2'5  mm.  Filamenta  longiora 
1'5  mm.  long.,  breviora  '75  mm. ;  antherae  l-25-l*5  mm.  long. 
Ovarium  1  mm.  long.  ;  stylus  sursum  clavato-lamellatus  2  mm.  long. 

To  be  inserted  in  the  genus  next  JB.  pusillijlora  S.  Moore.  The 
diverse  foliage  and  ovoid  spikes  at  once  point  to  sj)ecific  difference. 

Buchnera  congoensis,  sp.  nov.  Caule  simplici  erecto  circiter 
spithameo  quadrangulari  scabiusculo  crebro  folioso ;  foliis  araplis 
infimis  rosulatis  ovatis  obtusissimis  ceteris  oppositis  sessilibus  oblongo- 
oblanceolatis  basi  apiceque  obtusis  omnibus  trinervibus  utrinque 
scabridisque  ;  spicis  terminalibus  sessilibus  basi  compositis  subglobosis 
densifloris ;  bracteis  obovatis  acuminatis  extus  hispidule  scabridis 
quam  bracteolae  linear! -lanceolatse  longioribus  ;  calycis  tubo  cylindrico- 
ini'undibulari  bracteam  plane  excedente  plurinervi  extus  hispidule 
scabrido  lobis  5  subulatis  breviter  acuminatis  inter  sese  paullulum 
dissimilibus ;  corollce  tubo  calyce  paullulum  breviore  superne  leviter 
ampliato  extus  fere  glabro  lobis  oblongo-obovatis  obtusissimis  ;  Jlla- 
mentis  imberbibus  antheris  acuminatis. 

Belgian  Congo,  Kundelungu  in  moist  places  ;  Kass?ier,  2787. 

Folia  basalia  4-6  X  2-2'5  cm.,  cetera  5-7  X 1-2  cm.,  omnia  in 
sicco  tenuiter  papyracea.  Bractese  usque  10  mm.  long.,  apicem 
versus  4'5  mm.  lat. ;  bracteolae  7  mm.  long.  Calycis  ttbus  11  mm. 
long.,  inferne  1'5  mm.  superne  fere  3  mm.  lat.  ;  lobi  2-2-5  mm.  long. 
Corollas  tubus  10*5  mm.  long.,  deorsum  1  mm.  ipso  sub  limbo  2  mm. 
lat. ;  lobi  circa  5x3  mm.  Filamenta  longiora  vix  1  mm.  long., 
antherae  1*25  mm.  Ovarium  ovoideum,  1*5  mm.  long. ;  stylus  quam 
ovarium  duplo  longior. 

Can  be  distinguished  easily  from  its  nearest  ally  B.  anclongensis 
Hiern  by  the  much  larger  bracts,  the  longer  and  differently-shaped 
calyx  vv^ithout  hairs  on  the  ribs,  and  the  larger  corolla. 

Buchnera  orgyalis,  sp.  nov.  Planta  orgyalis  :  caule  erecto  sursum 
ramoso  subtereti  scabride  pubescente ;  foliis  sessilibus  inferioribus 
oppositis  vel  suboppositis  oblongo-oblanceolatis  obtusis  prominenter 
5-nervibus  utrinque  scaberrimis  superioribus  saepius  alternis  nisi  sub- 
oppositis lineari-oblanceolatis  obtusis  trinervibus  scaberrimis  ;  spicis 
terminalibus  raro  itaque  ex  axilla  summa  oriundis  subsphaeroideis  basi 
compositis ;  bracteis  obovatis  obtusissimis  cuspidulatis  dorso  mar- 
gineque  hispidulis  quam  bracteolae  oblongo-obovatae  obtusissime  hispi- 
dulae  paullo  longioribus;  calycis  tubo  subc^dindrico  (basi  paullulum 
angustato)  10-nervi  5-lobo  lobis  breviter  triangularibus  hispidulis  ; 
corollce  tubo  calycem  facile  superante  parum  incurvo  extus  glabro 
lobis  oblongo-obovatis  obtusissimis  intus  basi  pilosulis ;  Jilamejifis 
longioribus  puberulis  antheris  utrinque  acutis. 

Angola,  open  *'  Mumua  "  woodsj  at  Katoco-Kubango  ;  Gossweih-r, 
3823. 

(To  ba  contimied.) 

R  2 


220  THE    JOUKNAL    OF    EOT  ANY 

ANDKOEOIUM  AND  GYNOECIUM. 

By  a.  H.  Church. 

As  the  rule  for  spelling  these  very  essential  botanical  terms  is  still 
somewhat  vague  and  casual,  while  writers  using  the  above  orthography 
are  frequently  snubbed  by  would-  be  purists,  it  may  be  of  interest  to 
place  on  record  the  history  and  various  modes  of  writing  these  terms  ; 
they  have  undoubtedly  come  to  stay  as  convenient  conventions  in 
Floral  Terminology,  and  it  is  time  that  some  ruling  was  accepted  in 
ths  matter  by  English  writers.  For  example,  in  a  recent  publication 
(^Botany  of  the  Living  Plant,  1919,  p.  221),  Professor  Bower  retains 
the  present  spelling  as  distinctive  and  suitable,  for  the  sake  of  uni- 
formity, though  acknowledging  that  the  etymology  may  be  faulty. 
In  support  of  Prof.  Bower's  usage,  continued  from  his  well-known 
Practical  Botany  (in  several  editions,  1894,  1902),  it  may  be  stated 
at  once  that  there  is  much  more  to  be  said  for  this  method  etymo- 
logically  than  for  the  popular  variant  gynaeceum  ;  though  it  is  again 
possible  that  to  others  both  methods  of  spelling  may  be  equally  o^^en 
to  criticism.  It  may  be  also  admitted  that  it  is  ridiculous  to  spell 
two  such  homologized  expressions  on  a  different  plan  ;  while  to  have 
to  explain  such  subtle  distinctions  to  a  class  of  students  with  ordinary 
common  sense  is  a])t  to  make  a  teacher  of  elementary  botany  both 
look  and  feel  a  fool ;  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  retention  of  such 
complexities  of  terminology  in  a  science  already  over-burdened  with 
vestigial  and  traditional  phraseology  encourages  a  disrespect  for  the 
pedantries  of  pseudo-science.  Grood  terms  are  necessary,  and  there 
should  be  no  difficulty  about  their  correct  presentation. 

The  first  appearance  of  the  two  words  now  considered  dates  from 
an  essay  written  in  Latin  {Linnaea,  i.  433)  by  J.  Poeper,  so  far  a 
classicist,  and  the  words  are  given  quite  clearly  and  definitely  with 
their  proposed  etymology  (p.  437),  as  androeceum^  ex  a.vr\p  et  dt/w-os 
(without  accents),  and  (p.  438)  gynaeceum^  ex  yvvr\  et  o\i:o% :  "Hie 
verticillus  foliis  foemineis  efformatus  baud  inepte  forsan  gynoecei 
nomine  designari  posset."  To  the  apostle  of  priority  the  terms  ar^ 
thus  established  once  for  all  on  a  reasonable  basis,  and  there  is  no 
more  to  be  said ;  the  expressions  are  good  words,  fairly  euphonious, 
conceived  in  correlated  form,  i.  <?.,  made  to  match,  both  involving  the 
idea  of  a  locus  {ihkos),  and  with  no  necessary  reference  to  women 
(y.ui/ajK-es).  The  terms  are  quoted  in  this  form,  though  indicated  as 
rt3dundant,  by  Schleiden  in  his  text-book,|1842  (c/!  Eng.  Trans.  1849, 
Lankester,  p.  31(5,  the  oe  being  written  as  a  diphthong)  ;  but  the 
latter  term  made  little  headway  so  long  as  Linnean  writers  were  still 
obsessed  with  the  herbalist's  tenn  pistil  (^"pestle,"  with  a  variant 
as  pointal),  which  apparently  dates  from  Tournefort  ( 1700) .  Similarly 
even  at  the  present  day  the  terms  are  frequently  omitted  by  many 
writers  (cif'.  Engler  &  Prantl)  to  whom  the  conception  of  the 
androecium  and  gynoecium  as  specialized  regions  of  the  flower  with  a 
certain  individuality  of  their  own,  to  be  reduced  or  elaborated  inde- 
pendently of  the  other  parts,  is  still  unfamiliar.  The  expressions 
really  imply  much  more  than  a  mere  aggregate  of  stamens  or  carpels, 


AXDROEcir:\r  axd  GixoEcirM  221 

and  they  supply  a  need  in  floral  terminology  which  cannot  be  readih^ 
expressed  or  made  intelligible  in  any  other  way. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  in  this  country  the  anglicized  version 
gynoeciinn  (with  a  diphthong),  as  correlated  with  androecium  was 
early  adopted  by  George  Bentham  (1832,  Labiatarum  Gen.  et  Sp. 
p.  xxvii),  and  was  continued  into  the  Genera  JBlantarum  (1862,  i. 
p.  v)  of  Bentham  and  Hooker ;  the  same  usage  may  be  noted  in 
Hooker's  edition  of  Le  Maont  and  Decaisne  (1873,  p.  64),  as  also  in 
J.  H.  Balfour's  Class  Book  of  Botany  (1854,  p.  239)  ;  just  as 
Lindley's  Glossary  of  Botanical  Terms  gives  gynoecium  (1848). 
Hence  the  spelling  of  gynoecium  maj^  be  accepted  as  the  standard 
established  for  English  writers,  by  botanists  of  such  rank  as  Bentham, 
Hooker,  Lindle}^  and  Balfour,  and  has  been  correctly  continued  bv 
Bower  (1919),  as  it  was  also  accepted  hj  Asa  Gray  (1879,  Structural 
Botany,  p.  165  in  1887  edit.),  the  latter  following  Bentham  and  mis- 
quoting Roeper,  whose  paper  he  had  probably  not  seen.  On  these 
grounds  the  same  spelling  was  adopted  in  Floral  Mechanism  (Church, 
1908). 

A  little  knowledge  of  Greek  may  it  is  true  be  often  worse  than 
none  at  all  [cf.  Kraus,  Verhand.  Wiirzburg,  1908,  p.  10),  and  it  is 
perfectly  time,  as  anyone  with  a  lexicon  can  find  out,  that  the  Greeks 
had  a  name  for  the  "  female  apartments  "  of  a  house,  based  on  the 
stem  yvvaiK — as  ywaiK^wv,  commonly  rendered  gynaeceum  in  Latin 
(but  also  gyneciumy  with  another  word  gynaeconitis),  the  word 
*' gynaeceum  "  being  even  continued  by  the  Romans  for  a  factory 
employing  female  labour,  the  superintendent  of  which  would  be  a 
gynaecius.  These  facts  maj''  be  interesting  to  a  philologist,  but  thev 
have  nothing  to  do  with  the  Avords  coined  by  Koeper  for  strictly 
botanical  purposes,  and  not  involving  any  question  of  actual  women 
at  all.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  Greeks,  as  might  be  expected,  also 
had  a  word  for  the  "men's  apartments"  as  avhpelov,  avcpojr,  latinized 
as  andron  (andreum,  andrium,  cf.  andronitis)  ;  these  terms  being 
equally  correlative  ;  i.  <?.,  the  use  of  one  implying  the  use  of  the 
other.  The  choice  is  obviously  between  Boeper's  pair  and  the  Greek 
pair  or  their  Latin  equivalents  ;  to  mix  them  is  futile.  Who  the 
interfering  busybody  may  have  been  who  first  resurrected  gynaeceum 
is  not  clear,  nor  does  it  much  matter ;  the  word  spelt  in  this  manner 
appears  in  Link  (1837,  p.  86)  and  Lindley  (1832,  p.  138),  appa- 
rently as  a  misunderstanding.  But  it  is  important  to  note  that  it 
also  appears  in  Sach's  Lehrhuch  of  1870  (p.  458),  associated  with  the 
original  form  androeceum  (p.  444)  ;  and  as  more  modern  text-books 
have  been  largely  based  on  this  work  in  Germany  and  in.  this  country, 
people  brought  up  on  Sachs  have  contended  for  or  continued  the 
erroneous  version  of  the  word  (Goebel,  Drude,  Frank,  Schumann). 
That  is  to  say,  the  c  of  androecium  represents  the  k  of  oIkos  (as  in 
*•  dioecious  "  and  "  monoecious  "  of  Linnaeus),  and  so  would  the  c  of 
gynoecium-,  but  the  c  of  gynaeceum  represents  the  k  of  yvvaiK,  the 
full  stem  of  yvvT]  (woman),  and  any  association  with  an  oIkos  vanishes. 
It  may  be  asserted  that  Roeper  to  be  technically  perfect,  should  have 
written  gynaec-oeceum  (Kraus),  but  no  Greek  would  have  thought 


"222  TllK    .U)rKXAl,    OF    EOTANY 

of  doing  so  :  his  instinct  for  portmanteau  words  would  hare  in  fact 
telescoped  this  to  gynoeceum  ;  and  Koeper  was  perfectly  justified  in 
following  the  accepted  and  traditional  usage  dating  from  Linnaeus  of 
taking  the  clipped  root  gyn-  as  expressing  a  cei-tain  suggestion  of 
femininity  without  implying  any  necessary  connection  with  actual 
'*  women."  This  botanical  usage  is  freely  recognized  by  the  Oxford 
Dictionary  (1901). 

It  is  interesting  to  note  in  fact  that  the  full  root  yv»^at»:-  does 
not  occur  anywhere  in  botany  ;  a  few  genera  beginning  with  gynaec- 
were  proposed  by  Hasskarl  (1844),  but  they  have  been  since  cut 
down  (as  Gynaecura  to  Oynura  {cf.  Baillon,  Diet.,  and  Index 
Kewensis) ;  and  no  botanical  name  or  term  carries  the  c  {k)  of 
yvvaiK-,  as  in  the  significant  expression  '*  gynaecology."  On  the 
other  hand  gyn-,  as  in  gynandrous  trichogyne,  Coelogyne,  Gynerium, 
g3'nophore,  &c.,  and  even  gy no-dioecious,  is  one  of  the  accepted 
commonplace  units  of  botanical  terminology,  following  the  Linnean 
Monogynia,  Digynia,  &c.  Hence  Koeper  was  not  only  justified  in 
his  nomenclature,  but  perfectly  accurate.  The  connotation  of  the 
modern  use  of  the  term  is  even  more  significant  as  expressing  the 
locus  of  the  "female"  parts  of  the  organism  (i.e.,  the  **  mega-'' 
regions,  including  the  megaspore  of  the  sporophyte  and  the  mega- 
gamete  of  the  gametophyte),  with  even  less  application  to  the 
*•  women  "  of  a  "  gynaeceum." 

Koeper's  solution  of  the  nomenclature  to  be  adopted  was  in  every 
way  admirable,  and  there  can  be  no  doubt  whatever  as  to  the  legiti- 
macy of  the  oe  in  both  \vords.  There  cannot  be  the  slightest  objec- 
tion to  giving  him  the  full  credit  of  his  priority  in  such  a  useful 
conception,  the  full  value  of  which  did  not  immediately  appeal  to 
his  contemporaries.  Thus,  Payer  {Organogenies  1857)  carries  on 
Androcee  (p.  714),  but  retains  Pistil  (p.  725) :  Van  Tieghem 
{Traite  de  Botaniqiie,  1884,  1891)  similarly  uses  androcee  and 
pistil ;  while  in  the  first  modern  English  "  Pmctical  "  (Huxle}^  and 
Martin,  1875)  neither  tenn  is  employed.  Baillon  (Dictionnaire, 
1886)  gives  Gynecee  as  the  gallicized  form  of  gynaeceum.  As  pre- 
viously indicated,  most  of  the  text-books  of  the  period  follow  the 
error  of  Sachs  (1870)  :  thus  Eichler  {Bluthendiagramme,  1875, 
p.  190)  writes  androeceum  but  gynaeceum.  In  English  translations 
the  same  spelling  is  commonly  varied  to  -ium  ;  while  the  oe  and  ae 
are  obscured  by  the  traditional  printer's  fad  of  using  type  diphthongs 
(in  italic).  The  English  translation  of  Sachs  (1875,  Bennett  &  Dyer, 
p.  488)  \vv\ie%  Androecium  {(\.\^\\iho\-\Q)  with  gynaeceum  (diphthong), 
and  the  second  edition  (Vines,  1882,  p.  557)  follows  ;  though  in  Prantl 
and  Vines  (1881,  p.  189)  gynoecium  had  been  written.  Henfrey 
(4th  edit.  1884,  Masters  and  Bennett,  p.  119)  gives  androecium  and 
gynaecinin  (diphthongs),  and  again  Vines  {Student's  Handhook, 
1895,  p.  521)  gynaeceum.  Engler's  Syllabus  (1912,  xix.)  continues 
gynaeceum.  It  is  also  interesting  to  record  that,  while  the  credit  of 
returning  to  the  original  terms  of  Roeper  rests  with  A.  F.  W. 
Schiraper  (Strasburger's  text-book,  1894,  p.  365),  the  English  trans- 
lation (Porter,  1898)  gives  gynoecium  (diphthong),  and  the  revision 


AXDi;oE(jii'.\r  a>:d  GY^oKCI^^r  223 

by  Lang  (1912)  returns  to  t\\Q  gynaeceum  (diphthong)  with  androe- 
cium  (p.  483).  In  the  Glossary  of  Botanical  Terms  (B.  D.  Jack- 
son, 1916)  gynaeceum  is  recorded  as  derived  from  ywaiKelov,  ignoring 
Roeper,  though  the  Latin  gynecium  and  the  English  (Gen.  Plant.) 
form  gynoeciiim  are  included  as  variants.  The  Oxford  Dictionary, 
unfortunately  restricted  to  books  published  in  this  country,  with 
characteristic  ineptitude  in  botanical  matters  gives  gynoecium  (diph- 
thong) as  "the  usual  but  incorrect  form  oi gynaeceum''''  (diphthong), 
"having  been  supposed  to  be  from  ohloi',  house,  and  under  the 
influence  of  this  notion  androecium  has  been  formed  as  its  correla- 
tive " — an  interesting  example  of  literary  stupidity,  all  the  points 
being  incorrect ;  since,  as  already  indicated,  androecium  is  so  far  the 
elder  twin  of  the  pair,  the  Avord  is  legitimately  formed  from  okos, 
and  it  was  the  usual  form  in  this  country  only  up  to  1875  or  so. 

Apart  from  the  question  of  the  oe  and  ae,  it  would  also  appear 
that  continental  writers  and  modern  botanists  have  largely  followed 
Sachs,  retaining  the  -eum  of  Roeper  (1826),  while  English  writers 
tend  to  the  -iumoi  Bentham  (1832),  The  difference  between  e  and  i 
is  quite  optional,  and  both  may  be  found  in  latinized  terms,  though 
the  presumable  association  with  -olKthn-  might  lead  to  -iU7n  as  nearest 
in  intention  (Bentham).  Apart  from  any  philological  bias,  it  may 
be  noted  that  while  -eum  as  a  suffix  is  rare  in  botany  (except  in 
adjectives) ;  -imn,  whatever  may  be  its  etymological  origin,  is  a 
commonplace  ending  of  many  words  in  general  use,  of  the  type : — 
archegonium,  antheridium,  archesponmn,  ainphitkecium,  sporan- 
gium, gonidium,  sporidium,  &c.,  and  it  may  be  taken  as  a  convenient 
and  generalized  termination.  From  such  a  standpoint  of  mere 
litemry  convenience  the  emended  spelling  androecium  and  gynoecium, 
as  established  by  Bentham  and  Hooker  (Gen.  Plant.),  omitting  the 
unnecessary  diphthong  t^^pe,  may  be  established  as  sufficiently  legi- 
timate to  satisfy  all  claims,  and  the  words  as  written  in  the  heading 
of  this  note  are  entitled  to  stand  permanently.  To  return  to  the 
-sum  of  Roeper  may  be  satisfying  to  the  more  pedantic ;  the  atti- 
tude of  Bentham  is  good  enough  for  any  English  botanist ;  but  the 
use  of  ae  instead  of  oe,  is  not  only  distinctly  wrong  but  extremely 
foolish. 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES. 

LXXVI.  Henry  W.  Bubgess's  '  Eidodendeox.* 

This  work,  described  on  its  singularly  ugly  title-page  as  "  Eido- 
DENDHON  :  Views  of  the  general  Character  and  Appearance  of  Trees, 
foreign  and  indigenous,  connected  with  Picturesque  Scenery,  by 
H.  W.  Burgess  :  London,  1827,"  is,  so  far  as  the  plates  are  concerned, 
of  no  botanical  importance  and  hence  rarely  finds  a  place  in  botanical 
libraries.  There  is,  however,  a  copy  in  the  Department  of  Botany, 
and  the  book  presents  a  few  points  of  bibliographical  interest  which 
may  as  well  be  put  on  record. 


224  TIIK    JOUHXAL    OF     liOIANV 

The  work  is  a  folio  volume  containing  54  plates,  of  which  a  list  is 
given,  and  a  portrait  of  the  author  ;  it  was  published  in  numbers, 
each  apparently  containing  six  plates.  Both  title-pages — there  is  one 
preceding  the  plates — are  dated  1827,  but  this  for  the  whole  work  is 
manifestly  incorrect :  there  are  tAvo  dedications,  one  to  George  IV., 
the  other  to  William  IV. — from  the  latter  it  would  appear  that 
Burgess  held  some  official  position,  as  he  speaks  of  having  **  trusted 
to  show  that  the  office  of  landscape  painter  has  not  been  idly  bestowed 
upon  [his]  Majesty's  faithful  and  obedient  servant."  A  notice  by 
James  Main  in  Loudon's  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  (ii.  52  ;  March,  1829) 
shows  that  12  plates  (two  numbers)  were  then  published  ;  Loudon 
{A?'boretum,  i,  cxci)  says  that  nos.  5  and  6  were  published  in  1833. 

It  is  in  connection  with  these  numbers  that  such  botanical  interest 
as  the  work  possesses  will  be  found.  Prefixed  to  the  volume  is  an 
essay  extending  over  26  folios,  headed  in  very  small  capitals  **  Botani- 
cal Diversions  I,"  followed  by  a  large  title  "  Amoenitates  Querneae." 
It  includes  a  comprehensive  account  of  the  Oak  in  literature,  history, 
poetry,  and  commerce  :  there  is  however  no  indication  as  to  its  author- 
ship, although  it  was  evident  that  it  was  written  by  a  competent 
person  and  that  Burgess  had  nothing  to  do  with  it  beyond  issuing  it 
with  his  book.  Dr.  Daydon  Jackson  in  his  useful  Guide  to  the 
Literature  of  Botany  (1881)  attributes  it  to  Gilbert  Burnett  (1800- 
35),  but  at  this  distance  of  time  does  not  remember  w^hence  he 
obtained  this  information  ;  this  will  however  be  found  in  the  Arhorettim, 
as  already  quoted,  where  it  is  stated  to  be  "  by  the  late  Professor 
Burnet "  {sic).  It  is,  as  has  been  said,  a  very  complete  account : 
Loudon  (ojp.  cit.  iii.  1722)  refers  to  it  as  "a  very  curious  and  elaborate 
production — not  so  well  known  as  it  deserves  to  be  ;  the  history  of  the 
more  celebrated  Oaks  is  elaborated  with  much  care,  and  the  work 
as  a  whole  should  be  consulted  by  anyone  who  may  be  interested 
in  the  subject.''  It  may  be  noted  tliat  Burnett  indicates  various 
names  not  taken  up  in  the  Index  Kewensis  and  proposes  (fol.  3) 
three  new  ones  for  species  alread}^  characterized : — 

"  Q.  navalis  [vel  pedunculata].     The  Ship  or  Naval  Oak 

**  Q.  regalis  [vel  sessiliflora].     The  Royal  or  Bay  Oak 

"  Q.  Homer  [vel  pubescens].     The  red- wooded,  durmast,  or  downy 


Oak, 


James  Britten. 


SHORT    NOTES. 

New  Variety  of  Tolypella  glomerata.  In  examining  a 
large  number  of  specimens  of  Tolypella  glomerata,  we  have  come 
across  some  plants  which,  in  the  more  rounded  shape  and  the  red 
colour  of  the  oospore,  exhibit  a  variation  in  the  direction  of  T.  nidi- 
Jica.  The  decoration  of  the  membrane  is  also  somewhat  intermediate 
in  character  between  the  two  species,  frequently  showing  smooth 
intervals  between  the  granular  lines.  The  points  of  diiference  from 
typical  T.  (jloinerata  seem  sufficient  to  justify  the  separation  of  the 
plants   referred   to  as  a  distinct  variety   for   which   we   propose  the 


SHORT    XOTES  2*2o 

name  ERYTHEOCAiiPA  : — Oospora  late-ellipsoidalis  c.  850-400 /a  Ion ga, 
coronula  exclusa,  300-850  ^  lata  ;  evythra,  aut  rubro-fulva  aut  rubida. 
Membrana  lineariter-granulata,  saepe  intervallas  leves  inter  lineas 
granulatas  exhibens. 

The  localities  from  which  we  have  identified  the  variety  are  :— - 
Anglesey,  I^lyn  Coron  (J".  E.  Griffith);  Leitrim,  Lough  Melvin 
(i?.  Ll.Praeger)  ;  E.  Donegal,  L.  Magheradrmnman  {G.  E.  B.-W). 

In  typical  T.  nidijica  the  oospore  is  much  larger  than  in  any 
form  of  T.  glomerata,  and  the  membrane  is  wine-red  in  colour  and 
quite  destitute  of  decoration. — J.  Geotes  and  G.  K.  Blllock- 
Webstee. 

Htpeeicum  humifusum  (p.  195).  I  possess  a  long  analysis  of 
the  soils  and  habitats  of  this  plant  in  Lincolnshire,  and  the}^  practi- 
cally agree  with  Mr.  H.  Stuart  Thompson's  notes  and  Bentham's, 
but  methods  of  ecological  research  have  been  carried  further.  It  is 
truh^  a  woodland  species,  but  not  of  the  young  thrusting  growths, 
rather  of  the  decaying  stage,  passing  into  Calluna  moorland.  The 
decay  of  our  Pine- woods  between  a.d.  800-1400 — i.  e.,  during  the 
vine-growing  period  for  wine — and  later  of  our  sandy  Beech-woods, 
has  practicalh'  ended  this  species  with  us  generally,  for  it  is  only 
4  to  6  :  1  =  very  coimnon,  2  =  common,  3  =  fairly  common,  4  = 
rather  rare,  5  =  rare,  6  =  very  rare.  It  should  always  be  most  care- 
fully noted  ecologically  when  not  on  mooilands,  if  it  is  in  the  open  ; 
and  even  on  them  when  with  other  species  as  Pyrola  minor,  Equi- 
setiim  sylvaticum,  and  E.  hyemale,  as  a  proof  of  woodlands.  Dr.  F. 
A.  Lees  once  told  me  that  the  plant  was  specially  a  bank  species  in  West 
Yorkshire,  I  suppose  on  account  of  the  heavy  rainfall.  It  is  not  so  in 
this  dry  county — at  least  I  have  not  a  smgle  record  in  over  600 
notes.  It  may  be  fairly  classed  as  a  lime  hater,  though  it  is  often 
not  so  geologically,  only  ecologically ;  for  the  limey  rocks  where  it 
is  found  are  acid  sandy  above,  or  the  upper-root  soil  is  neutral  from 
endless  rain-wash  and  plant-decay  in  weathering — a  sj^ecies  of  moory 
humid  soils  in  both  cases.  Here  is  a  fifty  years'  soil  list  for  Licoln- 
shire — all  the  soils  more  or  less  sandy  or  peaty-decay  moory  :  Lower- 
Lias-Clay  6 ;  Lincolnshire-Limestone  6 ;  Corn  Brash  6 ;  Spilsby- 
Sandstone  3-5;  Chalky-Boulder- Clay  5-6;  Sandy-Glacial-Gravel  6 ; 
Purple-Boulder-Clay  6^  Plateau- Gravel  5-6  ;  Old-Piver-li ravel  3-4; 
Modern -River- Gravel  6  ;  Fresh- Water- Alluvium  6  ;  Blown-Sand  4-6, 
rarely  1-2  :  quite  fifty  per  cent,  of  the  records  are  from  this  soil. 
Its  habitats  are  :  Calluna  moors  (85  per  cent.)  1-4;  Commons  2-4; 
Open-woodlands,  rides,  paths,  scrubs  and  falls,  2-6  ;  Pine  woods  1-4 ; 
Oak-birch  3-4  ;  Kough-pasture  and  golf-links,  5-i5  ;  Durmast  oak- 
woods  6.  In  every  known  locality  the  plant  occurs  in  open  woods  or 
as  a  residual  of  past  ones.  During  the  dry  series  of  summers  (1893- 
1910)  the  plant  failed  and  departed,  as  did  Drosera  anglica,  Erio- 
phorum  angustifolium,  and  many  other  species. — E.  A.  Woodeuefe- 
Peacock. 

Having  spent  a  week  among  the  hills  north  of  Liskeard,  E. 

Cornwall,  and  another  in  theYelverton  and  Tavistock  district  of  Dart- 
moor, S.  Devon,  it  may  be  interesting  to  add  to  ray  note  published  in 


22G  THE  .TouExvL  OF  p.or.vyT 

July  that  in  bothtliose  hilly  districts  this  plant  seems  chiefly  confined 
to  the  moss}^  crevices  of  stone  walls  and  dry  hedge-banks  by  road-sides 
on  the  granite  and  slate.  Above  Pensilva  it  reaches  800  ft.  at  least. 
Only  twice  did  I  observe  it  on  heaths  or  commons  (other  than  on  the 
characteristic  dividing  walls  of  both  districts)  ;  and  though  of  rather 
frequent  occurrence,  it  is,  as  ever^^where,  very  thinly  distributed,  and 
there  are  rarely  more  than  one  or  two  plants  at  a  place.  That  point 
was  most  noticeable.  One  plant  was  growing  among  a  small  quantity 
of  Sphagnum  at  the  edge  of  a  diverted  watercourse  on  the  moor  by 
Dousland,  Yelverton.  These  ol)servations  tend  to  substantiate  my 
belief  that  the  distribution  of  Hypericum  humifusmn  has  been  much 
affected  b}"  the  agency  of  man. — H.  S.  Thompson. 

TERATOLoaT  IN  Papater  orientale.  Noticing  on  June  llth 
one  flower,  out  of  many,  in  a  large  clump  of  the  above-named  Poppy 
to  be  of  a  peculiar  erect  and  funnel-shaped- appearance,  1  examined  it 
more  closely,  and  found  it  was  indeed  "  corolliflorous,"  the  petal 
showing  no  sign  of  seam  or  point  of  conjunction  of  any  kind,  being 
of  perfect  circular  form,  nor  did  there  seem  any  sign  of  the  basal 
"  claws."  Colour,  the  usual  brilliant  scarlet.  So  far  as  is  discernible, 
the  capsule  seemed  normal.  I  should  be  glad  to  know  w^hether  such 
an  abnormality  is  of  frequent  occurrence.  I  have  never  myself 
observed  anything  like  it  previously.  Measurement  of  petal  4|  inches 
long. — J.  Cosmo  Meltill. 

[The  abnormality  is  referred  to  by  AVorsdell  {Principles  of  Plant 
Teratology,  ii.  250;  t.  51.  fig.  10)  as  "one  of  the  best  known  and 
most  remarkable  instances  of  sympetaly  "  ;  Penzig  however  {PJian- 
zen  Teratologie)  does  not  record  it. — Ed.  Journ.  Bot.] 

MiMUSOPS  PARTIFOLIA  R.  Br.  In  the  recent  number  of  his 
"  Contributions  to  the  Queensland  Flora  "  (Botany  Bulletin  Queens- 
land Dept.  of  Agriculture,  xxi.)  Mr.  C.  T.  White  points  out  that  the 
plate  and  description  assigned  to  M.  Kauki  in  the  Illustratiojis  to  the 
Botany  of  Cook's  Voyage,  "  vol.  2,  p.  59,  pi.  ]94  "  should  be  referred 
to  the  species  named  above.  The  correction  had  already  been  made 
in  the  index  to  the  volume,  which  Mr.  "White  has  overlooked.  His 
citation  of  *'  vol.  2  "  is  likely  to  mislead,  as  the  work  consists  of  only 
one  volume,  although  it  originally  appeared  in  parts.  Diospyros 
longipes  Hiern  in  Journ.  Bot.  1914,  338,  is  referred  by  Mr.  White 
(/.  c.)  to  this  species. — James  Britten. 


REVIEWS. 

Botany    of  the   Living   Plant.      By   F.    O.    Bower,   F.K.S.,   etc. 
580  pp. :  Macmillan  &  Co.     8vo.     25s.  net. 

Professor  Bower's  new  volume  appears  most  opportunely  at  a 
time  when  the  veneration  of  the  more  modern  school  of  British 
botanists  for  everything  German  has  received  a  fatal  set  back ;  and 
few  things  are  more   desirable   than   a  definite  presentation  of  the 


BOTA>i    OF    TirE    LITIXG    PLAXT  227 

subject  in  an  entirely  English  dress.  To  the  rising  generation, 
the  works  of  continental  writers  will  never  acquire  the  hall-mark  of 
super-scientific  value  with  which  they  have  been  regarded ;  and  as  the 
Oxford  University  Press  has  apparently  exhausted  its  supply  of 
inferior  translations,  and  the  Cambridge  Press  has  not  yet  found  a 
satisfactory  method  of  subsidizing  really  good  work,  Messrs.  Mac- 
millan  are  to  be  congratulated  on  filKng  the  gap  with  an  eminently 
readable  and  abundantly-illustrated  volume  of  convenient  size,  though 
at  an  inconveniently  high  war-price.  Seven  shillings  and  sixpence 
should  be  about  the  limit  for  this  class  of  work  ;  the  first  edition  of 
the  Bonn  text-book,  of  very  much  the  same  size  and  scope  was  issued 
at  six-and-sixj)ence. 

The  volmne  comprises  a  series  of  32  chapters,  arranged  as  a 
sequence  of  lectures  or  pleasantly-written  essays  on  plant-organization, 
beginning  with  the  more  familiar  types  of  higher  Land-Flora  and 
extending  in  a  cursory  manner  to  some  algal  and  fungus  types,  as 
generally  introduced  in  an  elementary  course  at  all  British  Universities. 
The  book  in  fact  covers  the  general  ground  of  all  such  class-work,  and 
may  be  utilized  for  all  elementary  university  examinations  ;  though 
on  the  whole  it  is  perhaps  more  particularly  dedicated  to  the  general 
scientific  reader  who  wants  a  rapid  review  of  a  wide  field,  while  the 
price  will  place  it  beyond  the  range  of  most  students.  After  the 
experience  of  the  Bonn  text-book,  in  which  four  writers  collaborate, 
it  is  a  bold  venture  for  one  man  to  attempt  an  adequate  presentation 
of  the  subject  as  a  whole  ;  but  as  this  commonly  falls  to  the  lot  of 
teachers  in  British  institutions,  it  is  interesting  to  see  how  Prof.  Bower 
has  covered  the  ground. 

Emphasis  as  to  the  "  Living  Plant "  is  apparently  intended  to 
indicate  that  formal  anatomy  is  cut  down  to  the  minimum ;  physio- 
logy possibly  even  beyond  the  margin  of  safety;  while  increasing 
attention  is  paid  to  the  **  biological "  problems  of  the  plant,  as 
expressed  in  chapters  on  the  "  Water-Eelation,"  "  Mechanical  Con- 
struction," "  Vegetative  Propagation,"  "  Fruit  and  Seed-Dispersal  "  ; 
the  Angiosperm  being  covered  in  some  300  pages,  few  openings  being 
without  an  illustration.  As  special  features  may  be  noted,  a  final 
chapter  on  **  Sex  and  Heredity,"  while  an  Appendix  in  smaller  type 
solves  the  difficulty  of  bringing  in  some  sort  of  traditional  account  of 
Floral  Families  without  trespassing  on  the  main  trend  of  the  text. 

The  main  chapters  are  written  with  the  breezy  directness  one 
associates  with  the  work  of  Prof.  Bowser,  though  one  misses  the  dog- 
matic enthusiasm  which  led  to  the  demonstration  of  JLycopodium 
Selago  as  the  most  archaic  of  Land-forms  ;  and  one's  greatest  admira- 
ration  is  exercised  for  the  ingenious  manner  in  which  the  writer 
so  often  evades  the  point  rather  than  insist  on  any  particular  attitude 
or  conclusion.  Hence  though  the  volume  fulfils  its  mission  of  adding 
one  more  view  of  the  subject  to  many  existing  works  of  much  the 
same  scope,  it  does  not  add  any  particularly  new  outlook  on  plant- 
life  in  general.  One  still  finds  little  suggestion  of  answ^ers  to 
such  fundamental  questions  as  where  a  land-plant  really  came 
from,  or  why  plants  are  made  of  cells  at  all.  or  why  they  reproduce 
in  such  an  extraordinarily    complex    manner?     While  covering  the 


2'2S  THE    JOURNAL    OP    I?OTAXV 

conventional  range  ot  the  subject  very  well,  the  writer  does  not  break 
any  new  ground ;  and  things  have  not  apparently'  changed  very  much 
in  the  last  thirty  years  of  this  teaching. 

While  acknowledging  tlve  care  and  multitudinous  interests  de- 
manded in  the  ])roduction  of  such  a  volume,  a  botanical  journal  may 
be  permitted  to  pick  a  few  holes.  As  a  detailed  exposition  of  scien- 
titic  botany  the  book  does  not  compare  in  any  wRy  with  the  familiar 
Strasburger,  though  it  ma}^  prove  more  attractive  to  the  general 
reader.  To  the  serious  student  the  greatest  demerit  is  the  practically 
entire  want  of  references  to  wider  literature.  The  skimpiest  account 
of  an}^  phenomenon  may  suffice  in  a  text-book,  provided  one  can  be 
given  reasonable  references ;  such  cases  may  be  illustrated  by  the 
doubtful  remarks  on  the  vitality  of  seeds  (p.  298)  ;  the  speculations 
on  the  origin  of  Wheat  (p.  54S)  which  omit  any  reference  to 
Triiicum  Mermoms  ;  the  case  of  Cytisus  Adami  without  mention  of 
Chimaera-forms,  and  the  account  of  Mendelian  segregation  stopping 
short  of  the  "  sixteen  square  "  which  alone  renders  the  subject  of  any 
practical  value :  even  the  account  of  Protococcus  on  the  bark  of 
a  tree,  on  the  very  first  j^age,  may  come  as  a  shock  to  many  algolo- 
gists  ;  Huxley's  Profococcus  had  at  least  the  merit  of  being  fiagellated. 
As  examples  of  skating  over  thin  ice  may  be  compared  the  account 
of  "  falling  starch  "  (p.  126),  and  the  recognition  of  a  Fucus  plant 
as  a  "  diploid  sporoph^^te  "  (p.  387).  The  continual  use  of  "  germ" 
for  embrj^o  has  an  irritating  effect,  when  the  word  is  used  in  many 
senses  from  Bacteria  to  Germ-plasma,  and  much  the  same  applies  to 
the  use  of  '*  e^g "  for  oosphere ;  "  Transpiration-Stream  "  is  no 
imjjrovement  on  the  old  Transpiration- Current,  while  "  cohesion  "  and 
*'  adhesion  "  in  floral  organization  seem  somewhat  archaic.  Much  of 
the  text  will  bear  steady  revision,  and  many  of  the  conclusions  are 
loosely  wn-itten  : — "  The  w^hole  vegetative  system  may  be  regarded  as 
a  physiological  scaffold,  w^hile  the  mechanism  of  propagation  is  the 
substantive  building  which  is  erected  by  means  of  it"  (p.  210), 
whatever  it  may  be  intended  to  imply,  omits  all  reference  to  the  fact 
that  it  is  reproduction  as  devoted  to  the  improvement  of  the  race 
which  is  the  main  issue  ;  similarly,  "The  Central  Question  of  Evolu- 
tion comes  finally  to  the  origin  of  the  Heritable  Mutations  "  begs  the 
question  as  to  why  anything  to  begin  with  should  be  at  all  accurately 
heritable. 

The  publication  of  the  volume  also  raises  a  wider  issue  ;  it  un- 
doubtedly epitomizes  the  class  of  work  taught,  not  only  at  Glasgow 
by  Professor  Bower  but  also  in  many  other  botanical  centres  in  this 
country,  as  the  routine  of  "  Elementary  Botany  "  ;  and  the  point 
arises  as  to  what  extent  this  class  of  modern  Avork,  largely  plausible 
and  made  *'  interesting,"  really  does  afford  a  foundation  for  accurate 
reasoning  in  terms  of  experiment,  or  deduction  of  genemlizations 
from  accurately  observed  facts,  compai-able  with  the  general  presen- 
tation of  elementarj^  chemistry  or  physics,  with  which  botanj^  as 
the  scientific  analysis  of  the  problems  of  plant-life,  is  expected  to  hold 
its  own.  Is  "  Elementary  Botany "  to  deteriorate  in  *'  Nature 
Study,"  or  is  it  to  be  an  exact  science  in  which  facts  are  stated,  and 


BOTAM'    OF    THE    LIVING    PLAXT  229 

definite  conclusions  drawn,  while  the  word  "  probably "  is  not  so 
insistent  at  every  point  of  difficulty.  Students  only  too  readily  pick 
■up  the  habit  of  vagueness  and  indefiniteness  where  precision  is  the 
more  needed  as  the  subject  becomes  the  more  complex.  Professor 
Bowers  volume  may  be  thus  welcomed  as  an  admirable  first  draft  of 
a  useful  text-book,  and  one  may  look  for  emendations  in  many  details 
in  later  editions. 

A  Dictionary  of  the  Flowering  Plants  and  Ferns.  By  J.  C. 
Willis,  M.A.,  Sc.D.  Fom-th  edition  revised  and  rewritten. 
Cr.  8vo,  cloth,  pp.  xii,  712,  liv.  Price  £1  net.  Cambridge 
University  Press. 

This  work  made  its  first  apjDearance  in  1897,  when  it  formed  the 
second  part  of  the  Manual  and  Dictionary  which  was  noticed  by 
Dr.  Kendle  in  this  Journal  for  that  year  (p.  109).  The  reviewer, 
while  praising  the  Dictionary,  criticized  the  Manual  portion  some- 
what severely,  and  not  without  effect,  as  the  notice  of  the  second 
edition  showed  (Journ.  Bot.  1904,  158).  A  third  edition  appeared  in 
1908  and  w^as  reprinted  six  years  later:  we  now  have  it  "completelv 
revised  and  as  far  as  possible  brought  up  to  date."  The  most  note- 
worthy featm-e  of  this  new  edition  is  "  the  incorporation  of  all  the  parts 
into  one  general  dictionary  and  the  omission  of  Part  I.  of  previous 
editions."  The  result  is  a  volmne  which  it  would  be  impossible  to 
commend  too  warmly.  By  an  ingenious  method  of  compression  fully 
described  in  the  introduction,  an  astonishing  amount  of  information 
is  conveyed.  "  All  the  genera  of  Bentham,  Hooker,  Engler,  Prantl, 
and  Linnaeus  are  now^  included,  as  w^ell  as  all  given  in  the  Index 
Kewensis  and  Supplements  (except  many  synonyms)  together  with  a 
large  number  published  since  the  last  Suj^plement,  and  which  {sic)  by 
the  kindness  of  the  Director  at  Kew,  the  compiler  has  been  able  to 
obtain  from  the  MS.  lists  kej^t  at  Kew."  Each  name  is  follow^ed  by 
that  of  its  author ;  then  comes  that  of  the  family  to  which  it  belono-s, 
with  a  statement  of  the  number  of  species  contained  therein  and  its 
geographical  distribution  ;  "  the  histological  peculiarities  of  the  most 
important  genera  are  dealt  with  pretty  fully  :  in  deahng  with  the 
pollination-methods  of  fiow^ers  a  selection  of  important  genera,  illus- 
trating the  various  methods,  has  been  made  ;  so  too  with  epiphytes, 
xerophytes,  the  morphology  of  parts,  and  so  on.  Economic  botany 
has  been  more  fully  treated,  only  comparatively  few  genera  being 
omitted."  English  and  colonial  names  are  well  represented,  as  are 
also  botanical  terms,  with  explanations.  There  are  also  general  articles 
of  considerable  length,  of  which  an  index  is  given :  the  very  full  and 
practical  instructions  on  collecting  occupy  more  than  four  pages— the 
pamphlet  on  the  subject  issued  by  the  Department  of  Botany  should 
have  been  included  in  the  literature  indicated,  than  w^hich  it  is  more 
readily  accessible.  In  an  appendix  is  a  key  to  the  families  of  floAvering 
plants,  based  on  Engler's  classification.  In  typography  and  arrange- 
ment the  volume  leaves  nothing  to  be  desired :  it  is  a  book  which 
should  find  a  place  in  every  botanical  library,  however  small. 

We  note  that  Dr.  Willis  invites  additions  and  corrections,  and 


230  THE    .TOL'JtNAL    OF    BOTAINY 

even  provides  a  "  slip  "  on  which  these  may  be  entered.  The  pages 
of  this  Journal  will  provide  him  with  some  :  thus  Miers's  genus 
Micrcea^  entered  as  "  Inc.  sed.,"  was  identified  as  long  ago  as  1880 
(p.  20)  with  Ruellia  dulcis  Cav.  ;  Decadla  Lour.  "  inc.  sed."  is  in 
the  same  Journal  for  1914  (p.  146)  shown  by  Mr.  Moore  {op.  cit.  148) 
to  be  identical  with  Si/mplocos,SiS  is  also  Dicalyx  oi  the  same  author, 
which  Dr.  Willis  omits ;  we  miss  Mr.  Moore's  Capitajiopsis  {op.  cit. 
1916,  249)  ;  his  identification  of  Fhocea  Seem.  {op.  cit.  1918,  204) 
perhaps  came  too  late  for  inclusion  :  but  enough  has  been  said  to 
suggest  a  more  careful  search  than  appears  to  have  been  made. 

The  Living  Cycads.  By  Charles  Joseph  Chamberlain,  xiv-f 
172  pp.,  small  12mo  cl.,  price  $1.50.  University  of  Chicago 
Press. 

Mr.  C.  J.  Chamberlain  has  been  engaged  in  the  study  of  Cycads 
for  over  fifteen  years,  and  his  paper  on  the  reproduction  of  Dioon 
(1906)  will  be  regarded  as  a  classic.  The  present  handy  little  volume 
contains  a  general  account  of  the  living  types  of  this  remarkable 
group,  and  is  preliminary  to  a  more  detailed  monograph.  The  text 
comprises  a  useful  summary  of  the  more  important  factors  of  somatic 
and  reproductive  organization  of  the  leading  types,  in  the  simplest 
terms  possible  ;  and  in  the  theoretical  discussion  evolutionary  dogma 
is  not  pressed  beyond  its  legitimate  bounds.  The  numerous  clear 
illustrations  aid  in  affording  a  very  definite  idea  of  the  botanical 
interest  and  value  of  the  living  survivors  of  a  once  mighty  race. 

Perhaps  the  part  that  will  be  found  of  greatest  interest  to  British 
readers  will  be  the  account  of  the  plants  as  found  growing  in  their 
natural  surroundings  in  the  West  Indies,  Mexico,  South  Africa,  and 
Australia.  For  such  information,  at  first  hand,  the  author  holds  a 
unique  authority.  It  is  also  a  somewhat  curious  reflection  that  the 
types  least  known  in  essential  details  are  those  of  our  own  colonies — 
as  the  great  Macrozamia  of  Queensland,  in  process  of  extirpation, 
Bowenia  and  Encephalartos. 

In  a  book  intended  to  be  semi-popular,  exception  may  be  possibly 
taken  to  one  point — the  prominence  afforded  to  sexual  terms  as 
"  female  plant,"  **  female  "  sporophyll,  eggs  and  sperms.  One  might 
perhaps  put  up  with  "  ova,"  but  there  are  certainly  no  "  eggs  "  in 
plants,  and  '*  fruiting  "  individual  is  quite  as  effective,  and  much 
more  accurate,  than  "  female  "  as  apphed  to  a  tree.  There  is  nothing 
in  the  way  of  sex-ditt'erentiation  in  a  plant  which  may  not  be 
covered  quite  concisely  and  intelligently  by  "  micro-"  and  "  mega-  " 
(whether  in  reference  to  *♦  spore"  or  "gamete-"  mechanism);  and 
where  all  the  customary  terms  are  employed,  it  would  be  a  matter  of 
congratulation  to  find  a  botanist  capable  of  choosing  definite  and 
accurate  expressions,  and  scrapping  all  others. 

^  A.H.C. 


B00K-2S0TES,    ^"£WS,    ETC.  231 

BOOK-NOTES,  NEWS,  etc. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  Linnean  Society  on  June  19,  Mr.  T.  A. 
Dymes  read  a  paper  entitled  *'  Notes  on  the  Life-history  of  the  Yellow 
Elag  (Iris  Pseudacorus  Linn.),  with  special  reference  to  the  seeds  and 
seedlings  during  their  first  year,"  of  which  the  following  is  an 
abstract: — The  xerophytic  adaptations  and  contractile  roots  of  the 
plant  are  a  protection  from  some  of  the  dangers  of  the  physical  world. 
Its  acridity  and  astringency  protect  it  from  being  readily  eaten,  but  the 
larvae  of  some  insects  feed  upon  it,  those  of  a  sawfly  do  considerable 
damage  ;  a  few  molluscs  resort  to  it  for  food.  It  appears  that  wild- 
fowl eat  the  seeds  and  the  very  young  seedlings ;  it  is  also  attacked 
by  a  parasitic  fungus.  Its  height  and  strong  growth  protect  it  from 
practically  all  its  associates.  The  plant  hibernates  and  the  normal 
minimum  for  the  seeds  is  about  seven  months,  the  maximum  being 
not  less  than  twenty.  It  flowers  in  its  fourth  year  ;  the  capsules 
begin  to  dehisce  in  September.  There  are  two  kinds  of  seed,  flat  and 
round,  and  the  difference  between  them  has  some  significance  both  in 
dispersal  and  in  germination.  Uninjured  seeds  float  for  two  years  or 
more.  The  most  important  of  the  agents  are  diving  wild-fowl  and 
the  least  the  wind ;  running  water  plays  a  very  considerable  part. 
The  flat  seeds  are  adapted  to  long-distance  dispersal  by  wild-fowl  and 
to  being  blown  short  distances  by  the  wind.  The  round  seeds,  with 
the  exception  of  those  afloat  on  running  water,  serve  to  fill  up  the 
death  gaps  at  home.  There  are  two  phases  of  germination  : — (1) 
Internal  plumular  growth  followed  by  (2)  the  extension  of  the  radicle, 
the  latter  requiring  the  higher  temperature.  Seeds  that  have  sunk 
automatically  possess  an  internal  water  supply  and  germinate  more 
freely  than  the  floaters.  The  essentials  are  continuous  moisture 
coupled  with  a  high  temperature.  Floaters,  seeds  at  the  bottom  of 
shallow  water,  and  those  in  saturated  mud,  succeed  best :  under  the 
most  favourable  conditions  a  full  40  per  cent,  germinate  in  their  first 
year.  In  nature  the  general  average  is  probably  20  per  cent.  The 
round  seeds  appear  to  germinate  in  the  first  year  more  slowly  and  to 
yield  a  lower  average  than  the  flat  ones.  For  seeds  in  their  second 
year  the  general  average  in  nature  seems  to  be  about  the  same  as  for 
those  in  their  first,  20  per  cent.,  but  a  good  deal  more  evidence 
is  required.  Burial  of  the  seeds  is  effected  by  dead  leaves  and  debris, 
and  they  are  also  trodden  into  soft  mud  by  water-birds.  The  chief 
difficulty  of  the  seedling  from  an  unburied  seed  is  to  secure  anchorage. 
Frost  and  air-bubbles  lift  or  uproot  the  young  seedlings.  The 
floaters,  which  when  borne  afloat  can  be  distinguished  from  the  mud 
seedlings  by  the  root  sj'stem,  are  exposed  to  great  dangers  ;  when 
together  or  in  debris  the}'  erect  themselves,  but  unless  they  drift  on 
to  mud  or  into  the  shallows  either  before  or  after  erection  they  are 
doomed  to  death.  The  height  to  which  seedlings  attain  during  their 
first  year  varies  from  two  inches  for  the  flat-floater  to  thirteen  for 
those  in  mud  from  first-year  seeds  and  19|  inches  from  seeds  in  their 
second  year.  The  seedlings  perish  in  inconceivably  great  multitudes, 
and  probably  the  vast  majority  of  the  floaters  are  a  dead  loss  to  the 
species. 


232  THE    JOUR>"AL    OF    BOTA>'Y 

At  the  same  meeting  Mr.  S.  L.  Moore  followed  with  "A  Contri- 
hution  to  the  Flora  of  Australia,"  which  contains  notices  of  rare  and 
descriptions  of  new  Australian  plants  preserved  in  the  British  Museum. 
Robert  Brown's  Trihulus  Systrix  and  T.  occidentalis  are  shown  to  have 
been  misunderstood  by  Bentham  and  succeeding  writers,  Bentham's 
T.  Jft/atrLv  heing  really  T.  oc cide?i talis,  v,'heresis  T.  Hystrix.  unknown 
except  in  the  type  specimen,  has  much  larger  fruit  with  long  subulate 
appendages  quite  unlike  the  short  conical  ones  of  occideiitalis.  Two 
recent  West  Australian  collections,  one  by  Dr.  Stoward,  the  other  by 
Mr.  Marvon,  have  yielded  many  novelties,  the  most  interesting  being 
a  second  species  of  the  Goodeniaceous  genus  Symjyhyohasis.  This 
genus  is  peculiar  in  having  an  inferior  calyx,  but  a  corolla  united  to 
the  ovary  all  the  way  up,  together  with  epigynous  stamens.  A  third 
2)art  of  the  memoir  relates  to  plants  collected  in  various  parts  of  the 
island-continent  during  the  nineteenth  century.  Among  the  col- 
lectors of  these  special  mention  was  made  of  Allan  Cunningham, 
Rev.  T.  S.  Lea,  George  Maxwell,  and  lastly  of  John  Gilbert,  among 
whose  plants  have  been  identified  specimens  of  the  recently  described 
Psammomoya  clioretroides  Diels.  &  Loesn.,  remarkable  among  Celas- 
traceiB  for  its  leafless  habit.  Gilbert  explored  in  Queensland  and  West 
Australia  for  Gould,  the  ornithologist,  but  also  did  good  botanical 
collecting ;  he  was  killed  by  natives  in  1845  near  the  Gulf  of 
Carpentaria.  One  new  genus,  Leptospermopsis,  is  proposed,  differing 
remarkably  from  Leptospermum,  which  it  much  resembles,  in  the 
androecium. 

Science  Progress  for  July  contains  a  long  *•  article  "  by  Mr.  T. 
G.  Hill  on  "The  Water-Economy  of  Maritime  Plants,""  dealing 
especially  with  the  absorption  and  transpiration  of  water  by  halo- 
philous  plants,  particularly  by  Salicor?iia  and  Siiceda.  Dr.  Winifred 
Brenchley  has  an  "  essay  " — the  reason  for  the  distinction  between 
articles  and  essays  is  not  obvious — on  "  The  Uses  of  Weeds  and  Wild 
Plants,"  in  which  a  great  deal  of  information  is  brought  together : 
the  writer's  acquaintance  with  recent  British  botanical  literature  does 
not  seem  to  be  extensive,  as  the  authors  chietl}^  referred  to  are  Hogg 
and  Johnson  (1863),  C.  P.  Johnson  (1861-2),  Anne  Pratt,  Wood- 
ville  (1790-92),  and  Wilson  (1847).  Under  "Recent  Advances  in 
Science,"  Dr.  E.  J.  Salisbury  summarizes  papers  published  in  various 
departments  of  Botany — the  paragraphing  might  be  improved — 
with  the  exception  of  Plant  Physiology,  which  is  undertaken  by 
Mr.  Ingvar  Jorgensen.  The  singularly  useless  page-headings,  to 
which  M'e  have  already  called  attention,  are  continued,  so  we  must 
assume  they  have  some  justification  not  obvious  to  the  ordinary 
reader. 

The  Journal  of  Genetics  for  June  contains  two  botanical  papers : 
one,  by  E.  J.  Collins,  on  "  Sex  Segregation  in  the  Brj^ophyta,"  based 
upon  the  ]wpers  of  El.  and  Em.  Marchal,  but  with  nmch  additional 
evidence,  and  a  plate :  the  other  on  "  Double  P'lowers  and  Sex- 
Linkage  in  Bryonia,''''  by  Mr.  Bateson  and  Ida  Sutton,  containing  a 
series  of  observations  and  exi)eriments  on  M.  Davisii,  of  which  a 
coloured  jjlate  is  given. 


233 

BKUNFELS  AND  FUCIIS. 
By  a.  H.  Chubch. 

The  projected  issue  of  a  second  volume  of  the  Camh ridge 
British  Flo7'a,  with  a  prospect  of  the  continuation  of  this  much- 
needed  work,  spaced  over  many  years  to  come,  as  also  the  criticism  it 
invites — that  somehow  it  is  not  the  sort  of  thing  the  ordinary  British 
Botanist  would  put  forward  as  his  ideal  of  what  a  future  work  on 
indigenous  vegetation  should  be  (especially  in  the  matter  of  figures, 
or  even  price), — suggests  a  comparison  Avith  the  production  of  similar 
works  in  the  past.  Though  the  ordinary  botanist  may  not  be  con- 
versant A\T.th  the  complications  of  a  modern  University  Press,  he  can 
comprehend  the  methods  of  meeting  similar  jH'oblems  on  the  part  of 
ancient  craftsmen,  who  worked  more  or  less  single-handed  ;  and  it  is 
legitimate  to  compare  the  results. 

The  original  standard  for  all  subsequent  volumes  of  illustrations 
of  plants  was  set  up  by  the  genius  of  one  man,  Leonard  Fuchs  *(1501- 
1566),  a  leading  physician  and  professor  of  his  time,  a  wealthy  man 
of  considerable  influence  and  with  great  insight  into  the  scientific  needs 
of  his  day.  His  volume  '  De  Histoeia  Stiepium,'  published  at  Basle 
(1542),  is  generally  recognized  as  the  starting-point  of  floristic  work,  in 
addition  to  its  significance  as  a  compendium  of  the  'Virtues  of  Herbs.' 

This  volume  comprises  over  500  (519)  folio  drawings,  with  asso- 
ciated text,  of  plants  growing  in  South  Germany,  drawn  directly  from 
nature,  where  possible  of  life  size,  on  a  page  14  in.  by  9  f.  Portraits 
of  the  men  responsible  for  the  figures,  Heinrich  Fiillmaurer  and 
Albrecht  Meyer,  are  shown  on  the  last  page,  with  the  methods  by 
which  they  Avorked  :J:,  and  also,  as  a  special  chef  cVceucre  of  his  own 
Avood-cutting,  that  of  the  engraver  Yitus  Rudolph  Speckle.  Bearing 
in  mind  the  fact  that  Fuchs  AA-as  at  the  time  in  his  forty-second  3'ear, 
that  Speckle  as  '  the  best  engraver  in  Strasburg  '  apparently  cut  all 
the  blocks,  and  that  the  material  had  to  be  collected  and  dravA^n 
mainly  in  the  summer  months,  it  is  evident  that  at  the  rate  of  a 
block  a  Aveek,  the  work  aa^ouM  have  taken  ten  years  to  complete  §, 
and  that  Fuchs  must  have  conceived  the  idea  Avhen  a  comparatively 

*  C/.  Sachs,  History  of  Botany,  Oxford  (1890),  p.  20  ;  Arber,  Herbals,  Cam- 
bridge Press  (iyl2).  p.  58.  A  number  of  figures  from  Fuchs  and  Brunfels  are 
reduced  for  illustration  in  Mrs.  Arber's  A'olume ;  and  page  references  will  be  given 
for  Arber  (Ar.),  Brunfels  (Br.),  and  Fuchsius  {F.).  On  the  whole,  Ar.  figures  are 
coarse  parodies  of  the  originals. 

t  The  letterpress  block  averages  11  in.  by  7,  and  the  illustrations  13  by  8 
(12^-85^)  5  ^^  approximation  to  the  0  ratio,  Avhich  has  been  regarded  as  the 
expression  of  perfect  taste,  the  more  remarkable  as  modern  books  tend  to  a 
squarer  sheet. 

X  Fiillmaurer  is  shown  making  the  final  copy  on  the  block,  and  Meyer  is 
sketching  a  plant  standing  in  a  pot  on  the  table  ;  the  plant  is  naturally  drawn, 
but  Meyer's  figure  is  already  conventionalized,  and  not  much  like  the  copy- 
possibly  a  joke  on  the  part  of  the  other  man  who  drew  it. 

§  The  issue  of  a  somewhat  similar  collection  of  500  figures  of  British-growr 
plants  from  drawings  from  nature,  by  Baxter,  at  the  Oxford  Botanic  Garden 
similarly  took  10  years  (1833-1843).  and  worked  out  at  the  rate  of  about  a  plat^ 
a  week:  rf.  "  Biographical  Notes,  LXXIV.,"  Journcl  of  Botany.  1919.  p.  58. 

JouB>'AL  or  BoTAyr. — \*J-L.  57.      rSEriEMBEE.  1919.^  S 


234  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

young  man,  some  time  after  1530,  and  possibly  while  he  was  teaching 
at  Tubingen  (1535),  and  subsequent  to  the  death  of  Brunfels  (1534). 

This  conception  of  Fuchs,  the  first  in  botanical  history,  of  de- 
liberately devising  a  covirse  of  work  and  study  on  an  indigenous  flora, 
in  addition  to  the  medical  standpoint  of  illustrating  the  herbs  of  the 
national  pharmacopa?ia,  was  a  great  and  original  one,  and  it  was  carried 
out  on  broad  and  generous  lines.  He  selected  a  page,  folio  size,  as 
adapted  to  the  dimensions  of  the  general  range  of  herbs  which  can  be 
handled  readily ;  the  work  was  beautifully  printed  on  good  paper, 
which  in  an  undamaged  copy  is  as  clean  and  good  to-day  as  it  was 
in  1542.  T^'pography  and  make-up  were  perfect,  and  far  superior 
to  much  of  the  work  of  subsequent  herbals  a  hundred  years  later  *. 
His  illustrators  were  evidently  well-trained  and  capable  draughtsmen, 
brought  up  in  the  best  school  of  the  art  and  technique  of  the  day, 
while  Speckle  the  engraver,  as  shown  in  the  cutting  of  his  own 
portrait  was  an  equally  superior  craftsman  in  his  own  line. 

The  special  interest  of  the  work  of  these  men  lies  in  the  fact  that 
they  were  not  botanists,  nor  even  naturalists  in  any  sense  as  we 
sliould  say  to-day  ;  there  is  no  evidence  that  they  had  any  taste  for 
Botany  or  any  sesthetic  perception  of  the  beauty  of  flowers :  they 
drew  the  plants  given  them,  and  drew  w^hat  they  saw  in  very  correct 
proportions  and  detail,  as  good  draughtsmen,  and  greatly  improAed  as 
the  work  proceeded — it  is  as  remarkable  to  note  how^  much  detail  they 
reallv  did  see,  as  to  note  what  they  left  out.  The  technique  of  the 
work,  using  a  line  250  /i  wide,  scarcely  admitted  of  the  representation 
of  any  really  fine  detail,  as  hairs,  stamens,  or  parts  of  small  florets 
less  than  1-2  mm.  diameter.  But  as  draughtsmen,  retaining  a  sense 
of  propoi-tion  and  balance,  as  in  the  form  and  arrangement  of  foliage- 
leaves,  they  had  ultimately  little  to  learn  ;  while  as  designers,  they 
iehowed  a  sound  instinct  for  placing  a  type  on  paper  and  displaying  it, 
even  to  the  extent  of  more  than  a  slight  conventionalization  in  the 
design.  They  were  more  at  home  with  fine  large  hei'baceous  plants 
suitable  for  decorative  treatment,  than  in  the  strict  natural  study 
of  the  minutiie  of  an  organism,  and  even  the  name  and  number  of  the 
plant  are  conspicuousl}'  well  placed  f. 

Perhaps  the  most  striking  feature  of  these  plates  is  the  recog- 
nition of  the  fact  that  these  earh^  draughtsmen  did  not  pick  and 
choose  bits  for  illustration  ;  they  dre\v  the  wdiole  plant,  roots  and  all, 
as  a  scientific  and  dignified  presentation  of  the  organism  as  a  wdiole. 
To  give  a  man,  for  example,  a  cabbage,  root  and  all,  a  quill  pen  or  a 
fine  brush,  and  to  tell  him  to  make  a  finished  artistic  presentation  of  it, 
in  line  only,  on  a  sheet  of  foolscap,  is  no  mean  test  of  craftmanship. 
The  solution  of  such  a  problem  by  the  draughtsmen  of  Fuchs  (F.  416 : 
Ar.  59 j  may  Avell  be  studied  by  any  who  propose  to  illustrate  a 
British  Flora  %• 

*  Cf.  in  this  country  Gerard,  ed.  2  (1633),  Parkinson  (1640). 

t  Ar.  149,  147,  126  :  F.  Qiiercns,  p.  229  :  above  all,  they  did  not  worry  to  put 
their  initials  in  the  corner  of  every  figure  they  did. 

J  Ar.  59.  Much  spoilt  in  reproduction  (the  original  is  much  finer) :  the  line 
block  still  prints  at  250//,  although  reduced  nearly  X^.  Good  process-blocks 
print  clearly  on  smooth  paper  at  100 /<.  F.  416:  Curly  Greens,  414,  less  satis- 
factory, the  spiral  arrangement  of  the  leaves  being  omitted. 


BKLNFELS    AND    FL'CHS  235 

In  these  days  when  cheap  methods  of  photographic  reproduction 
have  destroyed  the  future  of  wood-engraving,  and  cheap  illustration 
implies  the  plainest  line-work  with  no  "shading'  to  conceal  deficiencies 
of  workmanship,  rapidity  of  work  and  (output  being  considered  more 
desirable  than  careful  drawing,  which  takes  time  as  well  as  skill — the 
tendency  of  botanical  illusti-ation  will  be  to  return  to  pen-work  of  the 
kind  done  by  these  old  masters  :  line- work  as  represented  by  copj^ei'- 
plate  engraving  of  the  last  century  being  also  extinct,  though  un- 
doubtedly in  its  capacity  for  delicate  detail  the  ideal  method  for 
plant-representation  *.  For  this  reason  the  work  of  such  draughtsmen 
as  those  of  Fuchs,  who  set  the  standard  for  the  sixteenth  century 
herbalists  of  the  Low  Countries,  from  which  all  subsequent  herbals 
deteriorated  t  for  a  hundred  years  (Parkinson,  1640),  deserve  to  be 
more  thoroughly  studied  by  botanical  draughtsmen  of  the  present 
da}'. 

These  general  remarks  serve  to  draw  attention  to  the  probability 
that  Fuchs  did  not  originate  the  w^hole  of  this  conception  entirely 
de  novo,  but  that  there  must  have  been  some  earlier  work  on  which 
to  build.  Every  botanist  has  to  learn  his  science  from  a  preceding 
generation  ;  the  very  efficiency  of  Fuchs'  work,  '*  the  culminating  point 
of  plant-drawing  as  an  art  "  :j:,  implies  a  something  behind  it,  of  which 
it  may  be  the  glorification,  but  on  similar  lines. 

This  work  is  seen  in  the  more  unpretentious  volume  of  Otto 
Brunfels  (1530-31),  which  stands  out  as  the  first  recognized  work  of 
scientific  botany  of  the  new  era  §.  Brunfels'  work  suffers  from  many 
deficiencies  to  our  eyes,  it  is  true  ;  so  does  that  of  Fuchs  :  these  do  not 
require  to  be  emphasized  ;  the  point  is  to  distinguish  its  great  advance 
beyond  anything  previously  attempted  or  thought  of ;  and  to  value  it 
as  giving  the  clue  to  the  work  of  Fuchs  which  tends  to  overshadow  it. 
From  the  little  that  is  known  of  Brunfels,  it  may  be  gathered  that  he 
was  not  in  inordinately  good  circumstances  ;  he  had  been  educated 
from  a  plain  youth  in  a  monastery,  and  he  followed  the  ]3rofession  of 
a  schoolmaster  at  Strasburg,  and  ultimately  that  of  a  doctor  in 
private  practice.  His  book  a23peared  in  1530,  when  he  was  apparently 
66  years  old,  and  thus  beyond  any  youthful  enthusiasm  ;  while  he 
died   in   1531,   not   long  after  its   partial  completion    (1531).      The 

*  Sibthorp,  Flora  Grseca  (1806):  Sowerby,  English  Botavy  (1770):  Curtis, 
Flora  Londinensis  (1777)  :  Baxter  (1834)  :  Sargent,  Silva  of  North  America 
(18&2). 

t  Fuchs'  noble  volume  de  luxe  was  copied  in  many  countries*,  and  rapidly 
passed  through  translations  and  cheaper  editions  ;  the  figures  being  first  reduced 
to  44  by  2-k  in.,  the  standard  block  affected  by  the  Antwerp  Herbals;  and  even 
to  2|  by  l|  in.  (1550).  Many  of  these  illustrations  lasted  long  in  '  waistcoat- 
pocket  herbals  '  (Du  Pinet,  1561  ;  Linocier,  1620).  Such  figures  attempting  to 
represent  entire  plants  in  quite  a  few  lines  are  interesting  examples  of  reduction, 
and  are  on  a  fair  way  to  imitate  Sumerian  pictograms.  The  only  work  which 
really  set  out  to  improve  on  Fuchs  is  Besler's  Hortus  Eystetfevsis  (1613)  with 
copper-plate  figures  on  a  page  21  in.  by  16,  large  enough  to  take  a  full-size  Sun- 
flower head.  The  book  requires  a  wheel-barrow  to  take  it  about,  but  the  figiu-es 
are  merely  large  and  do  not  express  increased  detail. 

:  Ar.^175. 

§  Sachs.  Hist.  Botany,  p.  14  :  Arber,  p.  47. 

s  2 


236  THE   JOURNAL    OF    BOTA>'^T 

engraver  of  his  blocks  is  known  (Ar.  p.  50),  but  the  di-aughtsman  is  not 
otherwise  recorded  *.  From  internal  evidence  it  may  be  sufficiently 
assumed  that  Brunfels  drew  the  figures  himself ;  he  had  little  money 
to  pay  for  them  being  done,  and  in  the  absence  of  any  other  claimant 
he  should  certainly  be  credited  with  them.  No  one  but  the  man  w^ho 
had  spent  hours  over  them  could  have  so  insisted  on  the  value  and 
trath  of  his  "  viva?  eicones  "  f- 

The  figures  are  relatively  few,  inserted  without  special  plan,  and 
consist  of  individual  stnclies,  clearly  done  without  premeditation,  and 
not  o-iven  for  every  plant,  as  they  might  have  been  if  commissioned. 
The  first  volume  contains  83  ;  the  second,  published  in  the  following 
vear,  49  :  it  is  thus  probable  that  the  latter  gives  the  time  of 
engraving,  at  about  one  a  week ;  and  there  seems  every  possibility 
that  the  figures  were  drawn  by  Brunfels  in  his  younger  days  (a  man 
does  not  do  such  fine  work  when  over  sixty),  and  that  the  existence 
of  these  figures  determined  him  to  publish  the  accompanying  text, 
which  is  a  compilation  of  no  great  value.  It  is  interesting  to  note 
even  at  this  early  date  the  list  of  47  authorities  consulted ;  many  of 
these  are  little  known  as  botanists,  the  work  being  of  a  medical 
nature  rather  than  scientifically  botanical,  except  for  the  figures. 
The  inclusion  of  these  was  evidently  a  special  idea  of  Brunfels  on  his 
own  initiative.  He  thus  appears  as  the  earliest  Nature  Student,  of 
the  type  idealized  by  Euskin,  with  a  capacity  for  observing  small 
points  far  beyond  his  time,  and  in  fact  beyond  many  who  came  after 
him.  Even  Fuchs'  men  attached  no  importance  to  the  smaller 
details  of  a  flower,  and  rarely  drew  them ;  they  became  great  at 
*  stem  and  leaf,'  but  floral  foi-m  and  mechanism  was  beyond  them,  as 
also  such  minor  points  as  bracts,  stipules  and  adventitious  roots.  The 
first  part  (1530)  shows  Brunfels  rather  in  the  hands  of  the  publisher, 
who  inserted  the  title-page  of  the  period  (including  a  doubtful  Venus, 
more  definite  Silenus,  Dioscorides,  and  a  melancholy  Apollo  Avith  a 
'cello)  ;  a  flamboyant  red  and  black  escutcheon  spoils  a  whole  page, 
and  large  Biblical  initials  are  used  (the  P  of  Plantago  records  Lot's 
daughters  and  the  Pillar  of  Salt).  In  the  second  part  (1531)  such 
meciiieval  excrescences  are  removed ;  the  title-page  is  sensible  as  a 
plain  design,  one  ornamental  border  is  retained  for  contents-page,  and 
the  initials  are  taken  from  a  good  fount.  The  make-up  of  the  volume 
thus  passes  from  one  epoch  to  another.  His  page-block  is  9^  in.  by 
5|  (or  10  by  6  ;  again  a  good  ratio)  ;  but  only  half  the  figures  are 
])rmted  on  a  whole  page ;  the  others  are  incorporated  with  the  text. 
There  is  no  attempt  to  design  the  page ;  a  big  plant  may  be  doubled 
up  to  make  it  go  in.  (Ai*.  48)  ;  small  ones  are  put  in  corners ;  but  are 
well  arranged  (vol.  ii.)  with  the  text  balancing  the  design.  {Alche- 
milla,  ii.  53.) 

As  plant-studies,  these  figures  are  still  admirable  in  every  respect. 
It  is  diflicult  to  realize  that  the  man  who  did  them  knew  no  botan}^ 

*  Arber  naively  suggests  that  the  engi-aver  drew  them — so  used  are  we  to  the 
inferiority  of  the  artistic  profession  ;  but  there  is  no  reason  why  they  should 
have  been  so  dcjne.  any  more  than  modern  work  is  left  to  the  printer  or  process- 
engraver. 

t  "  Sumnia  cum  diligentia  et  artificio  effigatac/' :  and  truly  so. 


BRUXFELS    AXD    FUCHS  237 

as  we  should  say  nowadays,  and  did  not  know  the  names  of  tlie 
parts  or  their  functions  ;  but  merely  copied  them  faithfully.  He  even 
copied  the  broken  leaves  and  drooping  damaged  shoots  *.  He  is  also 
great  on  roots,  fibrous,  adventitious  and  borne  at  the  nodes,  or  pulled 
up  and  stripped  clean.  Fuchs'  men  inclined  to  treat  roots  as  deco- 
rative fibrous  growths  (F.  52,  88,  192,  317,  4-33,  623,  715).  Brunfels 
had  not  evolved  the  idea  of  putting  flowers  and  fruits  on  the  same 
inflorescence,  so  common  with  his  successors. 

The  figures  of  both  Brunfels  and  Fuchs  are  often  criticised,  and, 
what  is  just  as  bad,  admired,  by  people  who  have  not  the  slightest 
idea  of  what  they  were  intended  for,  or  how  they  were  done.  These 
men  did  not  set  out  to  make  pretty  pictures  or  artistic  sketches.  In 
the  absence  of  modern  botanical  superiority  all  parts  were  equally 
valuable.  The  whole  plant  was  considered  as  an  organism,  roots  and 
all  :  they  were  not  biassed  in  favour  of  roots  because  tliese  were  used 
in  medicine ;  roots  do  not  form  a  predominant  feature  of  the  Materia 
Medica,  any  more  than  in  Horticulture  and  Agriculture.  Pharma- 
ceutical material  is  restricted  to  the  parts  which  may  be  more  readily 
handled  and  stored  without  damage  t.  To  dig  up  a  plant  and  wash  it 
clean,  with  as  little  damage  as  possible  to  radical  leaves,  etc.,  and  then 
draw  it,  presents  an  aspect  of  the  type  very  different  from  the  same 
form  growing  in  the  ground.  Anyone  can  try  this  for  a  Crocus  or 
Daisy,  Primrose  or  a  White  Dead  Nettle  (Br.  i.  152)  J,  without 
attempting  the  more  difficult  case  of  a  sacculent  Comfrey  or  draggled 
Water-lily.  It  is  our  own  ignorance  of  the  plant  as  a  whole,  and  a 
preference  for  pretty  floral  shoots,  which  makes  the  rooted  plants  of 
the  herbalists  appear  strange.  It  may  be  noted  that  neither  Brunfels 
nor  Fuchs,  even  at  their  best,  went  out  of  their  way  to  find  foliage- 
shoots  with  insect-eaten  leaves  as  increasing  the  artistic  effect.  It  is 
not  to  be  supposed  that  all  these  figures  are  equally  good ;  if  they 
were  they  Avould  be  better  known  ;  but  the  marvel  grows  that  they 
were  apparently  the  first  studies  of  the  small  and  trivial  plants  of 
North  Europe  to  be  put  on  record  in  a  scientific  work  §. 

Among  the  finest  examples  of  Brunfels'  work,  which  thus  appear 

*  Arber  (p.  172)  alludes  to  this  as  a  failing,  in  the  evolution  of  the  'ideal' 
figure  ;  but  this  was  before  the  days  of  the  Cambridge  British  Flora  :  cf.  Hunny- 
bun,  74,  84,91,  105. 

f  Dried  stems,  leaves,  bark,  roots,  rhizomes:  British  Pharmacopoeia,  10  "/g 
roots,  10  "'o  rhizomes. 

J  One  can  see  in  Brunfels'  figure  the  clinging  of  the  wet  root-fibres. 

§  Nor  need  it  be  supposed  that  people  in  the  sixteenth  century  could  not 
draw.  A  charming  study  by  Albert  Diirer,  1526,  (Ar.  168)  of  a  Columbine  and 
some  grass,  shows  the  perfect  delicacy  of  possible  presentation  ;  the  flower  is 
poor,  and  if  cut  as  a  line-block  would  be  no  better  than  that  of  Fuchs  (102) : 
but  making  sketches,  and  figures  for  reproduction  that  can  be  cut  in  recognizable 
form  by  the  engraver,  are  two  very  different  propositions.  The  engraver  and  the 
printer  are  the  sttimbling-blocks,  as  admirably  exemplified  by  Arber's  valuable 
work,  in  which  Herharius  and  the  Ortus  Saaitatis  seem  quite  at  home.  The 
same  may  be  noted  for  example  on  comparing  original  drawings  by  Doyle  with 
the  early  cuts  in  Punch  :  even  Du  Maurier  has  left  on  record  his  '  weekly  pang.' 
The  emulation  of  fifteenth  century  printing  is  not  restricted  to  the  Cambridge 
Press :  translations  of  PfefPer,  Jost,  and  especially  Knuth,  by  the  Oxford  Press, 
are  similarly  defaced  by  crude  block  printing. 


238  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

as  samples  and  specimens  of  technique,  ratlier  than  a  definite  set 
course  of  illustration,  may  be  mentioned  the  Anemo7ie  Puhatilla 
(Br.  i.  217),  a  beautiful  study  both  in  drawing  and  engraving  of  a 
softly  hairy  type  (much  spoilt  in  Arber,  171)  ;  a  study  of  a  Colts- 
foot shoot,  pulled  up  and  flagging  (Br.  i.  41)  is  good  enough  for  a 
modern  drawing-copy,  and  will  be  referred  to  later ;  the  first  drawing 
of  a  fern,  Scolopendrium  (Br.  ii.  40:  Ar,  pirated  reduction,  174). 
Examples  showing  the  method  of  work,  with  flagging  leaves  or 
damaged  basal  portions,  may  be  found  in  Twaj^-blade  (i.  282),  Wood- 
Anemone  (ii.  80),  Burdock  (ii.  61),  Saxifrage  (i.  185)— the  care 
taken  in  doing  the  figures  shows  the  exact  condition  of  the  specimen. 
Further  details  may  be  noted  in  : — the  Herb-Kobert  (ii.  37),  from  a 
dry  situation  :  a  small  cut,  yet  showing  flowers  and  fruits ;  the  former 
with  5  petals  and  5  stamens  ;  even  the  sepal-fringes  are  indicated  ; 
tlie  Wild  Strawberry  (ii.  35)  shows  runners  and  an  offset,  flowers  and 
fruit ;  the  fruits  pendulous  and  the  dichasial  construction  properly 
drawn ;  the  Tway-blade  (i.  182)  is  correct  in  the  scale-leaves  on  the 
axis,  the  details  of  the  flowers  and  buds,  and  the  drooj^ing  of  the 
wilting  inflorescence ;  the  Lamiums  (i.  152)  have  quite  well-drawn 
corollas  with  hoods;  Salvia  (ii.  26)  shows  the  extended  bilobed 
stigma ;  in  Helleborus  (i.  30 ;  Ar.  49)  the  prefloration  of  the  sepals 
is  correct,  and  nectaries  are  indicated  as  well  as  stamens— the  fine  scale- 
leaf  at  the  base  is  particularly  well  figured  ;  the  Yellow  Flag  (Br. 
ii.  47)  is  arranged  to  show  two  tunnels  of  the  flower,  with  stigmatic 
flaps,  the  third  being  foreshortened,  in  the  neatest  way  possible, 
though  not  clear  at  first  sight.  Knowing  what  the  details  of  the 
flowers  really  are,  one  of  course  expects  to  see  them  in  a  botanical 
figure  nowadays  :  but  such  details  are  not  found  in  other  herbalists ; 
and  modern  floras  may  be  conspicuously  poor  in  representing  detail 
which  is  there,  but  not  seen.  The  sets  of  Plantains  (i.  23-25),  Malvas 
(ii.  70-72),  and  Orchids  (i.  103-106)  are  particularly  good :  one  of 
the  last  indicates  the  spiral  twist  of  the  ovary  :  the  Bee  Orchis  and  the 
SpirantJies  are  quite  characteristic — the  small  flowers  on  the  spiral  of 
tlie  latter  show  up  with  a  lens. 

Most  remarkable  of  all  pei'haps  are  the  figures  of  Niipliar  (i.  36) 
and  Nymplicea  (i.  37),  drawn  the  full  size  of  the  page  (10  in.  b}"  6^); 
these  are  the  boldest  types  of  the  work,  printed  to  face  each  other  ;  the 
NijinplicBa  blossom  is  arranged  to  show  the  4  crossed  sepals,  stamens, 
stigmatic  disk,  and  apical  papilla  ;  the  dead  submerged  blossom  and 
the  sizes  of  the  coming  buds,  as  also  the  rhizome  with  its  phyllotaxis 
scars  and  a  lateral  vegetative  bud  (Ar.  141,  details  lost  in  reproduo 
tion)  *.  The  Nupliar  again  shows  the  pattern  on  the  stigmatic  disk, 
the  leaf-scars  of  the  rhizome  with  their  peculiar  adventitious  roots,  as 
also  the  broken  submerged  leaves,  some  completely  worn  away.  The 
idea  of  getting  a  complete  specimen  of  such  a  plant  at  all  at  this  date 
expresses  the  initial  difliculty  of  the  problem,  and    is    a    lesson    to 

*  According  to  Arber  (p.  172)  this  figure  exactly  expresses  a  Water  Lily  plant 
'  buoyed  up  by  the  water.'  This  misses  the  point  of  Brimfels'  method.  Really 
it  is  an  entire  plant  dug  up,  washed  and  arranged  on  a  table,  and  dra^vn  as  it  was 
with  the  leaves  spaced  out  flat.  A  water-lily  does  not  grow  like  this  at  all,  the 
leaves  are  arranged  in  a  quincuncial  rosette  ;  the  flower  is  erected. 


BRUXFELS    AND    FUCHS  239 

modern  illustrators  who  collect  bits  of  plants  or  one  flower,  and  are 
ignorant  of  the  whole. 

These  two  figures  are  of  the  greater  interest  in  that  being  so 
completelj  satisfactory  they  were  copied  by  Fuchs'  men,  and  very 
badly  copied  at  that.  The  appearance  of  adaptations  of  these  figures 
in  Fuchs  (oBo,  53(5)  is  sufficient  evidence  that  the  former  had 
Brunfels'  work  as  a  guide  :  while  their  mode  of  dealing  witl\  them 
sufficiently  displays  their  weakness  as  copyists  and  scientific  observers 
(proof  of  copying  is  always  given  by  the  reversal  of  the  figure  in 
cutting  and  printing  a  second  time  :  cf.  Ar.  14?1).  The  adaptation  of 
Nymphcea  is  badly  done ;  the  central  detail  of  the  flower  is  ignored, 
and  made  a  decorative  muddle  ;  the  aspect  of  the  plant  is  wholly 
changed  by  the  thickening  of  the  petioles,  and  by  losing  the  sense  of 
the  long  straight  stalk  of  the  flower:  the  detail  of  the  rhizome  is  left 
out.  On  the  other  hand,  JSfiiphar  is  deliberately  faked  till  it  is 
almost  unrecognizable ;  the  curves  are  lost,  the  petioles  thickened  and 
all  the  damaged  submerged  leaves  repaired  by  ti-ansf erring  those  of 
Hy niphce a -^'Atiei'n  :  a  second  flower,  a  failure,  is  added  to  complete 
the  picture,  though  Nuphar  shoots  do  not  produce  two  blossoms  at 
the  same  time.  Uncomprehended  details  of  the  rhizome  and  roots 
are  equally  scamped  :  it  is  obviously"  more  difficult  to  repeat  a  mis- 
understood abstract  drawing  than  to  copy  concrete  examples  of  the 
living  plant  *. 

The  fine  effect  of  these  two  bold  figures,  filling  02)posite  sides  of 
the  same  opening,  shows  at  once  the  origin  of  the  idea  of  Fuchs  in 
taking  a  still  larger  page,  and  so  fixing  the  size  of  the  future  herbal. 
While  in  Brunfels  the  figures  are  mainly  "illustrations"  to  illuminate 
and  decorate  the  text,  which  does  not  explain  them — only  half  of 
them  being  printed  as  whole-page  figures,  and  the  others  incorporated 
with  the  text,  often  so  neatly  that  the  text  balances  the  design, — 
Fuchs  definitely  inaugurated  the  "  page-plate  "  as  we  term  it ;  and 
each  figure  stands  as  an  individual  design  without  reference  to 
an3"thing  else  f.  That  subsequent  herbalists  (Ma tthiolus,  Lobelius, 
Dodontfius)  all  descended  again  to  text-figures,  must  not  obscure  the 
fact  that  Fuchs  first  clearly  saw  the  advantage  of  the  best  drawings 
of  Brunfels,  and  gave  increased  significance  to  his  illustrations  as 
distinct  from  the  text.  The  fact  that  the  production  of  these  plates 
must  have  taken  some  years  after  the  death  of  Bi-unfels,  and  that  it 
is  evident  that  the  work  of  Brunfels  was  in  the  hands  of  Fuchs'  men, 
suggests  more  definitely  that  they  used  this  work  as  a  basis  on  which 
to  learn  their  botanical  methods ;  and  that  the  curious  difference  in 
merit  of  some  of  their  designs  indicates  their  gradual  improvement  as 

*  It  is  interesting  to  trace  the  further  decadence  of  these  figures  in  the 
successive  reduction  of  Fuchs'  blocks  in  translations ;  cf.  French  Trans.  (1549) 
cciii,,  4i  by  2j  in.  and  (1550)  Lyon,  p.  374,  to  2^  by  \\.  In  the  smaller 
texts  (Du  Pinet,  Leyden,  1561,  p.  404  ;  Linocier,  Paris,  1620,  p.  412)  they  are 
replaced  by  still  inferior  copies  of  a  picture-block  from  Matthiolus  (Ar.  144). 
The  4^-in.  copies  may  be  seen  in  Turner  (1551),  ii.  p.  65  ;  but  being  poor  they  are 
replaced  in  other  herbals  (Gerard,  etc.). 

t  Only  a  couple  of  small  figures  of  Mosses  are  printed  in  Fuchs  as  text- 
illustrations — Polytrichum  with  gracefully- curved  setae  (p.  629). 


24:0  THE    JOL'UNAL    OF    BOTANY 

time  went  on  *.  In  tliis  way  the  evolution  of  the  botanical  plate 
at  its  best  may  be  traced  in  the  pages  of  Fuchs ;  this  explains  the 
remarkable  inequality  of  the  work ;  a  fine  drawing  being  often  closely 
associated  in  the  more  or  less  alphabetical  arrangement  of  the  text 
with  an  inferior  '  mediaeval '  one.  It  is,  for  example,  difficult  to 
believe  that  the  same  men  drew  747  and  751,  463  and  467,  883  and 
886,  286  and  289,  if  we  did  not  know  by  personal  experience  how  a 
few  years  will  improve  a  system  of  technique.  The  drawings  of 
Fuchs  may  be  classed  as  good,  indifferent,  and  very  bad ;  the  bad 
ones  of  some  of  the  commonest  and  often  least  effective  forms  being 
their  tirst  rather  crude  attempts  at  floral  work  ;  while  in  their  best 
efforts,  after  some  years  of  training,  the  possibilities  of  their  craft- 
manship  become  apparent. 

Nothing  brings  out  the  value  of  Brunfels'  figures  more  clearly 
than  their  later  imitations.  Brunfels'  plants  were  mostly  small  and 
quite  common  weeds,  in  which  the  greater  care  was  necessary  to 
preserve  a  resemblance  to  an  easily  recognized  growth-form ;  and 
these  would  be  just  the  t^^pes  non-botanical  designers  would  find  most 
difficult  to  tackle.  [Who  can  mistake  the  liower  Brunfels  figures  as 
one  he  didn't  know  the  name  of  (ii.  80  '  Herha  si/lvestris  ignoti 
nomhiis'  ?) — and  what  was  the  point  of  putting  it  in  the  book  if  he 
hadn't  drawn  it  himself  ?] 

Thus  Brunfels'  Viola  shoots  (i.  135)  are  delightfully  natural ; 
Fuchs  (311)  is  ver}'  feeble  in  comparison.  The  Pansy  of  Brunfels 
(i.  69)  is  a  good  figure  of  the  Corn-field  form,  with  vivid  details; 
Fuchs'  (803)  is  hardly  recognizable  as  a  Pansy  at  all.  Brunfels' 
Hart's  Tongue  is  the  earliest  line-study  of  a  Fern  (a  reduced  pirated 
copy  Ar.  174).  but  that  of  Fuchs  is  childish  beside  it.  Brunfels' 
Yellow  Flag  (ii.  47)  is  very  good  for  a  large  plant  with  a  complex 
flower,  and  the  flower  is  correctly  drawn  ;  that  of  Fuchs  is  distinctly 
poor.  Similarlv,  it  is  only  necessary  to  compare  the  Plantains  (B.  i.  5, 
F.  39,  Ar.  149  j  ;  Malvas  (B.  ii.  72,  F.  508)  ;  ^cilla  hifolia  (B.  i.  184, 
F.  838)  ;  Ficaria  (B.i.  215,  F.  867)  ;  Belpluninm  (B.  i.  83,  F.  27); 
Aiiaram  (B.  i.  71,  F.  9,  Ar.,  spoilt,  169  :  and  Camhrichfe  Flora,  i. 
113)  to  see  that  Brunfels  is  well  ahead  in  scientific  perception  as  well 
as  in  draughtmanship. 

Others  are  equally  interesting  as  showing,  even  with  the  help  of 
fresh  specimens,  the  effort  of  Fuchs'  men  to  copy  Brunfels  rather 
than  to  copy  the  plant.  Cf.  the  Alchemilla  of  Brunfels.  ii,  53,  F.  612  ; 
Saxifrage  (B.  i.  185,  F.  747);  Groundsel  (B.  i.  120.  F.  612); 
Sanicle  (B.  i.  80,  F.  671).  The  Ivy  (B.  ii.  3  and  4)  is  obviously  the 
inspiration  of  Fuchs,  421  ;  yet  how  much  superior  is  the  shaping  of 
the  umbel  seen  from  below,  in  Brunfels.  The  IleUehorus  (B.  i.  30J 
is  a  beautiful  study,  that  of  Fuchs  (274)  is  very  poor,  but  it  shows  it 
is  a  flagging  specimen,  and  so  one  of  the  older  figures,  before  it 
occurred  to  them  that  the  plants  looked  better  if  kept  in  water.     The 

*  The  same  thing  ia  very  strikingly  noticed  in  Baxter's  amateur  production  : 
the  first  plates  (1833  and  undated)  are  extremely  poor,  only  after  2-3  years  was 
tlie  possibility  of  the  simple  method  worked  out:  there  is  thus  some  hope  for  the 
further  improvement  of  the  Candiridge  British  Flora. 


BRUXFELS    AND    FUCHS  O-tl 

Strawberry  of  Brimfels  (ii.  35 )  is  again  botanically  admirable  within 
its  limitations,  with  regard  to  the  diehasial  inflorescence,  runners,  and 
flowers  ;  but  in  Fuchs  (853)  it  is  ^particularly  badly  done ;  fruits  are 
added  to  the  flowering  inflorescence,  there  are  blossoms  of  two  sizes 
on  the  same  axis  ;  the  leaf-arrangement  and  shoot-construction, 
recognizably  correct  in  Brunfels,  are  hopelessh^  bungled,  and  the 
biggest  fruit  is  erected.  The  case  of  the  Coltsfoot  is  of  special  interest, 
because  it  is  again  illuminative  with  regard  to  the  original  mode  of 
work.  The  block  of  Brunfels  (i,  ttl)  is  a  distinctly  fine  study  of  a 
pulled  up  summer  leafy  shoot,  with  broken  rhizome  and  wilting  lower 
leaves.  The  same  shoot  cooked  appears  in  Fuchs  (F.  140,  Ar.  147), 
reversed,  the  drooping  leaves  touched  up,  and  two  inflorescence  axes 
added.  Everybody  knows  how  straight  these  axes  stand,  and  the 
drooping  of  the  older  capitula.  The  graceful  curves,  and  the  insertion 
of  the  new  shoots  out  of  sight  behind  the  petioles,  shows  the  ingenuitv 
of  the  fake,  as  well  as  its  definite  disregard  of  the  facts  of  the  case. 
The  intention,  however,  was  undoubtedly  good,  that  of  giving  dilferent 
aspects  of  the  plant  in  a  composite  figure  ;  and  the  same  applies 
in  a  cruder  manner  to  the  Strawberry ;  but  Brunfels  was  tKe  more 
scientific. 

These  presumably  earlier  figures  based  on  Brunfels,  and  ahvavs 
much  inferior,  present  an  earlier  aspect  of  the  work.  It  was  succeeded 
by  a  long  period  of  indifferent  studies  representing  the  slow  improve- 
ment of  the  draughtsmen,  and  probabl}'  also  of  the  engraver  of  this 
particular  class  of  work.  The  cutting  of  the  eailier  figures  is  as  poor 
as  the  draughtmanship,  witli  a  thick  coarse  line  (Asarum,  F.  10)  ; 
and  perliaps  half  the  plates  may  be  included  within  this  epoch. 

But  once  beyond  this  stage,  and  beginning  to  acquire  facilitv  in 
handling  leaf -form  and  spatial  arrangement,  improvement  is  verv 
marked ;  if  the  illustrations  had  not  got  beyond  the  preceding  stage 
the}'-  would  have  never  attracted  any  attention  beyond  those  of  Bock, 
Matthiolus,  or  Tabernaemontanus.  The  new  departures  undoubtedly 
express  the  result  of  several  ^^ears"  experience  on  the  part  of  men, 
originally  formal  draughtsmen  and  designers,  who  had  now  been  put 
through  a  course  of  natm-e-study,  direct  from  the  plant,  in  the  manner 
of  Brunfels  ;  and  though  still  ignorant  of  scientific  "  botany,"  the 
results  were  wholly  beyond  expectation.  Many  of  the  older"^  blocks 
are  quite  fine  designs,  and  might  be  done  by  artists  of  no  botanical 
knowledge  ;  like  many  nowadays,  in  the  ordinary  course  of  conventional 
art-instruction.  Thus  the  Vine  (F.  84)  may  be  a  good  drawing,  but 
it  is  not  a  botanist's  idea  of  Vitis  ;  nor  is  the  beautiful  conventional 
figure  of  the  Oak  Tree  (F.  229),  which  miglit  be  used  for  a  book 
cover  :   cf.  also  the  Hop  (164),  Plum  (403),  Pumpkin  (701). 

The  first  advance  is  noted  in  the  improvement  of  the  aspect  of  the 
leaves  in  shape,  insertion,  angular  divergence,  and  perspective — quite  a 
large  number  of  plants  afford  fine  studies  of  foliage  ;  the  decussate 
types  begin  to  be  well  done  ;  in  the  case  of  the  Teasel,  a  bijugate 
system  is  well-expressed  (224),  Ar.  176  ;  spiral  forms  take  some  doing, 
and  there  may  be  at  first  a  tendency  to  leave  out  the  leaves  on  the 
off-side  of  the  stem  :  but  some  of  the  finest  plates  show  a  realiv 
remarkable  sense  of  3-dimensional  space-form  :  cf.  5Q,  57,  72,  129, 


242  THE    .TOUBNAL    OF    BOTAyT 

142, 190.  218,  289,  299,  381  Isatis,  468  Good  King  Henry,  469,  674, 
751,  792,  829,  828. 

Other  figures  are  especially  characterized  by  the  breadth  and 
dignity  of  th«  design  as  a  whole  ;  and  these  naturally  attract  the  most 
attention,  even  if  the  botanical  details  be  a  little  vague  :  but  such 
types  are  the  joy  of  the  book,  and  give  it  its  value  as  a  work  of  art. 
Cf.  Paris  87,  Clematis  77,  (xentian,  with  one  blossom  centred,  200, 
Lactiica  299,  Melon  868  (design  better  than  the  botany).  Cabbage 
416,  Pea  627  (with  a  centred  pod  opened,  good  enough  for  a  work 
on  Mendel),  Fetasites  644,  Ar.  126;  Radish  660,  Comfrey  695, 
Echallium  705,  Millet  771,  Mullein  848,  Cowslip  850  (for  once 
beyond  Brunfels'  i.  96,  washed-out  plant). 

Finally,  there  remains  the  new  departure  of  the  more  definitely 
scientific  diagram,  in  which  a  composite  structure  is  built  up  to  express 
facts  drawn  from  the  life  of  the  plant  at  diiferent  seasons — whether 
of  flower  and  fruit,  or  summer  and  winter  habit ;  the  whole  being 
fitted  into  a  conventional  growth-form,  planned  to  fill  the  plate-space. 
The  idea  lacks  the  perfect  scientific  accuracy  of  Brunfels,  and  is 
obviously  open  to  abuse,  may  be  readily  misunderstood  by  the  ignorant, 
and  may  serv^e  as  an  excuse  for  malrepresentation  of  the  facts  ;  but  it 
is  a  distinctly  legitiLuate  method  to  attempt,  and  appeals  to  the 
designers,  though  the  verdict  of  succeeding  generations  has  been 
against  it.  These  figures  are  clearly  due  to  the  direction  of  Fuchs 
himself ;  they  give  the  botanical  value  of  the  work,  and  the  method 
grows  from  small  beginnings — -<?.  y. 

The  early  media? val  oak  (229)  is  touched  up  by  adding  acorns  and 
their  cups  as  separate  items.  The  Arum  (F.  59,  Ar.  179  j  with  a  dead 
shrivelled  spathe  and  spadix,  suspiciously  the  reversed  one  of  Brunfels 
(i.  ^:>^).  has  a  fruiting  specimen  added,  and  an  interior  of  the  bottle- 
cavity,  with  remarkably  correct  detail  of  ovaries  and  stigmas,  etc.  The 
figures  are  kept  separate  ;  a  more  crude  effort  in  Dracuiiculus  (284) 
fits  the  fruits  and  the  spathe  on  the  same  stem ;  and  must  be  so  far 
regarded  as  a  definite  failure.  The  same  applies  to  the  Columbine 
(102)  and  Paeonia  (202)  ;  though  the  practice  lasted  for  a  long  time, 
and  may  be  noted  in  the  Pa?ony  of  Besler  (1618),  Hort.  Eyst.  p.  vi,  10. 
Two  figures  again  are  given  for  Crocus  vernus  (441),  one  with  a 
second  dimerous  flower,  and  another  of  a  later  stage  with  the  leaves 
shooting,  the  dead  flowers,  and  fine  contractile  roots  pushing — an 
admirable  set  of  botanical  facts.  Colchicum  (356)  is  also  shown 
separately  in  flowers  and  fruit. 

The  method  is  clearly  more  satisfactory  as  adapted  to  conven- 
tionalized fruit-trees,  in  which  different  branches  are  set  apart  for  the 
different  effects  and  the  whole  grouped  as  a  tree-form :  it  is  question- 
able whether  the  shreds  and  patches  of  the  Cambridge  British  Flora 
are  really  any  better  as  affording  an  adequate  presentation  to  the 
ignorant  of  the  growth-form  of  a  tree-type.  Many  examples  are  par- 
ticularly neat.  Gf.  especially  the  Gooseberry,  187  ;  Blackthorn,  404 — 
a  beautiful  study,  with  bare  branch,  flowering  branch,  and  fruiting 
branch, — only  requiring  colour  to  make  it  vividly  accui'ute.  The 
Hazel  (898),  with  a  catkin-bearing  twig,  Cherry  (415),  also  with 
three  types  of  branch-system  :  Juglans  (379)  with  catkins  added,  and 


BRrXFELS    AXD    FUCKS  243 

nuts;  Peach  (601),  Rihes  (663),  very  well-done  for  inconspicuous 
flowers,  as  also  Erviom  (571)  with  procession  of  flowers  and  fruits,  and 
the  Isatis  (415)  with  flowering  and  fruiting  branches. 

It  is  difficult  to  beheve  that  the  men  who  produced  jthese  figures 
began  with  the  feeble  Herb  Robert  (206),  ConvaUaria  (240),  Corn 
Pansy  (803),  Scolopendrium  (294),  or  faked  the  Nupliar,  Yellow  Iris, 
and  Coltsfoot  as  plants  particularly  adapted  for  bold  decorative  treat- 
ment, yet  made  such  beautiful  studies  from  most  insignificant  flower- 
types  as  Lettuce  (229),  Isatis  (331),  and  Grood  King  Henry  (463). 

On  the  other  hand,  with  all  their  acquired  skill  in  plant-presenta- 
tion, Fuchs'  men  do  not  show  any  corresponding  advance  in  the 
observation  and  reproduction  of  the  more  minute  botanical  details 
which  we  look  for  nowadays,  and  were  present  in  the  original 
specimens  ;  Brunf  els'  figures  with  a  wealth  of  accurate  detail,  expressed 
'  summa  cum  diligentia,'  rather  reveal  the  true  germ  of  scientific 
enquiry.  The  draughtsmen  of  Fuchs  are  to  be  credited  with  their 
steadfast  labour  and  great  output,  on  a  rising  scale  of  excellence,  along 
the  lines  on  which  they  had  been  originally  trained.  Again,  the 
engraving  of  Wieditz  for  Brunfels  is  far  superior  to  anything  in  the 
earlier  figures  of  Fuchs  ;  one  has  an  uncomfortable  feeling  that 
Speckle  would  have  made  a  mess  of  Brunfels'  Pulsatilla  (i.  217)  or 
the  Asarum  (i.  71,  P.  10).  There  is  nothing  in  all  Fuchs  to 
compare  with  the  flower  of  the  Pulsatilla  or  that  of  Hellehorus 
(B.  i.  30).  Brunfels'  figures  are  apparently  drawn  with  a  pen,  giving 
fine  and  deep  strokes,  with  turns  and  movements  intentiona%  broken, 
as  well  as  in  fine  clean  lines  {cf.  ii.  52,  53)  :  the  earlier  figures  of 
Fuchs  have  a  poor  thick  line  ;  only  in  some  of  the  early  more 
decorative  designs  (Cabbage,  416  ;  Oak,  229  ;  Melon,  368)  is  a  heavy 
line  used  locally  with  great  effect.  The  special  method  evolved  iii 
later  work  tends  to  the  use  of  a  uniformh^  clear  smooth  line,  in  the 
manner  admired  b}'  modern  process-engravers,  and  a  limiting  expression 
of  this  type  of  work  in  the  Comfrey  (F.  695)  may  be  at  last  fairly 
placed  by  the  side  of  Weiditz's  75  of  Brunfels  (A.  48). 

The  significance  of  these  records  is  sufficiently  obvious  ;  the  work 
of  Brunfels  and  Fuchs  covers  the  whole  province  of  the  fundamentals 
of  botanical  illusti-ation.  To  the  construction  of  type-figures  and 
plate-filling  with  the  dignity  and  restraint  attained  by  the  remarkable 
draughtsmen  of  Fuchs — and  the  art  of  leaving  out  details  too  fine  to 
be  repeated,  as  giving  a  breadth  of  design  to  the  whole — requires  to  be 
added  the  more  faithful  scientific  observation  of  Brunfels,  and  his 
recognition  of  the  importance  of  pourtraying  the  distinct  individuality 
of  every  plant-organism,  hi  its  natural  mode  of  growth,  and  the 
consideration  of  the  plant  as  a  whole.  The  addition  of  special 
botanical  details,  as  accurate  drawings,  or  neat  combinations  in  a 
diagram  of  established  convention,  is  again  exemplified  by  Fuchs  ; 
while  the  clearness  of  line-reproduction  exjDressed  in  the  work  of 
Speckle  puts  to  shame  modern  methods  of  line  process-work,  and  on  a 
scale  quite  comparable  with  that  of  modern  work.  The  admiration 
and  respect  of  posterity  is  earned  only  by  those  who  utilize  to  the 
utm(jst  the  resoui-ces  of  their  age  :  and  nothing  is  worth  doing  which 
is  not  of  the  verv  best.      If  the   British  Flora  of  the  future,  passing 


2-44  THE    .rOLM^XAL    OF    BOl'ANY' 

beyond  the  horizon  of  hand-coloured  copper-plates,  as  in  Curtis  and 
Sowerby  of  a  hundred  years  ago,  is  to  come  back  to  cheap  process 
line-blocks,  these  should  be  entrusted  to  those  who  not  only  have 
received  an  adequate  art-training  of  their  generation,  and  really  know 
something  of  floral  botany,  but  who  have  an  instinctive  appreciation 
of  the  bewildering  manifestations  of  plant-life,  and  can  utilize  an 
artistic  training  without  falling  into  absurd  mannerisms  or  slip-shod 
ways.  It  is  a  pity  that  copies  of  Brunfels  and  Fuchs  are  not  more 
readily  available  for  the  study  of  those  whose  ideas  of  Herbals  are 
foundied  on  the  poor  borrowed  illustrations  of  Grerard  and  Parkinson. 


ALABASTRA  DIVERSA.— Part  XXXI.* 

Br  Spencer  Le  M.  Moore,  B.Sc,  F.L.S. 

1.  Miscellanea  Africana. 

(Concluded  from  p.  219.) 

Folia  inferiora  ±5  X  1"2  cm.,  in  sicco  saturate  grisea  ;  superiora 
pleraque  2-5-3  cm.  X  4-G  mm.  Spicse  usque  ad  1-2  x  1*5  cm.  Flores 
albi.  Bractea?  4x3-3-5  mm.;  bracteolie  3  mm.  long.  Calyx 
3-5  mm.  long,,  I'o  mm.  lat.  ;  hujus  lobi  1  mm.  long.  Corollse  tubus 
6x1  mm. ;  lobi  2-5  mm.  long.  Filamenta  longiora  circa  5  mm. ; 
antherse  1  mm.  long.  Ovarium  ohlongo-ovoideum,  1  mm.  long.  ; 
stylus  clavellatus,  1*5  mm.  long. 

This  also  is  near  JB.  andougensis  Hiern ;  its  tall  habit,  long,  very 
scabrous  5-nerved  lower  leaves  and  comparatively  small  and  narrow 
upper  ones,  non-corymbose  intiorescence,  smaller  bracts  and  bracteoles, 
shorter  calyx  not  ciliate  on  the  ribs  and  corolla  with  tube  distinctly 
longer  than  the  calyx  are  the  chief  distinctive  marks. 

To  be  referred  here  is  Gossweiler  No.  1789  found  along  the 
wagon-road  from  Rio  Kuanuolo  to  Kakonda  in  thickets  missed  by  the 
bush-fires.     It  is  noted  as  having  pale  violet-purple  flowers. 

Buchnera  Kassneri,    sp.   no  v.      Ccnile  e  radice    sparsim   fibroso 

stricto    subsimplice    fere    a    basi   folioso    scabrido ;    foliis    perpaucis 

(summis  alternis)  linearibus  acutis  uninervibus  utrinque  margineque 

scabridis ;  spiels  angustis  folia   longe  excedentibus   basi  breviter  in- 

terruptis  aliter  continuis ;  bracteis  lineari-lanceolatis  acutis   margine 

dorsoque  scabridis ;   hrocfeolis  linearibus  acutis  bracteas  semia^quan- 

tibus;    calyce  uno   latere   fisso  prominenter   7-nervi    puberulo    lobis 

4-5  inter  sese   intequalibus   linearibus  acutis  ciliatis ;    coroUcB  tubo 

calycem    breviter    superante    extus    glabro    lobis    linearibus    obtusis ; 

ilamentis  lon^ioribus  barbellatis,  antheris  apiculatis. 

Belgian  Congo,  Kundelungu  ;  Kassner,  2788. 

Planta    fere    bispithamea.     Folia    3-4x1-5-2    cm.     Spicae  circa 

10  cm.  long.     Bractese  circa  10  mm.,  bracteolie  circa  5  mm.  long. 

Calyx  11-5  mm.  long.,  lobi  1-2-5  mm.  long.     Corollae  tubus  12-5  mm. 

long.,  1-2  mm.  lat.,  ipso  sub  limbo  contractus  ;  lobi  3-4  mm.  long. 

*  Types  in  the  National  Herbarium. 


MISCELLANEA    AFHICAXA  245 

Filamenta  longiora  1*25  mm.,  breviora  '4  mm.  long. ;  anthera? 
1*25  mm.  long.  Ovarium  ovoideo-oblongum,  1"5  mm.  long. ;  stylus 
clavatus,  superne  papillosus,  5  mm.  long. 

This  should  be  inserted  next  B.  tuherosa  Skan,  which  besides 
tuberous  roots  has  shorter  bracteoles  and  calyx,  and  corolla-tube 
nearly  double  the  length  of  the  calyx. 

Rhamphicarpa  Elliotii,  sp.  nov.  Ccmle  sat  gracili  ramoso  quad- 
rangulari  uti  rami  scabriusculo  dein  glabro ;  foliis  sessilibus  vel  sub- 
sessilibus  linearibus  vel  lineari-lanceolatis  integris  vel  dentatis  rarius 
trilobatis  (lobo  intermedio  quam  laterales  longiori)  in  sicco  nigrescen- 
tibus  scabriusculis  ;  Jlorihns  breviter  pedicellatis  pedicellis  uti  calyces 
scabriusculis ;  calycis  lobis  lanceolatis  acutis  tubo  parum  brevioribus; 
corollcd  tubo  calyce  multo  longiori  supm  medium  gibboso  pilis 
brevibus  glandulosis  sparsissime  inspersis  lobis  late  obovatis  obtusis- 
simis ;  antheris  apice  obtusis  ;  stylo  clavato ;  capsula  oblique  ovata 
brevissime  rostrata  glabra  latere  uno  dehiscente. 

East  Africa,  Ukambane  ;  Scott  Elliot,  6304. 

Folia  pleraque  5-10  mm.  long.,  1-2  mm.  lat.  Calycis  tubus 
3*5  mm.  long. ;  hujus  lobi  2*5-3  mm.  long.  Corolla  verisimiliter 
punicea ;  tubus  usque  18  mm.  long.,  2  mm.  lat.,  ipso  sub  limbo 
subito  usque  ad  4  mm.  dilatatus  ;  lobi  cii'ca  8x7  mm.  Filamenta 
barbata,  1-2  mm.  long. ;  anthers  circa  2*5  mm.  long.  Capsula 
7  mm.  long.,  valvis  5  mm.  lat.     Semina  baud  visa. 

Near  -R.  veroniccsfolia  Yatke  :  the  slender  habit,  reduced,  and  in 
many  respects  different  leaves,  and  small  flowers  are  its  chief  pecu- 
liarities. 

Gesnerace^. 

Streptocarpus  Eylesii,  sp.  nov.  Folio  majusculo  latissime  ovato 
fere  suborbiculari  apice  rotundissimo  basi  cordato  margine  denticulato 
utrobique  hirsutulo ;  j9ef/«;<c?^//6*  sat  elongatis  glanduloso-^puberulis 
plurifloris  ;  pedicellis  quam  corolhe  brevioribus  uti  calyx  glanduloso- 
pubescentibus  ;  calycis  lobis  linearibus  obtusis  ;  corolhe  tubo  cal^^cem 
multo  excedente  interne  subcylindrico  basi  aliquanto  dilatato  superne 
late  infundibulari  infra  medium  eleganter  curvato  extus  puberulo, 
lobis  tubo  plane  brevioribus  rotundatis  posticis  quam  antici  minori- 
bus;  staviiuioits  inclusis  filamentis  supra  medium  tubi  insertis 
subsparsim  glandulosis  ;  ovario  corollse  tubum  vix  semisequante  ut 
stylus  brevior  glanduloso-pubescente. 

llhodesia,  Matopo  Hills  in  wet  cavities  under  shadow  of  gmnite 
rock  ;  Eyles,  1097. 

Folia  24  x  21  cm.,  crassiuscula  ;  costte  laterales  utrinque  circa  14. 
Pedunculi  4-ni,  profecto  evoluti  (inflorescentia  baud  exempta)  fere 
30  cm.  long.,  inflorescentia  sola  circa  12  x  12  cm.,  bracteis  paucis 
linearibus  glanduloso-pubescentibus  zb  8  mm.  long,  pra^dita;  pedicelli 
modice  2  cm.  long.  Flores  cierulei.  Cal3^cis  lobi  7  mm.  long, 
CoroUfe  tubus  3  cm.  long.,  inferne  3-5-5  mm.  lat.  sub  faucibus 
10-12  mm. ;  lobus  anticus  (intermedins)  9x9  mm.,  lobi  postici 
6x8  mm.  Filamenta  9  mm.  long.,  antheraj  25  mm.  Ovarium 
14  mm.  long.,  15  mm.  lat. ;  stvlus  6  mm.  long. 


24G  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

Affinity  with  S.  Dunnii  Hook.  f.  and  S.  Cooper i  Clarke,  from  which 
it  is  easily  told  by  the  corollas. 

ACANTHACE.f;. 

Jiisticia  (§  Harniera)  Dinteri,  sp.  nov.  Caule  specc.  duorum 
nobis  obviorum  sesqui-bispithameo  ascendente  a  basi  ramoso  uti  rami 
tetragono  sparsimque  pubescente  ;  foliis  longipetiolatis  ovato-lanceo- 
latis  vel  ovato-oblong'is  obtusis  basi  breviter  extenuatis  tenuiter  mem- 
branaeeis  utrinque  glabris  vel  fere  glabris  lenticellis  albis  sub  lente 
optime  aspectabilibus  ;  Jlorlhus  in  axillis  congestis  sessilibus  ;  hracteis 
calyce  brevioribus  late  obovatis  pilosis  margineque  ciliatis  ;  hracteolis 
minutis;  ealycis  segmentis  5  inter  sese  fere  a^qualibus  lineari-lanceo- 
latis  acutis  margine  longe  ciliatis  ;  coroUce  tubo  a  calyce  superato 
fere  recto  limbo  quam  tubus  pauUulum  breviore  labio  postico  ovato 
breviter  bidentato  antici  lobis  rotundatis ;  antherarum  loc.  inf.  acute 
calcarato ;  capsula  normali  4-sperma  breviter  stipitata  oblongo- 
obovata  obtusa  sursum  pubescente  capsula  abnormali  pubescente 
1-sperraa  -i-alata  alls  subintegris  vel  plerumque  late  paucilobatis ; 
aeinuiibiis  minute  scrobiculatis. 

South-West  Africa,  Otjitua,  under  the  shade  of  Acacia  horn'da  ; 
Dhi/er,  87. 

Planta  ex  schedis  cl.  detectoris  alt.  usque  8  dm.  attingens.  FoHo- 
rum  ma  jorum  pagina  3-5  cm.  long.,  12-20  mm.  lat.,  minorum 
zt  2  cm.  X  8  mm.,  omnium  in  sicco  la^te  viridis ;  illorum  petioli 
2-3  cm.  horum  circa  1  cm.  long.  Bractese  ±5x4  mm.  ;  bracteolae 
modo  1  mm.  long.  Calyx  6  mm.  long,  (sub  flore  circa  5  mm.). 
Corolla  in  toto  5  mm.  long.  ;  tubus  3  mm.  long.,  l-2o-l"o  mm.  lat.  ; 
labium  posticum  1'75  x  1  mm.,  anticum  2x3  mm.,  hujus  lobus 
intermedins  1  X  1*2  mm.  Antherarum  loc.  sup.  5  mm.,  loc.  inf.  segre 
1  mm.  long.  Ovarium  1'25  mm.,  stylus  2*75  mm.  long.  Capsula 
normalis  5  mm.  long.,  superne  2  mm.  lat.  ;  abnormalis  3x2  mm. 
Capsuhe  normalis  semina  1  mm.  long.,  abnormalis  semen  2  mm., 
omnia  brunnea. 

Affinity  with  J.  heterocarpa  T.  And.  and  J.  leptocarpa  Lindau, 
differing  from  both  in  the  broader  segments  of  the  calyx  which  do 
not  run  out  into  very  long  fine  points.  Mention  should  also  be  made 
of  the  larger  and  broader  normal  capsules  of  J.  Dinteri,  and  its 
decidedly  different  abnormal  ones  with  their  broader  wings,  either 
simply  undulate  or  provided  with  a  very  fcAv  broad  lobules,  instead  of 
many  small  teeth. 

Study  in  the  living  plant  of  the  capsular  dimorphism  of  this  and 
its  fellow-species  of  §  Rarniera  should  3'ield  results  of  interest. 

Dicliptera  Batesii,  sp.  nov.  Herbacea,  caule  ascendente  pauci- 
ramoso  tetragono  cito  omnino  glabro;/6»/?/6'  petiolatis  ovato-lanceolatis 
acuminatis  basi  rotundatis  vel  cuneatis  membranaceis  glabris,  invo- 
lucris  manifeste  pedunculatis  1-floris  in  pamculas  i-acemiformes  foliis 
sa3pius  })reviores  digestis,  foliis  Horalibus  tiliformi-subulatis  acuminatis 
subrigidis ;  hracteolis  exterioribus  inter  se  ina-qualibus  spathulato- 
oblanceolatis  apice  acute  mucronatis  dorso  puberulis  margine  piloso- 
ciliatis,  hracteolis  interioribus  exteriora   suba?quantibus  vel  iis  parum 


MISCELLA>-EA    AFEICAyA  247 

breA^oribus  lineari-lanceolatis  longe  acuminatis  sicut  calycis  seg- 
menta  linearia  acuminata  pubescentibus  ;  corolla  ex  bracteolis  emi- 
nente  hujus  tiibo  limbo  vix  aequilongo  extus  j^uberulo  labio  siiperiori 
ovato  obscure  retuso  inferiori  oblongo  trideiitato  sequilongo,  androecio 
breviter  stylo  longe  exserto  ;  capsida  obovoidea  acuta  superne  sparsim 
glanduloso-pubescente  4-sperma. 

Moh.  South  Cameroons,  Bitye  ;  Bates,  608. 

Folia  pleraque  4-(5  X  2-2*8  cm.,  in  sicco  fusco-yiridia  subtus 
parum  pallidiora,  cystolithis  difficile  aspectabilibus  prsedita  ;  petioli 
1-2  cm.  long.,  foliorum  oppositorum  sajpe  inaequilongi.  Paniculse 
sajpius  2-5-4  cm.  long.,  pilis  simplicibus  longioribus  glandulosis 
breyibus  intermixta  obsitse.  Folia  lloralia  +  ^  mm.  long.  Inyolu- 
crorum  pedunculus  yulgo-  3-5  mm.  long.,  rarius  8  mm.  attingens. 
Bi-acteolse  ext.  altera?  10-11  mm.  altera?  13-14  mm.  long.,  interiores 
summum  11  mm.  long.  Calyx  7  mm.  long.  Corollse  tubus  10  mm., 
long.,  labia  12  mm.  long.,  superius  summum  7-5  mm.  lat.,  inferius 
3'5  mm.  Oyarium  oyoideum,  1*5  mm.  long. ;  stylus  fere  2  cm. 
long.,  puberulus.     Caj)sula  8-5  mm.  long.'    Semina  1*25  X  2  mm. 

Can  be  told  on  sight  from  D.  umhellata  Juss.  by  the  open 
inflorescences  with  pedunculate  inyolucres,  which  organs  are  longer 
than  those  of  I>.  umhellata. 

VEEBE>'ACEiE 

Lippia  Gcssweileri,  sp.  noy.  Erecta  ramosa,  ramis  foliosis  pubes- 
centibus;  foliis  oppositis  sessilibus  oblongis  yel  oblongo-oboyatis 
obtusis  margine  denticulatis  yel  fere  integris  firme  membranaceis 
supra  scabridis  subtus  pubescentibus ;  spicis  longipedunculatis  pluri- 
floris  obovoideis  yel  subglobosis  ;  hracteis  flores  excedentibus  lanceo- 
latis  acutis  uti  pedunculi  pag.  utraque  pubescentibus  ;  calycis  albo- 
sericei  alte  bilobi  lobis  late  oyatis  apice  emarginatis ;  corollce  tuba 
basin  yersus  attenuato  lobis  quam  tubus  plane  breyioribus ;  stami- 
nibus  inclusis  ;  ovario  oyoideo  quam  stylus  glaber  breyiore  ;  stiymate 
obliquo. 

Angola  in  open  thickets  near  Munonque ;    Gosstveile7%  3349. 

Folia  ±  2  cm.  long,  et  7  mm.  lat.,  in  sicco  grisea.  Pedunculi 
ascendenti-patuli,  ±:  5  cm.  long.,  spicse  1-1*5  cm.  long.,  circiterl  cm. 
lat.  B]*acteae  flores  profecto  eyolutos  stijDantes  1  cm.  long.  Calyx 
1-5  mm.  long.  Corolla  alba  ;  tubus  extus  puberulus,  3  mm.  long., 
basi  '3  mm.  sursum  1  mm.  lat. ;  lobus  anticus  1*25  X  2  mm.,  lobus 
posticus  1*25  X  1*25,  lobi  laterales  '5  X  *8,  Ovarium  *75  mm.,  stj'lus 
1  mm.,  stigma  '7  mm.  long.     Pyrenae  1-25  mm.  diam. 

Easily  told  from  U.  Wilmsii  H.  H.  W.  Pears,  by  the  entire 
leaves  and  the  bracts  ;  the  calyx  of  the  two  yields  another  point  of 
contrast. 

Clerodendron  lupakense,  sp.  nov.  Eamis  foliosis  molhter  pubes- 
centibus deinde  glabrescentibus ;  foliis  oppositis  ovatis  vel  oblongo- 
obovatis  apice  cuspidato-acuminatis  ipso  obtusis  basi  interdum  ali- 
quantulum  obliquis  subrotundatis  vel  obtusis  margine  undulatis 
petiolis    pubescentibus    bas«i    articulatis    insidentibus    membranaceis 


248  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

suj)ra  giabi'is  iiitidisque  subtus  in  nervis  sparsim  pubescentibus ; 
cymis  brevibiis  pauciHoris  supra  axillas  foliorum  diminutorum  affixis 
pank'ulam  thyrsoideam  foliaceam  etticieiitibiis;^or/i/<6'  submediocribus 
pedicellatis  ;  calycis  sparsim  pubesoentis  tubo  late  cjdindrico  quain 
lobi  deltoidei  acuti  plane  longiore ;  corollce  tubo  calycem  facile 
superante  basi  dilatato  inde  attenuate  ipso  sub  limbo  ampliato  glabro 
lobis  inter  se  subsequalibus  suborbicularibus ;  staminibus  usque  circa 
5  mm.  exsertis. 

Belgian  Congo,  Lupaka  river ;  Kassner,  2458  in  part. 

Foliorum  limbus  usque  11x6  cm.,  superiora  vero  gmdatim 
imminuta  ;  folia  floralia  ±  3  X  1*5  cm. ;  folia  omnia  pag.  inf.  palli- 
diora  ;  ])etioli  summum  2*5  cm.  long.  Infiorescentia  tota  circa 
10  X  4  cm.,  pubescens.  Bracteae  lineares,  +  3  mm.  long.  Pedicelli 
2-3  mm.  long.  Calvx  in  toto  8  mm.  long.,  3  mm.  lat. ;  lobi  soli  vix 
2  mm.  long.  Corolla?  tubus  14  mm.  long.,  basi  2  mm.  lat.,  mox 
usque  1  mm.  subito  constrictus,  sub  limbo  3  mm.  lat. ;  lobi  4x4  mm. 

Clerodendron  censors,  sp.  nov.  Ramulis  foliisque  prgecedentis  ; 
forihiis  pedicellatis  cymosis  cymis  in  panic ulam  terminalem  quam 
folia  breviorem  foliis  tloralibus  carentem  digestis  ;  calyce  cylindrico- 
infundibulari  pubescente  quam  lobi  deltoidei  acuti  longiore  ;  corollce 
tubo  calycem  bene  excedente  attenuate  sub  limbo  dilatato  glabro 
lobis  inter  se  subiequalibus  late  ovatis  obtusissimis ;  staminihus  usque 
5  mm.  exsertis. 

Belgian  Congo,  Lupaka  river ;  Kassner,  2458  in  part. 

Infiorescentia  7'5  X  4  cm.  Bractese  lineares,  ±3  mm.  long. 
Pedicelli  summum  4  mm.  long.  Calyx  7  mm.  long.,  2  mm.  lat. ; 
lobi  vix  2  mm.  long.  Corollse  tubus  15  mm.  long.,  ima  basi  1*5  mm. 
fere  usque  ad  limbum  1  mm.,  ipso  sub  limbo  2  mm,  lab. ;  lobi 
3x3  mm. 

The  affinity  of  both  the  above  is  with  C.  Barteri  Baker,  but 
probably  still  more  close  with  C.  Bequaertl  de  Wild.  From  this 
latter  both  are  separated  b}^  the  not  denticulate-runcinate  leaves,  the 
longer  calyx  and  corolla,  glabrous  outside,  and  with  broader  lobes.  As 
between  themselves  the  chief  points  of  distinction  are  the  inflorescence, 
the  cymes  mixed  with  floral  leaves  in  the  one  case  and  without  them 
in  the  other,  and  the  longer  and  broader  calyx  of  C.  liqjalvense.  To 
judge  from  the  description  in  Fedde,  Rep.  xiii.  144,  the  inflorescence 
of  0.  Bequaerti  is  that  of  C.  lupakense. 

Clerodendron  bingaense,  sp.  nov.  En  mis  sparsim  foliosis  pu- 
bescentibus ;  foliis  parvis  petiolatis  oppositis  ovatis  obtusis  basi 
obtusis  margine  crenato-dentatis  tenuiter  membranaceis  supra  glabris 
subtus  in  nervis  sparsim  pubescentibus;  iujlorescentia  ei  G.  JuJca- 
jjensis  simili  foliis  floralibus  ovato-oblongis  oblongisve  integris  vel 
fere  integris  onusta ;  pedicellis  calyce  brevioribus  pubescentibus ; 
calycis  pubescentis  tubo  cylindrico  quam  lobi  deltoidei  acuti  triplo 
longiore  ;  corolla  calycem  ter  excedente  tubo  angusto  basi  a])iceque 
dilatato  glabro;  staminihus  usque  circa  7  mm.  exsertis. 

Belgian  Congo,  Binga,  under  trees;  Kassner,  2627. 

Folia  3-5  x  2-4  cm.,  in  sicco  viridia,  dentibus  siepissimc  1-1*5  mm. 


MISCELLANEA    AFRlC'AJfA  249 

alt.  ;  petioli  6-10  mm.  long.,  jDubescentes,  Inflorescentia  usque 
10  X  6  cm.  Folia  iloralia  +  ^  cm.  long.  Bractece  lineares  1-2  mm. 
long.  Calyx  6-7  mm.  long.,  2  mm.  lat. ;  lobi  2  mm.  long.  Corolla 
18  mm.  long.,  1  mm.  lat.,  basi  I'd  sub  limbo  2'5  mm. ;  lobi  3-5  X  3  mm. 
Differs  from  C.  lukapense  cliietlj  in  foliage  and  corolla. 

Clerodendron  frutectorum,  sp.  nov.  Ramis  sat  robustis  foliosis 
piloso-pubescentibus ;  foliis  amplis  longipetiolatis  (summis  brevi- 
petiolatis)  ovatis  apice  cuspidato-acuminatis  ipso  acutis  basi  breviter 
cordatis  5-nervibusque  margine  subgrosse  dentatis  sed  dimidio  proxi- 
mali  integris  nonnunquam  omnimodo  integris  vel  fere  integris  mem- 
branaceis  utrobique  in  nervis  prsesertim  pag.  inf.  pubescentibus  supra 
nitidis  ;  Jiorihus  magnis  ad  apicem  rami  conglobatis|  foliisque  brevi- 
petiolatis  etsi  amplis  stipatis  ;  bracteis  spatlmlatis  aeuminatis  pubescen- 
tibus quam  calyx  pauUo  brevioribus  ;  calyce  inf undibulari  pubeseente 
circiter  usque  medium  diviso  lobis  ovato-lanceolatis  breviter  aeumi- 
natis ;  corolla  calycem  fere  3-plo  excedente  tubo  attenuato  sub  limbo 
satis  basi  paullo  dilatato  extus  glanduloso-pubescente  lobis  quam  tubus 
multo  brevioribus. 

Belgian  Congo,  Shiwale  among  bushes  ;  Kassner,  2473. 

Folia  15-20x10-12  cm.,  minora  vero  exstant  8-10x6-8  cm.; 
petioli  4-9  cm.  long.,  foliorum  summorum  modo  1  cm.  vel  etiam 
minus,  omnes  pubescentes.  Bracteae  12-15  mm.  long.  Pedicelli 
valde  abbreviate     Calyx  18  mm.  long.  ;  lobi  10  mm.  long.     Corolla 

5  cm.  long.,  1*25  mm.  lat.,  ima  basi  aegre  2  mm.  sub  limbo  4  mm. 
lat. ;  limbus  nondum  pansus  late  ovoideus,  obtusissimus,  9x6  mm. 

Affinity  with  C.  capitatum  Schum.  &  Thonn.,  but  with  quite 
diiferent  leaves  and  shorter  corollas  among  other  features. 

LORAXTHACE.E. 

Loranthus  (§  Erectilobi)  Batesii  S.  Moore  &  Sprague,  sp.  nov. 
Ramulis  sat  validis  teretibus  striatis  crebro  minuteque  lenticelliferis 
glabris  ;  foliis  amplis  j^etiolatis  oppositis  vel  suboppositis  late  ovatis 
obtusis  basi  cordatis  coriaceis  glabris  costis  lateralibus  ulrinque  3-4 
arcuato-ascendentibus  procul  a  margine  dichotomis ;  florihus  majus- 
culis  breviter  pedicellatis  in  fasciculos  umbellatos  digestis ;  hractea 
cupuliformi  medio  baud  elevato ;  calyce  truncato  mox  irregulariter 
rupto  ore  minute  ciliolato  ;  corolla  basi  subsphseroidea  cito  subito 
curvata  unde  attenuata  sed  mox  ampliata  sub  limbo  parum  constricta 
ante  anthesin  truncato — 5-cornuta  extus  distincte  etsi  minute  puberula 
lobis  erectis ;  Jilamentis  faucium  basi  insertis  superne  pauUulum 
angustatis  horum  dente  prominente  late  subulato ;  sft/lo  superne 
incrassato  sub  stigmate  attenuato. 

Cameroons,  Bit^^e ;  Bates,  675. 

Folia  usque  17x10  cm.,  sed  ssepe  minora,  juniora  minus  cordata 
interdumque  basi  solum  rotundata  ;  petioli  plerumque  1-1 '5  cm.  long. 
Pedunculi  validi,  circa  5  mm.  long.,  j^edicelli  circa  2  mm.  Bractea 
2-5  mm.  lat.  Calyx  2'5  mm.  long.,  ore  5*5  mm.  lat.  Flores  dilute 
punicei,  ex  nodis  caulis  lignosi  oriundi.     Corolla  profecto  evoluta  fere 

6  cm.  long.,  basi  7  X  5  mm.,  mox  usque  1  mm.  constricta,  superne 
6  mm.  faucibus  5  mm.  lat.;  lobi  lineari-oblongi,  circa  7  mm.  long. 

JouENAL  or  BoT.ys'Y. — Vol.  57.     [Septembek,  1919.]        t 


250  THE  JOUKNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Filamenta  5  mm.  long.,  horum  dens  75  mm.  ;  antherae  fere  2  mm. 
long.     Stylus  5'5  cm.  long.,  hujus  pars  attenuata  2d  mm.  long. 

Besides  the  erect  corolla-lobes  this  is  known  from  L.  ogowensis 
Engl,  by  the  larger  obtuse  leaves  usually  more  or  less  cordate  at  the 
base,  the  calyx  broader  and  wider  at  the  mouth  and  the  distinctly 
puberulous  pink  corollas. 

Zenker's  749  and  1414  referred  to  L.  ogowensis  in  Fl.  Trop.  Atr. 
vi.  sect  1,  346,  are  conspecific  with  this. 

EUPHOEBIACEiE. 

Acalypha  eriophylloides,  sp.  nov.  Monoica,  caulihns  rhizomate 
valido  erectis  simplicibus  spithameis  dilute  flavo-tomentosis  ;  foliis 
sessilibus  anguste  obovato-oblongis  apice  mucronatis  basi  obtusis 
apicem  versus  dentatis  vel  denticulatis  pag.  sup.  ajopresse  hirsutis  pag. 
inf.  hirsuto-tomentosis ;  stijmlis  parvis  lineari-lanceolatis  pubescen- 
tibus;  spicis  axillaribus  masculis  foliis  circiter  ajquilongis  apice 
bracteis  perspicuis  ssepe  coronatis  flore  femineo  unico  ex  axillo  eodem 
oriundo  ab  iis  libero  ;  bractea  $  fere  usque  basin  in  lacinias  7  iniequi- 
lono-as  lineares  longe  ciliatas  divisa  ;  sepalis  2  oblongis  sursum 
pectinato-cihatis  ;  ovorio  dense  hirsute  ;  stj'lis  3  quam  ovarium  longi- 
oribus  crebro  pectinatis. 

Angola,  Kuanaval;    Gossiveiler,  3041. 

Folia  pleraque  2-3  cm,  long,,  8-10  mm.  lat,,  supm  in  sicco  fusco- 
subtus  dilute  grisea,  stipulse  2-3  cm.  long.  Spicse  evolutse  (incluso 
pedunculo  5-7  mm,  long,)  2-5-3  cm.  long.  Bractese  6  flonim  fasci- 
culos  stipantes  lineari-lanceolatae,  summum  2  mm.  long. ;  bracteai 
apicales  usque  4-5  mm.  long.  Bractea  $  circa  4  mm.  lat. ;  harum 
laciniaj  2-5  mm.  long.  Sepala  $  1-5  mm.  long.  Ovarium  segre 
3  mm.  diam.     Styli  usque  7  mm.  long. 

Evidently  a  close  ally  of  A.  eriophylla  Hutchins.,  but  among 
other  features  with  di:fferently-shaped  leaves,  spikes  on  shorter 
peduncles,  female  flower  arising  separately  from  the  male  spike  instead 
of  at  its  base  and  not  invested  by  the  curious  large  stipules  of 
A.  erioplii/lla. 

The  remains  of  stems  still  attached  to  the  rhizome  show  the 
effects  of  fire. 

Acalypha  Gossweileri,  sp.  nov.  Frutex  ultrametmlis,  crebro 
ramosus ;  o^amis  lignosis  primo  dense  pubescentibus  mox  glabris 
ultimis  solummodo  folia  pauca  gerentibus ;  foliis  parvis  petiolatis 
lanceolatis  acutis  breviterve  acuminatis  basi  obtusis  vel  levissime 
cordatis  m:irgine  dentato-serratis  trinervibus  membranaceis  supra 
hispidule  pilosis  subtus  arete  pubescentibus;  sfipulis  setaceis  foliis 
circiter  aequilongis  sparsim  pilosis ;  spicis  axillaribus  bisexualibus 
quam  folia  brevioribus  e  bractea  unica  florem  unicum  $  fovente  plane 
supra  basin  posita  floribusque  pluribus  (S  terminalibus  approximatis  a 
$  satis  remotis  sistentibus  ;  Iractea  parva  foliacea  margine  integra  vel 
summum  undulata  extus  pilis  strigillosis  sparsim  onusta  intus  glabra  ; 
sepalis  $  3  lanceolatis  cilia tis  ;  ovario  dense  strigoso  ;  stylis  3  ovario 
multe  longioribus  crebro  laciniatis. 


MISCELLANEA    AFRICANA  25 1 

Angola,  Cazengo,  mountains  at  Grouja  de  S.  Luiz  ;  Qossweiler, 
550B. 

Folia  pleraque  2-4  cm.  long.,  7-10  mm.  lat.,  in  sicco  griseo- 
viridia  ;  petioli  circa  5  mm.  (raro  usque  10  mm.)  long.,  arete  pubes- 
centes.  StipuliB  circa  5  mm.  long  Spicae  pubescentes,  pleraeque 
10-15  mm.  long.  ;  harum  pars  inf.  (bractea  juxta  medium  fovens ) 
5-7  mm.,  pars  sup.  flores  6  fulciens  5-8  mm.  long.  Bractea  saltem 
in  sicco  grisea,  fere  2  mm.  long.,  et  3  mm.  lat.,  nervis  pluribus  per- 
cursa.  Sepala  $  1  mm.  long.  Ovarium  subglobosum,  1  mm.  diam. 
Stjli  circa  5  mm.  long. 

To  be  inserted  next  A.  hipartita  Miill.  Arg.,  but  quite  different  in 
foliage  and  bracts. 

2.  MoNiMiACEA  Nova  Beasiliensis. 

Mollinedia  f  §  Inappendiculata)  Cunningliamii,  sp.  nov.  Ramulis 
crebro  foliosis  fulvo-tomentellis  mox  glabrescentibus ;  foliis  rarius 
suboppositis  nonnunquam  sparsis  brevipetiolatis  apice  ssepe  breviter 
cuspidulatis  ipso  acutis  basi  obtusis  margine  dimidio  abaxiali  plane 
denticulatis  papyraceis  supra  prsesertim  in  nervis  appresse  piloso- 
pubescentibus  mox  glabrescentibus  subtus  in  nervis  tomentellis ; 
injiorescentiis  foliis  brevioribus  subsessilibus  paucifloris  ;  pedicellis 
quam  flores  pauUo  longioribus  tomentellis  ;florihi(s  (  $  tantum  notis) 
raediocribus ;  perianthio  turbinato  extus  sericeo  quam  lobi  plane 
longiore  lobis  brevibus  triangularibus  obtusis  interioribus  exterioribus 
pauUulum  dissimilibus  ;   carpellh  circa  30  appresse  villosis. 

Hah.  Eio  Janeiro  ;   Botoie  Sf  Cunningham. 

Folia  6-10  cm.  long.,  2-5-4  cm.  lat.,  in  sicco  supra  griseo-  subtus 
brunneo-viridia ;  costse  laterales  utririque  5-6,  leviter  arcuatse,  ut 
costulae  reticulumque  pagina  utraque  optime  aspectabiles ;  petioli 
4-6  mm.  long.,  tomentelli.  Inflorescentiae  1  •5-2-5  cm.  long.  Dicha- 
siorum  singulorum  pedunculi  10-15  mm.  long.,  graciles ;  pedicelli 
6-8  mm.  long.  Perianthium  4x5  mm.,  hujus  lobi  longit.  1  mm. 
paullulum  excedentes,  duo  1  mm.  lat.,  duo  1-25  mm.  Carpella  cdm- 
pressa,  oblonga,  1  mm.  long.  ;  stylus  incurvus,  -25  mm.  long. 

Easily  distinguished  at  a  glance  from  M.  Widgrenii  A.  DC.  and 
its  allies  by  the  relatively  small  leaves  regularly  and  markedly  denti- 
culate in  tlieir  abaxial  half. 


THE  FLORA  OF  THE  BAGSHOT  DISTKICT. 

By  Horace  W.  Moncktox,  V.P.L.S. 

1  HATE  for  a  good  many  years  made  a  practice  of  noting  the 
plants  which  I  saw  growing  on  various  geological  formations,  and  I 
have  attempted  to  make  complete  lists  of  the  Flora  of  certain  selected 
geological  areas.  The  district  of  the  Bagshot  Sands  on  and  around 
Bagsiiot  Heath  affords  an  unusually  suitable  area  for  this  purpose. 
It  is  fairly  extensive,  being  24  miles  from  east  to  west  and  11  miles 
from  north  to  south ;  its  boundary  is  tolerably  regular  and  there  are 

T  2 


252  THE   JOUllNAL    OF    B0TA5fY 

neither  inliers  nor  outliers  of  other  geological  formations.  It  is  tme 
that  a  considerable  portion  of  the  surface  is  formed  of  various  gravels 
but  the  gravel  is  much  the  same  from  the  point  of  view  of  plant-life 
as  the  Bagshot  Sand  itself  ;  the  surface  is,  in  fact,  mainly  sand  and 
o-ravel  with  subordinate  beds  of  clay  or  sandy  clay,  and  there  is  an 
absence  of  lime  in  the  area. 

In  1916  I  had  a  few  copies  of  my  list  of  plants  from  this  district 
printed  for  the  use  of  those  interested,  and  a  note  on  the  Flora  was 
read  to  the  Linnean  Society  and  published  in  their  Proceedings  for 
1915-16,  p.  5  (see  Journ.  Bot.  1916,  94).  I  have  since  added  some- 
what to  my  list  and,  taking  the  16th  edition  of  the  London  Catalogue, 
I  have  now  marked  705  species,  43  varieties,  and  8  hybrids  as  growing 
on  the  Bagshot  Sand  ;  15  other  species  on  Alluvium  in  the  district, 
and  83  species  as  recorded,  but  not,  I  think,  established.  This  makes 
a  total  of  854  entries. 

As  I  have  said,  the  Bagshot  of  this  area  is  mainly  a  sand  formation, 
and  we  should  expect  to  find  a  i*esemblance  in  its  Flora  to  that  of 
other  similar  formations  in  the  south  of  England,  and,  in 'fact,  most 
of  our  plants  do  occur  on  the  Eocene  of  the  south  coast  as  well  as  on 
the  Lower  Greensand  and  Hastings  Beds.  The  resemblance  to  the 
Flora  of  the  Lower  Greensand  is  especially  marked,  but  as  that 
formation  contains  beds  of  limestone,  such  as  the  Bargate  Stone,  we 
find  some  species  on  it  w^hich  are  absent  from  our  area.  The  con- 
ditions of  plant-life  are,  however,  so  similar  to  those  in  other  places 
that  I  cannot  name  any  species  which  is  confined  to  the  Bagshot 
District ;  still  there  are  some  plants  which  are  distinctly  characteristic 
of  our  area. 

Ranunculus  Lenormandi  F.  Schultz  is    described  in  Fl.  Berks, 
p.  14,  as  occurring  only  on  th^  Bagshot  Beds  in  that  county,  and  I 
have  found  it  at  several  places  on  the  Middle  Bagshot  Beds  in  both 
the  Berks  and  Surrey  part  of  our  District.     It  occurs  on  the  Lower 
Bagshot  in  a  damp  field  by  a  small  brook  about  a  mile  and  a  half 
south  of  Wokingham  and  Mr.  C.  E.  Britton  tells  me  that  it  is  found 
on  Esher  Common,  also  Lower  Bagshot.     In  Hampshire  I  found  it 
on  the  Yalle}"  Gravel  of  the  Black  water  at   Yately  ;  this  gravel   is 
.  underlain  by  Bagshot   Beds   and    is    in  the  Bagshot  District.     The 
Kev.  E.  F.   Linton    describes  the  species  from  the  Dorset  Bagshot 
Beds  (Fl.  Bournemouth,  p.  27),  and  it  has  been  recorded  from  the 
*    Hastings  Beds  and  Lower  Greensand.     In  Brewer's  Flora  of  Surrey^ 
it  is  marked  for  the  London  Clay,  pp.  4,  319,  but  I  believe  that  to  be 
an  exceptional  occurrence. 

Hypericum  JElodes  L.  is  found  in  abundance  in  many  of  the  lakes 
and  ponds  of  the  district :  I  may  mention  Wellington  College  and 
Chobham  Common  as  examples  for  the  Middle  Bagshot  and  Ockham 
•Common  for  the  Lower  Bagshot  (see  also  Fl.  Berks,  pp.  xli,  116; 
Fl.  Surrey,  p.  47  ;  Fl.  Hamps.  p.  70).  It  is  common  on  the  Bagshot 
Beds  of  Dorset,  and  has  been  recorded  from  the  Lower  Greensand  and 
Hastings  Beds,  but  is  wanting  on  many  geological  formations. 

Hieracium  is  more  abundant  on  the  Bagshot  Sand  than  on  the 
adjoining  fonnations,  and  the  species  have  not  yet  been  fully 
worked  out.     This  applies  more  especially  to  the  group  Vulgata.     My 


THE    FLOEA    OF    THE    BAGSHOT    DISTEICT  253 

specimens  have  been  kindly  looked  over  by  the  Eevs.  E.  F.  Linton 
and  E.  S.  Marshall.  Some  from  Wellington  College  are  placed  near 
H.  grandidens  Dahlst.  or  H.  serrati^rons  var.  lepistoides  Johan.  ; 
one  from  the  same  place  and  one  from  Finchampstead  Eidges  are 
near  H.  surrejanum  F.  J.  Hanb.  ;  one  from  St.  Sebastian  near 
Wokingham  is  named  H.  pinnatijidum  var.  vivarium  Lonnr.  ;  two 
from  Wellington  College  are  described  as  H.  scanicum  or  a  form  near 
it ;  one  fi-om  AVellington  College  and  one  from  Broadmoor  are 
assigned  to  H.  sciapliiliiin  Uechtr.  ;  and  one  from  Finchampstead  to 
H.  sciapliilum  var.  fransiens.  Mr.  Linton  considere  that  a  number  of 
my  specimens  from  Wellington  College  belong  to  an  midescribed 
species,  for  which  he  proposes  the  name  H.  euryphyllum. 

There  is  less  difficulty  as  to  the  species  in  the  other  groups  (see 
Fl.  Berks,  pp.  312-315),  but  I  may  mention  that  I  have  found 
H.  tridentafum  var.  setigerum  Ley  at  Wellington  College  and  var. 
acrifolium  Dahlst.  at  Gracious  Pond  Farm,  Woking,  and  on  Wey- 
bridge  Common,  Surrey.  From  the  Valley  Gravel  of  the  Bagshot 
District  I  have  H.  rigidum  Hartm.  from  Sandhurst,  Berks,  and 
Walton  Common,  Surrey,  and  H.  umhellafum  var.  coronopifoliiuii  Fr. 
from  Sandhm-st. 

Vaccinium  My  rt  ill  us  L.  is  a  plant  of  the  Bagshot  Sand,  Lower 
Greensand,  Hastings  Beds,  and  other  sandy  formations.  In  the 
Bagshot  District  there  are  many  patches  of  this  plant  in  what  were 
woods  of  JPinns  sylvestn's,  both  on  the  Bagshot  Sand  and  the  Plateau 
Gravel.  Many  of  these  woods  have  now  been  cut  down,  and  I  am 
curious  to  see  how  the  Vaccinium  will  thrive. 

Gentiana  Pneumonanthe  L.  is  given  by  Brewer  (Fl.  Surrey, 
pp.  150,  332)  as  occurring  only  on  the  Bagshot  Sand  in  that  county, 
and  the  two  localities  given  in  FL  Berks  (p.  342)  are  probably  on  the 
same  Formation.  It  is  frequent  on  the  corresponding  series  in  Dorset 
(Fl.  Bournemouth,  p.  150).  In  Townsend's  Fl.  Hamps.  (p.  258)  it  is 
recorded  from  Hook  Common  ;  this  is  near  Odiham,  and  is  an 
interesting  example  of  the  transgression  of  the  Bagshot  Sand  plant 
on  to  Plateau  Gravel,  which  rests  on  London  Clay.  It  is  about  half 
a  mile  S.E.  of  the  nearest  Bagshot  outlier  at  Newnham  and  a  mile 
and  a  half  from  the  main  mass  of  the  Bagshot  Sand.  Specimens  from 
this  locality  Avere  given  me  by  the  late  Miss  Cole  a  few  years  ago. 

Euphrasia  is  characteristic  of  the  Bagshot  Sand  ;  Mr.  Dunnis 
Lumb  has  been  good  enough  to  look  over  m}^  specimens  and.  deter- 
mines them  as  follows  : — E.  Rosfkoviana,  Hayne  is  the  most  frequent 
species  ;  I  have  exam])les  from  Wellington  College,  the  East  Berks 
golf  links,  Birchen  Inhams  farm  near  Wokingham,  and  from  East- 
hampstead  Moor,  all  in  Berks.  I  also  found  it  on  the  Valley  Gravel 
at  Yately,  Hants.  E.  hrevipila  Burnat  &  Gremli  occurred  at 
Wellington  College  some  ^^ears  ago.  E.  nemorosa  var.  ciliaia  is 
frequent  at  the  same  place,  and  E.  gracilis  Fr.  I  have  from 
Wellington  College  and  from  the  Valley  Gravel  at  Cox  Hill  Green 
near  Chobham,  Surrey  ;  Mr.  C.  E.  Britton  tells  me  that  it  occurs  on 
Ockham  Common. 

Myrica  Gale  L.  is  abundant  in  many  parts  of  the  Bagshot 
District,  and  Mr.  Hautneville  Cope  showed  me  a  valley  near  Bramshill 


254  THE   ,TOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

where  it  was  growing  in  luxuriance.  It  is  frequent  on  the  Bagshot 
Beds  of  Dorset  and  is  recorded  from  Sussex,  apparently  on  Lower 
Greensand  and  Hastings  Beds  (Arnold,  Fl.  Sussex,  p.  101). 

Illecehrum  verticillatum  L.  is  one  of  the  curiosities  of  the  district. 
Its  occurrence  is  described  by  Mr.  Druce  (Fl.  Berks,  416),  and  it  has 
for  a  long  time  appeared  in  two  places  ;  one  has  now  been  enclosed  in 
a  fowl-yard  and  the  plant  will  probably  vanish  thence,  but  last  year  it 
had  spread  a  good  deal  in  the  other  locality. 

Certain  ])iants  common  on  the  chalk  have  transgressed  on  to  the 
Bao-shot  Sand  ;  thus  I  have  found  Polyfjala  vulgaris  L.  at  Welling- 
ton College  ;  Campanula  glomerata  L.  has  flowered  at  the  same  place 
near  Crowthorne  for  several  ^^ears  in  succession,  and  I  believe 
originated  through  the  ground  being  treated  with  a  chalk  dressing. 
Legousia  hyhrida  Delarbr.  grows  on  Birchen  Inhams  Farm,  AVoking- 
ham,  and  in  Dorset  it  is  recorded  from  the  Bagshot  Beds  of  Creech 
clay-pits  (Fl.  Bournemouth,  p.  142). 

In  the  case  of  some  of  the  plants  which  occur  everywhere  interest 
attaches  to  some  varieties,  thus  Taraxacum  officinale  var,  erythro- 
spermum  Andrz.  is  frequent  on  the  football  grounds  at  Wellington 
College,  and  occurs  at  other  places  in  the  district.  It  is  recorded 
from  the  con-esponding  formation  of  Dorset. 

Ar  noser  is  piisilla  Gaertn.,  a  colonist,  is  recorded  from  several 
places  on  the  Bagshot  Sand  in  Fl.  Surrey  (p.  124)  and  the  only 
locality  given  in  Fl.  Berks  (p.  308)  is  in  the  Bagshot  district.  In  Fl. 
Hamps.  it  is  given  from  the  Bagshot  Beds  of  both  North  and  South 
Hants.  I  found  it  in  a  field  near  Brimshot,  Surrey,  in  1915  and  have 
seen  it  for  several  successive  3'ears  near  Yately,  Hants.  It  is  recorded 
from  the  Lower  Greensand  and  the  Blackheath  Pebble  Beds. 

Claytonia  perfoliata  Don,  a  native  of  North  America,  was 
recorded  as  established  on  Bagshot  Sand  at  Yately,  Hants,  by  the  late 
Rev.  C.  W.  Penny  (Journ.  Bot.  1873,  206)  ;  it  "is  still  there  in  more 
than  one  place,  but  it  is  around  Horsell  Birch  in  Surrey  that  it 
flourishes  in  the  greatest  abundance  on  the  Bagshot  Sand,  and  near 
Chobham  I  have  seen  it  on  Valley  Gravel.  It  has  been  recorded  from 
both  Eocene  and  Purbeck  Beds  in  South  Hants  and  Dorset  (Fl. 
Bournem.  p.  55). 

Anchusa  officinalis  L.,  a  native  of  Central  and  Southern  Europe, 
was  found  by  Mr.  Druce  near  Finchampstead  in  1891  (Fl.  Berks, 
p.  349)  ;  I  saw  it,  possibly  at  the  same  place,  in  1918.  Though  well 
within  the  Bagshot  district  it  was  not  on  the  Bagshot  Sand,  but  on  an 
overlying  patch  of  Plateau  Gi*avel. 

Juncus  tennis  Willd.,  also  a  native  of  the  Continent,  was  found 
by  myself  near  Wellington  College  in  1915  ;  it  seems  to  be  spreading, 
for  it  was  growing  in  more  than  one  place  last  season. 

Sedges  are  abundant  in  the  Bagshot  District.  Mr.  Druce  gives  a 
few  characteristic  species  (Fl.  Berks,  p.  xh)  and  29  species  are 
recorded  from  the  Bagshot  Sand  in  the  Flora  of  Surrey.  I  make  the 
number  of  species  38,  and  four  others  are  recorded,  but  I  think  only 
occur  on  the  Alluvium.  I  myself  have  found  22  species,  most  of 
them  on  the  Middle  Bagshot,  but  I  have  seen  a  good  many  on  both 
Cpper  and  Lower  Bagshot  and  tliey  often  extend  on  to  the  gravels. 


THE    FLORA    OF    THE    BAGSHOT    DISTRICT  255 

Rhynchosjpora  alha  Valil  is  found  on  Chobham  Common  and  near 
Wellington  College,  and  other  localities  will  be  found  in  the  County 
Floras.  It  is  recorded  as  common  in  the  Bournemouth  District 
(Headon  Beds,  Bagshot  Series,  Gravel)  and  as  occurring  on  Lower 
Ureensand  and  Hastings  Beds. 

Schyusfluitaiis  L.  is  found  near  Wellington  College  and  at  other 
places  in  our  district,  and  is  recorded  from  Bagshot  Beds,  Headon 
Beds,  and  Grravel  of  the  south  coast  and  also  from  Blackheath  Beds, 
Lower  G-reensand,  and  Hastings  Beds. 

Carex  canesceiis  is  recorded  from  the  Surrey,  Berks,  and  Hants 
parts  of  the  Bagshot  district,  and  I  have  specimens  from  Sandhurst. 
It  also  is  found  on  the  Bagshot  Sei'ies  of  the  Bournemouth  District 
and  on  the  Lower  Grreensand  at  Beigate.  I  have  specimens  of  a 
pretty  Sedge  from  Chobham  Common  and  boggy  ground  near  Broad- 
moor very  like  C.Jlava  var.  Icpidocarpa  Syme  (E.  Bot.  t.  1673), 
which  is  made  a  variety  of  C.Jlavu  in  the  London  Catalogue,  Berks 
(p.  550)  gives  C.Jlava  var.  minor  from  Bagshot  Sand  localities;  this 
is  made  a  variet}''  of  C.  Oederi  Betz.  in  the  London  Catalogue.  In 
Fl.  Hamps.  (p.  475)  two  species  are  given  for  the  Bagshot  District — 
C.Jlava  var.  minor  Towns,  and  C.  Oederi  Retz.  Whatever  the 
correct  nomenclature  may  be,  I  think  that  I  may  safely  count  two 
species  for  the  district.  I  may  mention  that  King  John's  Bog, 
Odiham,  where  ^oo({Jlava  gemiina  was  found  (Fl.  Hamps.)  is  off  the 
Bagshot  Sand,  and  is  on  wet  Valley  Gravel  or  Alluvium  underlain  by 
London  Clay.  C.Jlava  var.  minor  is  recorded  from  the  Bagshot 
Series  of  the  south  coast,  the  Lower  Greensand,  Hastings  Beds,  and 
also  from  Andover  (Chalk),  Keston  (Blackheath  Beds),  below  Cray- 
ford  (Valley  Deposits),  and  Dungeness  (Gravel). 

Carex  binervis  Sm.  is  abundant  on  our  commons,  more  especially 
on  Middle  Bagshot  Beds.  It  is  recorded  from  the  corresponding 
Series  of  Bournemouth,  from  the  Headon  Beds,  Lower  Greensand, 
Hastings  Beds,  and  from  the  Blackheath  Beds  of  Keston,  &c. 

Carex  Pseudo-Ggperus  L.  is  given  amongst  the  plants  of  the 
Bagshot  Sand  in  Fl.  Berks  (p.  xli).  I  have  specimens  from  Ockham 
Common  and  the  Basingstoke  Canal,  but  though  it  grows  freely 
enough  where  it  occurs,  I  should  call  it  a  plant  of  the  Alluvium 
and  Valley  Gravel  which  has  strayed  into  our  district.  It  is  described 
as  rather  rare  in  Hants,  but  is  more  common  in  marshy  places 
in  Kent. 

SPHAGNACEiE. 

Sphagnum  is  found  in  some  abundance  in  a  great  number  of 
streams  and  bogs  in  the  district ;  the  patches  are  not  as  a  rule  large, 
but  there  is  a  considerable  variety  of  species.  Some  of  them 
are  given  in  Mr.  Horrell's  paper  on  the  European  SphagnacecB, 
published  in  this  Journal  for  1900,  with  the  localities  Brookwood, 
Pirbright,  North  Camp,  and  probably  Aldershot,  which  are  situated  on 
Bagshot  Sand.  I  myself  have  chiefly  collected  from  the  Berkshire 
part  of  the  district ;  my  specimens  have  been  kindly  determined  by 
Mr.  W.  R.  Sherrin,  and  I  have  added  in  the  following  list  a  few 
species  from  Chobham  Common,  Surrey,  communicated  by  him. 


^.'G  tup:    .lOUltXAL    OF    liOTA^V 

There  are  many  beds  of  Sphagnum  by  the  streams  Avhieh  rise  on 
the  Plateau  Gravel  of  Easthampsteacl  Plain  and  flow  .across  the 
moors  in  Easthampstead  parish,  which  I  consequently  describe  as 
Easthampstead  Moor.  The  Sphagnum  is  particularly  well  developed 
near  the  place  where  these  streams  pass  from  the  Upper  to  the 
Middle  Bagshot  Beds.  In  a  few  places  Sphagnum  is  found  on  the 
Lower  Bagshot  Beds  and  occasionall}^  on  the  Valley  Gravel,  and  even 
on  the  Plateau  Gravel.  The  following  localities  given  in  my  list  are 
in  Berkshire  : — Broadmoor  in  Crowthorne  ;  Easthampstead  Park  and 
Moor  in  Easthampstead ;  Finchampstead  Wood  in  Finchampstead ; 
Grebe  Pond  in  Wokingham;  Heath  Pool  in  Finchampstead;  Long 
Moor  in  Barkham ;  Queensmere  in  Wokingham ;  Spout  Pond  in 
Finchampstead ;  Swinle}^  Park  in  Sunninghill ;  Wellington  College 
in  Crowthorne. 

Sphagnum  finibriatum  Wils.  var.  tenue  Grav.  Queensmere; 
var.  validus  Card.     Heath  Pool. 

S.  ruhellum  Wils.  Frequent  on  the  moors  ;  var.  purpiirascens 
Russ.  Eastham])stead  Moor,  Broadmoor  ;  var.  ruhescens  Warnst.  and 
var.  versicolor  Warnst.     Easthampstead  Moor,  Wellington  College. 

S.  acutifoliiun  Russ.  &  Warnst.  var.  viride  Warnst.  Brookwood, 
Sherrin. 

S.  plumnlosum  Roll.  var.  viride  Warnst.  Brookwood, ' Sherrin  ; 
f.  sqnarrosuluni  Warnst.  and  var.  Icete-virens  Warnst.  Chobbam 
Common,  Slierrin ;  var.  purpureum  Warnst.  and  var.  versicolor 
Warnst.  Easthampstead  Moor,  Wellington  College;  \Sir.  flavo- 
fuscum  Warnst.  North  Camp,  Aldershot,  Hlierrin ;  var.  ochraceum 
Warnst.     Brookwood,  Sherrin. 

S.  compactum  DC.  var.  imhricatum  Warnst.  Chobham  Common, 
Shei'rin,  Swinley  Park,  Heath  Pool,  Finchampstead,  Miss  E.  Armi- 
tage,  Easthampstead  Moor ;  var.  sqttarrosum  Russ.  f.  densum  Card. 
Brookwood,  Sherrin  ;  var.  subsquarrosum  Warnst.  Brookwood, 
Monington,  and  Hoi^rell  ( Journ.  Bot.  1890,  352)  ;  f.  densum  Warnst. 
Chobham  Common,  Shert^in,  Easthampstead  Moor. 

S.  squarrosum  Pers.     Near  Portnall  Park,  Surrey. 

^S*.  teres  Angstr.  var.  imhricatum  Warnst.  f.  rohustum  Warnst. 
Aldershot,  Slierrin. 

S.  cuspidatum  Mull.     Heath  Pool,  Wellington  College. 

S.  amblyphyllitm  Russ.  Near  Kingsmere,  Brookwood  {op.  cit. 
345)  ;  var.  mesopliylhim  Warnst.  f.  molle  Russ.  Chobham  Common, 
near  Grebe  Pond,  Sherrin  ;  f.  silvaticum  Russ.  Spout  Pond,  Queens- 
mere. 

S.  pulchrum  Lindb.  Easthampstead  Moor ;  var.  virescens 
Warnst.     Easthampstead  Park  and  Moor.     Heath  Pool. 

S.  recurvum  Pal  de  Beauv.  var.  majus  Angstr.  Near  Kingsmere  ; 
f .  silvaticum  Russ.  Broadmoor,  Wellington  College.  Spout  Pond ; 
f.  sphcerocephalum  Warnst.  Easthampstead  Park,  near  Kingsmere  ; 
var.  rohustum  Breia.  f.  densum  Warnst.     Easthampstead  Moor. 

S.  molluscum  Bruch.  var.  angustifolium  Warnst.  Chobham 
Common,  Sherrin ;  var.  vulgatum  Warnst.  f.  compactum  Warnst. 
Chobham  Common,  Sherrin  ;  f .  gracile  Warnst.  Chobham  Common. 
Sherrin.     Easthampstead  Moor. 


THE    FLORA    OF    THE    BAQSHOT    DISTRICT  257 

Sph'^gmim  Koltii  Warnst.  Chobham  Common,  Sherrin,  Heath 
Pool. 

/S'.  obesum  Warnst.  A  long  trailing  form  near  this  species  in 
streams  in  Finchampstead  Wood. 

^S*.  ,<;itbseci(ndum  Nees.  Easthampstead  Moor;  Longmoor.  Var. 
intermedium  Warnst.     Broadmoor. 

>S'.  iimndatum  Kuss.  One  of  our  frequent  species  found  in  many- 
places  and  on  most  moors ;  var.  diversifolium  f.  euy^ycladum  AVarnst. 
On  valley  gravel,  Darby  Green,  Hants  ;  var.  lancifolium  Warnst.  f. 
tenellumWRYUst.  Easthampstead  Moor;  var.  ovalifoUum  Warnst. 
f.  gracile  Warnst.     Easthampstead  Park  ;  Broadmoor. 

S.  auriculatmn  Schimp.  var.  canovirescens  Warnst.  Easthamp- 
stead Moor  ;  Finchampstead  Wood ;  var.  ovatum  Warnst.  f .  varie- 
(jatum  Warnst.  Wellington  College  ;  f.  jKillidoflavum  Warnst. 
Finchampstead  Wood  ;  var.  'plumosum  Warnst.  Easthampstead 
Moor. 

>S'.  aquatile  Warnst.  var.  turgidum  Mull.     Easthampstead  Moor. 

>S'.  rirfescens  Nees  &  Hornsch.  Spout  Pond,  Broadmoor,  Wick- 
ham  Bushes;  var.  magnifolium  Warnst.  f.  ahhreviatum  Warnst. 
Chobham  Common,  Sherri^i. 

S.  imhricatum  Kuss.  var.  affine  Warnst.  f.  glaucescens  Warnst. 
subf.  squarrosuliim  {S.  turfaceum  W.).     Brookwood,  E.  C.  Ilorrell. 

S.  painllosum  Lindb.  var.  normale  Warnst.  f.  hracliychidum 
Warnst.  Broadmoor  Wellington  College ;  f.  con-^'ertum  Warnst. 
Chobham  Common,  Sherrin  ;  f.  squarrosidum  Ingham  &  Wheldon. 
Easthampstead  Moor  in  many  places  ;  var.  suhlcBve  Limpr.  Finch- 
hampstead  Wood,  Spout  Pond,  Heath  Pool,  near  Grebe  Pond ; 
i.  glaucovirens  Schlieph.  Easthampstead  Moor  ;  f.  validum  Warnst. 
Chobham  Common,  Sherrin  ;  Finchampstead  Wood. 

IS.  cymhifolium  Ehrh.  Abundant  in  most  parts  of  the  district  ; 
var.  fuscescens  Warnst.  Broadmoor;  var.  glaucescens  Warnst. 
Broadmoor;  f.  squarrosulum  Pers.  Chobham  Common,  Sherrin, 
Sprout  Pond;  \sii\  jJallescens  Warnst.  Easthampstead  Moor,  also 
on  the  Plateau  Gravel,  Easthampstead  Plain,  near  Wickham  Bushes. 


VERBASCUM  THAPSIFORME  AS  A  BRITISH  PLANT. 
By  the  Key.  E.  S.  Marshall,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 
On  July  2nd  Mr.  W.  D.  Miller  and  I  spent  an  hour  or  two 
near  Holford,  v.c.  5  S.  Somerset,  which  is  a  very  rich  neighbourhood 
botanically,  and  produces  a  good  many  scarce  Huhi.  In  the  lower 
part  of  one  of  the  combes  we  noticed  a  large -flowered  Mullein,  which 
at  once  struck  me  as  being  very  like  V.  phlomoides  L.,  a  species 
which  I  gathered  thirty-nine  years  ago  near  Marburg,  Hessen-Nassau, 
growing  under  very  similar  conditions.  I  have  since  traced  it  for 
nearly  half  a  mile  ;  it  occurs  sparingly  both  in  the  open  and  in 
bushy  places,  sometimes  extending,  among  bracken,  for  twenty  yards 
or  more  up  the  wooded  hillside,  facing  east.  A  casual  observer 
might  easily  pass  it  by  as  fine  V.  Thapsiis,  from  which  it  mainly 
dift'ers  by  the  larger,  flatter  corollas,  of  a  brighter  vellow,  the  lono-er 


258  THE    JOURXAL    OP    BOTANY 

pair  of  naked  filaments,  the  large,  vivid  orange  anthers,  longly  de- 
current  on  their  filaments,  and  the  stigmas  being  decurrent,  less 
decidedl}^  capitate. 

On  consulting  text-books,  our  plants  were  found  to  agree  in 
foliage  with  thapsiforme  rather  than  with  phlomoides ;  and  an 
examination  of  the  European  sets  in  the  National  Herbarium  proved 
this  to  be  the  case. 

In  Mr.  S.  T.  Dunn's  Alien  Flora,  p.  147,  he  says  : — *'  Occasionally 
noticed  as  a  garden  escape  in  England."  Whether  it  has  really  so 
occurred  I  do  not  know,  though  I  have  much  doubt.  In  the  present 
station  it  has  ever}^  appearance  of  a  true  native,  growing  in  similar 
situations  to  those  which  produce  V.  Thnpsus,  and  often  as  solitary, 
considerably  isolated  individuals.  A  friend  at  Bridgwater,  who  has 
grown  sundry  exotic  Mulleins,  assures  me  that  he  did  not  introduce 
it;  and,  personally,  I  am  convinced  that  it  is  indigenous.  The 
average  height  is  two  to  three  feet ;  but  one  plant  was  met  with — in 
stony,  exposed  soil,  with  smaller  flowers — little  more  than  a  foot 
high,  whereas  the  strongest  specimen  obsei-vei  reached  a  height  of 
about  six  feet  (Mr.  Edgar  Lovett  recently  saw  V.  Thapsus  eight  feet 
high  ;  and  I  have  seen  it,  naturalised,  at  least  as  tall,  if  not  taller,  on 
the  Canadian  side,  below  Niagara  Falls). 

Now  arises  a  question  as  to  its  specific  rank.  Most  authorities, 
such  as  Bentham,  Koch,  Rouy,  and  Nyman,  keep  it  up,  rightly 
regarding  V.  cuspidatum  Schiud.  as  only  a  variety.  In  DC.  Fro- 
dromus  (x.  226)  Bentham  aptly  remarks : — *'  Folia  V.  Thapsi^ 
flores  V.  phlomoides.''''  Coste,  however,  reduces  it  to  a  variety  of  the 
latter ;  and  Lloj^d  was  of  the  same  opinion.  Though  by  no  means 
a  "  lumper,"  I  am  strongly  in  favour  of  this  view.  The  big  plant 
referred  to  above  had  an  exceptionally  large,  thick  inflorescence,  with 
three  branches  from  near  the  base,  and  one  or  two  of  the  middle 
leaves  were  only  decurrent  halfwa}^  down  to  the  leaf  below  :  so  it 
would  do  just  as  well  for  V.  phlomoides,  sensu  stricto.  I  suggest 
therefore  that  we  should  write  it  "  V.  phlomoides  L.,  var.  (or  subsp.) 
thapsiforme  Coste." 

Flowers  dried  separately  are  seen  to  be  softly  adpressed-pubescent 
externally. 

In  the  Student's  Handbook  (1870  to  1884),  under  "  Excluded 
Species,"  Sir  J.  D.  Hooker  wrote  : — "  Verhascum  thapsiforme  Schrad. 
Keported  by  Hudson  ;  not  confirmed."  This  was  careless  :  Hudson 
(ed.  ii.  p.  90,  1778)  cited  V.  thapsoides  L.,  which  Linnaeus  himself 
queried  as  a  probable  hybrid.  V.  Thapsvs  was  not  observed  in  or 
near  the  Holford  station. 

Schrader's  original  description  is  as  follows : — "  Verhascum 
Thapsiforme,  foliis  decurrentibus  crenulatis  tomentosis  :  superioribus 
acuminatis,  racemo  spieato  denso,  corollie  rotatae  laciniis  obovatis 
rotundatis,  antheris  duabus  oblongis  .  .  . 

*' Facies  Thapsi.  Caulis  sesquipedalis,  bipedalis  et  quandoque  altior, 
erectus,  teretiusculus,  simplex  .  .  .  Calices  Thapsi,  Corollae  magni- 
tudine,  forma  et  colore  Phlomoidis.'"  H.  A.  Schrader,  Monographia 
Generis  Verbasci,  p.  21  (1813). 


TACCTXIUM    IXTERMEDTUM  259 

VACCINIUM  INTERMEDIUM  IIutiie. 
Br  W.  Balfour  Gourlat,  M.B.,  and  G.  M.  Veters,  M.R.C.S. 

This  natural  hybrid  between  Vaccinium  Myrtilhis  and  V.  Vitis- 
idcea  was  discovered  in  Britain  by  Robert  Garner  in  Maer  Woods, 
Staffordshire,  and  was  exhibited  by  him  at  the  meeting  of  the 
Linnean  Society  on  March  7,  1872,  when  "  the  general  opinion 
elicited  hj  their  examination  was  that  they  were  a  luxuriant  state  of 
V.  Vitis-icl(Ba,  due  to  situation,  rather  than  a  hybrid  "  (see  Journ. 
Bot.  1872,  122).  It  was  fully  described  by  Mr.  N.  E.  Brown  in 
Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  xxiv.  125  (1887)  as  V.  intermedium  Ruthe,  from 
specimens  collected  by  T.  G.  Bonney  in  August  1886  on  Cannock 
Chase  ;  in  a  postscript  to  the  paper,  which  is  accompanied  by  an 
excellent  plate,  these  are  identified  with  Garner's  specimens  exhilDited 
at  the  Linnean  Society.  Since  then  little  notice  seems  to  have  been 
taken  of  the  plant,  but  several  rather  interesting  points  and  questions 
arise  when  one  examines  its  habit  and  distribution. 

In  the  first  place  it  is  locally  very  abundant  in  the  Cannock  Chase 
area  of  Staffordshire — we  have  found  it  in  a  score  of  distinct 
and  widely-separate  locaHties.  Slight  variations  in  plants  from  the 
different  localities  and  their  wide  separation  suggest  different  acts  of 
hybridization  for  each  locality.  The  onl}^  other  place  in  Britain 
from  which  it  has  been  recorded  is  Caithness.  This  is  rather  remark- 
able, for  one  would  think  that  there  must  be  many  other  localities 
where  the  parent  species  grow  together  and  hybridization  might  take 
place ;  none,  however,  have  been  recorded,  and  it  seems  unlikely  that 
the  jjlant  occurs  and  has  been  overlooked  in  such  areas,  as  the  upland 
regions  of  Britain  have  been  carefull}^  botanized. 

The  question  arises,  Can  any  circumstance  at  Cannock  Chase  be 
specially  favourable  for  the  production  or  spread  of  the  h^^brid  ? 
The  answer  to  this  seems  to  be  :  Human  interference. 

In  all  but  three  localities  in  which  the  plant  was  found  there  was 
indisputable  evidence  of  man's  handiwork.  Cannock  Chase  during 
the  last  five  years,  and  for  many  years  before  to  a  lesser  degree,  has 
been  a  military  ti-aining-area,  and  many  roads,  trenches,  gun-pits,  and 
drains  have  been  constructed ;  and  it  was  in  such  localities  that  the 
hybrid  was  found.  Moreover,  where  the  work  of  man  is  recent  the 
patch  is  small  and  vice  versa,  e.  g.,  patches  one  yard  square  were 
found  in  conjunction  with  work  obviously  done  since  the  beginning  of 
the  War,  whereas  one  large  patch  of  an  acre  in  extent  had  its  focus 
in  an  artificial  bank  on  which  birch-trees  of  considerable  size  were 
growing,  proving  it  to  be  some  twenty  years  old.  Each  patch  spreads 
vegetatively  by  creeping  rootstock.s.  In  unmolested  areas  Bilberry 
and  Cowberry  grow  intermingled,  but  in  such  areas  the  hybrid  is 
conspicuous  by  its  absence.  It  would  be  interesting  to  know  if  the 
Caithness  locality  gives  similar  evidence  of  human  interference. 

It  may  be  noted  that  V.  Myrtillus  flowers  earlier  than  V.  Vitis- 
idcea,  though  some  overlapping  usually  occurs.  The  hybrid  resembles 
the  latter  in  the  cylindrical  stem  and  evergreen  and  rather  coriaceous 
leaf,  but  favours  the  former  in  having  awned  anthers  and  in  the  shape 


200  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOT.O'Y 

and  colour  o£  the  ripe  berry,  which,  however,  is  plum-violet  rather 
than  dark  blue.  The  hybrid  fruits  much  less  freely  than  either 
parent,  and  its  flowers  ai-e  roughly  intermediate  in  size  and  shape ;  it 
would  be  of  interest  to  know  which  is  the  male  and  which  the  female 
parent.  In  the  paper  mentioned  above,  Mr.  Brown  states  that  the 
discoverer  of  the  plant  sent  specimens  to  Darwin,  who  suggested  that 
the  seeds  would  show  infertility.  So  far  as  we  are  aware,  no  one  has 
since  investigated  this  point :  we  have  collected  and  distributed  a 
considerable  amount  of  seed  for  experimental  sowing,  and  hope  to 
make  a  definite  statement  at  some  future  date. 


SHORT  NOTES, 


Uthicularia.  The  size  of  the  species  of  this  genus  as  given  in 
our  books  is  far  too  small.  Syme  (Eng.  Bot.  ed.  3,  vii.  126,  1867) 
gives  for  U.  vulgaris  "  6-18  inches  long,"  and  for  Z7.  intermedia 
*'  6  inches."  Messrs.  Burrell  &  Clarke  (Trans.  Norf.  &  Nor.  Nat. 
Soc.  ix.  266,  1911)  give  U.  vulgaris  as  occm-ring  on  East  Buston 
Common  "  6  feet  long  "  and  on  Foulden  Common  Avith  flower-stalks 
*'  15  inches  long."  I  have  Z7.  major  24  Inches  long  gathered  by  the 
late  George  Nicholson  at  Staines,  Middlesex.  XT.  minor  often  occurs 
in  Norfolk  9-10  inches  and  U.  intet^media  12-15  inches  long. — 
A.  Bennett. 

Helosciadium  iNUXDATrM  L,  (Koch)  f.  FLUiTANS  (Fr.)  Prahl 
(Krit.  Fl.  Schlesv.- Hoist,  ii.  103  (1890)  ;  B..  inundatum  ^SiV.fluitans 
Fries,  Bot.  Not.  et  Mant.  iii.  182  (1842),  Herb.  Norm.  8,  n.  18 
(1842) — "  caule  elongato  ramoso  fluitante,  foliis  omnibus  capillaceo- 
multifidis."  Mr.  A.  H.  Evans  sends  this  from  near  Holyhead, 
Anglesea,  "  growing  in  water  3  feet  deep,  and  flowering  under  water." 
The  leaves  on  the  lower  part  of  the  stem  have  the  common  stalk 
shortened  to  about  half  an  inch,  thence  the  leaves  are  dissected  like  a 
Batrachian  Banunculus,  and  the  rest  of  the  stalk  is  suppressed. — 
Arthur  Bennett. 

JuNCUS  PTGMiKUS  Bicli.  In  Davej^'s  Flora  of  Cornwall  (1909) 
this  interesting  Bush  is  described  as  occurring  in  several  localities, 
near  together,  in  the  Lizard  district ;  I  am  not  aAvare  that  it  has 
been  reported  elsewhere.  In  June  of  this  j^ear  I  found  it  in  con- 
siderable quantity  in  damp  places  on  cliffs  about  two  miles  west  of 
St.  Ives,  Cornwall,  in  the  Land's  End  District  (District  8),  perhaps 
25  miles  from  the  Lizard  locality. — H.  Downes. 

REVIEW. 

Commercial  Forestry  in  Britai7iy  its  Decline  and  Revival.  By  E. 
P.  Steering,  Head  of  the  Department  of  Forestry,  University 
of  Edinburgh.  With  Frontispiece.  John  Murmy.  Pp.  186. 
Price  6s.  net. 

The  enormously  enhanced  cost  of  book-production  is  only  too 
evident  when  a  leading  firm  of  publishers  has  to  charge  six  shillings 
net  for  little  more  than  180  small  pages — less  than  70,000  words — 


COMMEECIAL    FOKESTET    IN    BllITAIN  261 

printed  on  inferior  paper  and  somewhat  roughly  bound.  As  to  the 
matter  of  this  latest  essay  by  Mr.  Stebbing  we  have  no  fault  to  find. 
It  strikes  us  as  being-  a  remarkabl^^  sane,  temperate,  and  opportune 
statement.  The  writer  first  states  briefly  the  direct  and  indirect 
utility  of  forests  to  a  nation — how  new  industries  demanding  wood, 
such  as  paper-pulp  and  aeroplanes,  have  arisen,  so  that,  in  spite  of  all 
substitutes,  wood  is  at  least  as  indispensable  as  ever ;  and  how  forests 
tend  to  regulate  the  water-supply,  arrest  shifting  sand,  and  so  preserve 
the  agricultural  value  of  land.  He,  then,  in  63  pages  traces  the  his- 
tory of  Bi-itish  Forestry  from  Koman  times  to  1914,  sketching  in  a 
most  interesting  summarj^  the  conversion  of  primeval  forest  into 
agricultural  land,  the  demand  for  oak  for  the  Nav}^  Evelyn's  stimulus 
to  planting  and  the  cessation  of  this  demand  with  the  coming  in  of 
teak  and  steel,  and  the  cheap  import  of  the  soft  woods  from  the 
forests  of  the  Continent  and  of  North  America. 

The  nadir  of  British  Forestry  Avas  reached  between  1866,  when 
the  duties  on  imported  timber  were  removed,  and  1885,  when  the 
first  Parliamentar}'  Committee  on  Forestry  was  appointed.  At  that 
period  the  owners  of  woodlands  "  neither  knew,  nor  pretended  to  know, 
an}i:hing  about  forestry" — "the  estate  agent  was  usually  equally 
ignorant  "  ;  the  woods  "  were  chiefly  regarded  from  their  usefulness 
in  affording  sport  or  amenity  "  :  British-grown  pit- wood  was  so  badly 
grown  that  colliery-owners  preferred  imported  material.  Government 
specifications  commonly  stipulated  for  foreign  wood,  and  timber- 
merchants  learnt  that  they  could  not  obtain  any  continuous  supply  of 
home-grown  wood.  Mr.  Stebbing  then  narrates  with  a  surprising 
patience  and  absence  of  bitterness  the  history  of  seven  successive 
Committees  and  Commissions,  Avhich  "  resolves  itself,  if  we  omit 
Ireland,  into  some  small  encouragement  of  education,  but  a  total 
absence  of  all  planting-up  of  the  waste  lands  of  the  country."  It 
may  fairly  be  said,  moreover,  that,  until  the  difficulty  of  obtaining 
matches,  fire-wood,  and  paper  forced  it  on  public  attention,  little  or  no 
general  interest  in  the  matter  was  evinced. 

The  second  half  of  the  book,  dealing  with  our  immediate  timber- 
requirements  after  the  devastation  caused  by  the  War  and  our 
possible  future  resources,  is,  of  course,  of  a  more  immediate  practical 
interest.  A  concise  summary  is  given  of  the  available  timber- 
supplies  in  various  countries,  with  the  conclusion,  now  familiar  to  us 
from  the  author's  previous  publications,  that  we  must  look  mainly  to 
Russia.  In  this,  perhaps,  he  somewhat  overlooks  the  inevitable 
enhancement  of  the  price  of  timber  that  will  render  possible  the 
exj)loitation  of  the  less  accessible  British  Columbian  supply  as 
readily,  perhaps,  as  that  of  any  from  Siberia.  Home  afforesta- 
tion, it  is  cogently  argued,  "should,  in  combination  with  agricul- 
ture, greatly  ameliorate  the  sociah  conditions  of  tlie  people  resident 
in  the  areas  of  .  .  .  the  poorer  classes  of  soil  .  .  .  should  lead  to  the 
resettlement  on  these  areas  ...  of  a  larger  hardy  population  .  .  . 
and  .  .  .  result  in  placing  the  nation  in  a  position  of  secuiity  in  the 
matter  of  its  timber  supplies  in  the  event  of  war."  Incidentally, 
Mr.  Stebbing  argues  that  if  we  are  to  have  successful  coniferous 
forests  in  Britain  we  must  get  rid  of  rabbits,  bhick-cock  and  roe-deer ; 


262  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

and  his  administrative  conclusion  is  that  "by  far  the  greater  pro- 
portion of  land  required  for  aiforestation  should  be  acquired  by  either 
ordinary  leasing  or  leases  on  a  profit-sharing  basis— the  State  only 
purchasing  areas  sufficient  to  enable  it  to  demonstrate  in  different 
parts  of  the  country  that  commercial  forestry  could  be  made  to  pay." 

G.  S.   BOULGER. 


BOOK-NOTES,  NEWS,  etc. 

Mr.  T.  F,  Cheeseman  sends  us  a  copy  of  the  account  of  the 
Vascular  Floi*a  of  Macquarie  Island  which  he  has  contributed  to 
the  ScientiHc  Reports  (vol.  vii.  pt.  3)  of  the  Australian  Antarctic 
Expedition  of  1911-14.  The  island,  which  "lies  rather  more  than 
600  miles  to  the  south-west  of  New  Zealand  and  is  approximately 
920  miles  from  Tasmania,"  was  discovered  in  1810  by  Captain  Hassel- 
borough  of  the  ship  '  Perseverance,'  which  had  been  despatched  from 
Sydney  for  the  purpose  of  searching  for  islands  inhabited  b}^  fur- 
seals.  "These  were  found  to  be  extremely  numerous  ;  it  is  said  that 
one  vessel  alone,  during  the  first  year  of  its  operations,  took  away 
more  than  35,000  skins  "  ;  as  a  natural  consequence  "  the  species  was 
nearly  exterminated :  it  is  now  a  rare  occurrence  to  see  a  fur-seal 
on  Macquarie  Island."  The  island,  however,  was  visited  for  many 
successive  years  for  the  purpose  of  procuring  sea-elephant  oil  and 
penguin  oil,"  and  the  communication  which  thus  existed  between 
New  Zealand  and  the  island  led  to  visits  from  Dr.  Scott  in  1880  and 
Mr.  A.  Hamilton  in  1894,  both  of  whom  paid  attention  to  its  fauna 
and  flora.  A  subsidiary  base  in  connection  with  the  Australian  An- 
tarctic Expedition  was  established,  and  large  collections  were  made 
in  all  branches  of  biological  science ;  the  botany  was  investigated  by 
Mr.  Harold  Hamilton,  and  this  paper  is  mainly  based  on  his  collec- 
tions. Mr.  Cheeseman,  however,  gives  a  full  account  of  the  work  of 
previous  collections,  the  first  of  which,  consisting  of  eight  species, 
enumerated  in  the  Flora  Antarctica,  was  sent  to  W.  J.  Hooker  by 
Charles  Eraser  about  1810.  The  number  of  native  species  of  flower- 
ing plants  enumerated  is  30,  of  which  three — Deschampsia  penicil- 
lata  T.  Kirk,  Foa  Hamiltoni  T.  Kirk,  and  Triodia  macquariensis, 
now  first  described — are  endemic ;  three  ferns  and  a  lycopod  make  up 
the  vascular  flora — the  other  cryptogamy  will  be  described  in  future 
volumes  of  the  Reports.  The  memoir  abounds  in  notes,  descriptive 
and  other,  upon  the  species  and  concludes  with  an  exceedingly 
interesting  and  valuable  chapter  on  the  "affinities,  history,  and  origin 
of  the  flora  " — it  is  in  fact  in  ever}^  way  a  scholarly  piece  of  work. 
In  the  index  the  specific  names  precede  those  of  the  genera — "  acaulis 
Ranunculus" — a  somewhat  novel  arrangement;  the  genera,  how- 
ever, are  also  indexed. 

We  have  received  the  first  number  (July)  of  The  Journal  of  the 
Arnold  Arboretum,  edited  by  Prof.  C.  S.  Sargent,  which  is  designed 
to  take  fche  place  of  Garden  and  Forest,  the  last  volume  of  which 
appeared  in  1897.  The  new  Journal,  which  is  to  appear  quarterly, 
will  contain  "notes  on  trees  and  shrubs  or  descriptions  of  new 
species  and  their  relationships,  letters  from  correspondents,  and  notes 
on  the  vegetation  of  countries  visited  by  officers  and  agents  of  the 


BOOK->'OTES,    NEWS,    ETC.  263 

Arboretum."  The  number  before  us  contains  Notes  on  American 
Willows  of  the  Pleonandrw  Group,  by  Camillo  Schneider ;  a  Phyto- 
geographical  Sketch  of  the  Ligneous  Flora  on  Korea,  by  E.  H. 
Wilson  ;  Notes  on  North  American  Trees  by  the  editor,  in  the  course 
of  which  reasons  are  shown  for  the  retention  of  Popuhis  tacamaliacca 
Mill,  in  place  of  P.  candicans  Ait.,  and  Catesby's  specimen  in  the 
British  Museum  Herbarium  is  accepted  as  the  type  of  P.  lalsami- 
fera  L.  ;  and  a  paper  on  "  New  Species,  Varieties  and  Combinations  for 
the  Herbarium  and  Collections  of  the  Arnold  Arboretum  "  by  Alfred 
Rehder,  which  is  prefaced  by  some  interesting  remarks  on  nomen- 
clatm-e,  especially  as  this  relates  to  horticulture.  The  paper  contains 
a  large  number  of  new  combinations,  based  as  these  always  should  be, 
on  a  careful  study  both  of  plants  and  synonjany  ;  Ave  note  that 
''  Ahies  alha  Mill.  Diet.  ed.  8,  no.  1  (1768)  ""^  for  the  adoption  of 
which  for  Piniis  Picea  L.  sufficient  reasons  seem  to  be  given.  We 
note  that  Mr.  E.  H.  Wilson,  who  has  returned  after  an  absence  of 
more  than  two  A^ears  in  Japan,  has  been  appointed  Assistant  Director 
of  the  Arboretum. 

The  Journal  of  the  New  York  JBofanical  Garden  for  June 
contains  an  article  on  "  Brackenridge  and  his  Book  on  Ferns "  by 
Dr.  J.  H.  Barnhart.  Although  he  died  in  1893,  William  D. 
Brackexeidge  does  not  aj^pear  in  the  Third  Supplement  to  the 
Biographical  Index,  though  he  had  every  claim  to  inclusion,  as  he 
was  born  at  Ayr,  June  10,  1810,  and  was  in  charge  of  Patrick  Neill's 
grounds  at  Canonmills,  Edinburgh  :  after  this  he  spent  several  3'ears 
on  the  Continent,  part  of  the  time  in  Poland  and  the  rest  under 
Friedi'ich  Otto  at  Berlin.  He  went  to  America  about  1837,  and  in 
1838  was  attached  as  assistant  botanist  to  the  U.S.  Pacific  Exploring 
Expedition.  Dr.  Barnhart  gives  a  detailed  account  of  the  expedition 
and  of  Brackenridge's  connection  with  it.  On  its  return,  in  1842,  the 
preparation  of  the  report  on  the  ferns  collected  was  placed  in  his 
hands,  and,  after  many  dela3^s  and  difficulties,  was  issued  in  1854-55 
as  vol.  xvi.  of  the  Expedition  Series  ;  owinjsr  to  destmction  by  fire, 
copies  of  the  volumes  are  rare.  In  1855  Brackenridge  settled  near 
Baltimore,  where  he  became  a  nurseryman  and  landscape  architect ; 
"he  was  for  some  years  horticultural  editor  of  the  American  Farmer, 
but  his  one  book  was  his  only  contribution  of  importance  to  botanical 
literature "  ;  he  died  at  Baltimore  on  Feb.  3,  1893.  He  is  com- 
memorated in  the  genus  Brackenridge  a  A.  Gray  (Ochnacese). 

The  Kew  Bulletin  (1919,  no.  4,  published  in  June)  contains  a 
paper  by  Mr.  W.  B.  Grove  on  '*  Species  placed  by  Saccardo  in  the 
Genus  Blwma "  ;  of  these  a  large  number  are  transferred  to 
other  geneiu  ;  there  are  numerous  illustrntions  and  some  new  species 
are  described.  Mr.  Rolf e  has  what  is  evidently  a  careful  historical 
account  of  "  The  True  Mahoganies,"  of  which  three  species  are  recog- 
nized— Sivietenia  Mahagoni  Jacq.,  S.  humilis  Zucc.  and  S.  macro- 
p)hylla  King.  The  number  also  contains  a  paper  on  the  cultivation  of 
New  Zealand  Flax  {Phormium  tenax)  in  Co.  Kerry,  and  a  note  on 
a  collection  of  about  600  drawings  of  Indian  plants  which  "appear  to 
have  been  at  one  time  the  property  of  Claude  Martin,  who  was  born 
at  Lyons  on  Jan.  4,  1731,  went  to  India  in  1751,  and,  as  an  officer  of 


264  THE    JOUKXAL    OF    BOTATfT 

the  English  East  India  Company,  served  in  the  Carnatic  wars  "  :  he 
died  at  Lucknow,  Sept.  13,  1800.  Most  of  the  drawings  have  been 
named  by  William  Koxbm-gh,  who,  in  his  Flora  Iiidica,  described 
some  new  species  from  material  sent  by  Martin,  whom  he  com- 
memorated in  Andropogon  Martini. 

The  Journal  of  tJie  Linnean  Society  (Botan}^ :  xliv.  no.  299  ; 
July  31),  contains  "A  Kevision  of  some  Critical  Species  of  Echinm,'''' 
by  C.  C.  Lacaita.  Under  this  heading  five  papers  are  brought 
together  :  1.  Five  Critical  Species — E.  judceum,  sp.  n.,  E.  austrule 
Lam.  ;  E.  Coincyanum,  nom,  nov.,  E.  pycnanthum  Pomel,  E.  salman- 
ticum  Lag.  ;  2.  The  genus  in  the  herbaria  of  Tournefort,  Jussieu,  and 
Lamarck  ;  3.  The  Echia  of  Sibthorp's  herbarium  ;  4.  The  Linnean 
Species ;  5.  The  Echia  of  Miller's  Gardener  s  Dictionary.  Mr. 
Lacaita  has  made  an  exhaustive  study  of  the  old  material,  not  only  in 
the  herbaria  mentioned,  but  in  the  Sloane  Collections  and  others  in  the 
National  Herbarium,  and  his  paper  is  well  described  by  him  "as  a 
quarry  from  which  any  monographer  of  the  genus  may  dig  material." 
The  other  papers  in  the  number  are  "  Plant-Distribution  from  the 
Standpoints  of  an  Idealist,"  by  H.  B.  Guppy,  and  "  On  a  Malay  Form 
of  Ghlorococcum  humicoW  (with  tw^o  plates)  by  B.  Muriel  Bristol. 

The  Essex  Naturalist  (xix.  pt.  1  ;  April  1918-June  1919) 
contains  an  exhaustive  account  by  Mr.  Miller  Christy  of  "  Samuel 
Dale  (1659  P-1739)  and  the  Dak  Family  "  ;  a  note  by  Miss  Lister 
on  Haheriaria  chlorantlia  var.  tricalcarata  ;  a  supplementary  report 
on  the  Lichens  of  Epping  Forest  by  Robert  Paulson  and  Percy 
G.  Thompson  :  and  a  description  by  W.  G.  Clarke  of  three  Essex  her-' 
baria,  one  formed  by  John  Freeman  (1784-1864),  and  two  by  Joseph 
Freeman  (1813-1907)  :  the  herbaria  have  been  presented  by  Mr.  W. 
H.  Freeman  (grandson  and  son)  to  the  Essex  Field  Club  Museum. 

The  last  issue  of  the  Becords  of  the  Botanical  Survey  of 
India  (vol.  vi.  no.  8  ;  Jan.  1919)  contains  an  interesting  paper  by 
Mr.  C.  C.  Calder  on  "The  Species  of  Occalis  now  wild  in  India." 
These  are  nine  in  number — O.  Acetosella,  O.  Griffith ii,  O.  variabilis 
v-dLX.  rubra,  O.  Pes-caprce,  O.  corniculata,  O.puhescens,  0.  tetraphyllay 
O.  latifolia,  and  O.  corymhosa,  of  which  the  third,  fourth,  sixth, 
seventh,  eighth,  and  ninth  are  completely  naturalized  introductions  ; 
the  naturalization  of  O.  Bes-caprce  is  now  reported  for  the  tirst  time. 
Mr.  Calder  gives  interesting  details  of  the  distribution  of  the  species, 
of  each  of  which  a  plate  is  given. 

In  The  Ohio  Journal  of  Science  for  April  is  continued  the  series 
of  papers  dealing  with  the  effect  of  the  great  eruption  on  Mount 
Katmai  in  Alaska  on  plant-life  and  the  remarkable  recovery  of  vege- 
tation around  Kodiak  "where  the  new  plant  covering  consisted 
almost  entirely  of  old  perennials  which  had  survived  and  come  up 
through  the  ash."  In  the  present  instalment  Mr.  \l.  F.  Griggs 
records  the  first  stages  of  the  process  in  the  valley  of  Katmai  liiver : 
here  one  of  the  most  notable  survivals  was  Equisetum  arvense,  which 
"  was  able  to  penetrate  deposits  so  thick  that  nothing  else  could  come 
through."  A  series  of  illustrations  from  photographs  add  to  the 
interest  of  the  paper. 


265 


HISTORICAL  REVIEW  OF  THE  PH^OPHYCE^E. 

Br  A.  H.  Church. 

The  following  notes  have  been  put  together  as  summarizing  the 
progressive  discovery  of  this  remarkable  race  of  Marine  Algae  in  the 
general  history  of  botany,  as  also  illustrating  the  gradualh^  increas- 
ing interest  in  what  must  ever  remain  one  of  the  most  central  groups 
of  the  vegetable  kingdom,  in  that  it  alone,  in  the  present  world, 
affords  a  view  of  the  rise  and  development,  in  the  sea,  of  a  massive 
race  of  autotrophic  benthic  organism,  from  the  phase  of  the  plankton- 
flagellate  to  the  culminating  expression  of  plant-forms,  which  in 
point  of  size  may  bear  comparison  Avith  the  vegetation  of  the  land. 
These  types,  again,  are  undoubtedly  the  nearest  in  general  organi- 
zation to  the  races  of  marine  algae  which  left  the  sea  to  pass  through 
the  vicissitudes  of  the  subaerial  transmigration,  to  emerge  as  the 
higher  Flora  of  the  Land. 

In  this  respect,  it  is  interesting  to  note  the  part  played  by  British 
algologists,  at  a  time  when  little  interest  was  attached  to  the  vege- 
tation of  the  sea  ;  as  also  to  emphasize  the  essential  importance  of 
continued  research  on  this  isolated  group  of  plants,  rendered  pecu- 
liarly appropriate  to  the  botanists  of  this  country  by  the  geographical 
position  of  the  British  Isles. 

The  subject  falls  naturally  into  several  epochs,  as  following  the 
general  progression  of  Botanical  Science. 

I.  Theophrastus  to  the  Herbalists  (300  b.c.-1623  a.d.). 

To  the  first  naturalists  of  ancient  Grreece,  the  common  objects  of 
the  sea-shore  were  just  the  same  as  they  are  now,  in  the  same 
localities,  and  Theophrastus  (300  b.c.)  records  the  plants  he  saw, 
and  the  ones  he  had  heard  about  from  fishermen  and  sailors.  The 
word  (pvicos  (*  Phycos ')  was  originally  used  to  cover  all  marine  plants, 
including  such  submerged  Angiosperms  as  Posidonia  a.nd  Zoster  a,  the 
litmus-lichen  {Roccella)  growing  on  the  rocks  of  Crete,  and  employed 
from  time  immemorial  as  a  cosmetic,  as  also  examples  of  Red,  Brown, 
and  Green  Sea-weeds  proper — e.g.,  a  red  *  Sea-Palm,'  the  'Oyster-Green' 
like  a  crumpled  lettuce  (  JJIva),  and  more  particularly  the  C^^stoseiras 
('  Sea-Oak  '  and  the  '  Sea-Fir')  ard  the  '  Sea- Vine  '  {Sargassum)  ;  the 
former  as  miniature  trees  with  thick  trunks  and  branches,  the  latter 
with  berries  like  those  of  the  currant- vine.  Also  he  had  heard  from 
sailors  that  at  the  Pillars  of  Hercules  (Gibraltar)  the  ocean-tide 
brought  in  sea-weeds  of  marvellous  size,  '  about  a  palm-breadth ' 
(drifted  Laminaria  saccJiainna)  and  the  '  sea-leek,'  growing  as  high 
as  a  man's  waist  {L.  digit ata  forms)  i.  Dioscorides  (a.d.  77)  and 
Plint  (a.d.  79)   have  little  more  to  say  than  record  the  popular 

1  Theophrastus  (circa  300  B.C.),  Be  Historia  Plnntarum,  Lib.  4,  cap.  7. 
Hort  (London,  1916),  English  Translation,  vol.  ii.  p.  329. 

Journal  of  Botant, — Vol.  37.     rQcTOUKR,  1019.1  u 


266  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

knowledge  of  the  time ;  they  were  only  dealing  with  the  same  vege- 
tation i.  B}"- the  Komans,  in  fact,  the  term  Fucus  wsui  used  in  its 
primary  sense  for  the  Boccella-lichen,  as  shown  by  the  numerous 
derivatives  in  the  sense  of  dyeing,  painting,  and  rouging;  further 
references  to  sea- vegetation  remained  dormant  for  many  centuries, 
until  the  Renaissance  had  brought  a  veneration  for  the  old  Greek 
texts  of  Theoplirastus  and  Dioscorides.  The  first  new  references  are 
those  of  Imperato  (Naples,  1599),  who  in  his  general  'Natural 
History'  mentions  many  Mediterranean  Sea-weeds,  as  well  as  the 
Fucus  marinns  {Roccella^,  Tamarisk-  and  Myrica-Wkfd  Cystoseiras. 
Fio-ures  are  given  for  the  '  Palma  Marina '  (Floridean)  of  Theo- 
phrastus,  'Abies  Marina'  (a  Oystoseira),  and  even  the  '  Fuco 
giganfeo,''  a  mythical  figure  of  an  oceanic  Laminaria  digitata,  too 
good  to  be  lost,  from,  sailors'  tales  2. 

First  among  the  Botanical  Herbalists,  Lobelttjs^  (Antwerp, 
1576)  correctly  interpreted  Theophrastus :  The  '  Quercus  Marinus  ' 
is  figured  recognizably  as  a  Cgstoseira  (an  Ahrofanum  maris),  and 
his  woodcuts  include  Sargassums  {Lenticula)  of  the  Adriatic  and 
Tyrrhenian  Seas !  as  well  as  the  Fucus  Fliiiianus,  identified  as 
Vraick  of  the  sea-coast,  and  the  Lichen  (Hocella)  of  Crete.  (The 
use  of  the  word  Fucus  for  the  Boccella-lichen  persisted  until  the  time 
of  Ray,  1686.) 

The  first  really  new  step  was  made  by  Dodon^us  in  his  Stirpmm 
Hisforice,  published  after  his  death  (Antwerp,  1616*).  In  recording 
Viva,  Fosiclonia,  and  the  Fucus  of  Theophrastus,  he  mentions  that 
there  were  some  other  species  as  well,  and  figures  very  creditably 
four  forms  from  the  Dutch  coast :  (1)  Fucus  vesiculosus,  (2)  Himan- 
thalia,  (3)  Ascophyllum,  (4)  Halidrys.  The  first  of  these  is  rather 
ingeniously  read  into  Theophrastus'  account  of  the  Sea-Oak  (cf. 
Cystoseira  ericoides),  and  other  types  are  referred  to  the  genus 
Fucus,  since  had  not  Theophrastus  said  that  there  were  others  beyond 
the  Pillars  of  Hercules  !  and  from  this  time  Fucus  primus  (F.  vesi- 
culosus) holds  its  own  as  No.  I.  Fucus,  or  the  '  Quercus  marina,' 
as  the  type  for  all  sea-weeds ;  and  the  systematist's  custom  of  begin- 
ning the  list  of  sea- weeds  with  the  Fucaceae  may  be  said  to  sm'vive 
until  the  Sylloge  Algarum  of  De  Toni  (1895). 

II.  Early  Systematists  (Bauhin,  1620,  to  Dillexitjs,  1724). 

Advance  beyond  this  stage  was  but  slow.  A  few  types  of  plants 
were  isolated,  and  rather  casually  named,  as  by  Caspar  Bauhin  '' 
(Basle,  1620)  who  received  plants  from  the  beach  at  Aberdeen  ;  and 

1  Dioscorides  (circa  77  a.d.),  Lib.  4,  cap.  99.  Pliny  (died  a.d.  79),  Lib.  13, 
cap.  25  (vel  48). 

^  Imperato  (Naples,  1599),  BelV  Historia  Naturale,  pp.  740,  743. 

•*  Lobelius  (1576),  Stirpium  Historia,  pp.  652,  653. 

•*  Dodoens  (1616),  Stirpium  HistoHae  Pernptades,  p.  479. 

5  C.  Bauhin,  Pinax  (Basle,  1623),  pp.  363,  365.  UpoSpofios  (Basle,  1671), 
p.  154  (no  figure);  cf.  Pinax,  'Fuel  arboribus,  fructibus,  vel  etiam  herbis 
assiinilati.' 


HISTORICAL    HEVIEW    OF    THE    PII.EOPHYCILi:  2{57 

a  few  rough  blocks  were  added;  cf.  JoHNSo:y's  Gemrd  (1683  j  i,  and 
Pahkinson's  Theatrum^  (1640). 

A  more  imposing  technical  display  was  made  \>j  Morisox^  the 
first  Professor  of  Botany  at  Oxford  (in  the  posthumous  vol.  iii. 
1699),  in  which  copper-plate  illustrations  are  given  for  the  first 
time,  though  of  varying  value,  and  the  text  comprises  a  miscellaneous 
collection  of  about  60  plants,  including  with  the  sea-weeds  Zostera 
and  polyzoans.  Eat  (1686)  ^  repeats  much  the  same  miscellaneous 
collection  of  plants,  but  without  figures,  and  remarks  of  little  real 
scientific  value.  The  number  of  species  of  Ficcus  grew  considerably, 
the  name  being  extended  to  all  shrubby  kinds,  as  opposed  to  smaller 
more  mossy  forms  {Micscus  marina).  Thus  Bauhin  in  his  classical 
JBinax  (1623)  collects  together  references  to  20  forms  of  shrubby 
Fuci.  Parkinson  (1640)  knew  12  English  plants  (including  JJlva 
and  Padina).     Tournefort  ^  (1700)  gives  a  list  of  76  species. 

In  the  thii'd  edition  of  Pay's  ^Si/nopsis  (1724)  Dillenjus 
includes  57  species  as  Fucus,  and  these  are  arranged  in  artificial 
classes  as  they  are  (1)  Branched,  (2)  Dichotomous,  (3)  Bilateral,  or 
the  converse  ^.  Dillenius,  Sherardian  Professor  of  Botany  at  Oxford 
(1734-1747),  also  amassed  a  collection  of  all  the  common  objects  of 
the  sea-shore  that  looked  anything  like  a  i:)lant,  including  sponges, 
hydroids,  polyzoans,  and  red  and  brown  algae.  He  collected  every- 
thing he  saw  on  the  beach,  just  as  one  might  do  to-day,  including 
about  20  Phseophycea?  out  of  a  total  of  60  forms  7.  The  value  of  this 
work  can  be  indicated  by  saying  that  the  same  sort  of  thing  could  be 
done  by  any  intelligent  and  uninstructed  boy,  as  a  holiday  task,  in  a 
few  days  at  the  sea-side.  As  an  example  of  shore-observations,  the 
text  is  chiefly  remarkable  for  the  common  plants  left  out.  This  is  no 
reflection  on  the  industry  of  Dillenius,  whose  province  Avas  a  survey 
of  the  whole  of  the  vegetable  kingdom,  single-handed,  but  it  serves 
to  indicate  the  highest  scientific  hoiizon  of  the  time — at  any  rate, 
much  had  been  done  since  the  time  of  Dodonseus. 


III.  Influe>^ce  of  the  LiNN^AJf  SrsTEM  (1735-1813). 

From  the  very  chaotic  medley  of  bad  descriptions,  Lii^?s-j:its 
(1753),  in  the  first  edition  of  the  Species  JPlantarum^,  reduced  the 
species  of  Fucus  to  27  *  shrubby '  forms  ;  any  other  sea-weeds  being 
included  as  Llva  (9)  and  Conferva  (21);  e.g.,  Pylaiella  littoralis 

1  Gerard's  Herhall,  enlarged  and  amended  by  Thomas  Johnson  (London, 
1633),  pp.  1567,  1670. 

-  The  Theatre  of  Plants,  John  Parkinson  (London,  1640),  pp.  1281,  1292. 

^  Plantarum  Historiae  Universalis  Oxonieyisis,  pars  tertia,  by  Jacobus  Bobar- 
tius,  Oxford,  1699.  Morison  died  in  1683  ;  cf.  An  account  oj  the  MorUonian 
Herharinm,  Vines  &  Drnce,  Oxford  (1914),  p.  223,  Part  iii  (1699),  xv.  cap.  48, 
p.  645  and  last  folio  of  plates,  Sect.  15,  tt.  8,  9. 

■*  Ray,  Historia  Plantarum,  London  (1704),  vol.  iii.  pp.  9,  10. 

^  Toiimefort,  Paris  (1700),  Institntiones  Rei  Herhariae,  p.  565. 

^  Johannis  Eaii  Synopsis,  editio  tertia  (Dillenius),  London  (1724),  p.  ZO. 

''    The  Dillenian  Herbaria,  Druce  &  Vines,  Oxford  (1907),  p.  21. 

^  Species  Plantarum,  edit.  i.  Holmiie;  1753,  vol.  ii.  p.  1158. 


268  THE    JOUE>'AL    OF    BOTAT«T 

was  a  Conferva.  Linnaeus'  practical  knowledge  of  even  the  commoner 
Atlantic  sea-weeds  was  of  the  most  meagre  description,  and  the 
mistakes  he  made  are  excusable.  Thus  '  Laminaria  digitata  '  is  left 
out,  and  the  whole  of  the  Laminarians  included  under  L.  saccharina, 
the  latter  name  being  borrowed  from  an  allusion  to  Aleukia  ^.  Fucus 
was  again  included  as  the  first  genus  of  the  group  Algce,  a  sub- 
division of  the  Cryptogams  {Sysfema  Naturce,  1785).  It  is  true 
that  his  '  Cryptogams '  also  included  the  tree  Ficvs,  and  the  Algae, 
Lemna  ;  but  these  minor  slips  were  soon  corrected.  The  essential 
point  is  that  the  27  species  of  the  genus  Fucus  were  subdivided  into 
5  sections,  much  as  suggested  by  Dillenius : — 

I.  Dichotomi  frondescentes, 

II.  Dichotomi  caulescentes,  • 

III.  Ramosi  foliis  distinctis, 

IV.  Ramosi  fronde  unita, 

Y.  Fructificationibus  non  vesicariis, 

as  4  groups  of  Fucoids,  and  the  rest.  Characteristic  representatives 
of  these  groups  are  : — (1)  Fucus  serratus^  (2)  Himanthaliay 
(3)  Sargassum,  (4)  Hcdidrys,  (5)  Laminaria,  Fadina,  and  Chorda. 
Out  of  the  27  forms,  4  in  group  V  were  Floridese.  But  the  old  arrange- 
ment, retaining  the  commoner  Fucoid  plants  in  the  premier  position 
was  maintained ;  and  this  sequence  becomes  the  guide  to  subsequent 
writers,  who  added  new  species  to  the  5  groups.  Thus  Hudson 
(1762)  ~  increased  English  forms  to  Fucus  45,  Ulra  10,  Conferva  36 ; 
Lightfoot^  (1777)  describes  Fucus  43,  ZJlva  12,  Conferva  26. 

Under  the  stimulus  of  the  Linnsean  System,  and  the  cult  of  the 
Herbarium,  Avith  greater  care  in  observation  and  collection,  the  addi- 
tion of  forms  and  descriptions  proceeded  steadily.  Increasing  interest 
is  shown  in  sea-weed  collecting,  apart  from  the  study  of  flowering 
plants,  and  many  excellent  tigm-es  (Lightfoot)  enabled  the  plants  to 
be  readily  identified ;  the  few^  drawings  of  Yellet  (1795)  "*,  and  a 
good  set  by  Stackhouse  (1795)  °,  introducing  the  use  of  colour 
for  the  first  time,  and  stimulating  enquiry  as  to  the  nature  of  the 
reproductive  organs  (Yelley).  A  review  of  British  Algae  (WoOD- 
WAED  and  GooDENOUGH,  1797)  ^  comprises  accounts  of  72  species  of 
sea-weed,  all  classed  as  Fucus,  now  becoming  a  jumble  of  brown  and 
red  forms  ;  and  an  attempt  at  a  slightly  new  arrangement  is  interest- 
ing, as  affording  the  general  plan  subsequently  emended  and  followed 
by  Greville  and  Harvey. 

Meanwhile,  considerable  progress  had  been  made  on  the  continent. 
The  honour  of  writing  the  first  book  on  Marine  Algfe  alone  is  due  to 
Gmelix  (St.  Petersburg,  176S),  though  the  illustrations  were  rather 
crude  ^ ;  and  a  finer  volume  of  coloured  plates  of  96  sp.  was  pub- 

^  Sibbald,  Edinburgh  (1684),  Scotia  illust  rat  a, -part  ii.  p.  26. 

2  Hudson,  FLo7'a  Anglica  (London,  1762),  p.  466 :  no  figures. 

^  Lightfoot,  Flora  Scotica  (London,  1777),  vol.  ii.  p.  902. 

^  Velley  (Bath,  1795),  Coloured  fiyures  of  Marine  Plants. 

•-•  Stackhouse  (Bath,  1795-1801),  Nereis  Britaymica. 

"  Goodenough  and  Woodward,  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  vol.  iii.  (1795),  p.  84. 

'  Historia  Fvcorum.  Gmelin,  Petropoli  (1768). 


HISTORICAL    REYIEW    OF    THE   PH.EOPHTCE^  269 

lished  by  Esper  (1800)  ^.  The  latter  has  no  special  arrangement, 
but  Gmelin  distmguished  7  subgenera  (ordo)  or  7  orders,  as  well  as 
TJlva  and  Trefnell  a -forms. 

The  issue  of  the  latter  may  be  said  to  have  stimulated  Dawson 
TuR^s^ER  in  this  country  to  prepare  the  4  great  quarto  volumes  of 
coloured  figures  -,  which  mark  the  culmination  of  the  epoch  of  collec- 
tors and  naturahsts  pure  and  simple.  All  the  forms  are  called 
Fucus,  the  figures  were  chiefly  drawn  by  Hooker,  and  there  is 
no  attempt  at  any  arrangement ;  but  the  text  is  a.  monument  of 
general  information,  and  still  indispensable  to  British  naturalists,  as 
also  for  the  figures  of  many  foreign  species  collected  by  Banks, 
Mexzies,  and  Robert  Brow^n,  from  Austraha,  the  Cape,  and  Cali- 
fornia, which  are  often  the  most  readily  available  figures  and  descrip- 
tions of  still  little-known  plants. 

Reference  to  the  older  literature  shows  how  much  had  been  done 
under  the  influence  of  the  Linnsean  Sj^stem  between  178o  and  1819  ; 
scientific  method  had  been  introduced  into  the  subject,  and  natura- 
lists and  collectors  were  stimulated  for  the  first  time  to  increasingly 
careful  and  detailed  observations.  But  though  attention  was  paid  to 
such  details  of  spore-arrangement  as  could  be  seen  with  a  simple 
lens  of  low  power,  little  further  advance  was  possible  until  better 
microscopic  methods  had  been  invented.  The  fine  hand-colom-ed 
plates  of  Dawson  Turner  and  Hooker  set  a  standard  for  future  work 
of  this  kind ;  but  the  general  attitude  of  the  botanist  of  the  period  is 
perhaps  summed  up  by  Martyn  (1807), — "  Many  of  them  {Ficctis  sp.) 
make  very  beautiful  specimens  for  the  herbarium,  and  are  often  seen 
disposed  on  paper  so  as  to  form  a  sort  of  picture  "  ^\ 

IV.  Influence  of  the  Natural  System  (1789-1851). 

Contemporaneous  with  the  work  of  Turner,  new  ideas  were 
making  their  way  as  a  consequence  of  the  increasing  acceptance  of 
the  Natural  System  of  Classification  of  Flowering  Plants,  published 
by  A.  L.  de  Jussieu  (Paris,  1789),  which  was  to  finally  supersede  the 
Linnsean  System.  Plants  being  successfully  grouped  for  the  first 
time  in  Subdivisions  and  '  Natural  Orders  '  which  attempted  to  map 
out  the  more  fundamental  '  natural  affinities '  of  the  plants  in  ques- 
tion. The  application  of  these  ideas  to  sea-weeds  was  indicated  by 
Lamouroux  (1813),  who  in  a  striking  essaj^  ^  marked  out  a  new 
scheme,  which  not  only  segregated  numerous  genera,  but  arranged 
them  in  distinct  Natural  Orders.  The  fiii'st  feature  of  primary 
importance  was  the  separation  of  the  Floridese  (II.)  from  the 
Fucaceae  (I.)  and  the  Dictyotacese  (III.)  ;  while  such  admirable 
names  as  JLaminaria^  Desmarestia,  Chorda,  Dictyota,  Padina, 
Asperococcus  were  proposed  for  the  new  genera.  As  minor  imper- 
fections of  this  first  attempt,  it  may  be  noted  that  the  Floridean 

^  Icones  Fiicorum,  Espsr,  Niimberg-  (1797),  2  vols.,  text  &  plates. 

-  Fuci,  Dawson  Turner  (London,  1808-1809,  1811,  1819),  4  vols. :  coloured 
plates  and  descriptions  of  2.58  species  of  Fucus,  both  British  and  foreign. 

^  Martyn  (1807)  in  Miller's  Gardener  s  Dictionary. 

■*  Lamouroux  (Paris,  1813),  "  Essai  sur  les  Genres  dela  famille  des  Thalassio- 
phytes  non  articulees." 


270  TITE    JOUnXAL    OF    BOTANY 

FurcpUaria  was  placed  with  the  Fucaeete,  and  Amansia  with  the 
Dictvotaoeee,  while  A.tperococciis  was  relegated  to  the  Ulvaceae.  The 
four  orders  of  Algae  included  25  genera,  24  being  new,  and  9  named 
after  friends  of  Laniouroux.  The  creation  of  new  genera  thus 
initiated  proceeded  rapidly,  and  Ltngbye  (1819)  had  49  genera 
fathered  by  Stackhouse,  Agardh,  as  well  as  b}^  Laniouroux  and  him- 
self, arranged  in  6  '  orders  '  ^ ;  though  unfortunately  '  brown  '  and 
'red'  are  still  mingled,  Delesseria  coming  next  to  Fucks,  and  Viva 
to  Lamhiaria.     Of  these  49  genera  Lyngbye  was  responsible  for  11. 

Similarly,  further  advance  was  shown  in  Sweden  by  C.  Agaedh 
(1824).  The  whole  of  the  AlgjB  are  now  comprised  in  6  orders,  with 
a  total  of  70  genera  2,  with  singular  prevision,  in  series  from  the 
simplest  (Diatoms)  to  the  ones  most  like  land-plants  {Sargassiim). 
The  main  series  of  Green,  Red,  and  Brown  Algse  begm  to  emerge  as 
Ulvaceae  (13  gen.),  Floridese  (16  gen.),  and  Fucoideae  (15  gen.). 
But  the  Fucoideae  still  retain  Lichina,  Lemanea,  and  Furcellaina, 
and  the  Ulvaceae,  Forpliyra ;  while  an  order  Confervoideae  includes  a 
general  mixture  of  filamentous  forms,  Ectocarpus,  Sphacelaria, 
Mesogloia,  with  Protonema^  JSatrachospermu?n,  Tkorea,  Oscillatoria, 
Chara,  Ceramium,  Griffithsia,  &c.  The  larger  Algae  are  thus  be- 
ginning to  be  sorted  out ;  but  great  confusion  still  exists  in  those 
requiring  more  microscopic  observation,  and  little  appears  to  be 
known  about  them  beyond  giving  them  a  name. 

A  short  step  to  the  elegant  little  volume  of  Geeyille^  (1830) 
■  shows  a  slight  advance.  A  preliminary'-  synopsis  of  Algae  includes  14 
orders  and  89  genera  ;  but  the  older  arrangement,  commencing  with 
Sargasso m  and  Avorking  down,  is  followed.  Lichina  is  still  put 
among  the  Fucoids  ;  Furcellaria  and  Polyides  are  again  outside  the 
true  '  Florideae ' ;  so  that  there  can  be  little  insight  into  either  the 
structure  or  details  of  reproduction  of  these  types,  although  they  are 
figured  in  a  colour  one  would  have  thought  unmistakable.  A  more 
remarkable  omission  is  the  whole  of  the  'Confervoid'  forms,  including 
Ectocarpoid  types,  Sphacelarias,  &c. ;  these  being  still  kept  separate 
as  in  D ill wyn\  1809),  following  the  Linnaean  System*. 

This  class  of  work  culminates  in  the  four  volumes  of  the  Fhgco- 
Joqia  Britannica  of  Haryey  (1846-1851).  About  360  coloui-ed 
plates  of  British  Marine  Algae  alone  still  constitute  the  standard 
work  of  reference  on  the  subject  for  these  shores,  and  will  not  be 
readily  superseded.  Though  these  volumes  are  restricted  to  British 
species,  the  classification  expresses  the  more  natui-al  relationships,  and 
all  the  more  obvious  errors  of  the  past  are  put  right.  Brown  Sea- 
weeds (Melanophyceae)  are  clearly  delimited  both  from  the  Rhodo- 
phyceae  and  the  Chlorophyceae ;  the  first  series  Melanoi)liycea? 
(=MelanospermeiB)  alone  is  subdivided  into  6  orders,  35  genera,  and 
97  species.  The  system  is  that  of  Greville,  much  emended,  and  is 
traced  from  Sargassum  down  to  Ectocarpus  and  Myriotrichia  ; 
the  text  is  also  similar  to  that  of  Greville. 

1  Lyng-bye  (Hafnia,  1819),  Tentamen  Hydrophytologix  Danicae. 

•  C.  Agardh  (Lund,  1824),  Systema  Algainim. 

3  Greville  (Edinburgh,  1830),  Algse  Britaiinicse  (col.  plates). 

*  Dillwyn  (London,  1S09),  British  Confervse. 


HISTORICAL   BEYIEW   OF   THE   PHJ20PHTCEJJ  271 

The  first  half  of  the  Nineteenth  Century  (1800-1850)  may  be 
termed  the  golden  age  of  the  collector  and  systematist.  Enthusiastic 
amateurs  who  specialized^  in  alga-collecting  were  numerous,  and  the 
cult  of  the  Herbarium  was  accumulating  the  material  utilized  by 
systematists,  and  building  the  framework  of  the  science.  Nowaday*s 
one  can  hardly  spare  the  time  and  labour  for  such  practices,  with  a 
quiet  conscience,  since  ideals  of  what  is  most  worthy  to  be  done  have 
been  considerably  raised,  and  the  horizon  broadened ;  but  at  that 
time  such  efforts  were  still  the  expression  of  the  highest  outlook 
of  the  science — at  any  rate,  in  this  country.  The  names  of  many  who 
helped  to  erect  this  monumental  work  are  enshrined  in  generic  or 
specific  names  : — e.g.  Kalfs  of  Penzance  (1807-90  :  Ralfsia),  Clous- 
ton  of  Orkney  (1800-84  :  Laminaria  Gloustoni),  Landsborough  of 
the  Sea-Oak  fame  (1779-1854  :  Land  slur  (jia).  Miss  Cutler  of  Sid- 
mouth  (tl866:  Gutleria),  Miss  Gifford  of  Minehead  (1823  ?-91: 
Glffordia)  :  others  are  commemorated  in  genera  of  Florideae,  as 
Mrs.  Griffiths  of  Torquay  (1768-1858  :  Griffithsia,  the  accepted 
doyenne  of  British  lady  algologists),  Mrs.  Gatty  (1809-73  :  Gattya), 
Mrs.  Gulson  (fl.  1855  :  Gulsonia),  Miss  Ball  (tl872 :  Ballia), 
Miss  Hutchins  of  Bantry  (1785-1815:  Hutchinsia,  now  sunk  in 
Polysiphonia),  and  PoUexsen  of  Orkney  (1813-99;  Pollexfenia). 
It  is  also  interesting  to  include  Mrs.  Wyatt  of  Torquay  (fl.  1833 : 
Wyattia),  who  with  the  assistance  of  Mrs.  Griffiths  compiled  the  AlgcB 
Damnoniensis  (4  vols,  exsiccata,  234  specimens)  to  which  Harvey's 
Manual  (1841)  was  largely  indebted  i.  This  algological  branch 
of  Botan}'-  has  been  now  seen,  as  it  were,  to  grow  up  :  passing  through 
the  stage  of  'general  information,' characteristic  of  the  more  or  less 
educated  classes  of  Greek,  Renaissance,  or  modern  times,  to  the 
Nature- Study  phase  of  the  school-boy  and  the  age  of  Dillenius,  on  to 
the  adult  naturalist  and  collector,  with  refined  methods  for  collecting, 
naming,  and  determining  species  and  varieties,  but  not  seeming 
capable  of  getting  much  further.  The  genemtion  which  produced  the 
Phycologia  Britannica  and  allied  works  ^  left  few  successors  ;  and 
this  work  so  far  again  marks  the  close  of  an  epoch.  Henceforward 
the  study  of  Algse  requires  a  more  special  botanical  training  than  Avas 
possible  for  the  collector  and  amateur,  though  the  function  of  these 
is  still  by  no  means  exhausted,  and  there  is  room  for  many  at  the 
present  day. 

A  more  complete  system  was  drawn  up  by  the  younger  Agaedh 
(1848),  inclusive  of  all  known  algae  3;  the  Phseophycese  alone  extend 
to  7  families  and  a  total  of  70  genera,  arranged  in  series  from  Ecto- 
carpus  to  Sargasstim ;  and  this  arrangement  constitutes  the  basis 
of  modern  classifications,  to  be  emended  with  improved  outlook,  as 
expressed  by  further  knowledge  of  reproductive  processes  and  life- 
histories. 

Meanwhile,  another  phase  of  the  subject  was  beginning  to  make 

1  Greville  (1830),  loc.  cit.  p.  vi;  Harvey;  Phyc.  Brit.  (1851),  Preface,  p,  iv. 

2  Cf.  Phycologia  australica  Harvey  (1858);  Nereis  Bor.  J.mer.  Harvey  (1851). 
Makers  of  British  Botany,  Oliver  (1913) :  '  Harvey,'  p.  204. 

"*  J.  G.  Agardh  (Lund,  1848).  Species  Genera  et  Ordines  Fucoidenrum, 


r72  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANT 

itself  felt.  Though  the  Phycologia  General  is  of  Kuetztng  (Leip- 
zig, 184:3)  shows  no  advance  as  systematic  work,  since  Kuetzing  had 
peculiar  ideas  of  his  own  with  regard  to  classification,  and  a  great 
turn  for  making  new  genera  out  of  old  ones,  which  did  not  convince 
Schleiden  i,  it  is  always  interesting  to  turn  to  this  remarkable  pioneer 
volume,  which  may  be  said  to  introduce  the  atmosphere  of  the 
elementary  laboratory  practice  of  the  present  day  into  the  subject, 
based  on  the  methods  of  section-cutting  and  the  use  of  reagents. 
The  Florideae  are  termed  Keterocarpece,  and  other  algse  IsocarpecB ; 
the  latter  being  curiously  divided  as  Gymnospermous  and  Angio- 
spermous  :  the  lower  Phaeosporeae  are  still  mixed  up,  Mesogloia 
being  near  Bafrachospermum,  and  Ectocarpus  next  to  Drapariialdia. 
But  the  volume  gives  special  attention  to  anatomical  and  physiological 
considerations,  while  a  large  number  of  careful  anatomical  drawings 
and  figures  of  the  reproductive  organs  put  the  available  material 
in  quite  a  new  light.  Many  of  these  illustrations  have  done  duty 
in  text-books  to  recent  times  2.  Though  not  perfect  to  modern  ej^es, 
they  are  quite  different  from  anything  attempted  previousl}^ — at  a 
time  too  when  cell-theory  was  still  vague,  and  even  '  protoplasm  ' 
had  not  been  established  by  Von  Mohl.  Kuetzing  also  seems  to 
have  been  the  first  to  introduce  the  objectionable  practice  of  print- 
ing the  details  of  '  brown,'  *  green,'  or  '  red '  algje  in  respectively 
coloured  inks  ^. 

V.  Mdderx  Botaxy. 

"  In  the  years  immediately  before  and  after  1840,  a  new  life 
began  to  stir  in  all  parts  of  botanical  research,  in  anatomy,  physiology 
and  morphology  "  (Sachs)  ^.  The  important  additions  to  the  botanical 
outlook  associated  with  the  names  of  Schleiden,  Yon  Mohl,  Naegeli, 
Hofmeister,  and  many  others  constitute  the  stimulus  which  prepared 
tlie  way  for  conceptions  of  phylogen}""  and  descent  implied  by  the 
observations  of  Darwin  and  his  associates  ;  and  the  aggregation  of 
these  standpoints  has  made  modern  botany  a  subject  altogether 
beyond  the  dreams  of  the  older  school  of  naturalists.  The  application 
of  these  views  to  Sea-weeds  again  came  from  the  other  side  of  the 
English  Channel,  and  the  reseai'ches  of  Bobis^et  and  Thueet  on 
Antherozoids  and  sexual  fertilization  in  Brown  and  Bed  Algae  mark 
the  starting-point  of  new  lines  of  progress.  The  actual  fertilization 
of  Fuciis  was  observed  by  Thuret  at  Cherbourg  (1854),  though  the 
significance  of  the  sexual  organs  had  been  fairW  known  since  184-3, 
and  the  theory  of  sexuality  was  rendered  clear  in  both  Brown 
and  Bed  Algae  •^.  Work  on  the  French  shores  has  been  followed  up 
by  Janczewski  (Antibes),  Guignard  (Cherbourg),  Crouan  (Brest), 

^  F.  T.  Kuetzing  (Leipzig,  1843),  Phycologia  (reneraJis  oder  Anatomie,  Phy- 
siologie  iind  Systemkunde  der  Tange.  Schleiden  (Eng.  Tmns.  Lankester  (1849), 
p.  140)  knew  so  little  of  the  sea  as  to  regard  all  algse  as  polymorphic  expressions 
of  one  type  of  plant. 

-  Hauck  (1885),  Oltmanns  (1904). 

'-'  Cf.  Zanardini,  Icon.  PhijcoJou.  Adnatica  (1860) ;  Okamura,  Tokyo  (1902). 

■^  Sachs'  Hixtoiui  of  Botany,  Eng.  Trans,  p.  182. 

■'  Bornet  and  Thuret  (1878)  collected  papers  in  Etudes  PJiylocoJofiiqnes. 


HISTORICAL    REVIEW    OF    THE    PHiEOPHYCE.E  273 

and  Sautageau  (Gulf  of  Gascony),  while  the  establishment  of  the 
Marine  Station  at  Naples  by  Anton  Dohrn  (1878)  has  enabled 
inland  continental  observers  to  work  under  favourable  circumstances  on 
the  shores  of  the  Mediterranean  (Berthold,  Reinke,  Falkenberg, 
Oltmanns).  The  writings  of  these  and  many  such  observers  are  still 
the  working  literature  of  the  subject.  The  latest  official  review  of  the 
group  Phseophycea3  is  that  of  Kjellman  i  (1891),  the  most  complete 
systematic  text  (in  Latin)  that  of  De  Toni  (1895)  ^,  and  the  most 
complete  text-book  that  of  Oltmani^s  ^  (1904-5). 

General  morphological  and  structural  problems  have  been  most 
successfully  dealt  with  from  a  modern  standpoint  by  Keinke^ 
and  Oltmanns  ^,  while  Kuckuck  ^  (Helgoland)  has  set  the  highest 
standard  of  draughtmanship  for  cells  and  tissue-details  ;  Sauvageau  '^ 
(Guethary)  has  shown  what  can  be  done  with  simple  line-work. 
Good  figures  of  weeds  in  a  natural  condition,  free  from  the  conven- 
tions of  herbarium  material  are  given  by  Okamura  (Tokyo)  ^. 

The  opening  years  of  the  present  century  have  seen  advance  in 
new  directions  ;  as  on  the  ecological  side, — the  account  of  the  Algal 
Flora  of  the  Faeroes  by  Borgesex  ^  constituting  a  model  for  floristic 
work,  which  has  been  followed  by  Cottois^i^  for  Clare  Island  in 
British  seas ;  while  on  a  more  restricted  formation  Miss  Baker  i^ 
has  stated  the  algal  problems  of  the  Salt-marsh.  A  distinctly  new 
standpoint  has  been  introduced  in  the  discussion  of  cytological 
problems  of  the  organization  of  the  nucleus  in  karyogamy  and  meiosis 
( Strasburger,  1897  ;  Farmer  and  Williams,  1898  ;  Williams,  1904). 
In  this  department  Yamanouchi  ^^  has  set  a  standard  of  technique 
and  comprehensive  detailed  observation  for  application  to  all  life- 
cycles,  which  may  be  equalled  but  scarcely  surpassed,  as  expressing  the 
limit  of  modern  microscopic  methods. 

The  footnote  references  are  only  intended  to  afford  a  guide  to  the 
best  methods  of  work  in  the  group  at  the  present  time — the  first 
desideratum  for  British  seas  being  undoubtedly  a  comprehensive 
account  of  the  British  plants,  with  figures  and  full  structural  and 
ecological  details,  to  replace  the  Phycologia  Britannica  of  Harvey. 


^  Kjellman  (1891),  Phfeophyceas,  in  Engler  &  Prantl's  Pflanzenfamilien. 

-  De  Toni  (1895),  Sylloge  Fncoidearnm. 

^  Oltmanns  (Jena,  1904),  Morphologie  und  Biologie  der  Algen. 

■*  Reinke  (Kiel),  cf.  Alias  Deutsche)-  Meeresalgen  (1889). 

^  Oltmanns  (1889),  Bibliotheca  Botanica,  iii.  p.  78. 

^  Kuckuck  (Helg-oland),  cf.  WissenschaftMche  Meeresuntersuchnngen,  1898. 

'  Sauvageau,  J.  de  Bot.  1892,  96;  1902,  Sphacelarias,  Myrionemas. 

^  Okamura  (Tokyo),  Icones  of  Japanese  Algse,  1907  et  seq. 

^  Botany  of  the  Faeroes  (Warming,  1908) ;  Marine  Algae,  B<)rgesen  (1903),  p.  403, 
1908,  p.  683. 

^^  Cotton  (1912),  Clare  Island  Survey.  Proc.  Roy.  Irish  Acad,  xxxi.,  Marine 
Algae,  p.  94. 

"  Baker  and  Blandford,  Brotvn  Sea-tveeds  of  the  Salt-Marsh.  Journ.  Linn. 
Soc.  p.  325  (1916). 

•-  Yamanouchi  (Bot.  Gazette,  Chicago), Fmch,,s'  (1909),  Cvtleria  (1912),  Zanar- 
dinia  (1913).  J.  L.  Williams,  Dictijota  (1904),  Annals  of  Bot.  p.  183.  Stras- 
burger. Fertilization  of  Funis  (1897).     Brings.  Jalirb.  xxv.  p.  372. 


274  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTAXT 

CAREX  MONTANA  L. 
By  H.  Stuart  Thompson,  F.L.S. 

On  August  10th  I  cycled  to  Charterhouse-on-Mendlp,  partly  to 
explore  an  interesting  seventy-acre  plot  of  rough  pasture  and  heather 
recently  bought  by  a  friend  interested  in  botanj^  and  geology.  This 
enclosure  is  primarily  a  rabbit-warren,  with  a  remarkable  chasm  or 
miniature  canyon  of  curious  irregularity,  and  bedecked  Avith  ferns, 
running  some  200  yards  through  the  carboniferous  limestone  on  the 
side  nearest  the  Mendip  Sanatorium. 

As  noticed  in  1915,  when  I  began  mapping  the  distribution  of 
Carex  moniana  on  the  Mendip  plateau,  this  sedge  is  ver}'  abundant 
in  this  and  neighbouring  walled  enclosures,  and  on  the  roadside 
between  Charterhouse  and  the  head  of  Cheddar  Gorge.  In  May  and 
June  the  pale  green  of  its  narrow  grass-like  leaves  can  be  seen  from 
iifar  ;  but  in  a  tine  August  the  colour  is  a  rich  yellow-green,  so  that 
it  forms  a  distinct  feature  in  the  landscape  and  can  be  seen  a  quarter 
of  a  mile  off,  especially  when  against  a  belt  of  heather.  The  object 
of  this  note  is  to  draw  the  attention  of  field-botanists  to  the  colour 
of  the  foliage  of  the  sedge,  because  it  ma}^  possibl}"  be  found  not  only 
elsewhere  on  the  Mendip  Hills  but  in  other  English  counties,  e.  g. 
Wilts  and  Dorset,  from  which  I  believe  it  is  not  yet  reported. 

In  Somerset  C.  montana  was  unknown  until  the  late  E.  F.  Linton 
found  it,  when  botanizing  in  July  1»90  with  the  late  K.  P.  Murray, 
on  a  roadside  bank  close  to  Charterhouse  Church  ( Journ.  Bot.  xxviii. 
p.  350).  In  190S  it  was  seen  by  Mr.  F.  Samson  in  another  place  in 
the  neighbourhood  ;  and  in  1916  and  1917  I  observed  that  it  was 
"  abundant  over  scores  of  acres  and  appeared  in  spots  sev^eral  miles 
apart"  (Report  of  Watson  Bot.  Exch.  Club  for  1917,  p.  79).  This 
year,  on  August  10th,  I  saw  it  in  several  patches  much  nearer  Priddy, 
nearly  three  miles  from  where  Mr.  Pugsley  had  seen  it  by  the  Roman 
road  west  of  Charterhouse.  Two  years  ago  I  noticed  it  in  small 
quantity  on  approaching  from  the  tableland  the  extreme  head  of 
Cheddar  Gorge.  All  these  localities  are  at  an  altitude  of  from  700 
to  800  ft.,  and  roughly  within  the  old  mining  area. 

When  once  known  in  the  field  C.  montana  can  easily  be  detected 
in  July  or  August  hundreds  of  yards  off,  when  riding  on  a  bicycle,  so 
brilliant  is  the  yellow-green  of  its  foliage.  The  leaves  of  Brachy- 
podium  sylvaticum  are  of  a  very  similar  colour  when  growing  in  the 
open  moorland  or  rough  pasture,  as  that  grass  sometimes  does  on 
Mendip  and  elsewhere,  but  they  are  much  broader.  It  was  the 
leaves  only  (of  the  sedge)  which  Mr.  Linton  first  detected  in  July 
1890,  but'  "  careful  search  led  to  the  discovery  of  a  few  withering 
spikes  ....  and  on  one  of  these  a  single  fruit  remained."  That 
■discovery  was  of  a  plant  new  to  Watson's  Peninsular  Province  (no.  1)  ; 
for  in  his  Compendium  of  the  Cyhele  Britannica  (1870)  it  was 
recorded  from  Provinces  2-5  only,  and  in  "  Lat.  51-52  or  53  :  Sussex, 
Gloucester,  Monmouth,  Hereford,  Worcestershire."  Its  present 
census  number  in  Lond.  Cat.  ed.  10  (1908)  is  eleven,  for  it  has  also 
been  found  in  Devon,  Hants,  and  other  counties. 


CAREX    MOXTAXA  275 

Those  unacquainted  with  this  sedge,  who  may  look  for  it  after 
the  seeds  have  fallen  at  Midsummer,  may  detect  it  by  its  bright, 
narrow,  very  slender,  and  pointed  leaves,  4-8  inches  long,  or  rarely 
longer ;  and  make  sure  of  the  species  by  its  thick  shaggy  branched 
I'hizome  to  which  the  fibrous  roots  are  attached.  The  basal  sheaths 
of  the  leaves  are  often  reddish  purple,  as  in  C.  depawperaia^  a  very 
rare  and  quite  di:fferent  species,  which  holds  its  ground  in  one  spot 
a  few  miles  from  Charterhouse,  N.  Somerset.  In  early  spring  before 
the  flowers  are  out  and  when  the  young  leaves  of  C.  moiitana  are 
quite  short,  and  surrounded  by  last  year's  dead  ones,  botanists  should 
search  for  the  erect  flowering  spikes,  which  are  black  before  the  anthers 
appear  at  the  end  of  April.  The  stems  soon  elongate  and  Anally 
droop  in  crraceful  curves,  so  that  the  flowers  are  often  hidden  in  the 
mass  of  leaves.  At  the  end  of  April  1917  I  saw  at  Charterhouse  on 
Mendip  hundreds  of  these  little  black  spikes,  two  or  three  inches  high, 
appearing  immediately  after  the  snow  melted  after  that  bitter  Avinter. 

I  am  of  the  opinion  that  Carex  montana  had  been  overlooked  on 
Mendip  until  1890  chiefl}"  because  its  flowers  and  fruits  disappear 
soon  after  Midsummer,  and  because  many  plants  have  no  flowers. 
Perhaps  for  similar  reasons  I  actually  do  not  remember  having 
collected  it  on  the  Continent,  where  so  widely  spread  ;  though  imtil 
I  went  to  Chai'terhouse  in  1915  my  knowledge  of  the  j)lant  was 
limited  to  having  seen  it  growing  only  on  shady  banks  in  Wyre  Forest 
and  in  a  Sussex  woodland. 

Since  the  above  was  w^-itten,  I  find  the  following  interesting  note 
on  this  plant  by  that  careful  observer  the  late  T,  R.  Archei-  Briggs 
in  his  Flora  of  Plymouth  (1880)  p.  351 : — "  One  of  the  earliest 
Car  ices  to  flower.  By  the  third  week  in  June  I  have  found  the 
seeds  all  shed  and  the  spikes  withered  ;  but  the  large  j^tches  foi-med 
by  its  tufts  of  light  green  leaves  and  its  thick  shaggy  rhizome  serve, 
when  flowers  and  seeds  are  gone,  to  distinguish  it  from  its  associates, 
C.  pihtlifera  dir\(\.  C.  prcecox.''  First  record  for  Devon:  Briggs,  in 
Journ.  Bot.  (1873),  172. 


KUBIACEJi:  BATESIAN.E.— I. 

By  H.  F.  Werxham,  D.Sc,  F.L.S. 

Ik  this  Journal  for  1916  (pp.  226-231)  I  published  descriptions 
of  several  new  Gamopetalse  collected  by  Mr.  G.  L.  Bates  in  the 
Yaunde  district  of  Southern  Cameroons.  most  of  them  from  the 
neighbourhood  of  Bitye,  Ebolowa.  Mr.  Bates,  who  has  ah-eady 
obtained  a  deserved  reputation  for  the  excellence  and  interest  of  his 
collections,  has  recently  sent  to  the  National  Herbarium  about  250 
specimens  from  the  same  district ;  over  16  per  cent,  of  these  are 
lluhiacecB^  among  which  are  so  many  novelties  as  to  claim  a 
separate  record ;  the  interest  of  the  remainder,  from  the  rarity  and 
excellence  of  the  material,  is  hardly  less  than  that  of  the  new^  species. 
Nott'S  by   Mr.  Bates,  which   I  quote  in   inverted  commas,  accom])any 


276  THE  JomtXAL  of  botani' 

most  of  the  specimens  :  the  following  is  an  extract  fi*om  his  letter  of 
Jan.  30,  announcing  their  despatch  : 

*'....  Xearh^  all  plants  here  [Bitye]  are  woody,  and  fully  half  of 
them,  I  should  think,  haye  weak  climbing  stems.  These  latter  I 
haye  called,  all,  '  yines '  .  .  .  .  I  use  still  the  Bulu  word  ekotok  \ 
and  if  you  want  to  substitute  English  you  ^vill  haye  to  say  *  mixed 
growth  on  abandoned  ground ' .  . .  .  The  natives  here  never  keep 
the  land  under  cultivation  long — or  properly,  never  under  cultivation 
at  all — and  after  clearing,  and  planting  for  a  few  seasons,  they  leave 
the  wild  growth  to  spring  up  again.  This  new  growth  is  partly  from 
roots  and  stumps  left  in  the  ground  and  large  trees  left  standing  at 
the  time  of  clearing,  and  partly  from  seeds  of  certain  quick-growing 
trees,  vines  and  weeds  characteristic  of  such  land,  and  never  found  in 
the  forest ....  EkotoJc  goes  gradually  back  to  the  forest ;  these 
quick-growing  plants  disappear,  and  true  forest-growth  takes  their 
place ;  *  old  ekotok '  is  that  which  is  turning  to  forest  again  .... 
Here,  where  there  is  no  winter,  there  is  no  regular  time  of  Howering 
of  each  species ;  still,  I  am  sure  that  a  long  and  careful  course  of 
observation  would  show  some  kind  of  regularity  in  seasons,  but  it 
would  be  hard  to  work  out." 

I  proceed  to  enumerate  the  Rubiacese  in  systematic  order,  describing 
such  as  appear  to  be  new.  The  consideration  of  certain  critical  forms 
is  reserved  for  a  subsequent  paper. 

Saecocephalvs  esculentus  Afzelius  ex  Sabine  in  Trans.  Hort. 
Soc.  Lond.  y.  442.  t.  IS  (1824).  Haviland,  in  Journ.  Linn.  Soc. 
xxxiii.  25  (1897). 

No.  120G.  "A  large  tree,  stem  100  ft.  to  branches,  about  IS  ins.  • 
in  diameter,  at  top  of  a  tall  stump.     Forest.     Fruits  said  to  be  eaten 
by  natives  :  known  as  akonddky 

This  species  is  confined  to  the  tropics  of  the  African  continent, 
wherein  it  has  a  wide  distribution — laterally,  at  least,  for  it  has  not 
been  recorded  from  south  of  the  equator.  It  appears  most  abundantly 
about  the  Niger-basin  ;  but  it  ranges  from  Senegambia  in  the  north 
and  west  to  Abyssinia  in  the  east.  According  to  Dr.  Masters,  it  has 
pink  flowers  and  an  edible  fruit,  of  the  size  of  a  peach ;  it  is  the 
"  peach"  or  "fig"  of  Sierra  Leone,  wdiere  it  is  known  as  amelliky. 
In  Liberia  it  is  called  day  (see  Flor.  Trop.  Afr.  iii.  39). 

Mussaenda  bityensis,  sp.  nov. 

Frutex  scandens,  ramulis  ferrugineis  pulverulento-pubescentibus 
tardius  breviter  irregulariter  strigillosis.  Folia  venis  primariis 
lateralibus  utrinque  9-11.  Calycis  lobi  pro  rata  breves  latiuscule 
lanceolati  acutissime  acuminati,  eorum  uno  petaloideam  in  laminam 
candidam  sa^pius  producto.  Cor ol Ice  extus  in  super  densiuscule 
strigoso-sericeaj  basin  versus  glabrata?  limbus  pro  rata  angustissimus. 
Ovarium  in  anthesi  tumidum  notabile  magnum  oblongo-ovoideum. 

No.  1202.  "  Climbing  shrub  or  vine ;  forest.  Corolla  3'ellow ; 
conspicuous  white  leaf  adnate  to  calyx." 

Allied  to  Ji.  ohfuaa  Kninse,  from  which  it  is  readilv  distinijuished 


EUBIACE.E    BATESIAN.E  277 

by  its  climbing  habit  and  the  remarkable  size  of  the  ovary,  even  in 
young  buds.  The  leaves  present  no  notable  features ;  "thej^  are 
elliptical,  10-12  cm.  X  5-6-5  cm.,  scarcely  acuminate  at  the  apex, 
which  is,  however,  so  sharply  acute  as  to  be  almost  mucronate  ; 
between  the  main  veins  the  surface  is  almost  glabrous,  on  both  sides, 
except  for  a  few  short  stiff  adpressed  hairs  ;  the  veins  are  strigose ; 
leaf-base  obtuse;  the  petiole  with  indumentum  like  that  of  the 
neighbouring  branchlets,  is  usually  less  than  1  cm.  long.  Stipules 
triangular,  6-7  mm.  X  3-4  mm.  at  base,  divided  to  about  one-third  of 
their  length  into  two  sharply  acute  lanceolate-subulate  lobes.  Flowers 
sessile  in  heads,  6  to  9  in  each,  on  peduncles  1*5-2  cm.  long,  arising 
at  the  end  of  branchlets  4  to  6  together  in  a  corymbose  armngement. 
Ovary  7-8  mm.  long,  4-5  mm.  broad;  small  c«/j/^-lobes  no  longer 
than  3  mm.  ;  petaloid  lobe  comparatively  small — about  5  cm.  X  2-8 
cm. — with  acuminate  base  narrowing  into  a  very  slender  stalk  about 
1*5  cm.  long.  Corolla-ivibQ  scarcely  inflated  above,  and  comparatively 
broad  throughout,  at  most  about  2*5  cm.  long ;  limb  not  more  than 
8  mm.  in  diameter. 

Mussaenda  leptantha,  sp.  nov. 

Frutex  ramulis  zb  dense  ferrugineo-tomentosis,  desuper  sub- 
strigosis  pilis  nee  manifeste  tamen  deflexis.  Folia  venis  primariis 
utrinque  ca.  9  lateralibus.  Calycis  lobi  pro  rata  brevissimi  anguste 
lanceolati  acuminate  acutissimi  necnon  apice  subsetacei  tamen 
dentoidei,  uno  quoque  in  flore  (exterioribus  tantum)  petaloideam 
in  laminam  magnam  producto  late  ellipticam  basi  cuneatam  in 
petiolum  gracillimum  angustatam  longiusculum.  Corollm  tubus 
angustissimus  superiore  longitudinis  in  dimidio  paullo  oblonge 
inflatus,  extus  sericeus,  infra  glabratus  subfilamentosus,  limbo 
angustissimo. 

No.  1212.  Allied,  like  the  preceding,  to  M.  ohtusa,  from  which 
it  differs  chiefly  in  the  characters  of  the  corolla;  the  limb,  for 
example,  is  little  more  than  half  the  diameter  of  that  in  Krause's 
species.  The  leaves  and  stipules  are  practically  indistinguishable 
from  those  of  M.  hityensis.  A  striking  difference  is  seen  in  the 
ovary  and  calyx;  in  the  mature  flower  the  former  is  very  small 
and  narrow,  the  whole  length  from  ovary-base  to  the  tips*^  of  the 
cah^x-lobes  not  exceeding  4  mm.  The  coro//«-tube  is  about  3  cm. 
long,  and  no  more  than  2  mm.  wide  at  most ;  the  limb  is  only 
6-8  mm.  in  diameter. 

Sabicea  cameeoone^^^sis  Wernham  in  Monogr.  Sab.  35  (1914). 

Nos.  1170  !  1382  !  "  Small  vine,  ehotokr  Previously  collected 
by  Bates  (1113  !)  in  a  similar  habitat ;  otherwise,  only  by  Mildbraed 
in  the  Molundu  district,  upon  whose  specimen  I  based  the  description 
of  this  species.  A  photogra^^h  of  the  type  (Herb.  Berol.)  is  in  the 
National  Herbarium. 

Sabicea  Amomi,  sp.  nov. 

"Frutex  volubilis  i-amulis  gracilibus,  ultimis  dense  griseo-sericeis 
tardius  sparse  strigoso-tomentosis.  Folia  membmnacea  late  elliptica 
vix   acuminata  subacuta  basi   subito   acuto-acuminata    in  petiolum 


27S  THE    JOUllNAL    OF    BOTANY 

gracilliraum  longiusculum  desinentia,  utrinque  prsecipue  infra  in 
venis  obscuriuscnle  strigillosa ;  vence  laterales  primarise  utrinque 
ca.  8  ;  stipiilce  triangulares  apice  rotunda  tie  mox  reflexa?  persistentes. 
liifl orescent ia  pro  rata  paucitiora  laxiuscula  axillaris  subumbellata, 
pediDiculo  manifesto  apice  bracteis  duobus  lanceolatis  acutis  glabratis 
onusto.  Pedicelli  graciles,  plerumque  eonspicui.  Calycis  lobi  inter 
breviores,  attenuati  tamen,  lineari-lanceolati  acuti  pro  i-ata  elongati 
subglabri,  ovarium  densissime  griseo-strigosum  duplo  excedentes. 
Corolla  inter  minores  tubularis  insuper  extus  strigosa  infra  glabmta. 

No.  1411.  "  Climbing  in  Amomum-ihickQt  by  stream,  forest. 
Corolla  dark-greenish-purple." 

Allied  to  S.  venosa,  and  distinct  in  the  venation  of  the  leaves, 
the  few- flowered,  lax  inflorescence  with  manifest  bracts,  and  th^' 
relatively  long  calyx-lobes.  Leaves  ±:  8  cm.  X  4  cm.,  with  stalk 
from  1  cm.  to  more  than  3  cm.  long  ;  stipules -dhoxit  5  mm.  or  longti-, 
and  4  mm.  broad  at  base.  Peduncle  ±  6  mm. ;  bracts  5  mm.  x 
1*2  mm. ;  pedicels  .up  to  about  3  mm.  Calyx-lohes,  as  much  as  5  mm. 
long ;  ovary  little  more  than  1  mm.  in  depth.  Corolla  about 
1  cm.  long  ;  the  lobes,  short  and  narrow,  apparently  remain  erect. 

Bertiera  (§  Capitate)  bityensis,  sp.  nov. 

Frutex  ramulis  junioribus  dense  griseo-sericeo-tomentosis ;  jiores 
denso  in  capitulo  sessili  terminali  dispositi ;  calycis  ubique  densissime 
sericei  limbus  subinteger  v.  obscure  necnon  brevissime  lobatus. 
Fructiis  (maturum  non  vidi)  verisimiliter  inter  minores  necnon 
sessilis. 

(See  key  to  species  in  my  Monogr.  in  Journ.  Bot.  1.  117  (1912).) 

No.  1289.  "  Shinib,  forest."  Externally  this  species  resembles 
P.  gloliceps  K.  Schum.  ;  but  it  may  be  distinguished  readily  by  the 
form  and  lobing  of  the  calyx. 

The  thickness  of  a  branch  3  dm.  from  the  apex  is  but  3  mm. 
The  mature  leaves  are  pergamaceous,  about  17  cm.  long  and  5*5  cm. 
broad,  with  petiole  rarely  longer  than  6  mm.  ;  the  leaf-surface  is 
glabrous  above,  except  for  the  sparsely  strigose  midrib ;  the  undei'- 
side  is  rather  densely  silky  upon  the  main  veins,  and  sparsely  silky 
between  them.  The  membmnous  stipules  are  lengthily  oblong, 
as  much  as  1*5  cm.  long,  but  not  more  than  4  mm.  broad,  not 
noticeably  acuminate,  but  with  acute  apex,  and  strigose  dorsal  midrib 
so  prominent  as  to  be  almost  carinate,  the  blade  of  the  stipule  being 
glabrate.  Capitulum  3-4  cm.  in  diameter.  Calyx  barely  5  mm. 
long.  The  tube  of  the  corolla  consists  of  a  lower  subcylindrical 
portion,  5-6  mm.  long,  and  an  u])per  subglobular  part  4  mm.  long 
and  4  mm.  in  diameter ;  lobes  lanceolate,  acuminate,  with  very  acute 
apex,  2-5-3  mm.  long.     Anthers  linear  3"5-3-8  mm.  long. 

Taeenxa  btpindensis  Wernham  in  Cat.  Talb.  Nig.  PI.  180. 
Chomelia  hipindensis  K.  Schum.  in  Engl.  Bot.  Jahrb.  xxxiii.  339 
(1903). 

No.  1380.     "Vine  on  undergrowth,  forest.     Corolla  sap-green." 

Take>>a  el-WO-fusca  S.  M<iore  in  .lourn.  Linn.  Soc.  xxxvii.  302 
(1900).      Choinclia  favo-fusca  K.  Schum.  loc.  cit.  supra. 


RUBIACE^    BATESIAXiB  279 

No.  1243.  "  Climbing  high,  forest.  Corolla  outside  dark-green 
and  reddish;  inside  pale-yellow."  The  same  species  was  collected  by 
Gossweiler  as  far  south  as  Cazengo,  in  Angola. 

Randia  miceais'tha  K.  Schum.  in  Engl.  Bot.  Jahrb.  xxiii.  438 
(1897). 

No.  1216.  Small  tree,  forest.  Large  white  stigma  "  conspicuous." 
The  type  was  collected  by  Pogge  in  the  Kasai  (Congo)  district. 
There  are  several  previous  records  from  the  Cameroons  ;  and  a  variety 
occurs  so  far  south  as  Angola. 

Eandia  cladantha  K.  Schum.  in  Engl.  Bot.  Jahrb.  xxviii.  02 
(1901). 

No.  1270.  (No  note.)  One  of  the  "Amaralioid"  species  (v. 
Journ.  Bot.  Iv.  7  (1917))  ;  it  has  been  recorded  only  from  Nigeria  and 
the  Cameroons. 

Ra^dia  steeptocaulon  K.  Schum.  in  Engl.  Bot.  Jahrb.  xxiii. 
440  (1897)  ;  Wernham  in  Journ.  Bot.  Iv.  8  (1917),  inch  syn. 

No.  1267.  "  Vine,  forest.  Corolla  cream-coloured,  with  carmine 
sprinklings,  shading  at  tips  and  inside."  Another  "  Amaralioid  " 
species. 

Rakdia  octomeea  Hiern  in  Flor.  Trop.  Afr.  iii.  98.  B.  octomeria 
(sic)  Benth.  et  Hook.  fil.  Gen.  PL  ii.  89.  Gardenia  octomera  Hook. 
Bot.  Mag.  t.  5410  (1863). 

No.  1403.  "  Small  shrub,  stem  4  ft.  long;  forest,  corolla  green." 
This  species  was  described  and  figured  by  Sir  W.  .1.  Hooker  {loc. 
cit.)  from  a  plant  gathered  by  Gustav  Mann  in  the  island  of  Fernando 
Po.  It  affords  a  good  example  of  the  difficulty  in  separating  the 
genera  Bandia  and  Gardenia— ?i  difficulty  recognized  by  the  author 
just  quoted  in  his  description  {loc.  cit.).  Hitherto  the  species  has 
been  recorded  subsequently  from  Nigeria  only,  so  that  the  present 
record  represents  an  interesting  eastward  extension  of  the  distribution. 

Randia  (§  Euclinia)  megalostigma,  sp.  nov. 

Arbor  (?)  ramulis  validiusculis  coi*tice  rugosulo  mox  indutis  mani- 
feste  striato.  Folia  magna  crassiuscule  pergamacea,  obovato-lanceo- 
lata  apice  vix  acuminata  obtusa  vix  tantum  acuta,  basi  subtruncata  v. 
nonnunquam  subcordata,  subsessilia  v.  petiolo  valido  brevissimo, 
utrinque  glaberrima  ;  venae  primarise  utrinque  6-7  prominulse  laterales  ; 
stipiilce  brevem  in  vaginam  connatse  tubularem  latere  quoque  breviter 
inter  petiolos  apiculatam  diutius  persistentem.  Flores  magni  1-2  in 
axillis  subsessiles.  Calyx  coriaceus  matui-us  campanulato-infundibu- 
laris,  dentibus  angustissimis  oblongis  brevibus  vix  acutis  onustus, 
breviorem  in  ovarium  angustum  leniter  desinens  infra  sensim  in  prdi- 
cellum  brevissimum  angustatum,  hracteolis  2-3  brevibus  late  trian- 
gularibus  onustum  subcoreaceis  plus  minus  distantibus.  Corolla? 
brevissime  necnon  dense  ferrugineo-tomentosaB  tubus  e  basi  longe 
cylindricus,  insuper  leniter  infundibulariter  dilatatus,  lobi  ovati 
acuminati  acuti  patentes  demum  deflexi.  Stigma  bilobum  magnum 
carnosum  ramulis  obtusisbimis. 


280  THE  JOUENAL  OF  BOTAXY 

Nos.  1171,  1275. 

Allied  to  H.  maculata,  as  is  indicated  by  the  similarity  of  the 
flowers,  this  species  is  easily  distinguished  by  the  size  and  shape  of 
the  leaves  ;  the  latter  measure  18-25  cm.  X  8-12  cm.,  the  greatest 
width  being  in  the  upper  third  of  the  blade  ;  petiole  barely  3  or  4  mm. 
long ;  tube  of  stipules  3-4  mm.  deep.  Calyx  and  ovarif  form  a 
funnel  rather  more  than  1*5  cm.  long,  and  about  1*3  cm.  wide  at  the 
mouth,  which  is  surmounted  by  the  distant  and  very  short  teeth. 
The  co;'oZ/«-tube  has  a  total  length  of  about  20  cm. ;  at  its  base  the 
width  is  8-9  mm.  ;  at  17  cm.  upwards  from  the  base  the  width  is 
nearly  2. cm.  ;  at  the  mouth,  just  beneath  the  base  of  the  lobes,  the 
Avidth  is  over  5  cm.  ;  lobes  3*5  cm.  long  and  over  2  cm.  broad.  The 
narrowly-linear  antliers  are  nearly  3  cm.  long.  Lobes  of  stigma 
1*7  cm.  long  and  6-7  mm.  broad. 

MoBELTA  SENEGALE?fsis  A.  Kich  cx  DC.  Prod.  iv.  617,  et  in  Mem. 
Soc.  Hist.  Nat.  Par.  v.  232  (1834).  Randia  sp.  Benth.  &  Hook.  fil. 
Gen.  PI.  ii.  89. 

No.  1210.  "  Tall  weak-stemmed  shrub ;  forest.  Flowers  white." 
Bates  collected  the  same  species  in  1917  (no.  1046),  noting  it  as  "  a 
shrub  or  ver}""  small  tree,  15  ft.  Flowers  Avhite,  -with  agreeable 
perfume." 

This  species  has  a  wide  and  continuous  distribution  in  the  African 
tropics,  where  it  is  endemic,  from  Senegambia  in  the  north  and  west 
to  Angola  in  the  south  and  Uganda  in  the  east. 

GAEDE^"TA  SPATHICALYX  K.  Sclium.  CX  Weriiliam  in  Cat.  Talb.  Nig. 
PI.  131  (1913). 

No.  1356.  No  note  accompanies  this  specimen.  Collected 
originally  by  Zenker  and  Staudt  in  the  Yaunde  district;  several 
excellent  specimens  were  discovered  later  by  the  Talbots  in  Nigeria. 
The  flowers  are  large — six  inches  or  longer — and  densely  hairj^  on  the 
outside  ;  the  calyx  is  sj^lit  along  its  whole  length  on  one  side,  and  is 
divided  into  5  long  linear  lobes  on  the  other. 

Allied  to  this,  but  readily  distinguishable,  is  the  following: — 

Gabdenia  Vogelii  Hook.  fil.  ex  Hook.  1.  c.  viii.  782-3  (1848) ; 
Hiern  in  Flor.  Trop.  Afr.  iii.  103  (1877). 

No.  1281.  "  Small  shrub,  forest.  Corolla  white,  but  tube 
greenish." 

This  species  was  based  upon  a  plant  found  by  Vogel  in  the  Ibu 
district  of  Nigeria.  Specimens  have  been  discovered  subsequently  as 
far  south  as  the  Congo,  and  eastward  in  Djur-land  and  Niam-niam. 

Gabdenia  abbeokut.i:  Hiern  in  Flor.  Trop.  Afr.  iii.  104. 

No.  1365.  "  Climbing  high  on  trees  in  ekotok  that  had  lately 
been  forest.     Flowers  yellow." 

This  species  has  been  found  westward  in  Nigeria,  and  as  far  as 
Gola,  in  Liberia. 

Amaralia  palustris,  sp.  nov. 

Frutex  seandens,  ramulis  in  juventute  dense  griseo-sericeis  mox 
cortice   striato-rugosulo  indutis    glabrato  validiuseulis.      Folia   inter 


EUBIACE^    BATESIAXJ.  281 

minora  tenuiter  pergamacea,  glabra ta  anguste  elliptica  v.  nommnquani 
oblanceolata  late  acuminata  acuta,  basi  truncata  v.  subcordata,  petiolo 
brevissimo  crassiusculo  ;  vencjd  primariae  utrinque  6-8  laterales  ; 
stipulcd  oblongse  obtusse  basi  demuui  laxe  cohserentes.  Flores  in 
axillis  subsessiles  solitarii  inter  maximos.  Calycis  magni  lobi  ovato- 
lanceolati  apice  subobtusi  extus  glabrati,  tubus  brevissimus  necnon 
hypocrateriformi — campanulatus  extus  minute  et  brevissimo  sparse 
sericeus.  Corolla  magna  campanulata  lobis  latis  brevissimis  apice 
rotundatis.      Ovarium  obconicum  griseo-sericeum  Iseve. 

No.  1209.  '*  Climbing  shrub  ;  swamp.  Corolla  purplish-red, 
darkest  inside." 

Allied  apparently  to  A.  Millenii,  this  species  is  characterized  by 
the  narrow  leaves,  with  truncate  or  subcordate  base,  the  colour  and 
size  of  the  flowers,  and  the  habitat.  Leaves  9-12  cm.  X  3-5  cm.,  with 
stalk  barely  8  mm.  at  longest ;  stipules  about  1  cm.  long  at  the  time 
of  fall.  The  calyx-iwhe  forms  a  shallow  basin  about  3  mm.  in  depth, 
and  nearly  1*5  cm.  in  diameter  just  below  the  lobes,  which  are  I'o  cm. 
long  by  8  mm.  wide.  Corolla-t\x\>Q  3-5  cm.  deep,  and  over  2-5  cm. 
wide  at  the  mouth ;  lobes  about  1  cm.  long-  and  the  same  in  width  at 
the  middle.      Ovary  nearly  1  cm.  long. 


'O 


Amaralia  ekotokicola,  sp.  nov. 

Frutex  scandens  ramulis  longe  gracilibus  striatis  pulveridento- 
sericeis.  Folia  majuscula  pergamacea  glabrata  late  elliptica  apice 
vix  acuminata  necnon  subacuta  basi  ssepius  subcordata  in  juventute 
nonnunquam  subacuta,  petiolo  validiusculo  brevissimo  asperulo ; 
vence  primariae  laterales  utrinque  ca.  8 ;  stipulcd  oblongse  apice 
obtusse  dorso  vena  centrali  strigosa  prominula  onustse  basi  brevissimam 
in  vaginam  cohserentes  tardiuscule  caducae.  Flores  majusculi  in 
axillis  solitarii  subsessiles  v.  breviter  pedicellati,  basi  quisque  bracteo- 
lamm  involucello  membranaceo  circumdatus  infundibulari  conspicuo. 
Calyx  inter  maximos  lobis  late  oblongis  nee  acuminatis  minutiuscule 
mucronatis.  Corolla  campanulata  insuper  subcylindrica  majuscula 
lobis  brevibus  latissimis  fere  semicircularibus.  Ovarium  parvum 
manifesto  necnon  crebre  striato-canaliculatum. 

No.  1379.  "Vine,  old  ekotok.  Corolla  white  with  purple 
speckling  and  shading  inside  turning  yellowish-brown  before  falling." 

Allied  to  A.  Ilillenii  from  which  it  may  be  distinguished  by  the 
characters  of  leaf  and  petiole.  Leaves  ^11-14  cm.  X  6*3-8  cm.,  the 
stalk  not  longer  than  1*5  cm.  ;  stipules  barely  15  cm.  long,  5  mm. 
broad.  The  bracteolar  involucel,  which  encloses  the  short  pedicel, 
does  not  exceed  5  or  6  mm.  in  depth.  Ovary  5-7  mm.  long,  widened 
gradually  from  the  base  to  4-6  mm.  at  the  well-marked  junction  with 
the  tube  of  the  calyx;  the  latter  is  but  5  mm.  deep,  and  nearly 
1*5  cm.  in  diameter  at  the  base  of  the  lobes,  which  are  1'3  cm.  long 
and  8  mm.  broad.  Corolla-tube  about  4  cm.  long,  1  cm.  in  diameter 
at  the  base,  and  over  2  cm.  wide  above ;  lobes  8-9  mm.  wide  at  the 
base,  9  mm.  long. 

Canthium  Thonningti  Benth.  in  Hook.  Nig.  Flor.  410 ;  Pl/al- 
laria  spinosa  Schum.  &  Thonn.  Beskr.  Guin.  PL  113  (1828). 
Joull^'AL  or  Botany. — Vol.  57.     rOcxoBEif,  1919.]  x 


282  THE  JOUENAL  OF  BOTANY 

No.  1334.  "  Reclining  or  trailing  shrub.  Corolla  yellowish-green, 
stigma  white." 

This  species  has  apparently  not  been  recorded  from  any  locality 
east  of  Nigeria. 

VAi!<^auERTA  UMBELLULATA  Hiem  in  Flor.  Trop.  Afr.  iii.  150. 

Nos.  1179,  1887.  "  Shrub  6  or  8  feet  high,  with  many  slender 
horizontal  branches;  forest.     Corolla  ^^ello wish-green,  stigma  dark." 

This  species  was  described  from  a  plant  preserved  in  the  National 
Herbarium,  collected  by  W.  Brass,  at  the  end  of  the  eighteenth 
centur}",  in  the  Cape  Coast  neighbourhood.  Welwitsch  collected 
specimens  (nos.  5348,  5349)  undoubtedly  referable  to  the  same  species  ; 
so  that  its  discovery  in  the  Cameroons  provides  an  interesting  distri- 
butional link. 

Payetta  permobesta  Wernham  in  Journ.  Bot.  liv.  227  (1916). 

Nos.  1203,  1818.  "Small  shrub,  cut  off  at  ground;  forest. 
Flowers  white."  I  based  the  description  of  this  species  upon  a 
previous  Bates-number,  716,  collected  in  the  same  locality. 

Morinda  Batesii,  sp.  nov. 

Arbor  majuscula  ramulis  pro  rata  gracilibus  glabris  insigniter 
quadi-angularibus.  Folia  inter  majora  papyracea  glabra,  elliptica 
apice  vix  acuminata  subacuta,  basi  cuneata  pefiolo  brevissimo ;  vence 
laterales  primarise  utrinque  ca.  7 ;  stipulce  late  triangulares  parvae. 
Capitula  parva  pedunculis  gracilibus  in  axillis  binis.  Flores  inter 
minores,  coroUce  tubo  gracili  necnon  breviusculo,  lobis  lanceolatis 
subacutis. 

No.  1185.  *•  Tree  over  75  ft.  high,  stump  over  2  ft.  in  diam.  ; 
called  atyen  (acheng) ;  forest.  Corolla  pale-green,  the  lobes  white 
on  upper  surface." 

The  nearest  affinity  is  with  M.  (jeminaia  DC.  (see  Hutchinson, 
in  Kew  Bull,  1916,  p.  8)  from  which  our  species  is  distinct  especially 
in  the  slender  branches  and  peduncles,  and  the  much  smaller  corolla. 
It  is  moreover  quite  a  large  tree — a  good  deal  more  than  twice  the 
size  of  M.  (jeminaia.  Leaves  -±  17  cm.  X  8  cm.,  with  stalk  not 
longer  than  8  mm. ;  sfijniles  5  mm.  long,  and  about  the  same  in 
width  at  base.  Pedancle  3-6  cm.,  or  longer  at  maturity.  Corolla- 
tube  up  to  ]*7  cm.  long,  but  not  much  over  1  cm.  wide  even  at 
the  mouth  ;  lobes  6  mm.  long,  1*3  mm.  broad. 

PsTCHOTETA  LATiSTTPULA  Benth.  in  Hook.  Nig.  Flor.  420. 

No.  1407.  "  Small  shrub."  This  s;pecies  was  discovered  originally 
in  the  island  of  FeiTiando  Po.  Mr.  Bates  has  found  it  previously  in 
the  Batanga  district  (no.  227)  and  in  Bitye  (nos.  624,  914). 

Cephaelis  PEDUNCULAEis  Salisb.  Parad.  t.  99  (1808)  ;  Hiern  in 
Flor.  Tro]).  Afr.  iii.  228. 

No.  1359!  "  Much -branching  shrub,  head-high,  or  higher; 
forest.     Flowers  and  bmcts  white." 

Widely  distributed  over  western  tropical  Africa,  from  Senegambia 
in  the  north  to  Angola  in  the  south  ;  collected  also  by  Bagshawe  in 
Uganda  (no.  1856  !  in  Hb.  Mus.  Brit.). 


rubiacej:  batesian^  283 

Cephaelis  hexamera  Wernham,  nom.  nov.      Uragoga  liexamera 

K.  Schum.  in  Engl.  Bot.  Jahrb.  xxviii.  104  (1901). 

No.  1398.     "Small  half-woody  plant,  one  foot  high;  forest." 
The    species  was   founded  upon    a   plant  collected    by  Dinklage 

(no.  1800)  in  the  Bipinde  district.     A  good  specimen  was  discovered 

by  the  Talbots  in  the  Oban  district  of  Nigeria. 

(To  be  concluded.) 


GEORGE  STEPHEN  WEST,  M.A.,  D.Sc,  F.L.S. 
(1876-1919.) 

George  West  was  born  at  Bradford  on  April  20th,  1876.  The 
father,  William  West  (1848-1914),  of  whom  a  notice  appears  in  this 
Journal  for  the  latter  year  (p.  161),  had  first-hand  knowledge  of 
British  flowering  plants  and  cryptogams,  and  his  two  sons  helped  him 
much :  the  elder,  William,  died  in  1901  at  the  early  age  of  twenty-six 
(see  Journ.  Bot.  1901,  353).  George  began  early  to  specialize  in  the 
Algse,  especially  the  Desmids.  After  passing  through  the  Bradford 
Technical  College  and  the  Roj^al  College  of  Science,  London,  he 
completed  his  education  at  St.  John's  College,  Cambridge,  where  he  was 
elected  Hutchinson  Research  Student,  and  apjDointed  demonstrator  in 
biology  to  the  Uniyersity.  Afterwards  for  several  j-ears  he  filled  the 
post  of  lecturer  in  natural  history  at  the  Royal  Agricultural  College, 
Cirencester,  and  was  then  appointed  (1906)  lecturer  in  botany  at  the 
University  of  Birmingham,  under  the  late  Prof.  Hillhouse,  whom  he 
commemoi'ated  in  that  gigantic  sulphur-bacterium  Hillhoiisia  mira- 
hilis.  On  the  retirement  of  Hillhouse  in  1909  he  succeeded  to  his 
chair,  and  in  1916  became  Mason  Professor.  West  was  an  excellent 
teacher  and  lecturer,  much  liked  by  his  pupils,  and  extremely  success- 
ful in  training  them  in  the  habit  of  scientific  research.  He  greatly 
enlarged  and  improved  his  department ;  the  herbarium  is  almost 
entirely  his  creation.  Among  his  post-graduate  students  may  be 
mentioned  Dr.  Muriel  Bristol  and  Dr.  Nellie  Carter,  whose  respective 
researches  have  thrown  much  light  on  the  algse  of  the  soil  and  on 
the  forms  of  the  chloroplasts  of  Desmids. 

West  was  the  leading  expert  of  this  country  on  Freshwater  Algse  : 
he  could  recognise  at  sight  almost  every  British  Desmid.  His  four 
beautifully  illustrated  volumes  on  British  Desmidiacese  in  the  Ray 
Society's  publications  are  well  known  ;  it  is  hoped  to  publish  a  fifth 
volume  based  u^jon  his  notes.  The  investigations  of  father  and  son 
in  the  Desmids  of  the  whole  world  made  it  clear  that  that  group  is 
peculiarly  fitted  to  throw  light  on  the  problems  of  plant  distribution 
and  the  evolution  of  species,  owing  to  the  fact  that  they  can  seldom 
survive  desiccation  even  for  a  few  hours. 

George  West's  chief  publications  on  Algse  generally  were  his 
Treatise  on  British  Freshwater  Alga?  (1904,  long  out  of  print)  and 
the  volume  (1916)  upon  the  Myxoph^'cese,  Peridiniea',  Bacillariea?, 
and  Chlorophycese — the  first  of  the  series  of  Cambridge  Botanical 
Handbooks. — of  which  some  account  will  be  found  in  this  Journal 

X  2 


284  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

for  1917  (p.  88).  Besides  these  and  numerous  articles  in  this  and 
other  botanical  journals,  etc.,  on  Algse  from  all  parts  of  the  world — 
the  series  of  ''  Algological  Notes,"  begun  in  this  Jo.urnal  for  1911  and 
continued  at  intervals,  mav  be  mentioned— West  was  contemplating 
the  prej-taration  of  a  new  work  on  British  Freshwater  Algai  (excluding 
])iatoms  and  Desmids),  in  which  he  intended  to  describe  and  figure 
every  known  species  :  the  value  of  such  a  volume  can  be  appreciated 
by  all  who  are  acquainted  with  his  skill  and  accuracy  in  drawing,  and 
it  is  hoped  that  some  part  of  it  may  be  in  a  condition  fit  for  publi- 
cation. The  whole  of  his  di-a wings  of  Algae  are  bequeathed  to  the 
British  Museum ;  his  algological  library  and  specimens  are  left  to  the 
University  of  Birmingham. 

There  still  remains  to  be  mentioned  his  projected  Algal  Flora  of 
the  Midlands ;  of  this  only  a  comparatively  few  preliminary  lists  are 
prepared,  but  it  is  hoped  to  publish  these  shortly.  It  is  scarcely 
possible  to  imagine,  apart  from  calcareous  districts,  a  more  unpromising 
area  in  this  country  for  algse  than  that  round  Birmingham,  yet  West 
and  his  zealous  helpers  showed  that  even  this  could  yield  riches, 
inchiding  such  a  rarit}^  as  a  new  Boya  in  conjugation,  probably  the 
first  that  has  ever  been  found  in  Britain  in  that  condition.  He 
proved  again  that,  when  a  competent  botanist  settles  down  in  a  new 
Lcality,  it  begins  at  once  to  yield  a  previously  unsusj^ected  wealth  of 
material. 

West  died  at  Edgbaston  on  August  7th  after  a  brief  ilhiess.  The 
cause  was  a  seve]-e  attack  of  double  pneumonia,  aggravated  b}^  the 
weakness  due  to  his  indifferent  health  during  the  last  few  years,  for 
he  never  recovered  completely  from  the  influenza  trouble  of  four 
years  ago.  He  leaves  a  widow  and  two  young  sons,  and  his  premature 
decease  at  the  early  age  of  forty-three  deprives  British  natural  science 
of  one  of  its  most  promising  adherents.  The  loss  of  his  kindly 
encouragement  and  help  to  the  eager  band  which  he  had  gathered 
round  him  leaves  a  gap  which  will  be  difiicult  to  fill. 

W.  B.  G. 


SHOKT  NOTES. 


YACCTNirM  INTERMEDIUM  Ruthc  (p.  259).  One  locality  for  this 
plant  in  Caithness  is  a  gorge  of  the  Achorn  Burn,  a  tributary  of  the 
Dunbeath  Water  on  the  east  coast:  this  is  locally  a  deep  shadj^  chasm 
in  the  rocks,  but  the  higher  parts  of  the  walls  are  exposed  to  sunlight "' 
(C.  B.  Crampton,  Vegefafion  of  Cff/fJmess  etc.,  p.  94:  1911).  One 
plant  only  was  found,  with  the  parents  and  Arctostaphylos  Vva-iirsi. 
Here  there  can  hardly  have  been  human  interference.  The  other 
locality,  whence  I  have  a  specimen  collected  by  Mr.  Sutherland,  is 
Scarmclett  Braes  near  Watten  near  a  large  lake ;  the  only  evidence 
of  human  interference  in  the  neighbourhood  is  the  existence  of  two 
■**picts'  houses."  The  North  Lancashire  locality  (Coniston  Old  Man, 
2000  ft.),  communicated  to  me  by  Mr.  Pearsall  (whose  son,  in 
company  with  Mr.  Adamson,  found  it  there  in  1914),  and  the  Stafford- 
shire habitat,  Norton  Bog,  1898  (Bagnall,  Fl.  Staff,  p.  40),  seem 
equally  I'emote  from  human  influence.     Mr.  Garner  informed  me  that 


SHORT    XOTES  28o 


the  first  finder  of  the  plant  in  Staffordshire  was  a  surgeon,  Mr.  D.  Ball. 
In  Science  Gossip  for  1872  (p.  248)  Mr.  G-arner  figured  and  described 
it  as  "a  Curious  British  Plant  "  ;  he  there  says  "The  Maer  and  Camp 
Hills  were  planted  by  Mr.  Wedge  wood,  the  eminent  potter."  Ih 
llobson's  book  of  Botanical  Labels  (1874)  the  plant  stands  as  V.  Myr- 
tillus  var.  liyhridiim  Grarner. — Arthur  Bexnett. 

[Mr.  Vevers  writes  that  the  "  large  patch  of  an  acre  in  extent " 
mentioned  on  p.  259  would  be  more  correctly  stated  as  half  an  acre. 
He  adds  :  "I  had  the  opportunity  of  going  to  Maer  Wood  where  the 
plant  was  originally  discovered ;  we  found  four  patches  of  the  hybrid, 
including  one  rery  extensive  and  old  patch  which  might  well  be  the 
original  one  discovered  in  1870.  My  friend  Capt.  (xourlay  has  since 
found  it  in  a  new  Staffordshire  locality— Whitley  Common.'" — 
Ed.  Journ.  Bot.] 

SiMETHis  PLAXiroLiA  Grcn,  &  Grodr.  A  small  quantity  of  the 
'  Branksome  Lily  '  still  exists  in  the  old  locality  ;  but  I  saw  no  more 
than  four  or  five  plants,  when  at  Bournemoatli  in  June  of  this  year. 
Mr.  Rogers  tells  me  that  it  crops  up  every  now  and  then  in  grassy 
waste  by  the  side  of  roads  ;  so  that,  though  building  and  dumping 
operations  have  sadly  restricted  the  area  of  its  occurrence,  there  is  a 
good  hope  of  its  not  entirely  disappearing  from  the  neighbourliood. 

H.  J.  ElDDELSDELL. 

Mtmflus  moschatus  L.  Reference  has  been  made  from  time  to 
time  in  the  horticultural  journals  and  in  our  ovv'n  pages  to  the  general 
scentlessness  of  this  plant.  A  note  in  The  Garden  for  Sept.  6  states 
that  a  fine  plant  was  seen  at  Feltham,  Middlesex,  which  was  very 
strongly  scented ;  it  came  from  a  small  nurseryman  in  the  neighbour- 
hood, who  at  the  time  said  it  was  not  scented,  but  it  certainly  became 
so.  From  this  it  would  seem  that  the  scent  appears  and  disappears 
in  the  same  plant. — Ed.  Journ.  Bot. 

X  Potamogetox  dtjallts  Hagstrom  (P.  panormitanus  Biv.  x 
pusillus  L.).  Dr.  Hagstrom  in  his  Critical  Researches  in  Potamo- 
geion  (p.  103)  describes  the  above  hybrid,  and  mentions  specimens 
from  "Ponds  near  York  (1881)  Bennett,  and  Shropshire  (1886) 
Beekwith."  These  I  have  looked  up;  both  specimens  were  sent  by 
me  and  are  now  in  the  Stockholm  herbarium.  I  also  find  specimens 
of  P.  panormitanus  Biv.,  from  Ireland  as  "P.  pusillus  L.  var. 
tenuissinms  Koch.  Off  Harbour  Island,  Lough  ISTeagh,  Co.  Antrim. 
10  Aug.  1909,  C.  H.  Waddell."  It  is  probably  fairly  distributed  in 
this  count}',  but  all  specimens  need  examination  as  to  whether  they 
are  this  or  pusillus. — Arthur  Benxett. 

Sex-terms  eor  Plants.  I  was  much  surprised  to  read 
Mr.  Church's  criticism  of  the  use  by 'Mr.  Chamberlain  of  the  term 
"female  "  in  relation  to  a  tree  (p.  230),  and  still  more  at  his  sugges- 
tion to  substitute  for  it  the  word  "fruiting."  It  seems  to  me  that 
"female"  is  quite  a  satisfactory  term:  it  is  a  good  plain  strong 
English  word,  and,  pace  Mr.  Church,  an  unambiguous  one  having 
but  a  single  meaning,  therefore  surely  an  ideal  scientific  term.  The 
term  "  fruiting,"  on  the  other  hand,  is  open  to  grave  objection.     It 


286  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

can  of  course  be  correctly  used  to  denote  the  stage  of  development  of 
a  plant  to  contrast,  say,  with  "  dowering,"  and  it  can  also  be  correctly 
used  in  contrast  to  "  sterile  "  ;  but  as  an  antonym  of  "  male/'  for 
which  I  gather  Mr.  Church  proposes  to  use  it,  I  should  have  thought 
it  impossible.  Just  now  long  words  with  Greek  roots  are,  one  realizes, 
much  in  fashion, ;  but  really  Mr.  Church's  suggestion  of  the  use  of 
two  prefixes,  which  merely  mean  "  large  "  and  "  small,"  for  purposes 
of  sex-differentiation  seems  ])reposterous,  and  to  my  thinking  the 
sooner  such  misleading  terms  are  "  scrapped,"  to  use  Mr.  Church's 
expression,  the  better  in  the  interests  of  accuracy.  Your  contributor 
would  appear  to  have  some  objection  to  the  recognition  of  sex  in 
plants,  but  I  may  be  pardoned  for  suggesting  that  the  use  of  am- 
bisruous  verbiau'e  will  not  do  awaA^  with  the  fact. — James  Geo  yes. 

Pollination  of  Vtscum  album.  Following  some  experiments 
on  the  fertilization  of  Mistletoe  by  Dom  Ethelbert  Home,  as  recorded 
by  him  at  length  in  this  Journal  for  1916  (p.  -92),  and  again  in  a 
shorter  note  in  the  volume  for  1918  (p.  331),  and  guided  by  some 
advice  from  him  about  protecting  the  blooms  for  trial,  four  flowering 
twigs  of  a  female  plant  were  enclosed  in  fine  hexagonal  cotton  net 
with  a  1  mm.  mesh.  The  net  was  kept  clear  of  the  blooms  by  a 
framework  of  thin  split  cane ;  two  little  hoops  of  this  wei'e  tied 
across  each  other  at  the  top,  the  ends  being  then  brought  down  to  the 
.stem,  where  they  and  the  net  covering,  now  of  balloon  shape,  were 
securely  tied.  There  is  no  male  plant  in  the  garden,  but  twigs  of 
pollen  bloom  were  obtained  from  a  distance  and  hung  up  in  the  female 
l)ush.  The  uncovered  part  of  the  bush,  especially  on  the  sunny  side, 
became  loaded  with  berries.  Of  the  four  enclosed  twigs,  two  have 
one  berry  each,  the  other  two  none.  It  may  be  surmised  that  some 
of  the  pollen  may  have  been  caught  and  retained  by  the  fine  net,  or 
all  of  it  in  the  case  of  the  flowers  where  no  fertilisation  was  effected. 
In  any  case,  this  experiment,  agreeing  with  former  trials  b}^  Dom 
Ethelbert,  would  support  his  view  that  fertilisation  is  not  necessarily 
due  to  the  agency  of  insects,  for  none  of  the  bees  and  flies,  claimed  b}^ 
the  natumlists  Koelreuter,  Kirschner,  and  Loew  to  be  conveyors  of 
the  jioUen,  could  possibly  pass  through  the  small  meshed  net. 

Gertrude  Jekyll. 

Galium  erectum  in  Somerset.  When  Murray's  Flora  of 
Somerset  was  published  in  1896  there  was  only  one  undoubted  record 
for  this  plant  in  the  county  of  Somerset,  and  that  was  from  a  wall 
near  Templecombe — a  strange  habitat.  Since  then  it  has  been 
found  in  several  localities  in  X.  and  S.  Somerset  (see  Marshall's 
Siipplemen/).  On  June  7th  this  year,  in  walking  up  to  Sidcot  School 
from  Winscombe  Station,  by  the  old  and  much  frequented  foot-path 
through  the  fields,  I  noticed  in  the  top  enclosure,  close  to  the  main 
road  to  Bristol,  numerous  patches  of  Galium  erect um  in  the  short 
mowing  grass.  The  plant  was  vaiiable  in  form,  colour,  and  stature. 
Some  were  very  short,  and  others  somewhat  like  the  upland  Mendip 
form  of  G.  Mollugo,  the  type  of  which  grows  in  a  lane  adjoining  and 
on  the  main  road.  Further  search  showed  that  G.  erectum  was 
disli'ihuted  in  patches  over  the  greater  part  of  the  field.      On  enquiry 


SHORT    NOTES  287 

I  learned  that  this  pasture  had  been  browsed  by  sheep  for  "  at  least 
40  years  "  since  it  had  been  ploughed ;  and  it  was  never  mown  until 
this  year.  This  doubtless  explains  why  the  plant  had  never  been 
noticed,  or  at  least  recorded,  from  a  place  within  200  yards  of  the  Sidcot 
School  premises  and  through  which  generations  of  young  naturalists  and 
not  a  few  older  botanists  must  have  passed.  Already  by  June  loth 
the  flowers  had  largely  disappeared  \^\t  is  well  known  to  blossom  at  least 
three  weeks  earlier  than  Mollur/o)  ;  and  on  August  1st  I  could  not 
find  a  trace  of  even  the  leaves.  The  short  grass  had  been  mown  a 
fortnight  earlier,  and  a  horse  was  now  in  possession.  Such  plants  as 
Cniciis  acaulis,  however,  threw  a  further  liglit  on  the  cultural  history 
of  that  pasture.  Apparently  certain  Bedstraws  are  appreciated  by 
stock,  especially  in  dry  weather.  The  day  after  my  discovery  I  was 
surprised  to  find  patches  of  good  G.  erectum  in  grass  left  to  be  mown 
on  both  sides  of  the  private  drive  to  Newcomb,  Sidcot,  a  quarter  of  a 
mile  on  the  other  side  of  the  School.  This  drive  was  made  some 
12  years  ago,  and  was  cut  out  of  a  pasture  grazed  by  cows.  1  regard 
the  Sidcot  locality  and  that  on  a  Lias  pasture  near  Washford  in  the 
west  of  the  county  as  the  most  satisfactory  stations  for  Galium, 
ei^ectum  in  the  whole  of  the  Bristol  and  Somerset  area.— H.  S. 
Thompson. 

Hypericum  humietjsum  (pp.  195,  225).  The  notes  on  the 
distribution  of  this  plant  lead  me  to  record  that  on  9th  Sept.  I  saw 
it  in  great  quantity  in  a  gravelly  field  on  a  hillside  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  Newton  Abbot,  S.  Devon.  The  abundant  flowers  gave  quite 
a  tinge  of  colour  to  the  upper  part  of  this  field,  which  was  at  the  edge 
of  a  dense  wood,  and  bracken -bordered.  The  form  was  a  somewhat 
diminutive  one,  which  might  be  accounted  for  by  the  position,  ex- 
posed to  strong  sunlight,  and  by  the  very  dry  season. — C  E.  Larteh. 


EEVIEWS. 

Lectures  on  Sex  and  Heredity,  delivered  in  Glasgow,  1917-18,  by 
F.  0.  Bower,  J.  Graham  Kerr,  and  W.  E.  Agar.  Macmillan 
&  Co.,  London,  1919;   16mo,  pp.  vi4-119.     Price  5s. 

A  CLEAR  understanding  of  the  mechanism  of  reproduction  is 
admittedly  of  primary  necessity  to  biologists  and  economists  of  every 
grade,  and  this  pleasant  little  production  epitomizes  much  of  modern 
views.  The  word  ' '  sex  "  is  still  commonly  used  to  cover  two  distinct  sets 
of  phenomena  :  (1)  syngamy,  the  fusion  of  two  gamete  nuclei  to  give  a 
new  individual — a  phenomenon  of  fundamental  importance  as  leading 
to  consequent  meiosis  with  its  differentiation  of  inheritance  and  new 
possibilities  of  racial  variation,  with  nothing  "  male  "  or  "  female  " 
about  it,  the  latter  terms  being  merely  human  conventions,  as  applied 
to  phenomena  of  (2)  heterogamy  and  the  differentiation  of  sexual 
characters — as  a  set  of  factors  concerned  solely  with  the  secondary, 
post-syngamic,  nutrition  of  the  zygote,  and  its  further  consequences 
as  expressed  in  "  maleness  "  and  "femaleness." 

Such  phenomena  in  the  botanical  kingdom  range  from  the  simplest 
isogamy,  and  even  complete  absence  of  nucleogamy,  to  advanced 
heterogamy    with    manifold    secondary  diiferentiations,   as    also    the 


28$  THE    .TOUR^'AL    OF    BOTANY 

ultimate  complete  supersession  of  heterogamy  in  the  fusing  units ; 
though  the  complexities  of  somatic  di^erentiation  may  continue 
eifective.  Among  animals  a  very  uniform  and  almost  monotonous 
scheme  of  heterogamy  obtains,  from  the  lowest  Metazoa  to  the 
higliest,  and  the  subject  is  hence  considered  from  a  broader  standpoint 
in  Botany. 

Professor  Bower  gives  a  simple  account,  stripped  of  all  unnecessary 
technicalities,  of  the  general  facts  of  plant-reproduction,  tracing  the 
progress  of  sexual  differentiation  through  the  vegetable  kingdom, 
from  the  water  to  the  land,  including  the  elaborated  mechanism  for 
post-sexual  nutrition  Avithin  the  seeds  of  higher  land-plants.  It  is 
edifying  to  note  that  Professor  Bower  in  this  connection  (p.  50)  tilts 
against  Tennyson  for  writing  "  How  [sic]  careless  of  the  single  life," 
because  the  poet  was  not  thinking  of  something  entirely  different  which 
had  appealed  to  the  botanist,  in  reference  to  the  infinite  care  taken  by 
the  organism  (not  "  Nature  ")  to  protect  what  he  calls  the  "germ"  ; 
ignoring  the  fact  to  which  Tenn^^son  was  alluding — ?'.  e.  that,  notwith- 
standing every  such  precaution,  the  seed  is  ulthnately  exposed  to  the 
caprices  of  "  Nature,"  and  it  is  in  the  stage  of  the  resting  seed,  rather 
than  in  germination,  that  the  most  appalling  wastage  of  the  race  has 
to  be  endured. 

The  account  of  sexual  reproduction  from  the  animal  side  is  put  so 
very'  briefly  and  concisely,  that  one  does  it  the  compHment  of  wanting 
more.  The  comparison  of  the  human  ovum  with  the  gametes  of  a 
seaweed  (p.  5)  affords  an  interesting  reminder  that  the  highest 
organisms,  having  passed  through  the  Reptilian  epoch,  have  come 
back  to  a  state  practically  identical  with  that  of  an  alga  ;  the  com- 
parison would  have  been  more  effective  if  the  oosphereof  Himanthalia 
or  Sargassum  had  been  figured  instead  of  Fiicus.  Hence  zoology 
passes  on  to  more  intimate  phenomena  of  nuclear  S3nigamy,  and  t]ie 
possible  mechanism  of  heredity.  The  Weismannic  conception  of 
germ-plasm,  so  foreign  to  a  botanist,  is  utilized  to  bar  out  the 
inheritance  of  acquired  characters,  to  the  discomfiture  of  many 
educationalists  and  sociologists  who  hope  for  immediate  results. 
Mendelism  is  introduced  in  the  person  of  the  Blue  Andalusian  fowl, 
and  pleasing  facts  are  recorded  as  to  the  inheritance  of  insanit}^  and 
brachydactyly.  An  implied  delicate  compliment  to  the  presumed 
intellectuality  of  the  teaching  profession  is  expressed  by  its  position 
at  the  head  of  the  table  of  falling  birth-rates  ;  though  it  might  be 
argued  that  a  man  who  expects  to  make  a  living  by  teaching  others 
is  ipso  facto  "  unfit."  One  cannot  expect  much  more  in  only  about 
a  hundred  small  pages,  but  a  short  list  of  references  to  the  more 
reliable  literature  of  the  subject  might  have  been  added. 

A.  H.  C. 

The  Building  of  an  Autotrophic  Flagellate.  By  A.  H.  C'ui'rch. 
Botanical  Memoirs  No.  1.  Oxford  University  Press.  1919. 
27  pp.     Price  2s. 

Ix  a  score  of  crisply  written  chapters,  closely  packed  with  facts 
and  deductions,  Dr.  A.  H.  Church  gives  us  a  reasoned  argument 
descriptive  of  the  origin  and  development  of  the  simple  self-supporting 


THE  BUILDIXa  OF  AX  AUTOTROPHIC  FLAGELLATE      289 

plankton-cell  in  sea-water.  He  insists  that  it  is  in  the  vast,  constant^ 
ionized  ocean  that  the  first  hazy  rudiments  of  life  began  to  be 
(problems  for  the  phj^sicist  and  chemist  to  unravel)  ;  that  carbo- 
h\^drates  were  formed  and  increased  in  complexity,  thanks  to  the 
peculiar  linking  properties  of  the  carbon-atom,  and  led  on  to  colloid- 
formation  ;  that  nitrogen  was  pressed  into  service  and  was  added  to 
the  mobile  composition  of  the  plasma;  and  that,  when  means  had' 
been  evolved  for  utilising  solar  energy,  an  autotrophic  organisation 
had  come  into  existence  capable  of  producing  an  ever  increasing  out- 
put of  carbohydrate  and  proteid,  and  of  carrying  on  life  indefinitely. 
The  subject  thus  became  a  botanical  problem.  Owing  to  the  scarcity 
of  nitrogen  compounds  in  the  sea,  the  manufacture  of  carbohydrates 
was  necessarily  far  in  excess  of  the  proteid  synthesis,  and  consequently 
tbere  were  great  quantities  of  carbohydrate  waste  to  be  got  rid  of, 
either  in  a  soluble  form,  or  by  storage,  or  preferably  as  an  insoluble 
polysaccharide  deposit  on  the  periphery  of  the  plant — thereby  origin- 
ating a  mucilaginous  or  cellulose  wall.  Thus  "  chemical  linkage " 
and  '*  physical  growth  by  adsorption  "  progressed.  The  plasma 
prospered  in  the  daylight,  but  by  night  it  had  to  live  upon  its  own 
reserves ;  in  this  wa_y  katabolism  was  initiated  and  a  certain  indepen- 
dence attained — an  independence  which  conduced  to  the  possibility 
of  animal  life.  The  delicate  plasma  necessarily  assumed  a  spherical 
form  by  reason  of  surface  tension.  Surface  tension  and  metabolic 
activity  would  be  associated  with  contractility.  Further,  a  "  differ- 
entiation "  of  the  plasma  '•  into  at  least  three  regions  may  be  postu- 
lated "  :  (1)  the  surface  or  plasmatic  film ;  (2)  an  illuminated 
metaboHc  zone — the  chloroplasm  ;  (3)  a  central  region — the  nucleo- 
plasm— living  at  the  expense  of  the  outer  zones  and  free  to  assume 
the  control  of  the  organism.  As  the  spherical  plankton-cell  tends 
to  sink  vertically,  which  would  be  fatal,  a  tremendous  advantage 
would  be  gained  if  the  organism  could  contrive  to  rise  up  by  growth 
towards  the  lessening  light.  Thus  polarity  is  assumed  to  have  be- 
come established — with  the  subsequent  development  of  a  flagellum, 
however  rudimentary,  which  served  primarilj^  as  an  "anterior  tractor- 
mechanism  "  and  subsequently  became  exploited  in  many  cases  as  a 
food-gatherer.  A  great  advance  was  achieved  when  binarj^  fission 
superseded  the  mere  fragmentation  due  to  sea-action,  such  fission 
being  presumed  to  originate  in  the  deep-seated  nucleoplasm  where 
starvation  would  first  be  felt.  The  author,  in  discussing  failure  and 
death,  argues  that  "  under  pressure  of  approaching  dissolution  new 
departures  .  .  .  new  racial  improvements  .  .  .  ma}^  be  .  .  .  expected  to 
occur,"  namely,  the  evolution  of  sexuality,  of  the  holozoic  animal,  of 
benthic  plants  and  animals.  The  later  chapters  treat  of  holozoie 
nutrition,  the  origin  of  sexual  fusion,  the  differentiation  of  flagella, 
the  formation  of  the  cell-wall. 

Step  by  step  the  author  works  out  his  case,  showing  how  in- 
evitably phase  has  followed  phase  in  the  scheme  of  evolution — a 
scheme  which  was  "  settled  once  for  all  time  in  the  initiation  of 
minute  forms  of  ultra-microscopic  life,  as  the  necessary  outcome  of 
the  physical  and  chemical  organization  of  the  aqueous  phase  of  the 
sea  itself."     Dr.  Cbui-ch's  pamj)hlet  is  written  in  a  condensed  style 


200  THE    .TOUEXAL    OF    POTAXY 

not  easy  to  digest  at  the  first  reading,  but  it  is  severely  logical  and 
])resents  a  fascinating  study  of  the  origin  and  progression  of  plant  life 
and  all  that  it  involves,  which  will  be  welcomed  and  enjoyed  by  all 
students  of  biolog3\ 

A.  G. 

A  3Io7iograj)h  of  the  Gemis  Alaria.  By  Professor  K.  Yexdo 
(Journal  of  the  College  of  Science,  Imperial  University  of  Tokyo, 
vol.  xliii.  1919 :  145  pages,  19  plates). 

Thts  is  a  valuable  addition  to  our  knowledge  of  the  Brown  Algae. 
In  addition  to  submitting  the  species  to  a  critical  revision  and  reducing 
them  to  15 — some  32  have  been  described  since  Greville  established 
the  genus  in  1830, — the  author  discusses  in  his  introduction  several 
matters  of  great  interest  in  relation  to  the  anatomy,  morphology, 
habit,  and  life-history  of  Alaria  and  its  allies  among  the  Laminariaceae. 
The  shape  of  the  lamina  is  untrustworthy  as  a  systematic  character 
for  its  width  varies  with  the  environment ;  so  also  does  its  thickness 
and  toughness ;  and  the  rapidity  of  growth  pf  the  frond  is  astound- 
ing ;  in  three  or  four  months  the  frond  of  such  a  colossal  plant  as  the 
N.  Pacific  A.  Jistulosa  may  attain  a  length  of  as  much  as  60-80  feet 
or  even  more.  This  species  is  remarkable  for  its  hollow  midrib 
septated  at  irregular  intervals,  which  serves  as  a  float  for  the 
lamina.  A  close  study  of  the  development  of  the  sporophylls  has 
led  the  author  to  divide  the  species  into  two  groups,  Holosoria 
and  Metasoria.  In  the  former  the  sporophylls  are  thick  and  coria- 
ceous from  the  first  and  become  covered  with  sori.  In  the  latter, 
to  which  our  one  British  species  belongs,  the  sporophylls  are 
membranaceous  at  first ;  and  this  part  remains  sterile  and  more  or 
less  gets  worn  away,  while  a  new  and  thicker  growth  ai'ises  below  it 
and  becomes  soriferous.  The  meaning  of  the  cryptostomata  has  been 
much  discussed.  Prof.  Yendo  sums  up  our  knowledge  of  these 
structures  in  the  different  families  of  Brown  Alga?  and  concludes  that 
in  the  Laminariaceae  the  hair- tufts  can  safely  be  regarded  as  a  sort  of 
al)sorptive  organ.  The  presence  of  mucilage  glands  in  the  various 
species  of  Alaria  is  described  ;  but  mucilage  canals  are  absent. 
Occasionally  monstrosities  occur  such  as  duplication  of  the  lamina  or 
ramification  of  the  stipes,  <S:c. 

In  treating  of  the  development  and  life-history  of  Alaria,  Prof. 
Yendo  discusses  two  questions  about  which  there  has  been  much 
disagreement,  namely,  whether  Alaria  is  perennial,  and  whether  it 
sheds  its  lamina  annually.  His  own  observations  lead  him  to  the 
conclusion  that  the  plant  is  biennial.  Germinating  in  the  late  autumn, 
the  plants  grow  to  a  great  length  by  the  following  October,  the 
lamina  then  becoming  worn  away  almost  to  the  base  ;  quite  early  in 
the  following  year  the  lamina  starts  growing  again  from  the  base 
rapidly,  soon  shedding  the  remnant  of  last  year's  blade,  and  quickly 
attaining  its  greatest  length  becomes  soriferous  and  is  washed  away 
from  its  substratum  before  the  end  of  October.  There  is,  he  says, 
little  difference  in  the  life-histories  of  Alaria  and  Laminaria  on  the 
coast  of  Japan.     In  a  diagrammatic  table  he  figures  the  comparative 


A    MONOGRAPTT    OF    THE    GENUS    ALAETA  291 

life  histories  of  tliese  two  biennial  genera  and  of  the  two  annual 
genera  Costaria  and  JJndurla.  The  species  of  Alaria  being  all 
inhabitants  of  the  northern  colder  seas,  the  author  thinks  it  may  be 
assumed  that  the  genus  had  its  origin  in  the  Northern  Circumpolar 
Sea  and  migrated  into  the  Pacific  and  Atlantic  Oceans  alono-  the 
Arctic  currents.  The  species  prefer  to  live  on  steep  rock}^  exposed 
coasts,  and  are  rarely  found  in  quiet  waters.  A  synoptical  key  to 
the  species  is  provided,  based  mainly  on  the  sporophylls  ;  and"^  the 
15  species  are  all  described,  figured,  and  critically  discussed  at  some 
length.  As  to  their  economic  value,  they  are  but  Httle  used  as  food, 
the  Laminarias  with  which  they  grow  being  preferred  as  better  in 
taste,  consistency,  &c. 

A.  G. 
The  Genus  Fumaria. 

The  Journal  of  the  Linnean  Sociefi/  (Botany,  xliv.  no.  298) 
dated  May  16,  is  mainly  occupied  by  Mr.  Pugsley's  "  Revision  of  the 
Genera  Fumaria  and  Itupicapnos,''  concerning  which  a  note  appeared 
in  this  Journal  for  1917  (p.  165).  Those  who  are  acquainted  with 
tlie  author's  paper  on  "  The  Genus  Fumaria  in  Britain,"  issued  as  a 
Supplement  to  this  Journal  for  1912  and  subsequently  separately 
(which  is  here  followed  in  the  treatment  of  the  British  species), 
will  need  no  assurance  that  this  monograph  is  characterized  by  the 
thoroughness  which  distinguishes  all  Mr.  Pugsley's  work  :  it  is 
indeed  a  model  of  completeness,  for  the  author's  treatment  is  not 
limited  to  mere  descriptions ;  to  each  of  these  are  appended  notes 
which  not  onh^  add  materially  to  the  interest  of  the  paper  but  show 
a  careful  and  detailed  study  of  living  specimens,  which  is  not  always 
evident  in  monographs.  The  amount  of  material  examined  is  very 
large,  and  is  drawn  not  only  from  British  but  from  foreign  herbaria. 


as  Avell  as  from  living  material. 


The  descriptive  portion  is  prefaced  by  sections  on  the  classification 
of  the  genera  and  their  distribution,  with  a  consideration  of  their 
habitats;  an  excellent  "list  of  works  cited"  shows  that  the  author 
has  full}"  investigated  the  literature  of  the  subject.  He  gives  his 
i-easons  for  following  Pomel  in  the  retention  of  Hupicapnos  as 
a  genus  distinct  from  Fumaria,  thus  differing  from  Cosson  and  other 
authors  who  have  merged  it  in  Fumaria.  The  latter  name  he 
restricts  to  the  annual  species  forming  the  section  SpJicsrocapnos  DC, 
the  perennial  plants  comprised  in  the  section  Fetrocapnos  Coss.  &Dur. 
being  referred  to  Rupicapnos. 

The  genus  Fumariaia  divided,  as  by  Haussknecht  in  Flora  (1873) 
and  by  Mr.  Pugsley  in  his  paper  on  the  genus  already  referred  to, 
into  two  sections — Grandijiora  and  Farvijlora,  the  former  contain- 
ing 27  and  the  latter  19  species.  Of  these  a  considerable  number 
are  new  :  F.  Ballii  (founded  on  the  plant  described  by  Ball  in  this 
Journal  for  1877  (p.  297)  as  F.  agraria  subsp.  fenuisecta),  F.  duhia, 
F.  herherica,  F.  coccinea  (K.  T.  Lowe  MSS.),  F.  austral  is,  F. 
Schramii,  F.  indica  (a  plant  referred  in  Indian  fioras  to  F.  parvi- 
jiora  or  F.  Vaillantii)  :  F.  Martinii  Clavaud  supersedes  F.  para- 
doxa  Pngsley,  for  whicli  it  is  an  earlier  name-   F.  micrantha  forma 


292  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

duhia  of  the  author's  former  paper  is  raised  to  the  rank  of  a  variety. 
A  large  number  of  varieties,  several  of  them  new,  of  many  of  the 
species  are  also  dealt  with.  Under  Rupicapnos  20  species  are  given, 
all  of  which,  with  one  exception,  are  North  African.  These  are 
placed  in  four  generic  sections  which  have  not  been  previously  estab- 
lished. Here  also  are  several  new  species — R.  proBtennissa,  R.  suh- 
Itevis,  R.  Oossoiiii,  R.  decipiena,  R.  oranensis  ;  R.  africana  is  based 
on  Lamarck's  Famarla  africana,  a  name  which  has  been  variously 
applied — PomeFs  R.  africana,  for  reasons  adduced,  is  regarded  as  a 
still-born  name,  and  R.  Pomeliana  is  substituted  for  tlie  Algerian 
plant  intended  by  Pomel. 

A  concise  clavis  of  the  species  is  inserted  in  each  genus  ;  a  feature 
of  the  descriptions  is  the  rigid  adherence  throughout  to  a  system  of 
italicised  contrasting  characters  following  that  adopted  in  the  author's 
.previous  papers  on  Fumaria  (already  referred  to)  and  Narcissus 
(issued  as  a  Supplement  to  this  Journal  for  191-5).  Plates  from 
drawings  by  the  author  are  fui-nished  of  hve  African  species  of 
Fumaria  and  of  four  species  of  Rupicapnos. 

The  Flower  and  the  Bee  :  Plant-Life  and  Pollination.  By  John 
H.  LoTELL.  Illustrated  from  Photographs  by  the  Author. 
London  :  Constable.     8vo,  cloth,  pp.  xvii,  286.     Price  10s.  Qd.  net. 

In  this  handsome  and — considering  the  times — cheap  volume, 
Mr.  John  Lovell  gives  us  the  result  of  many  years'  observation  of  the 
life -relations  of  flowers  and  insects — for  his  book  is  not  confined  to  bee- 
visitors,  as  its  title  would  suggest.  He  has,  he  tells  us,  "approached 
the  science  of  flower  ecology  from  three  different  points  of  view  " — 
those  of  the  botanist,  entomologist,  and  apiarist — believing  that  the 
study  of  only  one  phase  of  the  subject  must  lead  to  partial  and 
imperfect  conclusions.  His  '*  experience  has  convinced  him  of  the 
efficacy  of  natural  selection  in  the  evolution  of  flowers,  of  the 
advantages  of  cross-fertilisation,  and  of  the  inheritance  of  acquired 
characters,"  and  he  dismisses  somewhat  summaril3'  the  "new  and 
bizarre  suppositions  "  which  have  been  advanced  against  the  older 
biological  theories. 

After  an  introductory  chapter  on  "  Flowers  and  Human itj'," 
Mr.  Lovell  gives  a  brief  account  of  the  work  of  Sprengel,  the 
Muellers,  and  Darwin,  whose  attention  was  directed  to  Sprengel's 
hook  by  Robert  Brown,  "  an  eccentric  English  botanist  of  great 
learning."  There  follows  a  chapter  dealing  with  wind-fertilisation, 
-and  several  devoted  to  the  work  of  bees,  who,  "as  pollinators  of 
flowers  far  surpass  all  other  insects  in  importance.  In  their  adapta- 
tions for  collecting  pollen  and  nectar :  in  diligence  and  in  mental 
;attributes.  bees  stand  easily  in  the  first  rank  " — it  was  in  order  to 
become  familiar  with  the  economy  of  the  honey-bee  that  the  author 
became  a  practical  bee-keeper.  The  chapter  headed  "Bumble-Bee 
■Flowers"  begins  with  the  statement  that  "The  English  nation  owes 
its  power  and  wealth  largely  to  bumble-bees,"  thus  introducing  the 
well-known  case  of  the  correlation  of  bees  and  clover  which  led  to 
the  introduction  of  bumble-bees  to  New  Zealand.  Another  chapter 
tells  of  •*  Bees  which  visit  only  one  kind  of  flower"  ;  one  species  is  on 


THE  FLOWER  AND  THE  BEE  293 

this  acconnt  popularly  known  as  the  pickerel- weed  bee,  its  visits  being 
confined  to  Pontederia  cordata  of  which  pickerel-weed  is  the 
popular  name.  Flowers  visited  by  butterflies  are  commonl}^  red.  and 
it  is  curious  that  the  butterflies  themselves  are  often  of  the  same 
hue;  the  relations  of  the  hawk-moths  and  flies  with  blossoms  are 
also  discussed ;  "  conspicuous  flowers  pollinated  by  insects  which  do 
not  secrete  nectar  are  called  pollen-flowers,"  and  to  them  a  chapter  is 
devoted.  There  is  an  interesting  table  of  the  colours  of  North- 
American  flowers,  from  which  it  appears  that  "  the  green,  white,  and 
yellow  flowers  number  3001,  or  three^fourths  of  the  entire  number, 
while  the  red,  purple,  and  blue  amount  to  only  1019  "  :  of  these  2972 
are  pollinated  by  insects  or  self-pollinated,  while  those  pollinated  by 
wind,  including  a  few  pollinated  by  water,  number  1048.  The  last 
chapter  on  "Bees  and  Fruit-growing"  is  of  practical  value,  contain- 
ing as  it  does  useful  as  well  as  interesting  information. 

A  word  must  be  said  as  to  the  numerous  illustrations,  from  photo- 
graphs taken  by  the  author  :  mostly  of  natural  size,  they  stand  out 
from  the  black  background  with  startling  distinctness.  The  book 
has  an  excellent  index  ;  the  style  is  here  and  there  a  little  flamboyant, 
but  this  will  not  lessen  its  attractiveness  for  the  general  reader,  on 
whose  behalf  technical  terms  have  as  far  as  possible  been  avoided. 


BOOK-NOTES,  NEWS,  etc. 


The  death  is  announced  at  St.  Ola,  Orkney,  on  Aug.  20,  at  the  age 

of  sixty-six,  of  Magnus  Spence,  Fellow  of  the  Educational  Institute 
of  Scotland,  for  many  3^ ears  headmaster  at  Deerness.  He  was  born  in 
the  parish  of  Birsay,  1  Jan.  1853,  and  was  an  able  representative  of 
the  large  class  of  devotees  of  the  natural  sciences  who  keep  the  low^er 
lights  burning  in  outlying  districts,  and  whose  value  is  to  be  estimated 
not  so  much  in  their  actual  output  of  publications,  as  in  the  stimulus  and 
example  they  afford  to  their  colleagues  and  succeeding  generations  of 
pupils.  In  addition  to  his  educational  duties  Spence's  interests  lay  in 
the  direction  of  the  botany,  meteorology,  and  geology  of  his  districts 
Although  over  age  for  retirement  he  continued  school-work  during 
the  pressure  of  the  War,  and  as  Keeper  of  the  Orkney  Meteorological 
Observatory  at  Deerness  he  w^as  responsible  during  the  whole  pei-iod 
for  Government  records.  His  published  w^ork  included  a  Flora  Orca- 
densis  (1914)  which  was  noticed  in  this  Journal  for  that  year  (p.  222), 
a  list  of  the  local  flora  implying  many  years  of  careful  work  and 
observation  ;  but  he  is  perhaps  better  known  to  recent  readers  of  the 
Journal  for  his  contributions  to  the  algology  of  Orkney  ( Journ.  Bot.. 
1918,  281,  337).  Although  Spence  onl}"  took  to  marine  algse  in  later 
years  his  work  showed  interest  in  economic  and  ecological  problems,, 
and  it  was  hoped  that  in  retirement  he  might  have  been  spared  to. 
continue  the  work  of  Pollexsen  (as  the  name  usualh^  written  "  Pollex- 
fen  "  should  be  spelt)  and  Clouston,  and  establish  the  marine  flora  of 
Orkney,  at  the  more  northern  limit  of  the  British  area,  on  a  sound 
basis. 

Mb.  R.  S.  Adamson  and  Miss  Alison   Crabtree  publish  in   the- 
Memoirs   of  the    Manclicstcr   Litfrari/   and  P/ifIoiioj)/u'cal  Socief/f 


294  THK    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

(vol.  63,  pt.  1)  a  very  full  and  interesting  account  of  ''The  Her- 
barium of  John  Dalton  "'  (1764-1848)  which  was  acquired  by  the 
Society  in  1866  from  the  Manchester  Public  Library  in  whose 
possession  it  had  been  since  before  1864.  "It  seems  to  have  been 
almost  entirely  overlooked,  and  had  unfortunately  been  allowed  to 
become  exceedingly  dirty  and  to  some  extent  damaged  by  insects  and 
damp "  :  from  the  evidence  adduced  it  would  seem  to  be  identical 
with  the  collection  which  was  in  1806  "  m  the  possession  of  a  Mr.  T. 
P.  Heywood  of  the  Isle  of  Man."  A  complete  enumeration  of  the 
contents  of  the  herbarium  is  given,  the  introduction  to  which  must 
be  consulted  for  its  full  desori]:)tion,  and  for  an  account  of  Dalton 
himself,  with  references  to  the  botanists  with  wliomhe  was  associated 
and  who  contributed  largely  to  the  collection.  Of  the  eleven  volumes 
in  which  the  herbarium  is  contained,  the  first  is  dated  1790,  the 
plants  in  the  seventh  and  eighth  (part)  were  collected  by  Dalton  in 
1797  :  the  latest  entry  in  the  volumes  is  1829.  The  authors  of  the 
paper  say :  "  There  does  not  seem  any  evidence  at  all  that  Dalton 
made  two  collections,"  and  this,  so  far  as  regards  the  Manchester  and 
Isle  of  Man  herbaria,  is  doubtless  correct.  But  the  Report  of  the 
Yorkshire  l^hilosophical  Society  for  1897  (p.  xv)  contains  a  note 
transcribed  from  a  memorandum  in  Dalton's  hand  in  his  copy  of 
Galpine's  Compendium :  "  June  21st,  1827.  Gave  my  Herbarium 
and  Coleopterous  insects  to  the  Philosophical  Society  of  York " : 
this  herbarium  (see  Report  for  1898,  p.  36)  contained  "  2,500  speci- 
mens of  British  Phanerogams  "  and  is  now  in  the  Yorkshire  Museum. 
Dalton's  plants  figure  largely  in  the  somewhat  extravagantly  printed 
"  Catalogue  of  British  Plants  in  the  Herbarium  "  of  the  Society,  the 
publishing  of  which  was  begun  in  the  Report  for  1894  and  was  con- 
cluded in  that  for  1917. 

A  NEW  edition  (the  fourth)  of  the  Guide  to  the  British  Mycetozoa 
exhibited  in  the  Department  of  Botany  has  been  "  printed  by  order 
of  the  Trustees  of  the  British  Museum  "  at  the  very  reasonable  cost 
of  a  shilling.  The  following  prefatory  note  by  Dr.  Bendle  explains 
the  considerable  changes  which  have  been  made  in  this  issue  : — "The 
present  edition  has  been  carefully  revised  by  Miss  Gulielma  Lister. 
The  publication  of  a  new  edition  of  the  Monograph  of  the  Mycetozoa, 
in  1911,  in  which  the  nomenclature  was  brought  into  conformity 
with  the  International  Rules,  has  necessitated  some  alterations  in  the 
names  of  genera  and  species  in  the  present  edition  of  the  Guide.  An 
important  advance  in  our  knowledge  of  the  life-history  of  the 
Mycetozoa,  to  which  reference  is  made  in  the  Introduction,  is  the 
discovery  that  the  swarm-cells  fuse  in  pairs  and  that  the  resulting 
zvgote  forms  the  plasmodium.  Notes  have  been  added  to  the  Intro- 
duction on  methods  of  cultivation  of  the  plasmodium  and  the  swarm- 
cells  ;  and  on  the  collecting,  preserving,  and  mounting  of  specimens. 
The  number  of  species  recorded  as  British  has  been  increased  since 
the  date  of  the  last  edition,  from  146  to  180;  this  increase  indicates 
the  value  of  local  work  carried  out  by  individual  observers.  An 
innovation  in  the  text  is  the  noting  under  each  species  of  the  time  of 
year  when  the  sporangia  may  usually  be  found  in  Britain  ;  and  also 
ithe  derivation  and  meaning  of  the  generic  and  specific  names." 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC.  295 

Professor  Augustine  Hent?y  has  published  in  the  Proceedings 
of  the  Boyal  Irish  Academy  (vol.  xxxv.  section  B,  no.  2),  a  very 
interesting  and  exhaustive  paper  (which  is  issued  separately  by 
Messrs.  Hodges  &  P'iggis,  Dublin,  price  \s.)  on  "'The  History  of  the 
London  Plane''  {Platanus  acerifolia  Willd.).  The  chief  point  of 
interest  lies  in  the  fact  that  whereas  in  the  Trees  of  Great  Britain  (iii. 
620  :  1908)  the  author  saw  "  no  grounds  for  assenting  to  Schneider's 
view  that  this  is  a  possible  hybrid  between  occideutalis  and  orien- 
talis^''  and  gave  what  seemed  to  be  good  reasons  for  his  conclusions ; 
his  further  investigations,  however,  which  are  the  subject  of  the 
present  paper,  led  to  a  reconsideration  of  the  point,  and  Prof.  Henry 
now  considers  that  "  the  evidence  establishes  bej^ond  doubt  that  the 
London  Plane  is  of  hybrid  origin,"  the  parents  being  the  species 
already  named.  The  evidence  is  duly  set  forth,  "  the  best  proof  of 
the  hybrid  nature  of  P.  acerifolia  being  that  it  does  not  come  true 
from  seed."  Six  other  hybrid  forms  are  enumerated  and  fully 
described,  two  of  them  being  new,  and  a  synopsis  of  the  six  species 
recognised  is  given.  The  paper  is  illustrated  by  six  plates  by  Miss 
Margaret  G.  Flood,  five  of  them  figuring  the  trees  described  and  one 
showing  the  achenes. 

The  Annals  of  Botany  for  July  contains  papers  on  "The  Floras 
of  the  Outlying  Islands  of  New  Zealand  and  their  Distribution,"  by 
J.  C.  Willis  ;  "  Studies  on  the  Chloroplasts  of  Desmids,"  by  N.  Carter 
(2  plates);  "Infection  by  Colletotrichvm  Lindemuthianiim,'"  by 
P.  K.  Dey  (1  plate);  "Variation  in  Hevea  hrasiliensis,''^  by  S. 
Whitby  ;  "  The  Cytology  and  Life-history  of  Nemalion  midtifidum,^'' 
by  K.  E.  Cleland  (3  plates)  ;  "  The  Compound  Interest  Law  and 
Plant  G-rowth,"  by  V.  H.  Blackman  ;  "  The  '  Brown  Rot '  Diseases  of 
Fruit  Trees,  with  special  reference  to  the  biologic  forms  of  Monilia 
cinerea,''"'  by  H.  Wormald  (2  plates). 

Notes  from  the  Botanical  School  of  Trinity  College,  Dublin 
(vol.  iii.  no.  1;  June),  contains  two  papers,  both  "reprinted  by 
permission  from  the  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Dublin  Society  "  : 
there  is  doubtless  some  good  reason  for  this,  but  the  reprinting  (in 
the  same  city)  suggests  that  Dublin  is  more  fortunate  than  London 
in  its  paper  supph\  Dr.  H.  H.  Dixon  writes  on  the  recognition  by 
their  microscopic  characters  of  the  various  woods  which  are  known  in 
commerce  as  Mahogany,  and  Margaret  Gr.  Flood  on  the  exudation  of 
water  b}"-  Colocasia  antiq^iiorum  ;  both  papers  are  accompanied  by 
jjlates. 

Nos.  52-53  of  Notes  from  the  Royal  Botanic  Gardens,  Edin- 
burgh, are  entirely  occupied  by  descriptions,  by  Prof.  Balfour,  of  new 
species  of  Rhododendron,  of  which  all  but  five  were  discovered  by 
Mr.  George  Forrest  during  his  botanical  exj^loration  of  Yunnan  and 
the  bordering  area  of  S.E.  Tibet  in  1917-18.  "They  are  only 
a  portion  of  the  novelties  in  Forrest's  collection  ;  a  description  of 
others  will  fill  many  subsequent  pages  of  these  Notes." 

The  Jul}^  issue  of  Mycologia  (vol.  xi.  no.  4)  contains  an  interest- 
ing account  of  "  the  Mvcological  Work  of  Moses  Ashlev  Curtis " 
(1808-1872)  by  C.  L.  Shear  and  Neil  E.  Stevens,  in  the\-ourse  of 
which  his  "  joint  work  with  Berkeley  "  is  summarised. 


296  THE  JOUR>"AL  OF  BOTANY 

The  Presidentml  Address  of  Sir  Daniel  Morris  to  the  Botanical 
Section  of  the  British  Association  at  its  recent  meeting  at  Bournemouth 
included  a  useful  summary  of  recent  botanical  research  in  this  country, 
but  was  mainly  devoted  to  a  very  interesting  and  comprehensive 
review  of  "  the  many  efforts  that  have  been  made,  and  are  still  being 
made,  to  'promote  the  interests  not  only  of  the  home  land  but  of  the 
Empire  as  a  whole."  The  work  of  the  Imperial  Department  of 
Agriculture  in  the  West  Indies  in  connection  with  the  sugar-cane 
is  summarized  ;  there  is  an  account  of  the  investigations  into  wheat- 
breeding  on  Mendel  ian  lines  carried  on  by  BiSen  at  Cambridge 
and  in  India  by  the  Howards,  which  "  clearly  demonstrates  the 
value  of  thorough  acquaintance  with  pure  botany  as  a  qualification 
for  grappling  with  questions  of  economic  importance "  ;  cotton 
and  its  diseases  come  under  consideration,  as  does  rubber  and  its 
diseases.  The  account  of  the  development  of  the  cacao  industr}^  on 
the  Gold  Coast,  which  Sir  Daniel  regards  as  "  probably  the  most 
remarkable  instance  on  record  of  the  successful  combination  of  science 
and  enterprise  in  the  Tropics,"  ma}^  be  quoted:  "Thirty  years  ago  no 
cacao  of  any  kind  was  produced  on  the  Coast.  Owing,  however,  to 
the  foresight  of  the  then  Governor  (Sir  William  Brandford  Griffith), 
who  sought  the  powerful  aid  of  Kew,  cacao  growing  was  started  in  a 
small  way  among  the  negro  peasantr}^  with  eventually  extraordinary 
results.  After  selecting  the  locality  for  the  experiments,  seeds  and 
plants  were  obtained  through  Kew,  and  a  trained  man  was  placed  in 
charge.  The  first  exports  in  1891  amounted  to  a  value  of  £4  only. 
So  rapid  was  the  development  of  the  industry  that  ten  years  later 
the  exjDorts  reached  a  value  of  £43,000.  By  this  time  both  the 
people  and  the  Government  had  begun  to  realise  the  possibilities  of 
the  situation,  and  s^^stematic  steps  were  taken  to  organise  under 
scientific  control  a  sta:ff  of  travelling  agricultm-al  instructors  to  advise 
and  assist  the  cultivators  in  dealing  with  fungoid  and  insect  pests  and 
improve  the  qualit}"  of  the  produce.  In  1911  the  exports  had  increased 
nearly  fourfold,  and  reached  a  total  value  of  £1,613,000,  while  in 
1916,  what  may  possibly  be  regarded  as  the  maxinuun  exports,  were 
of  the  value  of  £3,847,720." 

At  the  recent  meeting  of  the  Botan}^  Committee  of  the  Devonshire 
Association,  Mr.  Hiern  resigned  the  post  of  Hon.  Secretary,  whicli 
he  has  occupied  since  the  formation  of  the  Committee  eleven  years 
ago.     He  has  been  succeeded  by  Miss  C.  E.  Larter. 

We  learn  with  interest  that  the  University  of  Leeds  has  con- 
ferred tlie  degree  of  Doctor  of  Science  on  our  veteran  botanist 
Mr.  John  Gilbert  Baker,  F.K.S. 

Mr.  W.  K.  Sherrin,  A.L.S.,  has  been  appointed  Curator  of  the 
South  London  Botanical  Institute. 

We  greatly  regret  to  announce  the  death  of  Prof.  J.  W.  H. 
Trail,  of  Aberdeen,  of  Avhom  a  notice  will  appear  in  due  course. 

The  address  of  the  Ilev.  E.  S.  Marshall,  who  is  leaving  We^t 
Monkton,  is  **  Offa's  Dyke,"  Tidenham.  near  Chepstow. 


297 

HISTORICAL  REVIEW  OF  THE  FLORIDE^.— I. 
By  a.  H.  Church,  D.Sc. 

To  the  algologists  of  the  last  century,  as  soon  as  the  vegetation 
of  the  tide-range  began  to  be  familiar,  and  Red  Algaj  were  differen- 
tiated from  the  larger  Fuci,  the  Floridese  proved  at  once  an  attractive 
and  wholly  mysterious  race  of  organism,  tlie  types  of  which  in  their 
kaleidoscopic  variety  of  form,  the  transient  charm  of  their  rosy 
coloration,  so  different  from  the  predominant  green  of  land- vegeta- 
tion, and  their  delicate  texture  and  ramitieation,  have  been  very 
generally  accepted  as  representing  tlie  culminating  race  of  marine 
algse.  Yet  many  are  stout  strong  f)lants,  attaining  to  a  bushy  mass 
3-6  ft.  in  length,  and  the  residual  tj^pes  of  the  tide-range  may 
present  no  special  attraction  either  in  colour  or  form,  though  valued 
from  an  economic  standpoint  and  utilised  as  food  by  man  and  cattle. 

The  observations  of  Bornet  and  Thuret  on  the  nature  of  their 
reproductive  processes,  so  distinct  from  the  general  flagellated 
mechanism  of  other  algal  phjda,  added  to  the  wonder  of  the  group  ; 
and  the  more  the  t3^pes  have  been  investigated  the  more  mysterious 
have  appeared  their  special  attributes :  only  within  the  last  few  years 
has  the  general  scheme  of  the  Life-cycle  been  rendered  clear,  and  its 
relation  to  that  of  other  algal  phyla  made  intelligible.  All  these 
features  appear  the  more  remarkable  as  this  strange  algal  race, 
living  in  the  sea — by  no  means  relegated  to  deep  water  as  is 
popularly  supposed,  but  side  by  side  with  other  residual  phyla  of 
'  green  '  and  '  brown '  algse, — still  holds  its  own  in  more  quiet  en- 
vironment as  a  race  of  marine  phyt^benthon  which  has  passed  to  the 
limit  of  marine  possibility  in  its  reproductive  processes.  In  so  doing 
it  throws  a  curious  light  on  the  historj^  of  the  early  sea,  as  also  on  the 
possibility  of  the  landward  migration  of  comparable  algal  forms  to 
constitute  the  flora  of  the  land — whether  as  higher  types  of  auto- 
trophic vegetation,  or  as  reduced  and  heterotrophic  fungi. 

In  the  collection  and  elucidation  of  the  multitudinous  forms  so  far 
included  in  this  isolated  group,  the  jDioneer  algologists  of  this  country 
have  done  perhaps  more  than  those  of  any  other  in  establishing  the 
foundations  of  the  subject ;  though  in  more  recent  years  the  more 
critical  work  has  been  done  elsewhere,  as  laboratory  technique  replaces 
shore-collection  and  the  cult  of  the  sea-weed  album.  Once  it  is 
understood  that  the  best  plants  in  optimum  growth  can  be  only 
obtained  by  dredging  in  the  sub-littoral  zone,  and  that  the  highest 
laborator}^  technique  is  required  to  bring  out  the  most  essential 
details,  the  plants  are  largely  relegated  to  the  cytological  expert. 
But  much  remains  to  be  done  in  other  directions  of  structure  and 
anatomy,  the  physiology  of  metabolism,  oecological  relations,  and 
above  all  in  culture,  which  is  within  the  scope  of  the  most  elementary 
laboratory  practice  ;  and  a  wide  field  still  remains  open  to  the  algolo- 
gists of  this  country,  as  also  to  those  of  British  colonies  with  even 
hner  subtropical  reptresentatives  of  the  group. 

The  history  of  the  Florideae  in  its  earlier  phases  is  bound  up  with 
JouRKAL  or  Botany. — Vol.  57.     [November,  1919.]         y 


298  THE    JOUllNAL    OF    BOTANY 

tlmt  of  other  marine  plants  i,  and  followed  a  similar  course  from  the 
time  of  Theophrastus  (circa  300  B.C.)  to  the  works  of  the  herbalists 
(Lohelius,  1576;  Dodonseus,  1616)  and  the  collectors  of  the  XYIIth 
Century  (Kaspar  Bauhin,  npodpofjios,  1622  ;  Dillenius,  in  Hai/s 
Si/uopsia,  1724),  and  to  the  writings  of  the  Linnaean  school  of  the  latter 
part  of  the  XVIIIth  Century,  as  represented  by  the  descriptions  and 
coloured  illustrations  of  Stackhouse  (1795-1801)  and  Dawson  Turner 
(1808-1819). 

In  Theophrastus  the  most  definite  reference  to  a  Floridean  is 
that  of  the  "Sea-Palm."  The  text^  gives  a  good  idea  of  the  diffi- 
culty of  an  early  naturalist  in  wrestling  with  the  morphology  of  a  sea- 
Aveed  ;  and  the"^  Sea-Palm  {Palma  marina)  became  a  stock  article 
with  early  writers.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  text  describes 
the  plant  as  (palvil,  although  the  Greeks  do  not  seem  to  hare  distin- 
guished the  pinnate  Phoenix  from  the  palmate  bushy  Chamcerops  ;  as 
also  to  make  it  quite  clear  that  there  was  no  allusion  to  a  lobed  sea- 
weed like  the  palm  of  a  hand  :  the  midrib  is  described,  and  the  torn 
appeamnce  of  the  laminae  which  gave  the  pinnate  character  to  the 
fronds;  the  latter  evidently  grew  in  tufts  of  leaf-like  members, 
Avhicli  were  not  irregularly  lobed  and  crumpled.  The  plant  has 
been  generally  identified  Avith  the  bright  red  CaUophyllis  laviniatn, 
but  this  is  certainly  a  mistake  ^.  An  older  view  may  be  compared  in 
Imperato's  figure  '^  of  the  Palma  marina,  Avhich  is  nothing  like  the 
CallopliylJis,  but  may  have  been  inspired  by  a  Dast/a.  The  plant 
m  the  text  obviously  Avould  be  Delesseria  sanguinea,  Avith  its  bushy 
tuft  of  torn  red  leaA^es,  up  to  10  inches  long,  and  strongly-marked 
mid-rib ;  but  D.  sanguinea  is  not  described  for  the  Mediteri*anean, 
And  there  is  nothing  in  the  yEgean  nearer  than  B.  Hypoglossum,  an 
insignificant  species  '^. 

"while  larger  forms  of  Ped  Algte  Avere  included  as  Fucus,  the 
colour  of  many  of  them  being  by  no  means  distinctiA^e ;  the  majority, 
beinp-  smaller  types,  came  under  the  heading  of  Muscus  marinus ;  and 

^  Eistoincal  Review  of  the  Phaeophycese,  Journ.  Bot.  1919,  p.  265. 

-  "  A  deep  sea  plant,  but  witli  a  very  short  stem,  and  the  branches  which 
spring  from  it  are  almost  straight,  and  these  under  water  are  not  set  all  round 
the  stem,  like  the  twigs  which  grow  from  tlie  branches,  but  extend  quite  flat  in 
one  direction,  and  are  uniform,  though  occasionally  they  are  irregular.  The 
character  of  the  branches  or  outgrowi-hs  to  some  extent  resembles  the  leaves  of 
thistle-like  spinous  plants,  such  as  the  sow-thistles  and  the  like,  except  that  they 
are  straight,  and  not  bent  over  like  these,  and  have  their  leaves  eaten  away  by 
the  brine  -.  in  the  fact  that  the  central  stalk  at  least  runs  through  the  whole, 
they  resemble  these,  and  so  does  the  general  appearance.  The  colour  both  of 
the  branches  and  of  the  stalks,  and  of  the  plant  as  a  whole  is  a  deep  red  or 
scarlet."— Theophrastus,  Eng.  Trans.  Hort.  (1916)  p.  337. 

•'  Hort  (loc.  cit.).  On  the  other  hand  there  is  little  in  the  text  to  show 
that  it  did  grow  in  the  Eastern  Mediterranean  ;  it  is  the  last  on  the  list  of  sea- 
plant  wonders,  and  the  account  may  well  be  based  on  the  tales  of  sailors  who 
had  pulled  their  boats  up  on  the  tide-range  beyond  the  Pillars  of  Hercules  among 
Laminarians  waist-high  (p.  331).  The  only  other  choice  is  a  feeble  description 
of  a  bilateral  Dnaiin. 

■*  Imperato  (Naples.  I!j99).  DelJ'  HiKforia  Katvrale,  p.  740. 

'">  Danish  Oceanographical  Exped.  '  Thor'  (Copenhagen,  1918)  no.  5. 


HISTOIfTCAL    KEYIEW    OF    THE    FLORIDE.E  200 

an  old  block  woodcut  with  this  title  in  Lobelius  (157G)  ^  does  duty 
as  late  as  the  time  of  Parkinson  (1640)  -,  ultimately  ai^iDcaring  as 
the  '  Red  Coralline  '  of  the  tide-pools,  though  originally  intendecf  for 
a  softer  moss-type,  probably  Ceramium  ruhrum.  A  figure  of  Coral- 
Una  in  Gerard  (1597)  ^  is  j^robably  the  oldest  recognizable  figure  of 
a  Floridean  type. 

A  few  Florideae  are  thus  included  by  Dillenius^  in  the  Ilisforia 
]\Iusco?'um  (1741)  as  Conferva.  Linnaeus  5,  in  the  first  edition  of 
the  Species  Plantarum  (1753)  has  only  a  poor  show  6.  In  later 
times  the  larger  British  species  are  described  by  Dawson  Turner  in  the 
Icones  et  Hist.  Fucorum  (1808-1819) :  the  smaller  ones  in  Dillwyn's 
British  Conferv(B  (1809)  ;  cf.  also  Esper  (1797)  "  and  Stackhouse 
(1795-1801)  Nereis  Brifannica.  The  convention  of  Fucus  and 
Conferva  died  hard ;  the  definition  of  the  latter  had  been  given  by 
LinnfBUs  as  Alga  capillaris,  and  according  to  Dillwyn  ^  it  included 
Polj^siphonias,  Ceramiums,  and  even  JDasya  coccinea  ;  yet  Goodenough 
and  Woodward^  (1795)  included  as  Fuci  such  plants  as  Boli/si- 
2)honia  hyssoides,  BostrycMa,  and  Bonnemaisonia. 

The  history  of  the  Florideae  as  a  class  begins  with  the  separation 
of  the  group  under  this  special  name  by  Lamoueoux  (1813)  i^ ;  the 
eleven  genera — Glaiidea,  Delesseria,  Ghondrus,  Oelidiumy  Laurencia, 
Sypneay  Acantlioplioray  Dumontia,  Giyartina,  Plocamium,  and 
Champia,  are  localized  under  the  heading  Florideae,  although  the 
colour-guide  was  still  a  little  vague  ;  Furcellaria  was  left  with  the 
Fucaceae  from  its  dark  colour,  and  Amansia,  as  presenting  a  '  net- 
work '  surface,  Avith  the  Dictyotaceae.  Lyngbye  ii  added  genera,  as 
Lomentaria  and  CalUthamnion,  but  had  the  genera  all  mixed  up  on 
a  system  of  his  own ;  the  Florideae  not  being  separated  from  Brown 
Algae  :  the  idea  did  not  make  Avay  at  once ;  the  colour-guide  was 
treacherous.      C.  Agardh  ^",  it  is  true,  retains  the  order  '  Florideai ' 

^  Lobelius  (Antwerp,  1576),  Stirpium  Historia,  p.  648. 

'■^  Parkinson  (London,  1640),  Theatrum  Botanicum,  p.  1296. 

■^  Gerard  (London,  1597),  Herball,  p.  1379,  Corallina  anglica. 

^  Dillenins  (Oxford,  1741),  Historia  Muscorum,  48  forms  of  Conferva,  of 
which  10  may  be  Floridean,  p.  32,  including  Lemanea  and  Batrachospermum. 

5  Linngeus  (Holmiae,  1753),  Species  Plantarum,  pp.  1162,  1166. 

^  Fucus  {Rhodymenia)  palmatiis,  F.  (PhyllopJiora)  rubens,  F.  {Furcellaria) 
fastigiatus,  and  Conferva  corallinoides,  C.  catenata,  C.  polymorplia  :  as  marine 
forms  not  including  Lemanea  and  Batracliosperm.iim  taken  from  Dillenius. 

'   Esper  (Niirnberg,  1797),  Icones  Fucorum. 

8  Dillwyn  (1809),  British  Confervas,  nos.  58,  44,  36. 

^  Goodenough  and  Woodward  (1797),  Linn.  Trans,  iii.  p.  84,  nos.  72,  70. 

^^  Lamouroux  (Paris,  1813),  JEssai  sur  les  Genres  cle  la  Famille  des  Thalassio- 
jyhytes,  p.  75.  In  this  paper  Lamouroux  introduced  the  custom,  since  much 
abused,  of  naming  genera  after  his  botanical  friends.  The  idea  of  so  commemo- 
rating botanists  of  repute  had  been  initiated  in  scientific  botany  by  Father 
Plumier  (Nova  plantarum  Americanum  Genera,  Paris,  1703),  who  in  his  need 
for  new  names  for  numerous  North  American  genera,  so  utiHzed  the  names  of 
about  60  '  Patres  Botanici,'  from  Theophrastus  (Eresius)  to  Eay  and  Dillenius  ; 
practically  the  whole  of  which  are  still  retained.  The  science  has  grown  up 
with  the  elegant  Gallicized  forms  as  Claudea,  Champia,  Amansia,  Dumontia, 
Delesseria,  Laurencia,  and  future  generations  may  assimilate  Proto-Kuetzingia, 
Schmitziella,  and  Heterojnnczevs'kia. 

''  Lyngbye  (Copenhagen,  1819),  Tentamen  Hydrophytologix  Danicgs. 

'■■^  C.  Agardh  (Lund,  1824),  Systema  Algarum. 

t2 


300  THE   JOURNAL   OF    BOTANY 

with  sixteen  genera — Liagora,  Polyides,  Digenea,  Ptilota,  Thmt- 
masia,  Bhodomela,  Chondria,  Basia,  Sphcerococciis,  Tliamnoplwra, 
Grateloiqjia,  Haly^rienia,  Bonnemaisonia,  Amansia,  Delesseria, 
Oneillia  ;  but  Ceramium,  Griffitlisia,  Chconpia,  Chatospora,  Hiit- 
cJiinsia,  Rliytiphloea^  are  sandwielied between  Chara  and  Ecfocarpusl, 
Lemanea  is  placed  with  the  Fucoids,  and  Batrachosjyermitm  with 
Mesogloia.  Curiously  enough,  Greville^,  as  late  as  1830,  still  keeps 
the  tradition  of  the  diehotoraous  Polgides  and  Furcellaria  as  near 
Dictyota  dicliotoma,  and  beyond  the  pale  of  the  true  Floridese,  not- 
withstanding the  brightness  of  the  crimson  coloration  of  his  plate  -. 

The  accumulation  of  genera  and  species,  and  the  marking  out  of 
the  main  series  by  differentiation  of  somatic  organization,  was  the 
work  of  the  collectors  and  svsteniatists,  more  particularly  of  the  first 
half  of  the  XlXth  Century;  cf.  Lightfoot  (1777),  Hudson  (1768), 
Goodenough  and  Woodward  (1795),  Yelley  (1795),  Stackhouse 
(1795),  Dawson  Turner  (1808),  Dillvyyn  and  Hooker  (1809)  ;  cf. 
Literature  in  IIisto7^ical  Sketch  of  the  Bhteophycece,  loc.  cit.  p.  268, 
as  also  Brodie,  Borrer,  Lilly  Wigg,  Templeton,  Drummond,  Car- 
michael,  Boswarva,  Dickie,  man}^  of  whose  names  remain  allocated  to 
species  of  the  FlorideiB,  and  others  still  more  familiar  in  generic 
guise: — Pollexsen  {Pollexfcnia),  Ealfs  (SaJfsia),  Hore  (Horea), 
Landsborough  (Landshiirgia),  Mrs.  Gulson  (Gulsonia),  Mrs.  Gatty 
(Gattya),  Miss  Gifford  [Gifordi a),  Miss  Cutler  {Outleria),  Mis*s 
Hutchins  {Kntchinsia)  with  Mrs.  Griffiths  (Gri^'thsia)  and  her 
friend  Mrs.  Wyatt,  jointly  responsible  for  the  Algce  Damnoniensis 
(Torquay,  1840)  4  yols.,  as  an  exsiccata  of  234  specimens  checked 
by  Mrs.  Griffths. 

In  more  recent  times  this  work  has  been  amplified  for  British 
coasts  by  Buffc'ham  (tl896;  JBuffhamia,  Holmes  {HoJmesia)  and 
more  particularly  by  E.  A.  L.  Batters  (f  1907 ;  Battersia),  whose 
list  of  British  Marine  Algae  (Journ.  Bot.,  Supp.  1902)  remains  the 
standard  authority,  and  Trail  (f  1919  ;   Trailiella). 

For  this  country  the  work  culminates  in  the  two  volumes  of 
the  Bhycologici  Britannica  of  Harvey  (1845-1851)  containing 
descriptions  and  coloured  plates  of  182  species,  arranged  in  52  genera 
and  7  orders.  As  works  of  the  same  epoch  may  be  included : — 
Species,  Genera  et  Ordines  Florideao'um  of  J.  Agardh  (Lund, 
1851-1876),  Iconogrcrphica  Bhycologia  Adriatica  of  Zanardini 
(Venice,  1860),  audi  Phycologia  Mcditerranea  of  Ardissone  (1883). 

To  the  collectors  of  the  early  part  of  the  Nineteenth  Century 
is  larg-dy  due  the  rapid  growth  in  the  study  of  algaj  which  marks 
t'le  difference  between  the  works  of  Haryey  (1851),  Fhycologia 
Britannica,  Nereis  Bor.  Amer.  (1851),  Bhycolog.  Anstralica  (1858- 
63),  and  the  volumes  of  Stackhouse  and  Dawson  Turner.  Outside 
the  range  of  the  Flowering  Plants  and  Ferns,  no  other  group  of  the 
veo-etable  kingdom  has  been  so  popularized  as  the  Floridea^,  in  this 

^  Greville  (Edinburgh,  1830),  Algx  Britannicas. 

2  For  the  older  restriction  of  the  order  '  Florideae,'  cf.  Harvey  (1841)  Manual 
of  British  Algae  ;  Porplnjra  remains  associated  with  Ulva  in  the  Phyc.  Brit.  (92), 
as  also  Banjia  (9G);  and  Enjthrotrichia  (322). 


HISTORICAL    REVIEW    OF    THE    FLOEIDE^  301 

country.  The  facility  with  which  really  astonishing  pictures,  with  a 
beauty  of  lijie  and  colouring,  beyond  ordinary  dmughtmanship,  were 
to  be  produced,  in  an  age  when  mechanical  productions  of  artistic 
value  were  so  defective,  led  to  the  establishing  of  the  cult  of  the  sea- 
weed album,  and  the  formation  of  such  a  volume  came  to  be  regarded 
as  a  ix)lite  accomplishment  eminently  suitable  for  ladies  of  taste 
and  leisure.  Many  of  these  books  survive  to  the  present  day,  when 
sea-weed  mounting  is  almost  a  lost  art,  G.  Brebner  (tl905)  being 
one  of  the  last  exponents  ;  and  it  is  still  interesting  to  appreciate  the 
skilled  manipulation  of  a  fine  specimen.  It  is  curious  to  note  how 
the  British  Floridese  lend  themselves  to  such  pictorial  display,  being 
usually  of  a  most  convenient  size;  the  larger  Brown  Algse  were 
allowed  to  complete  the  collection,  rather  in  the  form  of  'juvenile 
phases  '  ;   i.  e.  Laminarians  less  than  a  foot  in  length. 

Kuetzing  (1843)  in  his  Fhycologia  Generalis  alone  exhibits  a 
more  extended  outlook  of  more  modern  botany,  by  the  incorporation 
of  many  detailed  anatomical  and  physiological  considerations,  to- 
gether with  a  large  number  of  drawings  made  from  careful  sections, 
some  of  which  have  done  duty  in  text-books  to  the  present  dav. 
Similar  work  for  the  world  at  large,  as  continued  to  the  present  time, 
has  extended  the  list  to  over  3000  species,  which  are  found  enume- 
rated by  De  Toni  i  (1897-1905),  of  which  about  300  are  listed  for 
the  British  Coast  by  Batters  (1902)  -, 

Beyond  what  may  be  termed  the  book-keeping  of  the  subject,  the 
great  advances  that  have  been  made  in  our  knowledge  of  the  life- 
history  of  these  plants,  are  due  to  the  work  of  relatively  few 
observers  ;  certain  papers  stand  out  2)rominently  as  indicating  epochs 
in  the  progress  of  the  science,  as  again  expressive  of  new  mental 
attitudes  and  view-points  in  dealing  with  the  plants,  these  being 
more  or  less  reflected  into  the  subject  from  the  general  advance 
in  other  fields  of  botanical  research. 

I.  Of  these  epochs  the  first  is  that  indicated  by  the  observations 
of  BoRNET  and  Thuret  ^  on  the  French  coast  of  the  Channel  and  at 
Biarritz,  in  connection  with  the  question,  more  particularly,  of  sexual 
reproduction,  and  following  the  lines  of  similar  work  on  the  Brown 
Seaweeds  :  the  significance  of  sexuality,  and  the  nature  of  the  repro- 
ductive organs,  being  established  for  about  a  dozen  genera,  including 
such  forms  as  Nemalion,  Helmintliora,  Callithamnion  cori/mhosiim, 
Lejolisia,  Dudresnaya.  Much  of  the  work  sj)read  over  twenty  years 
was  collected  in  the  classical  volume  of  the  htudes  JPliycologigues, 
with  beautiful  aquatint  plates  from  drawings  by  Eiocreux,  which  as 
faithful  representations  of  the  living  plant-tissues,  as  actually  seen 
fresh  under  the  microscope,  without  distortion  or  conventional  repre- 
sentation, have  never  been  surj^assed. 

^  DeToni  (Patavii,  1897-1905),  Sijlloge  AUjarum,  vol.  iv.  Floridese^  pp.  1870. 

2  Batters  (1902),  Supp,  Journ.  Bot. 

3  Bornet  and  Thuret  (1867),  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  p.  137,  "  Eecherches  sur  le  fecon- 
dation  des  Florideea  "  ;  l^otes  Algologiques  (1876-1880);  Etudes  PJxycologiques 
(1878), 


302  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANT 

II.  A  second  epoch,  based  on  the  researches  of  Schmitz^  (1883), 
was    devoted  more  particularly  to  the  detailed  examination  of  the 
problems  connected  with  the  development  of  the  cystocarp,  the  nature 
of  tlie  cell-fusions,  and  what  was,  perhaps,  reall}'  of  more  consequence — 
the   regrouping  of  the  families  and  genera  in  accordance  with  the 
nature  of  the  reproductive  phenomena  in  the  Life- Cycle,  rather  than 
by  somatic  organization  and  the  external  morphology  of  the  adult 
structures  alone,  as  in  the  artiticial  systems  of  J.  Agardh  and  Harvey. 
Although  what  Schmitz   regarded  as  the  essential  point  of  his 
work — the  sexual  nature  of  the   cytoplasmic  fusion  with  auxiliary 
cells,  as  expressive  of  a  mysterious  phenomenon  of  *  double-fertiliza- 
tion,'— has  not  stood  the  test  of  time,   as  it  did  not  that   of   the 
"tradition"  of  his  day,  the  1888  paper  contains  a  neat  exposition  of 
the  theorj''  of  the  Florideae  as  a  whole,  which  gives  it  a  text-book 
value.     The  more  detailed  S3^stematic  scheme  of  Schmitz,  left  un- 
finished at  his  death,  is  found  in  the  section  of  the  PJlanzenfamilien 
of  Engler  and  Prantl  (Schmitz  and  Hauptfleisch,  1896),  and  is  the 
basis  of  the  modern  presentation  of  the  group.     There  can  be  no 
doubt  that  the  Florideae  acquired  a  special  vogue  of  mj^stery  in  virtue 
of  Schmitz's  claims  of  the  significance  of  auxiliary  cells  in  *  double 
fertilization '  ;    but  with  further  knowledge   of    sexual   mechanism, 
deduced  from  observation  of  other  branches  of  the  vegetable  kingdom, 
at  hand,  such  assumptions  are  seen  to  be  wholl}'  unauthorized,  and 
th(?  entire  edifice  of  classification  erected  on  it  is  left  witliout  sure 
foundation.     However,  the  series  and  orders  of  Schmitz  have  now 
become  established  and  incorporated  in  botanical  literature-,  largely 
through  the  agenc}^  of  the  valuable  volumes  of  He  Toni,  and  there  is 
little  to  be  gained  by  altering  them  until  there  may  be  satisfactory 
grounds  for  recasting  the  entire  subject^.     On  the  other  hand  the 
attempted  phylogenetic  arrangement  of  Schmitz  (1889-1897)  marks 
so  definite  an  advance  on  preceding  systems,  that  all  nomenclature 
may  be  conveniently  checked  at  the  latter  date. 

III.  In  a  paper  Avhich  also  attains  classical  rank  Oltmaxns  '^ 
succeeded  in  demonstrating  in  a  perfectly  convincing  manner  the 
exact  significance  of  these  secondary  fusions  with  auxiliary  cells,  and 
traced  the  mutual  relations  of  the  nuclei  in  the  process ;  details  are 
described  for  five  well-defined  leading  types,  as  Dudresnai/a  piir- 

^  Solimitz  (Berlin,  1883),  TJntersuchungen  ilberdie  Befrn^htung  der  Florideen  : 
an  English  translation  is  more  readily  accessible,  cf.  Dallas  (1884)  Ann.  &  Mag. 
of  Nat.  Hist.  p.  1. 

Friedrich  Schmitz,  of  Greifswald,  died  1895,  will  always  be  known  as  the 
greatest  investigator  of  the  Ploridefe,  during  the  latter  half  of  the  nineteenth 
(iontury.  He  served  through  the  Franco-Prussian  war,  and  was  first  attracted 
to  sea- weeds  while  on  duty  on  the  coast  of  Normandy.  Most  of  his  material 
was  obtained  from  Naples,  and  only  those  who  have  a  tide-range  to  forage  on 
can  appreciate  the  handicap  of  working  entirely  with  preserved  material,  or  on 
specimens  collected  by  other  people.     (Carruthers,  1895,  Journ.  of  Bot.  p.  115.) 

-  Svedelius  (1911),  Engler  and  Prantl,  Appendix.     Floridex. 

•'  The  ])resent  condition  of  the  classification  of  Flowering  Plants  on  the  lines 
of  the  Eichler-Engler-Prantl  system  affords  a  direct  analogy. 

•♦  Oltmanns  (Naples,  1898),  Bot.  Zeit.  p.  99.  "  Zur  Entwicklungsgeschichte 
der  'Flovideen,"  Morphologie  und  Biologie  der  Algen,  1904,  p.  689. 


HISTORICAL   EEYIEW    OF    THE    FLOBIDEJ:  303 

jpurifera  and  D.  cocciiiea,  Gloiosiplionia,  Dasya,  and  Callithamnion, 
the  jDeculiar  nuclear  phenomena,  as  also  cytojDlasmic  fusion,  being 
solely  the  expressions  of  an  attempt  to  obtain  food-supplies  for  the 
parasitic  genei-ation.  This  has  placed  the  question  of  the  nutrition 
of  the  carposporophyte  on  a  rational  basis,  and  older  views  on  the 
sexual  significance  of  cytoplasmic  fusions,  unavoidably  obscure  so  lon^i- 
as  the  essential  nuclear  phenomena  were  little  known,  even  in  the  case 
of  higher  plants,  have  been  relegated  to  their  proper  place. 

IV.  In  more  recent  times  the  attention  paid  since  189-i  to  the 
cytological  details  of  diploid  phases  as  associated  with  the  familiar 
alternation  of  generations  in  the  life-history  of  land-plants,  and  as 
constituting  a  causal  factor  for  the  differentiation  of  gametophvte 
and  sporophyte,  has  led  to  a  more  thorough  investigation  of  the 
reproductive  organization  of  the  Floridese.  In  a  paper  on  I^olysi- 
phonia  vlolacea,  SiiiaEO  Yama^s'ouchi  ^  (Chicago,  1906),  the 
cytological  relation  of  the  diiferent  individuals  of  the  trimorphic 
sequence  involved  in  the  life-cycle  was  clearly  established  as  a  model 
for  similar  w^ork  on  other  forms,  as  the  necessity  for  the  use  of  the 
microtome  and  the  best  methods  of  modern  technique  was  success- 
fully vindicated.  So  long  as  algologists  could  make  out  nine-tenths 
of  the  facts  by  simple  section-cutting,  or  '  squeezing-out '  methods, 
the  use  of  the  microtome  was  avoided  ;  and  though  the  imjjortance 
of  nuclear  phenomena  may  have  been  exaggerated,  these  latter  are  an 
essential  part  of  the  story,  and  cannot  be  omitted.  However  much 
can  be  done  even  better  without  it ;  in  dealing  Avith  the  general 
anatomy  and  most  of  the  reproductive  processes,  more  particularlv  as 
presented  in  fresh  material,  the  microtome  remains  as  the  last  appeal 
in  all  cytoplasmic  research. 

Even  more  recently  the  Floridese  maintain  their  value  as  con- 
tributing to  the  solution  of  much  debated  problems  of  reproductive 
mechanism  common  to  higher  organism.  The  demonstration  by 
Stedelius  2  of  the  fact  that  in  such  forms  as  Scinaia  (as  also  by 
Kylin  ^  and  Cleland  for  Ne7nalion)  the  cytological  alternation  of 
haploid  and  diploid  nuclear  phases  need  not  necessarily  run  conform- 
ably with  the  morphological  alternation  of  gametoph^^te  and  sporo- 
phyte individuals,  bids  fair  to  remove  the  curious  obsession  of  botanists 
(dating  to  Strasburger  '^,  1894)  that  such  cytological  mechanism  of 
the  nucleus  can  ever  be  a  satisfactor}--  causal  factor  in  the  differentia- 

^  Yamanouchi  (Chicago,  1906),  Bot.  Gazette,  p.  425,  "The  Life-History  of 
Polysiphonia  violacea." 

■^  Svedelius  (1915),  Nova  Acta,  Upsala,  iv.  p.  1. 

3  Kylin  (1916),  Berichte,  xxxiv.  p.  257  :  Cleland  (1919),  Ann.  Bot.  p.  323. 

^  Strasbvirger  (1894)  may  be  said  to  have  initiated  the  idea  that  since  the 
gametophyte  of  land  plants  is  haploid  in  its  chromosome  number,  and  the  sporo- 
phyte is  diploid,  therefore  any  haploid  stage  must  be  a  gametophyte,  and  any 
diploid  generation  a  sporophyte  :  a  curious  non  aequitur  which  has  been  very 
generally  accepted. 

There  cannot  be  more  than  two  cytological  phases,  haploid  or  diploid,  but 
there  may  be  more  than  two  morphologically  differentiated  stages  in  a  life-cycle  ; 
e.  g.  the  Floridese  have  three,  hence  commonly  manipulated  to  make  two,  in  order 
to  suit  a  preconceived  academic  scheme. 


304  THE   JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

tlon  of  a  complex  life-cycle,  thus  squeezed  into  an  academic  two-phase 
scheme  ^. 

V.  Also  within  the  present  generation,  the  Florideae  share  in  the 
new  outlook  on  the  science  which  has  been  opened  up  under  the 
heading  of  CEcology  =^  (Warming,  1896).  This  special  line  of 
investigation  is  designed  to  replace  the  rule-of- thumb  methods  of  the 
older  school  of  naturalists,  and  to  analyze  and  tabulate  the  enormous 
amount  of  '  general  information '  acquired  subconsciously  by  the 
older  '  collector,'  which  largely  constituted  the  charm  of  out-door 
investigations. 

The  difficulties  of  the  problems  presented  by  the  Florideae  are 
enormous,  and  can  be  only  overcome  b}^  long-continued  and  careful 
work  ;  the  main  held  of  research  being  invisible  to  the  human  eye, 
submarine,  beyond  the  reach  of  either  direct  observation  or  experi- 
ment, and  only  to  be  explored  by  dredging  and  the  use  of  deep-sea 
instruments — often  on  dangerous  rocky  ground — at  all  seasons  of  the 
year.  The  vegetation  of  the  tide-range  inevitably  receives  at  first  an 
exaggerated  amount  of  attention  :  all  such  vegetation  is  of  a  depaupe- 
rated character,  and  by  no  means  representative  of  the  main  sti-ength 
of  the  inventive  genius  of  the  group.  The  same  applies  with  even 
greater  force  to  the  reduced  and  hardy  relics  characteristic  of  the 
more  extreme  positions  in  zones  above  the  high-tide  mark,  the  case 
of  dark  caves,  the  vegetation  of  the  salt-marsh,  brackish  water,  and 
extension  into  freshwater  streams  and  ditches.  Owing  to  their  more 
ready  accessibihty,  and  their  association  with  more  interesting  types 
of  land-vegetation,  these  depauperated  wastrels  of  the  sea  are  in 
danger  of  being  given  a  degree  of  prominence  out  of  all  proportion 
to  their  essential  value,  either  morphologically  or  phylogenetically. 
The  true  vegetation  of  the  sea  is  in  the  sea,  and  may  be  said  to  begin 
at  low-tide  level. 


BAIIBAIIEA  EIVULARIS  IN  BRITAIN. 

Br  A.  B.  Jackson,  A.L.S.,  and  A.  J.  Wilmott,  F.L.S. 

At  first  sight  it  Avould  appear  from  Mr,  Marshall's  account  of 
this  plant  (auf(\  p.  211),  that  we  have  an  addition  to  our  Britisli 
species  of  Barbarea,  but  in  realit}'-  it  is  nothing  of  the  kind. 
Mr.  Marsliall  seems  to  have  forgotten  the  paper  on  Barharea  vul- 
f/aris  (Journ.  Bot.  lOlG,  202),  in  which  B.  rivularis  Martr.  Don. 
has  been  fully  dealt  Avith  jind  shown  to  be  merely  a  synon^'m  of 
B.  vul<)aris  var.  silvestris  Fr.  It  is  a  form  not  uncommon  in 
Britain,  and  we  have  now  seen  it  from  at  least  a  dozen  vice-counties 
as  well  as  from  Ireland.     Tlie  British  examples  are  not  of  the  short- 

1  Yamanouchi  (190G),  loc.  cit.  p.  433  :  Bower  (1919),  The  Living  Plant,  p.  482  : 
cf.  Cleland  (1919),  Annals  Bot.  p.  347  for  the  prevailing  dogma — "  the  cystocarp 
of  Nemalioii  is  not  sporophytic  in  character,  and  there  is  no  cytological  alterna- 
tion of  generations." 

2  Warming  (1909),  Ecology  of  Plants,  Eng.  edit.  p.  170.  Br.rgesen  (1903), 
Botany  of  the  Faeroes,  p.  339  ;  (1908)  p.  683.  Cotton  (1912),  "  Clare  Island  Survey," 
Proc.  Roy.  Irish  Acad.  31. 


BAIIBAHEA    RIVULARIS    IN    BRITAIN  305 

fruited  form  regarded  by  Rouy  and  Foueaud  as  the  type,  for  which 
they  cite  Billot  exs.  3011  (as  B.  stricta).  These  exsiccata  have  the 
siliques  in  some  cases  not  more  than  12  mm.  long,  so  it  will  be  seen 
that  in  plants  with  siliques  *'  double  as  long "  these  need  not  be 
longer  than  those  of  typical  B.  vulgaris.  The  British  plants  of 
var.  silvestris  have  the  fruits  of  normal  length,  and  Mr.  Miller's. 
plant  from  Cossington  which  Mr.  Marshall  has  kindly  sent  us  is  in 
no  way  different.  We  cannot  find,  however,  that  Martrin-Donos 
states  that  his  B.  rivularis  was  the  short-fruited  form,  while  Carion 
says  of  his  B.  vulgaris  var.  longisiUquosa  that  it  differs yrow  typ^t 
with  which  it  grows  intermingled,  by  its  *'  siliques  tres  longues,  tres. 
nombreuses  et  rapprochees  de  I'axe."  The  specimen  Mr.  Marshall 
refers  to  the  var.  longisiUquosa  has  siliques  scarcely,  if  at  all,  longer 
than  in  those  which  he  considers  may  be  type,  and  all  are  of  the- 
same  length  as  in  typical  B.  vulgaris,  neither  shorter  nor  longer. 
We  have  not  yet  seen  in  this  coun.try  any  specimens  of  the  var, 
silvestris  with  siliques  of  other  than  typical  length,  and  it  was- 
because  of  this  fact  that  the  matter  was  not  more  fully  detailed  in 
the  paper  mentioned  above.  We  regard  it  as  unsafe  to  accept  without* 
verification  the  accounts  given  in  Kouy  and  Foueaud,  although  they 
are  often  very  valuable. 

The  strict-fruited  form  of  B.  vulgaris  has  often  been  confused 
with  the  true  B.  stricta,  even  by  such  well-known  authorities  as 
Babington  and  Newbould,  but  no  one  who  has  seen  true  B.  stricta  in 
the  living  state  would  be  likely  to  confuse  the  two.  Mr,  Marshall,, 
misled  no  doubt  by  the  inadequate  description  of  B.  stricta  given  by 
Jlouy  and  Foueaud,  contends  that  our  British  B.  stricta  is  only 
B.  rivularis.  Unfortunately  he  has  overlooked  the  important  con- 
tribution to  our  knowledge  of  B.  stricta  by  Messrs.  Sprague  and 
Hutchinson  (Journ.  Bot.  1908,  106),  where  the  diagnosis  of  the  two 
plants  are  so  clearly  set  out  as  to  leave  no  doubt  as  to  their  distinction.. 
Mr.  Marshall  says  that  the  Cossington  specimens  show  a  complete- 
agreement  with  examples  of  B.  stricta  in  his  herbarium  from  Clifton 
Ings  (not  Thirsk)  and  Upton  on  Sevei'n,  both  of  which  had  beera 
confirmed  by  us  and  one  by  Murbeck.  A  careful  comparison  of  these 
specimens  shows  the  resemblance  to  be  merely  superficial.  The  colour 
and  shape  of  the  petals  do  not  in  the  least  suggest  B.  stricta  :  they 
are  obovate,  bright  yellow  with  a  whitish  claw,  while  those  of  the- 
specimens  of  B.  stricta  have  the  petals  much  narrower  in  outline  and 
of  a  different  shade  of  yellovv  (more  lemon  yellow)  all  over.  What 
is  more  important  still,  the  fiower-buds  are  distinctly  hairy  in  tlie 
same  specimens,  while  those  of  the  Cossington  plant  are  ^j^i^/^'e  glabrous.. 
We  have  measured  the  length  of  the  styles  in  ten  fruits  of  each  of 
the  gatherings  in  question,  and  the  averages  are  : — Cossington  2"4  mm.,. 
Upton  1-8  mm.,  Clifton  Ings  I'G  mm.  Moreover,  those  of  the  first 
taper  and  are  less  than  '3  mm.  broad,  whije  those  of  the  B.  stricta 
are  stout  and  truncate,  '4  and  -5  mm.  broad  respectively.  Thes(^' 
measurements  correspond  to  a  \ery  real  difference  in  appearance. 

We  consider  the  question  of  the  shape  and  size  of  the  lateral 
lobes  of  the  leaves  to  be  of  subsidiary  importance  and  unreliable  for 


306  THE  JOUHNAL  OF  BOTANY 

diao-nosls,  for  in  some  specimens  we  have  seen  of  typical  B.  vulgaris 
the  lateral  lobes  have  remained  small  and  undeveloped. 

We  think  it  just  possible  that  Mr.  Marshall  is  right  in  considering 
that  the  figure  given  by  S^mie  for  B.  sfricta  is  really  B.  rivularis, 
i.  e.,  B.  vulgaris  var.  silvestris.  The  matter  was  not  mentioned  in 
the  previous  paper  because  we  could  not  decide  that  there  was  suffi- 
cient on  the  plate  to  determine  which  of  the  two  it  was  better  placed 
under,  and  we  are  still  undecided.  There  is  little  in  the  text  to  show 
that  Syme  either  knew  or  was  able  to  discriminate  between  the  two 
plants.  Both  grow  in  Yorkshire,  which  Syme  especially  mentions, 
and  he  may  have  confused  them  as  so  many  others  have  done. 


NOTES  ON  BEDFOEDSHIKE  PLANTS. 
Br  J.  E.  Little,  M.A. 

The  Flora  of  Bedfordshire  has  during  the  present  century 
received  attention  in  three  publications.  The  Victoria  County  His- 
tory of  Beds  (i.  pp.  37-67  ;  Constable,  190^)  deals  with  the  Botany 
of  "^the  county  generally  in  articles  by  J.  Hamson  and  G.  C.  Druce, 
assisted  by  James  Saunders  and  E.  M.  Holmes.  In  1906  Mr.  J. 
Hamson  published  Aii  Account  of  the  Flora  of  Bedfordshire  (Beds 
Times  Publishing  Co.,  Bedford),  and  Mr.  James  Saunders  gathered 
too-ether  various  contributions  which  he  had  ])reviously  made  in 
The  Field  Flowers  of  Bedfordshire  (W.  F.  Bunker,  Luton,  1911). 

The  following  paper  presents  a  selection  of  records  supplementary 
to  the  last-mentioned.  Mr.  AV.  Hillhouse,  in  the  Transactions  of  the 
Beds  Natural  History  Society  (F.  Thompson  &  Son,  High  St., 
Bedford),  proposed  in  his  paper  "  On  the  Surface  Geology  and 
Physical  Geography  of  Beds  "  (pp.  83-91)  that  the  county  should 
be  subdivided  according  to  its  main  geological  features  into  two 
districts,  a  northern  (chiefly  clay)  and  a  southern  (chiefl^^  cretaceous), 
the  former  being  cut  up  into  four,  and  the  latter  into  three  sub- 
districts,  and  each  of  the  .sub-districts  being  again  parcelled  into 
seven  portions.  Thus  in  fact  forty-nine  divisions  Avere  proposed,  a 
number  wholly  unworkable  on  any  extended  scale,  and  undesirable 
for  so  small  a  county.  The  Victoria  County  History,  passing  over 
this  propo.sal.of  Mr.  Hillhouse,  takes  the  river-basins  as  its  starting- 
point,  and  makes  the  following  divisions: — 1.  Nene  ;  2.  East  Ouse  ; 
3.  West  Ouse ;  4.  Ivel ;  5.  Cam ;  6.  Ouzel ;  7.  Lea.  Of  these 
basins  the  areas  draining  into  the  Nene  and  the  Cam  are  so  small 
that  for  practical  purposes  they  may  be  merged  with  their  neigh- 
bours, Nene  with  West  Ouse,  and  Cam  with  Ivel.  This  leaves 
five  divisions,  possibly  in  the  estimation  of  some  a  number  still  too 
large.  The  records  subjoined  all  fall  under  Mr.  Hillhouse's  Southern 
and  under  Mr.  Druce's  Ivel  Division.  Some  parts  of  the  Ivel  Basin 
are  more  easily  accessible  from  Hitchin  than  from  either  Luton  or 
Bedford.  Tlie  Rev.  Chas.  Abbot  in  his  Flora  Bedfordiensis  (1798) 
mentions  foi-  this  disti-ict  a  number  of  plants  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Potton   whieii  recent   search  has  failed  to  re-discover — at  least,  no 


NOTES  ON  BEDFOBDSHIEE  PLANTS  307 

recent  record  of  any  of  them  appears  to  exist,  although  it  is  possible 
that  some  are  still  to  be  found.  Abbot's  list  for  the  Potton  neigh- 
bourhood includes  : — 

fDianthus  deltoides  L.  Mont  ia  font  ana  L.  Hypericum  Inimi- 
fusum  L. ;  H.pulcJirum  L.  ;  S.  elodeslt.  Qeranium  sanguineum  L. 
Trifolium  ochroleucon  Huds. ;  T.  scahriun  L.  Galium  uligino^um  L. 
Solidago  virgaurea  L.  Jasione  montana  L.  fVaccinium  Oxy- 
coccos  L.  i Erica  Tetralix  L.  Hottonia  palustris  L.  Vinca 
minor  L.  ^TJtricularia  minor  L.  flfalaxis  paludosa  Sw.  (as 
Ophrys  paludosa).  Juncus  hulhosns  L.  fUJiyncJiospora  alba  Yahl. 
(as  Schoenus  albus).  Carex  divulsa  Stokes  ;  C.  leporina  L.  C.  ros- 
tra ta  Stokes. 

Those  marked  f  are  noted  by  Mr.  Saunders  as  probably  extinct. 
Any  confirmation  of  Abbot's  observations  in  this  district  would  be  a 
welcome  contribution  to  the  Flora  of  the  county.  A  few  plants  are 
noted  as  "  common "  by  Abbot,  which  do  not  appear  to  be  now 
common  in  the  Ivel  district : — 

Lathyrus  silvestris,  JPimpinella  major^  Serratula  tinctoria^ 
Cnicus  eriophorus. 

The  following  plants  are  noted  as  *'  rare  "  by  Abbot : — 
Arahis  Thaliana,  Ilex  Aqnifolium,  ^^Trifolium  hyhridum,  Sium 
erectum,  Linaria  minor,  *L.  Cymbalaria,  Almis  rotundifolia. 

These  may  all  be  said  now  to  have  a  much  more  extended  distri- 
bution. 

Mr.  R.  Morse's  record  of  Seseli  Libanotis  possibh^  adds  another 
county  for  its  distribution,  and  confirms  Mr.  Saunders's  expectation 
that  it  might  be  found.  Although  not  strictly  relevant  to  the 
subject  of  the  present  paper,  I  may  here  say  that  in  1912  I  brought 
home  from  Arbury  Banks,  Herts,  a  well-known  station  for  Seseli, 
seed  gathered  from  fine  plants  three  to  four  feet  high,  and  scattered, 
them  on  an  isolated  balk  in  the  middle  of  arable  land  near  Little 
Almshoe,  St.  Ippolyts,  Herts.  Until  last  year  I  had  not  visited  the 
spot  to  see  if  this  experiment  in  naturalization  (some,  I  fear,  will 
say  an  undesirable  one)  had  succeeded;  1  found  fifteen  flourishing 
plants,  tall  like  their  ancestors,  and  very  different  from  those  of  the 
sheep-depastured  down  on  which  Mr.  Morse  found  them  in  Beds, 
where  they  have  a  hard  struggle  to  exist  at  all. 

The  following  list  was  drawn  up  at  the  end  of  1918  :  so  far  as 
Beds  efforts  are  concerned,  the  present  year  has  been  a  blank  to 
me  botanically,  as  I  have  not  had  time  to  make  any  expeditions. 
The  only  exception  was  a  fortnight  in  West  Norfolk  in  July  which 
I  spent  with  a  cousin  at  Wallington,  near  Downham  Market.  He 
kindly  motored  me  about,  and  I  spent  my  time  over  a  number  of 
small  "  fens  "  which  lay  within  a  distance  of  15  miles  on  the  west 
side  of  the  county.  They  differ  both  from  the  deep  fens  of  the  great 
level,  and  from  the  broads,  and  are  more  properl}^  small  bogs  in 
depressions  between  slightly  higher  ground,  in  the  drainage  basins  of 
■the  Wissey  and  the  Nar.  1  spent  my  time  chiefly  over  sedges,  but 
partly  also  over  the  distribution  of  forms  of  Marsh  Orchis.  In  two, 
Foulden  Common  and  Marham  Fen,  O.  incarnata  was  predominant. 
In  Beechamwell  Fen,  Caldecote  Fen,  Oxborougli    Fen,  Shouldham, 


308  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

O.  prcetermissa  Druce  prevailed.  In  most  of  the  latter  a  few  plants 
with  spotted  leaves  occurred,  though  I  could  not  appreciate  any  other 
difference  to  warrant  the  suggestion  of  hybridism  with  O.  Fuchsii 
Druce.  Actually  I  only  found  the  latter  in  Shingham  Fen  with 
O.  prcetermissa.  Accustomed  as  we  are  here  to  regard  Hahenaria 
Conopsea  as  a  plant  of  the  downs,  it  Avas  curious  to  find  it  coming 
right  down  into  the  bog  at  Caldecote  with  Aquilegia  vulgaris  :  — 

Banunculiis  circinatus  Sibth.  The  Lake,  Southill  Park,  1913. 
Watson  Exchange  Club  Report,  1913,  428. — R.  lieteropliyllus 
Weber.  Pond  near  the  moats  of  Ickwell  Bury,  1912.  Det.  E.  S. 
Marshall.— B.  hederaceus  L.  Biggleswade  Common,  1913;  Warren 
Farm,  Sandy,  1914. 

Papaver  Lecoqii  Lamotte.     Arlesey,  1914. 

Fumaria  officinalis  L.  var.  Wirtgeni  Hausskn.  Rnd  F.  parvijlora 
Lamk.  var.  acuminata  Clavaud.  Barton  Hills,  1918.  Confirmed  by 
H.  W.  Pugsley. 

Eadicula  palustris  Moench.  E.  Ivel  at  Biggleswade,  1913. — 
E.  amphibia  Druce.     Arlesey,  1911;  Clifton,  1912;  Shefford. 

Draba  lanceolata  Neilr.  {Erophila  stenocarpa  Jord.).  Sandy 
Heath,  1914.  W.  E.  C.  E.  1914,  484.  Maulden,  1914.— Z).  prcecox 
Stev.  Lower  Stondon,  1913;  near  Greenfield  Mile,  1914,  W.  E. 
C.  E.  1914,  484. 

Barbarea   vulgaris  Ait.  var.  campestris  Fr.     Shillington  Bury. 

Cardamine  flexuosa  With.     Shefford,  1913. 

Erysimum  cheiranthoides  L.  Arlesey,  Henlow,  1912  ;  Shefford, 
1914. 

*Brassica  juncea  Hook.  fil.  &  Thoms.  BetAveen  Edworth  and 
Langford,  1914,  with  *Lepidium  ruderale  L. 

Diplotaxis  muralis  DC.     Southill,  1912 ;  Maulden,  1914. 

Thlaspi  arvense  L.     Shillington,  1909. 

Teesdalea  midicaulis  Br.     Sandy  to  Potton,  1911 ;  Southill  Park, 

1913  ;  Eowney  Warren,  1911 ;  Maulden,  1914. 

*Buiiias  orientalis  L.     Arlesey,  1910.     Det.  A.  Thellung. 

Viola  Biviiiiana  Eeichb.  var.  pseudo-mirabilis  Coste.  Eowne^^ 
Warren,  1911,  det.  E.  S.  Gregory. —  V.  Biviniana  var.  diversa, 
E.  S.  Gregory.     ClophiU,  1914.     W.  E.  C.  E.  1914,  485. 

Cerastium  semidecandrum  L.  Eowney  Warren  and  Sand}^,  1911 ; 
Southill  Park,  1912  :  Maulden,  1914. 

Stellaria  aquatica  Scop.  Shefford  and  Clifton,  1912. — >S'.  palus- 
tris Eetz.  (forma  glauca).     Shefford,  1913. 

Spergula  arvensis  L.  Sandy,  1911  ;  Maulden  and  New  Eowney 
Farm,  1914.— >S'.  sativa  Boenn.  Biggleswade,  1913 ;  Eowney  War- 
ren, 1912. 

Claytonia  perfoliata  Donn.     Old  Warden,  B.  Morse,  1915. 

Geranium  pyreiiaicum  Bm-m.  hi  Eowney  Warren,  1912;  Pegs- 
don,  1913. 

Erodium  pimpinelli folium  Sibth.  Portobello  Farm,  Sutton, 
1913.  W.  E.  C.  E.  1913,  430.  "Allied  to  E.  commixtum  Jord." 
E.  G.  Baker.     But  neither  in  these  plants,  nor  in  those  I  grew  in 

1914  from  the  seed  did  the  beaks  exceed  25  mm.  in  length,  J.  E.  L. 


NOTES  ON  BEDFORDSHIRE  PLANTS  309 

Melilotus  arvensis  Wallr.     Wilbmy  Hill  and  Arlesey,  1914. 

M.  indica  All.     Between  Eclworth  and  Langford,  1914. 

Trifolium  ochroleucon  Huds.  Wilbuiy  Hill,  1915,  H.  C,  Little- 
hury. — T.  fraqi^erum  L.  Arlesey,  1914  ;  Henlow,  1911  ;  Stondon 
{B.  Long)  ;  Barton,  1918. 

Astragalus  glycyphylhis  L.  Between  Shefford  and  Southill, 
1911 ;  Holwell,  1913. 

Yicia  lafhyroides  L.  Maulden,  1914.  Botanical  JExchange 
Cluh  Report,  1914,  137. 

Latliyrus  silvestris  L.  Between  Shefford  and  Southill,  1911, 
var.  platyphyllus  Retz.     Standalone  Farm,  Potton  Hill,  1911. 

Ruhus  idceus  L.     Rowney  "Warren  ;  Sandy. 

Potentilla  Anserina  L.  (a)  concolory  Southill;  Gravenhurst ; 
Edworth,  1914  :  (b)  discolor.     Sandy  Warren,  1913. 

Rosa  tomentosa  Sm.  (aggr.).     S.  of  Shefford,  1911. 

Ryrus  Aria  Ehrh.  Sandy,  1911. — P.  aucuparia  Ehrh.  Rowney 
Warren,  1911  ;  Sandy,  1912  ;  Southill,  1913.— P.  communis  L.  Near 
Sheerhatch  Wood,  1912.— P.  Malus  L.  (a)  acerha  DC.  Rowney 
Warren,  1911:  (b)  mitis  Wallr.  Southill,  1912;  Ickwell;  Sandy, 
1911. 

Rihes  ruhrum  L.     Southill,  1913.     ?  *yar.  sativum. 

Myriopliyllum  spicatum  L.     The  Lake,  Southill  Park,  1912. 

Ejnlohium  angustifolium  L.  Swamp  N.  of  Biggleswade  Com- 
mon, 1913  ;  Southill  Park,  1914. — H.  tetragonum  Curt.  Arlesey  ; 
Warden  Abbey,  1912. 

Conium  maculatum  L.  Sandy,  1911 ;  Clifton,  1912 ;  Warren 
Farm,  Sandy,  1913. 

*Carum  Petroselinum  Benth.  &  Hook.  fil.  Southill,  1912. — 
C.  segetum  Benth.  &  Hook.  fil.  Shefford,  1913. —  C.  Bulhocastanum 
Koch.     Pegsdon,  1913  ;  Barton,  1917. 

RimpiineUa  major  Huds.  Between  Shefford  and  Southill,  1913. 
Kempson's  Park,  1914  ;  between  Holwell  and  Lower  Stondon, 
1913. 

Seseli  Lihanotis  Koch.  Five  miles  from  Hitchin,  in  Beds,  1913, 
R.  Horse.     W.  E.  C.  R.  1914,  497. 

Silaus  flavescens  Bernh.     Between  Shefford  and  Southill,  1911. 

Heracleum  Hpliondylium  L.  var.  angustifolium  Huds.  Extreme 
forms  near  Southill  Station,  1913.     Barton,  1918. 

Galium  Cruciata  Scop.  Clophill,  1914. —  G.  palustre  yry.  eloji- 
gatum  (Presl).  Warden  Abbey,  1913,  det.  C.  E.  Moss  ;  Biggles- 
wade, 1913.— (?.  tricorne  Stokes.     Holwell,  1913. 

Valeriana  officinalis  L.  Rowney  Warren,  1911. —  V.  samhuci- 
folia  Mikan.     Biggleswade  Common,  1912  ;  Holwell,  1913. 

JErigeron  acris  L.  Arlesey,  1912 ;  Pegsdon,  1913  ;  Henlow, 
1913.—*^.  canadensis  L.  Sandy,  1911 ;  Arlesey,  1910 ;  Maulden, 
1918. 

Filago  apiculata  G.  E.  Sm.     Maulden,  1918,  with  P.  minima  Fr. 
GnaphaJium  silvaticum  L.     Sandy  Heath,  1911. 

Bidens  cernua  L.     Biggleswade  Common,  1913. 

Anthemis  arvensis  L.     Pegsdon,  9113  ;  near  Holwell,  1913. 


310  THE   JOURIfAL   OF   BOTANY 

Tanacetiini  vulgare  L.  Shefford,  1911  ;  Clifton,  1912 ;  New 
Rowney  Farm.  1912  ;  Biggleswade  Common,  1913. 

Artemisia  Ahsinthium  L.  Midland  Kail  way,  Soutliill,  1912  ; 
L.  N.  W.  Railway,  Sandy.     A  casual  ? 

Fetasites  ovatus  Hill.     Clophile,  1913  ;  Arlesey,  1913  ;  Cadwell. 
Arctium  intermedium  Lange  {A.  vulgare,  A.  H.  Evans).     Pegs- 
don,  1912. 

Centaurea  Scahiosa  L.  (foribus  alhis).  Pegsdon,  1914. — *C. 
Calcitrapa  L.  Wilburv  Hill,  1913,  with  *C.  solstitialis  L.,  B.  E.  C.  R. 
1913,  p.  476. 

Carduus  crispus  L.  var.  acanthoides  (L.).  Southill,  1913, 
det.  C.  E.  Salmon. 

Cnicus  eriopTiorus  Roth.     Between  Shefford  and  Southill,  1913. 
Grepis  capillaris  Wallr.  var.  diffusa  (DC).     Galley  Hill,  Sutton, 
1913 ;   C.  taraxacifolia,  Thuill.     Ai'lesey,  1911 ;  Cadwell,  1910. 

Hieracium  umhellatum  L.  var.  coronopifolium  Fr.   Maulden,  1918. 
Sypochoeris  glahra   L.    (type).       Sandy    and    Potton,    1913. — 
jBT.  maculata  L.     Beds  border,  five  miles  from  Hitchin.     B.  E.  C.  R. 
1913,  480. 

Leontodon  nudicaulis  Banks  var.  lasiolcenus  Druce.  Barton 
Hills,  1918. 

Campanula  latifolia  L.     Rowney  Warren,  1911. 
Frimula  veris  X  vulgaris.     Stanfordburv  Farm,  Shefford,  1912. 
*rinca  major  Jj.     Clifton,  1912;  ArlesV,  1912 ;  Southill  Park, 
1912 ;  Clophill,  1914. 

*Symp}iytum  peregrinum  Ledeb.     Maulden,  1918. 
Myosotis  versicolor  Sm,     Flower  first  white,  then  blue.     Southill, 
1912.     Var.  duhia  Arrond?     See  W.  E.  C.  R.  1914,  503. 
Litliospermum  officinale  L.     Sheerhatch  Wood,  1912. 
E cli  in m  vulgare  Jj.     Pegsdon,  1913;  between  Ravensburgh   and 
Barton,  1917. 

Atropa  Belladonna  L.  Eastwood's  Brickworks,  Arlesey,  1911. 
Casual  ? 

Verhascu7n  nigrum  L.  A  form  with  cream-white  flowers,  between 
Shefford  and  Southill,  with  the  type,  on  greensand  and  marl.  Con- 
firmed by  G.  C.  Druce,  1914. 

Veronica  aq^uatica  Bernh.  (Segr.).  Biggleswade,  1913  ;  Warden 
Abbey,  1913. 

Eup)hrasia  nemorosa  H.  Mart.     Pegsdon,  Barton,  1918. 
Bartsia  Odontites  Huds.  var.  serotina  (Dum.).     Pegsdon,  1913. 
B.  E.  C.  R.  1913,  487. 

Orohanclie  major  L.  Rowney  Warren,  1912,  L.  Little. — O.  minor 
Sm.     In  clover,  Holwell,  1913. 

Thymus  ovatus  Mill,  subvar.  sulcitratus  A.  B.  Jackson  (inflores- 
cence elongate).     Pegsdon,  1913. 

Calamintha  montana  Lam.  Between  Cadwell  Bridge  Farm  and 
Wilbury  Hill,  1913. 

Salvia  Verhenaca  L.  Southill,  1913 ;  Henlow,  1914. — *S.  ver- 
ticillata  L.     Arlesey.  1912. 

Nepeta  Cataria  L.      Southill,  1913. 

Scutellaria  galericulata  L.  Swamp  between  Biggleswade  Com- 
mon and  Sandv  Warren,  1913  ;  Shefford,  1914. 


NOTES  ON  BEDFORDSHIRE  PLANTS  311 

Lamium  hyhridum  Vill.     Southill,  1912  ;  Clophill,  1914. 

Chenopodium  liyhridum  L.  Sandy,  1911.  B.  E.  C.  R.  1911, 
116.— a  rulrum  L.     Southill  Park,  1914. 

'Polygonum  lapathifolium  L.     South  of  Sandy  Warren,  1913. 

Rumex  limosus  Thuill.  Pond  at  Warden  Abbey,  1913.  Con- 
firmed by  C.  E.  Moss. 

Mercurialis  annua  L.     Southill,   5  only,  1914. 

Parietaria  ramijiora  Moench.  Potton  Churchyard  (long  un- 
branched  stems),  1911. 

^Cnstanea  sativa  Mill.  Sandy,  1911 ;  Rowney  Warren,  1911; 
Clophill,  1914. 

Populus.     See  Journ.  Bot.  1916,  253. 

Ceratopliyllum  djemersum  L.     Lake  in  Southill  Park,  1912. 

Cephalanthera  yrandijiora  Gray.     Pegsdon,  1909  ;  Barton,  1910. 

Orchis  prcetermissa  Druce.  Below  Cadwell  Bridge. — O.  ustulata 
L.     Pegsdon. 

Ophrys  apifera  Huds.  Arlesey  Brick  Co's  pit  (gau!t),  1910. — 
0.  muscifera  Huds.     Barton  Leet  Wood,  1910 :  Pegsdon,  1909. 

JIahenaria  virescens  Druce.  Sheerhatch  Wood,  1912 ;  Southill, 
1913. 

Allium  vineale  L.  var.  compacfum  (Thuill.).  Arlesey ;  Clifton, 
1912  ;  Stanfordbury,  Shefford,  1913. 

Juncus  suhnodulosus  Schrank.     Southill,  1912. 

Sparganinm  simplex  Huds.  Biggleswade  Common,  1913  (with 
branches  5-6  cm.  long,  bearing  both  5  and  J  heads).  "Your  speci- 
mens have  essentially  the  habit  and  growth  of  simplex,  but  the 
branched  spikes  I  have  never  seen  before."  A.  Bennett  in  litt., 
20  Feb.,  1914. 

Typha  latifolia  L.  var.  media  Sj^me.  Arlesey  Brick  Co.'s  Pit, 
1911,  with  t^'pe  and  T.  angusfifolia  L. 

Potamogeton  perfoliatus'L.  Shefford,  1911;  det.  A.  Pennetf. — 
P,p)usillus  L.  var.  tenuissimns  Koch  f.  angustifolius  Fischer;  det. 
A.  Bennett.  Lake  at  Southill  Park,  1913,  W.  E.  C.  R.  1913,  461. 
I  have  not  been  able  to  procure  it  in  fruit.  Mr.  C.  E.  Salmon  says 
*'  the  leaf  apex  reminds  one  of  P.  rutilus.'" — P.  pectinatus  L.  Lake 
at  Southill  Park,  1913. 

Zannichellia  palustris  L.  var.  hracJiystemon  (Gay).  Arlesey 
Brick  Co.'s  Pit,  1910. 

Carex  Pairei  F.  Schultz.  Rowney  Warren,  1914. — C.  pilulifera 
L.     Sandy  Warren  ;  Rowney  Warren,  1911. 

* Antlioxantliium  aristatum  Boiss.  Everton,  1911,  B.  E.  C.  R. 
1911,  137. 

Plileum  pratense  L.  var.  nodosum  (L.).  Galley  Hill,  Potton, 
1913 ;  Sandy,  1909. 

Agrostis  canina  L.  var.  mutica  Doell.     Sand3%  1913. 

Pescliampsia  Jlexuosa  Trin.  Sandy  ;  Sutton  ;  Rowney  Warren. 
1911. 

Avena  pratensis  L.     Barton,  1910;  Pegsdon,  1913. 

Catahrosa  aquatica  Beauv.     Biggleswade,  1913. 

Poa  comp>ressa  L.     Shefford,  1911. 

Festuca   hromoides   L.     Sandy,   1911.     Var.    Broteri    (Boiss.   & 


312  THE  JOURNAL  OF  MOTANY 

Eeut.).  Border  of  Cambs  and  Beds,  Everton,  1911;  dct.  G.  C. 
Druce. 

JBrachy podium  pinnatum  Beauv.  var.  inihesceiis  Gray.  Sheer- 
hatch  Wood,  1912. 

Lastrea  ai'istata  Rendle  &  Britten.  Keeper's  Warren,  Southill, 
1913. 


NOTES  ON  JAMAICA  PLANTS. 
By  William  Fawcett,  B.Sc,  and  A.  B.  IIendle,  F.K.S. 

(Continued  from  Journ.  Bot.  1919,  p.  68.) 

EUPHORBIACE^.— II. 

Mettenia  Griseb. 

Examination  of  the  male  flower  of  IL  glohosa  Griseb.  {Croton 
(jlohosiim  Sw.  Prodr.  100  &  Fl.  Ind.  Occ.  1181)  confirms  the  opinion 
of  Bentham  and  Hooker  (Gen.  PI.  iii.  32-1)  that  this  genus  Avhen 
better  known  would  have  to  be  united  with  Thwaites's  genus  Chceto- 
carpus. 

The  male  flower  of  M.  glohosa  has  an  irregularly  5-partite  densely 
2)uberulous  calyx,  and  6  to  7  stamens  inserted  at  different  levels  on 
a  central  column  which  is  j^i'olonged  above  into  a  rudimentary 
pistil.  The  anther-cells  are  attached  separately  to  the  connective 
which  is  produced  slightly  beyond.  There  is  an  inconspicuous  4-lobed 
disk  below  the  stamens. 

As  Bentham  and  Hooker  suggest,  there  are  two  West  Indian 
species,  one  Jamaican  originally  described  b}''  Swartz  {Croton  glo- 
hosum),  the  other  an  undescribed  Cuban  species  known  only  from  a 
fruiting  specimen  collected  by  Wright  (no.  1973).  Examination  of 
the  material  available  has  convinced  us  that  the  Cuban  plant  repre- 
sents a  distinct  species,  as  shown  b}^  the  following  comparison  : — 

Ch^tocaepus  globosus,  comb.  nov. 

Young  twigs  puberulous.  Leaves  roundish- ovate  to  roundish- 
ellii:)tical,  rounded  or  very  obtuse  at  both  ends.  Capsule  11- 
12  mm.  1.  ;  columella  winged.     Native  of  Jamaica. 

C.  cubensis,  sp.  nov. 

Young  twigs  glabrous.  Leaves  elliptical  with  cuneate  base. 
Capsule  8-9  mm.  1.  ;  columella  not  winged. 

Frutex  vel  arhor  (?)  ramulis  glabris.  Folia  3-4-5  cm.  1.,  ellip- 
tica  aut  anguste  elliptica,  apice  rotundata  vel  obtusissima,  basi  cuneata, 
glabra ;  petiolus  2-3  mm.  1.  Capsules  8-9  mm.  1.  ;  columella  non 
alata.  Semina  atra,  hilo  magno  albo.  Type  in  Herb.  Mus.  Brit,  and 
in  Herb.  Kew. 

Hah.  Cuba,  Wright  1973  ! 

Dendeocousinsia  Millspaugh. 

This  genus  was  described  in  Field  Columb.  Mus.  Bot.  ii.  1913, 
374,  from  specimens  collected  in  Jamaica  by  Mr.  William  Harris  and 
Dr.  N.  L.  Britton.  The  author  remarks  tliat  it  is  "  near  Sehastiania,^^ 
but  does  not  indicate  how  it  differs  from  that  genus.     Dr.  Millspaugh 


NOTES  ON  JAMAICA  PLANTS  313 

describes  the  calyx-lobes  in  both  male  and  female  flowers  as  "  each 
subtended  internally  by  a  minute  bract  with  a  glandularly  fringed 
margin."  We  do  not  understand  this  use  of  the  term  '*  bi-act,"  and 
prefer  to  regard  ihis  inconspicuous  glandular  fringe  of  hairs  as  repre- 
senting a  disk.  This  might  be  regarded  as  a  distinction  from  Sebas- 
tiania ;  other  differences  are :  the  distinct  subequal  calyx-segments, 
the  leaves  sometimes  opposite  or  whorled,  and  the  solitary  male 
flower  in  the  axil  of  each  bract. 

The  genus,  however,  appears  to  be  more  nearly  allied  to  the  Old 
World  genus  Excoecaria,  and  to  differ  from  this,  as  conceived  by 
Bentham  and  Hooker,  merely  in  the  indication  of  a  disk,  and  the 
presence  of  a  caruncle.  The  material  available  of  two  of  the  species  is 
incomplete:  of  D.fasciculata  \sq  know  only  the  female  flower;  of 
2».  alpina  only  male  flowers. 

Dendrocousinsia  Millsp.  Flores  dioici,  apetali.  Discus  e 
fimbriis  glandulosis  minutis.  Fl.  6  :  Calycis  segmenta  3,  parva, 
distincta,  subsequalia,  membranacea.  Stamina  3  ;  filamentis  liberis ; 
antherarum  loculi  distincti,  paralleli,  contigui,  longitudinaliter  de- 
hiscentes.  Ovarii  rudimentum  0.  Fl.  $  :  Calyx  3-partitus  v.  3-lobus. 
Ovarium  3-loculare  ;  styli  3,  liberi  v.  basi  brevissime  connati,  pa- 
tentes  v.  revoluti ;  ovula  in  loculi?  solitaria.  Capsula  tridyma,  in 
coccos  2-valves  a  columella  persistente  dissiliens.  Semina  oblonga, 
levia,  strophiolata. 

Arbores  ^a.rvi  fruticesve.  Folia  altema,  opposita,  vel  verticillata, 
breviter  petiolata  vel  sessilia,  integra  aut  denticulata,  coriacea  v. 
papyracea,  pennivenia.  Spicce  nunc  terminales  nunc  terminales  atque 
axillares,  solitarise  aut  fasciculatae.  Flores  sub  quaque  bractea  soli- 
tarii,  cT  sessiles,  $  sessiles  vel  subsessiles.  Bracteas  brevissimse,  sub 
flore  utrinque  glandulifera?. 

D.  spiCATA  Millsp.  Folia  petiolata,  elliptica,  utrinque  rotundata 
vel  emarginata,  margine  conspicuo  revoluto,  3"5-8  cm.  1.  Spices 
J  et  $  terminales,  6  ad  10  cm.  1.,  subcrassse,  $  2-3'5  cm.  1.  Glan- 
dules suburceolatse  lateribus  crassis  carnosis. 

Hab.  On  limestone  rocks,  Peckham,  Clarendon,  2500  ft.,  Harris^ 
10,980,  10,981,  11,204,  12,777 ! 

D.  FASCicuLATA  Millsp.  FoUa  sessilia,  ovata,  interdum  elliptica 
vel  oblonga,  utrinque  obtusa,  3-9  cm.  1.  Flores  $  ad  apices  ramu- 
lorum  fasciculati,  foliis  tribus  involucrati.       Glandules  1-3-ramosse. 

Rab.  Dolphin  Head,  1800  ft.     Harris,  10,266  ! 

D.  alpina,  sp.  nov.  Folia  petiolata,  ovata,  interdum  elliptica, 
utrinque  obtusa,  2'5-3'5  cm.  1.  Spicts  d  tenninales  atque  axillares 
ad  nodos  vetustiores  foliis  delapsis.  Glandules  ut  in  Z).  spicata,  aut 
interdum  obsoletae. 

Arbor  18  pad.  alta,  glabra.  Folia  ovata  vel  elliptica,  utrinque 
obtusa,  2-5-3"5  cm.  1.,  margine  in  sicco  subrevoluto  parce  denticulata, 
eglandulosa,  papyracea-coriacea,  supra  reticulato-venosa,  infra  costa 
prominenti  nervis  venisque  obscuris ;  petioli  circa  4  mm.  1. ;  stipulse 
rotundato-deltoideae  c.  1  mm.  1.  Spicce  tS  terminales  atque  axillares 
ad  nodos  vetustiores  foliis  delapsis,  bracteas  c.  20  gerentes  ;  ?  non 
visa.  Bractece  rotundato-ovatae,  denticulata3.  Glandules  cainosae, 
Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  57.     [November,  1919.]        z 


314  THE   JOUENAL   OF   BOTANY 

interdiiin  obsoletse.  Flores  S  '  Sepala  rotundato-rhomboideo-ovata, 
margitie  irregulari  denticulata.     Bi^actecd  et  sepala  coccinea. 

Hah.  John  Crow  Peak,  Blue  Mts.,  6000  ft.     Harris,  12,906 ! 

We  have  received  this  specimen  from  the  Jamaican  Herbarium 
under  the  name  of  Gymnantlies  alpina  Britton,  and  refer  it  to  Den- 
drocousinsiay  owing  to  the  structure  of  the  male  flowers. 

ACALTPHA  L. 

AcALTPHA  YiRGATA  L.  var.  PUBESCEXS,  var.  nov.  Hamuli,  petioli, 
nervique  dense  pubescentes.  Folia  utrinque  sparse  pubescentia ; 
petioli  2-8*5  cm.  1.  SpiccB  femineae  usque  ad  8  cm.  1.  Bractece 
feminese  hispidulse. 

Hah.  Clavei-ty  Cottage,  Blue  Mts.,  J.  P.  1421,  Hartl 


WATSON  BOTANICAL  EXCHANGE  CLUB  KEPORT. 

The  Thirty-fourth  Annual  Report  of  the  Watson  Botanical 
Exchange  Cluh  for  1917-1918  contains  as  usual  much  interesting 
material  contributed  by  our  leading  British  botanists  There  are 
valuable  notes  on  critical  genera  and  species :  Mr.  Groves's  on 
Banunculus  (Batrachiti?n),^r.  Mojle  Rogers's  and  Mr.  Riddelsdell's 
on  Buhtcs,  Major  WoUey-Dod's  on  Rosa,  Mr.  Barton's  on  Sali- 
cornia,Sind  Mr.  Pugsley's  on  Orchis  inaij  be  mentioned  as  examples  of 
the  former  and  Mr.  Salmon's  on  Arahis  hirsuta,  Mr.  Little's  on 
Brunns  insititia,  Mr.  Marshall's  on  Byrus  By  raster,  Mr.  White's 
on  Brunella  laciniata,  and  Messrs.  Little  and  Jackson's  on  Alnus 
r/lutinosa  of  the  latter.  Space  will  not  allow  us  to  quote  these  at 
length,  but  a  few  points  ma}^  be  noted.  Mr.  Groves  makes  useful 
suggestions  :  thus  of  Banunculus  fluitans  var.  camhricuSy  sent  by 
Mr.  Griffiths  from  the  original  Anglesey  locality,  he  writes :  "  This 
curious  plant  has  always  been  a  puzzle,  and  it  would  be  of  great 
interest  to  ascertain  if  its  peculiarities  are  due  to  ecological  factors 
by  cultivating  it  under  different  conditions,  especially  in  running 
water.  If  the  Batrachian  Banunculi  could  be  grown  on  an  extensive 
scale  I  believe  many  of  our  difficulties  in  connexion  with  this  group 
of  plants  would  be  solved."  GormwQwim^  o\\  B.  peltatus  \M\fori- 
hundus,  sent  by  Mr.  White  from  W.  Glos.,  he  says:  ''The  peltatus- 
like  form  with  shorter  peduncles,  which  I  understand  b}'  the  name. 
A  beautiful  specimen,  showing  what  can  be  done  by  careful  floating 
out,  in  marked  contrast  to  the  draggled  apologies  for  specimens  one 
so  often  has  to  examine.  There  is  no  group  of  plants  that  better 
repay  care  than  the  aquatic  Baminculi.  It  seems  to  me  that  it  is 
worth  while  in  the  case  of  these  and  other  water  plants  to  float  them 
out ;  the  trouble  is  not  great,  especially  when  one  is  dr^^ing  a  number, 
and  the  results  are  far  more  satisfactor}^  than  if  the  plants  are 
merely  spi-ead  out  as  in  the  case  of  land  plants."  On  a  plant  from 
West  Hoathley,  Sussex,  he  comments:  "  A  weak  state  of  B.  peltatus 
with  unusually  small  flowers,  or  a  hybrid  with  that  species  as  a  parent. 
The  aquatic  Banunculi  hybridise  freely,  and,  whenever  specimens  are 


WATSOX    BOTAX'ICAL    EXCHAXGE    CLUE    EEl'OET  315  . 

]net  with  having  weak  peduncles  ascending  after  flowering  and  pro- 
ducing few  or  no  carpels,  the  other  members  of  the  group  should  be 
looked  for  in  the  neighbourhood  to  account  for  then-  parentage." 
Such  notes  as  these  are  very  helpful,  as  coming  from  one  whose 
admirable  si^ecimens,  prepared  bj  "  floating-out,"  are  illustrations  of 
the  process  advocated.  It  may  be  noted  here  that  the  greater  part 
of  Mr.  Groves's  herbarium  was  presented  recently  to  the  National 
Herbarium,  forming  a  welcome  addition  to  the  British  Collection 
there. 

The  Rev.  W.  Moyle  Rogers  contributes  among  other  notes, 
a  description  of  a  new  variety  {Ritbus  thyrsoideus  Wimm.  var. 
viridescens  Rogers  MS.)  from  N.  Devon  and  W.  Cornwall — the 
former  collected  as  long  ago  as  1882  by  himself  and  Mr.  Archer 
Briggs,  "The  closeness  of  the  connexion  with  type  seems  to  be 
established  especially  by  the  combination  of  the  strong  deeply-furrowed 
glabrous  stem  with  the  comparatively  short  curved  prickles  and 
show}'"  flowers  of  the  panicle.  It  is,  however,  considerabl}''  unlike 
in  habit  and  coloration,  besides  having  leaflets  narrower  and  soon 
bare  beneath,  vdt\\  panicle  (when  fully  developed)  considerably 
branched  and  pm'plish  petals.  From  B.  rusticmius,  towards  which 
it  takes  a  step  from  type,  it  may  be  readily  distinguished  by  its 
epruinose  stem,  its  more  compressed  prickles  and  longer  stamens  ; 
and  from  my  B.  Sriggsicoius,  which  at  first  sight  it  recalls,  by  its 
sulcate  stem  and  short  curved  panicle-prickles,  as  Avell  as  by  its 
different  leaves,  greyer  sepals  and  purplish  petals."  Of  another  of 
his  varieties  {JR.  mucronaUis  Blox.  var.  nudicaulis)  Mr.  Rogers 
writes  : — "Though  it  is  locally  abundant  in  S.W.  England,  extending 
northwards  to  Swallowcliff  (S.  Wilts)  and  eastwards  to  Marvel 
Copse,  near  Newport  (I.  Wight),  the  distribution  of  this  bramble 
seems  remarkably  limited,  and  I  have  not  found  it  in  Sussex,  Somerset, 
Devon  or  Cornwall.  Probably  enough  it  occurs  in  all  four  counties. 
In  Dorset  and  S.  Hants  it  is  frequent  and  constant,  to  the  apparent 
exclusion  of  typical  R.  mucronaius  Blox.,  from  which  it  seems  to 
keep  distinct,"  In  his  introductory  notes  Mr.  George  Goode,  the 
editor  of  the  Report,  thus  refers  to  Mr.  Rogers's  withdrawal  from  the 
post  of  referee  : — **  The  Rev.  W.  Moyle  Rogers  has  for  so  many  years 
given  us  the  benefit  of  his  unique  knowledge  of  the  Biihi,  in  furnish- 
ing us  with  criticisms  on  the  specimens  sent  in,  that  members  will 
hear  with  the  deepest  regret  that  on  account  of  increasing  infirmity 
he  has  at  last  felt  compelled  to  resign  his  position  of  referee.  We 
are  happy  to  say  that  the  Rev.  H.  J.  Riddelsdell,  who  has  lately 
assisted  Mr.  Rogers,  has  kindly  promised  to  examine  and — where 
necessary — criticise  all  specimens  of  that  difficult  genus." 

A  form  of  Rosa  j)omiferay  sent  by  the  Rev.  H.  E.  Fox,  under  the 
name  R.  cinnamomeay  from  "  Undercliff,  Kingsdown,  Kent,  appa- 
rently indigenous  "  is  thus  commented  upon  by  Mr.  W.  Barclay : — 
"This  is  not  R.  cinnamomea  L.  It  is  a  variation  of  R.  iwmifera 
Herm.,  and  as  it  has  a  certain  number  of  subfoliar  glands  it  might  be 
considered  as  R.  pomifera  Herm.,  f.  recovdita  Christ  (Rosen  der 
Schwe?'z)  =  R.  recondlfa  Puget  in  Deseglise,  Revis.  sect.  Toment.  46." 
Mr.   White    has    an    interesting  note    on    Pyrus    Pyraster   var. 

z  2 


316  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Deseglisei  Eouy  &  Camus  (P.  cor  data  Desegl.  non  Desv.)  from 
W.  Gloucestershire — a  tree  which  Mr.  Marshall  thinks  is  '*  probably 
a  distinct  species  ;  it  is  quite  different  from  P.  cordata  in  fruit- 
character,  and  the  leaves  are  more  parallel-sided."  Mr.  White 
writes :  "I  take  this  to  be  the  aborignial  wild  pear  of  the  country, 
which  I  have  only  once  before  seen — in  the  Wye  valley — and  then  it 
had  not  flowered.  The  largest  of  the  three  trees  found  near  Range- 
worthy,  from  w^hich  these  specimens  were  taken,  has  a  girth  of  over 
four  feet,  and  is  about  forty  feet  high,  with  a  spread  of  thirty  feet. 
Its  age  probably  dates  from  a  period  prior  to  the  enclosure  of  the 
district  in  which  it  stands.  In  characters  it  agrees  well  with  those  of 
Deseglisei  so  far  as  given  by  Kouy  and  Camus,  the  fruit  being 
globular,  about  the  size  of  a  large  cherry  (diam.  20-25  mm.), 
on  long,  erect-patent  stalks.  Obviously  it  is  a  very  different  plant 
from  the  P.  cordata  Desv.  (named  Briggsii  by  Syme)  of  which 
Mr.  Briggs  sent  me  a  specimen  from  Plymouth  in  1881.  That  has 
tiny  pyrif orm  fruit,  attenuate  at  the  base,  *  au  plus  de  la  grosseur 
d'une  petite  noisette '  (Eouy),  and  is  well  described  by  Boreau  (Fl. 
du  Centre),  where  I  find  no  mention  of  the  form  under  notice. 
Kouy  and  Camus  hold,  however,  that  Boreau's  description  covers 
several  of  their  varieties.  P.  Deseglisei  appears  to  be  on  record 
only  from  Cher  in  Central  France." 

Mr.  Marshall  has  notes  on  Saxifrages,  including  one  on  a  new 
variety,  which  we  transcribe  :  "  aS'.  liypnoides  L.,  n.  var.  {rohusta 
ined.).  Root  from  West  Ireland,  on  limestone  (R.  LI.  Praeger; 
received  through  Mr.  E.  W.  Hunnybun)  ;  probably  from  Black  Head, 
Co.  Clare,  v.c.  9,  as  I  have  a  wild  specimen,  gathered  there,  which  is 
clearly  the  same  thing.  Cult,  garden.  West  Monkton,  May  29, 
1916,  and  May  31,  1917.  Much  stronger  than  the  typical  plant 
from  Cheddar,  grown  under  the  same  conditions.  Axillary  buds 
either  absent  or  rudimentary.  Stems  stouter,  stiff er,  as  are  the 
lower  cauline  leaves.     Flowers  mostly  larger." 

Specimens  of  Prunella  laciniata  L.  collected  by  Mr.  H.  S. 
Thompson  in  a  "  rough  pasture  above  Cheddon,  N.  Somerset,  after  a 
horde  had  apparently  cropped  many  of  the  plants,"  are  noted  by  the 
collector  as  "very  variable  in  form  of  leaf  and  colour  of  flowers, 
evidently  hybridising  with  P.  vulgaris.  The  pale  yellow  floweis 
predominate,  but  some  were  pale  bluish-purple,  and  a  few  had 
the  upper  lip  pale  purple  and  the  lower  lip  pale  yellow."  On  this 
Mr.  White  notes  : — "  The  specimens  on  Mr.  Thompson's  sheets  that 
vary  in  flower-colouring  to  tints  of  bluish-purple  have  in  general  sub- 
entire  leaves,  a  combination  suggestive  of  hybridity  with  P.  vtdgaris. 
Such  variations  are  mentioned  in  Fl.  Brist.,  p.  478,  and  the  idea 
that  they  are  hybrids  is  there  rejected  for  reasons  given.  Still,  at  my 
request,  Mr.  Bucknall  has  carefully  dissected  the  flowers  of  these 
recent  examples,  and  flnds  that  my  previous  conclusion  is  confirmed 
by  microscope.  On  comparing  stamens  and  calyces  with  those  of 
typical  laciniata  no  marked  deviation  can  be  recognised,  the  subu- 
late prolongation  of  the  longer  filaments  and  the  calyx-teeth  ciliation 
being  practically  identical  ....  As  stated  by  the  collector,  the  bulk 
of  his  contribution  had  been  damaged  by  grazing,  and  so  could  not 


WATSON    BOTANICAL    EXCHANGE    CLUB    REPORT  317 

satisfactorily  represent  this  rare  Labiate  in  any  herbarium.  Surely  it 
would  have  been  wiser,  in  view  of  the  plant's  scarcity,  to  have  allowed 
such  roots  to  remain  undisturbed  until  they  produced  acceptable 
specimens  later  on." 

Mr.  Marshall  sends  from  his  garden  at  West  Monkton  an  unnamed 
Betula,  with  the  following  note  : — '*  Root  from  boggy,  peaty  ground, 
at  about  2800  feet,  descending  from  the  Lochnagar  tableland  towards 
the  Dhu  Loch,  S.  Aberdeen,  v.c.  92,  July  1906.  In  the  wild  state 
this  was  a  very  small  shrub,  only  a  few  inches  high,  with  hairy 
leaves,  strongly  suggesting  a  cross  between  JB.  nana  and  B.  puhescens 
(I  have  never  found  the  latter  so  high  up).  It  has  now  grown  into 
a  good-sized  bush,  nearly  six  feet  in  height,  but  has  never  produced 
catkins.  The  leaf -outline  has  become  much  less  crenate,  and  it  mio-ht 
well  pass  for  B.  puhescens,  var.  microphylla ;  but  I  still  think  that 
it  may  be  a  per-puhescens  form  of  X  B.  alpestris  Fr." 

The  notes  on  Orchis  relate  to  specimens  collected  at  Mildenhall, 
W.  Suffolk,  by  Mr.  W.  C.  Barton,  who  writes  :  '*  All  [are]  from  one 
marshy  field,  where,  in  addition  to  those  now  sent,  O.  Fuchsii  Druce 
{inaculata  auctt.)  occurred.  The  plants  were  sorted  fresh,  when  the 
characters  were  easily  distinguished.  All  forms  varied  much  in  size 
and  in  width  of  leaf  (a  character  which  I  believe  to  be  of  no  dia- 
gnostic value),  and  it  is  noticeable  that  all  were  gathered  on  the  same 
day."  They  include  a  form  of  O.  incarnata,  which,  according  to 
Mr.  Pugsley,  "  seems  to  show  a  somewhat  greater  foliar  development 
and  slightly  broader  lip  than  obtains  in  the  extreme  form  of  O.  incar- 
nata  occurring  in  the  Scotch  Highlands,  the  flowers  of  which,  in  my 
experience,  may  be  either  purple  or  salmon-pink  in  colour  in  different 
localities"  :  a  plant  named  by  Mr.  Barton,  who  is  "convinced  it  is 
a  good  species,"  O.  prcetermissa  Druce,  of  which  Mr.  Pugsle}^  says : 
'*  This  appears  to  be  the  plant  which  I  understand  to  be  O.  prcster- 
missa  Druce,  and  if  so  it  is,  I  believe,  the  common  marsh  Orchis  of 
the  south  of  England,  and  the  only  form  I  have  seen  in  Surre3^ 
Though  its  flowers  are  usually  purple,  they  are  occasionally  flesh- 
coloured,  and  there  were  formerly  a  few  plants  with  these  pale 
flowers  among  the  common  purple-flowered  form  on  Wimbledon 
Common":  and  a  hybrid — O.  Fuchsii  X  prcetermissa — the  leaves  of 
which  "  when  fresh  were  distinctly  spotted,"  on  which  Mr.  Pugsley 
writes  : — "  If  the  leaves  of  this  were  spotted,  and  the  plant  was 
growing  with  the  reputed  parents,  the  identification  is  probably'- 
correct.  The  spur,  however,  simulates  that  of  0.  latifolia,  and  it 
seems  possible  that  the  plant  belongs  to  a  form  with  narrow,  spotted 
leaves,  occurring  in  the  south  of  England,  which  has  been  referred  to 
that  species,  but  which  may  really  be  the  above-mentioned  hybrid. 
But  in  the  example  sent  I  can  see  no  traces  of  the  dark  variegation 
of  the  lip  which  characterises  most,  if  not  all,  the  forms  of  O.  lati- 
foliar 

Mr.  C.  E.  Salmon  has  the  following  note  on  Alopecurus  geni- 
culatus  Xpratensis=A.  hyhridus  Wimm. : — "  This  grass  attracted  the 
attention  of  Mr.  L.  B.  Hall  and  myself  when  botanizing  along  the 
side  of  one  of  the  numerous  dykes  of  Amberley  Wild  Brooks.  It  was 
growing  in  plenty  in  close  proximity  to  A.  geniculatus,  and  formed 


318  THE   JOUR:ffAL    OF    BOTANY 

handsome  clumps  with  its  brilliantly  glaucous  sheaths  and  yellow 
anthers.  The  spikes  were  larger  and  the  awns  longer  than  in  geni- 
culatvs,  and  the  plants  were  taller  and  more  robust,  althougli 
decidedly  geniculate  near  the  base.  The  glumes  and  pales  reminded 
one  more  of  j^rafensis,  but  the  ligule  was  long,  as  in  geniculatiis. 
A.  2>rafensis  grew  not  very  far  away  in  compai-atively  dry  ground, 
and  it  was  noticeable  that  the  hybrid  preferred  spots  at  the  tops  of 
the  dyke  banks,  and  did  not  choose,  as  is  often  the  case  with  genicii- 
lafus,  to  have  its  roots  in  the  water.  These  Araberley  examples  seem 
to  agi-ee  well  wnth  Messrs.  Bromwich  &  Jackson's  Warwickshire 
plant  (B.E.C.  Eep.  1900,  650)  and  the  Rev.  H.  P.  Reader's  speci- 
mens of  the  hvbrid  from  Staffordshire  (Watson  B.E.C.  Rep.,  1900— 
1,  :M.).  Mr.  A.  B.  Jackson  (Journ.  Bot.  1901,  232)  has  also  called 
attention  to  tlie  remarkably  glaucous  sheath — a  character  which  first 
caused  us  to  take  special  notice  of  the  plant." 

Mr.  Groves  notes  on  a  plant  sent  from  Nailsea  Moor,  N.  Somerset, 
as  "  Chara  vulgaris  L.,  small  form,  ?  var.  crassicaulis  "  :  "A  form 
Avith  broad  secondary  cortical-cells,  well-developed  spine-cells,  and 
Avith  the  posterior  bract-cells  developed.  Nothing  like  so  extreme  a 
plant  as  the  var,  or  subsp.  crassicaulis,  which  has  a  thick  stem  and 
more  definitely  botuliform  bract  and  spine-cells." 

The  foregoing  extracts,  which  will  we  think  interest  a  wider 
circle  than  that  afforded  by  the  Club,  are  but  examples  of  the 
contents  of  the  Report.  We  note  Avith  pleasure  the  absence  of  plants 
which  owe  their  jjresence  among  us  to  mill-sweepings  or  rubbish- 
heaps  and  in  most  cases  "  have  their  day  and  cease  to  be  "  even 
before  their  names  appear  in  print. 


J.  W.  H.  TRAIL,  M.D.,  F.R.S. 

James  Wtlijam  Heleists  Teail,  son  of  the  Rev.  Samuel  Trail, 
M.D.,  LL.D.,  minister  of  Birsay  and  Harra}^  in  Orkney,  afterwards 
professor  of  systematic  theology  in  Aberdeen  UniYersit}^  and  Helen, 
daughter  of  Dr.  Hercules  Scott,  professor  of  moral  philosophy,  King's 
College,  Aberdeen,  was  born  at  Birsa}''  on  4  March,  1851.  Educated 
in  the  first  instance  at  home,  he  was  sent  in  due  course  to  the 
Grammar  School,  Old  Aberdeen,  then  famous  for  its  classical  training. 
From  school  Trail  entered,  in  1866,  the  arts  faculty  of  the  University 
of  Aberdeen. 

Dr.  Trail  had  formed  a  high  estimate  of  the  lad's  capacit}^  and 
entei-tained  the  hope  that  his  son,  like  himself,  might  become  a 
churchman.  But  at  school  Trail  hardly  fulfilled  his  father's  expecta- 
tions. Always  a  diligent  pupil  he  accomplished  the  tasks  he  Avas  set, 
but  shoAA^ed  no  promise  of  attaining  distinction  as  a  classical  scholar. 
Perhaps  this  was  largely  due  to  Trail's  addiction  to  natural  histor}^ 
pursuits,  Avhich  was  so  pronounced  as  to  earn  from  his  school-mates  a 
kindly  if  playful  agnomen  which  had  not  yet  fallen  out  of  use  Avhen 
he  became  an  undergraduate.  His  companions  at  school  had,  in  fact, 
as  sometimes  hajjpens,  formed  a  sounder  judgment  Avith  regard  to  his 
mental  powers  lluin  had  his  teachers. 


.TAMES   WILLIAM    HELEJfUS    TEAIL  819 

As  an  arts  student  Trail's  academic  career  at  first  much  resembled 
that  of  his  school-days.  For  the  humanities,  in  Avhich  he  had  so  lono- 
been  assiduously  drilled,  Trail  had  lost  any  liking  he  may  ever  have 
possessed.  Mathematical  work,  though  it  hardly  cost  him  an  effort, 
never  awakened  any  vivid  interest.  Even  in  philosophy,  of  which  he 
showed,  later  in  life,  so  firm  a  grasp,  his  youthful  interest  in  natural 
processes  other  than  mental  was  too  engrossing  to  permit  academic 
distinction.  When,  in  1867,  Dr.  Trail  took  up  the  duties  of  his 
chair  and  was  once  more  in  personal  contact  with  his  son,  the  situation 
induced  grave  paternal  misgiving  and  provoked  no  little  paternal 
impatience.  That  Trail  had  not  taken  the  position  which  his  father 
had  felt  justified  in  expecting,  was  attributed  to  the  consumption  of 
valuable  time  which  Trail's  devotion  to  natural  history  involved.  In 
spite  of  discouragement,  the  harder  to  combat  because  its  intention 
was  kindly,  Trail  remained  devoted  to  natural  history.  During  the 
magistrand  pliase  of  his  arts  course  his  firmness  of  purpose  was  fullv 
rewarded.  Now  he  was  able  to  attend  the  natural  science  classes  and 
to  show,  by  his  appearance  in  these,  that  he  was  in  reality  one  of  the 
most  distinguished  students  of  his  year. 

When,  in  1870,  Trail  graduated  in  arts  with  honours  in  natural 
science  he  passed  on  to  the  faculty  of  medicine,  not  from  any  desire 
to  become  a  surgeon  or  a  physician,  but  with  the  object  of  obtainino- 
a  further  training  in  science.  In  the  new  faculty  he  maintained  the 
brilliant  position  he  had  acquired  in  natural  history,  but  when,  in 
1873,  it  was  in  his  power  to  accompany,  as  botanist,  an  exploring 
expedition  to  the  Amazon  region,  he  laid  aside  his  medical  studies 
without  hesitation  rather  than  miss  such  an  opportunity  of  first-hand 
acquaintance  with  a  tropical  fauna  and  flora.  When  he  returned  in 
1875,  Trail  resumed  his  medical  studies  and  graduated  as  M.B.  with 
highest  academical  honours  in  the  following  j^ear. 

Ti-ail  had  already  commenced  the  publication  of  observations  re- 
corded by  himself  at  the  beginning  of  his  medical  course  and  before 
he  left  for  Brazil  had  made  his  earliest  contributions  to  the  study  of 
galls,  a  subject  as  to  which  he  acquired  in  time  a  European  reputation. 
On  his  return  from  the  Amazon  journey  he  at  once  began  to  work 
out  his  results ;  his  earliest  contributions,  relating  to  the  palms, 
appeared  in  the  Journal  of  Botany  during  1876-7.  The  abilitv  he 
had  displayed  in  securing  his  specimens,  and  the  thoroughness  of  his 
descriptive  work,  attracted  immediate  attention  and  led  to  his  appoint- 
ment, towards  the  end  of  1876,  as  government  botanist  in  British 
Guiana  ;  but  before  the  date  fixed  for  his  departure  had  arrived 
Professor  Dickie,  then  Professor  of  Botan}^  at  Aberdeen,  was  com- 
pelled to  relinquish  his  chair  owing  to  failing  health.  Trail  was 
appointed  by  the  Crown  to  the  vacant  post  and  took  up  his  duties, 
shortly  after  his  twenty-sixth  birthday,  at  the  commencement  of  the 
summer  session  of  1877.  Having  fulfilled  these  duties  with  tlie 
utmost  efficiency  for  forty-two  sessions  he  has  now  died,  almost  in 
harness,  after  a  brief  illness,  which  involved  surgical  treatment,  in  a 
nursing  home  in  Aberdeen,  on  18  September,  1919. 

Without  being  a  fluent  speaker,  Trail  was  a  clear  and  convincing 
teacher.     The  precision  with  which  his  statements  were  made  and  the 


320  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

care  with  which  his  words  were  chosen  made  liis  lectures  models  as  a 
means  of  instruction.  The  skilfulness  of  his  method  and  the  judg- 
ment shown  in  selecting  his  material  rendered  his  practical  classes 
equally  perfect  as  a  means  of  education.  As  the  leader  of  a  field- 
excursion  Trail  can  have  had  few  equals  and  certainly  no  superior. 
At  the  outset  of  his  teaching  career  the  resources  of  his  department, 
chiefly  owing  to  lack  of  accommodation,  left  much  to  be  desired. 
With  untiring  energ}^  he  set  to  w^ork  to  remedy  defects,  and  he  has 
left  for  his  successor  a  botanical  department  fully  equipped  with  an 
adequate  teaching  museum,  good  laboratories,  and  an  excellent 
botanical  garden. 

On  his  return  from  Brazil  in  1875  Tmil  was  elected  a  Fellow  of 
the  Linnean  Society-.  In  1879  he  obtained  the  degree  of  M.D.  in  his 
own  University.  In  1886  he  became  president,  on  its  foundation,  of 
the  Aberdeen  Working  Men's  Natural  History  Societ}'-,  a  body  in 
whose  doings  and  welfare  he  took  the  keenest  interest,  presiding  over 
its  meetings  and  often  leading  its  excursions.  In  1898  he  was  elected 
a  Fellow  of  the  Royal  Society.  In  1910  he  presided  over  the  botanical 
section  of  the  British  Association  at  its  eightieth  meeting. 

The  capacity  for  business  displayed  in  the  organisation  of  his  owm 
department  led  to  his  help  being  much  in  demand  in  connection  wdth 
University  affairs.  He  made  himself  an  efficient  officer  of  the  Uni- 
versity battery,  which  owed  its  existence  very  largely  to  his  efforts. 
When  the  territorial  organisation  displaced  the  volunteer  system  he 
became  an  invaluable  member  of  the  officers'  training  corps  committee. 
From  1891  onwards  he  served  as  cumtorof  the  University  libmryand 
chairman  of  the  library  committee,  while  from  1892  onwards  he 
served  as  dean  of  the  newly  created  faculty  of  science.  He  played  a 
prominent  part  in  the  establishment  of  a  lectureship  on  forestry,  and 
in  the  development  of  an  agricultuml  department.  Authorities 
external  to  the  University  were  equally  eager  to  secure  his  aid,  and 
where  the  object  was  the  advancement  of  education,  more  especially 
scientific  education,  this  aid  was  readih'  given.  This  involved  accept- 
ance of  the  governorship  of  various  educational  trusts  and  the  chair- 
manship of  more  than  one  education  committee. 

To  the  furtherance  of  objects  in  which  Trail  was  interested  he 
devoted  means  as  well  as  time.  In  memory  of  his  mother  he  endowed 
a  fund  intended  to  benefit  students  in  any  faculty  of  the  University 
who  may  have  given  proof  of  ability  in  the  study  of  natural  science. 
After  having  served  as  curator  of  the  library  for  a  quarter  of  a  century, 
he  established  another  fund  whose  income  is  available,  '  in  supplement 
of '  grants  from  University  revenues,  for  the  addition  to  the  library 
of  works  relating  to  natuml  science.  In  the  Linnean  Society,  whose 
welfare  and  renown  he  always  had  much  at  heart,  he  founded  an 
*  award  and  medal '  in  recognition  of  special  research. 

These  recorded  acts  of  generosity,  however,  represent  but  a  small 
portion  of  Trail's  thoughtful  and  unobtrusive  benevolence,  just  as  his 
published  notes  and  papers,  numerous  and  important  though  they  be, 
represent  but  an  infinitesimal  part  of  the  vast  store  of  knowledge 
acquired  by  him  as  the  result  of  exact  and  patient  observation  and 
investitifation.     The  width  of  rancre  of  his  information  was  as  astonish- 


JAMES    -WILLIAM    HELEXUS    THATL  321 

ing  as  its  exactitude.  That  knowledge  was  alwaj'-s  freely  at  the 
disposal  of  anyone  who  might  seek  his  assistance,  and  those  who  have 
profited  most  by  his  aid  are  also  those  who  most  lament  that  Trail's 
high  sense  of  public  duty  should  have  involved  such  inroads  on  his 
scanty  leisure  as  to  prevent  the  permanent  record  of  much  that  he 
knew  which  it  would  benefit  others  to  know. 

It  was  not,  however,  his  knowledge  alone  that  made  any  interven- 
tion by  Trail  in  discussion  so  valuable  and  gave  such  a  charm  to 
intercourse  with  him.  The  regard  and  esteem  in  which  he  was  held, 
the  authority  with  which  he  spoke,  and  the  attention  with  which  he 
was  heard,  were  due  to  his  sincerity  and  kindliness  as  much  as  to  his 
knowledge.  In  Tmil  those  who  knew  him  deplore  the  loss  of  the 
wise  counsellor  and  the  generous  friend  even  more  than  that  of  the 
eminent  natural  historian. 

D.  Pkain. 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES. 

LXXVII.  John  Ellis's  Directions  for  Collectors. 

A  damaged  copy  of  a  pamphlet,  printed  (but  apparently  not 
published)  in  1771  has  lately  been  presented  to  the  Department  of 
Botany.  It  is  entitled  "  Directions  for  bringing  over  Seeds  and 
Plants  from  the  East-Indies  and  other  distant  Countries  in  a  State  of 
Vegetation,"  and  is  anonymous.  It  proves  to  be  a  reissue  of  the 
first  portion  of  the  pamphlet  published  in  1770  (with  the  same 
title)  by  John  Ellis  (c.  1710-76)  :  to  the  original,  however,  is 
added  as  a  second  part  the  account  of  Dioncea  that  Ellis  sent  to- 
Linnaeus,  on  which  the  description  of  the  genus  (Linn.  Mant.  ii.  238) 
was  based — it  may  be  noted  in  passing  that  the  plate  accompanying 
the  letter  was  taken  from  a  plant  that  flowered  in  [Ellis's]  chambers 
in  August  1768  (see  letter  fi-om  Ellis  in  Linnaeus's  Correspondence., 
ii.  73).  The  reissue  does  not  entirely  correspond  with  the  original  : 
the  first  and  last  paragraphs  of  the  latter  are  omitted,  as  well  as  the 
long  footnote  (pp.  17,  18),  and  there  are  slight  deviations  in  the  text. 
It  contains  an  additional  chapter,  with  plate,  on  *'  The  Method  of 
catching  and  preserving  Insects  for  Collections."  The  "  Directions  " 
is  referred  to  by  Lettsom  (1744-1815)  in  \i\%  Natural  History  of  the 
Tea-Tree  (1772 — I  have  only  seen  the  "new  edition ''' of  1799) — in 
which  Ellis's  plate  illustrating  "Boxes  for  conveying  Plants  by  Sea  "" 
is  reproduced,  though  without  acknowledgement.  It  would  appear 
from  Lettsom's  note  (p.  54)  that  Ellis  had  contemplated  the  publi- 
cation of  a  second  edition  of  his  "  Directions,'^  but  this  does  not  seem 
to  have  appeared.  The  Naturalisf  s  and  Traveller'' s  Companion,  to> 
which  the  note  makes  reference,  although  published  anonymously 
(1722)  is  Lettsom's  own  work. 

James  Britten, 


322  THE  JOUBXAL  OF  BOTANY 

SHORT    NOTES. 

New  CoL'NTr  Records  for  ARarLE.  In  the  course  of  a  visit 
in  September  to  the  district  at  the  nortli  end  of  Loch  Awe,  I  came 
across  the  following  species  which  are  not  recorded  for  98  Ai'gyle 
in  either  Watson's  Topographical  Botany  or  Mr.  Arthur  Bennett's 
Supplement,  and  of  which  Mr.  Bennett  himself  tells  me  that  he  has 
no  subsequent  record.  Hypericum  pulchrum  L.  Frequent,  and 
ascending  some  way  up  the  hill-sides. — Frunus  avium  L.  Tay- 
chreggan. — Centunculus  minimus  L.  Glen  Nant. — Tanacetum  vul- 
gare  L.  ?  G-arden  escape. — Myrrhis  odorata  Scop.  Portsonachan. 
h  Garden  escape. — ^'Mentha  sativa'^  (aggr.).  Kilchrenan. — Poly- 
gonum Hydropiper  L.  Frequent  about  Kilchi-enan. — Potamogeton 
pf^rfoliatus  L.  Loch  Awe.  Three  other  plants  {Cardamine Jiexuosa 
With.,  Juncus  tenuis  Willd.,  and  Equisetum  sylvaticum  L.)  were 
also  found  which  do  not  appear  in  either  of  the  above  works,  but 
%vhich  Mr,  Bennett  informs  me  have  been  recorded  elsewhere  for  the 
county.  Juncus  tenuis  was  growing  in  good  quantity  by  the  road- 
side in  a  wild  glen  a  long  way  from  any  habitation. — L.  V.  Lester 
Garland. 

Carex  mOxVTana  L.  (p.  27-i).  Since  this  was  gathered  by 
Mr.  written  in  May,  1842,  in  a  heathy  field,  between  Eridge  and 
Tunbridge  Wells,  whence  I  have  a  specimen,  its  habitats  have  been 
greath^  increased,  and  it  is  now  on  record  for  17  counties.  Of  these, 
seven  are  recorded  in  Top.  Botan}^  three  in  the  Supplement, — these 
with  Brecon  (Bot.  Ex.  Club  Report  for  1883)  make  the  eleven  in  the 
London  Catalogue,  ed.  10.  Since  then  it  is  on  record  for :  2.  Corn- 
wall E.,  Curnow  sp. ;  9.  Dorset,  E.  F.  Linton  sp. ;  22.  Berks,  Rept. 
Bot.  Ex.  Club,  1918,  102;  24  Bucks,  Miss  Armitage,  Z.  c." ; 
41.  Glamorgan,  Miss  Vachell  sp.  ;  o7.  Derby,  Waterfall  sp.  Mr. 
Thompson's  interesting  notice  speaks  of  its  early  llowering  ;  in  culti- 
vation it  flowers  in  Ajjril,  before  ericetorum,  pi'cecoXf  qy  pilulifera. — 
Arthur  Bennett. 

Isoetes  Hystrix  Durieu  in  Cornwall.  On  June  19th  last  I 
gathered  this  plant,  hitherto  unknown  for  England,  at  the  Lizard, 
growing  with  Trifolium  strictum  and  T.  Bocconii.  I  saw  one 
specimen  only,  but  am  convinced  it  is  probabl}^  to  be  found  in  many 
similar  situations.  The  specimen  is  small  and  the  pkint  would  be  very 
ditiicult  to  find  unless  especialh^  looked  for,  which  I  believe  botanists 
have  not  been  in  the  habit  of  doing  in  this  particular  neighbourhood, — 
Fred.  Robinson. 

Vaccinium  intermedium  Ruthe,  I  am  quoted  (p,  285)  as 
having  found  this  hybrid  on  Whitley  Common.  The  site  was  on 
Whitmore  Common — about  a  mile  N.E,  of  Whitmore  Station 
(L.  &  N,W.  Ry.),  and  within  two  miles  of  Maer  Woods — the  date 
being  Aug,  23rd  of  this  j'-ear.  The  plants,  growing  with  the  parents 
and  Empetrum  nigrum,  were  in  full  flower  and  unusually  fragrant, 
in    scent    resembling    hawthorn    or    meadow-sweet. — W.    Balfour 

GOURLAV. 

Calamagrostis  STRICTA  Tiuini.  forma  pilosior  Norman  Fl.  Arct. 
Norway,  p.  56,  in  Christ.  Vid.-Selsk.  Forhandl.    No.  IG  (1893),  p.  56 


SHORT    NOTES  323 

"  Pill  florls  paleam  conspicue  superantes,  valvam  Interiorem  sub- 
aequantes."  Some  of  Mr.  Robinson's  Stow  Eedon,  W.  Norfolk, 
specimens  answer  to  the  above,  and  are  a  greater  development  of  the 
var.  Hookeri  Syme. — Aethur  Bennett. 

Elatixe  Hydeopiper  in  Worcestershire.  I  was  fortunate 
enough  to  find  this  plant  growing  in  great  abundance  at  Westwood 
Pool  near  Droitwich,  on  the  4th  August,  1919.  Irvine  in  the 
Phytologisf,  ii.  401  (1857-8)  records  it  as  having  been  found  by  him 
"in  a  mill-pond  near  Churchill  Railway  Station,  Kidderminster, 
Worcestershire." — Caeleton  Rea. 


REVIEWS. 

Fossil  JBlanis,  Vol.  IT.,  GlnAyoales,  Coniferales,  and  Gnefnles. 
By  Prof.  A.  C.  Seward.  Cambridge  University  Press.  1919. 
[Pp.  xvi  +  544  with  190  illustrations.     Price  £l'ls.  Od.  net.] 

With  the  volume  before  us  the  author  brings  to  a  conclusion  this 
text-book  of  Fossil  Plants,  of  which  the  first  volume  appeared  twenty- 
one  years  ago.  Probably  no  one  Avho  has  not  actually  undertaken  a 
work  of  a  similar  character  can  gauge  the  magnitude  of  the  task 
involved.  The  mere  collation  of  the  extensive  and  widely  diffused 
literature  of  the  subject  is  in  itself  no  mean  feat,  and  the  compre- 
hensive bibliographies  are  not  the  least  useful  part  of  a  work  that 
occupies  an  assured  position  amongst  the  standard  text-books  of 
Palseobotanical  literature. 

The  first  seventy-five  pages  deal  with  the  Ginkgoales,  a  summary 
of  the  more  important  features  of  Ginkgo  hiloha,  the  "living  fossil  " 
serving  as  an  introduction  to  the  extinct  representatives.  With 
reference  to  these  latter  Prof.  Seward  expresses  the  opinion  that  none 
of  the  fossil  wood  referred  to  Ginkgo  is  above  suspicion.  For  the 
leaves  belonging  to  this  and  allied  forms  the  author  proposes  a  new 
genus,  Ginkgoites^  though  the  distinction  from  Baiera,  which  typically 
has  narrower  and  more  numerous  segments,  is  admittedly  arbitrary. 
The  genera  Ginkgodium,  Czeckanowskia,  Feildenia,  Plicenicopsis, 
and  DesmicopJiyllnm  are  regarded  as  possible  representatives  of  the 
group,  but  the  other  genera  usually  placed  here,  viz.  Ginkgopsis, 
Nepliropsis,  Psygmophylhim,  Rhipidopsis,  Saportcea,  Dicrano- 
phylhim,  Tricliopitys,  and  Sewardia.,  are  considered  to  have  been 
assigned  to  the  Ginkgoales  on  totally  inadequate  grounds. 

The  account  of  the  recent  Conifers  is  not  only  admirable  as 
supplying  the  proper  perspective  for  the  Palseobotanist,  but  also  as 
furnishing  a  much-needed  and  judicious  summary  of  the  extensive 
literature  on  the  anatomy  of  the  family  which  will  be  welcomed  by 
all  classes  of  students.  The  author  subdivides  these  into  nine  tribes, 
of  which  three,  viz.  the  Sequoiinese,  the  Sciadopitinese,  and  the  Phyllo- 
cladinese,  are  each  represented  by  but  a  single  genus.  The  remaining 
tribes  are  the  AraucarinejE,  held  to  be  the  most  pnmitive,  the  Cupres- 
sinese,  the  Callitrineae  (including  Callitris,  ActinostroMis,  and 
Widdringfonia),  the  Abictinese,  the  Podocarpinese,  and  the  Taxinea?. 


324  T1I1<:    .lOUllNAL    OF    UOIANY 

Following  Saxton,  Tetraclinis  is  assigned  to  the  Cupressinese,  whilst 
Taiiuania,  Fohienia^  and  Atlirotaxis  are  tentatively  placed  in  the 
same  tribe. 

After  a  considered  statement  of  the  pitfalls  besetting  the  path  of 
the  palaeobotanist  studying  coniferous  material,  the  fossil  woods 
belonging  to  the  Coniferales  are  classified  under  fifteen  genera,  of 
which  one,  Mesemhrioxylon,  is  established  for  the  inclusion  of  the 
three  genera  Podocarpoxylon^  Fhyllocladoxylon,  and  Taraphyllo- 
cladoxylon.  New  species  are  described  in  the  genei'a  Dadoxylon^ 
Cupressiiioxylon  and  Protopiceoxylon.  Cupressinocladiis  is  created 
for  the  reception,  of  vegetative  shoots  agreeing  with  recent  Cupres- 
sinea?  and  Pityites  for  fertile  specimens  of  Abietineous  fossils  whose 
more  definite  systematic  position  is  unknown.  Two  species  are  placed 
in  the  latter,  of  which  one  is  new.  A  chapter  is  devoted  to  a  number 
of  Coniferalean  genera  of  uncertain  position  and  also  to  Podozamites 
and  Nageiopsis  whose  aflinity  is  open  to  doubt. 

After  treating  briefly  of  the  recent  G-netales  the  author  points 
out  the  lack  of  trustworthy''  records  of  Gnetaleiin  plants  as  fossils, 
and  suggests  that  a  careful  stud}^  of  the  older  supposed  Dicotyle- 
donous plants  might  reveal  members  of  this  group.  The  entire 
omission  of  the  Angiosperms  will  be  regretted  by  all,but  it  is  ex- 
plained that  a  critical  examination  of  the  actual  specimens,  with  the 
co-operation  of  a  trained  systematist,  is  needed  before  the  value  of 
the  available  material  can  be  adequately  estimated. 

There  are  two  indexes  whose  positions  might  preferably  have  been 
reversed — the  first  to  the  fossil  genera  enumerated  throughout  the 
work,  and  the  second  a  special  index  to  the  present  volume. 

Like  its  predecessors,  the  present  volume  is  fully  illustrated  with 
numerous  photographs  and  drawings  of  recent  and  fossil  species  ;  the 
typography  maintains  the  high  standard  which  we  are  accustomed  to 
look  for  in  the  productions  of  the  Cambridge  University  Press. 
Though  Prof.  Seward  expresses,  in  the  preface,  his  relief  that  this 
text-book  has  been  brought  to  a  conclusion,  the  feeling  must  be 
accompanied  by  satisfaction  at  the  completion  of  a  task  which  will 
earn  the  gratitude  of  all  English-speaking  Palseobotanists. 

E.  J.  S. 

Lowson's   Text-hook  of  Botany   (Lidian    Edition).       Revised  and 

adapted  by  Birbal  Sahni,  M.A.,  M.Sc,  and  M.  Willis,  with  a 

Preface  by  J.  C.  Willis,  M.A.,  D.Sc.     London :  W.  B.  CHve. 

Pp.  xii,  610. 

Whex  the  first  Indian    edition    of   this   text-book    came    under 

review  five  years  ago   (Journ.   Eot.    1914,   p.   343),   attention    was 

dmwn  to  Dr.  Willis's  preface — which  re-appears  in  the  present  issue — 

remarking  on  the  Oriental  tendency  to  learn  by  rote.     Recognizing 

this  tendency,  we  are  more  than  ever  convinced  that  the  very  detailed 

completeness   of  Lowson's  work   unfits   it  for  the  Indian  student,  if 

real  teaching  and  not  merely  success  in  the  examination-room  be  the 

end  in  view.     This  is  not  to  say  that  the  adaptation  of  the  work  for 

India  has  been  badly  done  :  on  the  contrary,  both  Mrs.  Willis  and 


LOWSON  S    TEXT-BOOK    OF    BOTAXY  325 

the  present  editor,  Mr.  Sahni,  who  is  Lecturer  in  the  University  of 
Benares,  have  made  the  best  of  it.  The  chief  alterations  introduced 
by  the  latter  are  the  re-arrangement  of  the  Orders  according  to 
Engler's  system  and  a  re-casting  of  the  descriptions  of  the  stelar 
systems  in  the  Pteridophyta.  There  are  defects  which  are  inevitable 
in  an  adaptation  of  a  work  to  another  purpose,  and  which  give  a 
greater  force  of  appeal  to  a  work  written  originally  ad  hoc. 

Our  objections  are  i-ather  to  Lowson's  original  work  than  to  that 
of  his  editors.  If  this  is  meant  for  a  first  book,  its  beginning,  with 
formal  definitions  and  subdivisions,  with  pure  morphology  and  his- 
tology, is  certainly  not  calculated  to  attract  the  young  student. 
Again,  the  sequence  of  the  chapters  in  Part  iii  appears  to  us  hope- 
lessly illogical.  Following  the  anatomy  and  taxonomy  of  angio- 
sperms  we  have  a  chapter  on  Pteridophyta ;  then  one  on  Gymnosperms  ; 
a  third  on  Homologies  in  Angiosperms  ;  a  fourth  on  Relationship 
between  Vascular  Cryptogam  and  Flowering  Plant,  followed  by  one 
on  Ecology! 

A  Manual  of  Elementary  Botany  for  India,  by  Rai  Bahadir  K. 
Ranga  Achari,  published  at  Madras  in  1916,  seems  to  proceed  on  a 
sounder  educational  method.  It  begins  heuristically  by  taking  two 
excellent  and  well-known  Indian  types,  Trihulus  terrestris  L.  and 
Gynandropsis  pentapTiylla  L. ;  introduces  the  principles  of  physiology 
gradually  j9«rr/ ^rtss2^  with  the  anatomy  ;  and  deals  only  with  promi- 
nent Orders  of  Indian  angiosperms,  without  attempting  to  force  upon 
the  beginner  a  bewilderingly  concise  summary  of  the  complex  variety 
of  the  Cryptogamia.  Considering  the  immense  area  and  varied  flora 
of  India,  it  is,  perhaps,  better  that  text-book  writers  should  not 
attempt  to  provide  one  book  for  the  whole  empire.  Writing  in 
Madras,  Rai  Achari  gives  Tamil  and  Telugu  equivalents  in  his  Index, 
while  Mrs.  Willis  and  Mr.  Sahni  give  preference  to  Hindi;  stani.  In 
his  "  Note  on  Second  Edition  "  the  latter  dwells  on  the  European 
facies  of  the  flora  of  the  North-west  Himalaya :  it  would  have  been 
instructive  to  have  given  instead  a  brief  sketch  of  the  various  florulas 
of  which  the  whole  Indian  flora  is  made  up — a  summary,  in  fact,  of  the 
admirable  summary  drawn  up  by  Sir  Joseph  Hooker  for  the  Imperial 
Gazetteer  of  India. 

G.  S.  BOULGEE. 

Gossypium  in  JPre-Linnean  Literature.  By  H.  J.  Denham,  M.A. 
Botanical  Memoirs  No.  2.  8vo,  pp.  24.  Price  2s.  net.  Oxford 
University  Press. 

In  this  interesting  pamphlet  the  author  gives  a  very  thorough 
account  of  what  is  known  of  the  early  history  of  the  Cotton  plant 
in  cultivation.  The  scheduled  list  of  pre-Linnsean  authorities,  so 
far  confined  to  early  and  little-known  writers,  includes  sixty  authors, 
from  Herodotus,  Theophrastus  and  early  voyagers,  to  Fuchsius  and 
Ximenes,  Caspar  Bauhin,  and  Linnaeus.  It  affords  an  extremely 
interesting  study  of  the  manner  in  which  the  story  of  the  races  of  a 
plant  of  greatest  economic  importance  in  different  parts  of  the  world 


32G  THR   JOURNAL   OF   BOTAIfY 

lias  been  gradually  collected  and  ]n\t  together  by  European  herbalists 
and  systeraatists  of  the  past,  to  be  crystallized  with  difficulty  in  more 
recent  literature.  The  cultivated  strains  may  of  course  be  largely 
conventional,  of  unkno^vn  origin  and  of  wholl}''  unknown  antiquity, 
thus  rendering  the  isolation  of  the  elementary  species  a  labour  of  the 
future,  before  selection  and  hybridization  by  modern  methods  can  be 
put  on  a  satisfactory  footing.  It  is  interesting  to  note  the  reproduc- 
tions of  the  oldest  recognizable  figures  of  the  plants,  as  the  '  Xjdon ' 
{G.  Iierhaceum)  of  Fuchsius  (1542)  and  Matthiolus  (1568),  for  com- 
parison with  the  *  Gotnemsegiar '  {G.  arhoreum)  of  Alpinus  (1592), 
and  the  *  Ychcaxihuitl '  {G.  mexicaiium)  of  Ximenes  (1651),  as 
illustrating  the  earliest-known  strains ;  as  also  the  early  significance 
of  the  last  as  a  textile  in  the  New  World,  as  compared  with  the  inde- 
pendent evolution  of  the  Old- World  cottons  in  India,  and  the  later 
extension  of  G.  herlaceum  to  Europe  and  Africa. 

The  economic  species  of  Cotton  are  essentially  tro])ical,  and 
it  is  difficult  to  get  an  idea  of  them  at  their  best  in  this  country,  but 
the  future  of  Gossypium  in  colonial  dependencies  is  assured,  and 
everything  bearing  on  the  organization  of  so  highly  specialized  a 
herbaceous  type,  which  resj^onds  so  readily  to  changes  in  the  environ- 
ment, has  a  significance  beyond  present  estimation  in  the  future 
control  of  tropical  agriculture. 

The  arrangement  of  the  bibliographical  list  leaves  something  to  be 
desired.  It  begins  with  "  Herodotus,  Historia.  Ed.  Kawlinson. 
Murray,  1858  "  ;  it  would  have  been  better,  we  think,  to  have  given 
the  date  of  the  original,  while  indicating  the  edition  used.  Mr.  Henry 
Lee's  little  volume  on  The  Vegetnble  Lamb  of  Tartary :  a  Ciiriotis 
Fable  of  the  Cotton  Plant  (London,  1887)  seems  to  have  escaped 
Mr.  Denham's  notice  and  should  be  referred  to  should  his  essay 
reach  another  edition. 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    etc. 


Some  months  ago  a  committee,  of  which  Sir  David  Prain  was 
chairman,  was  appointed  to  consider  what  steps  could  be  taken  to 
increase  the  usefulness  of  the  Royal  Botanic  Society,  which  was  in- 
corporated in  1839  and  holds  a  lease  of  eighteen  acres  in  Kegent's 
Park.  From  the  published  report  we  learn  that  the  committee  have 
formed  the  opinion  that  the  Society  could  be  made  more  useful  both 
from  the  scientific  and  educational  point  of  view  by  the  establisliinent 
of: — (1)  A  school  of  economic  botan}-,  at  which  a  knowledge  of  tlie 
economic  plants  and  their  products,  including  those  of  tropical  regions, 
might  be  obtained;  (2)  an  institute  which  might  be  made  a  centre 
for  research,  more  especiall}^  in  plant  physiology,  where  the  living 
plant  is  essential;  (3)  a  centre  for  teaching  in  horticulture,  the 
students  of  Avhich  could  receive  their  necessary  training  in  ])ure 
science  at  existing  London  colleges  ;  (4)  courses  in  school  gardening, 
at  times  suitable  for  teachers  in  elementary,  continuation,  and  otlier 
schools.     In  addition,  the  committee  consider  that  the  Gardens  might 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC.  327 

extend  their  present  utility  as  a  centre  from  which  colleges  and  botany 
schools  could  be  supplied  with  material  for  teachmg  and  research,  and 
in  which  students  could  make  use  of  the  existing  facilities  for  the 
study  of  systematic  botany. 

A  NEW  botanical  magazine,  The  Journal  of  Indian  Botany, 
edited  by  Mr.  P.  F.  Fyson,  of  Presidency  College,  Madi-as,  is  bemg 
published  by  the  Methodist  Publishing  House  of  that  city.  The 
Journal  "  has  been  founded  for  the  publication  of  original  papers  in 
Botany  which  would  not  naturally  find  a  place  in  the  existing  Indian 
journals,  for  there  is  no  other  journal  in  India  which  could  accept  a 
paper  on  ecology,  physiology,  histology,  or  the  cryptogams,  except 
such  as  might  be  of  agricultural  interest."  The  first  number  (Sep- 
tember) contains  the  following  papers  :  "  Dimorphic  Carpellate  Flower 
oi  Acalijpha  inclica''  by  L.  A.  Kenoj^er,  with  two  plates;  "The 
Myxophyceae  of  Lahore  "  by  S.  L.  Ghose,  with  plate  ;  "  On  Alysi- 
carjous  rugosus  and  its  allies,"  by  L.  G.  Sedgwick;  a  "Note  on  the 
Ecology  of  Spinifex  squarrusns  "  by  P.  F.  Fyson  and  M.  Balasub- 
rahmanyam  ;  and  a  useful  series  of  abstracts  of  current  literature 
relating  to  Indian  botany. 

The  Kew  Bulletin  (no.  5)  contains  a  very  interesting  account, 
by  Mr.  W.  Dallimore,  of  the  Falkland  Islands,  especially  relating  to 
their  forestry,  abstracted  from  the  correspondence  between  Kew  and 
the  Governors  of  the  islands,  dating  from  1842  ;  it  includes  an 
account  of  the  introduction  of  the  Tussock  Grass  {Poa  Jlahellata 
Hook,  f.)  into  Britain.  Hooker's  specific  name  for  the  plant,  published 
in  Phil.  Trans,  clxviii.  (1879)  p.  22,  footnote,  doubtless  stands,  as  the 
first  description  is  that  of  Lamarck  (Encycl.  ii.  pt.  2,  462)  as  Festuca 
jlahellata  \  this  part,  according  to  Journ.  Bot.  1906,  319  (which 
should  be  consulted  when  the  dates  of  the  'Kncyclo'pedia  are  in  ques- 
tion) was  published  in  April,  1788.  Forster's  Boa  ccBsintosa  stands 
as  a  nomen  nudum  in  his  Brodromus,  p.  89  (1786)  ;  he  did  not 
describe  it  until  1789  (as  Jbactylis  :  Comm.  Goett.  ix.  22).  There 
is  no  ground  for  the  doubt  expressed  by  Hooker  (Z.  c.)  as  to  the 
identity  of  Forster's  plant :  Steudel,  who  calls  it  B.  Forsteri  (  Gra- 
viince,  p.  260:  1854)  cites  Forster's  name  as  a  synonym  without 
hesitation,  and  we  have  in  the  National  Herbarium  a  specimen  from 
Forster  so  named. 

In  nos.  6-7  of  the  Bulletin  Mr.  W.  B.  Tun-ill  summarizes  the 
"  Botanical  Results  of  Swedish  South  American  and  Antarctic  Expe- 
ditions," and  there  is  an  "abridged  translation  of  the  more  important 
]jarts"  of  Mr.  W.  E.  Hart's  history  of  the  Botanic  Gardens  of 
Pamplemousses,  Mauritius.  In  no.  8  Mr.  Sprague  has  a  monograpli 
of  the  Bignoniaceous  genera  Dolichandrone  and  Marhhamia,  to 
which  attention  was  called  by  Seemann  (who  named  the  genera)  in 
the  early  volumes  of  this  Journal  (1863-70). 

Mr.  W.  Wilson,  of  Honolulu,  has  brought  together  in  a  pamphlet 
all  that  is  known  of  Bavid  Douglas  at  Hawaii  (Thrum,  Honolulu, 
price  I  dollar).     It  does  not  add  materially  to  oiu-  knowledge,  but 


328  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

contains  some  interesting  views  of  places  associated  with  Douglas's 
journeys  and  a  picture  of  the  memorial  tablet  erected  to  his  memory 
on  the  front  wall  of  Kawaiahao  Church,  Honolulu. 

The  friends  of  the  late  Clarence  Bicknell  (see  Journ.  Bot.  1918, 
303)  are  anxious  to  place  in  Bordighera  some  memorial  of  his  forty 
years'  residence  there.  **  In  addition  to  his  keen  scientific  work  in 
inany  varied  fields,  he  took  the  deepest  interest  in  the  welfare  of  the 
poor  and  was  one  of  their  best  friends  and  most  generous  benefactors, 
and  it  is  proposed  that  the  memorial  should  take  the  form  of  a  dis- 
pensary for  the  gratuitous  treatment  of  the  poor  and  an  increased 
endowment  of  the  Home  for  the  aged.  Many  botanists  who  have 
visited  Bordighera  have  benefited  by  Bicknell's  knowledge  and  kind- 
ness, and  it  is  thought  that  there  may  be  some  who  would  like  to 
cooperate  in  the  scheme" :  contributions  should  be  sent  to  P.  D.  Leake, 
Esq.,  K  1  The  Albany,  Piccadilly,  London,  W.l. 

We  note  with  pleasure  the  greatly  improved  appearance  of  the 
Transactions  of  the  British  Mycological  Society  for  1918  (Cam- 
bridge University  Press,  price  10s.  6f?.)  for  which  we  think  our 
continued  protests  have  been  at  least  partly  responsible.  Among  the 
contents  may  be  noted  the  presidential  address  of  Dr.  David  Paul, 
*'  On  the  Earlier  Study  of  Fungi  in  Britain  "  ;  notes  on  some  Sapro- 
phytic Fungi  of  Potatoes,  by  Dr.  Pethybridge,  with  two  plates  ;  notes 
on  Coins  Gardneri  (1  plate)  by  Mr.  Petch  ;  New  British  Fungi,  by 
Miss  Wakefield ;  New  or  Rare  Microfungi  b}^  Miss  A.  L.  Smith  ;  a 
Revision  of  British  Clavarise,  by  Mr.  A.  D.  Cotton  and  Miss  Wake- 
field, with  a  new  species,  C.  Broomei ;  Some  Concepts  in  Mycology, 
by  Mr.  W.  B.  Brierley ;  Mycena  epipterygioides,  n.  sp.  (not  localized), 
b}^  Mr.  A.  A.  Pearson. 

The  Rev.  E.  F.  Linton  has  re-issued  his  Flora  of  Bournemouth, 
which  appeared  in  1900,  with  an  appendix  containing  numerous 
additional  localities  and  a  list  of  Ruhi  b^^  the  Rev.  W.  Moyle  Rogers, 
as  well  as  one  or  two  additional  species,  to  which  we  think  attention 
should  have  been  called  in  the  prefatory  note.  Of  these  the  most 
interesting  is  Lobelia  urens  "  on  a  heathy  piece  of  woodland,  to 
which  I  was  conducted  by  the  Rev.  C.  0.  S.  Hatton,  in  Hinton,  where 
we  were  both  of  opinion  that  it  was  a  native  station." 

Mr.  Martin  Nijhoff  of  the  Hague  announces  the  publication  of 
the  first  volume  of  an  Enumeratio  Systematica  Fungoritm  by  the 
late  C.  A.  J.  A.  Oudemans  (t  1906).  In  the  preface,  which  has  been 
distributed  as  a  circular,  the  editor,  Mr.  J.  W.  Moll,  gives  an 
interesting  account  of  the  work  and  of  the  botanists  who  have  con- 
tributed in  its  production.  When  completed  it  will  consist  of  five 
volumes  of  about  1200  pages  each  :  the  price  of  each  is  £3. 

Dr.  S.  H.  Vines  is  retiring  from  the  Professorship  of  Botany  at 
Oxford  at  the  end  of  this  j^ear. 

The  attention  of  our  readers  is  called  to  the  advei*tisement  of  the 
volumes  of  the  Journal  which  appears  on  p.  3  of  the  wrapper  of  this 
number. 


:V29 

HISTOKICAL  EEVIEW  OF  THE  FLOIUDE.E.— II. 
By  a.  H.  Chue€h,  D.Sc. 

Taken  at  their  simplest  valuation  as  original  autotrophic  phyto- 
benthon  of  the  sea,  and  removed  from  all  academic  prejudices  with 
regard  to  an  antithetic  alternation  of  generations,  which  have  obscured 
the  discussion  of  the  origin  of  the  vegetation  of  the  land  ^ — the 
latter,  so  far  as  the  Florideae  are  concerned,  being  considered  as  yet 
non-existent, — this  remarkable  race  expresses  an  independent  line  of 
evolution  in  the  sea  from  some  ancestral  stage  of  encysted  plankton- 
flagellate,  attaining  somatic  and  reproductive  specialization  along  its 
own  lines,  and  meeting  the  problems  of  inevitable  benthic  wastage  in 
its  own  wa}'^,  as  a  race  apart  from  other  residual  marine  phyla  ;  and 
now  narrowly  circumscribed,  but  wholly  intelligible  by  reference  to 
other  benthic  phyla  also  found  in  the  sea,  which  had  to  meet  the 
same  problems  though  with  somewhat  dilferent  equipment.  Haus- 
torial  connections  and  even  nuclear  migrations,  which  play  so  con- 
spicuous a  part  in  the  nutrition  of  the  carposporophyte,  are  but  the 
extension  of  the  secondary  pit-connections  and  nuclear  migration 
observed  in  somatic  organization,  though  less  obvious  and  more 
minute  ~ — again  rendered  possible  by  the  special  nature  of  the  soft 
gelatinous  polysaccharides  of  the  wall-membranes  and  the  mechanism 
of  the  primary  '  Floridean-pit.'  Coenocytic  decadence  of  the  trophocyte-^ 
is  paralleled  by  secondary  coenocytic  organization  in  the  vegetative 
soma  of  distinct  generic  types  ^.  Deterioration  of  the  unilocular 
sporangium,  normally  restricted  to  the  production  of  one  meiotic 
tetrad  ^  to  a  mere  monosporangium  ^,  may  be  traced  in  PhseophyccEe, 
though  not  becoming  such  a  general  feature "  :  while  loss  of  phases 
in  the  life-cycle  (asexual,  as  in  Kemalion,  Scinaia,  Lemanea,  or 
sexual,  as  in  'Rhodochorton,  Rhodymenia  'palmata)  is  again  but  the 
familiar  indication  of  the  deterioration  induced  by  inferior  and 
limiting  environment  ^. 

The  plants  are  no  longer  a  group  of  mystery,  but  are  readily 
intelligible  in  all  their  domestic  relations,  though  presenting  a  wide 
range  of  variation  in  such  processes,  as  also  in  somatic  form  and  con- 
sti-uction.  The  geneml  working-plan  of  the  life-cycle  of  the  vast 
majorit}'  of  the  better-di:fferentiated  types  is  based  on  a  three-phase 
system ;  involving,  that  is  to  say,  three  successive  individuals,  or  pre- 

1  Gf.  Bower  (1908),  The  Origin  of  a  Land-Flora,  p.  163. 

2  Oltmanns  (1904),  Algse,  p.  602  :  Rosenvinge  (1888). 

"*  '  Trophocyte,'  the  ultimate  shapeless  coenocytic  fusion-mass  of  zygote  and 
parental  plasma. 

■*  Cf.  Griffithsia,  Gallithamnion  sp.,  Bornetia,  Mo)wsponi. 

'  Gompsothamnion  (jraciUiiaum  according,  to  Buffham  (1896.  p.  189)  produces 
8  spores,  Pleonosporium  extends  to  16-32. 

*"  Monosporangia  in  many  Ghantransia-lovma  ;  the  '  monospore  '  of  Monospora 
is  multinucleate. 

'  Phaeophycean  monosporangia  in  Haplospora,  Akinetospora  :  Oltmanns 
(1904),  loc.  cit.  p.  475. 

^  Gutleria,  apogamous  in  the  English  Channel,  is  only  represented  by  asexual 
Aglazonia  in  Northern  Seas  :  Rhodochorton  is  wholly  a^^oxual  in  several  species  ; 
most  Gh antransia- fovms  ;  as  also  the  fresh-water  Tltorea. 

JOLENAL  OF  BOTAM-. VoL.  57.       [DECEMliElt.  lOlU.]  2  A 


330  THE   .TOUENAL    OF   BOTANY 

ferably  generations,  since  the  sexual  phase  itself  is  commonly 
represented  by  male  and  female  persons ;  two  of  the  generations  are 
asexual,  and  produce  spores  which  express  the  output  necessitated 
by  the  dispersal  function,  and  the  amount  of  wastage  to  be  counter- 
balanced. 

The  meaning  of  '  Alternation  of  Generations,'  when  viewed  from 
the  locus  of  the  sea  and  not  from  the  standpoint  of  transmigrant 
Land-Flora,  is  simple  and  illuminating.  The  assumption  of  a 
sessile  benthic  state  of  organism  as  an  improvement  on  the  older 
phase  of  suspended  plankton,  although  wholly  advantageous  in 
mechanism  of  nutrition,  and  leading  to  the  specialization  of  the 
efficient  algal  soma  of  marine  phytobenthon,  brings  with  it  the 
necessity  of  regression  to  the  active  tlagellated  condition  for  purposes 
of  the  '  sexual '  reproduction  initiated  and  established  in  the  ante- 
cedent plankton-state.  Hence  algal  phyla  produce  flagellated  zoid- 
gametes,  some  of  which  conjugate  to  give  a  sexually  produced  zygote ; 
others  remaining  *  apogamoiis,''  if  so  far  failures,  may  nevertheless 
'  germinate  '  on  attachment  to  a  substratum  to  give  a  new  individual. 

Such  production  of  gametes  fulfills  two  functions  : — (1)  that  of 
sexual  fusion  as  the  contm  nation  of  an  older  plankton-phenomenon  ; 
(2)  that  of  dispersal,  a  new  phenomenon,  first  necessitated  in  the 
benthic  state,  as  a  biological  function  of  henceforward  supreme  sig- 
nificance. 

As  progressive  differentiation  of  sexual  mechanism  leads  through 
inevitable  stages  of  heterogamy  to  oogamy  and  fertilization  in  siht, 
following  the  ultimate  failure  of  the  oosphere  to  be  discharged  in  the 
open  medium,  different  phyla  of  algae  may  attain  different  degrees  of 
perfection  in  this  respect.  But  while  such  fertilization  in  situ 
expresses  the  maximum  economy  in  reducing  the  wastage  of  the 
sexual  process,  and  the  successful  attachment  of  the  zygote,  it  leaves 
the  function  of  dispersal  wholly  unprovided  for.  Hence  the  fm-ther 
differentiation  of  special  individuals  devoted  to  this  latter  pm-pose, 
to  be  taken  on  by  the  '  unilocular  sporangium  '  as  an  adapted  unilocular 
gametangium  now  desexed,  becomes  equally  inevitable.  All  advanced 
phyla  thus  tend  to  differentiate  two  generations,  as  the  ultimate 
response  to  the  necessities  of  two  great  physiological  functions  ;  one 
secures  the  sexual  act  and  chances  subsequent  dispersal,  the  other 
secures  dispersal  and  omits  the  sexual  act.  What  was  originally 
simple  differentiation  {Bictyota)  becomes  a  more  exact  alternation  as 
soon  as  fertilization  in  situ  is  established,  since  a  sexual  plant  sessile 
and  parasitic  on  a  parent  would  be  absurd  ;  and  all  phyla  of  advanced 
plant-organism  present  this  specialization,  apai't  from  any  considera- 
tion of  what  may  be  the  state  of  the  nuclear  organization,  or  of 
alternation  of  generations  for  the  sake  of  academic  considerations. 

The  special  point  of  interest  of  the  Florideae  is  not  so  much  that 
they  should  have  attained  fertilization  in  situ,  a  parasitic  zygote 
and  a  *  sporophyte  generation  '  producing  asexual  spores,  but  that  they 
now  present  a  succession  of  three  generations,  according  to  the 
scheme : — 

I.  Gametophite.  with  sexual  organs,  and  spermatogamic  ferti- 
lization in  situ  :  the  parasitic  zygote  becoming  a  reduced 


HISTORICAL    RETIEW    OF    THE    FLORIDE^  331 

II.  Caeposporophtte,  bearing  reduced  unilocular  monosporano-ia, 

dispersing  diploid  carpospores.     The  latter  germinates  to  a' 

III.  Tetrasporophyte,  as  a  free  autotrophic  individual,  also  pro- 

ducing unilocular  sporangia,  but  these  giving  rise  to  one 
tetrad  of  4  spores,  associated  with  meiotic  mechanism  and 
dispersing  haploid  tetraspores. 

Or,  considering  these  general  phenomena  in  further  detail: — 

I.  The  sexual  plants  (gametophytes)  have  long  attained  to  the 
extreme  limit  of  sexual  economy  and  efficiency  as  expressed  by  ferti- 
lization in  situ ;  in  the  progression  to  which  the  flagellated  zoid 
(antherozoid)  has  been  w^hoUy  lost.  The  contents  of  the  antheridium, 
reduced  to  the  limiting  expression  of  an  immobile  *  spermatium ' 
discharged  in  its  endochiton,  fuse  (spermatogamy)  with  a  specialized 
hair-attachment  process  (trichogyne)  of  the  oogonium  (carpogonium). 
Preceding  states  of  heterogamic  progression  ai-e  superseded  by  post- 
sexual  nutrition,  and  the  gametes  are  expressed  as  mere  nuclei  (a  con- 
dition otherwise  attained  by  the  highest  Angiosperms  only  by  very 
devious  routes).  The  possibility  of  the  initiation  of  such  post-sexual 
nutrition  of  the  zygote  is  now  seen  to  depend  on  the  mechanism  of 
the  primary  pit-connection  left  open  at  the  base  of  the  young  carpo- 
gonium, and  hence  follows  legitimately  as  an  opportunist  utilization 
of  a  factor  of  ancestral  organization. 

II.  The  parasitic  zygote  thus  '  germinating  '  in  situ,  and  nourished 
by  the  parent,  is  necessarily  asexual  and  devoted  to  the  production 
of  asexual  s^Dores,  since  a  sexual  plant  parasitic  on  a  jDarental  sexual 
organism  would  be  in  bad  case;  but  such  plants  in  catena,  with 
fertilization  in  situ,  would  be  an  impossibility,  as  destroying  the 
whole  idea  of  the  retention  of  the  sexual  process.  Whether  such  .t 
second  generation  is  diploid  or  haploid  is  purely  immaterial  (the 
former  is  as  a  matter  of  fact  the  rule,  since  there  was  no  inducement 
afforded  for  meiosis  at  '  germination  '),  but  they  must  produce  freelv- 
shed  spores.  On  the  other  hand,  the  extreme  decadence  of  the  attached 
parasitic  generation,  recognized  as  a  mere  tuft  of  gonimoblasts  at  the 
best,  is  expressed  also  in  the  deterioration  of  the  unilocular  sporan- 
gium (which  should  have  been  a  tetrasporangium  at  one  time,  in  the 
manner  of  Dictyotd)  to  the  state  of  a  monosporangium,  in  which  the 
uninucleated  contents  are  discharged  in  endochiton  as  carpospores; 
meiosis  being  omitted,  or  alternatively  described  as  '  delayed.'  Hence 
the  second  parasitic  individual  or  generation  may  be  conveniently 
termed  the  carposporophyte,  prevailingh^,  though  by  no  means  neces- 
sarily, diploid  in  its  nuclear  organization. 

III.  The  free  carpospores,  being  dispei-sed,  take  the  small  chances 
of  immediate  germination  on  attachment  to  any  available  substratum, 
and  grow  to  a  free  autotrophic  soma,  in  all  respects  like  the  first 
autotrophic  individual ;  vegetating  in  exactly  the  same  way,  and 
carrying  on  the  nuclear  organization  of  the  parent  carposporophyte, 
to  produce  again  unilocular  sporangia,  this  time  with  fully  nourished 
meiotic  mechanism  and  production  of  the  limiting  tetrad  of  four 
tetraspores.  The  latter  are  in  turn  freely  discharged  to  the  external 
medium,  as  haploid  immobile    units.     The  third   individual   is  tlius 


;^82  THE    JOUKNAIi    OF    JiUTANT 

conveniently  indicated  as  the  tetrasporopliyte,  and  is  equally  a 
distinct  '  generation  '  or  '  phase  '  in  the  life-C3^cle. 

Such  haploid  spores,  on  immediate  '  germination,'  give  a  haploid 
soma  of  normal  free  and  autotrophic  organization,  which  may  he 
sexual  and  repeat  the  sequence.  But  there  is  no  reason  at  all  why, 
by  omitting  the  sexual  organs,  it  might  not  produce  unilocular 
sporangia,  which  being  haploid  would  not  require  a  meiotic  division  ; 
and  hence  would  not  give  a  tetrad  system,  but  3'et  '  spores '  of  sorts 
for  free  dispersal.  Many  decadent  Floridean  genera  are  in  this 
position,  at  the  verge  of  latitudinal  or  vertical  distribution  ;  as  also  in 
many  cases  so-called  tetraspores  are  found  freely  on  the  sexual 
pla  its  K 

Special  interest  also  attaches  to  cases  in  which  the  tetraspores  are 
wanting,  as  indicating  the  failure  to  produce  meiotic  sporangia ;  and 
the  reducing-di vision  has  to  be  effected  elsewhere.  That  the  locus  of 
such  a  process  is  again  wholly  subsidiary  and  secondary  is  shown  by 
the  details  now  available  of  cases  in  which  the  stages  have  been 
followed.  Thus  in  Scinaia,  according  to  Svedelius  (1915)  ^,  the 
zygote  divides  meiotically  to  4  nuclei,  one  of  which  is  the  parent 
nucleus  of  the  carposporophyte,  Avhile  the  other  three  are  rejected — a 
method  which  recalls  that  of  the  transmigrant  Sjjiro^i/ra^,  and  is 
equally  bad  business,  the  expression  of  deterioration  in  organization, 
since  there  is  no  compensator}^  gam.  In  JS'emalion,  on  the  other 
hand,  according  to  Kylin  (1916)  *  and  Cleland  (1919)  •^,  the  zygote 
nucleus  divides,  and  a  septum  appears  after  the  meiotic  spindle,  a 
feature  not  known  elsewhere  ^  ;  the  meiotic  tetrad  is  not  completed, 
and  the  homotype  division  of  the  basal  segment  does  not  follow^ 
on,  or  is  incomplete  (Cleland).  Such  a  variant  on  the  meiotic 
mechanism  can  again  be  only  interpreted  as  evidence  of  deterioration 
in  the  process,  and  the  haploid  sporophyte  is  thus  quite  a  secondary 
idea  in  the  life-cycle  of  such  forms,  by  cutting  out  a  whole  phase  ; 
so  far  affording  an  interesting  light  on  the  deterioration  of  this  other- 
Avise  undoubtedly  archaic  type,  left  vestigial  in  Northern  Seas,  in 
which  again  monoecism  and  autogamy  are  the  normal  rule  for  the 
sexual  plants  7. 

The  clue  to  all  i^eculiar  behaviour  on  the  part  of  the  zygote  and 
young  carposporophyte,  in  its  relations  to  auxiliary  cells,  is  seen  in 
its  practically  holoparasitic  habit ;  the  idea  being  to  pass  as  quickly 
as  possible  to  the  nearest  source  of  available  food-supply  (commonly 
and  most  efficiently  to  the  subtending  cell  of  the  carpogonial  branch, 

^  In  Gracilaria  confervoides  tetraspores,  antheridia,  carpogonial  branches, 
and  cystocarps  may  all  occur  on  the  same  individual.  '  Tetraspores  '  on  sexual 
plants  are  frequent  in  several  species  of  Polysiplw7iia  ;  cf.  Yamanouchi,  Bot.  Gaz. 
(1906),  p.  435.     The  cytology  of  these  organs  is  so  far  unrecorded. 

2  Svedelius  (1915),  Nova  Acta,  Upsala,  iv.  p.  1. 

•^  Trondle  (1911),  Zeitsch.  fiir  Bot.  iii.  p.  593. 

"»  Kylin  (1916),  Berichte,  xxxiv.  p.  257. 

•^  Cleland  (1919),  Annals  Bot.  p.  323. 

"  C.  Allen  (1905),  BeHchte,  xxiii.  p.  289,  describes  the  full  homotype  divisions 
in  the  first  divisions  of  the  zygote  nucleus  of  the  vestigial  rather  than  incipient 
siporophyte  individual  of  Coleochsete. 

'  Kylin  (1916),  loc.  cit.  p.  259,  gives  Nemalion  as  dioecious  ;  but  the  pre- 
cocious production  of  antheridia  is  usual  for  small  plants. 


HISTORICAL    REVIEW    OF    THE    FLORIDE^  33:^ 

on  which  the  curved  carpogonial  ramulus  is  refiexed  in  orientating  it 
to  point  the  trichogyne  to  the  exterior),  as  draining  the  food-supply 
of  the  f)arent  by  taking  possession  of  the  cytoplasm  of  a  weaker 
vegetative  cell  in  the  path  of  conduction,  and  replacing  the  original 
nucleus  by  an  active  one  sexually  produced i.  This  again  is  rendered 
possible  by  the  mechanism  of  secondary  pit-connection,  dependent  in 
turn  on  the  peculiarly  soft  penetrable  wall-membranes.  It  is  the 
blind  adhesion  to  conce^jtions  of  '  impenetrable,'  '  rigid,'  cellulose 
envelopes,  based  on  the  stud}'-  of  the  xeroj^hytic  land-tlora,  that  has 
hindered  perception  in  dealing  with  the  simpler  polysaccharide  mem- 
branes of  early  marine  phytobenthon ;  and  more  than  any  other 
group  the  Floridea?  present  the  negation  of  older  misconceived  and 
traditional  cell-theory. 

Probably  the  clearest  view  to  be  taken  of  the  Floridese,  as  they 
exist  at  the  present  time,  is  that  of  a  multitude  of,  so  far  as  they  can 
be  traced,  quite  distinct  phyla  ~,  as  the  survivors  of  a  specialized  and 
narrowly  circumscribed  race  of  Marine  Algse,  the  origin  of  which  is 
beyond  recall ;  all  the  living  representatives  (300  genera)  are  on  a 
closel}"  comparable  physiological  plane,  and  are  alike  in  the  attainment 
of  an  advanced  limiting  phase  of  reproductive  mechanism,  with  a 
practically  constant  limiting  type  of  antheridium,  oogonium,  and 
unilocular  sporangium  (as  tetra sporangium)  :  all  present  the  same 
secondary  supersession  of  flagellated  heterogamy,  with  consequent 
attached,  parasitic,  and  hence  vegetatively  decadent  carposporophyte, 
the  more  so  as  the  latter  is  immersed  in  the  parental  tissues.  On  the 
other  hand,  the  phyla  diverge  widely  (1)  in  respect  of  types  of 
somatic  construction  and  organization,  in  correlation  with  factors 
of  mechanical  tenacity,  the  relative  amount  of  surface-exposure  for 
absorption  from  the  nutrient  medium,  and  utilization  of  the  available 
light-supply,  according  to  their  habitat  in  the  different  biological 
stations  of  the  sea ;  but  all  tending  to  more  quiet  water,  and  taking 
the  chances  of  depth  and  diminished  light  in  order  to  secure  it : 
also  (2)  with  regard  to  their  internal  economy,  becoming  more 
specialized  in  relation  to  the  new  stimulus  of  the  parasitic  carposporo- 
phyte, which  is  a  drain  on  the  system — and  requires  to  be  nourished 
and  'protected  as  it  becomes  less  and  less  able  to  continue  as  a 
mechanically  efficient,  autotrophic,  individual.  Ultimately  the  latter 
reduces  to  the  status  of  a  mere  reproductive  organ  (of  sporangium- 
habit  j,  and  a  mechanism  for  the  emission  of  the  free  carpospores  may 
be  added  to  the  parental  tissues. 

It  is  obvious  that  the  phases  of  haustorial  connection,  progressively 
more  intimate  and  devastating  in  their  relation  to  the  parental  thallus 
they  drain,  constitute  but  one  aspect  of  the  question.     The  production 

'  Oltmanns  (1898),  Bot,  Zeit.  p,  114,  for  Callithamnion  and  Dtvdresnaya 
purpyj-ifera  ;  Algae  (1904),  pp.  689-700. 

■^  For  example,  the  Nemalionales  of  Schmitz,  as  including  all  types  with  no 
specially  fore-shadowed  auxiliary  cell,  or  with  none  at  all,  are  merely  a  non- 
descript collection  of  vestigial  lines,  which  in  somatic  organization  have  no 
connection  whatever  with  each  other,  and  the  brilliant  generalization  which 
groups  them  by  the  physiological  factor  of  zygote-nutrition,  merely  expresses 
convergence  in  this  particular  respect :  cf.  Nemalion,  Batrachospermum,  Chan- 
trun.^ia,  Lemanea,  Thorea,  Scinaia.  Dermonema.  Galavnura,  etc. 


334  TRR  JOUKNAL  OF  BOTANY 

of  a  cystooarpic  ivall^  without  or  with  the  differentiation  of  an  ostioU 
after  fertihzation,  passing  on  to  the  initiation  of  these  structui-es 
before  fertihzation  (in  the  special  case  of  the  ceramidium),  Represents 
a  sev^juence  of  morphological  specialization  of  a  significance  fully  equal 
to  tliat  of  the  parasitic  connection  by  secondar^^-pits  and  nuclear 
migi-ation,  as  new  departures  in  the  race.  A  true  phylogenetic 
classification  should  thus  combine — (1)  the  ' auxiliary  cell'  standpoint 
of  Schmitz,  with  (2)  the  special  features  of  thallus-organization, 
and  (3)  adult  cystocarp-differentiation,  more  clearly  recognized  as 
significant  by  the  intuition  of  the  older  algologists  (Harvey).  And 
though  it  may  be  convenient  temporarily  to  attach  an  exaggerated 
signiticance  to  one  special  line  at  one  time  more  than  to  another, 
just  because  it  is  obscure  and  hence  less  known  (as  in  more  recent 
years  cytological  problems  have  been  regarded  as  the  sine  qua  noii), 
pliylogeny  takes  count  of  all  paths  of  progress. 

Apart  from  the  '  general  equipment '  of  the  Floridese  as  a  race, 
the  '  s])ecial  lines '  are  for  practical  purposes  thus  reduced  to  three ; 
it  may  be  pointed  out  that  these  do  not  necessarily  run  concuri-ently  ; 
though  in  the  more  primitive  types  (Helminthocladieae)  all  are 
simple,  and  in  the  higher  types  (Eu-Floridea?)  all  are  extremely 
elaborate  (cf.  PoJysiiylwnia).  The  three  factors  in  order  of  time 
may  be  defined  as  : — 

I.  The  evolution  of  the  autotrophic  vegetative  soma,  with  differ- 
entiated members  and  tissues  of  special  function,  particularly  in  the 
form  of  corticated  axial-filament  types  with  segmenting  apical  cells 
and  precise  diiferentiation  of  lateral  ramuli. 

IE.  Tlie  germination  of  the  zygote  in  situ,  and  its  parasitic 
attachment  to  the  adjacent  parental  tissues  as  a  drain  on  the  paths  of 
conduction. 

III.  The  structural  response  of  the  gametophyte  to  the  stimulus 
of  the  parasitic  carposporophyte. 

The  variations  expi-essed  by  the  different  combinations  of  phases 
involving  these  factors  ^  constitute  the  special  charm  of  tlie  Florideaj 
as  a  class,  far  in  advance  of  anything  remotely  suggested  by  the  more 
dominant  phytobenthon  of  the  Phieophycea?  of  Northern  Seas,  as 
expressed  more  ])articula]"ly  by  the  familiar  Fucoids  and  Laminarians 
of  our  own  shores ;  this  being  in  turn  but  the  expression  of  the  fact 
that  the  Florideaj  are  pre-eminently  tropical  in  distribi:tion  and 
origin,  as  deiiizens  of  the  reef-pools  of  warmer  seas  ;  comparatively 
few  reach  n(n-thern  watei's,  and  these  are  often  the  last  niuch-cnduring 
relics  of  a  warmer  geological  epoch. 

Thus  while  Boswarva's  admittedly  imperfect  list  for  Plymouth 
Sound-,  before  steamer  traffic  had  fouled  the  water,  extends  to 
147  species,  the  Fieroe  list  at  the  northern  limit  of  British  distri- 
bution gives  only  75  species ;  and  in  the  Arctic  Sea,  according  to 
Kjellman,  Spitzbergen,  which  feels  the  last  influence  of  the  Gn\i- 
stream,  can  show  47  species,  and  the  Siberian  seas  only  11. 

^  When  the  respective  value  of  these  three  factors  can  be  determined,  it  will 
be  time  to  re-arrange  the  admittedly  wholly  provisional  present  classification. 

2  Boswarva  (1887),  Journal  M.^B.  A.  i.  p.  153;  Borgesen  (1903),  Botany  of 
the  Fxroes,  pp.  350,  403  ;  Kjellman  (1883),  AJgse  of  the  Arctic  Sea,  p.  72. 


THE    GEJfUS    EUPHRASIA    AND    E.    MINIMA  335 

THE  GENUS  EUPHRASIA  AND  E.  MINIMA. 
By  H.  Stuaet  Thompson,  F.L.S. 

There  is  an  interesting  and  apparently  overlooked  reference  to, 
and  short  description  of,  Euphrasia  minima  by  the  late  John  Ball, 
F.R.S.,  in  his  paper  "  On  Descriptions  of  some  new  Species,  Subspecies, 
and  Varieties  of  Plants  collected  in  Morocco  by  J,  D,  Hooker,  Gr.  Maw, 
and  J.  Ball,"  in  Journ.  Bot.  vol.  xi.  (1873)  p,  272.  This  paper  does 
not  appear  to  have  been  quoted  by  Townsend,  Hiern,  Marshall, 
Bucknall,  Pugsley,  nor  any  other  writer  on  Enplirasia  in  this 
Journal. 

Mr.  Hiern  pointed  out  (Z.  c.  1909,  p.  165)  that  Townsend  in 
Journ.  Bot.  1884,  p.  161,  discussed  at  considerable  length  the  question 
whether  EupJirasia  officinalis  L.  represents  a  single  polymoriDhic 
species  or  a  collective  species  ;  and  at  that  time  Townsend  expressed 
the  belief  that  all  the  European  forms  with  which  he  was  then 
acquainted  *'  are  members  of  a  single  polymorphic  species,  and  that 
none  of.  these  members  can  be  ranked  as  of  a  higher  grade  than  a 
subspecies."  This  opinion,  of  course,  he  afterwards  modified,  as 
mentioned  by  Mr.  Hiern.  But  Townsend  did  quote  in  this  paper  on 
Euphrasia  officinalis  (1.  c.)  some  remarks  in  a  letter  from  John  Ball 
in  which  Ball  said  that  a  study  of  the  forms  should  be  connected 
with  that  of  the  insect- visitors. 

Writing  in  this  Journal  (1873,  271)  Ball  expressed  very  similar 
views  to  Townsend's,  when  the  former  was  illustrating  his  ideas  of 
species,  subspecies,  and  varieties,  for  he  said  :  "In  our  islands  the  forms 
included  under  this  name  [^Euph^Yisia  officinalis']  differ  so  slightly, 
that,  as  I  believe,  no  botanist  has  proposed  to  designate  them  by  dis- 
tinct specific  names,  but  on  the  continent  of  Europe  ....  we  find  a  large 
number  of  such  forms  presenting  wide  differences  of  shape  and  aspect. 
The  floral  organs,  indeed,  vary  little  except  in  size,  but  the  leaves  are 
so  dissimilar  that  if  only  a  few  be  selected  for  comparison  most 
botanists  would  at  once  refer  them  to  different  species."  He  then 
proceeded  to  speak  of  E.  salisburgensis,  and  remarked  that  '"  The 
careful  observer  will,  however,  find  that  all  the  differences  which 
mark  these  so-called  species  are  no  more  than  exaggerations  of  the 
slighter  variations  which  the  common  plant  everywhere  exhibits,  and 
further  that  the  groups  of  forms  belonging  to  one  region  do  not 
exactly  correspond  with  those  inhabiting  a  different  region  of  the 
same  continent."  After  a  reference  to  Jordan,  Ball  adds  that  "most 
botanists  would  rank  the  remainder  as  undoubted  varieties  of  E.  offi- 
cinalis^'' and  he  proceeds  : — 

"  There  is  one  among  the  forms  closely  allied  to  our  common 
Euphrasy  which  shows  differences  more  marked  and  more  constant 
than  the  others.  This  is  the  E.  minima  of  Schleichei*,  a  plant 
inhabiting  the  higher  regions  of  the  Alps,  Pyrenees,  and  Carpathians, 
distinguished  by  its  dwarf  stature,  very  small,  usually  yellow  flowers, 
and  shortly  oval  crenate  leaves,  much  smaller  than  in  any  other  plant 
of  the  same  group.  The  mere  fact  of  the  presence  of  this  form  on 
several  widelv  dissevered  mountain  masses,  while  it  is  absent  from 


336  THE  .TounxAL  of   botany 

the  intervening  country,  is  strong  evidence  of  its  high  antiquity ; 
while  a  comparison  between  it  and  several  of  the  forms  that  we  refer 
to  E.  officinalis  leaves  little  doubt  that  it  is  related  to  the  latter  by 
generic  descent.  This  I  am  inclined  to  cite  as  a  typical  instance  of  a 
subspecies." 

In  Ball's  "Distribution  of  Plants  on  the  South  Side  of  the  Alps"' 
(Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  vol.  v.  pt.  4,  1896,  p.  119)  Euphrasia  minitna 
figm-es  from  41  out  of  50  districts  (chiefly  Italian)  on  the  south  side 
of  the  Alps,  and  from  six  or  seven  of  the  ten  other  mountain  ranges 
of  Europe  dealt  with,  viz.  French  Alps,  Swiss  Alps,  German  Alps, 
lUvrian  Alps  (Neapolitan  Apennines?),  P3'renees,  and  Carpathians. 

"  In  Jaccard's  Catalogue  de  la  Flore  Valaisanne,  Ziirich,  1895, 
another  excellent  work  in  the  hands  of  few  British  botanists  (hence 
these  transcriptions)  we  find,  on  p.  281,  under  Euphrasia  minima 
Jacq.,  '*  Paturages  sees,  repandu  dans  tout  le  pays  \i.  e.  Canton 
Yalais]  12OO-3U00  m.  Cette  espece  tres  variable  se  rencontre  sur 
tous  les  terrains  sous  di^erentes  formes  et  presente  une  grande 
extension  verticale."  The  Gornergrat  above  Zermatt,  3000  metres 
(Jide  Heer)  is  Jaccard's  highest  altitude,  and  he  says  the*  variety 
hicolor  is  the  most  freciuent.  Variety  minor  Jord.,  is  only  the 
reduced  form  of  high  stations  or  of  poor  soils.  The  variety  jlava 
appears  to  him  peculiar  to  the  crystalline  rocks,  and  is  abundant  on 
the  pastures  of  Conches  and  at  Gletsch  (near  the  source  of  the  Rhone). 
Variety  pallida  he  records  from  the  Col  de  I'Eveque,  3U00  m.,  and 
from  the  Paffel  and  Gletsch.  Vaccari  gives  3100  m.  as  tlie  highest 
limit  for  E.  minima  and  its  varieties  and  forms  minor,  hicolor,  and 
^lava  on  the  Monte  Rosa  massif  (see  La  Flora  Nivale  del  Monte 
'Rosa,  Aosta,  1911). 

When  studying  the  altitudinal  limits  of  Alpine  plants  in  the 
Western  Alps  during  the  summer  and  autumn  of  1907  I  observed 
(Bull.  Acad.  Geograph.  Bot.  1908,  pp.  195-248)  that  Euphrasia 
minima  was  one  of  the  seventy  plants  with  the  greatest  vertical  range 
of  distribution,  though  I  do  not  appear  to  have  seen  it  higher  than 
2684  m.=i8S00  ft.  "(Col  Giaset  near  Mont  Cenis)  nor  lower  than 
about  1000  metres.  My  Eu))lirasi(e  of  that  year  were  determined 
by  Wettstein,  Chabert,  and  Bucknall.  E.  salishurc/ensis  and  an 
autumnal  form  of  E.  Biclcnelli  Wetts.  were  both  collected  at  a  higher 
elevation  than  minima,  viz.  at  2745  m.  or  9000  ft.  on  the  Aiguille 
du  Goleon  in  Dauphine. 

After  ten  years'  scepticism  on  the  subject  of  E.  minima  in  Britain 
(largely  because  it  is  chiefl}^  a  ])lant  of  hot  dry  mountain  slopes  on 
the  Continent,  and  has  not  the  leaves  and  much  bmnching  of  the 
Exmoor  plant),  I  still  believe  with  Pugsley  that  what  he  appropriately 
calls  Euphrasia  confusa  cannot  be  I'egarded  as  conspecific  witli 
E.  minima  Jacq.  But  further  research  into  the  literature  of  the 
subject  has  shown  me  how  much  is  to  be  learnt  from  the  polymorphic 
genus  Euphrasia  in  regard  to  plant  evolution  and  distribution,  in- 
cluding the  mai'ked  differences  in  forms  gathered  in  Britain  and  on 
the  Continent  of  Europe;  and  not  only  between  plants  of  separate 
ranges  of  mountains  but  of  neighbouring  valleys  ;  as  well  as  about 
the  interesting  question  of  testival  and  autumnal  forms  of  this  and 


THE    GEXUS    EUPHEASIA    AND    E.    MINIMA  337 

some  allied  genera  in  the  family  Scropliulariaceae.  If  the  vexed  and 
unimportant  question  of  specific  rank  were  the  only  raison  d'etre  of 
the  study  of  these  critical  plants,  I,  for  one,  would  regret  the  time  so 
many  have  devoted  to  it.  But  such  investigation  is  elucidating 
other  and  more  interesting  matters,  bearing  not  only  upon  the  life- 
history  of  the  plants  as  known  to-day  but  upon  their  evolution  in 
different  climes  and  on  different  rocks,  and  upon  their  differences  in 
different  countries,  the  summer  and  autumn  states  of  some,  and  the 
varying  degrees  of  pirasiticism  of  others.  Nor  let  us  forget  to  follow 
up  the  suggestion  of  that  great  naturalist  and  traveller  John  Ball, 
when,  in  writing  to  F.  Townsend  in  1884,  he  drew  attention  to  the 
part  insect- visitors  may  play. 

As  far  as  we  are  aware,  no  seeds  of  Euphrasia  have  been  found 
in  the  late  Glacial  beds  of  Britain  ;  but  Clement  Eeid  records  seeds 
of  the  allied  Bar^fsia  Odontites  from  the  Clyde  Beds  at  Grarvel  Park 
{The  Origin  of  the  British  Flora,  1899,  p.  135),  a  most  helpful 
book  now  out  of  print,  and  I  am  told  much  in  demand. 

The  distinguishing  features  of  Euphrasia,  Odontites,  Barisia, 
Eufracjia,  and  of  his  new  genus  Disjjermotheca  were  very  ably  stated 
and  clearly  illustrated  (fig.  7)  by  Beauverd  in  his  paper  "  Plantes 
Nouvelles  ou  Critiques  de  la  Flore  du  Bassin  du  Rhone,"  in  Bull.  Soc. 
Bot.  de  Geneve,  vol.  iii.  (1911),  pp.  297-337. 

In  addition  to  the  coloured  figures  of  Euphrasia  minima  in 
Schroeter's  Flore  des  AJpes  and  in  my  Suh-Alpine  Plants,  there  is 
a  clearer  one  in  the  well-illustrated  Atlas  coloree  de  la  Flore  Alpine,. 
by  Beauverie  et  Faucheron,  Paris,  1906.. 


THE  CKYPTOGAMS  OF  ANDREWS'S  HERBARIUM, 

By  G.  S.  Boulger,  F.L.S. 

The  following  list  is  supplementary  to  the  enumeration  of  the 
phanerogams  of  Andrews's  Herbarium  which  was  published  in  last 
year's  Journal,  pp.  294-8,  323-331,  346-354. 

CrsTOPTERis  rHA&iLis  Bernhardi.  R.  S.  3.  125.  7.  In  the  road, 
from  Mendip  hills  to  Wells,  June,  1731.      [Dale's  ticket.] 

Mosses. 

Among  the  Mosses,  which  have  been  examined  by  Mr.  Gepp,  are- 
the  following  :  all  are  from  Essex  unless  otherwise  noted:  — 

Sphagnum  ctmbifolium  Ehrh.  Bogs  at  the  foot  of  Link  hills,. 
Maplestead,  June  1744. 

S.  SUBSECUNDUM  Nees.  An  Muscus  palustris  albicans  ierrestris- 
capitulis  erecfis  hrevihns.  R.  S.  2.  37.  4  ;  3.  104. 1.  [Samelocalitv  r 
11  July,  1746.] 

PoLTTRTCHUM  JUNTPERTNUM  Willd.  Little  Cornard  Church 
[Suffolk]  and  Brake  hill,  Bulmur,  April  18,  1746. 

P.  COMMUNE  L.     Link  hills,  Maplestead,  May  27,  1746. 

FrxARTA  HYGROMETRiCA  Sibth.     Ballindon  hills,  Jan.  28,  1740, 


338  THE    JOUR^'AL    OF    BOTANY 

Philoxotis  foxtana  Brid.  Bogs  at  foot  of  Link  hills,  Maple- 
stead,  May  27,  174G. 

Bktum  capillare  L.  On  the  bank  upon  the  top  of  Brake  Moore 
hill,  Middleton,  May  30,  17J.6. 

Mnium  uxdulatum  L,  "  Bryum  serpylH folium."  Link  hills, 
Maplestead,  11  July,  ll^^H;  Ball  Street.  vStoke  near  Na^dand,  with 
the  Triclwmanes.     April  21,  17-1(3.      [Suffolk.] 

M,  HORXUM  L.  Moist  bank  next  John  Stebings  field  by  Sandy 
Lane,  Bulmur,  Feb.  4,  1740,  April  5,  1745,  and  April  10,  174G. 

Hypxum  aduxcu:m  Hedw.  var.  Upon  the  Water  in  a  little  pond 
in  a  wood  between  Willmore  Lane  and  Gentries.  July  11,  1746. 
[County  ?] 

H.  FLUITAXS  L.  Boggy  place  in  the  lane  from  Lamask  Brook 
farm  to  Alphamston  Church,  April  22,  1746,  and  Armsey,  Bulmur, 
July,  1752. 

HYLocoMiuii  TRiQUETRUM  B.  &  S.  Ballingdou  Hills.  Jan.  28, 
1742. 

Hepatic^. 

Pellia  epiphylla  Nees.  A)i  4  Lichen  ijetradus  cauliculo  cal- 
ceato  C.  B.,  R.  S.  3.  110.  The  taste  is  hot  and  bm-ning.  Found  in 
the  grijjQs  by  the  side  of  the  hill  where  the  lodge  stands  in  the  Boys 
hall  park.  April.  Sandy  Lane,  Bulmur  &  Crow  bridge,  Barfield  Bi-idge, 
Brundon  Mill.     18  April,  1745.     ["  Broad-leaved  Star-lip."  Hemsted.] 

LuNULAEiA  TTJLOARis  Mich.  Lichen  seu  Ifejyatica  lunulata 
fTTKpvWoKapTTos  D.  Dale,  R.  Syn.  i.  20  ;  ii.  41 ;  iii.  115,  5.  I  received  it 
from  Mr.  Dale,  March,  1716. 

Marchantia  poltmorpha  L.  5.  Lichen  ^etrceus  stellatus 
R.  S.  3.  115.  An  88  Lichenoides  peltatum  terrestre  rnfescens  R.  S. 
3.  77.  In  my  garden,  18  June,  1745,  &  In  Counsellor  Theobald's 
Yard  and  in  the  Vestry  yard,  St.  Grregories  Chm-ch  &  In  Mr.  John 
Burkitt's  Yard.  In  a  Boggy  pasture  Meadow  behind  Box  Mill, 
Halstead,  9  July,  1745,  plentifully.  Amongst  the  Grass  &  is  often 
covered  with  Avater  when  the  river  is  full.  As  soon  as  you  are  out  of 
Henny  Street  towards  Middleton  in  Essex  ....  with  the  Lentibularia 
[Utricularia]  26  June,  1740.  [The  first  Rayan  name,  applied  to 
the  garden  specimens,  is  probably  erroneous,  and  refers  rather  to 
Lunnlai'ia.'] 

Fegatella  conica  Corda.  4.  Lichen  pet^'c^its  latifoUus  sive 
Ilcpatica  fontanel.  R.  S.  3.  115.  Lichen  sive  Hepatica  vulgaris 
Park.  R.  S.  40.  An  Lichen  petrceus  inleatus  Park.  Lichen 
verrucosus  Doody,  R.  S.  3.  114.  1.  On  the  north  side  of  Milford 
liall,  28  June,  1745.  In  Chappel  Lane,  Cornard,  25  April,  1745.  This 
I  call  the  Lichen  offic.  In  the  watery  lane  between  Lossins  Mill  and 
Corks  farm,  with  Saxifraga  aurea,  both  sorts  [^Chrysosplenium],  Lu- 
jula  \^Oxalis\  Nasturtium  aq.  amar.  [^Oardamine amara'],  Cardamine 
impatiens  altera  hirsutior  [C  hirsuta],  Veronica- ChamsBdryo ides 
fol.  pediculis  [V.  montana\ 

Rebotjlta  hemisph^rtca  Raddi.  2.  Lichen  pileatus  parvus^ 
foliis  crenatis  R.  S.  3.  114.  Great  Cornard,  2  April,  1745.  On 
a  drie  bank  in  Bull  St.,  Stoke  near  Na viand,  plentifully,  21  April, 


THE    CRYPTO GAATS    OF    AXUEEWS's    HERBARIUM  339 

1746.  Lane  from  Nayland  to  Heney  Tye.  [Dillenius  attributes 
the  discovery  of  this  species  to  Andrews.  He  says  "  Found  by 
Mr.  Andrews  of  Sudbury  in  Suffolk,  sent  by  Mr.  Dale,"  though  he 
identifies  it  with  a  specimen,  Lichen  fetrcEus  cauliculo  'pileum 
•pavum  sustinente  m  Buddie's  Hortus  Siccus,  vol.  ii,  18,  and  mentions 
its  having  been  observed  by  Dandridge,  "  the  pattern-drawer  in  Moor- 
fields  "  (fi.  1723-30).] 

Anthoceros  punctatus  L.  Liclienastrum  gramineo  pediculo  & 
capitulo  oblongo,  bifurco.  K.  S.  3.  109.  1.  Bulmur.  July,  1725 
and  1739.     Ditch  at  foot  of  Link  hills,  Maplestead,  July,  1746. 

Algje. 

Halidrys  siliqltosa  Lyngb.  "  Codded  Sea  Lintels."  '*  Podded 
Oar-weed."  [One  of  the  set  of  "  Curious  Sea  Plants  "  collected  by 
W.  Paine  between  Yarmouth  and  Lynn.  They  are  not  further 
localised  and  will  here  have  merely  the  name  "  Paine  "  following 
each.]  R.  S.  3.  48.  39,  wdiere  Dale's  record  of  the  species  from 
Harwich  is  quoted  from  Ray's  Hist.  Plant,  iii.  11. 

Fucus  VESicuLOSUS  L.  By  the  Thorn  near  Manningtree,  12  May, 
1740.  Mersev  Island.  An  4.  Qnercus  marina  varietas  Ger.  em. 
1567,  R.  S.  3."^  40. 

F.  CERAXOIDES  L.  All  16  Fucus  me?nbranaceus  ceranoides  varie 
dissectus  B.  S.  3.  44.     Bucks  Horn  Wrack.     Paine. 

F.  serratus  L.     Mersey  Island. 

F.  ]s^0D0sus  L.     Paine. 

Pelvetia  CAifALicuLATA  Dcne  &  Thuret.     Paine. 

Laminaria  saccharina  L.  An  31  Fucus  arhoreus  j^oli/schides 
edulis.     B.  S.  3.  46.     Paine. 

Cladostephus  YERTiciLLATrs  L3^ngb.     "  Fine  Wrack."     Paine. 

C.  spo^Giosus  Ag.  *'  Black  grassy  Wrack."  R.  S.  3.  46.  27, 
Paine. 

Ceramium  rubrum  Ag.     Paine. 

FuRCELLARiA  PASTiGiATA  Grev.     "  Sea  Fenill."     Paine. 

Chonhrus  crispus  Lx.     "  Wrack."     Paine. 

Gracilaria  conferyoides  Grev.  An  26  Fucus  triclioides 
nostras  aurei  coloris  ramiilorum  apicihns  furcatis.     R.  S.  3.  45. 

Plocamium  coccixErM  Lyngb.     Paine. 

CoRALLiNA  OFFICINALIS  L.     R.  S.  3.  33.  1.     Paine. 

Jania  rubexs  Lx.     Paine. 

Odonthalia  dentata  Lyngb.  Fucus  denfafus  With.  III.  248. 
Gathered  on  the  shore  at  Lei'th  by  my  brother  Fenwick.  Mr.  Skrim- 
shire  1796.     [A  Hemsted  addition.] 

Rhodomela  lycopodiotdes  Ag.     "  Grassy  Wrack."     Paine. 

PoLYSiPHONiA  nigrescens  Grcv.     "  Tall  silke  oare."     Paine. 

Dasya  coccinea  Ag.     Paine. 

Cladophora  rupestris  Kg.     "  Grassy  silk  oars."     Paine. 

Lichens. 
Peltigera  canina  Hoffm.     87.  An  Lichenoides  peJtatum  ter- 
restre  cinereum  majus  foliis  divisis  R.  S.  3.  76.     Lichen  terrestris 
cinerens  R.  S.  2.  23.     I  gathered  this  in  Collidge  Wood  Middleton 


34^0  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTAXY 

amongst  the  moss  on  the  tops  of  tlie  stubs,  24  November,  1741. 
Brakemore  hill,  Middleton,  1746.  From  off  the  thatch  of  the 
Blacksmith's  shop  in  Foxearth  Street,  80  Jan.  1746.  Great  Cornard. 
8  April,  1746. 

P.  POLYDACTTLA  Hoffm.     Cornard  mere.     27  July,  1739. 

Sticta  pulmonacea  Ach.  Oak  Lungs.  New  Forest,  Hampshire. 
W.  Paine. 

S.  SCROBICULATA  Ach.  86.  An  Lichenoides  peUatum  arhoreum 
R.  S.  3.  76.  Upon  the  thatch  of  Ned  Parmenters  shed  Ballingdon 
Brickkill,  where  they  set  the  white  ware.  24  November,  1741.  I 
never  gathered  it  elsewhere. 

FrxciT. 

Geoptxis  cocctnea  Massee.  li,  S.  3.  IS.  5.  On  rotten  stick. 
Jan.  1729,  Feb.  1752. 

Geaster  rufescexs  Pers.  ?  An  Fungus  pulveridentits  coll 
instar  perforatus  cum  volva  stellata  Doody.  R.  S.  3.  28.  12.  Be- 
tween Ballingdon  and  Sudbury. 

[LrcoPEKLDOX  COLIFORME.     "  Cullandcr  Puff-ball,  Hemsted.] 

AuRtcuLARiA  MESEXTERICA  Fries.  On  a  piece  of  Elm  at  Middel- 
-ton.     28  Jan.  1740. 

Merulius  lacrymaxs  Fries.  Rotten  joysts  in  Humphry's 
workeshop,  Sudbury.     27  July,  1753. 

Armillaria  mellea  Yahl.  (rhizomorph).  Clavarla  hypoxylon. 
This  odd  Plant  grows  frequently  to  the  Planks  and  Timbers  that 
■cover  wells  &  to  the  Pump  Trees  in  Sudbury,  Suffolk.  This  I  had 
from  Mr.  Stephen  Oliver's  Junr.     May  28,  1745. 

An  6  Spouf/ia  ramosa  jiuvlatills.  R.  S.  3.  30.  It  grows  to 
"the  ....  old  stone  Bridge  and  to  the  ....  wooden  Piles  in  Ballingdon 
River,  alwaies  covered.  1  July,  1740.  [The  freshwater  Sponges, 
which,  until  quite  recently,  were  looked  upon  as  plants,  are  very 
abundant  in  the  north  of  Essex.] 


NOTE  ON  CENTAUREA. 
By  C.  E.  Brittox. 


Ik  part  2  of  the  Prodromus  FIorcB  Brlfannicce  (Nov.  1901), 
«,fter  dealing  with  the  forms  of  Cenfaurea  Jacea  L,  in  a  manner 
aiever  before  attempted  by  any  native  botanist,  Mr.  F.  N.  Williams 
a-e marked  that  "  the  critical  study  of  the  British  Knapweeds  has  still 
.to  be  undertaken."  Although  many  years  have  elapsed  since  this 
was  written,  very  little  attention  has  in  the  meantime  been  given  to 
Cenfaurea  by  our  critical  botanists,  and  l^abington's  arrangement  of 
the  forms  seems  still  to  mark  the  limits  of  their  study.  Mr.  Williams's 
survey  was  chiefly  notable  for  the  transference  of  G.  nigra  var.  deci- 
j)iens  of  British  collectors  to  C.  Jacea  as  a  variety  (C.  Jacea  \^y. 
ntffresce7is  Wild.  &  Dur.).  In  associating  "var.  declpiens''  with 
C.  Jacea  rather  than  with  C.  nigra,  I  believe  that  Mr.  Williams 
expresses  the  natural  affinity  of  the  plant,  though  I  am  unable  to 
iiiirree  with  his  subordination  of  it  to  C.  Jacea  as  a  variety. 


NOTE    OX    CENTAUKEA  341 

At  present,  it  would  seem  that  a  good  deal  of  field  work  is  neces- 
sary before  an  approximately  accm-ate  knowledge  of  the  various  forms 
of  Centaurea  can  be  obtained  and  their  distribution  worked  out. 
Botanists  who  have  the  opportunity  could  render  important  service 
in  investigating  whether  or  not  C.  Jacea  is  an  aboriginal  species  in 
the  various  localities  from  which  it  has  been  recorded.  All  specimens 
of  alleged  C.  Jacea  require  very  careful  examination,  as  it  appears 
certain  that  allied  forms  have  been  erroneously  recorded  under  this 
name.  I  here  particularly  refer  to  Sussex  specimens  of  G.  Jacea, 
various  examples  so  named  having  recently  passed  through  my  hands. 
Equally  important,  perhaps,  is  an  enquiry  into  the  plants  recorded  by 
British  botanists  as  C.  nigra  var.  decipiens,  as  forms  nearer  related 
to  G.  Jacea,  and  even  C.  Jacea  itself,  have  been  recorded  under 
this  name. 

It  may  be  thought  impossible  that  G.  Jacea  could  pass  as  G.  nigra 
var.  decipiens,  but  the  following  shows  that  it  has  done  so.  In 
Mr.  H.  W.  Monckton's  compact  little  Flora  of  the  Bagshot  District 
(noticed  in  this  Journal  for  1916,  p.  94),  C.  nigra  var.  decipiens 
(Thuill.)  is  recorded  from  the  Upper  Bagshot  sands  of  Wellington 
College,  Berkshire.  Mr.  C.  E.  Salmon  has  in  his  herbarium  a  sheet 
of  Mr.  Monckton's  plant,  which  I  have  seen.  These  specimens  are 
not  what  usually  pass  with  British  botanists  as  nigra  var.  decipiens^ 
nor  do  they  agree  wdth  French  conceptions  of  Thuillier's  plant. 
Hearing  of  my  interest  in  the  matter,  Mr.  Monckton  kindly  sent  me 
a  few  dried  specimens  bearing  the  same  name  and  from  the  identical 
locality,  with  a  note  saying  that  '*  this  form  grows  in  considerable 
abundance  at  Wellington  College  on  the  Bagshot  Sand  ;  it  is  most 
abundant  on  the  Upper  Bagshot  Sand  but  spreads  on  to  the  sandy 
upper  part  of  the  Middle  Bagshot  Sand  as  well."  To  my  surprise, 
the  examples  that  reached  me  were  unmistakable  G.  Jacea  L.  During 
the  past  summer  I  have  received  fresh  flowering  specimens  from 
Mr.  Monckton,  who  has  kindly  given  me  much  information  about  the 
present  and  past  conditions  of  the  localit3\  Referring  to  the  speci- 
mens sent  to  me,  Mr.  Monckton  wrote  "  they  are  what  I  meant  by 
G.  nigra  var.  decipiens  in  my  Flora  of  the  Bagshot  District.  They 
occur  in  a  limited  area  here,  say,  in  the  square  mile  between  Crowthorne 
Church  and  the  South -Eastern  Railway  in  the  eastern  corner  of  Berk- 
shire. At  the  present  they  are  in  flower  by  the  hundred  or  perhaps 
by  the  thousand.  The  ordinary  G.  nigra  is  also  present  and  is 
frequent  all  around  here,  both  on  the  Bagshot  Sand  and  on  London 
Clay,  but  I  only  find  the  species  of  which  I  sent  you  specimens  on 
Bagshot  Sand  and  at  the  particular  place  above  mentioned.  I  see 
G.  nigra  b.  decipiens  is  mentioned  in  the  Sixth  Annual  Report  of  the 
Wellington  College  Natural  Science  Society  published  in  1876 ;  it 
may  occur  in  earlier  Reports,  but  I  have  not  such  at  hand." 

As  the  Gentaurea  was  so  abundant,  and  no  doubt  was  expressed 
as  to  its  status  as  a  British  plant,  I  visited  the  locality  to  observe 
under  what  conditions  it  occurred.  The  plants  grow  chiefly  along 
the  border  of  a  road,  among  turf,  etc.,  for  a  distance  of  about  half  a 
mile.  The  road  is  bounded  at  intervals  by  strips  of  turf  of  varying 
extent,  but  chiefly  by  shnibs  and  undergrowth  of  the  heath-forma- 


342  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

tions ;  the  Centaiireas  are  found  with  the  grass,  and  also  plentifully 
among  the  undergrowth,  such  as  young  birch  and  oak,  sallows,  JErica 
cinerea,  CaUioia  vulgaris,  Cytisiis  scopcfriiis,  liuhi,  Aoung  I^iniis 
sylvestris  :  be^'ond  is  a  background  of  Piuus  sylvesfris  and  Cedriis 
JJeodara.  The  Centaureas  occurring  under  these  conditions  i^ave  me 
the  impression  of  being  intrusive  species,  naturalised  but  decidedly 
not  aboriginal.  Centaurea  Jacea,  very  variable  as  to  bracts  and  as 
to  whether  the  heads  are  radiant  or  not,  is  abundant,  the  var.  longi- 
folia  Sehultz-Bip.  being  well  represented.  Here  are  also  a  n  amber 
of  puzzling  allied  forms  very  similar  to  others  found  in  Surrey,  where 
I  am  disposed  to  consider  them  native.  The  most  notable  of  these 
allies  was  G.  pratensis  Thuill.  Under  other  conditions  I  would  readily 
accept  this  as  native,  as  it  is  a  well-distributed  British  plant,  ranging 
from  Kent  to  Perth,  and  represented  in  herbaria  under  such  names 
as  C.  nigra  var.  pallens  Koch;  C.  nigra  var.  clecipiens  (Thuill.)  of 
British  authors  (Syme,  etc.)  ;  it  comprises  most  of  the  plants  referred 
by  Mr.  Williams  to  C.  nigra  var.  rivuJaris. 

As  to  the  source  of  introduction  of  these  plants  at  the  Berkshire 
localit3%  the  adjoining  pla^^ing-fields  probably  offer  the  solution,  as 
whilst  the  ground  devoted  to  the  summer  games  was  well  mown  and 
rolled,  the  football  ground  was  covered  with  a  thick  growth  of 
flowering  and  seeding  Centaureas  of  various  kinds.  Grass-formations 
do  not  naturally  occur  on  the  dry  Bagshot  Sands,  and  tlie  playing- 
fields  have  no  doubt  been  formed  by  the  laying  down  of  turf  or  by 
the  sowing  of  gmss-seed,  the  Centaureas  being  present  in  the  turf  or 
the  fruits  being  mixed  with  the  grass-seed. 


IIUBIACE^  BATESIANiE.— II. 
By  H.  F.  Weenha]^[. 

(Continued  from  p.  283.) 

Taeenna  eketensis  Wernham  in  Journ.  Bot.  lii.  4  (1914). 

No.  1410.     "  Vine,  forest.     Flowers  white." 

This  species  has  been  represented  hitherto  only  by  the  original 
type,  discovered  by  the  Talbots  in  the  Eket  district  of  Nigeria  in 
1913. 

Gardenia  nigrificans,  sp.  nov. 

Arbor  parva  nisi  corolla  omnino  glabra,  ramulis  gracilibus.  Folia 
anguste  elliptica  utrinque  acuminata  apice  ipso  obtusa,  basi  acuta 
petioJo  brevi ;  venae  primaria?  subtus  prominentes  laterales  perpaucai 
(utrinque  3-4)  ;  stipulcB  parva?  triangulares  inconspicuse  acutissimae. 
Flores  inter  maximos  sessiles  axillares  solitarii.  Calgx  spathaceus 
glaber  cons])icuus  uno  latere  fere  ad  basin  fissus  insuper  in  lobis 
5  linearibus  longiusculis  divisus  apice  subacvitis.  CoroUce  tubus 
elongatus  insuper  leniter  infundibulariter  ampliatus  extus  minute 
sericeo-tomentosus  insuper  sparsius,  lobi  5  adscendentes  pro  rata 
breves  ovato-triangulares  acuminati  acutissimi  glabrati.  AntliercB 
longe  tenui-lineares  quisque  brevissime  e  corolla  exsertse. 


RUBIACE^    BATESIAN^  343 

No.  1291.  "A  small  tree,  forest.  Name — alenteh.  Corolla 
greenish-white.     Juice  of  fruit  used  to  stain  black." 

Allied  to  G.  spathicah/x  (see  p.  280),  but  differs  conspicuously  in 
the  shape  and  venation  of  the  leaves,  and  in  the  completely  glabrous 
character  of  all  its  parts,  excepting  the  corolla,  which  is  much  larger 
in  our  species. 

Leaves  11-14  cm.  X  2*5-3'5  cm.,  with  petiole  usually  barely  5  mm., 
sometimes  1  cm.,  long.  Calyx  6  cm.  or  even  longer,  of  which  the  lobes 
take  about  2  cm.  Corolla-iuhQ  about  15  cm.  long,  measured  from  its 
exsertion  from  tube  of  calyx,  3'5-4  cm.  wide  at  mouth ;  lobes  3'3  cm. 
long  and  1*5  cm.  broad  at  base.  Anthers  over  2  cm.  long. 
Oxyanthus  Leptactina,  sp.  nov. 

Frutexalte  scandens,  ramulis  gracillimis  nisi  nonnunquam  minutis- 
sime  pulverulo-pubescentibus  glabratis.  Folia  pro  genere  minuscula 
papyracea  elliptica  acuminata  apice  vix  acuta,  basi  acutR  pet iolo  gracili- 
usculo,  utrinque  nisi  venarum  in  axillis  lateralium  (utrinque  5-6) 
primarium  cum  mediana  minute  tamen  manifesto  barbellata  glabra ; 
stipiilce  glabratse  anguste  triangulares  longe  acuminatse  apice  acutis- 
simse  saepius  subsetacese.  Flores  in  umbellis  pedunculatis  trifloris  dis- 
positi  superioribus  in  axillis  ;  pedunculi  cum  pedicellis  brevibus  glabri ; 
hracteol(B  2  pedicelli  in  apice  insertse  caducse  lanceolatse  basin  versus 
scaphoidese  acuminatissimse  valde  acutre  apice  subsetosse.  Ovarium 
subcampanulatum  appresse  griseo-pubescens ;  calycis  tubus  brevis- 
simus,  dentes  lineares  valde  acuminato-acuti  elongati.  Corollcs  tubus 
pro  genere  validiusculus  extus  infra  sparsissime  pilosus  insuper 
inconspicue  necnon  breviter  sericeus  ;  lobi  lanceolati  acuminati 
acuti. 

No.  1326.     "  Climbing  high,  forest.     Corolla  white,  glabrate." 
Allied  to  the  Liberian  O.  tenuis  Stapf,  from  which  it  may  be  readily 
distinguished  by  its  much  longer  leaf-stalks  and  cal^^x-teeth,  and  the 
relatively  much  shorter  corolla-tube. 

Leaves  8-12  cm.  X  4-5  cm.;  stalk|'from  l*5-2*5  cm.  or  longer ; 
stipules  6  mm.  long,  2'5  mm.  broad  at  base.  Peduncle  barely  2  cm., 
pedicels  rarely  over  5  mm.  long  ;  hracteoles  4-5  mm.  long.  Ovary 
3-7  mm.  high,  tube  of  calyx  barely  1  mm.,  lobes  over  1  cm.  long. 
Corolla-iuhe  nearly  7  cm.  long,  lobes  about  3  cm.  x  5-6  mm. 
Atractogyne  Batesii,  sp.  nov. 

Frutex  scandens  ramulis  gracilibus  striatis  glabris  ;  folia  majuscula 
firme  chartacea  glabra  ovata  breviter  acuminata  apice  vix  acuta  potius 
obtusiuscula,  basi  cordata  petiole  validiusculo  pro  rata  longiusculo, 
vencB  primanse  laterales  utrinque  6-9  prominulse  ;  stipulce  in  vaginam 
brevem  cohserentes  latam  apiculo  centrali  brevi  onustam.  Floras  in 
cymis  abbreviatis  dispositi  5-6-floris. 

Calyx  hemisphserico  -  campanulatus  minute  pubescens  obscure 
brevissime  dentatus ;  corolla  anguste  campanulata  lobis  deflexis 
brevissimis  late  deltoideis  obtusis.  AnthercB  recta?  lineares  basi 
alte  sagittatse  furcis  obtusis,  filamentis  brevibus  necnon  manifestis. 
Stylus  claviformis  obtusus.  Fructus  angustissime  linearis  utrinque 
attenuatus,  subteres  insigniter  costulatus  calyce  persistente  coronatus, 
bilocularis  seminibus  irregulariter  angulatis. 


344-  JOURNAL    OF    BOTA>'T 

No.  1217.  Readily  distinguished  from  the  only  other  species 
known,  A.  Oahonii,  hy  the  shape  and  venation  of  the  leaves. 
These  measure  10-17  cm.  x  6-10  cm.,  with  petiole  up  to  5  cm. 
or  longer ;  sheath  of  stipule  nearly  5  mm.  deep,  the  acumen  about 
the  same  height.  Calyx  barely  1  mm.  in  depth  ;  corolla  10-15  mm. 
long,  6-7  mm.  broad  at  the  mouth.  Anthers  5  mm.  long ;  fila- 
ments barely  1  mm.  long.  Fruit  10  cm.  long,  bareh^  'o  cm.  in 
diameter. 

Pavetta  antennifera,  sp.  nov. 

Frutex  erectus  caule  gracili  orgyalis  ramulis  mox  cortice  minute 
pubescente  nee  dense  indutis  graciliusculis.  Folia  magna  papyracea 
elliptica  vix  acuminata  apice  subacuta,  basi  acuta  in  petiolum  longi- 
usculum  pubescentem  desinentia.  Flores  in  cymis  axillaribus  dispositi 
trichotomis  multifloris  minute  tomentosis  folia  nee  excedentibus, 
bracfeis  exiguis  v.  obsoletis ;  iiedunculo  validiusculo  pubescente, 
pedicellis  similiter  indutis  brevissimis.  Calycis  minuti  tubus  sericeus 
nigricans  exiguus,  lobi  elongati  setaceo-subulati  rufo-pilosi.  Corollas 
tubus  graciliusculus  pro  rata  brevis,  extus  glabratus  tubularis  insuper 
nee  ampliatus,  lobi  patentes  oblaneeolati  mucronato-acuminati  glabri. 
AnthercB  lineares  conspicuae  exsertye  ;  stylus  longissime  exsertus,  valde 
conspicuus. 

No.  1422.  *'  Shrub  with  slender  stem  6  feet  long.  Ekotok, 
lately  forest.     Flowers  white." 

Related  undoubtedly  to  the  Angolan  P.  angolensis  Hiern,  from 
which  this  species  may  be  readily  distinguished  by  the  shape  and 
venation  of  the  leaves.  These  measure  about  20  cm.  X  10  cm.,  with 
12-14  pairs  of  primary  lateral  veins.  Primary  peduncle  (measured 
from  leaf-axil  to  first  trichotomous  branching)  about  2  cm.;  secondary 
peduncles,  6-7  mm.  Pedicel  and  ovary  together,  3-4  mm.  long. 
OaZy^-lobes  12  mm.  or  longer.  CoroZ/a-tube  2-2-5  cm.  long,  lobes 
10  inm.  X  3  mm.  broad  in  upper  half.  Anthers  7-8  mm.  long.  Style 
exserted  ±5  cm. 

CoFFEA  JASMIXOIDES  "Welwitsch  ex  Hiern  in  Trans.  Linn.  Soc. 
ser.  II.  i.  175  (1876)  ;  Hiern,  Cat.  Welw.  Afr.  PL  ii.  490. 

No.  1313.  "Vine,  stem  creeping  on  ground,  forest.  Corolla 
white,  tinged  with  purple  in  throat." 

This  species,  readily  distinguished  by  its  precocious  flowers,  which 
fall  before  the  leaves  appear,  and  the  glumaceous  bracts,  has  been 
recorded  from  Angola  and  Nigeria,  but  not  hitherto,  apparently,  from 
the  Cameroons. 

RuTiDEA.  This  genus,  by  no  means  a  large  one,  is  represented  in 
this  collection  by  three  new  species  : — 

Rutidea  Batesii,  sp.  nov. 

Frutex  volubilis  ramulis  gracilibus  dense  necnon  brevissime  mfo- 
tomentosis.  Folia  pergamaceo-coriacea  elliptica  vix  acuminata  apice 
rotundata  basi  brevissime  manifeste  tamen  cordata,  petiolo  qua 
ramula  induto  brevissimo,  validiusculo,  supra  glaberrima  subnitentia, 
subtus  ubique  densissime  in  venis  moUiter  necnon  minutissime  rufo- 
tomentosa;  vena'  primaria^  laterales  utrinque  ±6  subtus  prominuhe 


KUIJIACE.E    J5ArESIAN.E  3j|,5 

supra  valde  impressai ;  sfijnilce  e  basi  anguste  triangulari  subulatie 
integivTB.  Flores  parvi  in  eapitulis  3-4-floris  breviter  pedimculatis  dis- 
positi ;  capitiila  pyramidali  in  thyrso  amplo  disposita  laxo  termiuaJi, 
ramulis  rufo-tomentosis ;  hractece  stipulis  similes  nisi  angustiores. 
Calyx  densissime  minute  serieeo-strigosus ;  corollce  inter  minimas 
tubus  gracilis  insuper  paullo  ampliatus  basi  breviter  glaber  insuper 
griseo-tomentosus,  limbi  diametrum  subsequans,  lobi  kte  ovati  vix 
acuminati ;  anther ce  ellipsoidese  conspicue  nee  longe  exsertte. 
No.  1353.     "  Vine,  forest." 

Allied  to  H,  olenotriclia  Hiern,  from  which  it  differs  especially 
in  the  relative  lengths  of  corolla-tube  and  limb-diameter,  and  in  the 
leaf-apex. 

Leaves  about  10  cm.  X  5  cm.,  with  petiole  not  more  than  7  mm. 
long ;  stipules  8-9  mm.  long  and  2-3  mm.  broad  at  base.  Thyrsus 
about  16  cm.  long,  measuring  from  the  last  foliage-leaf,  and  14- 
IG  cm.  in  diameter  at  base.  The  whole  calyx  is  barely  1*5  mm. 
in  length  ;  coro/Z«-tube  5  mm.  long,  the  limb  4-5  mm.  in  diameter ; 
authei's  1*4  mm.  long ;  style  8-9  mm. 
Rutidea  pavettoides,  sp.  nov. 

Frutex  ramulis  validiusculis  densissime  pilis  longis  hispidulis. 
Folia  pap}T.'acea,  utrinque  plus  minus  molliter  hispida,  elliptica  v. 
late  obovato-lanceolata,  basi  subtruncata  ad  subcordata,  petiolo 
sajpius  brevi  densissime  hispidulo,  apice  vix  v.  brevissime  acuminata 
sed  acutissima ;  stipulcB  infra  ovato-lanceolataj  insuper  in  setam 
longiusculam  j^lus  minus  subito  desinentes,  intus  glabrae,  extus 
necnon  margine  pilis  longis  onustse.  Flores  multifloris  in  eapitulis 
dispositi  in  cymis  trichotomis  dispositis,  capitulo  centrali  ramulum 
terminante,  pedunculis  brevibus  qua  fedicelli  brevissimi  v.  obsoleti 
hirsutissimis ;  hractece  minusculse  tripartitse  basiovatse  lobis  anguste 
lanceolatis  acuminatis  acutissimis  lateralibus  2  brevibus  mediano 
I)roducto  extus  pilosse  intus  glabra  ;  flores  pro  genere  inter  majores, 
bracteolis  quisque  3  lineari-lanceolatis  valde  acuminatis  acutissimis 
extus  pilosis.  Calyx  minutus  lobis  tamen  manifestis  lanceolatis 
acutissimis  extus  pilosissimus  intus  glaber.  Corollce  tubus  gracillimus 
infi-a  glabrescens  insuper  sparse  breviter  pilosus  vix  ampliatus,  lobi 
oblanceolati  nisi  dorso  projDe  apicem  hispiduli  glabri,  tubi  dimidium 
vix  aequantes.  Antherce  exsertas  curvatas  versatiles.  Stylus  an- 
gustissime  clavatus  longe  exsertus. 

No.  1197.  Like  its  ally  F.  hispida  Hiern,  from  which  it  differs 
in  the  structure  and  indumentum  of  the  corolla,  this  species  bears  some 
resemblance  to  some  species  of  Pavetta.  Leaves  10-12  cm.  X  5-7  cm., 
witli  petiole   ±8  mm.   long  ;  stipules,   the   ovate   basal  j)ai't  about 

5  mm.  long,  the  seta  1  cm.  or  longer.  Primary  peduncles  (3  in  each 
inflorescence),  ±1*2  cm.  long.  Bracts,  from  the  constricted  base  to 
tip  of  lateral  lobes,  3  mm. ;  total  length,  from  base  to  tip  of  median 
lobe,  1  cm. ;  pedicel  about  "5  mm.  long,  bearing  3  hracteoles,  each 

6  mm.  long,  and  passing  into  a  pyriform  ovary  1  mm.  in  height. 
Calyx-inhe  "4  mm.,  lobes  1  mm.  long.  Corolla-iuhe  1"4  mm.,  lobes 
6  mm.  long.  Filaments  exserted  1  mm.,  anthers  4  mm.  long.  Style 
exserted  about  9  mm. 

JouRjfAL  OF  Botany. — Vol.  57.     [Deceaiijee,  1919.]        2  u 


346  THE  JOUENAL  OF  BOTANY 

Rutidea  tarennoides,  sp.  nov. 

Saffrutex  volubilis  nisi  infiorescentia  glaberrimus,  ramulis  graci- 
libus  striatis.  Folia  pi*o  genere  inter  majora  papyracea  elliptica 
utriiique  breviter  neciion  leniter  acmninata  apice  subaeuta  basi  acuta, 
^etiolo  validiiisciilo  tardius  pro  rata  subelongato ;  vence  primariae 
tenues  utrinque  prominulai  e  eentrali  eminentes  utrinque  7-9  ;  stipules 
basi  brevissinie  vagiiiantes  angustissime  lanceolato-subulatie  non- 
nun  qiiaiu  apice  setaceie-  breves  longiuscule  persistentes.  Flores  ad 
nonnani  generis  inter  majores  in  axillis  superioribus  laxiuscule  parvis 
in  cymis  nee  multitloris  dispositi  folia  nee  excedentibus ;  fedunculi 
primarii  graciles  manifesti.  secundarii  irregulai'iter  tricbotome  sajpe 
obscure  partiti ;  hractece  inconspicuie  setaceo-lanceolabe  ;  ovarium 
campanulatum,  calycis  dentibus  mioutis  triangulaiibus  coronatum 
acutis.  Covollcd  glaberriiu?e  tubus  angustissime  tubularis,  lobi  ob- 
OA'ati  obtusi  nee  acuniinati.  Anfherte  oblongte  in  toto  exsertae 
notabiliter  apiculatte.  Stylus  longe  exsertus,  stigmate  magno  con- 
spicuo. 

No.  1344.  "  Yint?  in  clearing,  lately  forest.  Flowers  white." 
This  species  resembles,  and  is  doubtless  nearl}^  allied  to,  the  erect 
shrub-species  B.  odorata  K.  Kr.,  a  native  of  Amani,  in  East  Africa ; 
the  two  differ  in  the  structure  and  relative  dimensions  of  calyx  and 
corolla,  as  well  as  in  the  habit.  Another  perhaps  nearer  ally  to  our 
species  is  JR.  ylahra  Hiern,  a  native  of  Old  Calabar,  and  scandent 
in  habit;  our  species,  is  i-eadily  distinguished  by  the  greater  pre- 
dominance of  the  limb  over  the  tube  of  the  corolla,  and  the  leaf -shape 
is  cliaracteristic. 

Leaves  9-14  cm.  X  3'5-6  cm.  ;  petiole  barely  2  cm.  ;  stipules 
4  mm.  long.  Primary  peduncle,  arising  in  leaf-axil,  up  to  ±2  cm. 
long,  secondary  ones  to  4  mm.  ;  pedicels  obsolete,  to  1-2  mm.  long ; 
hracts  to  5  mm.  Calyx  minute,  barely  exceeding  1  mm.,  including 
the  teeth.  C'or6>//r^-tube  1  cm.  long;  lobes  +3  mm.  x  1'6  mm., 
forming  a  limb  6-7  mm.  in  diameter. 
Randia  Dorothea,  sp.  nov. 

Frutex  ramulis  gracilibus  sparse  neenon  minute  jmberulis,  in 
juventute  vaiidiuseule  striatis  tardius  lijevibus  teretibus.  Folia  inter 
minora  pergamacea  elliptica  apicem  acutum  versus  longe  caudato- 
acuminata  basi  cuneata,  petiolo  brevi  tenuiusculo,  su])ra  glabra  venis 
imj)ressis,  subtus  in  venis  prominulis  minute  sericea  lateralibus 
utrinque  raro  4  excedentibus  ;  stipules  parvie  lanceolatae  acuminatse 
acuta)  dense  sericese.  Flores  pentameri  alaribus  in  cA'mis  paucifloris 
dispositi  subsessilibus  subsessiles.  Calyx  subtubularis  insuper  ])arum 
simpliatus  densissime  griseo-sericeus  dentibus  lanceolatis  acutis. 
Corolla  pro  genere  inter  minores,  tubo  anguste  infundibulari  extus 
pubei-ulo-sericeo,  lobis  oblongis  ad  oblanceolatis  nee  acuminatis  apice 
A'ix  acutis  intus  glabris.  Antlierte  lineares  conspicue  exsertae.  Stylus 
breviter  a])iee  bifidus  exsertus. 

No.  1232.  Corresponding  closely  in  the  vegetative  pai-ts,  and  pro- 
bably assignable  to  the  same  species,  is  no.  1330  ;  but  this  bears  a 
single  fruit  only — a  globular  berry  rather  larger  than  a  pea. 

The  greyish-green  appearance  of  the  leaves  when  dried,  as  well  as 


RUBIACEJE    BATESIANj;  347 

the  general  appearance  of  the  shoots,  suggests  the  genus  Dorothea, 
whence  the  speciHc  name.  But  the  flowers  point  to  affinity  with 
R.  angolensis  Hiern,  from  which  our  species  differs  in  its  much 
shorter  corolla -tuhe  and  in  the  caudatelv  acuminate  leaves — the 
latter  measure  11-15  cm.  x3".")-5  cm.,  Avith  petiole  not  exceeding 
b-Q  mm. ;  stipules  barel}'"  4  mm.  long.  Cali^x-iwhe  -i'o  mm.,  teeth 
3  mm.  long.  C'c>7'o?/«-tube  1*5  cm.  long,  and  about  8  mm.  in  dia- 
meter at  the  mouth  ;  lobes  1'2  cm.  long,  4-3  mm.  broad  (above  the 
middle),  3  mm.  broad  at  base.  Anthers  over  1  cm.  long.  The  herry 
in  no.  1330  is  rather  more  than  1  cm.  in  diameter. 

l^Xote.   P.  2SL),  line  16  from  bottom—"  Allied  to  this,  but  readily 
distinguishable,  is  the  following  : — "  should  be  deleted.] 


PEMBROKESHIRE  AND  CARMARTHENSHIRE  PLANTS. 
Br  AxTHOXT  Wallis  ;  edited  by  C.  E.  Salmon,  F.L.S. 

[In  printing  these  notes,  made  b}^  my  late  friend  Anthony  Wallis 
in  1916,  it  may  not  be  out  of  place  to  give  a  few  particulars  of  his  life. 

Born  at  Reading  July  14,  1879,  Anthony  Wallis  was  educated  at 
Leighton  Park  School,  passed  one  year  at  Owens  College,  Manchester, 
and  entered  King's  College,  Cambridge.  Here  rowing  absorbed  much 
of  his  leisure,  but  time  was  found  to  compile  "The  Flora  of  the 
Cambridge  District,"  mainly  upon  ecological  lines,  for  Marr  and 
Shiplev's  Natural  History  of  Cainhridyesliire,  1U04. 

After  taking  his  degree  with  Second  Class  Honours  in  Nat.  Sci. 
Tripos,  and  studying  and  ])assing  in  Pedagogy  at  Bishop  Stortford 
School,  he  was,  at  the  early  age  of  23,  appointed  a  Junior  Inspector 
for  Bucks  of  the  Education  Department.  Stationed  at  Aylesbury,  a 
good  centre  for  botanical  as  well  as  educational  activities,  plant- 
hunting  claimed  a  large  part  of  his  spare  time ;  Gladium  Mariscus 
was  discovered  by  him  in  the  county  (Bot,  Ex.  Club  Rep.  1904,  35) 
and  many  records  were  supplied  to  Mr.  Gr.  C.  Druce  for  inclusion  in 
his  forthcoming  Flora,  such  as  Anemone  Fiilsatilla  which  we  found 
on  the  Downs.  From  Aylesbury,  Wallis  was  transferred  to  Leeds, 
and  subsequently  became  Junior  Inspector  to  the  North  Riding 
with  headquarters  at  Darlington.  Whilst  there  he  married  Miss  A. 
E.  Mounsey,  of  Blackwell  Hill,  near  Darlington. 

After  a  few  years,  during  which  many  botanical  observations  were 
made  during  vacations  (see  Journ.  Bot.  1910,  225,  where  Luzula 
arcuata  is  mentioned  from  a  fresh  station,  Ben  Nevis,  and  Journ. 
Bot.  1916,  165),  Wallis  was  given  the  Senior  Inspectorate  for  Cum- 
berland and  Westmorland  with  headquarters  at  Penrith.  To  work 
thoroughly  these  mountainous  counties,  ill-served  by  road  or  rail, 
])roved  almost  too  much  for  his  strength  even  with  the  help  of  a  car ; 
the  arduous  work  of  bicycling  long  distances  in  all  weathers,  when 
the  car  was  stopped  during  the  War,  brought  about  lung  and  other 
troubles  and  ultimately  caused  his  death,  which  occurred  at  his  house 
at  Penrith  on  August  28th. 

2b  2 


3-iS  TUE    JOUK^AL    OF    EOT  AN  1' 

His  friends  regret  the  loss  of  a  charming  personality  and  an  ideal 
companion.  The  results  of  our  joint  expeditions  to  Cross  Fell 
and  elsewhere,  in  the  summer  of  1919,  together  with  many  of  the 
North  Country  records,  I  hope  to  print  later. 

In  the  following  notes  *  denotes  a  seeming  addition  to  the  vice- 
county,  t  an  alien,  !  a  specimen  seen  by  me.  'B'dYkev= Handbook  to 
the  Natural  History/  of  Carmarthenshire,  1905;  Falconer=C'o?i^r/- 
hutions  towards  a  Catalorjue  of  Plants  of  Tenhy,  1848. — C.  E.  S.] 

Pembeokeshire,  v.c.  45. 

Clematis  Vitalha  L.  Tenby  Burrows ;  hedges  near  Hundleton, 
Pembroke. — TJialictrum  dunense  Dum.     Tenby  Burrows  ! 

*Berheris  valgaris  L.     Hedges  near  Lydstep. 

fPapaver  somniferum  L.  Tenbj^  Tip  and  Kailway  Station.  P. 
Rhceas  L.  var.  strigosii^m  (Boenn.).  Tenb3\  Yar.  Pryorii  Druce. 
The  common  form  round  Tenby  ! — Glanciumflavum  Crantz.  Manor- 
bier  ;  Tenby  Burrows. — Chelidonium  majus  L.  Lydstep. — fCori/dalis 
lutea  DC.     Escape,  Tenby. 

Diplotaxis  tenuifolia  DC.  Cliffs  and  walls,  Tenby.  A  satisfactor}^ 
record  in  view  of  the  rather  depressing  account  given  by  E.  Lees 
many  3'ears  ago  respecting  its  decrease  (Phytol.  iv.  1013,  1853). — 
Goronopus  didymus  Sm.  Eoadside,  W.  end,  Eidgeway. — Lepidium 
Smithii  Hook.     Eoadside,  Freshwater  East. 

Eeseda  lutea  L.     Tenby. 

Silene  anglica  L.  Cult,  ground,  Eidgeway.  *S.  noctiflora  L. 
Cult,  ground,  Castle  Martin. — Lychnis  Githayo  Scop.  Cult,  ground, 
Eidgeway. — Cerastium  tetrandrum  Curt.  Tenby  Burrows. — Arenaria 
peploides  L.     Waterwynch. 

■^Hypericum  elatiim  Ait.  Two  or  three  bushes  in  hedge, 
Hundleton.  *-ff.  duMum  Leers.  Minarton  Quarry  near  Tenby ! 
This  proved  to  be  the  usual  British  form,  var.  erosum  Schinz. 
H.  montanum  L.     Carew. 

Linum  angiistifolium  Huds.  Lane  side  to  Eidgeway  from 
Penally. 

Geranium  columhioium  L.     Tenby  Burrows. 

Medicago  arahica  Huds.  Carew;  Tenby. — Trifolium  medium  L. 
Eidgewa}'.  T.  scalrum  L.  Pembroke  Castle  walls.  fT.  hyhridum 
L.  Cult,  ground,  Eidgeway. — Lathyrus  sylvestris  L.  Cliffs  N.  of 
Tenby.     L.  onontanus  Bernh.     Waterwynch  Cove. 

Prunus  Cerasus  L.  In  hedges  near  Freshwater  West. — Agri- 
moma  odorata  Mill.  Eidgeway. — Rosa  spinosissima  L.  Tenby 
Burrows. 

fSednm  refleccum  L.     Wall  tops,  Tenbj^ 

fPJpilobium  angustifolitim  L.  Tenby  Station. — fCEnoihcra  bi- 
ennis L.     Lydstep. 

Caucalis  nodosa  Scop.     Dry  spot  in  Tenby  Marsh. 

Gornus  sanguinea  L.  Eidgeway.  This  plant  is  queried  for  v.c. 
45  in  Top.  Pot.,  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  there  are  two  localities 
for  it  in  Falconer  (p.  23)  and  its  inclusion  in  C.  C.  Babington's 
article  on  Pembrokeshire  plants  in  Journ.  Bot.  1863,  p.  204. 

Valerianella  dentata  Poll.     Fields  on  Eidgeway  ! 


PEMBROKESHIRE    A^'D    CARMA^ITHEXSHIRE    PLA^^TS  349 

Inula  Helenium  L.  Manorbier  Road  to  Gumfreston.  I.  critli- 
moides  h.  Lydstep  cliffs. — Bidens  ceriiiia  Jj.  Penally  marsh.  *B. 
tripartita  L.  Manorbier.  No  personal  authority  in  Top.  Bot. — 
Matricaria  Chamomilla  L.  E-idgeway.  fJi".  suaveolens  Buchen. 
Pembroke. — fSe)iecio  Cineraria  DC.  Lydstep  Beach  ! — Car  dims 
tenuiflorus  Curt.  Tenby  Burrows;  Manorbier. — '\Silyhum  Mari- 
anum  Gaertn.     Manorbier. 

Stat  ice  humilis  C.  E.  Salm.     Carew  Castle,  Milford  Haven  ! 

Anagallis  arvensis  L.  var.  carnea  (Schrank.).  Sandhills,  Fresh- 
water West.  Probably  native  in  this  locality  (see  Journ.  Bot.  1917, 
822). — Samohis  Valerandi  L.     Freshwater. 

Fraxirius  excelsior  L.  Hoyle's  Hole  wood,  a  natural  ash  wood 
on  limestone. 

"fAn cli usa  semper virens  L.  Penally. — Litliospermum  officinale  L. 
Minarton  W.  of  Tenby.  Calystegia  Soldanella  Br.  Manorbier; 
FresliAvater. 

Solanum  niqrum  L.  Top  of  Giltar  Head. — '\Lycium  chinense 
Mill.     Tenby.  ' 

Verbascum  Blattaria  L.  Near  railway  line,  Penally  ! — *Linaria 
minor  Des^.     Tenby  station. — Veronica  BicxhaumiiTen.     Bj'idgewsij. 

Orohanclie  Hederce  Duby.     Tenby  Castle  ! 

Mentha  sativa  L.  Manorbier!  This  comes  under  Watson's 
rivalis. —  CalamintJia  officinalis  Moench.  Tenby  Castle. — Brunella 
vulgaris  L.  A  state  of  this  about  twelve  inches  high  with  pale  blue 
flowers  and  toothed  leaves  occurs  as  the  common  form  for  some 
distance  by  the  roadside  E.  of  Lamphey ! 

Rumcx  piclcher  li.     Tenby. 

Euphorbia  Paralias  L.  Penally  beach  and  cliffs.  E.  port- 
landicaJj.  Penally  beach.  E.  exigua\j.  Truly  wild  on  the  beach 
at  Penally. 

Parietaria  ramijlora  Moench.  Lydstep  beach,  a  really  wild 
locality. 

Orchis  incarnata  L.     Tenbj^  marsh. 

Allium  vineale  L.     Tenby.     A.  ursinum  L.     Lamphey. 

Jitncus  Gerardi  Lois.  Tenby  marsh.  J.  obtusijiorus  Ehrh. 
Freshwater  West. 

Alisma  lanceolatum  W^ith.     Tenby  marsh. 

Schcenus  nigricans  L.     Freshwater  West. 

Garex  pendida  Huds.     Tenby  marsh. 

•\Phalaris  canariensis  L.  Tenby  Tip,  Catabrosa  aquatica 
Beauv.  Penally  marsh. — ^Festuca  'pratensis  Huds,  Ten  by  marsh.— 
Bromus  madritensis  L.  Pembroke  Castle  ! — *Lepturus  filiformis 
Trin.  Carew,  Milford  ^2,vei^.—*Elymus  arenarius  L.  Penally 
beach. 

Ceteracli  offi.cinarum  Willd.     Lamphe}^ 

Ophioglossum  vulgatum  L.     Minarton  Quarry. 

Caemarthewshire,  v.c.  44. 

Sambucus  Ebiclus  L.  Plashett  in  Laugharne.  The  only  recoixl 
in  Barker  is  said  to  be  an  escape. 


BoO  THE  JOUKNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Stntice  Limonium  L.  Laugharne  !  This  is  the  second  specimen 
I  have  examined  from  the  county,  the  first  being  one  from  Kidwelly, 
collected  in  1912  bv  D.  Hamer  seen  in  Herb.  Gr.  C.  Druce.  Barker 
relied  upon  Watson's  "  Motley  Cat."  record  for  including  it  as  a 
Carmarthenshire  species. 

Chlora  perfoliata  L.  Laugharne  Burrows. — Erythrea  pulchella 
Fries.     Pendine  ! — Gentiana  Amarella  L.     Laugharne  Burrows. 

Mentha  satlva  L.  a  rivalis  Wats.     Pendine  ! 

Spipactis  palustris  Crantz.     Laugharne  Burrows,  abundant. 

Jiincus  acutus  L.     Laugharne. 


GLOUCESTERSHIRE  NOTES. 

Br  THE  Ret.  H.  J.  Riddelsdell. 

Adonis  annua  L.  This  was  recently  found  in  considerable 
quantity  in  corntields  about  Culkerton  and  Rodmarton  b}^  E.  M.  Day. 
But  it  is  nowadays  far  less  frequent  than  formerly. 

Ranunculus  ophioc/lossifolius  Yill.  is  remarkably  uncertain  in  its 
appearance,  rarely  making  so^  great  a  show  as  it  did  in  1912.  It 
seems  to  have  "  periods "  very  similar  to  those  of  many  orchids. 
When  I  visited  the  locality  at  the  end  of  August  1919,  signs  were 
not  lacking  of  a  gradual  change  in  its  character,  a  change  which  may 
possibly  prove  fatal  to  the  plant :  for  farm-3^ard  species  of  Afriplex 
and  ChenopocUum  were  beginning  to  encroach.  It  is  to  be  hoped, 
however,  that  a  more  normal  season  may  witness  the  return  of  the 
locality  to  its  old  bogginess,  and  that  the  buttercup  may  long 
survive. 

HeUehorus  fmtiihis  L.  is  undoubtedly  native  on  the  Cotteswolds, 
which,  as  a  friend  suggests,  are  probably  the  head-quarters  of  the 
species  in  Britain.  This  is  an  opinion  I  have  long  held  with 
respect  to  the  Ely  Orchid  and  Polygonatum  officinale.  The  latter 
is  quite  a  common  plant  on  these  Hills,  occurring  usually  in 
company  with  the  Lily  of  the  Valley:  whereas  P.  mulfiflorum  is 
decidedly  scarce  there.  These  facts,  coupled  with  the  occurrence  of 
Staclnjs  alpina  and  the  abundance  of  Thlaspi  perfoliatuni,  Carex 
foment nsa,  Cephalanthera  rubra,  &c.,  serve  to  emphasise  the  unusual 
botanical  importance  of  the  area. 

GlauciumJJavum.  Ci-antz.  AVell  known  on  the  Bristol  side  of  the 
Severn.  Miss  Ormerod  in  1S4-5  found  it  in  luxuriance  on  the  other 
side,  near  Beachley,  in  our  distri(;t  4 :  it  subsequently  became  very 
scarce.     I  have  not  heard  of  it  there  in  recent  years. 

Cochleariadanicah.  2  h.  Sharpness,  1864,  ;S'.  ^ro^/y/ :  Gloucester 
1846,  Hhm.  in  GUmcea/er  Museum,  4.  Lydney  and  Severn  Bridge. 
The  various  records  do  not  suggest  a  native  plant:  yet  it  seems  an 
unlikely  species  to  be  carried  any  distance.  It  occurs,  of  course,  in 
abundance  fai-ther  down  the  Bristol  Channel,  in  Glamorgan  and 
Devon,  and  may  possibly  be   a  dying-out  species   here.     It    is    not 


GLOUCESTEESHIEE    NOTES  351 

always  confined  to  tlie  actual  coast :  I    have   knoAvn  it  flourisli  in 
Glamorgan  on  rocks  2  or  3  miles  inland. 

Thlaspl  perfoliatum  L.  occiu-s  in  such  abundance  in  districts  1 
(5  miles  from  Campden),  6,  and  particularly  7,  that  it  may  be 
regarded  as  one  of  the  characteristic  Cotteswold  plants.  It  happily 
occurs  usually  in  such  out  of  the  way  places,  and  on  such  stony  and 
"  useless  "  soil,  that  it  is  most  unlikely  to  disap])ear.  In  some  neio-h- 
bourhoods,  it  can  be  found  on  almost  every  suitable-looking  piece  of 
bare  soil.  On  one  occasion,  I  looked  over  a  low  wall  into  some  Avet 
ground  for  a  chance  of  bog  plants,  and  was  surprised  to  find  the 
reverse  side  of  the  wall  for  some  distance  covered  with  a  luxm*iant 
growth  of  T.  perfoliatum  4  to  6  inches  high. 

CaJclJe  maritima  Scop.  2  h.  Sharpness.  4.  Sand  near  Beachley, 
1863,  *SV.  Brodi/.  5.  1  specimen  on  the  Bristol  side  of  the  Severn, 
191Q,  J^.  JL  Daij^  Evidenth'  in  the  same  case  as  Glaucium  and 
Eryngium  maritimum  :  appearing  rarely,  and  disappearing  for  many 
years.  All  three  species  may  possibly  appear  as  the  result  of  tidal 
action. 

Sfellnria  Rolostea  L.  A  form  has  been  sent  to  me  by  J.  W. 
Haines  from  Birdlip  with  petals  shortened  and  more  deeply  cleft  than 
usual.  The  sepals  are  also  sometimes  shortly  ciliate  in  their  lower 
half.  I  suppose  this  is  just  a  step  away  i^-om  t^'pe  towards  the 
apetalous  form. 

Geraniinii  columbinum  L.  is  a  frequent  and  characteristic  plant  of 
rough  stony  upland  pastures  on  the  Cotteswold  Hills  :  more  at  home 
there  than  any  other  species  of  this  genus. 

Biihiis  Godroni  Lee.  &  Lam.  var.  clivicoJa  Ley  appears  to  be  a 
common  bramble  of  the  neighbourhood  of  Birdlip,  usually  occurring 
at  800  to  900  feet  of  elevation.  Too  man}^  of  the  Buhus  records  for 
v.c.  38  rest  on  the  occurrence  of  a  single  bush  or  at  best  a  single 
clump  :  but  much  work  remains  to  be  done  in  the  genus,  as  far  as 
E.  Gloster  is  concerned. 

Pyrus  scandica  Aschers.  This  species  (I  believe)  occurs  in 
quantity  with  P.  Aria  in  a  grove  near  the  top  of  Haresfield  Hill 
v.c.  38.  As  JBetuIa  is  there  too,  both  are  probably  introduced  in  the 
locality. 

Chrysospleniu7n  alternifolium  L.  is  a  species  characteristic  of 
ditches  and  small  streams  in  deep  shade  all  over  the  Cotteswolds. 
It  is,  1  believe,  even  more  frequent  than  G.  oppositifolium. 

Carum  Btilhocasfanum  Koch  has  of  late  years  been  found  by 
several  botanists  in  cornfields  near  Cheltenham.  It  is  an  introduced 
plant  in  this  locality. 

Senecio  integrifolhis  Clairv.  has  been  found  at  different  times, 
usually  in  very  small  quantity,  in  three  or  four  spots  on  the  Cottes- 
wold Hills  :  on  one  occasion  T  saw  it  in  great  quantity  and  luxuriance. 
But  sheep  nibble  it  and  it  does  not  get  much  chance.  It  is  not  a 
characteristic  plant  of  the  Cotteswolds,  and  is  quite  uncertain  in  its 
appeai-ance.  A  few  plants  were  seen  on  downs  near  Northleach 
last  year. 

Cenfaurea  Scahiosa  L.  In  August  I  found  a  clumji  of  this 
species  between   Cheltenham  and  Birdlip,  with  the  heads  of  fiowers 


352  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

niiicli  smaller  than  usual,  ami  lacking  the  ray  florets.     If  it  is  an3'- 
thing  more  than  a  lusits,  the  form  deserves  naming  as  a  variety, 

Cynoglossum  montanum  L.  A  MS.  note  of  F.  Townsend's  records 
this  note  from  "woods  near  Chastleton,  but  whether  in  Glos  or 
Oxon  I  know  not." 

Verhascum  nigrum  X  ThapsKS.  I  have  this  hybrid  both  from  the 
Sheepscombe  and  the  Slad  Valleys,  near  Painswick. 

Teucrium  Botrys  L.  I  saw  this  species  again  last  August :  it 
v/as  in  great  quantity  and  extended  even  into  a  second  field.  I  am 
not  quite  sure  that  it  is  exactly  the  spot  to  which  I  w\as  taken  some 
years  ago  :  if  not,  there  are  two  large  groups  of  the  plant,  within  a 
mile  of  one  another,  near  Sapperton. 

Betula  alha  L.  grows  on  the  top  of  Haresfield  Hill,  and  occurs  on 
the  lower  slopes,  near  the  Edge-Pitchcombe  Road,  as  small  scrubby 
bushes.  It  may  be  native  here,  but  I  doubt  it.  It  so  greatly  prefers 
wood  on  damp  or  even  boggy  soil  that  its  appearance  on  these  dry 
calcareous  slopes  looks  most  unnatural. 

Cephalaiithera  rnhra  Rich,  turns  up  in  some  fresh  spot  every 
year.  It  is  recorded  from  at  least  a  dozen  places,  all  within  our  dis-. 
trict  6  {i.e.  south  of  BirdHp).  In  most  cases  one  or  a  fcAV  plants 
only  are  found.  In  only  one  case  do  I  know  of  it  in  considerable 
quantity,  and  I  am  told  that  even  there  it  is  diminishing.  The  felling 
of  a  wood  threatens  to  destroy  it  in  one  place,  for  the  timber  is  left 
lying  on  the  very  space  where  the  plant  grows.  I  have  one  record 
for  G.  rnhra  from  district  7  h,  but  it  is  probably  an  error. 

Orchis  liirciiia  Crantz.  Mr.  Druce  told  me  that  he  had  seen  a 
1917  specimen  from  the  Painswick  neighbourhood,  and  I  have  since 
seen  the  finder  and  been  told  Avhere  it  grew.  Mr.  Horwood  wrote  to 
me  of  his  good  fortune  in  discovering  it  again  in  Suffolk  that  je-AW 
The  finder  of  the  one  Gloucestershire  plant  (v.c.  33)  described  the 
peculiar  behaviour  of  the  open  flowers,  w^hich  have  the  habit  of 
"  following  the  sun  round"  during  the  day,  so  that  they  always  face 
it,  in  whatever  part  of  the  sky  it  is. 

0]iliri/s  apifera  Huds.  var.  TroVlii  Reichb.  fil.  By  no  means 
unfrequent,  both  in  the  Yale  of  Severn  and  on  the  hills. 

Juncus  suhnodulosus  Schrank.  In  v.c.  33  certainly,  e.g.  in  the 
Stroud  water- valley,  and  at  the  Seven  Springs  on  the  R.  Windrush. 

Potamogeton  Friesii  Rupr.  occurs  not  only  in  the  Stroudwater 
Canal,  but  also  in  the  R.  Leadon  :  i.  e.,  it  is  found  in  v.c.  34  as 
well  as  33. 

Scirpus  co)npressus  Pers.  is  a  plant  characteristic  of  the  tops  of 
the  Cotteswolds.  Almost  every  wet  grassy  open  j^asture  produces  it, 
and  many  bogs  in  woods.  Here  it  is  entirely  at  home,  though  j)er- 
haps  it  would,  as  a  rule,  be  expected  on  lower  ground  in  other  areas. 

Erioplwrum  lafifoJiiim  Hoppe  is  being  found  more  plentifully  in 
Gloucestershire,  in  both  vice-counties.  A  bog  on  the  hills  near 
Newnham  has  it. 

Carex  tomentosa  L.  Buckman's  record  from  the  Cheltenham 
district  was  for  many  years  rejected.  But  the  species  is  found  near 
the  sources  of  the  Colne  at  Withington.  A  sedge  first  known  from 
Marston   Mevsev   in    Wilts,  it  turns  out  to   be  charactcristicallv    a 


GLOUCESTERSniRE    I^OTES  358 

native  o£  the  Colne  drainage,  for  it  has  been  found  lately  on  the  driest 
parts  of  the  elevated  downs  near  Northleach,  and  it  is  quite  frequent 
in  the  lower  Colne  Valle}^  about  Fairford.  It  appears  to  be  quite 
indifferent  to  the  amount  of  moisture  in  its  neighbourhood,  as 
indiiferent  as  C.  glauca,  with  which  it  appears  to  hybridize  :  I  have 
seen  plants  which  seemed  to  be  this  hj'brid  growing  at  Whelford,  and 
a  similar  intermediate  was  sent  me  from  near  Northleach. 

C.  strigosa  Huds.  is  quite  of  frequent  occurrence  in  E.  Gloster ; 
it  is  not  confined  there  to  woods,  growing  in  one  place  in  a  ditch 
under  a  heds^e. 

Foa  palustris  L.  var.  ejfusa  Asch.  &  Graebn.  Has  at  last  been 
found  in  v.c.  34,  and  so  is  now  on  record  for  both  parts  of  Grloucester- 
shire. 

Lasfrea  montana  T.  Moore,  a  specimen  from  Cranham  Wood,  is 
in  St.  Brody's  Herbarium  :  this  is  in  v.c.  33.  I  have  seen  JPJiegopteris 
Dri/nptPris  in  minute  quantity  at  Cranham  in  v.c.  33,  and  Botry- 
cliiiim  Lionaria  Sw.  in  v.c.  34  near  Tidenham  Chase.  Ferns  are,  as 
regards  quantity,  much  scarcer  in  E.  Glos  than  in  W.  Glos,  yet 
there  are  only  one  or  two  species  present  in  the  latter  and  absent 
from  the  former.  Aspleniiim  la nceolafum  dLiid  Lastrea  (Simda  stand, 
I  believe,  alone  in  this  category. 

T  should  say  that  probably  the  Cotteswolds  are  the  headquarters 
of  the  Limestone  Polypody  in  England — at  any  rate,  I  know  of  no 
other  area  where  it  is  so  ubiquitous. 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES. 

LXXVIII.  "  John  Frederick  Miller  and  his  Icoxes." 

In  the  note  (LIII.)  published  in  this  Journal  for  1913  (p.  255) 
I  described  at  length  a  fascicle  of  seven  plates  to  which  I  had  not 
then  been  able  to  find  any  reference,  and  which,  owing  to  the  fact 
that  they  were  bound  with  the  Icones  Animalmm  et  Plantarum  of 
John  Frederick  Miller  in  a  volume  lettered  on  the  back  "  Miller's 
Plates,"  I  then  attributed  to  that  artist.  I  now  find  that  the  fascicle 
is  described  in  the  Supplemenfum  to  Dryander's  Catalogue  (v.  63), 
the  words  "  Plures  non  prodierunt "  being  added,  and  it  is  alsO' 
mentioned  in  Diet.  Nat.  Biogr.  xxxvii.  413 — in  both  places  it  is 
accurately  ascribed  to  John  Miller,  the  father  of  John  Frederick. 
As  the  plates  are  all  lettered  John  Miller,  my  mistake,  which  cair 
only  be  accounted  for  by  their  correlation  with  John  Fredericlv's. 
work,  is  inexcusable. 

James  Britten. 


SHORT    NOTES. 

Habitats  op  Hypericum  humifusum  (pp.  195,  225,  2S7)„ 
Mr.  H.  S.  Thomps(m  notes  the  frequent  occurrence  of  this  plant 
on  "  rides "  in  woods  upon  Carboniferous  Limestone,  though  most 
ecologists  prefer  to  regard  it  as  a  lime-hater.     In  West  Somerset  its 


3,j4:  the    J0UR>'AL    of    BOTAXr 

usual  habitat  is  in  open  woodlands  upon  a  siliceous  formation  ;  it  is  a 
common  and  bj  no  means  a  thinl}^  distributed  plant  on  the  sparsely 
wooded  portions  of  the  banks  of  the  river  Barle.  It  occasionally 
occurs  on  roadside  banks  where  these  are  damp  or  shaded  by  a  wall, 
as  at  Exford,  or  by  overhanging  trees  as  at  Xettlecombe.  Its  occur- 
rence in  other  situations  is,  as  Mr.  Tliompson  remarks,  almost 
certainly  due  to  the  agency  of  man.  During  this  summer  I  found  it 
in  a  recently  cleared  woodland,  in  a  district  where  I  had  not  previously 
noted  it.  Its  occurrence  upon  limestone  soils  must  be  looked  upon 
with  suspicion  ;  it  is  not  a  deep-rooted  plant  and  the  soil  may,  as 
Mr.  Woodraffe- Peacock  says  (p.  225),  be  "acid  sandy  above,  or  the 
upper  root-soil  is  neutral  from  endless  rain-wash  and  plant-decay." 
Wrington  Warren,  where  Mr.  Thompson  notes  its  occurrence,  is  an 
example  of  a  ''calcareous  heath"'  where  many  lime-hating  bryophytes 
are  abundant.  In  July  of  this  year  I  found  it  growing  abundantly 
in  a  fallow  corn- held  near  Kayleigh's  Cross  on  the  Brendon  Hills, 
where  most  of  the  plants  associated  with  it  suggest  a  calcareous  sub- 
stratum, the  floristic  composition  of  the  field  being  very  similar  to  that 
on  White  Lias  pastures.  Of  the  chief  plants  noted  the  following, 
besides  the  Hij  peri  cum,  were  abundant:  Geranium  columhinum,  Shei'- 
ardiaarverisis,  Th y mus Serpyllum,  Rumex  Acefosella  ;  Ononis  repens, 
Alchemilla  arvensis,  Filago  germanica,  Euplirasia  rosthovia7ia, 
E.  ciirfa,  Barfsia  Odontites,  Calamintlia  arvensis,  Plantago  lanceo- 
lafa,  and  Aira  carifopJiyllea  were  occasional.  The  abundance  of 
H.  humifasum  and  B.  Acetosella  amidst  such  company  presents  an 
ecological  problem,  the  solution  of  which  may  lie  in  the  superficial 
<listribution  of  humus  over  a  calcareous  substratum ;  the  time 
available  was  iuf-ufficient  for  a  thorough  examination  of  the  geological, 
})hysical,  and  chemical  data.  The  mosses  noted  were  not  characteristic 
of  limestone. — W.  Watson. 

Argtle  Records  (p.  322).  With  the  exception  of  Centuncnhis, 
all  the  plants  mentioned  are  already  on  record  for  v.c.  98 — Fotamo- 
geton  perfoliatus  (Macvicar)  in  Ann.  Scot,  N.  H.  1899,  40  and  the 
remainder  by  Prof.  King  in  Ewing's  Glasgow  Catalogue^  1899. — 
€.  E.  SALMO^^ 


REVIEWS, 

The  Enqlish  Rock-Garden,  By  Regi:nald  Farrer.  2  vols.  4to, 
cloth,  pp.  Ixiv,  504,  viii.  524,  102  plates.  T.  C.  &  E.  C.  Jack, 
London  and  Edinburgh.     Price  £3  35..  net. 

These  handsome  volumes — well  printed  on  good  paper,  illustrated 
by  about  two  hundred  admirable  reproductions  from  photographs 
(there  are  two  figures  on  nearly  every  plate),  and  suitably  bound,  are 
in  every  way  a  credit  to  the  publishei-s.  The  author,  Mr.  Reginald 
Farrer,  has  long  been  known  as  an  authority  on  Rock-Gardens,  on 
which  he  has  already  published  more  than  one  book,  and  which  he 
has  enriched  by  the  results  of  his  travels.  The  present  work,  he  tells 
•us,  "was  written  in  1913  and  corrected  for  press  in  China  during  the 
winter  of  1914  "  ;  its  appearance  was  delayed  by  "  the  exigencies  of 


THE    EXGLISH    EOCK-GAEDEX  355 

war,"  which  "  even  now  prohibit  such  perpetual  re-settings  of  the 
type  as  would  be  necessary  to  bring  it  completely  abreast  of  the 
most  recent  discoveries  and  diagnoses." 

The  introduction,  of  more  than  sixt}''  pages,  contains  practical 
details  as  to  the  building  of  rock-gardens  ;  not  the  least  useful  portion 
is  that  which  shows  how  this  should  not  be  done,  both  as  to  material 
and  form.  It  also  includes  a  long  and  detailed  explanation  ot  the 
objects  Mr.  Farrer  had  in  view  in  writing  the  book,  and  the  trouble 
that  he  took  in  various  directions  in  order  to  secure  the  success  which 
he  evidently  thinks  he  has  attained — we  have  seldom  met  with  a  work 
wherein  the  author's  self-satisfaction  was  so  conspicuous.  And  here 
we  are  at  once  brought  face  to  face  with  a  defect  which  permeates 
the  wliole  work  :  we  refer  to  tlie  litemry  style,  of  which  we  cannot 
give  a  better  example  than  is  afforded  by  Mr.  FaiTer's  own  descrip- 
tion of  it.  It  has  been  his  endeavour,  he  tells  us,  "  all  through  the 
book  to  preserve  the  vivid  and  personal  note  at  any  cost  to  the  arid 
gray  gravity  usually  considered  necessary  to  the  dignity  of  a  diction- 
ary ;  not  only  that  so  the  work  may  perhaps  be  found  more  readable 
and  pleasant,  but  also  that  other  gardeners,  finding  their  best  beloveds, 
may  be,  here  slighted  or  condemned,  may  be  able  to  mitigate  their 
wTath  by  constant  contemplation  of  the  fact  that  such  opinions  are 
but  the  obiter  dicta  of  a  warm-blooded  fellow-mortal,  not  the  weighed 
everlasting  pronouncements  of  some  pompous  and  Olympian  lexico- 
grapher, veiled  in  an  aw^ul  impersonality  that  admits  of  no  appeal " 
(p.  xxvi). 

In  his  endeavour  to  preserve  the  same  note  "all  through  the 
book,"  Mr.  Farrer  has  succeeded  only  too  wtII  :  confused  and  compli- 
cated construction,  in-elevancies,  and  a  plethora  of  words  confront  us 
on  almost  every  page  :  "  he  never  uses  one  word  where  three  would 
suffice  "  was  said  of  a  verbose  writer — Mr.  Farrer  is  seldom  content 
with  fewer  than  a  dozen.  He  tells  us  that  he  has  exceeded  the  space 
allotted  to  him  by  "  exactly  one  half  "  ;  the  book  as  it  stands  could 
be  reduced  at  least  by  that  amount  without  any  diminution  of  its 
usefulness  and  to  the  comfort  of  the  reader. 

If  this  mode  of  writing  were  confined  to  the  introduction  it  would 
not  be  so  intolerable,  but,  as  we  have  said,  it  permeates  the  book — 
we  take  at  random  the  first  sentences  on  Pulmonaria  : — 

"  Tuhnonaria  will  not  easiW  find  a  lovelier  representative  than 
the  narrow-leaved  brilliant  Spotted-dog  of  the  Dorsetshire  woods, 
with  its  6-  or  8-inch  stems,  and  its  hanging  lovely  bugles  of  rich 
clear  blue  in  April — so  much  more  modest  in  the  leaf,  well-bred  in 
the  growth,  and  brilliant  in  the  flower  than  the  towzled  and  morbid- 
looking  heaps  of  leprous  leafage  made  by  the  common  Lungwort  of 
gardens,  with  leafy  stems  and  indecisive  heads  of  dim  pinky-blue 
flowers  that  look  as  if  they  were  going  bad.  This  is  sometimes 
P.  saccliarata  of  the  Southern  mnges,  a  species  of  even  startling 
foliage-beauty  when  you  come  upon  the  marvellous  and  awful 
mottlings  and  splashed  whitenesses  of  its  lush  leaves  in  the  woods,  for 
instance  above  the  Boreon,  seeming  as  if  some  Suffragette  had  been 
liberal  in  these  parts  with  vitriol"  (ii.  201).  It  may  be  noticed  in 
passing  that  Mr.  Farrer's  treatment  of  the  genus  is  unsatisfactory ; 


356  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

he  regards  P.  azurea  Bess,  as  "  simply  P.  angvsfifolia,  o£  which 
English  woods  have  one  form,  perhaps  the  best,  and  the  upper  Alps 
another":  Mr.  Wilmott's  paper  in  this  Jom-nal  for  1917  (pp.  238- 
24:0)  may  be  consulted  with  advantage. 

The  body  of  the  work  is  alphabetically  arranged  under  genera,  the 
more  important  of  which  are  discussed  at  considerable  and  often 
unnecessary  length  :  Campanula  occupies  50  pages,  Gent i ana  37, 
Androsace  20,  Saxifraga  and  Primula  nearly  200  each.  Mr.  Farrar 
tells  us  in  his  introduction  that  the  work  has  had  to  be  "  severely 
selective,"  but  it  is  not  easy  to  understand  what  principle  has  been 
followed — under  Primula,  for  example,  P.  tosaensis,  one  of  four 
species  on  a  page  taken  at  random  (ii.  199)  "  comes  from  realms  so 
southerly  of  the  Rising  Sun  that  there  is  little  hope  that  it  will  be  of 
any  use  in  our  gardens";  another,  P.  Traillii  "is  a  species  imper- 
fectly described  and  so  far  unknown  to  our  gardens" — of  this 
Mr.  Farrer  gives  a  characteristic  account :  "■  Unfortunately,  though 
P.  Traillii  seems  to  have  two  blooming-seasons,  so  that  Sir  Gr.  Watt 
was  able  to  get  ripe  seed,  as  well  as  revel  in  the  blossoms  of  his  tind, 
this  seed  got  mixed  in  its  packet,  and,  when  at  last  it  came  home  to 
"VVisley  and  germinated  with  much  gladness,  the  promises  thus  raised 
proved  to  yield  nothing  else  but  P.  involucrata,  though  confidingly 
described  by  Mr.  Wilson  in  the  Gardeners'  Chronicle  under  the 
name  of  Traillii,  which  they  ought  to  have  had  a  better  right  to 
bear."  Occasionally  names  seem  introduced  in  order  to  afford  the 
author  an  opportunity  for  a  small  joke :  e.  g.  *'  Nocea  spinosissima 
expresses  in  the  first  syllable  of  its  name  what  the  wise  gardener  will 
say  when  offered  it :  nor  need  he  even  trouble  to  add  '  Thank  you '  " 
(ii.  3).  Nor  does  there  seem  any  reason  for  occupjHng  space  with  such 
entries  as  "  Cousinia,  weedy,  coarse,  thistlish,  woolly-headed  biennials 
from  Himalaya,  of  no  attractiveness  for  us"  (i.  242),  or,  on  the 
following  page,  "  Craasula  aljjestris,  a  rather  ugly-looking  succulent 
of  most  doubtful  hardiness  ...  it  seems  [?]  only  about  3  inches  high, 
and  might  prosper  permanently  in  a  hot  and  ston}^  place,  though 
Avithout  contributing  anything  in  the  way  of  adornment." 

Keturning  to  the  introduction,  we  find  that  Mr.  Farrer  is  much 
•exercised  as  to  the  popular  mispronunciation  of  certain  names:  "there 
is  nowadays  really  no  reason  why  Gladiolus,  Gladiolus,  Saxifraga, 
Pentstemon,  Androsace  and  Erica  should  still  be  allowed  to  stand 
up,  like  dark  islets  of  ignorance,  above  the  pervasive  widening  flood 
of  modern  education."  To  remedy  this  he  would  alter  the  spelling — 
""  surely  if  they  see  JEreica  written,  and  Aeizoon,  even  the  least  ex- 
perienced gardeners  will  easily  learn  "to  pronounce  them  accurately": 
on  like  grounds  he  "  restores  the  Greek  diphthong  in  ei  to  its 
proper  spelling,"  v/riting  the  tennination  "  oides "  as  "  oeides." 
Other  innovations  are  ''  Asarrhina,"  ''  Phyllodoke,''  and  "  Leucoion'- 
We  note  with  pleasure  his  condemnation  of  what  are  called  "English 
names,"  for  the  manufacture  of  which  he  seems  to  consider  Ruskin 
mainly  responsible,  but  the  industry  existed  long  before  his  time  : 
Sir  John  Hill  (1716-1765)  was  an  expert  at  the  work,  and  many 
names  now  in  general  use  were  not,  as  Mr.  Farrer  puts  it,  "  slowly 
<'oined  in  a  nation's  love,"  ])ut  invented  by  tlie  older  herbalists  such 


THE    EXGLISlt    KUCK-GAKDEX  357 

as  Gerard  and  Parkinson.  Mr.  Farrer  thoroughly  recognises  the 
principle  of  priority  in  nomenclature:  "this  book  has  aimed  at 
getting  back  to  the  genuine  original  specific  name  for  every  species, 
so  that  these  may  never  again  appear  disguised  as  novelties  in  the 
same  list  that  also  contains  their  more  common  superseded  name  "  : 
"  in  the  pursuit  of  final  correctness  over  specific  names,"  he  tells  us, 
"  I  have  spared  no  trouble  to  myself  and  no  inconvenience  to  orup.set 
to  my  readers."  How  far  he  has  succeeded  it  is  not  easy  to  judge, 
as  he  seldom  adds  the  authorities  to  the  names,  but  in  the  cases  in 
which  these  are  given  his  conclusions,  so  far  as  we  have  tested  them, 
are  correct,  though  we  do  not  know  why  Hyijericum  rliodoi^etim 
(1836)  is  accepted  in  preference  to  H.  origan  if olium  (1822). 

The  book  on  the  whole  is  carefully  printed,  though  there  are 
occasional  slips — e.  g.  "  arrow  roots  "  for  ^agittaria  (ii.  226) ;  "  poor 
man's  pepper  "  can  hardly  be  correctly  applied  to  Sanguisorha  offi- 
cinalis (ii.  229)  ;  Cimicifuga  was  not  so  called  because  it  "put^e^s 
to  tiight"  (i.  22-j).  There  are  appendixes  containing  additional  notes 
aw  Meconopsis  and  Primula^  of  no  obvious  utility,  as  most  of  the 
latter  are  comparatively  unknown — of  P.  Waltonii,  for  example, 
which  "  cries  aloud  to  be  collected  from  its  home  on  the  high  gaunt 
hills  of  Holy  Lhasa,"  only  two  sheets  of  dried  specimens  have  been 
seen  ....  and  a  "lleport  of  Year's  Work  (1914)  in  Kansu  and  Tibet," 
which  seems  out  of  place  in  a  book  on  *'  The  English  Eock  Garden  " 
and  has  been  printed  in  the  Journal  of  tlie  Moyal  Horticultural 
Society. 

Readers  are  cautioned  that  the  uncut  edges  are  at  the  bottom  of 
the  pages  instead  of  at  the  top— an  inconvenient  practice  for  which 
it  is  difficult  to  see  the  reason  and  which  may  lead  to  tearing  the 
pages  if  these  be  turned  over  rapidly. 

Meiidelism.     By  R.  C.  Punj^ett,  F.R.S.    Fifth  Edition.     Macmillan 
&  Co.     London,  1919.     Price  7s.  Qd.  net. 

When  this  book  first  appeared  in  1905  the  present  reviewer 
welcomed  it  as  a  thoroughly  satisfactory  account  of  what  was  then 
almost  a  new  subject.  It  was  then  a  little  volume  which  would 
almost  have  fitted  into  the  waistcoat  pocket ;  though  still  of  no 
very  great  size,  it  has  now  expanded  into  a  larger  volume,  and  has 
come  to  a  fifth  edition  ;  it  has  been  translated  into  German,  Swedish, 
Russian,  Japanese,  and  has  been  published  in  an  American  edition. 
Jt  is  unnecessary  to  pour  out  fresh  praises  on  a  book  with  such  a 
record :  it  is  enough  to  say  that  it  continues  to  be  by  far  the  best 
manual  on  a  subject  which  is  as  interesting  to  biologists  as  it  was 
when  the  first  edition  appeared.  The  new  matter  which  has  been 
published,  even  during  the  War,  is  dealt  with  in  this  edition ;  special 
mention  ma}''  be  made  of  Morgan's  work  with  the  account  of  his  very 
remarkable  observations  on  I)rosofliila,  the  fruit  fly.  But  jDcrhaps 
the  most  interesting  point  relates  to  the  discovery  that  the  numerous 
h3"brid  forms  of  Hieracium  normally  produce  seed  by  a  curious 
process  of  parthenogenesis.  It  will  doubtless  be  remembered  that 
Mendel  himself  made  a  number  of  experiments  on  this  genus  because 


358  TiLK    JOUltiSAL    OF    iiUTAM' 

he  tliouglit  that  its  great  richness  in  varieties  would  afford  him 
splendid  material  for  research.  Greath^  to  his  disappointment  things 
did  not  work  out  as  he  had  hoped  :  in  })lace  of  the  classical  division 
into  dominant  and  recessives  the  descendants  all  bred  true.  Mendel 
did  not  know  why;  but  we  have  now  learnt  that  the  cells  from  whicli 
the  ova  develop  (parthenogenetically,  as  we  have  indicated)  are  not 
of  the  same  nature  as  the  normal  ova  of  the  ordinary  plant,  but  should 
rather  be  considered  as  buds  which  have  earl^^  become  detached  from 
the  parent  stock  to  lead  an  independent  existence ;  and  that,  like 
buds,  they  exactly  reproduce  the  maternal  characteristics.  It  is  one 
more  lesson  in  the  need  for  caution  in  the  interpretation  of  facts,  for 
of  this  state  of  affairs  Mendel  was  ignorant  and  could  scarcely  have 
formed  any  conception.  B.  C.  A.  W. 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    etc. 

The  Kew  Bulletm  (no.  9)  contains  a  note  by  Mr.  W.  B.  Turrill  on 
tlie  occurrence  "  in  considerable  quantity  on  cultivated  crops  in  South 
Wales  "  of  Citscuta  sunceolens  Ser.,  with  a  reference  to  Dr.  Hemsley's 
paper  in  this  Journal  for  1908  (p.  241),  where  the  history  of  the  plant 
in  this  country  is  given.  In  South  Wales,  *'  Onions  and  carrots  were 
the  plants  chiefly  alfected,  but  the  parasite  seems  almost  indifferent  to 
the  nature  of  its  hosts,  for  it  had  spread  on  to  various  weeds,  including 
Lotus  coDiicaJatus.  Avenaria  serpyllifolla,  Trifolium  repcns,  Pasli- 
naca  safiva,  and  several  grasses."  O.  Tinei  Insenga,  mentioned  by 
Mr.  Turrill,  was  also  noticed  by  Dr.  Hemsley  (/.  c.  244),  who  gives 
useful  figures  of  the  flowers  of  the  two  species. 

ANatur.vl  Hlstort  Society  for  the  Isle  of  Wight  was  inaugu- 
rated at  a  well-attended  meeting  held  at  Newport  on  Nov.  15.  The 
chair  was  occupied  by  Mr.  James  Oroves,  who  delivered  an  address  in 
which  it  was  pointed  out  that  although  much  had  been  done  in  cata- 
loguing the  animals  and  plants  of  the  island,  their  life-history  pro- 
vided an  inexhaustible  field  of  study.  Mr.  Gr.  W.  Colenutt,  F.G.S.,  was 
elected  first  president  and  Mr.  F.  Morey — author  of  the  Guide  to 
the  Natural  History  of  the  island,  by  whose  exertions  the  meeting 
had  been  convened — hon.  secretar^^ 

The  Rev.  Coslett  Herbert  Waddell  died  very  suddenly  on 
June  8th  at  Grey  Abbey,  Co.  Down,  of  which  place  he  was  Rector. 
He  was  born  at  Marahn  in  the  same  county  on  March  6,  1858,  gradu- 
ated M.A.  and  B.D.  at  Trinity  College,  Dublin,  was  ordained  in  IbiSO, 
and  became  Rector  of  Saintfield,  whence  he  proceeded  to  Grey  Abbey. 
He  took  a  great  interest  in  the  work  of  the  Belfast  Naturalists' 
Field  Club,  of  which  he  was  at  one  time  President,  and  was  a  Member 
of  the  Royal  Irish  Academy.  His  principal  botanical  work,  in  which  he 
was  much  associated  with  Canon  Lett,  was  in  Mosses :  in  1896  he 
published  in  this  Journal  (p.  88)  a  proposal  for  the  establishment  of 
a  Moss  Kx(;hange  Club  which  was  duly  taken  up  ;  of  this  he  became 
Secretary,  retaining  that  position  until  1908,  when  he  was  succeeded 
by  Mr.  W.  Ingham  who  still  holds  the  post.  In  1897  he  published 
for  the  Club  a  CnfaJngiie  of  British  Hepaticfe,  which  is  noticed  on 
p.  4l;3  of   this   Journal  for  that  year.     Numerous  notes  were  con- 


book-jS'otes,  kews,  etc.  359 

tributed  by  Waddell  to  tliis  Journal,  relating  principally  to  Mosses, 
from  1896  onwards;  in  the  volume  for  1910  he  publishecl  biographies 
of  George  Stabler  and  James  Martindale  Barnes,  who  were  among 
his  numerous  correspondents.  Rubi  also  occupied  his  attention  : 
notes  on  those  collected  by  him  in  Yorkshire,  Warwickshii-e,  and 
Worcestershire  will  be  found  in  Journ.  Bot.  1902,  296  ;  190S,  172  ; 
in  the  Journal  for  1900  (p.  445)  is  a  note  on  the  winter  buds  of 
Zannicliellia,  and  in  1905  (p.  244)  he  criticized  Mr.  Praeger's 
numbering  of  the  botanical  count^^-diyisions  of  Ireland.  His  collec- 
tion of  mosses  Afas  bequeathed  to  the  l{o3^al  College  of  Science, 
Dublin,  and  his  flowering  plants  to  Queen's  College,  Belfast. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  Linnean  Society  on  6th  November,  Colonel 
H.  E.  Rawson  read  a  paper  entitled  "  Plant-sports  produced  at  will.'* 
He  had  observed  near  Cape  Town,  that  shrubs  of  Kei-apple,  Aberia 
ca^ra,  died  when  the}'^  were  deprived  of  the  full  sun  up  to  a  certain  alti- 
tude in  the  early  morning.  This  led  to  experiments  in  screening  plants 
about  this  hour,  for  various  periods.  '  Selective  screening  '  resulted 
in  various  sports  in  form  and  modifications  of  colour  in  Tropceolum 
■majus.  A  special  form  of  Papaver  Rlioeas  was  obtained  and  fixed, 
and  other  experiments  were  detailed.  The  author  sums  up  thus  : — 
The  intensity  of  the  light  regulates  and  modifies  the  coloured  bands 
upon  all  parts  of  the  plant,  which  have  been  excited  by  interference. 
In  nature  selective  screening  prevails  universally,  and  these  experi- 
ments suggest  that  it  is  deserving  of  study,  to  bring  out  its  latent 
potentialities. 

In  Mededeelingen  Van's  Sijks  Herhirrium,  Nos.  31-36  (1917  en 
1918)  which  has  recenth^  come  to  hand,  Dr.  Hans  Hallier  has  a 
long  paper  on  the  plants  described  in  Aublet's  Histoire  des  Planfes 
de  la  Guiane  Fran(j'aise  (1775),  and  a  short  one  on  those  of  Patrick 
Browne's  Nafiiral  History  of  Jamaica  (1756:  ed.  2,  1789).  With 
regard  to  the  former,  the  extensive  collection  of  Aublet's  Guiana 
plants  from  Herb.  Banks  in  the  National  Herbarium,  in  which  are 
numerous  t^qDCs  of  the  plants  described  in  the  Histoire,  should  have 
been  mentioned;  the  species  represented  are  ticked  off  in  Banks's 
copy  of  the  work,  and  the  identifications  (by  Dryander  and  others) 
are  often  added  in  the  margin.  Dr.  Hallier's  remarks  prefatory  to 
the  paper  on  Browne's  book  suggest  that  his  knowledge  of  the 
plants,  as  well  as  of  the  literature  concerning  them,  is  far  from 
complete  :  he  does  not  mention  that  Browne's  plants  are  in  the 
Linnean  Herbarium  and  formed  the  basis  of  the  Plantarum 
Jamaicensium  PugillMS  (1759)  reprinted  in  Amoen.  Acad.  v.  389- 
413  (1760).  The  most  important  omission  is  that  of  the  long 
account  of  Browne's  work  by  Urban  in  Bymholce  Antillance,  i.  18-28, 
wherein  many  of  his  genera  are  discussed.  Browne's  plants  will  all 
be  taken  up  in  Faw^ett  and  Rendle's  Flora  of  Jamaica,  now  in 
course  of  publication  ;  reference  may  also  be  made  to  the  article  on 
Browne's  book  published  in  this  Journal  for  1912,  p.  129. 

The  Gardeners'  Chronicle  of  October  18  contains  an  interesting 
article — the  eighth  of  the  series—  by  Mr.  Keginald  Farrer  on  his 
Second  Exploration  in  Asia.     The  Chronicle  has  also  published  in  full 


360  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Sir  Daniel  Moms's  British  Association  address  on  Botany  and  the 
Empire,  of  which  we  gave  some  accomit  on  p.  296. 

Messes.  Dulat:  have  piibUshed  (10s.)  an  Index  to  the  Plates 
and  Names  in  the  fom-th  Series  (vols,  i.-xxx.)  of  Iloolcer's  Icones 
Plantarum. 


TO  OUR  SUBSCRIBERS. 

It  will  be  remembered  that  at  the  close  of  1916,  the  financial  posi- 
tion of  this  Journal  was  so  unsatisfactory  that  its  discontinuance 
seemed  imminent.  Until  the  first  year  of  the  War,  it  had  always  paid 
its  way,  and  had  even  left  an  infinitesimal  margin  of  profit ;  in  1915  the 
balance  was  on  the  other  side,  and  in  1916  the  deficit  was  such  that 
it  would  not  have  been  possible  to  continue  publication  had  it  not 
been  for  the  generous  activity  of  friends,  through  whose  exertions  the 
debt  was  removed,  leaving  a  small  balance  on  the  right  side.  The 
matter  is  dwelt  on  at  some  length  in  the  volume  for  1917  (p.  143)  : 
at  the  end  of  that  year  and  of  1918,  the  balance,  though  small,  was 
still  adverse,  and  the  expenses  of  the  present  year  are  not  likely  to  be 
covered  by  the  sales  and  subscriptions  for  the  period. 

Under  these  circumstances,  and  acting  on  the  advice  of  our 
publishers,  it  is  necessary  to  take  further  steps  to  meet  the  coming 
liabilities,  and  it  has  been  decided  that  this  can  best  be  done 
b}^  increasing  the  rate  of  subscription  and  of  sale.  It  is  obvious  that 
an  appeal  such  as  that  of  1916  could  not  be  renewed,  either  with 
reason  or  with  any  prospect  of  success  ;  moreover,  although  we  may 
look  for  cheaper  paper,  the  rate  of  wages  continues  to  increase,  and 
the  cost  of  printing  is  thus  not  likely  to  diminish.  As  was  remarked 
in  1915,  the  Editor  has  never  acted  with  a  view  to  profit :  so  long  as 
expenses  were  covered,  he  was  willing  to  carry  on  the  work,  and,  at 
the  end  of  forty  years,  he  is  still  prepared  to  do  so ;  but  he  is  not 
prepared  to  expend  money  as  well  as  time  and  trouble. 

It  is  therefore  proposed  to  make  the  Journal  a  net  publication, 
and  to  raise  the  Annual  Subscription  to  17s.  iSd.  (post  free)  ;  single 
numbers  will  cost  Is.  Hd.  net.  It  is  thought  that  those  wdio  feel  that 
the  cessation  of  the  Journal  would  be  a  misfortune,  especially  Biitish 
botanists  whose  principal  organ  it  has  always  been,  will  not  demur  to 
this  slight  increase  in  view  of  its  preservation.  We  need  hardly 
say  that  in  the  event  of  a  lessening  of  the  cost  of  output,  of  which 
there  seems  no  immediate  prospect,  we  shall  take  the  earliest  oppor- 
tunity of  restoring  the  Jom-nal  to  its  former  bulk.  It  seems  right  to 
add  that  the  cost  of  the  Supplements  to  the  April  and  June  numbers— 
"The  Phajophycean  Zoid  "  and  "  The  Plankton-phase  and  l^lankton- 
i-^te  "—was  defiayed  by  the  author,  Dr.  A.  H.  Church. 

The  Editor. 


liNDEX, 


For  Classified  Articles,  see—County  Records;  Obituary ;  Reviews 
species,  and  varieties  published  in  this  volume,  as   well  as 
by  an  asterisk. 


New  genera, 
new  names,  are 


Abies  alba,  263. 

Acalypha   eriophylloides,*  250 ;    Goss- 

weileri,*  250;  virgata  var.  pubescens  * 

314. 
Adarason,  R.  S.,  Cheshire   Plants,   91  ; 

ou  Dalton's  herbarium,  294. 
Adelia  Acidoton,  68. 
African  Plants,  86,  112,  160,  212,  244  ; 


Flora, 


AUopbylus,  151 ;    Rubi- 


aceae,  275,  342 

Alabastra  Diversa,  86,  112,  160,  212, 
244. 

Alaria,  Monograph  of  (rev.),  290. 

Alectra  gracilis,'^  216. 

AUopbylus,  African  species  of,  154, 
181  ;  andougeusis,*  184  ;  brachy- 
calyx,*  188 ;  cataractarum,*  189 ; 
eazengoensis,*  183;  crebriflorus,*  187; 
cuneatus,*  183 ;  Dummeri,*  187 ; 
gazensis,*  182 ;  Gossweileri,*  186  ; 
Holubii,*  189  ;  Kassneri,*  188  ;  lasi- 
opus*  159;  nigericus,*  158;  Tal- 
botii,*  186;  turoensis,*  181*;  Us- 
sheri,*  186;  Warneckei,*  185. 

Alopecurus  hybridus,  317. 

Amaralia  ekotokicola,*  281  ;  palustris,* 
280. 

Ammophila  baltica,  192. 

Andrews's  (J.)  Cryptogams,  337. 

Androecium  and  Gynoecium,  220. 

Andropogon,  72. 

Angiosperms,  Aquatic,  83. 

Anisotes  Rogersii*,  91. 

•  Annals  of  Botany,'  295. 

Anoectangium  scabrum,  75. 

Arber,  Agnes,  Aquatic  Angiosperms,  83. 

Argyle  Records,  322,  354. 

Arnold  Arboretum,  262. 

Arthrosolen  Gossweileri,*  116;  micro- 
cepbala,*  116  ;  paludosa,*  115. 

Atractogyne  Batesii,*  343. 

Aublet's  Plants,  359. 

Australia,  Flora  of  the  Northern  Terri- 
tory (rev.),  69. 


Bagshot  District,  Flora  of,  251. 

Bailey's  '  Cyclopedia  of  Horticulture  ' 
(rev.),  198. 

Baker,  E.  G.,  African  Allophylus,  154, 
181. 

Baker,  J.  G.,  296. 

Barbella  Levieri,  79. 

Bates,  G.  L.,  275. 

Baxter's  '  British  Botany,'  58. 

Bedfordshire  Mycetozoa,  63 ;  Plants, 
306. 

Bendorf's  Hepatics,  193. 

Bennett,  A.,  British  Potamogetons,  10  ; 
P.  acutifolius,  lOl ;  Cheshire  Plants, 
129;  Utricularia,  260;  Helosciadium 
inundatum  f.  fluitans,  260;  Vacci- 
nium  intermedium,  284  ;  Potamo- 
geton  dualis,  285 ;  Carex  montana, 
322  ;  Calamagrostis  stricta,  322. 

'Bermuda,  Flora  of  (rev.),  44. 

Bertiera  bityensis,*  278. 

Bibliographical  Notes,  58,  97,  223,  321, 
353. 

Bicknell,  C,  328. 

Boerker's  (H.  D.)  '  National  Forests  ' 
(rev.),  165. 

Bond,  George,  71, 

'  Botanical  Abstracts,'  72. 

Botanical  Exchange  Club  Report,  48. 

'  Botanical  Magazine,'  47- 

Botrytis  cinerea,  135. 

Boulger,    G.    S.,   Juncus    acutus,   21  ; 
'  Coniferous  Trees  '  (rev.),  102 ;  '  Na- 
tional Forests  '  (rev.),   165  ;    '  Tree- 
Diseases  '  (rev.),   166  ;    '  Commercial 
Forestry  '     (rev.),     260 ;     '  Lowson's 
Text-book '  (rev.),   324  ;  Cryptogams 
of  Andrews's  Herbarium,  337. 
Bournemouth,  Flora  of,  328. 
Bower's  *  Botany  of  the  Living  Plant ' 
(rev.),  226 ;  '  Lectures  on  Sex  '  (rev.), 
287. 
Barbarea  rivularis,  211,  304. 
Brackenridge,  W.  D.,  263. 


IND  EX 


Braithwaite's  '  Sphagnaceae  Britannic£e,' 
142. 

Britten,  J.,  '  Flora  of  Bermuda '  (rev.), 
44;  'Flora  of  Northern  Territory' 
(rev.\  69  ;  '  Madeira  Flowers  '  97  ; 
'  Life  of  Sir  J.  D.  Hooker  '  (rev.),  130, 
200;  Burgess's  '  Eidodendron,' 223; 
Mimusojis  parvifolia,  226  ;  '  Diction- 
ary of  Flowering  Plants'  (I'ev.),  229  ; 
'The  Genus  Fumaria '  (rev.),  291; 
'The  Flower  and  the  Bee  '(rev.), 
292;  Ellis's  Directions  for  Collec- 
tors, 321 ;  J.  F.  Miller  &  his  Icones, 
353;  'The  English  Eock-Garden' 
(rev.),  354. 

Britton,  0.  E.,  Centaurea,  340. 

Britton's  (N.  L.)  *  Flora  of  Bermuda  ' 
(rev.),  44. 

Brodrick  Herbarium,  197. 

Browne's  (P.)  Plants,  359. 

Brunfels,  Otto,  235. 

Bryum  Bescherellei,  78 ;  ei'ythrocar- 
poides,  79. 

Buchnera  congoensis,*  219:  convalli- 
cola,*  217  ;  Gossweileri,*  219  ;  grani- 
tica,*  219;  Kas8neri,*244;  orgyalis,* 
219,  244;  quadrangularis,*  217. 

'  Bulletin  of  Scientific  Societies,'  72. 

Bullock- Webster,  G.  R.,  Nitella  spanio- 
clema,*  1  (t.  511);  N.  flexilis  var. 
Fryeri,*  102;  Chara  fragilis  &  C. 
delicatula,  69 ;  Tolypella  glomerata 
var.  erythrocarpa,*  225. 

Burgess's  '  Eidodendron,'  223. 

Calamagrostis  stricta  f.  pilosior,  322. 
'  Calvary  Clover,'  136. 
Candolle,  A.  C.  P.  de,t  23. 
Canthium   amplium,*  87 ;    dictyophle- 

bum,*  87. 
Cantley,  Nathaniel,  103. 
Carduus  palustris,  20. 
Carex  montana,  274,  322. 
Carmarthen  Plants,  349. 
Carpentia,  70, 
Centaurea  Jacea,  341. 
Ceropegia  degemensi.s,*  214. 
Ceylonese  Mosses,  77. 
Chsetocarpus  cubensis,*  312 ;  globosus,* 

312. 
Chaetomitrium  Deplanchei,  73. 
Chamberlain's    'Living   Cvcads'  (rev.), 

230. 
Chara  fragilis  &  C.  delicatula,  69. 


Cheeseraan  on  Macquarie  Island,  262. 
Cheshire  Plants,  91,  129. 
Christy,  M.,  Carduus  palustris,  20. 
Church.   A.   H.,    Weighing    Moorings, 

35;  Baxter's    'British   Botany,'   58; 

The  Phasophycean  Zoid  (Suppl.  II); 

The     Plankton -phase    &    Plankton- 
rate  (Suppl.  Ill);  Androecium   and 

Gynoecium,    220;   'Botany    of    the 

Living   Plant '   (rev.),  220 ;    '  Living 

Cycads '    (rev.),    230  ;     Brunfels    & 

Fuchs,  233  ;  Review  of  Phaophyceae, 

265 ;  '  Lectures  on  Sex  '  (rev.),  287  ; 

his  '  Building  of  an  Autotrophic  Fla- 
gellate'    (rev.),    288;     Review     of 

Floridege,  297,  329. 
Clavaria  Broomei,  328. 
Clerodendron    bingaense,*    248;    cen- 
sors,* 248  ;  frutectorum,*  249  ;  lupa- 

kense,*  247. 
Compositse,  Pappus  in,  167. 
'  Coniferous  Trees  '  (rev.),  102. 
Cornish  Mosses  &  Hepatics,  3. 
County  Records  :  — 

Anglesea,  225,  260. 

Bedford,  63,  82,  306. 

Berks,  257. 

Buckingham,  322. 

Cambridge,  69,  101. 

Carmarthen,  349. 

Carnarvon,  173. 

Chester,  91,  129. 

Cornwall,  3,  47,  225,  260,  322. 

Devon,  94,  119,  170,  225,  275,  287. 

Essex,  20,  168,  264. 

Gloucester,  350. 

Hants,  197,  285,  328. 

Herts,  307. 

Huntingdon,  102. 

Kent,  162. 

Lancaster,  284. 

Lincoln,  225. 

Middlesex.  260. 

Norfolk,  25,  102,  190,  260,  307,  323. 

Pembroke,  348. 

Radnor,  193. 

Salop,  80. 

Somerset,  100,  147,   170,   175,   195, 
197,  257,  274,  286,  353. 

Stafford,  259,  284r-b,  322. 

Surrey,  37,  82,  196. 

Warwick,  210. 


INDEX. 


Counts  Records  (cont.): — 
Westmorland,  173. 
Worcester,  211,305,  323. 
York,  211,  305. 

See  also  British  Potaraogetons,  10- 
20;  Herberta,  42-44;  Mycetozoa, 
105-111 ;  Sphagnaeere,  142-147 ; 
Eust  Fungi,  161-163  ;  Watson 
Club  Eeport,  314-18. 
Craterostigma  cbirouioides,*  215  ;  Mon- 

roi,*  214. 
Crisp,  Sir  F.,t  200. 
Croton  glabellum,  68. 
Cuscuta,  358. 
Cjcads,  Living  (rev.),  230. 

Dalton's  Herbaria,  294. 

Damrongia,  48. 

Davies's  (O.  B.)    'Flora   of   Northern 

Territory '  (rev.),  69. 
December-flowering  Plants,  100. 
Dendrocousinsia,    312;    alpina,*  313; 

fasciculata,  313  ;  spicata,  313. 
Denham's  '  Gossypium  '  (rev.),  325. 
Dickinson,  John,  45. 
Dicliptera  Batesii,*  246. 
Dicranolepis  angolensis,*  117  ;  Batesii,* 

117;  Talbotiorum,-=^  117. 
'  Dictionary  of  Flowering  Plants  '  (rev.), 

229. 
Diospyros  longipes,  226. 
Dixon,  H.  N.,  Miscellanea  Bryologica, 

73 ;     Mosses   of    Deception    Island, 

200. 
Douglas,  David,  327. 
Downes,  H.,  Juncus  pygmseus,  260. 
Duncannon,  Thomas,  71. 
Dybowskia,  72. 
Dymes  on  Ii-is  Pseudacorus,  231. 

Echium,  Eevision  of,  264. 

Elatine  Hydropiper,  323. 

Ellis's  J^irections  for  Collectors,  321. 

Epipactis  media,  80 ;  viridiflora  var. 
leptochila,*  38. 

Equisetum  arvense,  264. 

'  Essex  Naturalist,'  264. 

Euphrasias,  British,  169  ;  E.  confusa,* 
172  ;  hirtella,  173  ;  minima,  159,  335. 

Ewart's  (A.)  '  Flora  of  Northern  Terri- 
tory '  (rev.),  69. 


Fadogia  Livingstoniana,*^  88. 

Fagara    in    S.  Africa,    201  ;    capensis, 

204;    Davyi,^   203;    Thorncroftii,* 

202. 

Farquharson,  C.  O.,  48. 

Farrer's  '  The  English  Eock-Garden  ' 
(rev.),  354. 

Fawcett,     W.,    Jamaica     Plants,     65, 
312. 

Flagellate,  an  Autotrophic,  288. 
Flora  of  Tropical  Africa,  72  ;  Loudin- 
ensis,  100. 

FloridejE,   Historical   Eeview  of,   297, 
329. 


Fockea  Monr( 


!13. 


'  Forestry,  Commercial '  (rev.),  260. 
Forests,  American,  165. 
Frullania  microphylla,  193. 
Fuchs,  Leonard,  233. 
Fumaria,  the  genus  (rev.),  291. 


Galium  erectum,  286. 

•Garden,'  104. 

Gardenia  nigrificans,*  342, 

'  Gardens'  Bulletin,'  103. 

Gepp,  A.,  'Building  of  an  Autotrophic 
Flagellate  '  (rev.),  289 ;  '  Monograph 
of  Alaria'(rev.),  290. 

Gloucestershire  Plants,  350. 

Gnidia  dumicola,*  114;  kasaiensis,* 
113;  kundelungensis,*  114. 

Godfery,  M.  J.,  Epipactis  viridiflora 
var.  leptochihi,"'^  37 ;  British  Marsh 
Orchids,  137. 

'  Gossypium  in  Pre-Linnean  Litera- 
ture '  (rev.),  325. 

Gourlay,  W.  B.,  Vaccinium  inter- 
medium, 259,  322. 

Gregory,  E.  P.,t  47. 

Grove,  W.  B.,  Phyllosticta  and  Phleo- 
spora,  206 ;  Spbserulina  intermixta, 
208  ;  G.  F.  West,t  283. 

Groves,  J.,  Chara  fragilis  and  C.  deli- 
catula,     69  ;     Nitella     flexilis    var. 
Fryeri,*  102 ;  spanioclema  *  (t.  551), 
1 ;  Lychnothamnus,  125  ;  Nitellopsis 
obtusa,*  127  ;    Tolypella   glomerata, 
197  ;  T.  glomerata  var.  erythocarpa,* 
225  ;  sex-terras  for  plants,  285. 
Gymnanthes  alpina,  314. 
Gymnostomum  oranicum,  75. 
Gynoecium  and  Androecium,  220. 


T^'DEX 


Hallier,  H.,  on  Aublet's  &  P.  Browne's 

Plants,  359. 
Heloaciadium    inundatum    f.    iluitans, 

250. 
Henry,    A.,    on    Platanus    acerifolia, 

295. 
Hepatics,  Cornish,  8 ;  Ilfracombe,  123  ; 

Kadnorshire,  193. 
Herberta,  42. 

Hooker,  J.  D.,  Life  of  (rev.),  130,  200. 
Hurst,  C,  P.,  Ilfracombe  Mosses  and 

Hepatics,  94,  119. 
Hypericum  humifusum,  195,  225,  287, 

353. 
Hypnum  scabrellum,  76. 


Ilfracombe   Mosses   and   Hepatics,  94, 

119. 
Ilysanthes    Gossweileri,'*    215  ;    yaun- 

densis,*  216. 
Impatiens  glandulifera,  69. 
Iris  Pseudacorus,  231. 
'  Irish  Naturalist,'  200. 
Irish  Plants,  1,  225,  285. 
Isoetes  Hystrix,  322. 


Jackson,  A.  B.,  Barbarea  rivularis,  301. 
Jamaica  Plants,  65,  312. 
Jasminum  malabaricum,  136. 
Jekyll,    Gertrude,  Pollination  of   Vis- 

cum,  286. 
'  Journal  of  Genetics,'  72,  168,  232. 
'  Journal  of  Indian  Botany,'  327. 
'  .Journal  of  Linnean  Society,'  264,  291. 
'Journal  of  New  Yoi-k  Bot.  Garden,' 

263. 
Juncus    acutus,    21  ;    effusus    spiralis, 

69  ;  pygmc^us,  260. 
Justicia  Dinteri,*  246. 

♦  Kew  Bulletin,'  24,  48,  168,  263,  327. 
Kceleria  advena,  24. 

Lamproderma  atrosporum  var.  angli- 
cum  *  (t.  552),  27  ;  yiolaceum  var. 
debile,*  (t.  552),  25. 

Lamprotharanium,  126  ;  pappulosum, 
127. 

Larter,  C.  E.,296;  Hypericum  humifu- 
sum, 287. 

Lejeunea  heterophylla,  193. 


Leptosperraopsis,  232. 

Lester-Garland,  L.  V.,  Argyleshire 
Plants,  322. 

Lichens,  British  (rev.),  21. 

Linnean  Society,  71,  134-6,  167,  200, 
231-2,  359. 

Lippia  Gossweileri,*  247. 

Lister,  G.,  New  Varieties  of  Lampro- 
derma (t.  552),  25  ;  British  Myceto- 
zoa  recorded  since  1909,  105  ;  '  My- 
cetozoa,'  168. 

Little,  J,  E.,  Beds  Plants,  306. 

Lobelia  urens,  328. 

Lobostemon,  71. 

Loganberry,  104. 

Lophocolea  spicata,  193. 

Loranthus  Batesii,*  249. 

Lovell's  '  The  Flower  and  the  Bee  ' 
(rev.),  292. 

'  Lowson's  Text-book  of  Botany  '  (rev.), 
324. 

Lychnothamnus,  125  ;  macropogon,125; 
stelliger,  126. 

Macedonian  Plants,  48. 

Macleod's  (J.)   '  Quantitative    Method 

in  Biology  '  (rev.),  163. 
Macquarie  Island  plants,  262. 
Macropogon,  128. 
'  Madeira  Flowers,'  97. 
Mahogany,  263,  295. 
Manettia,     Monograph      of.      Supple- 
ment I, 
Marshall,  E.  S.,  Somerset  Plants,  147, 
175;    Barbarea  rivularis,  211;  Ver- 
bascum  thapsiforme,  257. 
Martin,  Claude,  263, 
Melampsora  alpina,  161. 
Melvill,    J.    C,    Papaver    orientale, 

226. 
'  Mem.  Manchester  Lit.  Soc.,'  293. 
*  Mendelism  '  (rev.),  357. 
Mesembryanthemum,  71 ;  edule,  47. 
Meteoromyrtus,  24. 
Miller,  J.  F.,  353. 
Mimulus  moschatup,  285. 
Mimusops  parvifolia,  226. 
Miscellanea  Bryologica,  73. 
Mollinedia  Cunninghamii,^-  251. 
]\Ionckton,  H.  W.,  Flora  of  the  BagsJ'ot 
District,  251  ;  his  '  Flora  of  Thames 
Valley  Drift/  47. 


IXDEX 


Moore,  S.,  Alabast.ra  Diversa,  86,  112, 
160,  212,  244  ;  Australian  Plants, 
232. 

Moorings,  Weighing,  35. 

Morris,  Sir  D.,  Address  to  Brit.  Associa- 
tion, 296,  359. 

Mosses,  Cornish,  3  ;  Miscellanea  Bryo- 
logica,  73  ;  llfra combe,  95,  119. 

Motley,  James,  103. 

Mott,  F,  D.,  Impatiens  glandulifera. 
69. 

Murton,  James,  103, 

MussaBnda  bityensis,*  277  ;  leiitantha,* 
278. 

Mycena  epipterygioides,  328. 

Mycetozoa,  new  (t.  552),  25  ;  of  Bed- 
lordshire,  63 ;  British,  since  1909, 
105;  Memoir  on,  168;  Guide  to 
British,  294. 

'  Mycologia,'  295. 

Mycological  Notes,  206. 

Nitella     flexilis     var.     Fryeri,*     101  ; 

spanioclema  *  (t.  551),  1. 
Nitellopsis,  126;  obtusa,*  127. 
Norfolk  Notep,  190. 
North  American  Flora,  103. 
'  Notes  from  Bot.  Garden,  Edinburgh,' 

104,  295 ;  from  Bot.  School,  Dublin, 

295. 

Obituary  : — 

Candolle,  A.  C.  P.  de,  23. 

Crisp,  >Sir  F.,  200. 

Gregory,  R.  P.,  47. 

Spence,  Magnus,  293. 

Trail,  J.  W.  H.,  318. 

Waddell,  C.  H.,  358. 

Wallis,  A.,  347. 

West,  G.  S.,  283. 
'  Ohio  Naturalist,'  264. 
Orchid.s,  British  Marsh,  137. 
Orchis  latifolia,  137  ;  praetermissa,  136. 
Oxalis,  Indian,  264. 
Oxyanthus  Leptactina,*  343. 

Papaver  orientale,  226. 

Paulson,  R.,  '  Monograph  of  British 
Lichens'  (rev.),  21. 

Paveita  antennifera,*  344;  beehuan- 
ensis,*  88  ;  cataractarnra,*  89  ;  con- 
flatiflora,*  90  ;  Harborii,*  89. 

Pears(jn,W.  H.,  Herberta,  42  ;  Radnor- 
shire Hepatics,  193. 


Peddiea  Batesii,-!^  118. 

Pembroke  Plants,  348. 

Penford,  Jane  Wallas,  97. 

Phasophycese,    Historical    Review     of. 
265. 

Phagophycean  Zoid,  The,  Suppl.  II. 
Philippia     congoensis,*   213  ;    kunde- 

lungensis,*  212. 
Philippine  Plant-Diseases,  167. 
Phleospora  &  Phyllosticta,  206. 
Phyllanthus  Coxianus,*  66  ;  glabellns,* 

68;    inrequalillorus,*    66;    ktifoliii's, 

67  ;  minor,*  65  ;  Rogersii,*  1(30. 
Phyllosticta  &  Phleospora,  206. 
[   Physarum    vernum    var.     iridescens,* 

106. 
I   Picris  hieracioides,  200. 
Plankton-phase  &  Plankton-rate,  Suppl. 

!  III. 

Plant-Diseases,  Philippine,  167. 

Plantago  lanceolata,  196. 

Platan  us  aceri  folia,  295. 

Poa  flabellata,  327. 

Pollination,  292  ;  of  Viscum,  286. 

Potamogetons.  British,  10;  acutifolius, 

101  ;  P.  Cooperi  f.  hibernicus,*  17  ; 

heterophyllus   var.   hibernicus,*   13; 

diialis,  285. 
Praeger,  R.  LI.,  Notes  on  Seduni,  49. 
Prain,   Sir  D.,  'John'  Roxburgh,  28; 

J.  W.  H.  Trail,!  318. 
Preserving  Plants,  135. 
Pritzel's  '  Icones,'  104. 
'  Proceedings  R.  Irish  Academy,'  295. 
Prunella  laciniata,  316. 
Pseudactis,*  118;  emilioides,*'  119. 
Puecinia,  British,  162,  163. 
Pngsley,    H.   W.,   British    Euphrasias, 

169  ;  on  Fumaria  (rev.),  291. 
Pulteney  on  '  Flora  Londinensif,'  100. 
Piinnett's  '  Mendelism '  (rev.),  357. 
Pyrus  Py raster  var.  Deseglesei,  316. 

Qtiercus  navalis,  224. 
'  Quantitative      Method    in     Biology ' 
•     (rev.),  163. 

Radnorshire  Hepatics,  193. 
Ramsbottom,    J.    K.,     '  Cyijlopodia    of 

Horticulture'  (rev.),  198. 
Randia      Dorothea,*      oiG;      inegalo- 

stigma,*  279. 


TXDEX 


Rankin's  (W.  H.) '  Tree  Diseases'  (rev.\ 
165. 

Rathbone  (M.).  on  Preserving  Plants, 
135. 

Rea,  0.,  Elatine  Hydropiper,  323. 

'  Records  India  Bot.  Survey,'  264. 

Reiuking's  (O.)  'Philippine  Plant- 
Diseases,'  167. 

Rendle,  A.  B.,  A.  C.  P.  de  Candolle,t  23 ; 
Jamaica  Plants,  65,  312;  'Text-book 
of  Botany  '  (rev.),  164  ;  '  Elements  de 
Botanique '  (rev.),  198. 

Reviews  : — 

Monograph  of  British  Lichens,  A.  L. 

Smith,  21. 
Flora   of  Bermuda,  N.   L.   Britton, 

44. 
Flora  of  Northern  Territory,  A.  J. 

Ewart  &  D.  B.  Davies,  69. 
Coniferous  Trees,   A.    I).    Webster, 

102. 
Life  of  Sir  Joseph  Hooker,  L.  Huxley, 

130. 
Quantitative  Method  in  Biology,  J. 

MacLeod,  163. 
Botany,  D.  Thoday,  164. 
National   Forests,    H.    D.    Boerker, 

165. 
Tree  Diseases,  W.  H.  Rankin,  166. 
Elements  de  Botanique,  Van  Tieg- 

hem-Oostantin,  197. 
Cyclopedia   of  Horticulture,    L.    H. 

Bailey,  198.  j 

Botany   of  the   Living  Plant,  F.   O.    | 

Bower,  226. 

Dictionary   of  Flowering   Plants    &    f 

Ferns,  J.  0.  Willis,  229.  ! 

The  Living  Cycads,  C.  J.  Chamber-    ' 

lain,  230.  I 

Commercial   Forestry,    E.    P.    Steb- 

bing,  260. 
Sex  and  Heredity,  F.  O.  Bower,  &c., 

287. 
Autotrophic  Flagellate,  A. H.  Church, 

290. 
The  Greuus  Fumaria,  H.  W.  Pugsley, 

291. 
The  Flower  and  the  Bee,  J.  H.Lovell,    I 

292. 
Fossil  Plants,  vol.  iv.,  A.  C.  Seward, 

323. 
Lowson's  Text-book  of  Botany  (In- 
dian edition),  324. 
Gossypium    in    Pre-Linnean    Liter- 
ature, H.  J.  Denham,  325. 
The  English  Rock-Garden,  R.  Farrer, 

354. 
MendelisTO.  R.  C.  Punnett,  357. 


j  Rhamphicarpa  EUiotii,*  245. 

Riddelsdell,  H.  .J.,  Simethis  planifolia, 
'       285;  Gloucestershire  Notes,  350. 

Rilston,  P.,  Cornish  Mosses  and  Hepa- 
;        tics,  3. 

Robinson,  F.,  Isoetes  Hystrix,  322. 
j   Robley,  Augusta  J.,  97. 
I   Rock-Garden,  The  English  (rev.),  354. 

Rossittia,  71. 
I   Roxburghs,  The,  28. 
I   Royal  Botanic  Society,  326. 

Rubiacese  Batesiauge,  275,  343. 

Rubus  thyrsoideus  var.  viridescens, 
315. 

Rust  Fungi,  British,  161. 

Rutidea  Batesii,*  344 ;  pavettoides,* 
345 ;  tarennoides,*  346. 

Sabicea  Amomi,'*  277. 

Salisbury,  E.  J.,  Seward's  '  Fossil 
Plants,'  (rev.),  323. 

Salmon,  C.  E.,  Norfolk  Notes,  190; 
TheBrodrick  Herbarium,  197;  Pem- 
broke &  Carmarthen  Plants,  347 ; 
Argyle  Records,  354. 

Salvia  splendens,  98. 

Sarcocephalus  esculentus,  276. 

Saunders,  J.,  Bedfordshire  Mycetozoa, 
63. 

Saxifraga  hypnoides  var.  robusta,  316. 

'  Science  Progress,'  72,  232. 

Scottish  Plants,  24,  64,  161-2,  284, 
322,  354. 

Securinega  Acidoton,*  68. 

Sedmii,  Notes  on,  49;  anoicum,*  52; 
Cooperi,*  49;  crassipes  var.  chola- 
ense,*  50 ;  dasyphyllura  var.  Sueii- 
dermannii,'^  50  ;  indicum  var.  densi- 
rosulatum,*  55  ;  Mairei,*  53  ;  rubro- 
glancum,*  51 ;  triphyllum,*  54 ; 
variicolor,*  54  ;  viscosum,  57. 

Sematophyllum  decipiens,*  77. 

Setosa,  70. 

Seward's  '  Fossil  Plants'  (rev.),  323. 

'  Sex  and  Heredity '  (rev.),  287. 

Sex-terms  for  Plants,  285. 

Sherrin,  W.  R.,  296. 

Simethis  planifolia,  285. 
Sioane  Herbarium,  46. 

Smith,  A.  L.,  her  'Monograph  of  British 
Lichens  (rev.),  21 ;  '^Philippine  Plant- 
Diseases  '  (rev.),  167. 


INDEX. 


Smith  (J.)   on  Pappus  in    Compositse, 

167. 
Somerset  Plants,  147,  175. 
Spatba,  70. 
Spence,     M.,t     293 ;     Jimcus     effusus 

spiralis,  69. 
Spliajruliua  intermixta,  208  ;  f.   valde- 

evoluta,*  210. 
'  Sphagnaceae Britannicje,'  Braitbwaite's, 

142 ;  Bagshot,  255. 
Sphagnum  fimbriatum,  new  forms,  146. 
Stebbing's  '  Commercial  Forestry '  (rev.), 

260. 
Streptocarpus  Eylesii,*  245. 
Struthiola   concava,*    112;    Pentheri,* 

112. 
Sympbyobasis,  232. 

Taxitbelium  Gottscheanum,  76. 
Teratology  in  Papaver  orientale,  226. 
Thoday's  (D.) '  Text-Book  '  (rev.),  164. 
Thompson,    H.   S.,    Hvpericum  bumi- 

f  usum,  195,  225 ;  Yew  on  Oak,  197  ; 

Carexmontana,  274;  Galium  erectum, 

286  ;  Euphrasia  minima,  335. 
Tbymelfeaceee  Africanse,  112. 
Tolypella  glomerata,  197;    f.  erytbro- 

carpax,  225. 
Trail,  J.  W.  H.,t  318. 
Trans.  Bot.  Soc.  Edinburgb,  24. 
Trans.  Mycological  Society,  328. 
Tree  Diseases,  166, 
Tribulus,  232. 

Trifolium  subterraneum,  48. 
Tripteris  auriculata,*  90. 
Turrill,   W.   B.,    Plantago    lanceolata, 

196. 
Tussock  Grass,  327. 


CJromyces  Onobrycbidis,  162. 
Utricularia,  260. 

Vaccinium  iutermedium,   259,   284-5, 
322. 


Van  Tiegbeai's   '  Elements   de   Botan- 

ique'  (rev.),  197. 
Vepris  zambesiaca,*  86. 
Verbascum  thapsiforme,  257. 
Verdoorn,  Inez  C,  Fagara  in  S.  Africa, 

201. 
Vevers,  G.  M.,  Vaccinium  intermedium, 

259,  285. 
Vines,  S.  H.,  328. 
Viscum  album.  Pollination  of,  286. 

Waddell,  C.  H.,t  358. 

V^allis,  A.,t  346;  Pembroke  &  Car- 
marthen Plants,  347. 

Watson  Bot.  Exchange  Club,  314. 

Watson,  W.,  December  Flowers,  100  ; 
Hypericum  bumifusum,  353. 

Webster's  '  Coniferous  Trees '  (rev.), 
102. 

Weed  Seeds,  104. 

Weighing  Moorings,  35. 

Wernham,  H.  F.,  Monograph  of  Man- 
ettia,  Suppl.  I. ;  Rubiace®  Batesianas, 
275,  342. 

West,  G.  F.,t  283. 

Wheldon,  J.  A.,  Braitbwaite's  '  Sphag- 
naceae Britannicae,'  142. 

Williams,  F.  N.,  '  Flora  Londineusis,' 
100. 

Willis's  '  Dictionary  of  Flowering 
Plants '  (rev.),  229. 

Wilmott,  A.  J.,  Barbarea  rivularis,  304. 

Wilson,  M.,  British  Rust  Fungi,  161. 

Windle,  Sir  B.  C.  A.,  '  Quantitative 
Method  in  Biology '  (rev.),  163  ; 
'  Mendelism  '  (I'ev.),  357. 

Woodruffe-Peacock,  E.  A.,  Hypericum 
humifusum,  225. 

Xylophylla  latifolia,  67. 

Yendo's'Alaria'(reT.),  290. 
Yew  on  Oak,  197. 
Young,  Miss  M.,  99. 

Zoid,  The  Phseophycean,  Suppl.  II. 


48,1 
133, 
167, 
225, 
274. 
280, 
316, 


CORRIGENDA. 

,  23  from  top,  for  "  Crai^  '■  read  "  Craib." 
1.  2  from  bottom,  for  "  Banks"  read  "  Lyell." 
1.  12  from  top,  for  "  Smith  "  read  "  Small." 
1.  2  from  top,  delete  "  coronula  excliisa." 
1.  20  from  top,  for  "late"  read  "  Rev." 

I.  16  from  bottom  should  be  deleted. 

II.  17,  18  from  bottom,  for  "  Cheddon  "  read  "  Cheddar,"  for  "  horde 
read  ''  horse." 


Printed  by  Taylor  and  Francis,  Red  Lion  Court,  Fleet  Street. 


THE  PH^OPHYCEAN  ZOID. 
By  a.  H.  Church. 


Considered  as  a  ciliated  reproductive  cell,  the  characteristic 
"zoospore"  or  "swarm-spore"  of  the  Phseophyceaj  presents  little 
interest ;  but  regarded  from  a  broader  standpoint  as  the  retention 
of  a  flagellated  phase  in  the  life-cycle,  linking  this  great  group  of 
marine  algae  with  other  flagellated  races  of  phytoplankton,  it  acquires 
an  intensive  value — not  only  as  opening  up  the  question  of  the 
flagellate  ancestry  of  the  Phseophycese,  but  as  expressing  the  high- 
gi-ade  differentiation  attained  by  such  a  zoid  in  some  previous  phase 
of  existence  and  its  isolated  phyletic  history. 

The  organization  of  the  Phseophycean  zoid  as  presented  most 
typically  in  the  zoogonidia  of  Ectocarpus,  the  gametes  of  Laminaria^ 
or  the  antherozoid  of  Ficcus,  is  that  of  a  simple  naked  protoplast, 
rounding  off  at  about  5  fx  diam.,  with  nucleus,  suggestions  of  granular 
cytoplasm  and  either  a  single  discoid  chloroplast  reduced  to  an  eye- 
spot  {stigma)  only,  or  associated  with  such  a  residual  plastid ;  larger 
zoids  may  contain  several  chloroplasts.  Such  a  zoid,  though  typically 
possessing  autotrophic  mechanism,  differs  in  one  fundamental  respect 
from  a  typical  flagellate,  in  that  it  has  lost  the  power  of  binary 
fission  and  is  so  far  retained  wholly  for  a  "  reproductive  "  function. 
On  the  other  hand,  many  '*  Brown  Flagellates  "  are  similarly  re- 
stricted to  binary  fission  in  the  non-motile  "cyst  "-stage  (cf,  Hyclru- 
rus,  PhcBosphcera,  PJiceocapsa,  Hymenomonas). 

The  zoid  is  thus  to  be  regarded  from  the  standpoint  of  the 
organization  of  a  flagellate,  though  such  details  have  been  as  yet  but 
little  investigated. 

Though  generally  described  as  pyriform  in  shape,  with  pointed 
anterior  end.  the  protoplast  possesses  little  in  the  way  of  a  permanent 
space-form  ;  when  at  rest  the  body  rounds  off  in  response  to  surface- 
tension  ;  and  in  the  motile  stage  the  pointed  end  is  largely  the 
expression  of  "  metabolic  "  or  '*  euglenoid  "  contractility  ;  in  this  way 
a  5  /z  individual  may  extend  to  7-10  or  12  ^  in  length,  as  an  elon- 
gated zoid  with  active  movements.  The  point  of  insertion  of  the 
fiagella  must  be  regarded  as  the  '*;?oZ<9"  of  the  zoid;  and  in  such 
case  the  direction  of  the  movement  implies  a  change  of  polarity,  of 
about  90'^,  from  the  original  condition  of  the  isokont  phase  with  equal 
distally  inserted  fiagella. 

A  similar  change  of  polarity  obtains  in  other  flagellate  phyla,  noticeably 
in  many  Cryptomonads  (cf.  Nephroselmis),  and  in  the  Peridiniaceae,  with  a 
very  similar  result ;  and  this  is  undoubtedly  correlated  with  a  differentiation 
in  function  between  the  two  fiagella,  as  expressed  in  a  reversal  of  the  direc- 
tion of  contractility  in  one  which  becomes  a  propeller,  while  the  other 
remains  a  tractor.  With  two  fiagella  thus  widely  divergent,  and  falling  into 
line  at  180°  with  each  other  across  the  axis  of  antecedent  polarity,  both  act 
in  the  same  direction,  and  a  new  "  anterior  "  end  is  acquired. 

Details  of  zoid  organization  in  terms  of  flagellate  construction  are 
still  meagre : — 

Yamanouchi  (1913)  for  Zanarduiia  described  a  suggestive  chain 
Journal  of  Botam.  xA.peil,  1919.     [Slpplemem  Jl.] 


2  THE    PH^OPnTCEAN   ZOID 

of  granules  between  the  insertion  of  the  flagella  and  the  nucleus,  in 
the  manner  of  a  rhizoplast-strand,  but  decided  against  any  connection 
between  such  basal  granule  and  a  blepharoplast  as  a  "  cell-organ." 
lletzius  (190G),  for  Fucus  Areschoiigii  and  F.  seDYrfits,  showed  the 
presence  of  a  group  of  4  (rarely  5)  "  Nebenkern  "-granules  (Mito- 
chondria, Plastochondria)  probably  of  nutritive  function,  and  confused 
by  previous  observers  with  the  nucleus  (Guignard).  Ketzius  also 
demonstrated  the  "  end-piece "  of  the  flagella,  as  a  short  delicate 
terminal  portion  (5/i  long),  regarded  either  as  a  projecting  core 
(Minchin,  p.  52),  or  as  a  prolongation  of  the  extreme  plasmatic 
him.  Meves  (1908)  confirmed  the  presence  of  plastochondria  which 
might  become  confluent,  and  also  demonstrated  distinct  "basal 
granules "  in  Fucus  serratus  associated  with  each  flagellum,  to  be 
described  as  "centrioles"  (  =  blepharoplasts),  and  in  direct  contact 
with  the  nuclear  body  of  the  protoplast.  According  to  Meves  also 
the  two  flagella  of  Fucus  ser)Y(tus  grow  round  the  zoid  in  the  same 
sense  (cf.  (-hara),  while  according  to  Retzius  they  are  so  exactly  in 
the  same  line  that  they  appear  as  pi-actically  continuous.  Older 
hypotheses  that  flagella  are  formed  from  a  peripheral  zone  of  cyto- 
plasm (Guignard,  Yamanouchi,  1913)  require  to  be  replaced  b}^  the 
view  that  they  grow  outwards  from  the  point  indicated  by  the  basal 
granule,  in  the  manner  generall}^  characteristic  of  flagellates  (Minchin, 
P-^2). 

The  special  feature  of  the  mobile  zoid  is  its  asymmetrical  organi- 
zation as  expressed  in  the  "  lateral  insertion  "  of  the  two  unequal 
flagella ;  and  this  arrangement,  so  constant  and  characteristic,  is  in 
marked  contrast  with  the  isokont  habit  of  the  zoids  of  the  Chloro- 
phyceai-lsokonttfi  and  Chrysomonadina-Isokontse.  It  ma}^  be  termed 
the  ''  anisoko7if^'  condition. 

Of  the  two  flagella  one  projects  forward  beyond  the  pointed  anterior  end 
as  a  tractor  mechanism  ;  the  posterior  merely  trails  behind  as  a  long 
''  steering-oar  "  :  to  what  extent  it  acts  as  a  definite  propeller  is  still  obsciire. 
The  names  "  tractor  "  and  "trailer"  maybe  adopted  as  suflSciently  distinctive 
and  concise  (Minchin,  p.  53).  hohont  is  preferable  to  isomastigote,  and 
ft  ni>!o]iont  to  heteromastigote :  "trailer"  is  preferable  to  guhernaculum  (cf. 
Willey  &  Hickson  in  Mastigophora,  Lankester's  '  Zoology,'  i.  (1909)  p.  158, 
Minchin,  p.  259) ;  Lankester  (Enc.  Brit.,  Protozoa)  introduced  the  terms 
tractellum  and  puUellurn  respectively,  the  latter  indicating  the  propeller; 
and  the?e  terms  have  been  retained  in  works  on  Protozoa,  as  Saville  Kent 
(1880),  Infu  oia;  Minchin,  Pio'.ozDa  (1912),  p.  52. 

On  general  principles  it  may  be  concluded  that  the  asymmetrical  habit  is 
secondary,  as  the  transformation  of  a  symmetrical  mode  of  construction  ; 
and  that  the  differentiation  of  two  flagella  with  different  fimctions  is 
secondtiry  to  that  of  the  type  of  the  isokont  green  algffi  ;  the  latter  may  be 
so  far  regarded  as  a  more  primitive  phase  of  zoid  construction ;  as  in  turn 
the  condition  of  the  single  anterior  tractor-flagellum  may  be  considered  to 
represent  the  first  step  in  the  evolution  of  such  a  kinetic  mechanism. 

Zoids  with  a  monokont  organization  survive  in  the  case  of  Botrtjdium 
(Chlorophyceae),  and  among  several  groups  of  Brown  Flagellates  (Chryso- 
monadina-Monokontae,  Silicoflagellatae,  Coccolithophoridae,  Hydrnnis  ; 
among  Fungus  phyla  in  Chytridiaceae  and  Monohlepharis ;  in  vestigfial 
flagellated  Eadiolarians,  flagellulffi  of  Mycetozoa,  and  as  reproductive  phases 
in  Foraminifera  as  Peneroplis. 

The   Isokont   condition  is   characteristic   of    Chrysomonadina-Isokontee 


THE    PH^OPHTCEAN    ZOID  3 

(  =  Hymenomonadace£e),  Green  Algae,  as  marine  Codium  and  freshwater 
Volvox,  etc. ;  aa  also  as  flagellated  phases  of  many  Heliozoa,  Radiolaria, 
Chara,  the  Bryophyta,  and  even  Selaginella. 

The  movement  of  the  anterior  tractor  is  always  that  of  a  sharp 
rhythmic  contractility  in  three-dimensional  space,  working  out  a 
movement  which  Avould  be  observed  as  a  spiral  vortex  if  the  zoid 
were  still ;  but  being  freely  suspended  in  the  medium  the  body  is 
pulled  along  and  at  the  same  time  rotated  on  its  axis,  while  the 
movements  of  the  tractor  appear  as  a  mere  undulatory  lashing  like 
tha  shaking  of  a  rope.  Such  a  mechanism  is  clearly  the  expression 
of  a  limiting  term  of  economy  and  precision  in  swimming,  and  it  is 
to  this  that  it  owes  its  constancy.  It  can  be  only  improved  by 
increasing  the  effective  power  of  the  tractor,  as  by  increasing  the 
mass  of  the  contractile  plasma,  or  by  adding  to  the  length  of  the 
stroke. 

The  feeblest  monokont  flagella  are  usually  about  one  body-length  (flagel- 
lulae  of  Mycetozoa) ;  yet  many  Cryptomonads  are  intensely  active,  with 
darting  action,  with  flagella  relatively  no  longer  (Cliilomonas). 

In  megazoids  of  the  Phseophyceae  efficiency  obviously  falls  off  as  the 
flagella  are  left  less  than  one  body-length. 

The  most  efficient  are  3-4  body-lengths,  though  ranging  to  4-6  body- 
lengths  with  more  rounded  zo'ids  {Dictyota).  Among  the  Phfeophycese  the 
finest  expressions  of  the  type  are  found  in  the  Cutleriaceae  (Yamanouchi). 
Thus  :— 

Cutleria  megazoid  26/j  long,  ovoid,  anterior  flagellum  40ju..  Aglaozonia 
zoid  22"5/it  long,  ant.  flagellum  65^.  Zanardinia,  zoogonidium  22'5  long, 
ant.  flag.  45/i. 

Where  the  zoid  is  enlarged  in  correlation  with  phenomena  of  heterogamy 
the  relative  dimensions  are  diminished  ;  and  the  large  oosphere  of  C^itle7-ia 
with  30  chloroplasts  presents  an  anterior  flagellum  of  40/i  only,  or  1*5  body- 
lengths.  It  may  be  noted  that  3  body-lengths  bears  a  suggestive  relation 
to  the  circumference  of  the  zoid,  as  one  complete  turn  of  the  body  in 
ontogeny. 

In  many  more  specialized  and  powerful  holozoic  flagellates,  the  tractor- 
flagellum  is  distinctly  broadened  to  a  band-form.  [Cf.  also  Euglena, 
Cyathomonas,  and  animal  spermatozoa  (Retzius,  1906,  Doflein,  1916, 
p.  38).] 

Again,  regarded  as  complex  kinetic  organs  of  primary  signifi- 
cance involving  problems  of  life  and  death  to  the  organism,  such 
flagella  are  the  result  of  long  and  complex  natural  selection  on 
pre-existing  factors  of  growth  and  contractility.  Their  structure,  as 
presenting  a  thin  him  of  intensely  katabolic  contractile  plasma 
apparently  investing  an  axial  core  of  more  resistant  endoplasm, 
possibly  affords  in  its  minute  dimensions  ('5  /j,  diam.)  as  vivid  an 
idea  of  the  complex  nature  of  living  plasma  as  any  other  part  of  the 
cell ;  such  a  structure  as  the  first  evolved  "  member  "  or  "  organ  "  of 
the  cell-soma,  projecting  far  beyond  the  limit  of  the  main  body,  must 
involve  a  special  system  of  conduction,  nutrition,  and  control,  of 
which  little  is  yet  known,  but  is  to  be  considered  from  the  standpoint 
of  "basal  granule,"  *'  mitochondria,"  and  *'  rhizoplast." 

The  primary  function  is  undoubtedly  that  of  a  means  of  vertical 
ascent  for  autotrophic  photosynthetic  pelagic  ph3'toplankton  ;  lateral 
progression  in  such  a  medium  is  meaningless  :   but  it  is  obvious  that 


4  THE   PIIJEOPHTCEAN    ZOID 

in  the  case  of  increasing  mass  or  form-resistance  in  the  body  of  the 
protoplast,  the  vortical  motion  will  become  a  means  of  impelling 
food-particles  on  to  the  point  of  insertion  of  the  tractor ;  and  in  the 
vast  series  of  more  dominantly  holozoic  flagellate  organism  this 
becomes  the  essential  mode  of  "  feeding " ;  such  particles  being 
absorbed,  ingested,  and  ultimately  digested  in  an  oral  depression, 
cytostome,  or  gullet,  as  the  "  animal "  flagellate  is  more  definitely 
outlined  (cf.  ChiIomo7ias,  Cyatliomonas,  Gymnodiniaceae).  No  trace 
of  such  holozoic  nutrition  has  been  observed  in  any  zoid  of  the 
Phceophyceae ;  and  the  utilization  of  these  as  non-metabolizing  re- 
productive cells  suggests  that  any  such  tendency  will  be  further 
eliminated  in  their  short  life-period  (as  the  anterior  tractor  has  been 
apparently  eliminated  in  Metazoan  sperms).  For  ingestion  by  Green 
Algal  zoids  cf.  Pascher,  Berichte  xxxiii.  p.  427. 

Secondary  increase  in  volume  obtains  throughout  the  group  in 
several  series  independently,  as  heterogamy  progresses  (to  define  the 
*'  female  "  gamete),  as  also  in  the  case  of  the  correlated  increase  of 
the  asexual  zoogonidia.  In  such  case  the  zoid  retains  its  general 
attributes  ;  the  chloroplasts  may  be  greatly  increased  in  number,  and 
the  flagella  keep  pace  to  a  certain  extent ;  in  extreme  cases,  however, 
the  latter  begin  to  dwindle  ( Qiffordia  virescens,  Pylaiella  ful- 
vescens  Sauvageau  *,  1896),  and  may  be  apparently  wholly  lost 
(^Aci7ietospora  Bornetf),  though  euglenoid  motility  may  be  retained. 
In  the  larger  megagametes  (**  oospheres ")  no  trace  of  flagellation 
remains,  and  the  same  applies  to  the  correspondingly  enlarged  tetra- 
spores  of  Dictyota  and  the  *'  monospore  "  of  Haplospora. 

Interest  also  centres  in  the  evidence  of  distinct  reduction  in  the 
case  of  the  microgamete  (antherozoid)  in  correlation  with  the 
differentiation  of  heterogamy  and  the  relegation  of  the  zoid  to  the 
mere  value  of  a  "  sperm."  Thus  in  Fucus  serratus,  according  to 
Eetzius  (1906),  the  body  of  the  zoid  is  practically  restricted  to  an 
oval  nucleus,  more  or  less  flattened  (Meves),  to  which  the  C3^toplasm 
constitutes  only  a  thin  film,  more  exaggerated  to  form  the  anterior 
pointed  end.  The  residual  '*  ej'e-spot "  and  the  "  mitochondrial 
a))paratus  "  of  4  granules  (often  merging  into  one,  Meves),  whether 
of  cj-^toplasmic  nature  or  merely  physodes  (Kylin),  so  far  project 
from  the  surface  of  the  plasma-film,  and  may  be  even  stripped 
off  (Retzius,  Biolog.  Untersuch.  1906)  %.  The  case  of  Dictyota 
suggests  the  gradual  elimination  of  the  shorter  '*  trailer,"  reduced  to 
negligible  proportions  in  Gi^ordia  virescens  and  Pylaiella  fulvescens 
(less  than  |  body-length)  ;  and  in  such  case  a  residual  tractor  is 
curiously  complementary  to  that  of  the  animal  sperm  with  propeller 
only.  The  chloroplast-content  is  reduced  to  a  vestigial  eye-spot 
{Fucus,  Dictyota,   Laminaria);  and  the  eye-spot  may  be  pale   in 

*  Sauvageau  (1896),  Journ.  de  Bot.  p.  185,  for  Pylaiella  fulvescens,  Giffordia, 
p.  119. 

t  Bornet  (1891),  Bull.  Soc.  Bot.  p.  357,  for  Acinetospora, 

X  Retzius  compares  the  mitochondrial  mechanism  (Nebenkern-system)  with 
that  of  the  sperms  of  Nemertines  and  simpler  Mollusca  of  the  sea :  Biolog. 
Untersuch.  1906). 


THE    PHiEOPHYCEATf    ZOID  5 

colour,  giving  no  carotin-reaction  {Pelvetia,  Durmllcea)  ;  but  in  no 
ease  can  it  be  said  to  be  wholly  eliminated.  The  function  is  un- 
doubtedly that  of  light-perception,  while  in  ontogeny  it  is  always 
derived  from  a  localized  area  in  a  chloroplast  (Yamanouchi),  and  the 
orange  pigment  ("carotin  ")  apparently  indicates  that  the  cytoplasm 
must  be  stimulated  by  the  absorption  of  violet  rays. 

The  zoids  in  no  case  swim  backward  (as  is  normal  for  an  anterior 
tractor-mechanism) ;  but  as  they  slow  down  they  move  in  larger 
to  smaller  circles  as  the  expression  of  the  loss  of  steering-power  and 
some  sense  of  direction.  Apart  from  any  question  of  nutrition,  the 
flagellum  acts  as  a  tactile  sensitive  organ ;  thus  in  response  to 
stimulus  of  contact,  as  in  collisions  with  foreign  objects,  the  zoid  may 
slightly  change  it  course  (cf.  Jennings,  1904).  This  sensitiveness 
is  emphasized  by  "  chemo tropic  "  phenomena,  and  apparently  repre- 
sents the  factor  of  greatest  significance  in  the  employment  of  the  zoid 
as  a  *'  sexual  "  cell. 

Thus  in  Cutleriacese  (Yamanouchi)  the  anterior  flagellum  is  the  first  to 
come  out  of  the  gametangium,  and  first  makes  contact  with  the  other 
gamete.  The  spinning  of  the  oospheres  of  ¥ucxis  and  Ascophyllum  in 
fertilization  is  apparently  the  expression  of  the  activity  of  the  shorter 
anterior  arm  in  the  antherozoids  of  these  types,  when  the  longer  trailer  ia 
entangled  in  the  oosphere.  In  other  genera  (Halidrys,  Himanthalia)  the 
sperms  entangled  by  the  longer  driving  anterior  tractor  merely  gyrate  on 
the  point  of  contact. 

Euglenoid  movement  is  always  retained,  and  the  larger  zoids  bend  and 
curve,  or  "  nose  about,"  in  a  very  suggestive  mouse-like  manner,  exhibiting 
contractility  all  over  the  body-surface  as  a  general  property  of  the 
cytoplasm. 

Amoeboid  movements  are  more  rare  ;  but  irregular  protrusions  of  pseudo- 
podia-like  nature  may  follow  benthic  attachment  to  the  substratum  in 
germinating  zoids  of  Myrionema. 

Exact  data  for  the  speed  attained  are  wanting ;  it  would  appear 
that  1-2  ft.  per  horn*  is  a  fair  rate  for  a  7  yu  zoid  ;  but  active  units 
do  better  than  this  for  short  distances  across  the  field  of  the  micro- 
scope. As  seen  under  the  microscope  the  movements  are  wholly 
erratic,  like  those  of  a  swarm  of  ants,  or  mice  in  a  box  ;  and  it  would 
be  absurd  to  interpret  the  motor  mechanism  only  in  terms  of  such 
observations.  Under  the  low  power  it  is  possible  to  time  zoids  along 
the  scale  of  the  micrometer  eye-piece ;  and  a  moderate  estimate  for 
gametes  of  Lajninaria  saccharina  gave  1  mm.  in  5  seconds,  or  over 
2  ft.  an  hour ;  gametes  of  Ectocmyus  are  half  as  quick  again.  The 
large  zoids  of  Pylaiella  fulvescens,  according  to  Sauvageau,  do  not 
move  faster  than  a  Diatom.  The  rate  again  probably  bears  a  relation 
to  temperature  and  oxygen-supply,  as  well  as  to  the  condition  of  the 
material.  Measurements  are  difficult  for  longer  distances,  as  the 
field  of  the  low  power  is  only  2  mm.  diam.  :  Sauvageau  records  zoids 
crossing  a  5  mm.  drop  in  about  a  minute,  or  approximately  a  foot  an 
an  hour. 

Records  of  the  duration  of  the  motility  are  vitiated  by  observa- 
tion in  water  in  which  a  full  oxygen-supply  is  not  maintained   (as 

*  Jennings  (1904)  '  Behaviour  of  Lower  Organisms.' 


9  THE    PH.EOPHYCEAX    ZOID 

under  a  covei'slip).  *'  Several  houi*s  "  is  the  rule  ;  many  swim  all 
day,  but  none  have  been  checked  longer  than  24  hours  (Yamanouchi, 
for  Zaiiardinia^  1913).  In  open  water  there  seems  to  be  no  reason 
why  zoids  with  several  chloroplasts  might  not  continue  for  much 
longer  periods.  For  the  shorter  motile  phase  of  more  decadent  types 
Sauv^ageau  gives  4-5  minutes  for  the  megazoid  of  Giffordia  virescens^ 
and  15  minutes  for  the  microzoid.  In  other  examples  the  *' megazoid," 
only  just  tumbles  out  of  the  gametangium,  or  is  discharged  immo- 
tile  {Acinetospora)  ;  probably  all  transitions  occur. 

From  such  data  it  would  appear  improbable  that  these  zoids  can 
raise  themselves  from  any  great  depth  ;  though  they  do  so  freely 
enough  in  culture  vessels,  spreading  out  as  a  film  on  the  surface 
{Cutleria,  Aqlaozonia). 

Monstrosities  in  zoid-segregation  suggest  further  points  of  interest 
as  tending  to  throw  light  on  the  organization  of  other  zoids.  The 
occurrence  of  **  twin  "-zoids,  apparently  due  to  the  imperfect  separa- 
tion of  protoplast-primordia  in  the  '*  sporangium "  is  described  for 
Pylaiella  fulvescens  (Sauvageau)  2Lwdi  Aglaozonia  (Kuckuck).  The 
more  aberrant  case  of  a  "triplet"  zoid  in  Aglaozonia  (Kuckuck, 
1899,  W.  M.  K,  p.  103)  with  triangular  arrangement  of  3  clear 
"anterior  ends,"  and  a  single  flagellum  on  two  adjacent  sides,  is  of 
special  interest  from  the  standpoint  of  the  suggested  flagellated  phase 
of  the  Diatom  Biddulphia  mohiliensis  (Bergop,  1907,  Bull.  Soc. 
Bot.  p.  348),  in  which  a  protoplast  is  figured  with  3  "  flagella  " 
at  three  angles. 

Several  phyla  of  the  Phteophycese  are  distinguished  by  distinct 
variants  on  the  type.  In  Phaeosporeae  the  zoid  is  typically  ovoid, 
with  distinctly-pointed  anterior  end,  and  two  flagella  inserted  laterally 
near  the  pointed  anterior  end :  the  anterior  (tractor)  flagellum  is  2-3 
(or  4)  body-lengths,  and  the  trailer  short  (one  body-length).  Through- 
out the  Laminariaceae  and  Cutleriacese  the  same  type  prevails ;  but 
among  the  more  advanced  Fucoids  of  the  Cys^os<?/r«-alliance  the 
antherozoid  is  more  rounded,  and  often  shows  no  pointed  end  at  all ; 
the  anterior  flagellum  is  still  long  (2-4  body-lengths).  Among  the 
Fuceae,  in  the  stricter  sense,  a  more  specialized  zoid  is  characteristic, 
with  a  slender  bottle-shaped  form  and  a  sharp-pointed  beak;  the 
anterior  flagellum  is  now  the  shorter  (11-2  body-lengths)  with  stout 
basal  portion,  and  the  posterior  as  a  long  trailing  steering-oar  is 
2|-3  body-lengths.  Pelvefia  has  the  shortest  working-arm  (1  length), 
and  the  movements  are  more  jerky  than  those  of  Fucus,  the  zoids  of 
which  show  a  straight  gliding  movement.  The  pattern  with  the 
boring  tip  is  characteristic  of  the  littoral  forms  {Fucus,  Pelvetia, 
Ascophyllum),  and  it  would  appear  that  the  forms  with  more 
advanced  oogamy  (Ct/stoseira,  Himanthalia,  Sargassuni)  2iYeieni\\x\g 
to  further  decadence  of  the  flagellated  phase  in  the  case  of  the  micro- 
gamete,  as  is  certainly  the  case  in  the  advanced  series  of  the 
■  Dictyotaceae. 

It  may  be  concluded  that,  evolved  as  a  somatic  organ  in  an  active 
plankton-phase,  now  reduced  to  a  rejuvenated  zoid,  the  flagella  had 
no  original  value  for  lateral  progression  ;  but  the  inherited  mechanism 
on  hand  suffices  to  bring  the  protoplast   into  close  contact  with  a 


THE    PHiEOPHTCEAlf    ZOID  7 

fellow-gamete  at  short  range,  as  soon  as  these  come  within  the  scope 
of  a  "  chemotactie  "  or  agglutinating  influence  (Fucus)  ;  but  in  a 
violently  agitated  medium  (as  on  a  rocky  shore)  the  flagella  are  of 
little  value,  and  tend  to  be  reduced  (Reef -pool  forms,  Dictyotaceje), 
as  they  have  been  with  ultimate  complete  loss  in  Florideae ;  on  the 
other  hand,  in  perfectly  still  water,  it  is  evident  that  their  motility 
will  remain  the  only  agency  of  sexual  approximation,  and  they  may 
prove  increasingly  useful,  and  so  tend  to  become  greatly  exaggerated 
(as  in  Chara  and  Sphagnum),  though  always  remaining  distinct  in 
their  inherited  attributes  from  the  spermatozoa  of  the  animal  phyla 
(Metazoa). 

Literature. 

GuiGN-ARD  (1889),  Revue  Gen.  p.  145. 

KucKUCK  (1901),  Wiss.  Meeres.  Kiel.  p.  177. 

Yamanotjchi  (1909),  Bot.  Gaz.  Fucus;  (1913),  Zanardinia. 

Ktlin  (1916),  Berichte,  xxxiv. 

Retzius  (1906),  Archiv.  for  Bot.  v.  10;  Biolog.  Untersuch.  xiii.  (1906)  p.  95. 

Meves  (1918),  Archiv.  Mikrosk.  Anat.  p.  274. 

Minchin(1912),  Protozoa,  pp.  52,  82,  84. 

DoFLEiN  (1916),  Protozoenkunde,  p.  30. 


Sept.  1918. 


THE  PLANKTON-PHASE  AND  PLANKTON-RATE. 
By  a.  H.  Chuech. 


The  term  Plankton,  proi30sed  by  Victor  Hensen  of  Kiel  (1887), 
for  the  floating  population  of  the  sea  (7rAayK7-os=roaming ;  i.  e.,  in  a 
moving  medium,  not  merely  passively  suspended)  was  established  by 
the  classical  researches  of  the  Plankton-Expedition  of  the  Steamship 
'National'  (1889),  published  in  many  volumes  from  1892  on,  as 
representing  a  fundamental  conception  of  the  greatest  biological 
significance,  though  still  very  inadequately  recognized  by  botanists  in 
this  country.  Like  other  satisfactory  and  picturesque  terms  the  word 
has  been  much  abused  b}^  lesser  lights,  and  diverted  from  its  original 
intention  in  marine  biology,  more  particularly  by  land-botanists.  A 
subject  of  primarily  pelagic  interest  has  been  degraded  to  the  paltry 
notion  of  the  "  Limnoplankton  "  of  a  pond,  the  "  SajH-oplankton  "  of 
dirty  water,  and  to  such  curious  expressions  as  the  "  Cryoplankton  "  of 
algae  found  on  snow  (Warming)  ;  while  a  similar  analogy  might 
suggest  "  Dendroplankton  "  for  Pleurococcits  living  on  the  bark  of  a 
tree,  or  for  Diatoms  on  the  leaves  of  a  tropical  rain-forest.  Though 
such  usage  may  be  justified  in  a  minor  degree  when  the  true  signi- 
ficance of  the  word  is  fully  understood,  such  subsidiary  variants  must 
not  be  allowed  to  obscure  the  original  meaning  of  the  term,  and  the 
almost  infinite  magnitude  of  the  problems  it '  covers.  A  certain 
amount  of  perspective  may  be  demanded ;  otherwise,  as  Bunthorne 
would  say,  Ave  look  for  oceans  and  find  puddles. 

A  preliminary  idea  of  the  subject  may  be  gained  by  the  considera- 
tion of  the  sea  as  seen  in  summer  from  any  headland  on  the  British 
coast,  or  by  watching  the  breakers  rolling  in  as  apparently  mere  blocks 
of  water,  and  remembering  that  every  drop  of  these  seas  contains  at 
least  one  living  organism,  and  that  the  amount  of  water  in  sight, 
within  the  range  of  only  a  few  miles,  is  but  an  insignificant  fraction 
of  the  Narrow  Seas  for  which  the  same  generalization  would  hold. 
The  organisms  being  fewer  in  bottom  water,  beyond  10  fathoms,  but 
many  more  at  the  surface ;  a  *'  drop  "  of  water  being  taken  as  -^j^  c.c, 
and  containing  50  c.mm. 

The  term  Plankton,  again,  originally  understood  as  including 
anything  taken  by  Hensen's  vertically  hauled  hoop-net,  with  aperture 
of  one  square  metre,  and  constructed  of  fine  bolting-silk,  the  open 
meshes  of  w^hich  are  40-50  yw.  diam.,  is  again  somewhat  vague,  since 
larger  organisms  may  evade  the  net,  and  the  smallest,  often  in  the 
majority,  may  slip  through;  hence  net-observations  afford  only  a 
rough  idea,  and  the  centrifuge  (Gran),  and  filters  (Lohmann),  or 
actual  cultures  (Allen)  have  been  employed  for  finer  work.  But  the 
extension  of  the  term  to  '*  Macrophytoplankton  "  for  floating  Angio- 
sperms,  or  to  material  which  might  in  the  limit  include  a  dead  whale 
or  the  Sargasso-weed,  is  clearly  beyond  the  original  intention  of  the 
term;  and  such  innovations  as  '*  Seston  "  (Kolkwitz)  to  include  in- 
Organic  detritus,  only  tend  to  obscure  the  main  issue.  The  word  in 
Journal  of  Botany,  June,  1919.     [Supplement  III.] 


Z  THE  PLANKTON-PHASE  AND  PLANKTON-BATE 

its  original  sense  involved  a  physiological  rather  than  a  morphological 
conception,  and  relates  to  the  problem  of  the  food-supply  of  the  sea  ; 
and  it  is  in  this  sense  of  "  primary  food-supplj^,"  the  base  of  the 
**  marine  pyramid  of  life  in  the  sea,"  that  the  Avord  should  be  always 
considered,  and  its  meaning  further  limited  as  required ;  the  spirit  of 
the  expression  being  more  significant  than  the  letter.  Thus,  omitting 
smaller  fishes,  Salpie,  Medusae,  Fish-ova,  Copepods,  Nauplii,  and  other 
larval  forms,  and  everything  holozoic  that  lives  by  eating  somebody 
or  something  else,  the  expression  really  reduces  to  the  suspended 
aidotro'pliic  vegetation  of  the  sea,  on  which  ultimately  the  great  mass 
of  heterotrophic  life  depends ;  and  whatever  connotation  be  given  the 
term  in  zoological  Avork,  the  botanical  sense  is  perfectly  clear  and 
defined,  as  the  subject  is  essentially  a  botanical  one.  The  word 
reduces,  according  to  Hensen's  original  conception,  to  the  free  uni- 
cellular forms  of  plant-life,  maintained  in  suspension  in  pelagic 
water ;  anj^  extension  to  such  forms  living  anywhere  else  is  purely 
metajDhorical  and  secondary ;  while  its  application  to  animal  forms, 
eating  the  plants  and  each  other,  represents  an  equally  secondary  and 
crude  application  in  another  direction  ;  a  convenient  convention  so 
long  as  all  the  forms  are  captured  together,  and  by  the  same  methods. 
The  difficulty  is  increased  by  the  fact  that  in  many  cases  it  is  still 
vague  to  -what  extent  nutrition  may  be  dominantly  holophj^tic  or 
holozoic  :  thus,  the  vast  bulk  of  pelagic  ph^^toplankton  consists  of 
Diatoms  ;  to  a  lesser  extent,  under  conditions  usually  of  diluted  sea- 
water,  of  C^^anophyceae,  and  to  a  considerable  extent  of  Peridiniaceaj 
aud  G-3'mnodiniacese,  all  more  or  less  holozoic ;  as  also  of  Flagellate 
races  as  Brown  Chrj'somonads,  Coccolithophoridse,  Cryptomonads,  and 
green  Chloromonads,  the  majority  of  which  are  probably  at  least  as 
much  holozoic  as  holoj^hytic. 

The  amount  of  plankton -life  possible  in  sea-water  is  almost  in- 
credible, since  it  is  invisible  to  the  exQ  except  in  special  cases,  as  when 
the  colour  of  the  water  is  affected.  Thus  Gran  records  the  water  of 
Christiania  Fjord  (1911)  as  showing  a  milky  tint  with  Fontosp}i(sra 
Huxleyi  (a  Coccosphere),  at  the  rate  of  5-6  millions  per  litre. 
Moseley  (1879,  p.  5Q^)  on  the  'Challenger'  describes  the  water  of 
Arafura  Sea,  supplied  hj  the  large  rivers  of  New  Guinea,  as  brown 
and  smelling  like  a  stagnant  pond  with  Tricliodesmium  (Cj'anophj'-ceaj); 
the  "  black-water  "  of  the  Arctic  Seas,  the  haunt  of  the  Eight  Whale, 
for  stretches  of  50-100  miles,  may  be  deep  black  and  opaque,  or  again 
grass-green,  apparently  mainly  due  to  Diatoms  (Robert  Brown)  ; 
Peridiniacese,  as  GonyaulaXy  may  turn  the  sea  to  blood  (Bombay, 
California,  Australia),  killing  the-  fish  by  removal  of  free  oxygen 
(Carter,  McClendon).  As  a  rule,  maximum  plankton-content  occurs 
where  coastal  waters  bringing  salts  and  land-debris  meet  thoroughly 
aerated  and  relatively  bacteria-free  oceanic  water,  and  the  deep  blue  of 
the  ocean  is  characterized  by  a  poor  flora  and  fauna.  Thus  the  green 
w^ater  of  the  North  Sea  is  richer  than  the  Atlantic,  and  the  summer- 
heated,  shallow  and  silty  Baltic,  more  than  half-fresh,  supplies  the 
richest  plankton  known.  The  detailed  observations  of  Lohmann 
(1908)  for  the  highly  nutritive  water  of  Kiel  Bay  afford  the  standard 
for  further  investigation,  and  are  sufficiently  thorough  to  give  a  very 


THE  PLAXKTON-PHASE  AKD  PLANKTON-RATE  3 

comprehensive  view  of  the  relation  of  plant  and  animal  forms,  as  also 
their  seasonal  periodicity.  For  example,  maximum  monthly  averages 
give: — Skeletonema  costafum  in  Jmie  at  2,460,000  per  litre ;  all 
other  Diatoms  20,000  per  litre  ;  Grreen  Flagellates  (July)  146,800 
per  litre  ;  Peridiniacea?  (July)  382,000  per  litre  ;  or  taking  all  pre- 
sumed autotrophic  organism,  over  two  millions  per  litre  in  May,  over 
two  and  a  half  millions  in  June,  and  over  half  a  million  in  July. 
Taking  a  litre  as  a  million  c.mm.,  a  million  per  litre  means  50  in  a 
**  drop."  Lebour,  for  Plymouth  (1917),  gives  total  Diatoms  in  April 
as  40,000  per  litre,  or  2  per  drop,  and  the  June  crop  of  Peridiniacege 
as  1000  per  litre ;  though  in  this  case  the  smaller  and  more  naked 
organisms  are  probably  wholly  lost.  The  consideration  of  Bacteria 
may  be  omitted,  as  these  must  be  considered  heterotrophic  ;  but 
immense  numbers  of  algal  zoospores,  or  units  even  of  the  100  /a 
standard  of  Fucus  oospheres,  are  again  apparently  irrecoverable. 
Special  interest  attaches  to  recent  observations  by  cultural  methods 
(Allen,  1919),  since  these  ignore  the  question  of  heterotrophic 
Bacteria,  all  purely  holozoic  forms,  as  also  holozoic  Peridiniacese  ; 
these  last  rapidly  die  on  removal  from  open  water,  and  the  organisms 
which  will  grow  are  practically  restricted  to  holophytic  Diatoms  and 
a  few  Brown  Flagellates,  etc.  The  number  of  such  recognizably 
holophytic  plankton-forms  is  given  as  at  least  464,000  j^er  litre,  or 
464  per  c.c,  about  23  per  drop,  with  the  suggested  possibility  of 
there  being  really  a  million  per  litre.  In  this  case,  control  observa- 
tions by  centrifuge-methods  gave  a  total  estimate  of  only  14,450  per 
litre  and  thus  illustrated  their  imperfection  (M.  B.  A.,  Plymouth, 
Sept.  1918).  In  view  of  such  data,  it  may  be  pointed  out  that  we 
are  still  far  from  knowing  the  limit  of  living  organism  in  the  sea, 
or  what  may  be  the  material  on  which  minute  flagellates  and  Peri- 
dines  feed. 

The  recognition  of  the  primary  autotrophic  nature  of  phyto- 
plankton,  again  presents  a  greater  botanical  interest,  in  that,  putting 
all  holozoic  races  on  one  side  as  of  secondary  importance,  the  problem 
of  Plankton  enters  on  another  stage  as  representing  an  older  condition 
of  life  in  the  sea  conceived  as  a  "  Plankton-Epoch,"  before  the  evolu- 
tion of  any  benthic  life  had  been  rendered  possible  by  the  rise  of  the 
sea-bottom  to  within  a  distance  of  100-50  fathoms  from  the  surface. 
This  may  be  regarded  as  the  expression  of  the  first  stage  of  biological 
life  on  this  world,  as  existing,  and  in  fact  evolved,  in  the  surface- 
water  of  the  primal  universal  ocean,  directly  from  the  sea-water  itself. 
The  conception  of  Plankton  thus  acquires  a  Fhyletic  significance  ; 
and  this  Plankton-Epoch,  including  a  period  of  indefinite  millions  of 
years,  in  which  living  organism  acquired  the  morphological  and 
physiological  organization  of  what  is  now  known  as  the  "  cell "  from 
nothing  at  all  but  ionized  sea-water, — once  universal  and  the 
highest  expression  of  living  organism — is  now  represented  in  the  sea 
by  residual  races,  more  or  less  isolated  and  specialized,  or  vestigial, 
which  may  be  said  to  survive  in  the  *'  Plankton-Phase "  ;  though 
higher  forms  of  life  have  passed  on  to  successively  higher  stages  with 
the  introduction  of  the  physical  factors  of  sea-bottom  and  dry  land. 
It  is,  in  fact,  from  such  races  that  we  liave  to  build  up  our  conception 


4  THE  PLAl^KTOIf-PHASE  AXD  PLANKTON-BATE 

of  what  the  sea  has  done  for  living  organism,  or  what  the  latter  realh'' 
is  in  terms  of  sea- water  ;  while  higher  organisms  may  continually 
revert  to  similar  conditions  of  life,  or  pass  through  such  recapitulatory 
stages  in  their  Life-History.  In  other  words  they  may  retain  a 
Plankton-Phase  in  the  Life-Cycle.  The  ova  and  spermatozoa  of  higher 
Metazoa  thus  represent  a  return  to  the  ancestral  condition  of  a  pre- 
ceding suspended  Plankton-organization  ;  as  do  also  the  zoids  both 
asexual  and  gamete,  mobile  and  immobile,  of  marine  algae.  Even 
the  highest  animals  retain  in  their  spermatozoa  the  evidence  of  their 
plankton-origin  as  marine  flagellates,  and  acquire  in  this  phase  a 
"  plankton-value"  (Prenant)  ;  only  in  most  specialized  types  of  land- 
vegetation  (Siphonogamic  Phanerogams  and  a  few  Fungi)  does  the 
sexual  process,  itself  a  plankton-mechanism,  eliminate  all  direct 
evidence  of  its  marine  origin. 

A  purely  empirical  estimate  of  the  autotrophic  plankton  of  the 
sea,  based  on  the  oljservations  of  Lohmann  (Kiel,  1908),  suggests  the 
possibility  of  visualizing  a  fair  average  plankton-rate  as  expressed  by 
the  amount  of  cytoplasm  in  one  million  zoids  per  litre ;  taking  a  zoid 
of  5  /x  diam.  ("rounded  off  "),  Avith  apj^roximate  volume  of  100  c.  /.i 
as  a  standard.  Such  a  value  would  be  probably  regarded  as  liberal 
for  the  English  Channel,  as  bearing  reference  to  the  prunar}'-  auto- 
trophic organism,  more  particularlv  Diatoms  and  zoospores  on  which 
more  holozoic  organisms  depend ;  though  little  is  yet  known  of  the 
zoid  life  of  the  sea,  or  of  anything  conceivably  still  smaller ;  since 
there  is  so  far  no  known  method  of  collecting  living  organism  of 
fluid  plasma,  no  denser  than  milk,  and  held  more  or  less  in  spherical 
form  merely  by  the  operation  of  surface-tension  ;  the  same  applies  to 
all  algal  reproductive  cells,  from  the  great  oospheres  of  Ilimantlicdia, 
300  jx  diam.,  and  visible  to  the  naked  eye,  to  the  smaller  zoids  of  5  fx, 
or  so,  continually  emitted  by  the  Green  and  Browni  Algse.  With  such 
a  convenient  unit,  for  example,  it  may  be  possible  to  express  a 
Laminarian  producing  300,000  million  zoids  (Sacco7']iiza)  as  approxi- 
matel}^  equivalent  to  the  plankton  of  300  cubic  metres  of  sea- water ; 
or  to  give  a  corresponding  plankton-value  to  a  tish,  based  on  the 
number  and  volume  of  its  ova  or  spermatozoa.  In  this  w^ay  benthic 
organisms  may  be  compared  with  plankton-phases,  and  with  each 
other.  Thus  taking  an  estimate  of  7  million  ova  at  1-39  mm.  diam. 
(Masterman,  p.  23(3),  a  spawning  cod  of  the  same  weight  as  the  sea- 
weed may  be  possibly  regarded  as  returning  plankton  to  100,000  cubic 
metres,  or  100  million  liti-es  of  sea-water  ;  though  data  from  the 
spermatozoa  would  be  probabl}''  more  reliable,  as  representing  cyto- 
plasm rather  than  food-material  and  oil,  the  idea  is  sufficient  for 
present  purposes,  and  may  be  compared  with  an  estimate  for  such  a 
fish  in  terms  of  1 2,500  sq.  metres  of  surface-area  for  the  North  Sea 
(Johnstone,  p.  171).  Such  a  method  of  visualizing  the  reproductive 
output  of  an  organism  is  again  of  interest  as  enabling  some  sort  of 
rough  comjjarlson  to  be  established  in  the  case  of  the  later  developments 
of  Land-Flora.  The  return  of  benthic  organism  to  the  flagellated 
plankton-phase  clearly  expresses  the  wastage  of  the  reproductive 
processes,  as  included  under  "  fertilization  "  and  "  dispersal  "  ;  while 
the  further  control  and  economv  of  such  wasta":e  becomes  at  once  the 


THE  PLANKTOX-PHASE  AND  PLANKTOJf-RATE  5 

aim  and  mark  of  higher  organization,  i,  e.  organism.  The  wastage 
of  a  Saccorhiza  in  a  plankton-phase,  to  the  extent  of  300,000  million 
or  more  of  5  /x  zoids,  is  the  expression  of  the  cost  of  the  race  to  the 
individual.  The  increasing  intensity  of  the  incidence  of  wastage  in 
the  case  of  emergent  Land  Flora  is  simply  expressed  by  the  fact  that 
in  the  common  Fern,  Aspidium  FilLv-mas  of  to-day,  the  spore 
output  of  a  single  plant  may  be  estimated  at  500-1000  million  of 
air-borne  spores  of  50  /x  diam.,  or  each  1000  times  the  volume  of  the 
Phseophycean  zoid ;  while  the  spore-output  of  a  single  staminate 
strobilus  of  Araucaria  hrasiliensis,  of  1000  stamens,  has  been 
estimated  at  ten  million  spores  of  50  ix  diam.  (Burlinghame,  1913). 
Such  air-borne  spores  are,  it  is  true,  no  longer  plankton,  but  they  are 
the  lineal  descendants  of  the  immobile  "  tetraspores  "  of  benthic  sea- 
weeds, in  which  flagellation  has  been  suppressed  in  correlation  with 
increasing  bulk. 

A  little  consideration,  again,  suggests  that  such  a  plankton-rate, 
of  a  million  per  litre,  is  one  per  cubic  millimetre,  and  a  volume  of 
100  c.  /x  in  1,000,000,000  c.  /x  is  one  in  ten  million  (taking  volumes 
as  approximately  equivalent  as  densities).  The  generalization  that  a 
fair  plankton -rate  may  be  approximately  equal  to  the  ionization  of 
the  H.^0  onl}^  is  sufficiently  striking,  although  the  two  phenomena 
have  clearly  no  causal  relation  ;  since  the  mass  of  the  water  affords  a 
practically  infinite  source  for  the  production  of  further  H",  OH'  ions, 
if  an}^  be  removed  ;  while  the  limiting  factor  for  the  amount  of  life 
in  tlie  sea  has  been  very  generally  accepted  as  due  to  the  scarcity  of 
ions  of  Niti'ogen  and  Phosphorus.  Hence  in  coastal  waters,  or  in  the 
enclosed  shallow  Baltic,  the  plankton-rate  rises  considerably  as  com- 
pared with  the  English  Channel,  Mediterranean,  or  open  Atlantic. 
The  Sargasso  Sea  affords  an  interesting  case  : — the  Gulf-We^d 
vegetating  as  a  sparse  crop  in  the  surface-water  possibly  takes  the 
greater  part  of  the  available  N  and  P  ions,  giving  nothing  back 
directly,  as  it  is  wholly  sterile,  and  dead  plants  sink  in  two  miles  of 
water ;  hence  there  is  little  scope  for  other  autotrophic  life,  and  beyond 
the  hosts  of  small  animals  feeding  on  the  weed  and  on  each  other,  the 
Sargasso  Sea  is  conspicuous!}^  sterile.  [Total  Plankton-rate  5000  per 
litre,  plant-cells,  all  sorts,  including  Peridines  (Murray  and  Hjoi-t,, 
p.  365)  net-results  only,  admittedly  imperfect  and  much  too  low; 
while  there  is  no  strict  justification  for  regarding  the  Sarr/assinn  as 
more  intensely  proteid-metabolizing  than  the  autotrophic  plankton.] 

The  fundamental  factors  which  determine  the  amount  of  plankton- 
life  the  sea  can  carry  remains  still  extremely  obscure ;  as  previously 
indicated,  the  supply  of  N  and  P  ions  has  been  put  forward  (Brandt's 
Hypothesis,  1902)  as  constituting  a  limiting  factor  for  autotrophic 
organism  ;  for  holozoic  organism  food  and  the  amount  of  available 
oxygen  are  obviously  significant,  and  for  Bacteria  also  the  amount  of 
special  "  food-material "  to  be  metabolized.  Zoologists  have  shown  a 
tendency  to  assume  that  the  amount  of  holozoic  organism  must  be 
limited  by  the  toxic  effect  of  nitrogenous  waste  and  excreta  (Johnstone, 
p.  28(3);  but  the  botanist  is  not  sensitive  on  these  points;  there  is 
no  evidence  of  nitrogenous  waste  in  the  plant ;  the  membranes  are 


6  THE  PLANKTON-PHASE  AND  PLANKTON-BATE 

apparently  solely  of  polysaccharide  excreta  ;  chitin  is  rare,  and  may 
be  probably  taken  as  evidence  of  heterotrophic  nutrition  (Peridines). 
All  primary  life  in  the  sea  must  be  considered  as  autotrophic^  the 
animal  life  dependent  on  it  need  not  be  taken  into  consideration  at 
all.  So  far  as  the  plant  is  concerned  this  *'  Mean  Plankton-rate  " 
may  be  taken  as  a  rough  basis  of  comparison,  and  a  convenient  unit 
to  remember ;  and  thus  without  necessarily  impl^dng  that  such  a  rate 
bears  reference  to  the  total  autotrophic  plankton  of  sea-water,  it  may 
still  be  used  as  a  fair  average  unit  of  comparison  in  the  case  of  each 
organism  separately' ;  since  in  the  case  of  either  the  benthic  fish  or 
the  benthic  sea-weed,  the  plankton  return  is  localized  and  subject  to 
infinite  dilution  in  the  moving  medium  ;  while  in  the  case  of  free 
pelagic  plankton -forms  the  complex  relations  of  physical  conditions 
imply  that  only  a  few  types  are  dominant  at  any  particular  pei'iod. 
It  is  interesting  to  compare  Lohmann's  maximum  rate  for  Kiel  Bay, 
given  by  the  Diatom  Skeletonema  costatum  (at  5  fathoms  in  August), 
with  an  average  of  9  millions  per  litre,  or  approximately  10  per  cubic 
millimetre  ;  assuming  a  volume  of  150  c.  /x  (Lohmann,  p.  2-11),  this 
implies  a  total  plankton-rate  practically  15  times  that  of  the  mean. 
Lohmann  {loc.  cit.,  p.  351)  also  gives  the  maximum  plankton -yield 
for  all  '*  plants  "  (autotrophic,  and  including  all  pigmented  flagellates) 
in  August,  as  equivalent  to  a  volume  of  105 ••!  c.mm.  per  100  litres  ; 
i.  e.  1-05-1  c.mm.  per  litre,  or  one  part  in  a  million,  as  an  average  rate 
10  times  the  above  mean.  For  Ceratium  tripos,  with  an  estimated 
volume  of  100,000  c.  //,  (Lohmann),  the  plankton-rate  would  work 
out  as  1000  per  litre, — the  maximum  given  for  all  Peridines  at 
Plymouth  (June  ;  Lebour,  p.  153)  ;  while  Lohmann  (p.  276)  for 
Kiel,  gives  th«  plankton-rate  of  C.  tripos  (var.  lalticiini)  as  4  per 
litre  in  winter,  rising  to  a  maximum  average  of  4590  per  litre  in 
August,  and  the  maximum  range  as  13,000  per  litre  (November,  at 
5  fathoms),  thus  agreeing  with  a  value  13  times  the  suggested  mean. 
An  estimate  for  heterotrophic  Bacteria  in  London  sewage  of  only 
5  millions  per  c.c.  =  5000  millions  per  litre,  or  5000  per  c.mm. ;  and 
assuming  a  volume  of  5  c.  /x,  this  works  out  at  100  times  the  mean 
plankton-rate,  and  the  estimate  may  be  doubled.  The  plankton-rate 
of  Yeast  ma}'  be  on  a  similar  footing,  as  also  that  of  hemi-holozoic 
Euglena  in  manure- water  ;  these  being  like  Bacteria  special  cases  of 
ht?tero trophic  nutrition  dependent  on  elaborated  organic  food-supply 
other  than  ions  of  simple  salts.  For  example,  a  laboratory'  culture  of 
the  apparently  holozoic  Cryptomonad  Chilomonas,  living  as  "  Sapro- 
plankton "  in  pool- water,  gave  an  estimated  content  of  4000  per 
"  drop,"  or  about  80  millions  per  litre.  Taking  this  large  flagellate 
as  of  approximate  volume  of  1000  c.  />t,  the  plankton-rate  would  work 
out  as  2400  times  that  of  the  suggested  mean  rate  ;  such  a  culture 
again  remained  healthy  and  intensely  active  for  several  months 
without  any  indication  of  toxic  effects,  while  surface-aggregation 
might  represent  a  rate  of  40,000  per  drop. 

Observations  by  Raben  (1910,  p.  310)  give  the  total  Nitrogen- 
content  of  the  sea  (Mediterranean  and  North  Sea)  as  sometliing 
between  '1  and  2  mg.  per  litre  (rarely  exceeding  -2),  or  -0001  g. 
per  litre  =  1-2  parts  in  ten  millions  also ;  a  very  similar  result  was 


THE  PLANKTON -PHASE  AND  PLANKTON-IIATJE  7 

given   by  Raben  for  the  Phosphorus -content  (as  ^fi^),  at  "14  mg. 
per  litre ;  though  according  to  Matthews  the  amount  in  the  English 
Channel   (Plymouth,   1918)   is  much  less,   or  -06  mg.   per  litre  in 
winter  (maximum),  and  -01  mg.  as  the  spring  minimum,  or  as  little 
as  one  part  in  a  hundred  millions.     There  is  nothing  to  show  that 
plant-organism  can  exhaust  all  the  available  N  and  P  ions  in  the 
solution ;  and  it  may  be  noted  that  all  such  estimations  have  to  be 
made  in  the  case  of  water  already  occupied  by  living  plankton  ;  while 
a  considerable  source  of  error  must  exist  in  the  large  amount  of  dead 
and   decaying    or   macerating    debris  of   plasmatic  organism  which 
apparently  appears  in  analyses  as  "  organic  "  nitrogen  and  "organic" 
phosphorus   (Matthews).      Thus  according  to    Raben    the    nitrogen 
value  rises  in  summer,  as  if  from  the  greater  death-rate  at  a  higher 
temperature ;    and    though    Matthews  accords  a  higher  phosphorus 
value  in  winter,  it  may  be  pointed  out  that  his  results  for  water  taken 
near   the   sewage    outfall    of   a    large    town,    presumably    supplying 
enormous  quantities  of  microcosmic  salt,  give  only  *0G  mg.  per  litre, 
suggesting  that  excess  phosphorus  compounds  are  rapidly  precipitated 
as  insoluble  phosphates.     From  an  interesting  table  of  analyses  for 
various   marine   invertebrates    (Delff,  1912),   it  may  be  taken  as  a 
general  estimate  that  the  water-content  of  such  organism  varies  from 
70-90  7o»  the  nitrogen-content  (N)  from  5-10  7o>  ^"^^  "the  phosphorus- 
content  (P.Ps)  as  about  -^th  of  the   nitrogen   value.     This  may  be 
probably  taken  as  an  approximate  estimate  for  animal  cytoplasm  with 
little  waste ;    and  though    plants    with   accumulated  polysaccharide 
debris  would  give  a  much  lower  rate  for  nitrogen,  of  possibly  only  a 
third  of  this  value  (Brandt,  1898,  p.  58)  ;   it  may  be  also  taken  as 
approximately   correct   for  zoospores  and  mobile   naked   flagellates. 
"With  the  sea  containing  nitrogen  ions  at  about  one  in  ten  millions, 
and  plankton  at  the  mean  rate  also  of  one  in  ten  millions,  it  would 
a])pear  that  the  plankton  of  a  litre  would  not  cover  more  than  ^-y^ 
of  the  available   nitrogen.     In  such  case  it  is  interesting  to  compare 
the  figures  of  Lohmann  for  total  autotrophic  plankton   (including 
Peridines)    alread}'-  given    as    suggesting    an    approximation    to    the 
nitrogen  limit,  as  also  the  later  figures  of  Allen  (1919)  for  a  suggested 
million  of  autotrophic  organisms  per  litre  (Diatoms,  etc.),  many  of 
which  may  be  several  times  larger  than  the  hypothecated  5  /a  zoid  ; 
but  the  subject  is  again  confused  by  the  fact  that  we  are  still  ignorant 
of  the  actual  cyptoplasmic  value  of  a  Diatom,  as  compared  with  the 
"  volume  "  of  its  vacuolated  "  cyst  "-stage.     Though  the  scarcity  of 
Nitrogen  ions  is  not  definitely  established  as  a  limiting  factor  for 
pelagic   life,  the  fact  emerges   that  the  actual  quantities  of  living 
material  and  the  more  essential  ions  of  the  medium  are  in  a  stiite  of 
somewhat  comparable  spatial  tenuit}^     Although  again  clearly  of  no 
veiT  exact  scientific  value  at  present,  such  considerations  are  justified 
as   affording  a  general  idea  of    the   conditions  under  which   living- 
organism  has  been  evolved  in  the  aqueous  phase  of  the  sea ;  and  the 
suggested  "mean  plankton -rate  "  may  be  useful  in  establishing  some 
general  basis   for  the  consideration  of  the  economy  of   the  phyto- 
plankton  and  phytobenthon  of  the  British  coasts. 


THE  PLANKTON-PHASE  AND  PLANKTON -EATE 


General  Liteeatuee. 

Hensen,  Kiel  (1887),  Wiss.  Untersuch.  DeiitscL.  Meere,  v.,  vi. 

Plankton- Expedition  der  Humboldt-Stiftung  (1889).     Eeports,  1892,  et  seq. 

Warming  (1909),  '  Ecology  of  Plants,'  pp.  161,  163. 

Murray  &  Hjort  (1912),  '  Depths  of  the  Ocean  '  ('  Michael  Sars  '  Exped.), 
p.  15. 

LoHMANN  (1908),  Wiss.  Meeres.  Unters.  Kiel,  pp.  252,  244. 

Gran,  in  Murray  &  Hjort  (1912),  pp.  307,  332. 

Gran  (1915),  "  Plankton  Production,"  Bulletin  Planktonique,  1912. 

MosELEY  (1879),  "  Naturalist  on  the  '  Challenger,'  "  p.  566. 

Carter,  in  Saville  Kent's   'Infusoria'   (1S80),  i.  p.  450;  Ann.  Nat.  Hist. 
(1858). 

McClendon  (1918),  Tortugas  Lab.  p.  234. 

Allen    (1919),    M.    B.    A.    Journal,    Plymouth,    "  Quantitative    Study    of 

Plankton." 
Brandt  (1902),  W.  M.  K.  p.  25. 
Eaben  (1910),  W.  M.  K.  xi.  p.  310. 
Delff  (1912),  W.  M.  Kiel,  xiv.  p.  70. 

Johnstone  (1908),  '  Conditions  of  Life  in  the  Sea,'  pp.  170,  190. 
♦  Journal  of  Ecology  '  (1913),  ii.  p.  177. 
Lebour   (1917),   M.  B.   A.  Journal,  "  Microplankton  of  Plymouth  Sound," 

pp.  141,  153. 
Egbert  Brown  (1868),  Q.  J.  M.  S.  p.  242. 
Matthews  (1918),  M.  B.  A.  Journal,  p.  257  ;  (1916),  p.  129. 
Herdman  (1918),  J.  L.  S.  p.  173,  "  Diatoms  in  the  Irish  Sea." 
Masterman  (1897),  'British  Food-Fishes,'  p.  238. 
KoLKWiTZ  (1912),  '  Berichte,'  xxx.  p.  341. 
Prevant  (1915),  '  L'annee  Biologique,'  p.  Ixvii.     "  Les  appareils  ciliares  et 

leurs  derives." 
WiLHEMi     (1917),    '  Archiv   fiir  Hydrobiologie,'   "Plankton   und   Tripton," 
p.  145,  for  over  40  sub-varieties  of  Plankton. 


"     3  5185 


II  nil  III! 


'IT 


iillliiliiil 

00265  01 E